Katalog Sensorler

simatic sensors
Sensors for Factory Automation
Catalog FS 10 2007
Related catalogs
0
Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear SIRIUS SENTRON SIVACON

Order No. E86060-K1002-A101-A5-7600
LV 1
Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear SIRIUS SENTRON SIVACON Technical information

Order No. E86060-T1002-A101-A5-7600
LV 1T
SIMATIC Products for Totally Integrated Automation and Micro Automation

Order No. E86060-K4670-A101-B1-7600
ST 70
Industrial Communication Industrielle Kommunikation fr Automation and Drives

Order No. E86060-K6710-A101-B5-7600
IK PI
PC-based Automation Embedded Automation and PC-based Automation

Order No. E86060-K4670-B101-B5-7600
ST PC
SITOP Power supplies SITOP power, LOGO! power

Order No. E86060-K2410-A101-A5-7600
KT 10.1
CA 01 the offline mall of Automation and Drives
CA 01
Order No. 2 CDs: E86060-D4001-A110-C5-7600 DVD: E86060-D4001-A510-C5-7600
A&D Mall
Internet:
www.siemens.com/automation/mall

Catalog FS 10 2007
Introduction
Siemens Automation and Drives Sensors for Factory Automation SIMATIC Sensors
Proximity Switches Supersedes: Catalog FS 10 2006
The products contained in this catalog are also contained in Catalog CA 01 Order No: 2 CDs: E86060-D4001-A110-C5-7600 DVD: E86060-D4001-A510-C5-7600 For additional information contact your Siemens branch office. Siemens AG 2006 Fail-safe Sensors
Proximity switches sonar Proximity switches opto Proximity switches inductive Proximity switches capacitive Accessories
Switch strips Light barriers Light curtains and arrays Laser scanners Accessories
RFID Systems
The products and systems described in this catalog are manufactured/distributed under application of a certified quality management system in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9001. The certificate is recognized by all IQNet countries.
RFID systems for production RFID systems for logistics RFID systems for locating Communication modules and accessories
Image Processing Systems
Code reading systems Vision sensors Intelligent cameras Vision systems Software Lenses and lighting
Appendix
Siemens Automation and Drives. Welcome
More than 60,000 people aiming for the same goal: increasing your competitiveness. That's Siemens Automation and Drives. We offer you a comprehensive portfolio for sustained success in your sector, whether you're talking automation engineering, drives or electrical installation systems. Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) and Totally Integrated Power (TIP) form the core of our offering. TIA and TIP are the basis of our integrated range of products and systems for the manufacturing and process industries as well as building automation. This portfolio is rounded off by innovative services over the entire life cycle of your plants. Learn for yourself the potential our products and systems offer. And discover how you can permanently increase your productivity with us. Your regional Siemens contact can provide more information. He or she will be glad to help.
1/2
Siemens FS 10 2007
Siemens FS 10 2007
1/3
Sharpen your competitive edge. Totally Integrated Automation
With Totally Integrated Automation (TIA), Siemens is the only manufacturer to offer an integrated range of products and systems for automation in all sectors - from incoming goods to outgoing goods, from the field level through the production control level to connection with the corporate management level. On the basis of TIA, we implement solutions that are perfectly tailored to your specific requirements and are characterized by a unique level of integration. This integration not only ensures significant reductions in interface costs but also guarantees the highest level of transparency across all levels.
ERP Enterprise Resource Planning
Ethernet
MES Manufacturing Execution Systems
Production Order Management Ethernet
Material Management
Production Operations Recording
Equipment Management
Control
SIMATIC NET Industrial Communication
SINAUT Telecontrol System SIMATIC Sensors
SIMATIC Software
SIMATIC Controllers/ Automation System
PROFINET Industrial Ethernet Safety Integrated
PROFIBUS
PC-based Automation
AS-Interface
KNX/EIB GAMMA instabus
Building Technology ECOFAST IP65 Distributed Automation System
Micro-Automation and Aktor-Sensor Interface Level
1/4
Siemens FS 10 2007
It goes without saying that you profit from Totally Integrated Automation during the entire life cycle of your plants - from the first planning steps, through operation, right up to modernization. Consistent integration in the further development of our products and systems guarantees a high degree of investment security here. Totally Integrated Automation makes a crucial contribution towards optimizing everything that happens in the plant and thus creates the conditions for a significant increase in productivity.
Plant Information Management

Production Modeler
Product Specification Management System
SIMATIC IT Framework
Detailed Production Scheduling Laboratory Information Management System
SENTRON Circuit Breakers
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
SIMATIC HMI Human Machine Interface
SIMOTION Motion Control System
SINUMERIK Computer Numeric Control
Field Instrumentation/ Analytics
HART
SIMOCODE pro Motor Management System
SIRIUS Soft Starter
SIMATIC Distributed I/O
SIWAREX Weighing Technology
PROFIBUS PA
Drive Systems/ SINAMICS
SINAMICS
SIMODRIVE
SINAMICS
Siemens FS 10 2007
1/5
Integrated energy distribution from a single source. Totally Integrated Power
Totally Integrated Power (TIP) brings together all the components of electrical energy distribution into an integrated whole. Thus TIP provides the answer to growing market demands in the planning, construction and use of utility buildings and industrial buildings. On the basis of TIP, we offer integrated solutions for energy distribution, from medium voltage to the power outlet. Totally Integrated Power is based here on integration in planning and configuring as well as on perfectly matched products and systems.
Communication
HMI
Load management
Graphs
Prognoses
Process/production automation
I U I cos o P cos o PW W
PROCESS FIELD BUS
Products and systems
110 kV
Planning and configuration
1/6
Siemens FS 10 2007
Totally Integrated Power offers communication and software modules for connecting the energy distribution systems to industrial automation and building automation. This enables significant savings potential.
Maintenance
Substation Distribution Maintenance task
Hall 1 Distribution 3 Infeed II Air conditioning system checkup Replacing circuit breaker contacts Replacing meters
Message/ error management
Selective protection
Protocols
DATE: EMPLOYEE COST CENTER PAY PERIOD BEGINNING PAY PERIOD ENDING
DATE SUN IN OUT IN OUT OVERTIME MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL
Power quality
Cost center
TOTAL HOURS
Building automation
TOTAL HOURS
central ON OFF local ON OFF tripped
TOTAL HOURS
CODES V=VACATION H=HOLIDAY S=SICK
REGULAR
HOLIDAY
OTHER
OVER THE HOURS TIME & ONE-HALF
SICK
VACATION
instabus EIB
Siemens FS 10 2007
1/7
Sensors for Factory Automation SIMATIC Sensors
Sensors represent the sense organs for machines and systems that run automated production processes. The importance of sensor technology grows steadily as production processes become increasingly complex and process safety requirements continue to rise.
Increased efficiency through intelligent sensor technology While sensors up to now primarily supplied information, intelligent sensors are capable of direct analysis as well as further processing of measured values on site. This simplifies the automation solution architecture and relieves the higher-level systems. Increased cost-effectiveness through internationalization Products that can be employed worldwide and are suitable for any automation environment offer additional flexibility in the implementation of your machines or systems for global application. We offer worldwide support on site, via hotline or online and have contacts in over 190 countries. Increased productivity through system integration More and more, sensors are becoming integral parts of automation systems. By integrating SIMATIC Sensors into Totally Integrated Automation our unique line of products and systems for automating the entire production workflow in any industry we offer continuity from the sensors all the way to the MES level. This enables a new dimension in terms of availability and productivity. Always the right choice We want you to make the right decision every time. Thats why we offer qualified sales and technical expertise in all areas as well as competent application know-how. With years of experience in the area of sensor technology and as the world market leader in automation, we actively advance the development of sensor technology.
SIMATIC Sensors Productivity You Sense

A comprehensive portfolio: SIMATIC Sensors Choosing the right components and using them optimally within the complete system are the decisive indicators of a successful automation system. With our current line of SIMATIC Sensors, we offer you a complete portfolio of proven and innovative sensors that are highly competitive in terms of price, performance, functionality and availability.
Industrial
Industrial Ethernet
PROCESS FIELD
PROFIBUS
AS-Interface Fail-Safe Sensors Proximity Switches
1/8
Ethernet
RFID Systems
Image Processing Systems
Siemens FS 10 2007
Proximity switches Presence/absence counting Position measurement Position detection Presence detection Fail-safe presence detection Identification Data matrix code reading Data reading/writing Sample/shape comparison Color recognition When recording, counting, measuring, monitoring or positioning solid, liquid or powdery substances, our proximity switches always have the right sense. Equally sharp senses plus the right dose of intelligence distinguish our clever proximity switches with IQSense. They bring sensors and controllers together in one system. This unique concept provides maximum system availability and accuracy from the configuration to the wiring.
Fail-safe sensors
RFID systems
Image processing systems
Maximum process safety must be guaranteed when protecting both man and machine in an industrial environment. This is done not only to prevent damages, but also to achieve maximum system availability and cost-effectiveness. A clear case for our optical fail-safe sensors, which provide safe and reliable all-around protection for personnel, machines and systems. And naturally, this is all part of Safety Integrated, our end-to-end safety concept.
Whether in manufacturing, logistics or distribution, if you want to know everything about the production or the flow of goods at all times and all locations then you cannot go wrong with our intelligent electronic RFID systems. These systems identify safely, quickly and efficiently, are unaffected by dirt and store data directly on the product or object. This way you can control and optimize the material flow, warehouse logistics or order picking.
Our image processing systems simply have eyes everywhere. They control, monitor and secure the material flow as well as the quality of your industrial production. More reliable and better than human eyes, these systems make decisions based on visual information. Thus, they contribute significantly to an optimized and failsafe workflow.
Siemens FS 10 2007
1/9
1/10
Siemens FS 10 2007
Proximity switches
2/2 2/3 2/26 2/26 2/28 2/30 2/32 2/32 2/36 2/38 2/39 2/39 2/43 2/45 2/48 2/48 2/53 2/53 2/55 2/59 2/59 2/61
Introduction Sonar proximity switches SIMATIC PXS100 Compact range K0 Compact form 3SG16 Sonar thru-beam sensor SIMATIC PXS200 Compact range M30 K1 Compact range M18S Compact form K08 SIMATIC PXS300 Compact range M30 K2 Compact range M18 Compact form K65 SIMATIC PXS400 Compact range M30 K3 SIMATIC PXS800 Compact range M18 ATEX Compact range M30 K3 ATEX SIMATIC PXS900 Double layer sheet monitoring Accessories for sonar proximity switches SONPROG interface device Mounting accessories 2/64 2/77 2/77 2/79 2/80 2/80 2/82 2/86 2/86 2/87 2/88 2/90 2/90 2/92 2/93 2/95 2/97 2/97 2/99 2/100 2/102 Opto proximity switches SIMATIC PXO100 M18S form M18 form SIMATIC PXO200 C40 form K80 form SIMATIC PXO300 D4 form M5 form M12 form SIMATIC PXO400 K21, K21R forms K20 form K31 form K30 form 2/111 Inductive proximity switches 2/134 2/134 2/136 2/150 2/157 2/162 2/163 2/163 2/164 2/175 2/186 2/196 2/205 2/206 2/206 2/212 2/215 2/218 2/218 2/219 2/220 SIMATIC PXI200 Operating dist. 0.6-0.8 mm Operating dist. 1-4 mm Operating dist. 5-10 mm Operating dist. 15-20 mm Operating dist. 30-40 mm SIMATIC PXI300 Operating dist. 0.6-1 mm Operating dist. 2-4 mm Operating dist. 5-12 mm Operating dist. 15-22 mm Operating dist. 25-40 mm Operating dist. 50-65 mm SIMATIC PXI400 Operating dist. 1.5-10 mm Operating dist. 12-20 mm Operating dist. 25-75 mm SIMATIC PXI600 Operating dist. 2-4 mm Operating dist. 5-8 mm Operating dist. 10-35 mm
SIMATIC PXO500 L18 form L20 form L50 form L50HF, L50HF advanced, L80HF forms 2/104 C20 form 2/105 C50 form 2/106 Accessories for opto proximity switches 2/106 Plastic optical fibers 2/108 Mounting brackets 2/110 Reflectors
2/61 2/63
2/222 SIMATIC PXI900 2/222 Operating dist. 3 mm, pressure resistant to 500 bar 2/223 Operating dist. 0 - 6 mm, with analog output
2/224 Capacitive proximity switches 2/227 SIMATIC PXC200 2/227 DC 10 to 65 V 2/228 AC 20 to 250 V
2/230 Accessories for all proximity switches 2/230 Power supply 2/231 Connectors 2/237 Distributors 2/238 Sensors assembly system 2/239 Mounting accessories
Siemens FS 10 2007
Proximity switches
Introduction
Proximity switches for reliable sensing, counting, measurement or monitoring
Automation solutions are becoming more and more extensive and processes are more complex than ever before. Total control of all processes is therefore more important than ever. To maintain an overview here, it is essential to deploy all the available senses optimally. Proximity switches offer ideal characteristics for this for sensing, counting, measuring and positioning. Whatever the application or sector, the complete product range can always provide just the right feel for the job.
Highlights
Contactless detection of objects Extensive and complete product range including photoelectric, inductive, sonar and capacitive sensors International versions (UL/CSA) Up to degree of protection IP69K, depending on type of sensor Integrated in Totally Integrated Automation with IQ-Sense
Sonar proximity switches Sonar proximity switches can be used as non-contact proximity switches in many fields of automation. Whenever distances through air have to be evaluated, these devices can be used, because they not only detect objects, but can also output and evaluate the absolute distance between the Sonar proximity switches and the object. Changing environmental conditions (e.g. temperature variations) are compensated during evaluation of the measurement.
Opto proximity switches The photoelectric proximity switches react to changes in the received quantity of light. The light beam emitted from the emitter diode is interrupted or reflected by the object to be detected. Depending on the type of BERO, the interruption or reflection of the light beam is evaluated.
Inductive proximity switches Inductive proximity switches are the low-cost solution for non-contact detection of metal objects. Inductive proximity switches are extremely reliable with a very high repeat accuracy and long service life thanks to no-wear operation as well as their insensitivity to temperature, noise, light and water.
Capacitive proximity switches Capacitive proximity switches are also non-contact sensors for measuring conducting and nonconducting materials in solid, powder or liquid state.
Totally integrated in TIA IQ-Sense is a concept for the intelligent integration of sensors in automation systems. Just like all products and systems incorporated in Totally Integrated Automation, IQ-Sense devices also feature the same properties with respect to communications capability, data management and configuration/programming. This provides advantages in every aspect, and not just enormous savings potential for engineering. For the first time, plant-wide communication down to the sensor level can be implemented not just extremely easily, but highly profitably as well.
2/2
Siemens FS 10 2007
Sonar proximity switches

Introduction
Sonar proximity switches from 6 cm to 10 m they detect everything
PXS series The ultrasonic proximity switches are organized in different product families in accordance with their technical type and design:
SIMATIC Sensors Design Compact range K0, compact form 3SG16, thru-beam sensor Compact series M30 K1, compact series M18S, compact form K08 Compact series M30 K2, compact series M18, compact form K65 Compact series M30 K3 Compact range M18 ATEX, compact range M30 K3 ATEX Double-layer sheet monitoring
PXS100 PXS200 PXS300 PXS400 PXS800 PXS900
The sonar proximity switches detect objects in different materials, shapes, colors or consistencies with absolute precision, flexibility and reliability. The range of applications is almost limitless. In fill-level or height sensing, distance measurement or bottle counting - at distances from 3 cm to 10 m, they detect objects with widely differing characteristics. Regardless of whether they are liquid, solid, powder or even transparent. The nature of the surfaces is irrelevant, they can be rough or smooth, clean or dirty, wet or dry. The proximity switches are extremely rugged and insensitive to dirt, vibration, ambient light or ambient noise.
Application
The wide range of areas of application for the Sonar proximity switch ultrasonic sensors gives full rein to the imagination: Fill level and height sensing Spacing measurement Winding diameter sensing Bottle counting, and much more The sonar proximity switches are extremely rugged and insensitive to dirt, vibration and ambient noise. Applications in food processing For use in contact with food or corrosive chemicals, on request, the ultrasonic sensors can be protected with Teflon film and supplied in a stainless-steel enclosure. Objects Using ultrasonic technology, sonar proximity switches can detect objects of any kind, this includes liquids, powders or granulates, and colored or transparent objects. Whether the surface of the object is rough or smooth, clean or dirty, wet or dry is of no consequence. Even at a maximum operating distance, all level or smooth surfaces can be reliably detected up to an angular variation of approximately 3 from the sound cone. Depending on the peak-to-valley height of the object, the angular variation may also be higher. As a rule, the objects can enter the sound cone from any direction. Sensors for Ex Zone 2/22 The sonar proximity switches PXS800 are approved according to EU Guideline 94/9/EG (ATEX) Appendix VIII The approval is for: Gas EX II 3G EEx nA II T6 X and Dust EX II 3D IP65 T 80 C X The functionality of the sonar proximity switches with ATEX approval is identical to that of the standard proximity switches. Personal safety Due to their physical characteristics, the sonar proximity switches cannot be used for safety-related applications (e.g. for the protection of personnel).
NSD0_00801
Highlights
Measurements accurate to the millimeter Color and material-independent, even transparent objects Individual parameter setting Small, compact housing (M18S) Very high degree of repeat accuracy Can be used all over the world: UL/CSA approvals Sensors available for Ex Zone 2/22 Insensitive to temperature, noise, light or water Sensors with IQ-Sense
Configurator A configurator for sonar proximity switches is available in the A&D Mall. Based on the technical features required, the desired product can be quickly and easily selected, placed in the shopping cart and ordered. You can reach the configurator through the following link: www.siemens.com/simatic-sensors/px
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/3

Introduction
Application examples
2
Size measurement Quality inspection
Measurement of stack height
Distance monitoring
Measurement of diameter and speed
Fill level measurement
Contour measurement
Loop monitoring
2/4
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Design
Mounting Sonar proximity switches can be operated in any mounting position. Mounting positions in which deposits can settle on the transducer surface must however be avoided. The best results are obtained if the Sonar proximity switches are aligned such that the ultrasound waves hit the object as near to the vertical as possible. If this is not possible (e.g. in the case of bulk material), the maximum possible range must be determined experimentally. This depends on the material, surface and alignment of the objects. To prevent undesirable reflections, the distance a must be maintained from disturbing objects around the axis of the sound cone.
b
Clearance a around the axis of the sound cone: keep space free of objects:
a a
Sound cone
Sonar proximity a switch with sensing range cm cm to 30 130 (100) 300 600 1000 > 6 > 30 > 60 > 90 > 150 6 (5) 20 to 40 to 60 to 80 to
NSD00748a
Sonar proximity switch
Distance b between two Sonar proximity switches and a smooth surface: Sonar proximity b switch with sensing range cm
NSD0_00749
Sound cone
Between the sound cone axis and a smooth wall running in parallel to it, the distance b must be maintained to prevent disturbing reflections. The distance c must be maintained to ensure that no objects enter the blind zone (see under sound cones). Mounting multiple sensors Mutual interference between Sonar proximity switches that can result in spurious signals is excluded by maintaining sufficient distances between the sensors or an appropriate alignment. If two Sonar proximity switches of an identical design are mounted opposite each other, the distance d must be maintained between them. If two sensors of identical design are arranged in parallel, the distance e must be maintained between the sensors. To avoid mutual interference, proximity switches of compact ranges K0, M30 K2, M30 K3 and M18 can be synchronized or operated in multiplex mode (see under Functions). Fouling The range of the proximity switch is reduced if the transducer surface is damaged or painted or if water or wet dirt is applied to it.
cm to 30 130 (100) 300 600 1000 > 3 > 15 > 30 > 40 > 70
6 (5) 20 to 40 to 60 to 80 to
Distance d between two Sonar proximity switches mounted opposite each other with the same sensing range:
Sonar proximity d switch with sensing range cm

NSD0_00747a
cm to 30 130 (100) 300 600 1000 > 120 > 400 > 1200 > 2500 > 4000
Sound cone Sonar proximity switch
6 (5) 20 to 40 to 60 to 80 to
Distance e between two Sonar proximity switches arranged in parallel with the same sensing range, object perpendicular to the axis of the sound cone:
Sound cone
NSD0_00745a
Sonar proximity e switch with sensing range cm 6 (5) 20 to 40 to 60 to 80 to to 30 130 (100) 300 600 1000 cm > 15 > 60 > 150 > 250 > 350
Object
Distance e between two Sonar proximity switches arranged in parallel with the same sensing range, object with unfavorable orientation: The distance e must be experimentally determined depending on the angle between the object and the Sonar proximity switch.
Object
e
Sound cone
NSD00746a
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/5

Introduction
Function
The Sonar proximity switches only operate through the medium of air and can detect any objects that reflect ultrasound. The sensors emit ultrasonic pulses cyclically. When an object reflects these pulses, the generated echo is received and converted into an electrical signal. The incoming echo is detected in accordance with its intensity which, in turn, is dependent on the distance between the object and the Sonar proximity switch.
7
Active measurement system: The propagation time of the ultrasonic signal from the emitter to the receiver is measured. The enabling inputs of the two proximity switches must be connected together for this purpose. All options of the proximity switches can still be used; the range is twice the normal range.
Emitter and receiver This is the normal operating mode of the Sonar proximity switch; it operates as a typical proximity switch. 7 Diffuse sensor: In this case, the object that is to be detected acts as a reflector. As soon as an object enters the preset operating range, the echo from this object causes the output signal of the proximity switch to change.
Operating range
The Sonar proximity switches operate according to the echo propagation principle, i.e. the time difference between the emitted pulse and the echo pulse is evaluated. The construction of the sensor causes the ultrasonic beam to be emitted in the shape of a cone. Reflecting objects are only detected within this sound cone. Within the blind zone, which lies between the sensor surface and the sensing range, echoes cannot be evaluated for physical reasons. Resolution The resolution is the smallest change in the distance to the object that is necessary for a change in the output of the proximity switch. The internal resolution is 256 or 4096 steps. If values are entered during programming that exceed this resolution, the program will automatically correct them. The corrected values will be displayed in a window with a message. Example Sonar proximity switch 3RG6014..... (60 to 600 cm) For a sensing range 60 to 600 cm, this results in a resolution of 1.3 mm: 6000 mm 600 mm = 5400 mm 5400 mm/4096 = 1.3 mm (12 bit) If the measuring range is restricted, the step size is reduced because the distance that is split up into 4096 steps has reduced. The smallest step size is, however, limited to 1 mm by the electronics. If the sensing range is restricted, the resolution is enhanced. Temperature compensation The Sonar proximity switches of compact ranges M30 K2, M30 K3 and M18 are fitted with temperature sensors and a compensation circuit that equalizes changes in operating distances caused by temperature changes. Compensation can be performed throughout the temperature range. This means that an absolute precision of 1.5% (compact ranges M30 K2 and M30 K3) or of 2.5% (compact range M18) is achieved. Operating modes with switching output The Sonar proximity switches with switching output can be used in the following modes depending on their type (the graphics show sensors with NO function). Only emitter, only receiver Two Sonar proximity switches are required in each case for this operating mode. One is parameterized as a receiver and the other is parameterized as the emitter. There are two possible applications: 7 Thru-beam sensor: It is only evaluated whether an object lies between the proximity switches. The range is twice the normal range. Adjustment of the operating range and evaluation of the analog output is not relevant in this case.
Emitter Object Receiver
NSD0_01204a
Object not detected, switching output not active Operating range

NSD0_01202a
Object detected, switching output active
Reflex sensor: In this case, a permanently fixed reflector (e.g. a small metal plate) is mounted opposite the proximity switch. The operating range is adjusted to this reflector. If the path between the proximity switch and the reflector is interrupted, the sensor no longer detects the reflector and this triggers a change in the signal at the switching output.
Set operating range
Reflector detected, switching output active
Set operating range
Reflector hidden by object, switching output not active
NSD0_01203a
Object detected, switching output active
2/6
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Synchronization In compact ranges K0, M30 K2, M30 K3 and M18, several devices can be synchronized with each other by simply interconnecting the synchronization outputs of the devices (Pin 2 for NO function, Pin 4 for NC function). Up to 10 devices can be synchronized (or 6 devices in the case of compact range 0). This allows the sensors to be mounted extremely close to each other in many cases without causing mutual interference. Advantages No additional wiring overheads, simply connect the enable inputs of the individual proximity switches. Fast response, because every proximity switch is constantly active. Disadvantages The object cannot be assigned to a particular proximity switch. Example Two Sonar proximity switches are mounted at a clearance e that is smaller than the minimum clearance (see mounting guidelines). An object is located in their common sound field. The echo from B2 can reach B1 by reflection (GB). Mutual interference can occur. The object is detected from the two echoes E1 and E2 by Sonar proximity switches B1 and B2. If the two devices are synchronized, there may be no mutual interference, because for example, echo E1 arrives after echo E2 at proximity switch B2. The devices only ever respond to the first echo. Example: Recognition of narrow objects Narrow objects are to be recognized and it shall be determined whether one, two or no objects are present.
B2 E1
GB
NSD0_01195a
B1 E2
In this example, echo GB would cause proximity switch B1 to mistakenly detect an object. Synchronization of the proximity switches would not help here because echo pulse E2 would not arrive until after echo GB at proximity switch B1 and a proximity switch only ever detects the first echo. In this example, a PLC must be used to switch cyclically to and fro between the two proximity switches. Internal multiplex mode The Sonar proximity switches of compact ranges K0, M30 K2, M30 K3 and M18 can be interconnected to form a network. Up to 10 devices (or 6 in the case of compact range K0) can be operated in series or parallel (see "Synchronization"). No additional electronics is required. The enable inputs of all the proximity switches are simply connected together. On programming, each device is informed about the number of proximity switches in the network as well as its own position (address) in the network. When they have been wired up and the supply voltage has been connected, the proximity switches automatically operate in multiplex mode.
E2 B2
GB
B1 E1
Multiplex function External multiplex mode The fourth connection can be used as an external enabling input. This can be used to switch the Sonar proximity switch to active or inactive using an external control without the need to switch the supply voltage on and off. An external multiplex mode can be configured when Sonar proximity switches have to be switched on and off in sequence via the enabling input. In this case, it is ensured that the Sonar proximity switches will not interfere with each other. In contrast to internal multiplex mode, more than 10 Sonar proximity switches can be operated in multiplex mode. Connection of the enable input: Sonar proximity switch active, Enable input XI at L+ or open. Sonar proximity switch inactive, enable input XI at 0 V to 3 V DC Advantages: Reliable protection against mutual interference. An object can be assigned to a proximity switch. Disadvantages: Additional connection overheads (e.g. a PLC). Longer response time than for a synchronization circuit because each proximity switch is only active briefly and then has to wait until all the other proximity switches in the circuit have emitted.
NSD0_01194a
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/7

Introduction
SONPROG interface device Using the SONPROG 3RX4 000 interface device and the relevant software, the Sonar proximity switches of compact ranges M30 K2, M30 K3 and M18 can be individually adapted to the respective application requirements. The device is an interface for the following tasks: Checking the parameters of the Sonar proximity switch Modifying the parameters of the Sonar proximity switch Aligning the Sonar proximity switch to the application.
SONPROG
This enables a Sonar proximity switch to be optimized specifically for an application. The adjustments found can be saved or printed out to facilitate maintenance and documentation of the equipment. When a Sonar proximity switch has been replaced, the new device can be programmed with the saved data quickly and easily. No new adjustments are necessary. The main parameters that can be set are: Lower and upper limit of the operating range Differential travel Switching function NO or NC Switching frequency Lower and upper limit of the analog characteristic Analog characteristic, rising or falling End of close range End of sensing range Mean value generation Attenuation The function can also be set for the device: Multiplex function Temperature compensation Diffuse or reflex sensor. For a detailed description of the possible settings, see "SONPROG PC interface", page 2/61. Adjustment with potentiometers The potentiometers are used to select the required limits (min. or max.) of the switching range.
2/8
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Circuit diagrams
Synchronization
NO function
L+ L Synchronization cable
NSD0 01196
NC function
NSD0 01197
L+ XI L
L+ XI L
L+ NC L
L+ NC
3 4 NO
3 4 NO
3 4 XI
L 3 4 XI
External multiplex mode NO function

L+ L
NSD0 01198
NC function
L+ L
NSD0 01199
L+ 1 XI 2 3 L 4 NO
1 2 XI 3 L
L+
PLC 50 mA
L+ 1 NC 2 3 L 4 XI
1 2 NC 3 L 4 XI
L+
4 NO
PLC 50 mA
PLC 50 mA PLC 50 mA
Internal multiplex mode (analog output) NO function

NSD0 01200
NC function
NSD0 01201
1 2 3 4 5
L+ XI L NO I a / Ua
1 2 3 4 5
L+ XI L NO I a / Ua
1 2 3 4 5
L+ NC L XI I a / Ua
1 2 3 4 5
L+ NC L XI I a / Ua
Characteristic curves
Sound cones The following diagrams are the results of measurements with Sonar proximity switches, with their production-dependent scatter, at room conditions (20 C). Standard reflectors moved radially are detected within the possible sensing range by the Sonar proximity switches. The diagrams apply to the individual types of sensor for the defined reflectors and for larger reflectors. Measurement 1 with an aligned object, with the most optimum reflection keep environment free of objects which should not be detected. Measurement 2 with an object which has partially aligned surfaces detection of round materials and plates with rounded edges. Measurement 3 with an object with a plane surface moving perpendicularly to the sound cone detection of plane surfaces and edges. Defined reflectors: Measurements 1, 3: plane object - 2 cm 2 cm, for sensors with sensing ranges up to 130 cm - 10 cm 10 cm, for sensors with larger sensing ranges Measurement 2: cylindrical object, 8 cm diameter. The following pages show the sound cones for the following designs: Compact range K0, K08 Sonar thru-beam sensor Compact range K65 Compact range M18, M18S Compact range M30 K1, M30 K2 and M30 K3
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/9

Introduction
Compact range K0, sensing range 6 ... 30 cm
Measurement 1 (most optimum reflection), attenuation 0
12 9
NSD 01207
Measurement 2 (cylindrical object), attenuation 0

12
NSD 01208
Measurement 3 (plane object), attenuation 0

12
NSD 01209
Maximum Average Minimum

BERO
Sound cone width in cm
Object
6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5
Object
6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Object distance in cm Minimum Average

BERO
Maximum Object
9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5
Maximum Minimum
BERO
Average 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Object distance in cm
-12
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Object distance in cm
-12
-12
Compact range K0, sensing range 20 ... 100 cm

36
NSD 01210

36
NSD 01211

36 Object
NSD 01212
Object
BERO
12 0
Minimum
BERO
Object
12 0 Minimum
BERO
24
Average Maximum
24
Average Maximum
24 12 0
Average Maximum
Minimum
-12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
-12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
-12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Object distance in cm
K65 compact form, sensing range 25 ... 250 cm

90 Maximum Average
NSD0 01261

90
NSD0 01262

90 Object
BERO
NSD0 01263
Object
BERO
30 0 Minimum
BERO
Object
30 0 Minimum
60
60
Maximum Average
60 30 0
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300
Sonar thru-beam sensor, sensing ranges 5 ... 40 cm, 5 ... 80 cm, 5 ... 150 cm
Receiver angle 0
30
NSD0 01264
Variable receiver angle, optimally aligned

30
NSD0 01265
20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 0 50 100 150 200 250

Emitter Receiver
20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 0 50 100 150 200 250
Emitter
Receiver
Distance emitter to receiver in cm
Distance emitter to receiver in cm
2/10
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
M18 compact range, sensing range 5 ... 30 cm
12
NSD0 01266

12
NSD0 01267

12
NSD0 01268
Object
BERO
6 3 0 -3 -6 -9
Object
BERO
6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 Minimum
Average Maximum Minimum
Maximum Average
9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30
Object
BERO
-12
10
20
30
40 50 60
70
-12
40 50 60
70
-12
40 50 60
70

12
NSD0 01269

12
NSD0 01270

12
NSD0 01271
Object
BERO
6 3 0 -3 -6 -9
Minimum
Object
BERO
6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 Minimum
Maximum Average
BERO
Average Maximum
9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20
Object
-12
10
20
30
40 50 60
70
-12
40 50 60
70
-12
30
40 50 60
70

12
NSD 01272

12
NSD0 01273

12
NSD0 01274
Object
BERO
6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0
Average
Maximum Minimum Object

BERO
9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5
Maximum Average Object

BERO
9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5
Maximum Average
Minimum
Minimum
-12
10 15 20 25 30 35 40
-12
10 15 20 25 30 35 40
-12
10 15 20 25 30 35 40

12
NSD0 01275

12
NSD0 01277
9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5
Object
BERO
Maximum Average
BERO
9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5
Object
Maximum Average
Insufficient sensitivity
Minimum
Minimum
-12
10 15 20 25 30 35 40
-12
10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/11

Introduction
M18 compact range, sensing range 15 ... 100 cm
36
NSD 01213

36
NSD 01214

36 Object
BERO
NSD 01215
Object
BERO
24 12 0 -12 -24 -36 0
Maximum Average Object Minimum

BERO
24 12 0
24 12 0 -12 -24 -36 0
Maximum Average
Minimum
-12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200
40
80
120
160
200
40
80
120
160
200

36
NSD 01216

36
NSD 01217

36 Object
BERO
NSD 01218
Object
BERO
24 12 0
Maximum Average Object Minimum

BERO
24 12 0
24 12 0 -12 -24 -36 0
Maximum Average
Minimum
-12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200
-12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200
40
80
120
160
200

36
NSD 01219

36
NSD 01220

36
NSD 01221
Object
BERO
12 0 Minimum
BERO
12 0
Maximum Average
BERO
Object
24
Maximum Average
24
24 12 0 Minimum Maximum Average
-12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
-12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60
Minimum
-12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60
80 100 120 140
80 100 120 140

36
NSD 01222

36
NSD 01223

36
NSD 01224
24 12 0
Object
BERO

BERO
24 12 0 -12 -24 -36
Object

BERO
24 12 0 -12 -24 -36
Object
Maximum Minimum
-12 -24 -36 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Average
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
2/12
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
M18S compact range, sensing range 3 ... 20 cm
6 4 O b je c t
B E R O
G _ F S 1 0 _ E N _ 0 0 0 1 3

3 O b je c t
G _ F S 1 0 _ E N _ 0 0 0 1 4
S o u n d c o n e w id th in c m
2 1 0 -1 -2 -3 0 5 1 0 1 5 2 0 2 5 3 0 3 5 4 0 4 5 M in im u m A v e ra g e M a x im u m
2 0 -2 -4 -6 0 5 1 0 1 5
M in im u m A v e ra g e M a x im u m
B E R O
2
O b je c t d is ta n c e in c m
2 0
2 5
3 0
3 5
4 0
4 5
M18S and K08 compact range, sensing range 5 ... 40 cm

6
G _ F S 1 0 _ E N _ 0 0 0 1 5

5 4
G _ F S 1 0 _ E N _ 0 0 0 1 6
4 2 0 -2 -4 -6 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 M in im u m A v e ra g e M a x im u m O b je c t
B E R O
O b je c t
B E R O
3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 0
1 0
1 5
2 0
2 5
3 0
3 5
4 0
4 5
M18S compact range, sensing range 10 ... 70 cm

1 5
G _ F S 1 0 _ E N _ 0 0 0 1 7

1 0 8 O b je c t
B E R O
G _ F S 1 0 _ E N _ 0 0 0 1 8
O b je c t
B E R O
5 0 -5
1 0
6 4 2 0 M in im u m A v e ra g e M a x im u m
-1 0 -1 5 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 0 1 0 0 1 2 0 1 4 0
-2 -4 -6 -8 -1 0 0
2 0
4 0
6 0
8 0
1 0 0
1 2 0 1 4 0
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/13

Introduction
Compact ranges M30 K1 to K3, sensing range 6 ... 30 cm
12
NSD0 01278

12
NSD0 01279

12
NSD0 01280
Object
BERO
6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 -12
Maximum Object Minimum

BERO
6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 Minimum
Maximum
Average
Average Object
BERO
9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0
Minimum
Average Maximum
10
20
30
40 50 60
70
-12
40 50 60
70
-12
10
20
30
40 50 60
70

12
NSD0 01281

12
NSD0 01282

12
NSD0 01283
Object
BERO
6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 Minimum
Maximum
Object
BERO
6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30
Maximum Minimum
BERO
Average
Average Object
9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9
Minimum
Maximum Average
-12
40 50 60
70
-12
40 50 60
70
-12
10
20
30
40 50 60
70

12
NSD0 01284

12
NSD0 01285

12
NSD0 01286
Object
BERO
6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 -12 0 10 20
Average
Object
BERO
6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 -12 0 10 20
Maximum Average
BERO
Maximum
9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20
Object
Maximum Average
Minimum
Minimum
Minimum 30 40 50
30
40
50
-12
30
40
50

12
NSD0 01287

12
NSD0 01289
9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5
Object
BERO
Maximum Average
BERO
9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5
Object
Maximum Average
Minimum
Minimum
-12
10 15 20 25 30 35 40
-12
10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Note: only the sound cones with attenuation 0 apply to compact range M30 K1.
2/14
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Compact ranges M30 K1 to M30 K3, sensing range 20 ... 130 cm
42
Maximum Average
NSD 01225

42
NSD 01226

42
NSD 01227
Object
BERO
24 12 0
Minimum
BERO
Object
24 12 0
Maximum Average
Object
Minimum
BERO
24 12 0
-12 -24
-12 -24 -42
-12 -24
-42
40
80
120
160
200
40
80
120
160
200
-42
2
0 40 80 120 160 200

36 Maximum Average
NSD 01228

36
NSD 01229

36
NSD 01230
24 12 0
24 12 0
Object
BERO
Maximum Average
24 12 0
Object Minimum
BERO
Object
BERO
Minimum
-12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200
-12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200
-12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200

36
NSD 01231

36
NSD 01232

36
NSD 01233
Object
BERO
12 0 -12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Minimum

BERO
Object
12 0
Average Maximum
BERO
24
Average Maximum
24
24 12 0
Object
Average Maximum
-12 -24 -36 0 20
Minimum
-12 -24 -36 0 20
Minimum
40
60
80
100 120
40
60
80
100 120

36
NSD 01234

36
NSD 01236
24 12 0
Object
BERO

BERO
24 12 0
Object
Maximum Minimum
-12 -24 -36 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
-12 -24 -36
Average
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/15

Introduction
90 Maximum
NSD 01237

90
NSD 01238

90 Object
NSD 01239
Object
BERO
30 0
Average
Minimum
BERO
Object
30 0 Minimum
BERO
60
60
Maximum Average
60 30 0
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300

90
NSD 01240

90
NSD 01241

90 Object
BERO
NSD 01242
Object
BERO
30 0 Average Minimum
BERO
Object
60
Maximum
60 30 0 -30 -60 -90 0 60 120
60 30 0
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300
180
240
300

90
NSD 01243

90
NSD 01244

90
NSD 01245
60 30 0
Object
BERO
Maximum Average
60 30 0
Object
BERO
Maximum Average
BERO
60 30 0
Object
Maximum Average
Minimum
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300
-30 -60 -90 0
Minimum
-30 -60 -90 0 60
Minimum
60
120
180
240
300
120
180
240
300

90
NSD 01246

90
NSD 01247

90
NSD 01248
60 30 0
Object
BERO
Maximum Average
BERO
60 30 0
Object
Maximum Average
BERO
60 30 0
Object
Maximum Average
-30 -60 -90 0
Minimum
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120
Minimum
-30 -60 -90 0 60
Minimum
60
120
180
240
300
180
240
300
120
180
240
300
2/16
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
120
NSD 01249

120
NSD 01250

120
NSD 01251
Object
BERO
40 0
Object
BERO
40 0 -40 -80 0
Object Maximum Average Minimum

BERO
80
80
80 40 0 Minimum
Maximum Average
-40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
-40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
-120
-120
100 200 300 400 500 600
-120
2

120 Maximum Average
NSD 01252

120
NSD 01253

120 Object
BERO
NSD 01254
Object
BERO
40 0 Minimum
BERO
Object
40 0 Minimum
80
80
Maximum Average
80 40 0
-40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
-40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
-40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
-120
-120
-120

120 Maximum Average
NSD 01255

120
NSD 01256

120 Object
BERO
NSD 01257
Object
BERO
40 0 -40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Minimum

BERO
Object
40 0 Minimum
80
80
Maximum Average
80 40 0
-40 -80 0
-40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
-120
-120
100 200 300 400 500 600
-120

120
NSD 01258

120
NSD 01259

120
ANSD 01260
Object
BERO
40 0 -40 -80 0
Object
BERO
40 0 -40 -80 0
Maximum Average
BERO
Object
80
80
80 40 0 -40 -80 0
Minimum
-120
100 200 300 400 500 600
-120
100 200 300 400 500 600
-120
100 200 300 400 500 600
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/17

Introduction
Further information
Active surface The active surface of an ultrasonic proximity switch is the surface at which the ultrasound is emitted and received (IEC). Reference axis The reference axis is the axis running perpendicularly through the active surface and through its center (IEC). speed of sound and attenuation can result in significant measurement errors and even malfunction (e.g. in carbon dioxide). Air currents Changes to the speed of sound as a result of constant changes in the flow direction and flow velocity of the air cannot be quantified by means of a generally applicable formula. High-temperature objects, such as glowing metal cause air turbulence. This will scatter or deflect the ultrasound. An echo will not be generated that can be evaluated. Precipitation Low levels of precipitation in the form of rain or snow will not adversely affect the functionality of the Sonar proximity switch. The transducer surface should not, however, be wetted. Dewing is permissible. Spray paint This has no determinable effect on the functioning of the Sonar proximity switch. To prevent any detrimental effect on the sensitivity of the transducer, however, the spray paint must not be allowed to settle on the active transducer surface. External sound External sound is distinguished from the system-specific echoes and does not usually cause malfunctions. Repeat accuracy R The repeat accuracy is the change in the real operating distance sr at defined conditions (IEC). The repeat accuracy is measured over a period of 8 hours at an ambient temperature of 23 C ( 5 C), any relative humidity within the specified range, and a defined supply voltage. The repeat accuracy of the Sonar proximity switch is 0.15 % of full-scale.
Sensing range The sensing range is understood to be the range within which the operating distance can be set (IEC). With the Sonar proximity switches, this is a range from 3 cm to 10 m depending on the type. The construction of the sensor causes the ultrasonic beam to be emitted in the shape of a cone. Reflecting objects are only detected within this sound cone. Within the blind zone, which lies between the sensor surface and the sensing range, echoes cannot be evaluated for physical reasons. Operating distance The operating distance is the distance at which a change in signal is caused at the output when the target approaches the active surface along the reference axis (IEC). Rated operating distance sn The rated operating distance is a conventional variable for defining the operating distances. Neither specimen scatter nor changes resulting from external influences such as voltage or temperature are taken into account (IEC). Real operating distance sr The real operating distance is the operating distance of a particular proximity switch measured at defined temperature, voltage and mounting conditions (IEC). Accuracy The accuracy is the permissible error that exists as the difference between the true distance and the indicated value. The accuracy of a Sonar proximity switch depends on internal tolerances as well as certain physical parameters of the air such as humidity, atmospheric pressure and air movement. These parameters influence the sound propagation time and therefore the measured value received. Atmospheric pressure Any other atmospheric changes at a permanent site will have a negligible effect on the sound propagation time. Between sea level and 3000 m altitude, the speed of sound is reduced by less than 1 %. Sound propagation is not possible in a vacuum. Air humidity At room temperature and at lower temperatures, the humidity will have a negligible effect on the sound propagation time. At higher temperatures, the speed of sound increases with humidity. Air temperature The sound propagation time is dependent on the air temperature. An air temperature of 20 C is used as the reference variable here. The speed of sound changes with air temperature by 0.17 %/K. This temperature dependent change in sound propagation time means that as the temperature increases, the distance to the object appears to become shorter. A change in temperature of, for example, +10 C results in a change in the speed of sound of approximately +1.75 % and therefore a change in the operating distance of +1.75 %. Gas types The Sonar proximity switch is designed for operation in atmospheric air. If it is operated in other gases, different values for the
2/18
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Integration
Sensors and PLCs are growing together Thanks to intelligent linking to the PLC, IQ-Sense can now be used to implement significantly more flexibility and reliability of the sensors. The uniform exchange of data presents a great number of advantages for plant construction as well as for its operation. For example, the new IntelliTeach function permits machine and plant constructors to achieve fast commissioning, since all settings for the IQ-Sense devices can be made using the PLC. Values set once on a sensor can be transmitted to other sensors without problem. Sensors can be exchanged during operation without any extra work since the PLC automatically reestablishes all sensor settings. Furthermore, IQ-Sense permits channel-specific system diagnostics. Wire break, short-circuit, maladjustment or module/sensor failure are automatically signaled, and parameterization errors are avoided. It is therefore possible to reduce downtimes and to increase plant availability. Highlights Configuration with STEP 7 Communication between sensor and SIMATIC PLC over a lowcost two-core cable Sensor parameterization through the control (IntelliTeach) System diagnostics down to a single sensor reduces downtimes Replacement of sensors during operation without re-parameterization The Sonar M18 proximity switch (range 6 to 30 cm and 15 to 100 cm) can be connected via an 8 x IQ-Sense module to S7-300 and ET 200M.
Integration of IQ-Sense into the automation environment
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/19

Introduction
Overview
SIMATIC PXS100
2
Compact range K0 Design
Sensing range (cm) Operating mode Diffuse sensor Reflex sensor Thru-beam sensor Output 1 switching output 2 switching outputs Analog output 0 ... 20 mA Analog output 4 ... 20 mA Analog output 0 ... 10 V Frequency output Direct communication with the PLC Temperature compensation Adjustment 1 Potentiometer 2 Potentiometers Teach-In Plug-in jumper Programming device SONPROG Wiring M8 connector M12 connector Cable Terminals Degree of protection IP65 IP67 See page 2/26 2/30 2/28
Fixed sensor head

6 ... 30 20 ... 100
Separate sensor head

6 ... 30 20 ... 100
Sonar thru-beam sensor

50 ... 150
3SG16 compact type

20 ... 100
Configurator in the Internet for fast product selection and ordering available under www.siemens.com/simatic-sensors/px
2/20
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Overview
SIMATIC PXS200
2
Compact range M30 K1 Design
6 ... 30
Fixed sensor head

20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600
Swivel-type sensor head

6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600

6 ... 30 20 ... 130
Sensing range (cm) Operating mode Diffuse sensor Reflex sensor Thru-beam sensor Output 1 switching output 2 switching outputs Analog output 0 ... 20 mA Analog output 4 ... 20 mA Analog output 0 ... 10 V Frequency output Direct communication with the PLC Temperature compensation Adjustment 1 Potentiometer 2 Potentiometers Teach-In Plug-in jumper Programming device SONPROG Wiring M8 connector M12 connector Cable Terminals Degree of protection IP65 IP67 See page
2/32
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/21

Introduction
Overview
SIMATIC PXS200
2
Design
Sensing range (cm) Operating mode Diffuse sensor Reflex sensor Thru-beam sensor Output 1 switching output 2 switching outputs Analog output 0 ... 20 mA Analog output 4 ... 20 mA Analog output 0 ... 10 V Frequency output Direct communication with the PLC Temperature compensation Adjustment 1 Potentiometer 2 Potentiometers Teach-In Plug-in jumper Programming device SONPROG Wiring M8 connector M12 connector Cable Terminals Degree of protection IP65 IP67 See page 2/38 2/36
Compact range K08

5 ... 40 0 ... 80 0 ... 40
Compact range M18S Straight sensor head

3 ... 20 5 ... 40 10 ... 70
Angled sensor head

3 ... 20 5 ... 40 10 ... 70
2/22
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Overview
SIMATIC PXS300
2
Compact range M30 K2 Design Fixed sensor head
6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300
Swivel-type sensor head

40 ... 300 60 ... 600

6 ... 30 20 ... 130
Compact range M18

5 ... 30 15 ... 100
Compact form K65

6 ... 50 20 ... 150 25 ... 250
Sensing range (cm) Operating mode Diffuse sensor Reflex sensor Thru-beam sensor Output 1 switching output 2 switching outputs Analog output 0..20 mA Analog output 4..20 mA Analog output 0..10 V Frequency output Direct communication with the PLC Temperature compensation Adjustment 1 Potentiometer 2 Potentiometers Teach-In Plug-in jumper Programming device SONPROG Wiring M8 connector M12 connector Cable Terminals Degree of protection IP65 IP67 See page
60 ... 20 ... 6 ... 30 600 130
S7-300, ET 200M, ET 200S (via IQ-Sense)
2/39
2/43
2/45
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/23

Introduction
Overview
SIMATIC PXS400
2
Design Fixed sensor head
Sensing range (cm) Operating mode Diffuse sensor Reflex sensor Thru-beam sensor Output 1 switching output 2 switching outputs Analog output 0 ... 20 mA Analog output 4 ... 20 mA Analog output 0 ... 10 V Frequency output Direct communication with the PLC Temperature compensation Adjustment 1 Potentiometer 2 Potentiometers Teach-In Plug-in jumper Programming device SONPROG Wiring M8 connector M12 connector Cable Terminals Degree of protection IP65 IP67 See page 2/48 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600
Compact range M30 K3 Swivel-type sensor head

6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600

6 ... 30 20 ... 130
2/24
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Overview
SIMATIC PXS800
SIMATIC PXS 900
2
Design
Sensing range (cm) Operating mode Diffuse sensor Reflex sensor Thru-beam sensor Output 1 switching output 2 switching outputs Analog output 0 ... 20 mA Analog output 4 ... 20 mA Analog output 0 ... 10 V Frequency output Temperature compensation Adjustment 1 Potentiometer 2 Potentiometers Teach-In Plug-in jumper Programming device SONPROG Wiring M8 connector M12 connector Cable Terminals Degree of protection IP65 IP67 Version for EX areas Zone 2/22 See page 2/53 2/55 2/59
Compact range M18 ATEX

5 ... 30 15 ... 100
Compact range M30 K3 ATEX

6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600
Double layer sheet monitoring

2 ... 6
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/25

SIMATIC PXS100
Compact range K0
Overview
Design
The devices of compact range K0 are supplied in the standard version with permanently installed sensors. The devices of compact range K0 can also be supplied with separate sensors. Due to its small dimensions, the sensor is especially suitable in confined spaces. The ultrasonic sensor is installed in a cylindrical enclosure separated from the other electronics. In devices of type 3RG63 42, the sensor is installed in an M18 shell and in devices of type 3RG63 43 it is installed in an M30 shell with a length of 25 mm in both cases. Two nuts are supplied for fixing. The connecting lead of approximately 1.6 m in length is cast onto the sensor. The connection to the evaluation electronics located in the enclosure of compact range 0 is established through the preassembled coaxial cable plug. The mating socket is installed on the end face of the enclosure.
Functions
Compact range K0 is designed for simple applications. The devices are only suitable for operation as diffuse sensors. The sensors can be supplied with analog outputs. The end of operating range or analog range can be set using a potentiometer. Up to 6 devices can be synchronized with each other.
Compact range K0 with separate and fixed sensors
The sonar proximity switches of compact range 0 are all-in-one units with a rectangular enclosure, and are ready for connection. They are available with two sensing ranges. Operates as diffuse sensor Adjustable by potentiometer Can be synchronized Temperature compensation Solid-state outputs: - Switching output - Analog output Connection through M12 connector, type F
Technical specifications
Type Sensing range Standard target Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R Operational voltage (DC) Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current I0 Ultrasonic frequency Switching frequency f Response time Power-up delay tv Switching status display Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature During operation During storage cm cm mm mm V mA mA kHz Hz ms ms 3RG63 42 3RG63 43 6 ... 30 20 ... 100 11 22 5 10 0.45 1.5 10 ... 35 (including 10 % residual ripple, at 10 ... 18 V susceptibility falls by approx. 30 %) 100 Max. 35 400 200 8 5 70 90 7 7 Yellow LED CRASTIN; epoxy resin converter surface IP65; IP68 with separate sensor 0 ... +55 40 ... +85
C C
2/26
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXS100
Compact range K0
Selection and ordering data

Sensing range cm Rated operating current mA 100 100 100 100 100 100 Switching output pnp 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 3RG63 423AB00 3RG63 433AB00 3RG63 423AA00 3RG63 433AA00 3RG63 423JK00 3RG63 433JK00 Analog output Order No.
Fixed sensor
6 ... 30 20 ... 100 6 ... 30 20 ... 100 6 ... 30 20 ... 100
Separate sensor
6 ... 30 20 ... 100 6 ... 30 20 ... 100 6 ... 30 20 ... 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 3RG63 423AB01 3RG63 433AB01 3RG63 423AA01 3RG63 433AA01 3RG63 423JK01 3RG63 433JK01
Dimension drawings
3RG 63 4.3..00
65 53
Pot. + LED
3RG 63 4.3..01
65 53
NSD00772
LED+Poti 30
30
Ultrasonic converter
88 76
76 88
5,3
5,3 13,5
24
13,5 M 12
NSD00773
M 12
A
Type 3RG63 423..01 3RG63 433..01
A M18 M30
B SW 24 SW 36
Circuit diagrams
N S D 0 0 7 5 9
25
1 2 3 4 O u tp u t
L + X I L -
NSD00760
View from rear onto device

1 2 3 4 L+ Output LXI
2 3
NSD01042a
1 4
N NC o or a analog o output O r n a lo g u tp u t
NC
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/27

SIMATIC PXS100
3SG16 compact form
Overview
Functions
Range definition and adjustability The sonar proximity switch delivers a signal while an object is located in the set operating range or inhibit range, but outside the blind zone (see figure below). The sensing range between 0.2 and 1 m is subdivided into 8 equal operating ranges of 0.1 m. Each operating range B1 to B8 can be selected using a connector in the terminal compartment.
The sonar proximity switch signals with one output and one LED in each case whether objects are located in the set operating range or in the so-called inhibit range that precedes it. With the help of the supplied programming plug, two to eight of the separate operating ranges (B1 to B8) can be combined to form an extended operating range. The operating range is set with two programming plugs. The plugs are fitted to a pin connector located in the terminal compartment of the device. The possible pin assignments are shown in the cover of the terminal compartment.
Sensing range (selectable operating ranges via jumpers in terminal compartment)
Sound cone approx. 5
3SG16 compact form
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
These sonar proximity switches in compact form for DC consist of complete, factory-assembled units, ready for connection. It cannot be combined with devices from the compact ranges. Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Foreground and background suppression Adjustable using plug-in jumpers Solid-state outputs: - 2 switching outputs Terminal compartment with screw terminals
Set operating range e. g. 0.8 to 0.9 m Output 1 (green LED)
0
Blind zone
0,2
Blocking range: Output 2 (red LED)
0,8
0,9
1m
Operating modes Standard operating mode, diffuse sensor A sonar proximity switch switches when an object enters the sound cone from any direction, output 14 (NO) outputs a 1-signal if the object is located within a set operating range (B1 to B8). Output 24 (SX) outputs a 1-signal if the object is in the inhibit range. Objects in the blind zone do not cause a utilizable signal change on outputs 14 and 24. Reflex sensor If a reflector is permanently fixed within a set operating range, the ultrasonic beam will be interrupted by all objects in the inhibit range even those that absorb sound. In this case, output 14 (NO) changes to the 0-signal. In the case of reflective objects in the inhibit range, output 24 (SX) changes to the 1-signal at the same time.
Design
All components are located into a single box-shaped enclosure. The ultrasonic converter and the terminal compartment are arranged on the same enclosure level. The electrical connections are made with screw terminals in the terminal compartment; cable entry is through an M20 cable gland. Aligning unit To make it easier to align the sonar proximity switches with the object to be detected, a 3SX6 287 aligning unit is available. This unit allows swivelling about a horizontal and a vertical axis with an angle of rotation in each case of up to 30.
2/28
Siemens FS 10 2007
NSD0_00754

SIMATIC PXS100
3SG16 compact form
Type Sensing range Standard target Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Switching output cm cm mm mm V mA mA V mA kHz Hz ms ms 3SG16 compact form 20 ... 100 22 10 2 10 ... 35 (including 10 % residual ripple, at 10 ... 18 V susceptibility falls by approx. 30 %) < 60 150 2 0.01 200 4 120 280 Yellow LED CRASTIN; epoxy resin converter surface IP65 25 ... +70 40 ... +85
Rated operating current Ie Voltage drop Residual current

Ultrasonic frequency Switching frequency f Response time Power-up delay tv Switching status display Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature
During operation During storage
C C

Sensing range cm 20 ... 100 Sonar proximity switch 3SG16 Rated operating current mA 150 Switching output pnp 2 NO Connection Order No. Terminal compartment B 3SG16 671BJ87
Accessories
Aligning unit 3SX6 287
B: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99
Dimension drawing
80 65
A NSD00777
5,3
40 33
65
135
7,3x5,3 LED
19,5 Sensor connector can be retrofitted
Circuit diagram
NSD00755
2 3 4
L+ Output 1 LOutput 2
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/29

SIMATIC PXS100
Overview
Functions
Thru-beam sensor mode The emitter of the sonar thru-beam sensor emits a narrowly focused continuous tone in the direction of the receiver. The receiver located opposite evaluates this ultrasonic signal. Interruption of the tone by an object will cause the output signal to change. Adjustment of sensitivity
2
The sensitivity can be adjusted at the receiver module at terminal 2 (NO version) or 4 (NC version).
XI Switching frequency Hz 100 150 200 Emitter/receiver distance cm < 150 < 80 < 40
The sonar thru-beam sensor comprises an ultrasonic emitter and a receiver. The emitter and receiver circuits are installed in separate box-shaped enclosures of molded plastic. Operation as thru-beam sensor 3 measurement ranges can be set Solid-state output: - Switching output Connection - With 3 m cable - With M8 connector, 4-pole, type B - With M12 connector, 4-pole, type F
Not connected L L+
Object detection The minimum size of detectable objects depends on the distance between emitter and receiver. If the distance is less than 40 cm, objects 2 cm or larger will be detected. The gap with between two objects must be at least 3 mm. If the distance is shorter, gaps of <1 mm can even be detected. At maximum distance, objects greater than 4 cm in size can be detected. In this case the gaps between the objects must be >1 cm.
Transmitter
Object Objeto
Receptor
NSD00750
5 - 150 cm
Arrangement
Type Sensing range Standard target Operational voltage (DC) Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current I0 Ultrasonic frequency Switching frequency f Up to 40 cm Up to 80 cm Up to 150 cm Response time Up to 40 cm Up to 80 cm Up to 150 cm Power-up delay tv Status indication Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature During operation During storage cm cm V mA mA kHz Hz Hz Hz ms ms ms ms 3RG62 43.P (receiver) 22 20 ... 30 (including 10 % residual ripple) 100 < 20 200 150 100 1 1.5 2 < 40 Green LED CRASTIN; epoxy resin converter surface IP67 0 ... +70 25 ... +85 3RG62 43.N (emitter) 5 ... 150
< 30 200
C C
2/30
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXS100

Sensing range cm 5 ... 150 5 ... 150 5 ... 150 5 ... 150 5 ... 150 5 ... 150 5 ... 150 5 ... 150 5 ... 150 Rated operating current mA 100 100 100 100 100 100 Switching output pnp 1 NO 1 NC Emitter 1 NO 1 NC Emitter 1 NO 1 NC Emitter Connection Order No. Cable, 3 m Cable, 3 m Cable, 3 m M 8 connector M 8 connector M 8 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector 3RG62 430PB00 3RG62 430PA00 3RG62 430NN00 B 3RG62 437PB00 3RG62 437PA00 3RG62 437NN00 3RG62 433PB00 3RG62 433PA00 3RG62 433NN00
Dimension drawings
3RG62 430..00
For M 4 40 31 4,5
3RG62 433..00, 3RG62 437..00

For M 4 40 31 4,5
28
31 40
28
NSD00771
29
4,5
19
28
NSD00774
29
Circuit diagrams
NSD00751
4,5
19
28
31 40
NSD00753a
4/2
WH/BK 2/4
LL+
X1 L-

2 3 1 4
NSD01042a
3 2/4 1
3 BU BK/WH 4/2 1 BN
L+
Emitter
Receiver (NO/NC)
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/31

SIMATIC PXS200
Compact range M30 K1
Overview
Design
Standard version In the standard version, the devices have a permanently installed sensor. Version with separate sensor
2
M30 form with fixed sensor
Sonar proximity switches of compact range M30 K1 are readyto-use all-in-one units with a cylindrical M30 enclosure. They differ with regard to their range, their functional scope and their adjustment or programming capability. Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Adjustable with 2 potentiometers Solid-state output Connection through M12 connector, 3-pin or 4-pin, type E, F
M30 form with separate sensor
Due to its small dimensions, the sensor is especially suitable in confined spaces. The ultrasonic sensor is installed in a cylindrical enclosure separated from the other electronics. In devices of type 3RG6.12, the sensor is installed in an M18 shell and in devices of type 3RG6.13 it is installed in an M30 shell with a length of 25 mm in both cases. Two nuts are supplied for fixing. The connecting lead of 1.6 m in length is cast onto the sensor. The connection to the evaluation electronics located in the M30 enclosure of the compact range is established through the preassembled coaxial cable plug. The mating socket is installed on the end face of the enclosure. Version with swivel sensor These devices correspond functionally to the other devices of compact range M30 K1. They are particularly suitable for applications where the standard types cannot be used due to space limitations.
M30 form with swivel-type sensor
The ultrasonic sensor is hinged with a swivel arm to the tubular enclosure of the signal evaluator. This allows rotation about the cylinder axes as well as perpendicular movement at about 100 to the cylinder axis. Passive reflector With sonar proximity switches of compact range M30 K1, a 3RX1 910 passive reflector can be clamped onto the sensor head (see "Accessories"). Where space is limited, objects can be detected which are perpendicular to the sonar proximity switch (which reduces the installation depth). The blind zone is then reduced by about 6 cm.
2/32
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXS200
Functions
Range definition and adjustability Objects within the preset operating range or analog range will be reliably detected causing the switching output or analog output to change state. The blind zone must be kept clear of any objects since this might cause false outputs. Objects at a distance from the sensor that is outside the operating range limits will not be signaled at the switching output.
Sonar proximity switch Sonar-BERO
Sound cone Object
Operating modes Standard operating mode, diffuse sensor An object entering the sound cone from any direction causes the output signal to change when it enters the preset sensing range. Reflex sensor If a reflector is permanently fixed within a set operating range, the sonar proximity switches will be operated by all objects that lie between the sonar proximity switches and the reflector even those that absorb sound.
Blind zone
Sensing range
Sound cone
Type Sensing range Standard target Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R Operational voltage (DC) Rated operating current Ie NO contact NC contact No-load supply current I0 Ultrasonic frequency f Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay tv Switching status display Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature During operation During storage cm cm mm mm V mA mA mA kHz Hz ms ms 3RG60 .2 3RG60 .3 3RG60 .4 3RG60 .5 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 60 ... 600 40 ... 300 11 22 10 10 55 10 10 60 20 0.45 2 9 5 12 ... 30 (including 10 % residual ripple, at 12 ... 20 V susceptibility falls by approx. 20 %) 300 300 Max. 50 400 200 80 8 4 1 80 110 400 280 280 280 Yellow LED Brass, nickel-plated; CRASTIN converter cover; epoxy resin converter surface IP65; IP68 with separate sensor IP65 25 ... +70 40 ... +85 120 2 200 280
C C
NSD0_00756
Initial value (adjustable)
Set operating or analog range (LED lit)
Final value (adjustable)
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/33

SIMATIC PXS200

Sensing range cm Rated operating current mA 300 300 300 300 Switching output pnp 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 3RG60 123AD00 3RG60 133AD00 3RG60 153AD00 3RG60 143AD00 Analog output Order No.
Fixed sensor
3RG60 123..00 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600
3RG60 153..00
6 ...
30
300 300 300 300
1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC
3RG60 123AC00 3RG60 133AC00 3RG60 153AC00 3RG60 143AC00
20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600
3RG60 133..00
3RG60 143..00
Swivel sensor
3RG60 253..00 6 ... 30 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 3RG60 223AD00 3RG60 233AD00 3RG60 253AD00 3RG60 243AD00 3RG60 223AC00 3RG60 233AC00 3RG60 253AC00 3RG60 243AC00 3RG60 123AD01 3RG60 133AD01 3RG60 123AC01 3RG60 133AC01 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600
Separate sensor
3RG60 123..01 6 ... 6 ... 30 30 20 ... 130 20 ... 130
2/34
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXS200
Dimension drawings
With fixed sensor
3RG 6. 123..00 3RG 6. 133..00
M 30x1,5
33 19
3RG 6. 153..00
47,5 34
3RG 6. 143..00
65 34 35 21
99
M 30x1,5 SW 36
M 30x1,5 SW 36
80
SW 36
131
150
101 153
27,3
NSD00778
NSD00779
27,3
27,3
10,5
NSD00780
2
10,5
M 12x1
10,5
M 12x1
M 12x1
With swivel sensor

3RG 6. 223..00 3RG 6. 233..00
18 12 28 105 30
12
3RG 6. 253..00
18 34 100 47,5
3RG 6. 243..00
18 37 95 12 65
25
35
45
80 SW 36
80
80
SW 36 M 30x1,5
NSD00783
131
M 30x1,5
SW 36 M 30x1,5
NSD00785
131
NSD00784
27,3 10,5
131
27,3
27,3
10,5
10,5
M 12x1
M 12x1
M 12x1
With separate sensor

3RG 6. 123..01
Cable length 1,6 m SW 24 25 M 18x1
3RG 6. 133..01
Cable length 1,6 m SW 36 25 M 30x1,5 10,5 131 148
SW 36 80
M 30x1,5
131 148
M 30x1,5
27,3
NSD00786
M 12x1
10,5
M 12x1
Circuit diagrams
NSD00757
NSD00758
NSD00787
SW 36 80
27,3

1 2 3 L+ Output L-
L+
U
3 4 L-
U
Output
NC
2 3
NSD01042a
1 4
NO
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/35

SIMATIC PXS200
Compact range M18S
Overview
Design
Compact range M18S can be supplied with an aligned sensor head or an angled sensor head. The small physical size of the sensors makes them ideal for applications where space is limited.
Functions
Available as diffuse sensors and reflex sensors. The sensors can be supplied with switching or frequency outputs. Due to their wide range and a minimized close range, they are suitable for a wide variety of applications. Programming The sensors with a switching output can be set through the device terminals by means of a teach-in function. For the sensors with a frequency output, the range can be set with the wiring. Evaluation can be performed in a PLC or in a LOGO! mini PLC.
M18S form
The sonar proximity switches of compact range M18S are readyto-use all-in-one units with a cylindrical enclosure. Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Adjustable per teach-in (only with switching output) Solid-state outputs: - Switching output - Frequency output, suitable for connection to LOGO! Connection through M12, 4-pin connector, type F
Type Sensing range Adjustment range Standard target Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R Operational voltage (DC) Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current I0 Ultrasonic frequency Switching frequency f Response time Power-up delay tv Switching status display Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature During operation During storage mm mm cm mm mm V mA mA kHz Hz ms ms 3RG64 .2 3RG64 .1 3RG64 .3 30 ... 200 or 0 ... 200 50 ... 400 or 0 ... 400 100 ... 700 or 0 ... 700 50 ... 200 or 120 ... 220 60 .. 400 or 155 ... 435 150 ... 700 or 350 ... 750 22 22 22 10 or 2 10 or 2 10 or 3 1 (frequency output 2.5) 20 ... 30 (including 10 % residual ripple) 150 max. 20 400 300 200 10 8 5 50 100 100 20 20 20 Yellow LED Brass, nickel-plated; CRASTIN converter cover; epoxy resin converter surface IP67 25 ... +70 40 ... +85
C C
2/36
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXS200
Compact range M18S

Sensing range cm Rated operating current mA 150 Switching output pnp 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 150 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 150 150 150 Diffuse sensor Diffuse sensor Diffuse sensor Reflex sensor Reflex sensor Reflex sensor 400 ... 1600 Hz 200 ... 800 Hz 240 ... 1600 Hz 60 ... 400 Hz 300 ... 1400 Hz 150 ... 700 Hz Diffuse sensor Diffuse sensor Diffuse sensor Reflex sensor Reflex sensor Reflex sensor 400 ... 1600 Hz 200 ... 800 Hz 240 ... 1600 Hz 60 ... 400 Hz 300 ... 1400 Hz 150 ... 700 Hz 3RG64 323AB00 3RG64 313AB00 3RG64 333AB00 3RG64 323BB00 3RG64 313BB00 3RG64 333BB00 3RG64 323RS00 3RG64 313RS00 3RG64 333RS00 Operating mode/ frequency output Order No.
Straight sensor
3 ... 20 5 ... 40 10 ... 70 0 ... 20 0 ... 40 0 ... 70 3 ... 20 5 ... 40 10 ... 70
Angled sensor
3 ... 20 5 ... 40 10 ... 70 0 ... 20 0 ... 40 0 ... 70 3 ... 20 5 ... 40 10 ... 70 150 150 150 150 150 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 3RG64 223AB00 3RG64 213AB00 3RG64 233AB00 3RG64 223BB00 3RG64 213BB00 3RG64 233BB00 3RG64 223RS00 3RG64 213RS00 3RG64 233RS00
Accessories
Teach-In Adapter 3RX4 010
Dimension drawings
3RG64 2. (angled sensor)
Sensing surface
18,5
3RG64 3. (straight sensor)
M 18x1 12
NSD01291
0,5
M 18x1
NSD01290
51 A 37
51,5 37
SW 24
12
12
LED M 12x1
LED M 12x1
Circuit diagrams
NSD0_00820

1 L+ ET L Output 2 3 4
2 3
NSD01042a
SW 24
1 4
Frequency output
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/37

SIMATIC PXS200
K08 compact form
Overview
Sonar proximity switches of K 08 compact form are ready-to-use all-in-one units with a rectangular metal enclosure. 3 versions with different operating modes: - Diffuse sensors with background suppression - Reflex sensor - Thru-beam sensor Diffuse sensor and reflex sensor: - Up to 10 devices can be synchronized - Adjustment per teach-in Solid-state outputs: - 1 pnp and 1 npn switching output - NO/NC adjustable Connection through M12 connector, 5-pin, rotatable by 90, type G
Type Operating mode Sensing range Adjustment range Standard target Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R Operational voltage (DC) Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current I0 Ultrasonic frequency Switching frequency f Response time Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Operational voltage Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature During operation During storage mm mm cm mm mm V mA mA kHz Hz ms ms 3RG64 513CC00 3RG64 513DC00 3RG64 513SB00 Thru-beam sensor 0 ... 800 0 ... 800 22 Diffuse sensor Reflex sensor 50 ... 400 0 ... 400 60 ... 400 160 ... 400 22 22 10 2 1 1 20 ... 30 (including 10 % residual ripple) 150 Max. 25 300 300 8 8 100 100 250 250 Yellow LED Green LED Metal IP67 C C 25 ... +70 40 ... +85
300 250 100 250

Sensing range mm Rated operating current mA 150 150 150 Switching output pnp + npn 1 selectable Diffuse sensor NO/NC contact each 1 selectable Reflex sensor NO/NC contact each Thru-beam sensor emitter 1 NO contact each Thru-beam sensor receiver 3RG64 51-3CC00 3RG64 51-3DC00 3RG64 51-3NN00 3RG64 51-3SB00 Operating mode Order No.
Cubic form
50 ... 400 0 ... 400 0 ... 800
Dimension drawings
8 10 M12x1 15
Circuit diagrams
NSD0_00821
1 2 3 4 5
L+ S2 L-

2 3
NSD00763a
1 5 4
Switching output 1 Switching output 2
M4 7G (2x) t=3,5 38 4,5 LED YE LED GN 4,6 (2x) 6 M4 4,5
NO
Converter
13 32,5
M4 7G (2x) t=6
24
48
NSD0-00822
2/38
Siemens FS 10 2007
66
24

SIMATIC PXS300
Overview
Design
2
Sonar proximity switches of compact range M30 K2 are readyto-use all-in-one units with a cylindrical M30 enclosure. They differ with regard to their range, their functional scope and their adjustment or programming capability. Operates as diffuse sensor, reflex sensor or thru-beam sensor Adjustable using 2 potentiometers, with SONPROG Foreground and background suppression Synchronization capability, multiplex operation Temperature compensation Solid-state outputs: - 1 or 2 switching outputs - Frequency output, suitable for connection to LOGO! Connection through M12 connector - 4-pole (with 1 output), type F - 5-pole (with 2 outputs), type G
Due to its small dimensions, the sensor is especially suitable in confined spaces. The ultrasonic sensor is installed in a cylindrical enclosure separated from the other electronics. In devices of type 3RG6.12, the sensor is installed in an M18 shell and in devices of type 3RG6.13 it is installed in an M30 shell with a length of 25 mm in both cases. Two nuts are supplied for fixing. The connecting lead of 1.6 m in length is cast onto the sensor. The connection to the evaluation electronics located in the M30 enclosure of the compact range is established through the preassembled coaxial cable plug. The mating socket is installed on the end face of the enclosure. Version with swivel sensor These devices correspond functionally to the other devices of compact range M30 K2. They are particularly suitable for applications where the standard types cannot be used due to space limitations.
M30 form with swivel sensor
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/39

SIMATIC PXS300
Functions
Sound cone Object
Operating modes Standard operating mode, diffuse sensor An object entering the sound cone from any direction causes the output signal to change when it enters the preset sensing range. Reflex sensor If a reflector is permanently fixed within a set operating range, the sonar proximity switch will be operated by all objects that lie between the sonar proximity switch and the reflector even those that absorb sound. Thru-beam sensors The sonar proximity switch only evaluates whether or not an object is located between the emitter and the receiver. The range of the arrangement is twice that of a single sensor.
NSD0_00756
Initial value (adjustable) Blind zone
Set operating or analog range (LED lit) Sensing range
Programming
SONPROG
For optimizing to the operating conditions, all sensors of compact range M30 K2 can be programmed using a PC and the SONPROG 3RX4 000 interface device.
Sound cone
The main parameters that can be changed are: Lower and upper limit of the operating range Differential travel Switching function NO or NC Switching frequency Lower and upper limit of the analog range Analog characteristic, rising or falling End of close range End of sensing range Mean value generation Multiplex function Temperature compensation Susceptibility. Sonar proximity switches with non-standard values are available on request. The minimum ordering quantity is 10 units.
Type Sensing range Standard target Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R Operational voltage (DC) Rated operating current Ie NO contact NC contact No-load supply current I0 Ultrasonic frequency f Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay tv Switching status display Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature During operation During storage cm cm mm mm V mA mA mA kHz Hz ms ms 3RG60 .2 3RG60 .3 3RG60 .4 3RG60 .5 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 60 ... 600 40 ... 300 11 22 10 10 55 10 10 60 20 0.45 2 9 5 12 ... 30 (including 10 % residual ripple, at 12 ... 20 V susceptibility falls by approx. 20 %) 300 300 Max. 50 400 200 80 8 4 1 80 110 400 280 280 280 Yellow LED Brass, nickel-plated; CRASTIN converter cover; epoxy resin converter surface IP65; IP68 with separate sensor IP65 25 ... +70 40 ... +85 120 2 200 280
C C
2/40
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXS300

Sensing range cm Rated operating current mA 300 300 300 300 Switching output pnp 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 3RG60 123AF00 3RG60 133AF00 3RG60 153AF00 3RG60 143AF00 Frequency output Order No.
Fixed sensor
3RG60 123..00 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600
3RG60 133..00
6 ...
30
300 300 300 300
1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC
3RG60 123AE00 3RG60 133AE00 3RG60 153AE00 3RG60 143AE00
20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600
3RG60 153..00
6 ...
30
300 300 300 300
2 NO 2 NO 2 NO 2 NO
3RG60 123AH00 3RG60 133AH00 3RG60 153AH00 3RG60 143AH00
20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600
3RG60 143..00
6 ...
30
300 300 300 300
2 NC 2 NC 2 NC 2 NC
3RG60 123AG00 3RG60 133AG00 3RG60 153AG00 3RG60 143AG00
20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600
6 ...
30
300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300
1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC
30 ... 150 Hz 20 ... 130 Hz 20 ... 150 Hz 15 ... 150 Hz
3RG60 123RS00 3RG60 133RS00 3RG60 153RS00 3RG60 143RS00 3RG60 223AF00 3RG60 233AF00 3RG60 253AF00 3RG60 243AF00 3RG60 223AE00 3RG60 233AE00 3RG60 253AE00 3RG60 243AE00 3RG60 123AF01 3RG60 133AF01 3RG60 123AE01 3RG60 133AE01
20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600
Swivel sensor
3RG60 253..00 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600
Separate sensor
3RG60 123..01 6 ... 6 ... 30 30 20 ... 130 20 ... 130
Accessories
SONPROG interface unit, AC 100 ... 240 V, DC 24 V 3RX4 000
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/41

SIMATIC PXS300
Dimension drawings
With fixed sensor
3RG 6. 123..00 3RG 6. 133..00
M 30x1,5
33 19
3RG 6. 153..00
47,5 34
3RG 6. 143..00
65 34 35 21
99
M 30x1,5 SW 36
M 30x1,5 SW 36
80
SW 36
131
27,3
NSD00778
NSD00779
27,3
150
27,3
10,5
NSD00780
10,5
M 12x1
M 12x1
M 12x1
With swivel sensor

3RG 6. 223..00 3RG 6. 233..00
18 12 28 105 30
12
3RG 6. 253..00
18 34 100 47,5
3RG 6. 243..00
18 37 95 12 65
25
35
45
80 SW 36
80
80
SW 36 M 30x1,5
NSD00783
131
M 30x1,5
SW 36 M 30x1,5
NSD00785
131
NSD00784
27,3 10,5
131
27,3
27,3
10,5
10,5
M 12x1
M 12x1
M 12x1

3RG 6. 123..01
3RG 6. 133..01
Cable length 1,6 m SW 36 25 M 30x1,5
SW 36 80
M 30x1,5
M 30x1,5
27,3
NSD00786
NSD00787
10,5
M 12x1
M 12x1
Circuit diagrams
N S D 0 0 7 5 9
1 2 3 4 O u tp u t
L + X I L -
NSD00760
10,5
SW 36 80 131 148
131 148
27,3
10,5
101 153
2 3 4
L+ Output LXI
2 3
NSD01042a
1 4
N O
o r a n a lo g o u tp u t
NC
Compact range M30 K2 with 2 switching outputs

NSD0_00761
1 2 3 4 5
L+ XI L-
NSD00762
1 2 3 4 5
L+
Switching output 1
2 3
NSD00763a
1 5 4
LXI
Switching output 2
Switching output 1 Switching output 2
NO
NC
2/42
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXS300
Compact range M18
Overview
Functions
The devices are suitable for operation as diffuse sensor, reflex sensor and thru-beam sensor. The sensors can be supplied with switching, analog or frequency outputs. Up to 10 sensors of the M18 compact range can be synchronized with each other through the enable inputs. The devices are also suitable for multiplex mode. For a detailed description, see "Compact range M30 K2". Programming
SONPROG
For optimizing to the operating conditions, all sensors of compact range M18 can be programmed using a PC and the SONPROG 3RX4 000 interface device.
M18 form
The sonar proximity switches of compact range M18 are readyto-use all-in-one units with a cylindrical enclosure. Operates as diffuse sensor, thru-beam sensor and can be parameterized as a reflex sensor with SONPROG Adjustable via a potentiometer, with SONPROG programming device With Background suppression, and can be set as foreground suppression with SONPROG Synchronization capability, multiplex operation Temperature compensation Solid-state outputs: - Switching output - Analog output - Frequency output, suitable for connection to LOGO! Connection through M12, 4-pin connector, type F
The main parameters that can be changed are: Lower and upper limit of the operating range Differential travel Switching function NO or NC Switching frequency Lower and upper limit of the analog range Analog characteristic, rising or falling End of close range End of sensing range Mean value generation Multiplex function Temperature compensation Susceptibility Sonar proximity switches with non-standard values available on request. The minimum ordering quantity is 10 units.
Design
The devices of compact range M18 are always supplied with permanently installed sensors.
Type Sensing range Standard target Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R Operational voltage (DC) Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current I0 Ultrasonic frequency Switching frequency f Response time Power-up delay tv Switching status display Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature During operation During storage cm cm mm mm V mA mA kHz Hz ms ms 3RG62 32 3RG62 33 5 ... 30 15 ... 100 11 22 10 1 2 12 ... 30 (including 10 % residual ripple, at 12 ... 20 V susceptibility falls by approx. 20 %) 150 Max. 60 400 200 5 4 100 120 280 280 Yellow LED Brass, nickel-plated; CRASTIN converter cover; epoxy resin converter surface IP67 25 ... +70 40 ... +85
C C
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/43

SIMATIC PXS300
Compact range M18

Sensing range cm 5 ... 30 15 ... 100 5 ... 30 15 ... 100 5 ... 30 Rated operating current mA 150 Switching output pnp 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC from IQ-Sense from IQ-Sense IQ-Sense IQ-Sense Analog/ frequency output 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 250 ... 1500 Hz 150 ... 1000 Hz Order No. B 3RG62 323AB00 3RG62 333AB00 B 3RG62 323AA00 3RG62 333AA00 B 3RG62 323LS00 B 3RG62 333LS00 B 3RG62 323TS00 B 3RG62 333TS00 B 3RG62 323JS00 B 3RG62 333JS00 B 3RG62 323RS00 3RG62 333RS00 3SF62 323JA00 3SF62 333JA00 3RX4 000
15 ... 100 5 ... 30 15 ... 100 5 ... 30 15 ... 100 5 ... 30 15 ... 100 5 ... 30 15 ... 100
Communications-capable proximity switches compact range M18 IQ-Sense
Accessories
SONPROG interface unit, AC 100 ... 240 V, DC 24 V
Dimension drawings
3RG 62 3.3A.00
M 18x1
4
3RG 62 3.3.S00
M 18x1 4 104 (-3) 65
NSD00775
104 (-3) 65
SW 24 72,5 90,5
Poti
NSD0 00776
LED (4x)
LED (4x)
Circuit diagrams
N S D 0 0 7 5 9
SW 24 90,5
1 2 3 4 O u tp u t
L + X I L -
NSD00760

2 3
NSD01042a
1 4
N O
NC
2/44
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXS300
K65 compact form
Overview
Functions
Sensors with switching or analog output Within the sensing range, the fill level of a container is detected. If the fill level reaches one of the two switching thresholds (Smin, Smax), the corresponding output is set. On emptying or filling, the switching outputs remain set in accordance with the differential travel (Hmin, Hmax). This is signaled by the corresponding LED. If the level is located between the two operating ranges, both outputs are reset (see "Definition of the ranges").
Sonar-BERO
S max S min
Blind zone S max Sensing range S min

NSD0_01120
H max
S max S min
K65 compact form
The sonar proximity switches of the K 65 compact form are ready-to-use complete self-contained units. They operate with a DC supply. Their enclosure design and function makes them ideal for level applications in small containers. The devices feature two switching outputs (Smin and Smax) to which different distances can be assigned. This allows, for example, the minimum and maximum fill level in a tank to be evaluated. The values are set using the SONPROG interface device or by means of automatic alignment (teach-in function).
H min
S max S min
Definition of the ranges
Design
All components are located in a box-shaped enclosure with rounded edges. The ultrasonic converter is mounted in the enclosure slightly recessed in the enclosure. The integrated encircling sealing ring allows the sonar proximity switch to be used as a plug with integrated level measuring. The tank opening must have a minimum diameter of 26 mm. It can be fixed to the tank by means of two M5 screws. The electric connection is made using a 5-pin connector with M12 thread.
Blind zone Objects at close range cause fault signals, so the user must install the sensor such that the fill level cannot enter close range. Programming
SONPROG
For optimizing to the operating conditions, all sensors of compact form K 65 can be programmed using a PC and the SONPROG 3RX4 000 interface device.
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/45

SIMATIC PXS300
K65 compact form
Type Sensing range Standard target Switching threshold Smax Smin Differential travel H Hmax (adjustable) cm cm cm cm cm cm V mA mA V 3RG62 52 6 ... 50 11 8 45 2 10 3RG62 53 20 ... 150 22 25 140 5 10 3RG62 55 25 ... 250 55 35 230 10 20
Hmin (adjustable) Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Switching output Rated operating current Ie Voltage drop Switching element function Smax Switching element function Smin Ultrasonic frequency Response time Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Operational voltage Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature During operation During storage
12 ... 30 (including 10 % residual ripple, at 12 ... 20 V susceptibility falls by approx. 20%) Max. 60 150 or 300 (see selection and ordering data) 2 NO contact NO/NC programmable
kHz ms ms
400 20 250 2 yellow LEDs Green LED
200 25
100 50
CRASTIN; epoxy resin converter surface IP65 C C 25 ... +70 40 ... +85

Sensing range cm 6 ... 50 20 ... 150 25 ... 250 6 ... 50 20 ... 150 25 ... 250 6 ... 50 20 ... 150 25 ... 250 6 ... 50 20 ... 150 25 ... 250 6 ... 30 20 ... 150 25 ... 250 Rated operating current mA 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 Switching output pnp 2 NO 2 NO 2 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO Analog/ frequency output 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 30 ... 150 Hz 20 ... 150 Hz 12,5 ... 125 Hz Connection Order No. M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector B 3RG62 523AH00 B 3RG62 533AH00 B 3RG62 553AH00 B 3RG62 523BF00 B 3RG62 533BF00 B 3RG62 553BF00 B 3RG62 523CF00 B 3RG62 533CF00 3RG62 553CF00 B 3RG62 523GF00 B 3RG62 533GF00 B 3RG62 553GF00 3RG62 523RS00 3RG62 533RS00 3RG62 553RS00 3RX4 000
Accessories
Teach-in adapter
3RX4 010
2/46
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXS300
K65 compact form
Dimension drawings
8,8 10 17 30 30
NSD01138
5,5
54
125
Circuit diagrams
Sensors with switching output
Connection
1 2 1 3 4 4 5 L+ XI LS min S max
NSD01119a
12
Automatic alignment
1 2 5 3
NSD001134
46 64,4
2 5 3
1 4
2 3 4 5
View from rear onto device XI must be connected to L for the automatic alignment.
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/47

SIMATIC PXS400
Overview
Design
2
Sonar proximity switches of compact range M30 K3 are readyto-use all-in-one units with a cylindrical M30 enclosure. They differ with regard to their range, their functional scope and their adjustment or programming capability. Operate as diffuse sensors, reflex sensors or thru-beam sensors Adjustable via 2 potentiometers, with SONPROG programming device Foreground and background suppression Synchronization capability, multiplex operation Temperature compensation Solid-state outputs: - Switching outputs - Analog output Connection via M12, 5-pin, type G connector
Due to its small dimensions, the sensor is especially suitable in confined spaces. The ultrasonic sensor is installed in a cylindrical enclosure separated from the other electronics. In devices of type 3RG6. 12, the sensor is installed in an M18 shell and in devices of type 3RG6. 13 it is installed in an M30 shell with a length of 25 mm in both cases. Two nuts are supplied for fixing. The connecting lead of 1.6 m in length is cast onto the sensor. The connection to the evaluation electronics located in the M30 enclosure of the compact range is established through the preassembled coaxial cable plug. The mating socket is installed on the end face of the enclosure. Version with swivel sensor These devices correspond functionally to the other devices of compact range M30 K3. They are particularly suitable for applications where the standard types cannot be used due to space limitations.
M30 form with swivel sensor
2/48
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXS400
Functions
Sound cone Object
Reflex sensor If a reflector is permanently fixed within a set operating range, the sonar proximity switch will be operated by all objects that lie between the sonar proximity switch and the reflector even those that absorb sound. Thru-beam sensors The sonar proximity switch only evaluates whether or not an object is located between the emitter and the receiver. The range of the arrangement is twice that of a single sensor. Programming
SONPROG
For optimizing to the operating conditions, all sensors of compact range M30 K3 can be programmed using a PC and the SONPROG 3RX4 000 interface device.
Blind zone
Sensing range
Sound cone
Operating modes Standard operating mode, diffuse sensor An object entering the sound cone from any direction causes the output signal to change when it enters the preset sensing range.
NSD0_00756
The main parameters that can be changed are: Lower and upper limit of the operating range Differential travel Switching function NO or NC Switching frequency Lower and upper limit of the analog range Analog characteristic, rising or falling End of close range End of sensing range Mean value generation Multiplex function Temperature compensation Susceptibility. Sonar proximity switches with non-standard values available on request. The minimum ordering quantity is 10 units.
Type Sensing range Standard target Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R Operational voltage (DC) Rated operating current Ie NO contact NC contact No-load supply current I0 Ultrasonic frequency f Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay tv Switching status display Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature During operation During storage cm cm mm mm V mA mA mA kHz Hz ms ms 3RG61 .2 3RG61 .3 3RG61 .5 3RG61 .4 3RG61 76 80 ... 1000 10 10 80 15 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 11 22 55 10 10 10 10 20 60 0.45 2 5 9 12 ... 30 (including 10 % residual ripple, at 12 ... 20 V susceptibility falls by approx. 20 %) 300 150 or 300 (see Selection and ordering data) Max. 50 400 200 120 80 8 4 2 1 80 110 200 400 280 280 280 280 Yellow LED Brass, nickel-plated; CRASTIN converter cover; epoxy resin converter surface IP65; IP68 with separate sensor C C 25 ... +70 40 ... +85 IP65
300 150 Max. 75 60 0.5 800 280 CRASTIN; epoxy resin converter surface IP65
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/49

SIMATIC PXS400

Sensing range cm Rated operating current mA 300 300 300 300 300 150 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 300 150 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 300 150 150 150 150 150 Switching output pnp 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 2 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 2 NC 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 2 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 2 NC 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 2 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 2 NC 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V B 3RG61 123BF00 B 3RG61 133BF00 B 3RG61 153BF00 B 3RG61 143BF00 3RG61 766BH00 B 3RG61 123BE00 B 3RG61 133BE00 B 3RG61 153BE00 B 3RG61 143BE00 3RG61 766BG00 B 3RG61 123CF00 B 3RG61 133CF00 B 3RG61 153CF00 B 3RG61 143CF00 3RG61 766CH00 B 3RG61 123CE00 B 3RG61 133CE00 B 3RG61 153CE00 B 3RG61 143CE00 3RG61 766CG00 B 3RG61 123GF00 B 3RG61 133GF00 B 3RG61 153GF00 B 3RG61 143GF00 3RG61 766GH00 B 3RG61 123GE00 B 3RG61 133GE00 B 3RG61 153GE00 B 3RG61 143GE00 3RG61 766GG00 Analog output Order No.
Fixed sensor
3RG61 123..00 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600
80 ... 1000 3RG61 133..00 6 ... 30
20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 80 ... 1000 3RG61 153..00 6 ... 30
20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 80 ... 1000 3RG61 143..00 6 ... 30
20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 80 ... 1000 3RG61 766..00 6 ... 30
20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 80 ... 1000 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 80 ... 1000
2/50
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXS400
Sensing range cm Rated operating cur- Switching output rent mA pnp 300 300 300 300 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 150 150 150 150 300 300 150 150 300 300 150 150 300 300 150 150 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC Analog output Order No.
Swivel sensor
3RG61 253..00 6 ... 30 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V B 3RG61 223BF00 B 3RG61 233BF00 B 3RG61 253BF00 B 3RG61 243BF00 B 3RG61 223BE00 B 3RG61 233BE00 B 3RG61 253BE00 B 3RG61 243BE00 B 3RG61 223CF00 B 3RG61 233CF00 B 3RG61 253CF00 B 3RG61 243CF00 B 3RG61 223CE00 B 3RG61 233CE00 B 3RG61 253CE00 B 3RG61 243CE00 B 3RG61 223GF00 B 3RG61 233GF00 B 3RG61 253GF00 B 3RG61 243GF00 B 3RG61 223GE00 B 3RG61 233GE00 B 3RG61 253GE00 B 3RG61 243GE00 B 3RG61 123BF01 3RG61 133BF01 B 3RG61 123BE01 3RG61 133BE01 B 3RG61 123CF01 3RG61 133CF01 B 3RG61 123CE01 3RG61 133CE01 B 3RG61 123GF01 3RG61 133GF01 B 3RG61 123GE01 3RG61 133GE01 3RX4 000 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600
Separate sensor
3RG61 123..01 6 ... 6 ... 6 ... 6 ... 6 ... 6 ... 30 30 30 30 30 30 20 ... 130 20 ... 130 20 ... 130 20 ... 130 20 ... 130 20 ... 130
Accessories
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/51

SIMATIC PXS400
Dimension drawings
With fixed sensor
3RG 6. 123..00 3RG 6. 133..00
M 30x1,5
33 19
3RG 6. 153..00
47,5 34
3RG 6. 143..00
65 34 35 21
99
M 30x1,5 SW 36
M 30x1,5 SW 36
80
SW 36
131
27,3
NSD00778
NSD00779
27,3
150
27,3
10,5
NSD00780
10,5
M 12x1
M 12x1
M 12x1
With swivel sensor

3RG 6. 223..00 3RG 6. 233..00
18 12 28 105 30
12
3RG 6. 253..00
18 34 100 47,5
3RG 6. 243..00
18 37 95 12 65
25
35
45
80 SW 36
80
80
SW 36 M 30x1,5
NSD00783
131
M 30x1,5
SW 36 M 30x1,5
NSD00785
131
NSD00784
27,3 10,5
131
27,3
27,3
10,5
10,5
M 12x1
M 12x1
M 12x1

3RG 6. 123..01
Spherical
3RG 6. 133..01
M 30x1,5 Cable length 1,6 m SW 36 25
138
3RG 61 766..00
NSD00781
10,5
101 153
160 8,5
112
26 10
160 90 69
SW 36 80
131 148
SW 36 80
M 30x1,5
M 30x1,5
27,3
NSD00786
27,3
NSD00787
10,5
M 12x1
M 12x1
Circuit diagrams
N S D 0 0 7 6 4
1 2 3 4
N C
7
5
L + X I L -
NSD00765
10,5
131 148
1 2 3 4 5
L+
2 3
NSD00763a
1 5 4
Switching output
LXI
S w itc h in g o u tp u t A n a lo g o u tp u t
Analog output
N O
NC
2/52
Siemens FS 10 2007
10
102

SIMATIC PXS800
Overview
Design
The devices of compact range M18 ATEX are always supplied with permanently installed sensors.
Functions
The devices are suitable for operation as diffuse sensor, reflex sensor and thru-beam sensor. The sensors can be supplied with switching, analog or frequency outputs. Up to 10 sensors of the M18 compact range can be synchronized with each other through the enable inputs. The devices are also suitable for multiplex mode. For a detailed description, see "Compact range M30 K2".
M18 ATEX form
Programming
SONPROG
The sonar proximity switches of compact range M18 ATEX are ready-to-use all-in-one units with a cylindrical enclosure. Sensors for Ex Zone 2/22 These sonar proximity switches are approved according to EU Directive 94/9/EG (ATEX) Appendix VIII. Approval is for - Gas EX II 3G EEx nA II T6 X and - Dust EX II 3D IP65 T 80 C X Operates as diffuse sensor, thru-beam sensor and can be parameterized as a reflex sensor with SONPROG Adjustable via a potentiometer, with SONPROG programming device With Background suppression, and can be set as foreground suppression with SONPROG Synchronization capability, multiplex operation Temperature compensation Solid-state outputs: - Switching output - Analog output - Frequency output, suitable for connection to LOGO! Connection through M12, 4-pin connector, type F
For optimizing to the operating conditions, all sensors of compact range M18 can be programmed using a PC and the SONPROG 3RX4 000 interface device.
Type Sensing range Standard target Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R Operational voltage (DC) Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current I0 Ultrasonic frequency Switching frequency f Response time Power-up delay tv Switching status display Enclosure material cm cm mm mm V mA mA kHz Hz ms ms 3RG62 32-0XB. 3RG62 33-0XB. 5 ... 30 15 ... 100 11 22 10 1 2 12 ... 30 (including 10 % residual ripple, at 12 ... 20 V susceptibility falls by approx. 20 %) 150 Max. 60 400 200 5 4 100 120 280 280 Yellow LED ...-0XB4: Brass, nickel-plated; CRASTIN converter cover; epoxy resin converter surface ...-0XB7: Stainless steel, CRASTIN converter cover; epoxy resin converter surface with protective foil IP67 C C 25 ... +70 40 ... +85
Degree of protection Ambient temperature During operation During storage
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/53

SIMATIC PXS800

Sensing range cm 5 ... 30 15 ... 100 5 ... 30 15 ... 100 Rated operating current mA 150 Switching output pnp 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 150 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 250 ... 1500 Hz 150 ... 1000 Hz 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 250 ... 1500 Hz 150 ... 1000 Hz 3RG62 323AB00-0XB4 A 3RG62 333AB00-0XB4 3RG62 323AA00-0XB4 A 3RG62 333AA00-0XB4 3RG62 323LS00-0XB4 3RG62 333LS00-0XB4 3RG62 323TS00-0XB4 3RG62 333TS00-0XB4 3RG62 323JS00-0XB4 3RG62 333JS00-0XB4 3RG62 323RS00-0XB4 3RG62 333RS00-0XB4 3RG62 323AB00-0XB7 3RG62 333AB00-0XB7 3RG62 323AA00-0XB7 3RG62 333AA00-0XB7 3RG62 323LS00-0XB7 3RG62 333LS00-0XB7 3RG62 323TS00-0XB7 3RG62 333TS00-0XB7 3RG62 323JS00-0XB7 3RG62 333JS00-0XB7 3RG62 323RS00-0XB7 3RG62 333RS00-0XB7 3RX4 000 Analog/ frequency output Order No.
Brass, nickel-plated, epoxy resin converter surface
5 ... 30 15 ... 100 5 ... 30 15 ... 100 5 ... 30 15 ... 100 5 ... 30 15 ... 100 5 ... 30 15 ... 100 5 ... 30 15 ... 100 5 ... 30 15 ... 100 5 ... 30 15 ... 100 5 ... 30 15 ... 100 5 ... 30 15 ... 100
Stainless steel, epoxy resin converter surface with protective foil
Accessories
A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H
Dimension drawings
3RG 62 3.3A.00
M 18x1
4
3RG 62 3.3.S00
M 18x1 4 104 (-3) 65
NSD00775
104 (-3) 65
SW 24 72,5 90,5
Poti
NSD0 00776
LED (4x)
LED (4x)
Circuit diagrams
N S D 0 0 7 5 9
SW 24 90,5
1 2 3 4 O u tp u t
L + X I L -
NSD00760

2 3
NSD01042a
1 4
N O
NC
2/54
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXS800
Overview
Sound cone
Object
Blind zone
Sensing range
NSD0_00756
Sound cone
Operating modes
M30 K3 ATEX form with fixed sensor
Standard operating mode, diffuse sensor An object entering the sound cone from any direction causes the output signal to change when it enters the preset sensing range. Reflex sensor If a reflector is permanently fixed within a set operating range, the sonar proximity switch will be operated by all objects that lie between the sonar proximity switch and the reflector even those that absorb sound. Thru-beam sensors The sonar proximity switch only evaluates whether or not an object is located between the emitter and the receiver. The range of the arrangement is twice that of a single sensor. Programming
SONPROG
Sonar proximity switches of compact range M30 K3 ATEX are ready-to-use all-in-one units with a cylindrical M30 enclosure. They differ with regard to their range, their functional scope and their adjustment or programming capability. Sensors for Ex Zone 2/22 These sonar proximity switches are approved according to EU Directive 94/9/EG (ATEX) Appendix VIII. Approval is for - Gas EX II 3G EEx nA II T6 X and - Dust EX II 3D IP65 T 80 C X Operate as diffuse sensors, reflex sensors or thru-beam sensors Adjustable via 2 potentiometers, with SONPROG programming device Foreground and background suppression Synchronization capability, multiplex operation Temperature compensation Solid-state outputs: - Switching outputs - Analog output Connection via M12, 5-pin, type G connector
For optimizing to the operating conditions, all sensors of compact range M30 K3 ATEX can be programmed using a PC and the SONPROG 3RX4 000 interface de-
vice. The main parameters that can be changed are: Lower and upper limit of the operating range Differential travel Switching function NO or NC Switching frequency Lower and upper limit of the analog range Analog characteristic, rising or falling End of close range End of sensing range Mean value generation Multiplex function Temperature compensation Susceptibility. Sonar proximity switches with non-standard values available on request. The minimum ordering quantity is 10 units.
Design
With sonar proximity switches of compact range M30 K3 ATEX, a 3RX1 910 passive reflector can be clamped onto the sensor head (see "Accessories"). Where space is limited, objects can be detected which are perpendicular to the sonar proximity switch (which reduces the installation depth). The blind zone is then reduced by about 6 cm.
Functions
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/55

SIMATIC PXS800
Type Sensing range Standard target Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R Operational voltage (DC) Rated operating current Ie NO contact cm cm mm mm V mA mA mA kHz Hz ms ms 3RG61 .2-0XB. 3RG61 .3-0XB. 3RG61 .5-0XB. 3RG61 .4-0XB. 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 11 22 55 10 10 10 10 20 60 0.45 2 5 9 12 ... 30 (including 10 % residual ripple, at 12 ... 20 V susceptibility falls by approx. 20 %) 300 150 or 300 (see Selection and ordering data) Max. 50 400 200 120 8 4 2 80 110 200 280 280 280 Yellow LED ...-0XB4: Brass, nickel-plated; CRASTIN converter cover; epoxy resin converter surface 80 1 400 280
NC contact No-load supply current I0 Ultrasonic frequency f Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay tv Switching status display Enclosure material
Degree of protection Ambient temperature During operation During storage
...-0XB7: Stainless steel, CRASTIN converter cover; epoxy resin converter surface with protective foil IP65 C C 25 ... +70 40 ... +85
2/56
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXS800

Sensing range cm 3RG61 123..00 6 ... 30 Rated operating current mA 300 300 300 300 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 150 150 150 150 Switching output pnp 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 3RG61 123BF00-0XB4 3RG61 133BF00-0XB4 3RG61 153BF00-0XB4 3RG61 143BF00-0XB4 3RG61 123BE00-0XB4 3RG61 133BE00-0XB4 3RG61 153BE00-0XB4 3RG61 143BE00-0XB4 3RG61 123CF00-0XB4 3RG61 133CF00-0XB4 3RG61 153CF00-0XB4 3RG61 143CF00-0XB4 3RG61 123CE00-0XB4 3RG61 133CE00-0XB4 3RG61 153CE00-0XB4 3RG61 143CE00-0XB4 3RG61 123GF00-0XB4 3RG61 133GF00-0XB4 3RG61 153GF00-0XB4 3RG61 143GF00-0XB4 3RG61 123GE00-0XB4 3RG61 133GE00-0XB4 3RG61 153GE00-0XB4 3RG61 143GE00-0XB4 3RG61 123BF00-0XB7 3RG61 133BF00-0XB7 3RG61 153BF00-0XB7 3RG61 143BF00-0XB7 3RG61 123BE00-0XB7 3RG61 133BE00-0XB7 3RG61 153BE00-0XB7 3RG61 143BE00-0XB7 3RG61 123CF00-0XB7 3RG61 133CF00-0XB7 3RG61 153CF00-0XB7 3RG61 143CF00-0XB7 3RG61 123CE00-0XB7 3RG61 133CE00-0XB7 3RG61 153CE00-0XB7 3RG61 143CE00-0XB7 3RG61 123GF00-0XB7 3RG61 133GF00-0XB7 3RG61 153GF00-0XB7 3RG61 143GF00-0XB7 3RG61 123GE00-0XB7 3RG61 133GE00-0XB7 3RG61 153GE00-0XB7 3RG61 143GE00-0XB7 3RX4 000 Analog output Order No.
Brass, nickel-plated, epoxy resin converter surface

20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 6 ... 3RG61 133..00 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 3RG61 153..00 60 ... 600 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 3RG61 143..00 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 3RG61 123..00 6 ... 30
Stainless steel, epoxy resin converter surface with protective foil

20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 6 ... 3RG61 133..00 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 3RG61 153..00 60 ... 600 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 3RG61 143..00 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600 6 ... 30 20 ... 130 40 ... 300 60 ... 600
Accessories
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/57

SIMATIC PXS800
Dimension drawings
With fixed sensor
3RG 6. 123..00 3RG 6. 133..00
M 30x1,5
33 19
3RG 6. 153..00
47,5 34
3RG 6. 143..00
65 34 35 21
99
M 30x1,5 SW 36
M 30x1,5 SW 36
80
SW 36
131
27,3
NSD00778
NSD00779
27,3
150
27,3
10,5
NSD00780
10,5
M 12x1
M 12x1
M 12x1
Circuit diagrams
N S D 0 0 7 6 4
1 2 3 4
N C
7
5
L + X I L -
NSD00765
1 2 3 4 5
L+
10,5
101 153
2 3
NSD00763a
1 5 4
Switching output
LXI
S w itc h in g o u tp u t A n a lo g o u tp u t
Analog output
N O
NC
2/58
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXS900
Double-layer sheet monitoring
Overview
The spacing between the emitter and receiver must be at least 20 mm and can be up to 60 mm. Precise alignment is essential (1). The operating range is reduced if they are not aligned along the axis.
B = 5 ... 1 5 m m
6 0 m m
R E C
A = 2 0 ...
C S E N D
= 2 0 ... 4 0
2
N S D 0 _ 0 1 1 3 0 a
Sensor mounting
Functions
These devices are used mainly for monitoring sheets of paper as well as plastic and metal film. Each layer is compared to the stored reference value and indicated as a single or double layer accordingly. The 3RX2 210 signal evaluator continuously signals the situation between the sonar sensors at the two outputs A1 and A2. Output A1 "Single layer" remains active as long as only one layer is located between the sensors. Output A2 "Double layer" is activated as soon as two or more layers are detected between the sensors. Two LEDs also indicate the status of the outputs. The yellow LED A1 indicates a single layer and the red LED A2 indicates a double layer. Programming The signal evaluator can be set to two different modes.
S E N D
S E N D R E C
Double-layer sheet monitoring with separate sensors
The 3RX2 210 sonar proximity switches for double-layer sheet monitoring comprise one signal evaluator and two sonar sensors (emitter and receiver). Reliable detection of multiple layers of paper, plastic sheets or metal foil Measuring range from 20 g/m2 paper to 1100 g/m2 cardboard Manual or automatic offset Sonar sensors in M18 enclosure Short-circuit proof electronic outputs (pnp) Connection through M12 connector.
Design
The emitter and receiver sensors are of the same type and must be mounted at an angle of 30 (10) or 5 to the vertical. The setting is made using the internal S2 switch. If the system is operated at an inclination angle of 5 to 20, the S2 switch (operating mode) must be set to position "1". The object to be detected must be located approximately 5 to 15 mm above the emitter. A wider mounting angle increases the flutter range, e.g. at an angle of 40, fluttering within 60 % of the measuring range is permitted.
S 2 S 1
R E C
S IE M E N S
3 R X 2 2 1 0
L E D S E T L E D
S E T
1 0 0 1
S E T
A 1 A 2
A 1
A 2
L E D
U B : 2 0 ..3 0 V D C M A D E IN G E R M A N Y
O U T
N S D 0 _ 0 1 1 2 9 a
User interface
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/59

SIMATIC PXS900
Double-layer sheet monitoring
Manual setting Switch S1 (setting) is in position "1". The sensor is set up for the material to be sensed either by pressing the "SET" button on the top of the device or by applying a control command to the "SET" input of the M12 connector (pin 5). The value obtained remains stored until the setting procedure is repeated. The sensor is set by placing a single layer between the sonar sensors and activating the "SET" command. present at pin 5. The green LED "SET" flashes during the setting. It lights up permanently following successful setting. Automatic setting Switch S1 (setting) is in position "0" (factory setting). Setting can be performed as described above or automatically when a layer is fed in and the supply voltage is applied if a layer lies between the sensors at this moment. Automatic setting is performed when a layer is fed in following an interval of 2 s during which a layer was not detected between the sonar sensors.
The 3RX2 210 requires max. 100 ms for the setting; i.e. the "SET" key must be pressed for this time, or a "1" signal (> 6 V) must be
Sensing range Material strength (paper, cardboard) Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Switching output Rated operating current Ie Voltage drop at 200 mA Ultrasonic frequency Switching frequency f Response time Power-up delay tv Switching status display Enclosure material Evaluation unit Sensor Degree of protection Ambient temperature During operation During storage mm g/m2 V mA mA V kHz Hz ms ms 20 ... 60 20 ... 1100 18 ... 36 (including 10 % residual ripple) < 75 200 <3 200 100 5 100 Red and yellow LEDs Metal Brass, nickel-plated; epoxy resin converter surface IP65 C C 0 ... +65 40 ... +85

Sensing range cm 2 ... 6 Double-layer sheet monitoring Rated operating current mA 200 Switching output pnp 2 NO Connection Order No. M12 connector 3RX2 210
Dimension drawings
Evaluation unit
84 64 16 4,3 37 13
Sensor
~2000 M8
2,5
25 M 18 x 1
24 M8
NSD01132
78 98
74
5 13
NSD01131
10
M 12 x 1
2/60
Siemens FS 10 2007

Accessories
SONPROG interface device
Overview
The programmed values are saved in the sonar proximity switches and are retained even without interface or after the supply voltage has been disconnected. The programmed values can be printed out and recorded. They will then be immediately available, for example, for series applications or for replacement of the sonar proximity switches. Parameters Operating range The commands "Lower limit of operating range" and "Upper limit of operating range" are used to define a window within the sensing range of the sonar proximity switch. If an object enters the operating range, the switching output is active (with NO contact). If an object is outside the operating range, the switching output is not active. In the case of sonar proximity switches of compact range M30 K2 with two switching outputs, the second switching output is active when an object is located between the blind zone and the operating range.
Sound cone Object
PC with SONPROG interface device and sonar proximity switches
Using the SONPROG 3RX4 000 PC interface device SONPROG and the relevant software, the following sonar proximity switches can be individually adapted to the respective application requirements: Compact ranges M30 K2 and M30 K3 Compact range M18 K 65 compact form. Scope of supply PC-Interface, Plug-in power supply Connecting leads to the PC and sonar proximity switches SONPROG software for Windows.
Blind zone
Sensing range
Sound cone
Differential travel The differential travel can be adjusted to move the switch-on point and the switch-off point at the limits of the operating range away from each other. This prevents output flutter and level control tasks can be solved elegantly.
Proximity switch BERO

4 1
Functions
The SONPROG 3RX4 000 programming device allows the user to program several sonar proximity switches simultaneously. The lower and upper limit of the operating range can be saved at the click of a button for copying to other sonar proximity switches. For each sonar proximity switch, the following parameters can be set: Lower and upper limit of the operating range Differential travel Switching function NO or NC Switching frequency Lower and upper limit of the analog characteristic Analog characteristic, rising or falling End of close range End of sensing range Mean value generation Attenuation. The function can also be set for the device: Multiplex function Temperature compensation Function as diffuse or reflex sensor Fill level mode (see "Compact range for pump control").
Differential travel
2 3
5 6 7
1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
Differential travel Container

NSD0_01192a
Inhibit range Switching range Sensing range Blind zone Switching output upper limit when level falls 6) Switching output upper limit when level rises 7) Switching output lower limit when level falls 8) Switching output lower limit when level rises
Example: Fill level monitoring with adjustable differential travel
Switching element function The function of the switching output that was set at the factory can be changed, e.g. from NO to NC. The pin assignments are not changed. This means that the switching output remains at pin 4 even if a device is changed from NO to NC function. Switching frequency The sonar proximity switches can be switched over from standard switching frequency (in accordance with the technical specifications) and rapid switching frequency (3 times the standard value).
NSD0_00756
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/61

Accessories
SONPROG interface device
Attention: A sonar proximity switch with a rapid switching frequency is more sensitive to disturbance.
NSD0_00801
Type Required hardware Required software 3RX4 000 PC with VGA graphics card, serial interface COM1 or COM2 MS-DOS Version 3.1 and higher Windows 3.X, Windows 95, 98 Windows NT 100 ... 240 V AC, 24 V DC
Analog distance measurement
Proximity switches with an analog output can detect the distance to an object. This distance is converted to an analog output signal that is proportional to it (0 ... 10 V, 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA). The resolution of the analog output is at least 1 mm within the preset limits.
Operational voltage
Software-Update available in the Internet: www.siemens.com/simatic-sensors/px
20 mA
Rising characteristic

Design SONPROG interface unit Order No. 3RX4 000
4 mA P1
Initial value 50 cm
Falling characteristic Final value 90 cm Sensing range

NSD0_01193
P2
20 cm
130 cm
Example
Blind zone A value must not be set for the blind zone that is less than the minimum value. This is the time that the sonar proximity switch requires to switch over from send to receive mode. The blind zone can be moved away from the sonar proximity switches (i.e. increased) to permit interfering objects in the foreground to be ignored. The interfering echo resulting from such an object is suppressed by extending the blind zone, and detection of the desired object is possible again. The range of the sonar proximity switches can be reduced in this case because part of the echo from the object to be detected is suppressed. However, objects are still not permitted within the original blind zone. It is important to ensure with this setting the object does not reflect ultrasound so well that double or triple echoes arise that give the impression of a more distant object. (a fault of this kind cannot occur during normal operation because only the first echo is accepted as valid). Sensing range Reducing the sensing range can enhance the resolution of the sonar proximity switches. With large sensing ranges, it is not possible to adjust some values in steps of one millimeter. The minimum resolution of a sonar proximity switch is 1 mm. Mean value generation Unfortunate reflective conditions or moving surfaces (e.g. in the case of moving liquids and bulk material on conveyors) can cause the measured values to change continuously which results in constant switching. The sonar proximity switch allows a mean value to be generated from up to 255 measurements. Failed signals (when no object is in the sensing range) are ignored on mean-value generation. After each measurement, a mean value is generated immediately from the new measured value and the stored number of old values. The response time of the sonar proximity switch is, therefore, not extended. A delay only occurs at the end of a measurement if the object is removed from the sensing range. This delay corresponds to the measurement cycle time multiplied by the saved number of mean values. Sensitivity (see Sound cones) The susceptibility of the receive amplifier is reduced here. Weakly reflecting objects at the edge of the sound cone are suppressed. It is also possible to reduce the size of the sound cone here electronically. The permitted values are 0 (maximum sensitivity) to 7 (minimum sensitivity).
2/62
Siemens FS 10 2007

Accessories
Mounting sets

Designation
29 5,5 61 2
Order No. 3RX1 301
Aligning unit with mounting bracket for sonar proximity switches M30 Swivel range approx. 20 around longitudinal axis of proximity switch. Following assignment, the proximity switch is screwed tight in the selected position.
70 84
20 27
NSD01025
50
61
5,5
Aligning unit with mounting flange for sonar proximity switches M30 Swivel range approx. 20 around longitudinal axis of proximity switch. Following assignment, the proximity switch is screwed tight in the selected position. Passive reflector for sonar proximity switches M30
3RX1 302
NSD01026
70 84
29
3RX1 910
62
30 41
f d
NSD01028
34
76
NSD01021
Mounting clamp (molded plastic) for sonar proximity switches, M18 form for sonar proximity switches, M30 form 3SX6 283 3SX6 284
65
Aligning unit for 3SG16 67 sonar proximity switches
3SX6 287
80
NSD00782
52
For plug-in connectors and extension cables see page 2/231.
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/63
Opto proximity switches

Introduction
Opto proximity switches fast and precise with normal light and Laser light
Configurator A configurator for optical proximity switches is available in the A&D Mall. Based on the technical features required, the desired product can be quickly and easily selected, placed in the shopping cart and ordered. You can reach the configurator through the following link: www.siemens.com/simatic-sensors/px
Applications
The various versions of the Opto proximity switches are predominantly used in the following applications: In conveyor systems In packaging machines In mechanical engineering In paper, textile and plastics processing In printing machines For access control These photoelectric sensors detect all objects regardless of their composition, whether metal, wood or plastic. Special versions of the K20 form in miniature enclosure and the C40 are available for detecting transparent objects. Special devices such as the color sensor or color mark reader can be used to detect differences in color or contrast. The analog laser supports extremely precise distance measurements and position monitoring. Sensors for Ex Zone 2/22 The optical proximity switches K80 ATEX are approved according to EU Guideline 94/9/EG (ATEX) Appendix VIII The approval is for: Gas EX II 3G EEx nA II T6 X and Dust EX II 3D IP65 T 80 C X The functionality of the proximity switches with ATEX approval is identical to that of the standard proximity switches. Safety-related applications The use of the sensors is not permissible for applications in which the safety of persons is dependent on the function of the proximity switch.
NSD0_00801
Pure optical astuteness - this is what distinguishes these extremely precise, quick-acting and accurately pin-pointing optical proximity switches. This is supplemented by first-class ease of adjustment using a Teach-in function or potentiometer and easiest possible handling during operation. With the wide range of different designs, from cubic to cylindrical right down to miniature designs and different types, e.g. as diffuse sensors with or without background suppression, retroreflective or thru-beam sensors, they master any task with a range of up to 50 m superbly.
Highlights
Extremely accurate and fast High performance even across large distances Small, compact housing Reliable measurement even in the smallest spaces with Mini-Sensor (K20/K21) Degree of protection up to IP68 Settable sensing ranges Easy start-up (Teach-in) Can be used all over the world: UL/CSA approvals
Design
The devices can be mounted in any position. They should be installed in such a manner as to prevent dirt deposits as far as possible. The available accessories enable the devices to be mounted easily and correctly. Alignment Diffuse sensor The sensor must be aligned with the object to be sensed to ensure reliable switching. In devices that have a surplus light function, the relevant LED must be active. Retroreflective sensors Place the reflector at the required location and secure it firmly. Cover the reflector with adhesive tape so that only the center (approximately 25% of the surface) remains free. Install the retroreflective sensor so that it switches reliably. Finally remove the adhesive tape from the reflector.
PXO series The optical proximity switches are organized in different product families in accordance with their technical type and design:
SIMATIC Sensors Type Design
M18S, M18 C40, K80, K80 ATEX D4, M5, M12 K20, K21, K21R, K30, K31 C20, C50, L18, L20, L50, L80
PXO100 PXO200 PXO300 PXO400 PXO500
Cylindrical Cubic Cylindrical, miniature type Cubic, miniature type Laser
2/64
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Thru-beam sensors Place the receiver in the required position and secure it firmly. Align the emitter with the receiver as accurately as possible. Minimum clearance The proximity switches must not interfere with each other. Therefore a minimum distance a must be observed between two sensors. The following distances are recommended values only. The values given are for maximum sensitivity. Cable length Long cables between the devices result in: Additional capacitive loading (short-circuit protection) Increased injection of interference. For this reason the specified maximum cable length must not be exceeded.
Function
Diffuse sensor (energetic sensor) The light from the emitter falls on an object and is reflected in a diffuse pattern. Part of this reflected light reaches the receiver located in the same device. If the intensity of the received light is sufficient, the output is switched. The sensing range depends on the size and color of the object involved as well as its surface texture. The sensing range can be varied within a wide range by means of the built-in potentiometer. The energetic sensor can therefore also be used to detect different colors.
NSD00795
Diffuse sensor
NSD00796
Retroreflective sensor
Diffuse sensor with background suppression Diffuse sensors with background suppression can detect objects up to a specific sensing range. All objects beyond this range are suppressed. The focus level can be adjusted. The background is suppressed due to the geometric constellation between the emitter and the receiver.
Dimension "a"
50 mm 250 mm 250 mm 250 mm 750 mm 500 mm 30 mm 80 mm
NSD00797
Thru-beam sensor

D4/M5 M12 M18 K31 K30 K80 L50 (laser diffuse sensor) L50 (laser retroreflective sensor)
L18 (laser retroreflective sensor) 150 mm 1)
1) Focusing at 50 m.
Setting the operating distance The sensitivity is adjusted via the built-in multi-turn potentiometer. Turning it clockwise increases the sensitivity. The potentiometer cannot be overwound (no stops). Diffuse sensor The sensitivity and the distance should be set such that the object is reliably detected; if required, the surplus light LED should be activated. The object must then be removed. If the output remains On, the sensitivity must be reduced slightly. Retroreflective sensors and thru-beam sensors The potentiometer is normally set to maximum sensitivity (clockwise rotation). This results in maximum surplus light. It may be necessary to reduce the sensitivity in the case of transparent objects.
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/65

Introduction
Retroreflective sensors The light from the emitter diode is focused through a lens and directed via a polarization filter to a reflector (principle of a 3-way mirror). Part of the reflected light passes through another polarization filter and reaches the receiver. The filters are selected and aligned in such a way that only the light reflected from the reflector reaches the receiver and not the light reflected from other objects within the beam range. Laser diffuse sensor with analog output The analog laser proximity switch can measure the exact distance of an object within its sensing range. Due to the use of visible laser light, the measurement is highly accurate and the output is extremely linear. All laser proximity switches belong to safety class 2, i.e. they are harmless and can be used without any risk to health (e.g. to the eyes).
An object that interrupts the light beam from the emitter through the reflector to the receiver causes the output to switch.
Color sensors The color sensor uses three LEDs with the colors red, green and blue. The light is emitted to the object. Thru-beam sensors Thru-beam sensors comprise an emitter and a receiver. The emitter is aligned in such a way that the greatest possible amount of pulsed light from the emitter diode reaches the receiver. The receiver evaluates the incoming light to clearly separate it from the ambient light and other light sources. Any interruption of the light beam between emitter and receiver causes the output to switch. When the proximity switch is set, the color of the object is measured and assigned to an output state. During the learning phase, the proximity switch saves the detected color in a non-volatile EEPROM. This ensures that the setting procedure will not have to be repeated whenever the supply for the proximity switch is switched on. One color or a color range can be set. Color mark sensor The color mark sensor uses green or red emitted light. The color is selected automatically depending on the contrast. The mark color and the background color can be set separately by means of two keys.
Devices for fiber-optic conductors Optical fibers are fitted in front of the emitter and receiver. They represent the "extended eye" of the Opto proximity switch. As optical fibers are very small and flexible, they provide a practical solution to the problem of sensing at points that are not easily accessible. Furthermore no electrical potential is transferred.
2/66
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
The table lists data which are independent of the design
T
Type Voltage drop at 200 mA Operating capacity Reverse current of outputs Power-up delay Differential travel (typical) for diffuse sensors Repeat accuracy for diffuse sensors Ambient light limit V mA mA ms
Solid-state output
maximum 2.0 maximum 200 maximum 0.1 maximum 20 10%
Relay output (K80)

2000 maximum 300 10%
Devices with laser (L18, L50)

maximum 2.4 maximum 200 maximum 0.1 maximum 300 5%
5 % of operating distance
Lux Lux m maximum 250 10.000 3.000 Back-up fuse required maximum 250 maximum 100
Sunlight Halogen light

Precautions Overload protection Surge protection Short-circuit protection Permissible cable length
For further technical specifications, see the respective type
Circuit diagrams
Fig. 1
NSD00867a
Fig. 2
NSD00873a
BN (1) + U b
4
M8 connector, Type A, C, D Cable
BN (1)
4
+ Ub Enable input 0V
M8 connector, Type A, C, D Cable
BK (4)
1 3
switching analog
BK (4)
1 3
BU (3) 0 V
BU (3)
Fig. 3
BN (1)
2 1 3 4
Fig. 4
NSD00874a
+ Ub Output dark-ON Output light-ON 0V
WH (2) BK (4) BU (3)
M8 connector, Type B Cable
BN (1)
2 1 3 4
+ Ub Output surplus light Output light-ON 0V
WH (2) BK (4) BU (3)
M8 connector, Type B, 4-pole Cable
NSD00868b
Fig. 5
NSD0 00869a
Fig. 6
1 4
2 3
BN (1) WH (2) BK (4) BU (3)
+ Ub
Output dark-ON Output light-ON

0V
M12 connector, Type F, K, L Cable
BN (1)
2 3 1 4
+ Ub Output surplus light Output light-ON/dark-ON 0V
WH (2) BK (4) BU (3)
M12 connector, Type F, K, L Cable
Fig. 7
NSD0 00870a
NSD00876a
BN (1)
2 3 1 4
+ Ub
BK (4) BU (3)
Enable input
0V
M12 connector, Type E, F, H, J, K, L Cable
NSD00875a
Fig. 8
BN (1)
2 3 1 4
+U b Output surplus light Output light-ON/dark-ON 0V Enable input
WH (2) BK (4) BU (3) GR (5)
M12 connector, Type G, M
Fig. 9
NSD00871a
Fig. 10
F S 1 0 _ 0 0 1 4 9
BN (1) + Ub
2 3 1 4
M12 connector, Type E, F, H, J, K, L, M Cable
6 7 1
5 4 8 2
BU (3) 0 V
B N (L + W H (R S G R (R S P K (6 ) R D (8 ) Y E (4 ) G N (3 ) B U (L
) (2 ) 4 8 5 ) (1 ) 4 8 5 ) (5 )
M8 socket, Type O, 8-pole
) (7 )
Fig. 11
NSD00872
Fig. 12
(2) (3) (4) (5) switching 0V analog
NSD00878
(1)
+ Ub
Screw terminals
BN (1) WH (2) BK (4) BU (3) GR (5)
+U b Output surplus light Output light-ON/dark-ON 0V Enable input
Screw terminals
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/67

Introduction
Fig. 13
NSD00879
Fig. 14
+ Ub Output light-ON/dark-ON
NSD00886
BN (1)
2 3 1 4
M12 connector, Type E, F, H, J, K, L, N Cable
BN (1)
2 3 1 4
+ Ub Output light-ON/dark-ON 0V
BK (4) BU (3)
WH (2) BU (3)
0V
Fig. 15
NSD0 00880
Fig. 16
NSD0 01084
2 3
1 4
BN (1) WH (2) BU (3) BK (4)
+ Ub DC 10 ... 30 V Output dark-ON 0V Output light-ON
M12 connector, Type E, F, H, J, K, L, N
BN (1)
2 1 4 WH (2)
+ U b DC 10 ... 30 V Programming 0V Switching output light-ON/dark-ON
M8 connector, Type B, 4-pole
2
NSD0 00881a
BU (3)
3 BK (4)
Fig. 17
2 1
Fig. 18
BN (1) 4 WH (2) BU (3)
3 BK (4)
+ U b 10 ... 30 V DC Changeover light-ON/dark-ON 0V Switching output
NSD0 01085
BN (1)
2 1 4 3
WH (2) BU (3) BK (4)
+ U b 10 ... 30 V DC Test input + 0V Test input
Fig. 19
2 3
NSD00882
Fig. 20
1 4
Pin 1: AS-Interface + Pin 2: Pin 3: AS-Interface _ Pin 4:
2 3
NSD0 01086
1 4
Pin 1: + Ub 10 ... 30 V DC Pin 2: Changeover light-ON/dark-ON Pin 3: 0 V Pin 4: Switching output pnp
Fig. 21
2 3
NSD0 01089
Fig. 22
1 4
NSD0 00880
Pin 1: + U b 10 ... 30 V DC Pin 2: Test input + Pin 3: 0 V Pin 4: Test input _
2 3
1 4
BN (1) WH (2) BU (3) BK (4)
+ Ub DC 10 ... 30 V Output dark-ON 0V Output light-ON
Fig. 23
2 1
NSD00883
Fig. 24
4 3
Pin 1: + U b 10 ... 30 V DC Pin 2: Programming Pin 3: 0 V Pin 4: Switching output
2 1
NSD01087
4 3
Pin 1: + U b 10 ... 30 V DC Pin 2: Switching output npn Pin 3: 0 V Pin 4: Switching output pnp
Fig. 25
2 1
NSD0 01090
Fig. 26
4 3
Pin 1: + U b 10 ... 30 V DC Pin 2: Time function Pin 3: 0 V Pin 4: Switching output
2 3
NSD01088
1 4
Pin 1: + Ub 10 ... 30 V DC Pin 2: Analog output Pin 3: 0 V Pin 4: Switching output npn/pnp
Fig. 27
NSD0 00884
Fig. 28
WH BK BU Test input + Test input 0V
NSD0 00704
BN
+ U b 10 ... 30 V DC
Cable
BN WH BK BU RD
+ U b 10 ... 30 V DC Switching output pnp 0V Changeover light: Ub
Cable
Fig. 29
NSD0 00885
Fig. 30
WH BK BU RD 0V Changeover light-ON : U b Switching output npn
NSD0 00887
BN
+ U b 10 ... 30 V DC
Cable
BN WH BK BU RD
+ U b 10 ... 30 V DC Switching output pnp 0V Changeover light: Ub ; dark: 0 V Alarm output
Cable
Fig. 31
BN WH BK BU RD
NSD0 00888
Fig. 32
+ U b 10 ... 30 V DC Switching output npn 0V Changeover light: U b ; dark: 0 V Alarm output
NSD0 00889
Cable
Cable
BK 15 ... 264 V AC/DC BU
2/68
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Fig. 33
WH BN RD BK BU
NSD00890
Fig. 34
NSD0 00891
Cable
Switching output relay
BN WH BU OR
+ Ub 10 ... 30 V DC Switching output 0V Programming
Cable
15 ... 264 V AC/DC
Fig. 35
BN BK GR BU WH RD + Ub 10 ... 30 V DC Switching output Time function 0V Programming Alarm output
NSD0 00892
Fig. 36
NSD0 00893
Cable
RD OR GR WH BN BU
Control input A Control input B Analog output Switching output npn/pnp + Ub 10 ... 30 V DC 0V
Cable
2
Fig. 37
NSD00894
Fig. 38
BN WH YE GN + Ub + Ua _ Ua 0V Shielding
NSD00895
Cable
BN WH BK BU
+ U b 10 ... 30 V DC Switching output (npn), Progr. (pnp) Progr. (npn), Switching output (pnp) 0V
Fig. 39
NSD0 01205
Fig. 40
1 4
2 3
PIN 1: + U b PIN 2: Programming PIN 3: 0 V PIN 4: Switching output light-ON/dark-ON
NSD0 01206
2 5 3
1 4
PIN 1: + U b PIN 2: Programming PIN 3: 0 V PIN 4: Switching output light-ON/dark-ON PIN 5: Output surplus light
Fig. 41
FS10_00207
5 6 7 1 8 2 4 3
BN (2) +Ub WH (1) Blanking GR (5) Interlock PK (6) Output 3 RD (8) YE (4) Output 2 GN (3) Output 1 BU (7) 0 V
M12 connector, 8-pole, Type O
BK = black BN = brown
BU = blue GR = gray
OR = orange RD = red
WH YE
= white = yellow
PK GN
= pink = green
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/69

Introduction
Characteristics
D4 and M5 forms
Diffuse sensors
60 50 40 S (m)
NSD00896a
Thru-beam sensor
a
S
0,30 0,25
S (m)
NSD00897a
a 0,20 0,15 0,10 0,05
30 20 10 20 10 0 10 20 a (mm)
80
40
40
80 a (mm)
M12 form
Diffuse sensors
0,4 S (m)
NSD00898a
a
S
Thru-beam sensor
S (m)
NSD00899a
2,0 1,6 1,4 1,0 0,6
a
S
4,5
S (m)
NSD00900a
0,3
3,5
0,2
2,5
1,5
0,1 20 10 0 10 20 a (mm)
0,2 40 20 0 20 40 a (mm) 300 150 0 150 300 a (mm)
M18 form
Diffuse sensors
0,8 S (m)
NSD00901a
a
S
Thru-beam sensor
S (m)
NSD00902a
2,4
a
S
7,0
S (m)
NSD00903a
0,6
1,8
5,0
0,4
1,2
3,0
0,2
0,6
1,0
80
40
40
80 a (mm)
40
20
20
40 a (mm)
600
300
300
600 a (mm)
2/70
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
K 30 and K 31 forms
Diffuse sensors
S (m)
NSD00904a
a
S
Thru-beam sensor
S (m)
NSD00905a
4,0
a
S
20 16 12
S (m)
NSD00906a
1,2 0,9 0,6 0,3
3,0
2,0 8 1,0 4
2
800 400 0 400 800 a (mm) Series K 30 Series K 31
200
100
100
200 a (mm)
80
40
40
80 a (mm)
Series K 30 Series K 31
Series K 30 Series K 31
K 80 form
Diffuse sensors
2,4 2,0 1,6 1,2 0,8 0,4 400 200 0 200 400 a (mm) S (m)
NSD00910a
a
S
Thru-beam sensor
S (m)
NSD00911a
6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0 1,0 80 40 0
a
S
60 50 40 30 20 10
S (m)
NSD00912b
40
80 a (mm)
2000 1000
1000
2000 a (mm)
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/71

Introduction
Further information
Opto proximity switch lexicon Terms associated with the technology of photoelectric proximity switches are explained below. Some of the terms are defined in IEC 60947-5-2. Anti-interference function This function prevents mutual interference between Opto proximity switches. The specified clearances between the devices does not have to be observed for devices with an anti-interference function. It is therefore possible to align, e.g. two retroreflective sensors with a common reflector. Function of the outputs Dark-ON The "Dark-ON" function means that this output is conducting (current-carrying) when no light reaches the receiver. Light-ON The "Light-ON" function means that this output is conducting (current-carrying) when light reaches the receiver. Antivalence The devices with antivalent output have 2 outputs. One output is Dark-ON, and the other is Light-ON. Surplus light As an alternative, some devices can be supplied with a different configuration of outputs, one output Light-ON and the other for signaling the surplus light. Output current The devices are designed for a maximum output current (rated operating current, see Technical specifications). If this current is exceeded, even briefly, the built-in overload and short-circuit protection will be activated. Destruction of the device is effectively prevented. Incandescent lamps, capacitors and other strongly capacitive loads (e.g. long leads) have a similar effect to an overload. A minimum load current (smallest operating current) is not required. A built-in pull-up resistor ensures that an output signal is always available. Autocollimation With these devices, the optical axes of the emitter and receiver are identical. The device only has one optical axis. This means that there is no close range in front of the proximity switch and the accuracy of the switching point is higher. Spurious signal suppression The devices feature spurious signal suppression. It prevents the occurrence of spurious signals from the moment of application of the operating voltage until the moment when the device is ready for operation (approximately 5 ms). Sensing range The sensing range is the range within which the operating distance can be set. This term replaces any other previously used terms. Correction factors The specified sensing ranges of diffuse sensors are achieved with the specified surfaces by using matte-white standard paper. The following correction factors (approximate values) apply to other surfaces:
Test card White paper Light-colored wood White plastic Cork Printed newspaper Gray PVC Black plastic Black neoprene Automobile tires Sheet aluminum Raw Black anodized Matte (brushed) Stainless steel, polished 100 % 80 % 73 % 70 % 65 % 60 % 57 % 22 % 20 % 15 % 200 % 150 % 120 % 230 %
Enabling input With Opto proximity switches with a test input, the emitter can be switched on or off. Function monitoring can be implemented with appropriate evaluation of the output signal (light barrier: no obstruction of light beam / diffuse sensors: reflecting object exists). To disable the proximity switch, the enabling input must be connected to 0 V. For operation of the proximity switch, the enabling input does not have to be used. Ambient light limit Ambient light is the light produced by external light sources. The luminescence level is measured on the light incidence surface. Thanks to the use of modulated light, the devices are insensitive to ambient light. There is, however, an upper limit for the intensity of any external light which is referred to as the ambient light limit. It is specified for sunlight (unmodulated light) and halogen light (light modulated at twice the frequency of the electricity supply). Reliable operation is not possible above the respective ambient light limit.
2/72
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Integration
Sensors and PLCs are growing together Thanks to intelligent linking to the PLC, IQ-Sense can now be used to implement significantly more flexibility and reliability of the sensors. The uniform exchange of data presents a great number of advantages for plant construction as well as for its operation. For example, the new IntelliTeach function permits machine and plant constructors to achieve fast commissioning, since all settings for the IQ-Sense devices can be made using the PLC. Values set once on a sensor can be transmitted to other sensors without problem. Sensors can be exchanged during operation without any extra work since the PLC automatically reestablishes all sensor settings. Furthermore, IQ-Sense permits channel-specific system diagnostics. Wire break, short-circuit, maladjustment or module/sensor failure are automatically signaled, and parameterization errors are avoided. It is therefore possible to reduce downtimes and to increase plant availability.
Benefits
Configuration with STEP 7 Communication between sensor and SIMATIC PLC over a low-cost two-core cable Sensor parameterization through the control (IntelliTeach) System diagnostics down to a single sensor reduces downtimes Replacement of sensors during operation without new parameter-assignment
Connectable proximity switches Opto K80 Retroreflective sensor Retroreflective sensor with background suppression Diffuse sensor Opto C40 Retroreflective sensor Diffuse sensor to ET 200S via 4 IQ-Sense module to S7-300/ET 200M via 8 x IQSense module
Integration of IQ-Sense into the automation environment
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/73

Introduction
Overview
SIMATIC PXO100
SIMATIC PXO200
Design
Operating mode Diffuse sensor Diffuse sensor with background suppression Retroreflective sensor Thru/beam sensor Sensing range 1.5 cm ... 1.8 cm 5 cm ... 10 cm 12 cm ... 15 cm 20 cm ... 30 cm 40 cm ... 50 cm 60 cm ... 70 cm 1 m ... 1.5 m 2 m ... 3 m 4 m ... 6 m 12 m ... 15 m 50 m Output pnp npn Relay Analog Direct communication with the PLC Operating voltage 24 V DC 20 ... 265/320 V AC/DC Wiring M8 connector M12 connector Cable Terminals Special features Timing function Surplus light function Transparent objects Metal housing Light type Red light Infrared light Laser light, red Version for hazardous area Zone 2/22 See page
M18
M18S
C40
K80
ET200S (via IQSense)
ET200S (via IQSense)
ET200S (via IQ-Sense)
2/79
2/77
2/80
2/82
2/74
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Overview
SIMATIC PXO300
SIMATIC PXO400
Design
Operating mode Diffuse sensor Diffuse sensor with background suppression Retroreflective sensor Thru/beam sensor Sensing range 1.5 cm ... 1.8 cm 5 cm ... 10 cm 12 cm ... 15 cm 20 cm ... 30 cm 40 cm ... 50 cm 60 cm ... 70 cm 1 m ... 1.5 m 2 m ... 3 m 4 m ... 6 m 12 m ... 15 m 50 m Output pnp npn Relay Analog Direct communication with the PLC Operating voltage 24 V DC 20 ... 265/320 V AC/DC Wiring M8 connector M12 connector Cable Terminals Special features Timing function Surplus light function Transparent objects Metal housing Light type Red light Infrared light Laser light, red See page
D4, M5
M12
K20
K21
K30
K31
2/86, 2/87
2/88
2/92
2/90
2/95
2/93
2/93
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/75

Introduction
Overview
SIMATIC PXO500
2
Design
Operating mode Diffuse sensor Diffuse sensor with background suppression Retroreflective sensor Thru/beam sensor Color sensor Color mark sensor Sensing range 1.5 cm ... 1.8 cm 1.2 cm ... 3.2 cm 5 cm ... 10 cm 12 cm ... 15 cm 20 cm ... 30 cm 40 cm ... 50 cm 60 cm ... 70 cm 1 m ... 1.5 m 2 m ... 3 m 4 m ... 6 m 12 m ... 15 m 50 m Output pnp npn Relay Analog Direct communication with the PLC Operating voltage 24 V DC 20 ... 265/320 V AC/DC Wiring M8 connector M12 connector Cable Terminals Special features Timing function Surplus light function Transparent objects Metal housing Light type Red light Infrared light Laser light, red White light See page
3x
L18
L20
C20
L50
C50
L80
2/97
2/99
2/104
2/100
2/105
2/100
2/76
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXO100
M18S form
Overview
Cylindrical metal enclosure, IP67, connection using cable or M12 connector Diffuse sensor (energetic sensor) Sensing range 50 cm (adjustable using potentiometer) Retroreflective sensor Sensing range 3 m Supplied without reflector Thru-beam sensor Sensing range 6 m Rated operating voltage 24 V DC Electronics output pnp
Operating mode Diffuse sensors Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter Thru-beam sensor
Sensing range Standard target/reflector Operating voltage range (DC) Rated operating current Ie Switching frequency Switching time Wavelength (type of light) Displays Switching status Surplus light Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Temperature coefficient Type
cm mm V mA Hz ms nm
50 (adjustable) 300 200 200 (white) Reflector type D 84 10 ... 30 (max. 20 % residual ripple) 150 700 0.5 660 (red) 660 (red, polarized) Yellow LED Green LED Brass, nickel-plated IP67 25 ... +55 0.3 3RG76 40...00, 3RG76 50...00
600
660 (red)
C %/K
3RG76 41...00, 3RG76 51...00
3RG76 42...00, 3RG76 52...00

Operating mode Sensing range cm Light type nm 660 (red) 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 4 0.34 mm2 pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON 13 13 3RG76 400AB00 3RG76 400AA00 3RG76 400CC00 3RG76 400CD00 3RG76 403AB00 3RG76 403AA00 3RG76 403CC00 3RG76 403CD00 3RG76 410AB00 3RG76 410AA00 3RG76 410CC00 3RG76 410CD00 3RG76 413AB00 3RG76 413AA00 3RG76 413CC00 3RG76 413CD00 Connection Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Order No.
Straight sensor
Diffuse sensors 50 (adjustable by potentiometer)
M12 plug, 4-pole, type F
pnp, Light-ON and 5 Dark-ON pnp, Light-ON and sur- 6 plus light function pnp, Light-ON 13 pnp, Dark-ON 14 pnp, Light-ON and 5 Dark-ON pnp, Light-ON and sur- 6 plus light function pnp, Light-ON 13 pnp, Dark-ON 13 pnp, Light-ON and 5 Dark-ON pnp, Light-ON and sur- 6 plus light function pnp, Light-ON 13 pnp, Dark-ON 14 pnp, Light-ON and 5 Dark-ON pnp, Light-ON and sur- 6 plus light function
300
660 (red, polarized)
2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 4 0.34 mm
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/77

SIMATIC PXO100
M18S form
Operating mode Sensing range cm Light type nm 660 (red) 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 4 0.34 mm2 pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON 13 13 3RG76 420AB00 3RG76 420AA00 3RG76 420CC00 3RG76 420CD00 3RG76 420BG00 3RG76 423AB00 3RG76 423AA00 3RG76 423CC00 3RG76 423CD00 3RG76 423BG00 3RG76 500AB00 3RG76 500AA00 3RG76 500CC00 3RG76 500CD00 3RG76 503AB00 3RG76 503AA00 3RG76 503CC00 3RG76 503CD00 3RG76 510AB00 3RG76 510AA00 3RG76 510CC00 3RG76 510CD00 3RG76 513AB00 3RG76 513AA00 3RG76 513CC00 3RG76 513CD00 3RG76 520AB00 3RG76 520AA00 3RG76 520CC00 3RG76 520CD00 3RG76 520BG00 3RG76 523AB00 3RG76 523AA00 3RG76 523CC00 3RG76 523CD00 3RG76 523BG00 Connection Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Order No.
Straight sensor
Thru-beam sensor 600
2 0.34 mm2 M12 plug, 4-pole, type F
pnp, Light-ON and 5 Dark-ON pnp, Light-ON and sur- 6 plus light function Emitter 9 pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON 13 14
pnp, Light-ON and 5 Dark-ON pnp, Light-ON and sur- 6 plus light function Emitter 9
Angled sensor
Diffuse sensors 50 (adjustable by potentiometer) 660 (red) 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 4 0.34 mm2 pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON 13 13
pnp, Light-ON and 5 Dark-ON pnp, Light-ON and sur- 6 plus light function pnp, Light-ON 13 pnp, Dark-ON 14 pnp, Light-ON and 5 Dark-ON pnp, Light-ON and sur- 6 plus light function pnp, Light-ON 13 pnp, Dark-ON 13 pnp, Light-ON and 5 Dark-ON pnp, Light-ON and sur- 6 plus light function pnp, Light-ON 13 pnp, Dark-ON 14 pnp, Light-ON and 5 Dark-ON pnp, Light-ON and sur- 6 plus light function pnp, Light-ON 13 pnp, Dark-ON 13 pnp, Light-ON and 5 Dark-ON pnp, Light-ON and sur- 6 plus light function Emitter 9 pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON 13 14
300
2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 4 0.34 mm2
Thru-beam sensor
600
660 (red)
2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 4 0.34 mm2
2 0.34 mm
pnp, Light-ON and 5 Dark-ON pnp, Light-ON and sur- 6 plus light function Emitter 9
For dimension drawings, see M18.
2/78
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXO100
M18 form
Overview
Cylindrical metal enclosure, IP67, connection using cable or M12 connector Diffuse sensor with background suppression Sensing range 1 ... 12 cm (adjustable using potentiometer) Rated operating voltage 24 V DC Electronics output pnp or npn
Operating mode Diffuse sensors with background suppression
2
Sensing range Standard target Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0 (typ.) Rated operating current Ie Switching frequency Switching time Wavelength (type of light) Displays Switching status Surplus light Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Temperature coefficient Type cm mm V mA mA Hz ms nm 1 ... 12 (adjustable) 50 50 (white) 10 ... 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) 25 200 500 1 660 (red) Yellow LED Green LED Brass, nickel-plated IP67 25 ... +55 0.3 3RG71 34...00
C %/K

Operating mode Diffuse sensor with background suppression Sensing range cm 1 ... 12 (adjustable by potentiometer) Light type nm 660 (red) Connection Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 Order No. 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON M12 plug, 4-pole, type F pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON 3RG71 340AB00 3RG71 340AA00 3RG71 340GB00 3RG71 340GA00 3RG71 343AB00 3RG71 343AA00 3RG71 343GB00 3RG71 343GA00
Dimension drawings
M18 form
3RG71 3.0..00
M 18x1 4
M18S form
3RG71 3.3..00
M 18x1
3RG76 4.-...00
M 18 1 16,6
NSD0_01299
3RG76 5.-...00
M 18 1 16,6
NSD0_01288
SW 24 29
4 SW 24 29
4 SW 24 min. 34
Pot. LED GN YE M 12 1 16,3 13 27,9
NSD0 00810
Pot. LED GN YE M 12 1 16,3 13 27,9
65 72,1
65
Pot. LED
Pot. LED 4x
4 SW 24 min. 34
50
63,5
NSD0 00811
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/79

SIMATIC PXO200
C40 form
Overview
Cubic molded plastic enclosure, IP67, connection using cable or M12 connector Diffuse sensor; energetic sensor Sensing range 70 cm (adjustable by teach-in) Diffuse sensor with background suppression Sensing range 5 ... 25 cm (adjustable by teach-in) Retroreflective sensor for transparent objects Sensing range 1 m (adjustable by teach-in) Rated operating voltage 24 V DC Electronics output pnp or npn Supplied with mounting material and without reflector
Retroreflective sensor Sensing range 6 m (adjustable by teach-in)
Operating mode Diffuse sensors Diffuse sensor with background suppression
Sensing range Standard target Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0, max. Rated operating current Ie Switching frequency Switching time Wavelength (type of light) Displays Switching status Surplus light Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Temperature coefficient Type Operating mode
cm mm V mA mA Hz ms nm
70 (adjustable) 200 200 (white) 10 ... 30 35 200 1000 0.5 660 (red) Yellow LED Green LED Molded plastic (PBTP) IP67 25 ... +55 0.1 3RG72 40...00 Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter
5 ... 25 (adjustable) 100 100 (gray) 25 250 200 2,5
C %/K
3RG72 44...00 Retroreflective sensor for transparent objects
Sensing range Reflector Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0, max. Rated operating current Ie Switching frequency Switching time Wavelength (type of light) Displays Switching status Surplus light Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Temperature coefficient Type
600 (adjustable) Reflector type D 84 10 ... 30 35 200 1000 0.5 660 (red, polarized) Yellow LED Green LED Molded plastic (ABS) IP67 25 ... +55 0.1 3RG72 41...00
100 (adjustable) Reflector type D 84
C %/K
3RG72 41...52
2/80
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXO200
C40 form

Operating mode Sensing range cm Diffuse sensors 70 (adjustable by "teach-in") Light type Connection Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 39 39 40 40 39 39 40 40 Order No. nm 660 (red) M12 plug, 4-pole, type F pnp, Light-ON or Dark-ON npn, Light-ON or Dark-ON pnp, Light-ON or Dark-ON npn, Light-ON or Dark-ON pnp, Light-ON or Dark-ON npn, Light-ON or Dark-ON pnp, Light-ON or Dark-ON npn, Light-ON or Dark-ON IQ-Sense 3RG72 403CH00 3RG72 403HH00 3RG72 443CH00 3RG72 443HH00 3RG72 413CH00 3RG72 413HH00 3RG72 413CH52 3RG72 413HH52
Diffuse sen5 ... 25 sor with back- (adjustable ground by "teach-in") suppression Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter Retroreflective sensor for transparent objects Diffuse sensors Retroreflective sensor 600 (adjustable by "teach-in") 100 (adjustable by "teach-in")
660 (red)
Communications-capable proximity switches C40 for IQ-Sense

70 660 (red) to 4 IQ-Sense sensor module to 4 IQ-Sense sensor module 9 3SF72 403JQ00
660 (red)
IQ-Sense
3SF72 413JQ00
Dimension drawing
3RG72 4.3....
LED
NSD0_ 01184a
40 46 55
5,3x7,3 30 40 M 12x1 40
69
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/81

SIMATIC PXO200
K80 form
Overview
Cubic molded plastic enclosure, IP67, connection using M12 connector or Pg 11 cable gland Versions for use in potentially explosive environments acc. to 94/9/EG (ATEX): Zone 2 (gases, vapors, mist) according to classification II 3G Zone 22 (dust atmosphere, non-conductive dust) according to classification II 3D Supplied without reflector Advanced version 1 to 12 m Thru-beam sensor Sensing range 50 m (adjustable using potentiometer) Rated operating voltage 24 V DC or 240 V AC/DC Inputs and outputs Electronics output pnp or npn - Programmable as Light-ON or Dark-ON - Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent) Relay output 20 ... 320 V AC/DC Timing function (delayed pick-up or drop-out, pulse shaping) Enabling input for test purposes Supplied without mounting material
Diffuse sensor (energetic sensor) Sensing range 2 m (adjustable using potentiometer) Diffuse sensor with background suppression Sensing range 0.2 ... 1 m (adjustable using potentiometer) Retroreflective sensor Sensing range 6 m (adjustable using potentiometer)
Operating mode Diffuse sensors Diffuse sensor with background suppression
Sensing range Standard target Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0, max. Operating voltage range (AC/DC) No-load power, max. Rated operating current Ie Switching frequency, max. Switching time, max. Wavelength (type of light) Displays for switching status/surplus light Enclosure material Degree of protection Approval for Ex Zones 2/22 Ambient temperature Temperature coefficient Type
m mm V mA V VA mA Hz ms nm
C %/K
2 (adjustable) 400 400 (white) 10 ... 36 30 20 ... 265 2 200 2000 (at AC 240 V) 1000 20 0.5 20 880 (IR) LED yellow/LED green Molded plastic (PBTP) IP67 no no 5 ... +55 5 ... +55 0.3 3RG72 00-...00, 3RG72 10-6MC00 3RG72 10-...00
10 ... 36 200 200 1000 0.5
0,2 ... 1 (adjustable) 200 200 (white) 10 ... 36 45 200 250 2 880 (IR)
yes 5 ... +40 3RG72 00-3CC000XB4
no 5 ... +55 3RG72 04-...00, 3RG72 14-...00
Operating mode
Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter
Thru-beam sensor
Sensing range Reflector Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0, max. Operating voltage range (AC/DC) No-load power, max. Rated operating current Ie Switching frequency, max. Switching time, max. Wavelength (type of light) Displays for switching status/surplus light Enclosure material Degree of protection Approval for Ex Zones 2/22 Ambient temperature Temperature coefficient Type
m mm V mA V VA mA Hz ms nm
C %/K
6/12 (adjustable) Reflector type D 84 10 ... 36 30 20 ... 265 2 200 2000 (at 240 V AC) 1000 20 0.5 20 660 (red, polarized) LED yellow/LED green Molded plastic (PBTP) IP67 no no 5 ... +55 5 ... +55 0.3 3RG72 01-...00, 3RG72 11-6MC00, 3RG72 01-...61, 3RG72 11-6MC61 3RG72 11-...00, 3RG72 11-...61
10 ... 36 200 1000 0.5
50 (adjustable) 10 ... 36 30 200 1000 0.5 880 (IR)
20 ... 320 2 2000 (at 240 V AC) 20 20
10 ... 36 200 1000 0.5
yes 5 ... +40
no 5 ... +55
no 5 ... +55
yes 5 ... +40
3RG72 01-3CC..- 3RG72 02-...00, 0XB4 3RG72 12-...00
3RG72 12-6MC00, 3RG72 02-3RG72 02-6FG00 0XB4, 3RG72 12-0XB4
2/82
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXO200
K80 form

Operating mode Sensing range m Light type nm 880 (IR) M12 plug, 4-pole, type F Pg 11 Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent) Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent) Relay, Light-ON and Dark-ON, with timing function (0.1 ... 10 s) Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent) Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent) Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent) Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent) pnp 5 npn 5 pnp 12 npn 12 11 3RG72 003CC00 3RG72 003HC00 3RG72 006CC00 3RG72 006HC00 3RG72 106MC00 Connection Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Order No.
K80 form
Diffuse sensors 2 (adjustable by potentiometer)
Diffuse sensor with background suppression Retroreflective sensor
0.2 ... 1 (adjustable by potentiometer) 6 (adjustable by potentiometer)
880 (IR)
M12 plug, 4-pole, type F Pg 11
pnp 5 npn 5 pnp 12 npn 12 pnp 5 npn 5 pnp 12 npn 12 pnp 12 npn 12 11
3RG72 043CC00 3RG72 043HC00 3RG72 046CC00 3RG72 046HC00 3RG72 013CC00 3RG72 013HC00 3RG72 016CC00 3RG72 016HC00 3RG72 116DK00 3RG72 116EK00 3RG72 116MC00
M12 plug, 4-pole, type F Pg 11 Pg 11, with enabling input
12 (adjustable by potentiometer)
Light-ON or DarkON and surplus light, with timing function (0.01 ... 1 s) Pg 11 Relay, Light-ON and Dark-ON, with timing function (0.1 ... 10 s) M12 plug, Light-ON, Dark-ON 4-pole, type F (antivalent) Pg 11 Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent) Relay, Light-ON and Dark-ON, with timing function (0.1 ... 10 s)
pnp 5 pnp 12 11
3RG72 013CC61 3RG72 016CC61 3RG72 116MC61
Operating mode
Sensing range m
Light type nm 880 (IR)
Connection
Switching output
Ckt. diag. No.
Order No.
K80 form
Diffuse sensors 2 (adjustable by potentiometer) M12 plug, 5-pole, type G, with enabling input Pg 11, with enabling input M12 plug, 5-pole, type G, with enabling input Pg 11, with enabling input Retroreflective sensor 6 (adjustable by potentiometer) 660 (red, polarized) M12 plug, 5-pole, type G, with enabling input Light-ON or Darkpnp 8 ON and surplus npn 8 light, with timing function (0.01 ... 1 s) Light-ON or Darkpnp 12 ON and surplus npn 12 light, with timing function (0.01 ... 1 s) Light-ON or Darkpnp 8 ON and surplus light, with timing function (0.01 ... 1 s) npn 8 Light-ON or Darkpnp 12 ON and surplus npn 12 light, with timing function (0.01 ... 1 s) Light-ON or Darkpnp 8 ON and surplus light, with timing function (0.01 ... 1 s) npn 8 3RG72 103DK00 3RG72 103EK00
3RG72 106DK00 3RG72 106EK00
Diffuse sensor with background suppression
0.2 ... 1 (adjustable by potentiometer)
880 (IR)
3RG72 143DK00 3RG72 143EK00 3RG72 146DK00 3RG72 146EK00
3RG72 113DK00
3RG72 113EK00
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/83

SIMATIC PXO200
K80 form
Operating mode Sensing range m Light type nm 880 (IR) M12 plug, 4-pole, type F Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent) Light-ON or DarkON and surplus light, with timing function (0.01 ... 1 s) Emitter with enabling input Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent) Light-ON or DarkON and surplus light, with timing function (0.01 ... 1 s) Emitter with enabling input Relay, Light-ON and Dark-ON, with timing function (0.1 ... 10 s) Emitter with enabling input pnp 5 npn 5 pnp 6 3RG72 023CC00 3RG72 023HC00 3RG72 123DK00 Connection Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Order No.
K80 form
Thru-beam sensor 50 (adjustable by potentiometer)
2
Pg 11
3RG72 023BG00 3RG72 026CC00 3RG72 026HC00 3RG72 126DK00 3RG72 126EK00
pnp 12 npn 12 pnp 12 npn 12
12 11
3RG72 026BG00 3RG72 126MC00
12
3RG72 026FG00
K80 ATEX form

Diffuse sensors 2 (adjustable by potentiometer) 6 (adjustable by potentiometer) 12 (adjustable by potentiometer) 50 (adjustable by potentiometer) 880 (IR) M12 plug, 4-pole, type F Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent) pnp 5 3RG72 003CC00-0XB4
Thru-beam sensor
660 (red, polarized) 660 (red, polarized) 880 (IR)
Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent)
pnp 5
3RG72 013CC00-0XB4
Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent)
pnp 5
3RG72 013CC61-0XB4
Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent) Light-ON or DarkON and surplus light, with timing function (0.01 ... 1 s) Emitter with enabling input IQ-Sense
pnp 5 pnp 6
3RG72 023CC00-0XB4 3RG72 123DK00-0XB4
3RG72 023BG00-0XB4
Communications-capable proximity switches K80 for IQ-Sense

Diffuse sensors 2 880 (IR) to 4 IQ-Sense sensor module to 4 IQ-Sense sensor module to 4 IQ-Sense sensor module 9 3SF72 103JQ00
Diffuse sen0.2 ... 1 sor with background suppression Retroreflec8 tive sensor
880 (IR)
IQ-Sense
3SF72 143JQ00
660 (red)
IQ-Sense
3SF72 113JQ00
Accessories
Mounting bracket for K80 3RX7 303
2/84
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXO200
K80 form
Dimension drawings
3RG72 ..3..00 3RG72 ..3..00-0XB4
65 Pot. + LEDs
NSD0 00846b
3RG72 ..6..00
65 Pot. + LEDs
NSD0 00848b
83 73 62
30 13,2
83 73 62
30
5,5 10 20 36 M 12x1 50 25
5,5 10 20 36 50 PG 11
25
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/85

SIMATIC PXO300
D4 form
Overview
Cylindrical metal enclosure, IP67, connection using cable or M8 connector Diffuse sensor (energetic sensor) Sensing range 5 cm (not adjustable) Thru-beam sensor Sensing range 25 cm (not adjustable) Rated operating voltage 24 V DC Electronics output pnp or npn
Operating mode Diffuse sensors Thru-beam sensor
2
Sensing range Standard target Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0 (typ.) Rated operating current Ie Switching frequency Switching time Wavelength (type of light) Displays Reliable detection Surplus light fallen below Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Temperature coefficient Type cm mm V mA mA Hz ms nm 5 (not adjustable) 100 100 (white) 10 ... 30 (max. 20 % residual ripple) 10 100 250 2,5 880 (IR) Yellow LED Yellow LED flashing D 4: stainless steel; M5: Brass, nickel-plated IP67 0 ... +55 0.3 3RG70 40...00 25 (not adjustable) 5 / 5 (emitter / receiver) 250 2,5 880 (IR)
C %/K
3RG70 42...00

Operating mode Diffuse sensors Sensing range cm 5 Light type nm 880 (IR) 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 M8 plug, 3-pole, type A Thru-beam sensor 25 880 (IR) 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 pnp, Light-ON npn, Light-ON pnp, Light-ON npn, Light-ON pnp, Light-ON npn, Light-ON Emitter M8 plug, 3-pole, type A pnp, Light-ON npn, Light-ON Emitter 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 3RG70 400AB00 3RG70 400GB00 3RG70 407AB00 3RG70 407GB00 3RG70 420AB00 3RG70 420GB00 3RG70 420BG00 3RG70 427AB00 3RG70 427GB00 3RG70 427BG00 Connection Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Order No.
Dimension drawings
3RG70 4.0..00
4
3RG70 4.7..00
4
26,5 35
26,5 28
NSD00802
LED
2/86
Siemens FS 10 2007
NSD00803
LED
45

SIMATIC PXO300
M5 form
Overview
Cylindrical metal enclosure, IP67, connection using cable or M8 connector Diffuse sensor (energetic sensor) Sensing range 5 cm (not adjustable) Thru-beam sensor Sensing range 25 cm (not adjustable) Rated operating voltage 24 V DC Electronics output pnp or npn
Operating mode Diffuse sensors Thru-beam sensor
2
Sensing range Standard target Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0 (typ.) Rated operating current Ie Switching frequency Switching time Wavelength (type of light) Displays Reliable detection Surplus light fallen below Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Temperature coefficient Type cm mm V mA mA Hz ms nm 5 (not adjustable) 100 100 (white) 10 ... 30 (max. 20 % residual ripple) 10 100 250 2,5 880 (IR) Yellow LED Yellow LED flashing D 4: stainless steel; M5: Brass, nickel-plated IP67 0 ... +55 0.3 3RG70 30...00 25 (not adjustable) 5 / 5 (emitter / receiver) 250 2,5 880 (IR)
C %/K
3RG70 32...00

Operating mode Sensing range cm 5 Light type nm 880 (IR) 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 pnp, LightON npn, LightON pnp, LightON npn, LightON pnp, LightON npn, LightON Emitter pnp, LightON npn, LightON Emitter 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 3RG70 300AB00 3RG70 300GB00 3RG70 307AB00 3RG70 307GB00 3RG70 320AB00 3RG70 320GB00 3RG70 320BG00 3RG70 327AB00 3RG70 327GB00 3RG70 327BG00 Connection Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Order No. Diffuse sensors
M8 plug, 3-pole, type A
Thru-beam sensor
25
880 (IR)
2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2
M8 plug, 3-pole, type A
Dimension drawings
3RG70 3.0..00
M 5x0,5 SW 7 26,5 30 35
3RG70 3.7..00
M 5x0,5 SW 7
26,5 30
LED
NSD00805
LED
NSD00804
45
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/87

SIMATIC PXO300
M12 form
Overview
Cylindrical metal enclosure, IP67, connection using cable or M12 connector Diffuse sensor (energetic sensor) Sensing range 30 cm (adjustable using potentiometer) Retroreflective sensor Sensing range 1.5 m Supplied without reflector Thru-beam sensor Sensing range 4 m Enabling input for test purposes Rated operating voltage 24 V DC Electronics output pnp or npn
Operating mode Diffuse sensors Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter Thru-beam sensor
Sensing range Standard target/reflector Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0 (typ.) Rated operating current Ie Switching frequency Switching time Wavelength (type of light) Displays Switching status Surplus light Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Temperature coefficient Type
30 (adjustable) 200 200 (white) 10 ... 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) 15 200 1000 0.5 660 (red) Yellow LED Green LED Brass, nickel-plated IP67 25 ... +55 0.3 3RG71 20...00
150 Reflector type D 84 15 1000 0.5 660 (red, polarized)
400 15 / 15 (emitter / receiver) 1000 0.5 660 (red)
C %/K
3RG71 21...00
3RG71 22...00
2/88
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXO300
M12 form

Operating mode Diffuse sensor Sensing range cm 30 (adjustable by potentiometer) Light type nm 660 (red) 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON M12 plug, 4-pole, type F pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON Retroreflective sensor 150 660 (red, polarized) 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON M12 plug, 4-pole, type F pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON Thru-beam sensor 400 660 (red) 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON Emitter M12 plug, 4-pole, type F pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON Emitter 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 7 14 13 14 13 7 3RG71 200AB00 3RG71 200AA00 3RG71 200GB00 3RG71 200GA00 3RG71 203AB00 3RG71 203AA00 3RG71 203GB00 3RG71 203GA00 3RG71 210AB00 3RG71 210AA00 3RG71 210GB00 3RG71 210GA00 3RG71 213AB00 3RG71 213AA00 3RG71 213GB00 3RG71 213GA00 3RG71 220AB00 3RG71 220AA00 3RG71 220GB00 3RG71 220GA00 3RG71 220BG00 3RG71 223AB00 3RG71 223AA00 3RG71 223GB00 3RG71 223GA00 3RG71 223BG00 Connection Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Order No.
Dimension drawings
3RG71 200..00
M 12x1 4
3RG71 203..00
M 12x1 4
3RG71 210..00 and 3RG71 220..00

M 12x1
3RG71 213..00 and 3RG71 223..00

M 12x1
SW 17 31,5
SW 17 44
SW 17
60
50
Pot. LED
NSD0 00806
Pot. LED
60
LED
LED
NSD00808
NSD0 00807
NSD00809
SW 17 44
50
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/89

SIMATIC PXO400
K21, K21R forms
Overview
Cubic molded plastic enclosure, IP68, connection using cable or M8 connector Diffuse sensor (energetic sensor) Sensing range 50 cm Retroreflective sensor Sensing range 3 m Rated operating voltage 24 V DC Electronics output pnp or npn Supplied without mounting material and without reflector
Operating mode Diffuse sensors Retroreflective sensor
Sensing range Standard target/reflector Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0 (typ.) Rated operating current Ie Switching frequency Switching time Wavelength (type of light) Displays Switching status Operational voltage Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Temperature coefficient Type
50 100 100 (white 90 %) 10 ... 30 28 150 700 0.5 660 (red) Yellow LED Red LED Molded plastic (PBTP) IP68 5 ... +55 0.3 3RG74 00...00
300 Reflector type R 60 33 25 30
C %/K
3RG74 20...00
3RG74 01...00
3RG74 21...00

Operating mode Sensing range cm 50 Light type Connection nm 660 (red) 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON M8 plug, 3-pole, type A pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON Retroreflective sensor 300 660 (red) 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON M8 plug, 3-pole, type A pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3RG74 000AB00 3RG74 000AA00 3RG74 000GB00 3RG74 000GA00 3RG74 007AB00 3RG74 007AA00 3RG74 007GB00 3RG74 007GA00 3RG74 010AB00 3RG74 010AA00 3RG74 010GB00 3RG74 010GA00 3RG74 017AB00 3RG74 017AA00 3RG74 017GB00 3RG74 017GA00 Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Order No.
K21 form
Diffuse sensors
K21 thru-beam sensor with 6 m sensing range on request.
2/90
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXO400
K21, K21R forms
Operating mode Sensing range cm 50 Light type Connection nm 660 (red) 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON M8 plug, 3-pole, type A pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON Retroreflective sensor 300 660 (red) 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON M8 plug, 3-pole, type A pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3RG74 200AB00 3RG74 200AA00 3RG74 200GB00 3RG74 200GA00 3RG74 207AB00 3RG74 207AA00 3RG74 207GB00 3RG74 207GA00 3RG74 210AB00 3RG74 210AA00 3RG74 210GB00 3RG74 210GA00 3RG74 217AB00 3RG74 217AA00 3RG74 217GB00 3RG74 217GA00 3RX7 3080AA00 Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Order No.
K21R form
Diffuse sensors
Accessories
Mounting bracket for K21, K21R
K21R thru-beam sensor with 6 m sensing range on request.
Dimension drawings
3RG74 0.0.... 3RG74 0.7....
12
NSD0_01091
20 3
12
NSD0_01092
20 3 39,6 31 24
33 31 24
3,3
3,3
12
2,6
M 8x1
2,6
3RG74 2.0....
3RG74 2.7....
29,9 12
NSD0_01093
29,9 12
NSD0_01094
20
3
20 3
M 18x1
39,5 31 24
3,3
3,3
46 44
11
2,6
2,6
M 8x1
12
M 18x1
M 18x1
24
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/91

SIMATIC PXO400
K20 form
Overview
Cubic molded plastic enclosure, IP67, connection using cable or M8 connector Diffuse sensor with background suppression Sensing range 2,5 ... 10 cm (adjustable through teach-in) Retroreflective sensor for transparent objects (adjustable with teach-in) Sensing range 50 cm Rated operating voltage 24 V DC Anti-interference function Electronics output pnp or npn Supplied without mounting material and without reflector
Operating mode Diffuse sensor with background suppression Retroreflective sensor for transparent objects
Sensing range Standard target/reflector Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0, max. Rated operating current Ie Switching frequency Switching time Wavelength (type of light) Displays Switching status Surplus light Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Temperature coefficient Type
2,5 ... 10 (adjustable) 100 100 (gray 18 %) 10 ... 30 35 100 1000 0.5 660 (red) Yellow LED Green LED Molded plastic (ABS) IP67 20 ... +60 0.3 3RG74 04...00
50 (adjustable) Reflector type R 60
C %/K
3RG74 01...52

Operating mode Sensing range cm Diffuse sen2,5 ... 10 sor with back- (adjustable ground by "teach-in") suppression Retroreflective sensor for transparent objects 50 (adjustable by "teach-in") Light type nm 660 (red) Light-ON or Dark-ON 2 m cable, PUR, 2 4 0.14 mm M8 plug, Light-ON or Dark-ON 4-pole, type B Light-ON or Dark-ON 2 m cable, PUR, 4 0.14 mm2 M8 plug, Light-ON or Dark-ON 4-pole, type B pnp 16 npn 16 pnp 16 npn 16 pnp 16 npn 16 pnp 16 npn 16 3RG74 040CH00 3RG74 040HH00 3RG74 047CH00 3RG74 047HH00 3RG74 010CH52 3RG74 010HH52 3RG74 017CH52 3RG74 017HH52 3RX7 3080AA00 Connection Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Order No.
660 (red)
Accessories
Mounting bracket for K20
Dimension drawings
3RG74 0.0....
12 3.2
NSD00826
3RG74 0.7....
12 3.2
NSD00827
4.2
24
32
24 4
4.2
2.6 10.7 20
M 8x1
2.6 10.7 20
2/92
Siemens FS 10 2007
3.8

SIMATIC PXO400
K31 form
Overview
Cubic molded plastic enclosure, IP65, connection using cable or M8 connector Diffuse sensor; energetic sensor Sensing range 60 cm (adjustable using potentiometer) Diffuse sensor with background suppression Sensing range 3 ... 15 cm (adjustable using potentiometer) Retroreflective sensor with Sensing range 2 m (adjustable using potentiometer) Supplied without reflector Thru-beam sensor Sensing range 6 m (adjustable using potentiometer) Sensor for plastic optical fibers Sensing range depending on type of optical fiber Rated operating voltage 24 V DC Electronics output pnp or npn Supplied without mounting material
Operating mode Diffuse sensors Diffuse sensor with background suppression Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter
Sensing range Standard target/reflector Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0 (typ.) Rated operating current Ie Switching frequency Switching time Wavelength (type of light) Displays Switching status Surplus light Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Temperature coefficient Type Operating mode
60 (adjustable) 200 200 (white) 10 ... 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) 15 200 1000 0.5 880 (IR) Yellow LED Green LED Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin) IP65 25 ... +55 0.3 3RG70 10...00 Thru-beam sensor
3 ... 15 (adjustable) 100 100 (white) 25 500 1 660 (red)
200 (adjustable) Reflector type D 84 15 1000 0.5 660 (red, polarized)
C %/K
3RG70 14...00
3RG70 11...00 Sensor for plastic optical fibers
Sensing range Standard target Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0 (typ.) Rated operating current Ie Switching frequency Switching time Wavelength (type of light) Displays Switching status Surplus light Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Temperature coefficient Type
600 (adjustable) 10 ... 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) 15 200 1000 0.5 880 (IR) Yellow LED Green LED Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin) IP65 25 ... +55 0.3 3RG70 12...00
Depending on type of optical fiber 100 100 (white)
660 (red)
C %/K
3RG70 13...00
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/93

SIMATIC PXO400
K31 form

Operating mode Sensing range Light type Connection Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Order No. cm Diffuse sensors 60 (adjustable by potentiometer) nm 880 (IR) 2 m cable, PUR, pnp, Light-ON 3 0.14 mm2 pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON M8 plug, 3-pole, type A pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON 3RG70 100AB00 3RG70 100AA00 3RG70 100GB00 3RG70 100GA00 3RG70 107AB00 3RG70 107AA00 3RG70 107GB00 3RG70 107GA00 3RG70 140AB00 3RG70 140AA00 3RG70 140GB00 3RG70 140GA00 3RG70 147AB00 3RG70 147AA00 3RG70 147GB00 3RG70 147GA00 3RG70 110AB00 3RG70 110AA00 3RG70 110GB00 3RG70 110GA00 3RG70 117AB00 3RG70 117AA00 3RG70 117GB00 3RG70 117GA00 3RG70 120AB00 3RG70 120AA00 3RG70 120GB00 3RG70 120GA00 3RG70 120BG00 3RG70 127AB00 3RG70 127AA00 3RG70 127GB00 3RG70 127GA00 3RG70 127BG00 3RG70 130AB00 3RG70 130AA00 3RG70 130GB00 3RG70 130GA00 3RG70 137AB00 3RG70 137AA00 3RG70 137GB00 3RG70 137GA00 3RX7 910
Diffuse sensor with background suppression
3 ... 15 (adjustable by potentiometer)
660 (red)
2 m cable, PUR, pnp, Light-ON 3 0.14 mm2 pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON M8 plug, 3-pole, type A pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON
Thru-beam sensor
880 (IR)
2 m cable, PUR, pnp, Light-ON 3 0.14 mm2 pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON Emitter M8 plug, 3-pole, type A pnp, Light-ON pnp, Dark-ON npn, Light-ON npn, Dark-ON Emitter
Sensor for plastic optical fibers
Depends on FO conductor
660 (red)
Accessories
Mounting bracket for K30, K31
Dimension drawings
3RG70 100..00, 3RG70 120..00, 3RG70 140..00
For M 4 14 21 30 21 4,5 21
NSD00829
3RG70 110..00
For M 4 14 30 21 5 4,5
3RG70 130..00
For M 4 21 30 21 4,5 4,5
NSD00832
21 30
20
NSD00828
20
21 30
20
4,5
3RG70 107..00, 3RG70 127..00, 3RG70 147..00

For M 4 14 21 30 21 4,5
4,5
15
21
3RG70 117..00
For M 4 21 14 30 21 5 4,5
3RG70 137..00
For M 4 21 30 21 4,5 4,5
NSD00831
NSD00833
21 30
20
NSD00830
20
21 30
20
4,5
2/94
Siemens FS 10 2007
4,5
15
21
4,5
15
21
15
21
21 30
4,5
15
21
15
21
21 30

SIMATIC PXO400
K30 form
Overview
Cubic molded plastic enclosure, IP67, connection using cable or M8 connector Diffuse sensor; energetic sensor Sensing range 1.2 m (adjustable using potentiometer) Retroreflective sensor with Sensing range 4 m (adjustable using potentiometer) Supplied without reflector Thru-beam sensor Sensing range 12 m (adjustable using potentiometer) Sensor for plastic optical fibers Sensing range depending on type of optical fiber Rated operating voltage 24 V DC Electronics output pnp or npn Supplied without mounting material
Operating mode Diffuse sensors Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter
Sensing range Standard target/reflector Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0 (typ.) Rated operating current Ie Switching frequency Switching time Wavelength (type of light) Displays Switching status Surplus light Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Temperature coefficient Type Operating mode
120 (adjustable) 200 200 (white) 10 ... 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) 15 200 1000 0.5 880 (IR) Yellow LED Green LED Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin) IP67 25 ... +55 0.3 3RG70 10...00 Thru-beam sensor
400 (adjustable) Reflector type D 84 15
C %/K
3RG70 11...00 Sensor for plastic optical fibers
Sensing range Standard target Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0 (typ.) Rated operating current Ie Switching frequency Switching time Wavelength (type of light) Displays Switching status Surplus light Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Temperature coefficient Type
1200 (adjustable) 10 ... 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) 15 200 1000 0.5 880 (IR) Yellow LED Green LED Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin) IP67 25 ... +55 0.3 3RG70 12...00
Depending on type of optical fiber 100 100 (white)
660 (red)
C %/K
3RG70 13...00
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/95

SIMATIC PXO400
K30 form

Operating mode Sensing range cm Diffuse sensors 120 (adjustable by potentiometer) Light type nm 880 (IR) 3 m cable, PUR, 4 0.14 mm2 Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent) Light-ON and surplus light function pnp 3 npn 3 pnp 4 npn 4 pnp 3 npn 3 pnp 4 npn 4 pnp 3 npn 3 pnp 4 npn 4 pnp 3 npn 3 pnp 4 npn 4 pnp 3 npn 3 pnp 4 npn 4 2 pnp 3 npn 3 pnp 4 npn 4 2 pnp 3 npn 3 Light-ON and surplus light function M8 plug, Light-ON, Dark-ON 4-pole, type B (antivalent) Light-ON and surplus light function pnp 4 npn 4 pnp 3 npn 3 pnp 4 npn 4 3RG70 100CC00 3RG70 100HC00 3RG70 100CD00 3RG70 100HD00 3RG70 107CC00 3RG70 107HC00 3RG70 107CD00 3RG70 107HD00 3RG70 110CC00 3RG70 110HC00 3RG70 110CD00 3RG70 110HD00 3RG70 117CC00 3RG70 117HC00 3RG70 117CD00 3RG70 117HD00 3RG70 120CC00 3RG70 120HC00 3RG70 120CD00 3RG70 120HD00 3RG70 120BE00 3RG70 127CC00 3RG70 127HC00 3RG70 127CD00 3RG70 127HD00 3RG70 127BE00 3RG70 130CC00 3RG70 130HC00 3RG70 130CD00 3RG70 130HD00 3RG70 137CC00 3RG70 137HC00 3RG70 137CD00 3RG70 137HD00 3RX7 910 Connection Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Order No.
2
Retroreflective sensor 400 (adjustable by potentiometer) 660 (red, polarized)
M8 plug, Light-ON, Dark-ON 4-pole, type B (antivalent) Light-ON and surplus light function 3 m cable, PUR, 4 0.14 mm2 Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent) Light-ON and surplus light function
M8 plug, Light-ON, Dark-ON 4-pole, type B (antivalent) Light-ON and surplus light function Thru-beam sensor 1200 (adjustable by potentiometer) 880 (IR) 3 m cable, PUR, 4 0.14 mm2 Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent) Light-ON and surplus light function Emitter
3 0.14 mm2
M8 plug, Light-ON, Dark-ON 4-pole, type B (antivalent) Light-ON and surplus light function Emitter Sensor for plastic optical fibers Depends on FO conductor 660 (red) 3 m cable, PUR, 4 0.14 mm2 Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent)
Accessories
Mounting bracket for K30, K31
Dimension drawings
3RG70 100..00, 3RG70 120..00
For M 4 14 21 30 21 4,5
3RG70 110..00
For M 4 21 14 30 21 5 4,5
3RG70 130..00
For M 4 21 30 21 4,5 4,5
NSD00828
NSD00829
NSD00832
21 30
21 30
20
20
20
4,5
4,5
3RG70 107..00, 3RG70 127..00

For M 4 14 21 30 21 4,5
3RG70 117..00
For M 4 21 14 30 21 5 4,5
3RG70 137..00
For M 4 21 30 21 4,5 4,5
NSD00830
NSD00831
NSD00833
21 30
21 30
20
20
20
4,5
4,5
2/96
Siemens FS 10 2007
4,5
15
21
15
21
15
21
21 30
4,5
15
21
15
21
15
21
21 30

SIMATIC PXO500
L18 form
Overview
Cylindrical metal enclosure, IP65, connection using cable or M12 connector Visible laser light (red), Laser protection class 2 according to EN 60947-5-2 Thru-beam sensor Sensing range 50 m (adjustable using potentiometer) Rated operating voltage 24 V DC Electronics output pnp Supplied with focusing and adjustment aid, without fixing materials
Operating mode Laser thru-beam sensor
Sensing range Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0, max. Rated operating current Ie Switching frequency Switching time Wavelength (type of light) Displays Switching status Surplus light Operational voltage Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Temperature coefficient Type
m V mA mA Hz ms nm
50 (adjustable) 10 ... 30 15 (receiver), 10 (emitter) 200 6000 < 0.083 660 (red laser light, polarized) Yellow LED Red LED Green LED Brass, nickel-plated IP65 10 ... +60 0.1 3RG71 35...00, 3RG71 75...00
C %/K
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/97

SIMATIC PXO500
L18 form

Operating mode Sensing range m Light type nm 660 (red, polarized) 3 m cable, PUR, 4 0.25 mm2 M12 plug, 4-pole, type F pnp, Light-ON and 5 Dark-ON (antivalent) Emitter 9 pnp, Light-ON and 5 Dark-ON (antivalent) Emitter 9 3RG71 350CC00 3RG71 350BE00 3RG71 353CC00 3RG71 353BE00 Connection Switching output Ckt. Order No. diag. No.
Straight sensor
Laser thrubeam sensor 50 (adjustable by potentiometer)
2
Straight sensor
Laser thrubeam sensor 50 (adjustable by potentiometer) 660 (red, polarized) 3 m cable, PUR, 4 0.25 mm2 M12 plug, 4-pole, type F
pnp, Light-ON and 6 surplus light function pnp, Light-ON and 6 surplus light function
3RG71 350CD00
3RG71 353CD00
Angled sensor
Laser thrubeam sensor 50 (adjustable by potentiometer) 660 (red, polarized) 3 m cable, PUR, 4 0.25 mm2 M12 plug, 4-pole, type F pnp, Light-ON and 5 Dark-ON (antivalent) Emitter 9 pnp, Light-ON and 5 Dark-ON (antivalent) Emitter 9 3RG71 750CC00 3RG71 750BE00 3RG71 753CC00 3RG71 753BE00
Angled sensor
Laser thrubeam sensor 50 (adjustable by potentiometer) 660 (red, polarized) 3 m cable, PUR, 4 0.25 mm2 M12 plug, 4-pole, type F pnp, Light-ON and 6 surplus light function pnp, Light-ON and 6 surplus light function 3RG71 750CD00
3RG71 753CD00
Dimension drawings
Straight sensor
3RG71 350C.00
M 18x1 5
3RG71 350BE00
M 18x1
3RG71 353C.00
M 18x1 4
3RG71 353BE00
M 18x1 5
37
48
SW 24
48
37
SW 24
SW 24
Pot. Pot. LED

NSD0 00853 NSD00854
LED
NSD0 00858 NSD00859
M 12x1
M 12x1
Angled sensor
3RG71 750C.00
27,7 SW 24 20 SW 24
3RG71 750BE00
28,7 5
3RG71 753C.00
27,7 SW 24 20 SW 24
SW 24
64
75
75
64
3RG71 753BE00
28,7 5
M 18x1 SW 24
M 18x1
75
75
M 18x1
75
75
75
75
M 18x1
M 18x1
NSD00857
NSD00855
NSD0 00856
NSD00860
M 12x1
M 12x1
NSD0 00861
M 12x1
2/98
Siemens FS 10 2007
NSD00862
Pot. LED
Pot. LED
M 18x1
SW 24
48
48
48
48

SIMATIC PXO500
L20 form
Overview
Cubic molded plastic enclosure, IP67, with M8 connector Visible laser light (red), Laser protection class 2 according to EN 60947-5-2 Diffuse sensor with background suppression Sensing range 3 ... 11 cm (adjustable by "teach-in") Retroreflective sensor Sensing range 5 to 100 cm (sensitivity adjustable using teach-in) Electronics output pnp Supplied without mounting material and without reflector
Operating mode Laser diffuse sensor with background suppression Retroreflective sensor for transparent objects
Sensing range Standard target/reflector Light spot diameter Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0, max. Rated operating current Ie Switching frequency Wavelength (type of light) Displays Switching status Surplus light Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Type
cm mm mm V mA mA kHz nm
3 ... 11 (adjustable) gray 18 % 1 mm at 300 mm distance 10 ... 30 30 100 4 650 (red) Yellow LED Green LED Molded plastic (ABS) IP67 20 ... +60 3RG74 067CH61
5 ... 100 (adjustable) Reflector RL 50 0.7 mm at 100 mm distance 25
3RG74 077CH00

Operating mode Sensing range cm Diffuse sen3 ... 11 sor with back- (adjustable ground by "teach-in") suppression Retroreflective sensor 5 ... 100 (adjustable by "teach-in") Light type nm 650 (Laser red) M8 plug, Light-ON or Dark4-pole, type B ON pnp 16 A 3RG74 067CH61 Connection Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Order No.
650 (Laser red)
M8 plug, Light-ON or Dark4-pole, type B ON
pnp 16
3RG74 077CH00
Accessories
Mounting bracket for L20 3RX7 308-0AA00
Dimension drawings
3RG74 0.7CH..
12 3.2
NSD00827
32
24 4
4.2
M 8x1
2.6 10.7 20
3.8
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/99

SIMATIC PXO500
L50 form
Overview
Cubic molded plastic enclosure, IP67, connection using cable or M12 connector Visible laser light (red), laser protection class 2 according to IEC 60947-5-2 Diffuse sensor with background suppression Sensing range 3 ... 15 cm (adjustable using potentiometer) Retroreflective sensor Sensing range 12 m (adjustable using potentiometer) Supplied without reflector Rated operating voltage 24 V DC Electronics output pnp Analog output Supplied without mounting material
Diffuse sensor with analog output Sensing range 4.5 ... 8.5 cm (adjustable using potentiometer)
Operating mode Laser diffuse sensor with background suppression Laser retroreflective sensor
Sensing range Standard target/reflector Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0, max. Rated operating current Ie Switching frequency Switching time Wavelength (type of light) Displays Switching status Surplus light Operational voltage Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Temperature drift Type Operating mode
3 ... 15 (adjustable) 100 100 (white) 10 ... 30 (max. 10 % residual ripple) 50 200 2500 < 0.2 650 (red laser light) Yellow LED Red LED Green LED Molded plastic (ABS) IP67 20 ... +45 0.1 3RG70 56...00 Laser diffuse sensor with analog output
1200 (adjustable) Reflector type RL 50
C %/K
3RG70 57...00
Sensing range Resolution Linearity Measuring spot diameter (at distance of 65 mm) Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0, max. Analog output Output current, max. Switching frequency Switching time Wavelength (type of light) Displays Surplus light Operational voltage Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Temperature coefficient Type
mm m ms mm V mA V mA Hz ms nm
45 ... 85 (adjustable) 80 < 1 % of measuring range (40 mm) < 0.8 18 ... 28 (max. 10 % residual ripple) 35 0 ... 10 3 500 1 650 Red LED Green LED
20
50 10
Molded plastic (ABS) IP67 C 0 ... +45 m/K 18 3RG70 56.CM00
3RG70 56.CM03
2/100
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXO500
L50 form

Operating mode Sensing range/ resolution Light type Connection Switching output/ analog output Ckt. diag. No. pnp 5 npn 5 pnp 6 npn 6 pnp 5 npn 5 pnp 6 npn 6 pnp 5 npn 5 pnp 6 npn 6 pnp 5 npn 5 pnp 6 npn 6 37 37 37 37 Order No. nm Laser diffuse sensor with background suppression 3 ... 15 cm (adjustable by potentiometer) 650 (red laser light) 2 m cable, PUR, 4 0.25 mm2 Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent) Light-ON and surplus light function Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent) Light-ON and surplus light function Laser retro1200 cm reflective sen- (adjustable by sor potentiometer) 650 (red laser light) 2 m cable, PUR, 4 0.25 mm2 Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent) Light-ON and surplus light function Light-ON, Dark-ON (antivalent) Light-ON and surplus light function Laser diffuse sensor with analog output 45 ... 85 mm/80 m 45 ... 85 mm/20 m 45 ... 85 mm/80 m 45 ... 85 mm/20 m 650 (red laser light) 6 m cable,, PVC, 4 0.34 mm2, shielded M12 plug, 4-pole, type F Analog 0 ... 10 V, rising signal 3RG70 560CC00 3RG70 560HC00 3RG70 560CD00 3RG70 560HD00 3RG70 563CC00 3RG70 563HC00 3RG70 563CD00 3RG70 563HD00 3RG70 570CC00 3RG70 570HC00 3RG70 570CD00 3RG70 570HD00 3RG70 573CC00 3RG70 573HC00 3RG70 573CD00 3RG70 573HD00 3RG70 561CM00 3RG70 561CM03 3RG70 563CM00 3RG70 563CM03 3RX7 302
650 (red laser light)
Analog 0 ... 10 V, rising signal
Accessories
Mounting bracket for L50
Dimension drawings
3RG70 5.0..00, 3RG70 561..0.
17 4 50 Pot. + LEDs
3RG70 5.3..0.
17 4 50 Pot. + LEDs
50
46 44
50
NSD0 00864
NSD0 00863
46 44
16
4,3 40 44
16
M 12x1
M 12x1 40 44
Characteristics
3RG70 56.CM0.
NSD00865
Measuring range
10 V
0V
45 mm
85 mm
4,3
27,5
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/101

SIMATIC PXO500
L50HF, L50HF advanced, L80HF forms
Overview
Cubic molded plastic enclosure, IP67, connection using M12 connector Visible laser light (red), laser protection class 2 according to IEC 60947-5-2 Diffuse sensor with analog output, parameterizable with teach-in buttons Resolution < 0.1 % of full-scale value Two digital channels, can be set as 2 switching outputs or 1 switching output and one trigger input Rated operating voltage 24 V DC Electronic inputs or outputs, pnp Analog output 4 to 20 mA (scaling can be set) Supplied without mounting material
Operating mode Laser diffuse sensor with analog output
Sensing range Resolution Linearity Light spot diameter (at end of sensing range) Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0, max. Analog output Output current per switching output Recommended load Switching frequency Switching time Wavelength (type of light) Displays Ready for operation Status display Switching state, input/output Status display, trigger input Object valid Timing function active Measured value centering active Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Temperature drift Connection Type
mm %/MBE %/MBE mm V mA mA mA Hz ms nm
30 ... 100 < 0.1 < 0.25 1.5 x 3.25 18 ... 30 40 4 ... 20 100 500 1000 <1 650 Green LED Red LED Yellow LED (2 x) Green LED Green LED Green LED Green LED Molded plastic (ABS) IP67 -10 ... +60 0.02 M12 plug, 8-pole, type O 3RG70 563NQ00
80 ... 300
250 ... 750
2 x 4.5
PBT
C %/K
3RG70 563NQ61
3RG72 563NQ00
2/102
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXO500
L50HF, L50HF advanced, L80HF forms

Operating mode form Sensing range mm Laser diffuse sensor with analog output L50 HF 30 ... 100 Light type Connection Analog output mA M12 plug, 8-pole, type O 4 ... 20 pnp 10 A 3RG70 563NQ00 Ckt. diag. No. Order No. nm 650 (red laser light)
2
L50 HF form Laser diffuse sensor with analog output L50 HF advanced Laser diffuse sensor with analog output L80 HF 80 ... 300 650 (red laser light) 650 (red laser light) M12 plug, 8-pole, type O M12 plug, 8-pole, type O 4 ... 20 pnp 10 A 3RG70 563NQ61 250 ... 750 4 ... 20 pnp 10 A 3RG72 563NQ00
L80 HF form
Accessories
Mounting bracket for L50 HF Mounting bracket for L80 HF Junction box, shielded 8 0.25 mm2 A 3RX7 302 3RX7 303 3RX8 000-0CB81-1GF0
Dimension drawings
3RG70 563NQ..
17 4 50 Pot. + LEDs
3RG72 563NQ00
65 Pot. + LEDs
NSD0 00846b
50
NSD0 00864
27,5
83 73 62
46 44
16
30 13,2 5 5,5 10 20 36 M 12x1 50 25
M 12x1
M 12x1 40 44
4,3
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/103

SIMATIC PXO500
C20 form
Overview
Cubic molded plastic enclosure, IP67, connection using M8 connector Visible laser light (red), laser protection class 2 according to IEC 60947-5-2 Contrast sensor for color mark sensing Sensing range 4 ... 15 cm (adjustable by "teach-in") Rated operating voltage 24 V DC Electronics output pnp Supplied without mounting material and without reflector
Operating mode Contrast sensor
Sensing range Light spot diameter Operating voltage range (DC) No-load supply current I0, max. Output currentA Switching frequency Wavelength (type of light) Displays Switching status output Surplus light Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Type
cm mm V mA mA Hz nm
4 ... 15 (adjustable by "teach-in") 0.7 in focus 10 ... 30 25 100 4000 650 (red) Yellow LED Green LED Molded plastic (ABS) IP67 20 ... +60 3RG74 087CH00

Operating mode Sensing range cm Contrast sensor 4 ... 15 (adjustable by "teach-in") Light type nm 650 (rot) M8 plug, pnp 4-pole, type B 16 A 3RG74 087CH00 Connection Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Order No.
Accessories
Mounting bracket for C20 3RX7 308-0AA00
Dimension drawings
3RG74 087CH00
12 3.2
NSD00827
32
24 4
4.2
M 8x1
2.6 10.7 20
2/104
Siemens FS 10 2007
3.8

SIMATIC PXO500
C50 form
Overview
Color sensor with three individually adjustable switch outputs 3 color ranges can be learned Long-term stable and neutral color white-light transmitter LEDs 5 tolerance levels selectable Sensing range 12 ... 32 mm Transparent objects with reflection film detectable Trigger function via activation input External Teach-in Rated operating voltage 24 V DC 3 electronic outputs (pnp) Supplied without mounting material and without reflector
Technical data
Operating mode Color sensor
Operating voltage Max. residual ripple Reverse polarity protection, short-circuit protection Current consumption during noload operation Switching outputs Max. output current Max. voltage drop at the switching output Power-up delay Switching frequency Switching status indicator CH1 ... CH3 Operating voltage indicator Tolerance level indicator Tol1 ... Tol5
12 ... 28 V DC 10% yes 40 mA at 24 V DC Q1 ... Q3, PNP NO contact 100 mA < 2.4 V < 300 ms 500 Hz 3 x LED yellow LED green 3 x LED red
Response time Pulse stretching/dropout delay Sensing range for light spot 4 mm Sensing range tolerance for light spot 4 mm Color resolution tolerance
Light type
10 ms 50 ms 12 ... 32 mm 6 mm for mean tolerance
adjustable in 5 stages white light, pulsed

4 mm EN 60947-5-2 ABS IP67 -10 ... +55 C -20 ... +80 C
Light spot diameter at a distance of 22 mm Ambient light limit Enclosure material Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Storage temperature range Type of connection Max. permissible lead length Weight
M12 connector, 8-pole

5m 40 g

Operating mode Sensing range mm Light type Wiring Output Ckt. diag. No. 41 A Order No.
Color sensor PXO560 with 3 switching outputs
12 ... 32
White light, pulsed
M12 plug, 8-pole, type O
3 x pnp
3RG70 50-3NB00
Accessories
Mounting bracket for form C50 Cable plug, shielded, 8 x 0.25 mm, 5 m Reflection film for detection of transparent objects
3RX7302 3RX8000-0CB81-1GF0 A 3RX7307-0AB00
Dimension drawing
3RG70 50-3NB00
17 4 50 Pot. + LEDs
50
NSD0 00864
46 44
16
M 12x1
M 12x1 40 44
4,3
27,5
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/105

Accessories
Plastic optical fibers
Overview
The plastic fiber-optic conductors are used in conjunction with the optical proximity switches of K30, K31 and KL40 forms. The sensing range of the plastic fiber-optic conductors depends on the type of optical proximity switches used. The main advantages are: 7 Extremely small dimensions 7 Small bending radii 7 For cutting to length 7 Visible light 7 Wide range of types 7 Attractively priced.
TW (mm) 50 40 30 20 10 a TW
NSD0_00913a
20
10
10
20 a (mm)
TW = Sensing range
Typical beam diagram
Attenuation at 660 nm, max. Angle of incidence, max. Standard length Bending radius, min. Tensile load, max. Sleeve material Degree of protection Sensor head Sensor Temperature range Solvent resistance C dB/m m mm N 0.4 56 2 0.1 25 30 Polyethylene IP67 IP65 40 ... +75 Not resistant

Version Sensing range for Opto proximity switches Order No.
Plastic fiber-optic conductors for diffuse sensors

M 3 (P=0,5)
NSD00914
2 individual fibers 1 mm, can be cut Adapter sleeves for 2.2 mm contained in the scope of supply. 20 mm K31 form 40 mm K30 form 35 mm KL40 form 2 individual fibers 2.2 mm, can be cut 60 mm 120 mm 110 mm
1,8 15
3RX7 001
2000 + 100 M 6 (P=0,75)

NSD00915
12
3RX7 002 K31 form K30 form KL40 form
2,2 2000
+ 100 -
M 3 (P=0,5)
NSD00917
2 individual fibers 1 mm, can be cut Adapter sleeves for 2.2 mm contained in the scope of supply 20 mm K31 form 40 mm K30 form 35 mm KL40 form 2 individual fibers 2.2 mm, can be cut 60 mm 120 mm 100 mm K31 form K30 form KL40 form
3RX7 004
2000 + 100 M 6 (P=0,75)

NSD00918
7 12
1,2 90 + 2 -
3RX7 005
2,2
2,5
2000 + 100 -
1,8 15
90
2/106
Siemens FS 10 2007

Accessories
Plastic optical fibers
Version Sensing range for Opto proximity switches Order No.
Plastic fiber-optic conductors for thru-beam sensors

2 individual fibers 2.2 mm, can be cut (fine internal fibers)
M 3 (P=0,5)
NSD00919
60 mm 120 mm 90 mm
7
2,2
2000 + 100 -
12
2
2 individual fibers 2.2 mm, can be cut 200 mm 400 mm 280 mm K31 form K30 form KL40 form 3RX7 007
M 4 (P=0,7)
NSD00920
M 2,6 (P=0,45)
2,2
2000
+ 100 -
11
2 individual fibers 2.2 mm, can be cut (fine internal fibers)

M 3 (P=0.5)
NSD00921
60 mm 120 mm 60 mm
7
0.9
2.2
2000 + 100 -
12
90 + 2 -
2 individual fibers 2.2 mm, can be cut 200 mm 400 mm 280 mm K31 form K30 form KL40 form
3RX7 010
M 4 (P=0,7)
NSD00922
1,2
2,2
2000 + 100 -
11
90 + 2 -
Front lenses
NSD00923
M 2,6 (P=0,45)
5,5 8,7
NSD00924
Front lenses (1 pair) for use with 3RX7 007 fiber type 1500 mm 3000 mm 2000 mm Front lenses 90 (1 pair) for use with 3RX7 007 fiber type 250 mm 500 mm 350 mm
3RX7 901 K31 form K30 form KL40 form 3RX7 902 K31 form K30 form KL40 form
4,5
M 2,6 (P=0,45)
9,7
5,8
Cutting tool for fiber-optic conductors

Cutting tool for plastic fiber-optic conductors 3RX7 918
NSD00955
51
4,5
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/107

Accessories
Mounting brackets

Version Mounting bracket for Opto proximity switches with cylindrical M18 enclosure
18,5
NSD00953
Order No. 3RX7 301
32
3,3
18,75 3,3 14 6
3 12
40
3 20
40
Material: Galvanized steel
Mounting bracket for Opto proximity switches of K20, K21 forms
3RX7 3080AA00
30
3,3
20 1,2
NSD00943
4,5
7,5
21
4,5
4,2
1,5
Mounting bracket for Opto proximity switches of K30, K31 forms Material: Galvanized steel
3RX7 910
21
10 10
4,2
NSD00944a
42
4,2
33
16,5
4,2
8 8
4,5
21 30
49
7,5
Mounting bracket for 35 mm rail for Opto proximity switches of K30, K31 forms Material: Galvanized steel
37,5
41
15
21
NSD00945a
2/108
Siemens FS 10 2007
21 30
4,5
3RX7 304
4,5

Accessories
Mounting brackets
Version
30 137
Order No. 3RX7 303
13 R25 R14
5 R62 26,5
Mounting bracket for Opto proximity switches of K80 form Material: Galvanized steel
63
31,5
16
R25 34 63
NSD00950
R73
5,3
10
Mounting bracket, adjustable, for Opto proximity switches with cylindrical enclosure M18, particularly for Laser proximity switches of L18 form
50
3RX7 300
Material: Galvanized steel
NSD00952
50
28
M 18
30
13
4,2x6,2
42
Mounting bracket for Laser proximity switches of L50 form Material: Galvanized steel
3RX7 302
NSD00951
48 19 49 24 10,5
4,3
7,5 4 23 32
4,3
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/109

Accessories
Reflectors

Version D22
NSD00956
Standard for form
Order No. 3RX7 914
22 mm diameter
25 2,2 5
Range typically 40 %, referred to type D 84 D40 40 mm diameter 3RX7 915
NSD00957
Range typically 60 %, referred to type D 84

46 6
D84
8,5 4,8
84 mm diameter
M12, M18, K30, K31, C40, K80
3RX7 916
NSD00958
85
10
S48 48 mm diameter Range typically 50 %, referred to type D 84

4,5 48 74 86
M18 P, K50
3RX7 9221A
NSD00959
55
5 8,5
R45 Reflector 45 mm 58 mm
4,3
Light arrays
3RX7 924
Range typically 60 %, referred to type D 84

4
NSD00961
36 58 60
45 51 61 71
3,5 52 60
K20, K21
3RX7 305
NSD00962
Range typically 40 to 50 %, referred to Type D 84
34 40,5
77 84,5
3RX7 306
high reflection factor for long ranges
NSD00963
77 84,5
3,5
RL50
4,3 51 61
L50
3RX7 307
Reflector for laser light, 50 mm 50 mm
NSD00964
10 51,5
Reflecting foil 100 mm 100 mm, range 50 ... 60 %, referred to type D 84
3RX7 917
2/110
Siemens FS 10 2007
Inductive proximity switches

Introduction
Inductive proximity switches rugged, precise and reliable
Inductive proximity switches are available: With operating distances from 0.6 to 75 mm In cylindrical and cubic designs In the standard version as 3- and 4-wire sensors As 2-wire sensors for solid-state inputs For extra duty (65 V DC or 320 V AC/DC) To the IP68 degree of protection for extreme environmental conditions With increased operating distances For welding applications Without a reduction factor As intrinsically safe sensors for potentially explosive environments. Application examples
For contact-free detection of metal objects, proximity switches are quite simply the most cost-effective solution. If an excellent conductor of electricity or magnetism moves towards the sensor or away from it, the signal automatically changes. With their excellent repeat accuracy, they are extremely reliable. And thanks to their wear-free operation and insensitivity to temperature, noise, light and water, they have a long service life. We have covered the complete application spectrum with a wide range of different types and ranges.
Recognition of broken drills
Highlights
Extremely compact and rugged High degree of protection (IP67/IP68/IP69K) Correction factor 1 High sensing ranges Fast switching frequencies Flexible mounting Especially suitable for small spaces Can be used all over the world: UL/CSA approvals
Recognition of positioning screws on the wheel for velocity or direction control
Applications Inductive proximity switches are the low-cost solution for noncontact detection of metal objects. They are used in sectors in which metal components play an important role, e.g. In the motor industry In mechanical engineering In the robotics industry In conveyor systems and In the paper and printing industry The induction principle and the experience gained by Siemens over many years have made the inductive proximity switches what they are: extremely reliable with a very high repeat accuracy and long service life thanks to a lack of wearing parts as well as their insensitivity to temperature, noise, light and water. Our customers also benefit from the wide range of inductive proximity switches that Siemens offers. Our complete range meets a wide range of different requirements and leaves no wishes unfulfilled.
Recognition of the valve position (completely open or closed)
Recognition of cans and lids
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/111

Introduction
The inductive proximity switches are classified in accordance with their applications or their technical characteristics:
SIMATIC Sensors Field of application and special characteristics Voltage range Output Special advantages
PXI200
2
PXI300
Sensors for standard applications and for PLCs Operating distance acc. to standard
10 V to 30 V DC or 15 V to 34 V DC
Sensors for extra duty
Sensors with greater operating distance
3-wire proximity switch: 10 to 65 V DC 2-wire proximity switch: 20 to 320 V AC/DC 3-wire proximity switch: DC 10 to 30 V DC or 10 to 65 V DC
2-wire proximity switch: 1 NO contact, up to 25 mA residual current and voltage drop suitable for PLC inputs, minimal wiring outlay, both current source and current sink, power is supplied from PLC input 3-wire proximity switch: 1 NO or 1 NC, up to 200 mA, pnp or npn 4-wire proximity switch: 1 NO and 1 NC (antivalent), pnp, up to 200 mA 3-wire proximity switch: Problem-free adaptation to different 1 NO or 1 NC, pnp rated operating voltages 2-wire proximity switch: Insensitive to voltage deviations 1 NO or 1 NC
3-wire proximity switch: 1 NO or 1 NC, pnp, up to 300 mA
Sensors for extreme environmental conditions (IP68 / IP69K)
PXI400
Sensors without a reduction factor; for welding applications
2-wire proximity switch: 20 to 320 V AC/DC 3-wire proximity switch: 15 to 34 V DC, 10 to 65 V DC 4-wire proximity switch: 15 to 34 V DC 3-wire proximity switch: 10 to 30 V DC
3-wire proximity switch: 1 NO or 1 NC, pnp up to 300 mA 4-wire proximity switch: 1 NO and 1 NC (antivalent), pnp, up to 200 mA
Operating distance far above the standard, up to three times the rated operating distance defined in the standard Wide range of mounting adjustment A smaller type can be selected for the required operating distance Reduction of actuation distance is corrected for non-ferrous metals Can be used under extreme environmental conditions according to IP68 by use of a well-sealed enclosure with a special casting compound
3-wire proximity switch: 1 NO, pnp up to 200 mA
No reduction factor for non-ferrous metals Welding/magnetic field resistant up to 160 mT r.m.s. = approx. 21 kA at 25.4 mm
PXI600
Sensors for Ex Zone 2
4-wire proximity switch: 10 to 30 V DC
4-wire proximity switch: 1 NO + 1 NC, pnp up to 200 mA
PXI900
Approval for gas : EX II 3G EEx nA II T6 X Approval for dust : EX II 3D IP65 T 80 C X Pressure-resistant sen- 3-wire proximity sors up to 500 bar switch: (7250 psi) 10 to 30 V DC
3-wire proximity switch: 1 NO, pnp up to 200 mA Operating distance: 3 mm
Suitable for extreme dynamic mechanical stress Easy to install: The proximity switches can be screw fastened against a stop, no adjustment required Sensing face seal is gas-tight
Sensors with analog output
3-wire proximity switch: 10 to 30 V DC
Voltage output 0 to 5 V DC Current output 1 to 5 mA Non-linearized design
Configurator A configurator for inductive proximity switches is available in the A&D Mall. Based on the technical features required, the desired product can be quickly and easily selected, placed in the shopping cart and ordered. Additional information is available in the Internet under: www.siemens.com/simatic-sensors/px
2/112
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Approvals 3RG40, 3RG41 devices with M 12 or M 18 connectors as well as terminal compartments are UL and CSA listed. For a complete overview, see the Appendix. Sensors for Ex Zone 2/22 The inductive proximity switches PXI600 are approved according to EU Guideline 94/9/EG (ATEX) Appendix VIII The approval is valid for: Gas EX II 3G EEx nA II T6 X and Dust EX II 3D IP65 T 80 C X The functionality of the inductive proximity switches with ATEX approval is identical to that of the standard proximity switches. Personal safety Use of the inductive proximity switches is not permissible for applications in which the safety of persons is dependent on the function of the proximity switch.
NSD0_00801
Design
Specifications IEC 60947-5-2, EN 60947-5-2 (VDE 0660, Part 208) Minimum clearance The proximity switches must not interfere with each other. Therefore a minimum distance a must be observed between two sensors. The distance a depends on the sensor size and type (see diagrams in the dimension drawings).
NSD0_00796
Connectors For the cylindrical types, 8 mm combined plugs or plugs with M12 threads are offered as standard (3-pole or 4-pole). A cable plug is additionally required for the plug-and-socket connections, see under Accessories. As an option, plugs with an M18 thread (3-pole) are also offered for the M 18 and M 30 types. Cables In general, highly flexible cables with oil-resistant outer sheaths of polyurethane (PUR) are used that are 2m long as standard. For applications where cables come into contact with acids or alkalis, please order devices with PVC cables. For devices used in applications to UL and CSA, PVC cables must be ordered. Alternative cable lengths and materials on request. Cable length For the proximity switches, long cables cause: Capacitive loading of the output Increased injection of interference Cables should be shorter than 300 m even under favorable conditions. Cable routing The connecting leads of the proximity switches should not be routed in a cable channel alongside cables that are used to switch inductive loads (e.g. contactor coils, solenoid valves, motors) or that carry the current for solid-state motor drives. The cable lengths should be kept as short as possible; with favorable routing (small coupling capacitance, small interference voltages), the length may be up to 300 m. Interference can be reduced by means of the following measures: Distance from interfering cables > 100 mm Shielding Connection of coils (of contactors, relays or solenoid valves) with RC elements or varistors.
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/113

Introduction
Degree of protection
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 Explanation
Test conditions / notes Test conditions: Immersion depth 1 m Time 30 min If a device is subjected to water or damp over long periods, IP68 degree of protection must be selected. The leak test is based on IEC 60068-2-17, test ql. Contrary to the standard, the tested device is stored in steam and not in water since greater stress exists with this type of storage. Parameters: Initial conditions: Operating distance for Tamb = 25 C 5 C Test liquid: tap water Temperature of test liquid: 105 C 5 C Test pressure: 12 N/cm (1.2 bar) Stress duration: 5 days Subsequent treatment: drying at room temperature and cooling. The final measurement is made as soon as the device under test has reached room temperature. Final measurement: Operating distance at Tamb = 25 C 5 C. The permissible change is 10% of the initial state
IP67
IP68
6 Protection against the entry of dust. Complete contact protection (electric). 7 Protection against water when the enclosure is immersed in water under given pressure and time conditions. Entry of water in harmful amounts is not allowed. 6 Protection against the entry of dust. Complete contact protection (electric). 8 Protection against water when submersed.
IP69K
6 Protection against the entry of dust. Complete contact protection (electric). 9K Protection against water with high-pressure jet cleaning. (i.e.: water directed at extremely high pressure onto the enclosure from all directions must not result in harmful effects.)
2/114
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Function
A high-frequency alternating field is generated in the proximity switch and emerges at the "sensing face". The physical size of this alternating field determines the "range" of the device. When a material that is a good conductor of electricity and/or magnetism comes into close proximity with the sensing surface, the field is damped. Both states (field damped or undamped) are evaluated in the proximity switch and result in a change in the output state of the switch. Built-in protection The protective circuits built into most proximity switches (see selection data) make them easy to handle and protect the devices from damage. Protection is possible against Spurious signals Short-circuit and overload (DC) Swapped connectors Wire-break (connection L or L+), Overvoltage peaks Radio interference Spurious signal suppression When the operating voltage is applied, the "damped" status is simulated due to the transient condition of the sensor inductor even when an activation element is not present. Spurious signal suppression prevents the output switching during this period. Short-circuit and overload protection All DC voltage devices with three-wire and four-wire connections are equipped with short-circuit and overload protection. Shortcircuits between the output and the operating voltage connections do not damage the proximity switches, and may be occur permanently; an unlimited overload is also permissible. For the duration of the short circuit, the LEDs are not functional. Polarity reversal protection All DC voltage devices with three-wire and four-wire connections are protected against reverse polarity at all connections. Wire-break protection The DC version is designed such that when a wire-break occurs in any connection, the proximity switch does not output a faulty signal (not for 3RG46 and all 4-wire proximity switches). A faulty signal is any non-zero signal that is active for more than 2 ms and whose current is larger than the residual current. Inductive interference protection When inductive loads are disconnected, the output voltage rises (without protective elements) to high values whereby the output transistor can be destroyed. The proximity switches are therefore equipped with a Zener diode at the output which limits the disconnection voltage to a safe value (3-wire proximity switch). When inductive loads are connected at currents > 100 mA and simultaneously a switching frequency > 10 Hz, it is recommended that a freewheeling diode be directly connected across the load (due to the power losses in the built-in Zener diode). Protection against radio interference The high-frequency susceptibility has been sufficiently reduced to comply with IEC 61000-4-3, Level 3 (testing level 10 V/m). Protection against electrostatic charging The devices are constructed such that electrostatic charging to IEC 61000-4-3, Level 3 (8 kV) does not damage the devices. Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) All inductive proximity switches meet the protection requirements of EMC guideline No. 89/336/EEC. This is confirmed by application of the EN 60 947-5-2 standard. The following EMC standards are applicable for the individual tests: EN 55011, IEC-CISPR 11 EN 55022, IEC-CISPR 22 IEC 61000-4-2, Level 3 IEC 61000-4-3, Level 3 IEC 61000-4-4, Level 3 IEC 61000-4-6. Displays (LEDs) Most proximity switches are equipped with one or two LEDs. The yellow LED indicates the operating status: For proximity switches with NO function: Proximity switch damped = LED lit For proximity switches with NC function: Proximity switch not damped = LED lit For proximity switches with NO and NC function: Proximity switches damped = LED lit The green LED indicates that the operating voltage is applied. This function is only available in certain devices.
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/115

Introduction
General technical specifications
Differential travel H Max. permissible cable length (unshielded) AC DC Degree of protection With buried cable H max. 0.2 sr 100 m 300 m IP67 IP67 IP65
With connector and cable plug With terminal compartment
Proximity switches for extreme environmen- IP68 or IP69 K tal conditions Proximity switch without a reduction factor - With brass enclosure - With stainless steel enclosure Ambient temperature in operation During storage Shock resistance Resistance to vibration Reduction factor Proximity switch for flush or non-flush mounting (typical values) - Stainless steel - Aluminum - Copper - Brass Proximity switch without a reduction factor Voltage drop 2-wire proximity switch 3-wire proximity switch 4-wire proximity switch IP67 IP68 25 ... + 85 C 1) 2) 40 ... + 85 C 1) 30 g, 18 ms duration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude
0.7 ... 0.9 0.35 ... 0.5 0.2 ... 0.4 0.3 ... 0.6 1 8V 2.5 V 2.5 V
1) Up to +70 C with 3RG41 and 3RG46. 2) Maximum switching current for three-wire proximity switches for standard duty at operating temperatures > 50 C is 150 mA.
Fastening nuts
Design M8 M12 Material Brass Stainless steel Brass Molded plastic Stainless steel Molded plastic Brass Molded plastic Stainless steel Brass Molded plastic Stainless steel Tightening torque Nm 2 5 10 1 25 0.5 20 3 50 40 5 100
M14 M18
M30
2/116
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Circuit diagrams
Fig. 1
1 L+
Fig. 11
BN
Fig. 21
L+
1 L+
I
NO+NC
NSD00642
2 4 3
I
L
NO
NSD00652a
BK BU
I
L
NO
NSD00662
2/4 3 L
Fig. 2
1 L+
Fig. 12
BN L+
Fig. 22
1 L+
I
NO
NSD00643
4 3 L
I
NC
NSD00653
BK BU L
I
4
NO
NSD00663
Fig. 3
1 L+
Fig. 13
BN L+
Fig. 23
1 L+
I
NC
NSD00644
2 3 L
I
NO
NSD00654
BK BU L
I
NC NO
NSD00664
2/4 3 L
Fig. 4
1 L+
Fig. 14
BN L+
Fig. 24
1/3
I
NO
NSD00645
4 3 L
I
NC
NSD00655
BK BU L
I
2/4
NC NO
NSD00665
L1/L+ (N/L ) N/L (L1/L+)
Fig. 5
1 L+
Fig. 15
BN L+
Fig. 25
3 L
I
NC
NSD00646
2 3 L
I
BU
NO
NSD00656
I
L
NO+NC
NSD00666
4 2 1 L+
Fig. 6
1 L+
Fig. 16
BK
Fig. 26
L1/L+ (N/L ) N/L (L1/L+)
NSD00667
1/3
L+
I
4
NO
NSD00647
I
L
NO
NSD00657
I
NO
X 2/4 L
BK
Fig. 7
1 L+ L
Fig. 17
BK
Fig. 27
L1/L+ (N/L ) N/L (L1/L+)
1/3
L+
I
NO
NSD00648
4 3
I
BK
NC
NSD00658
I
NC NO
NSD00668
X 2/4 L
Fig. 8
3
Fig. 18
L1/L+ N/L N/L L1/L+
1 L+
Fig. 28
1 L+ 4 2 3 L
NO
NSD01167
I
4
NO
I
NO+NC
NSD00659
4 3 L
Fig. 9
1
Fig. 19
L1/L+ N/L N/L L1/L+
NSD00660
Fig. 29
1 L+
1 L+
I
2
NC
NSD00650
I
NO
2/4 3 L
I
NO
NSD01168
4 3 L
Fig. 10
BN L+
Fig. 20
1 L+
Fig. 30
BN BK WH +UB A1 A2 0V R
L2
I
NO+NC
NSD00651
WH BK BU
I
L
NC
NSD00661
2/4 3 L
NSD00669
L1
BU
Abbreviations for color identification of the connection cables according to IEC 60757: BK = black BU = blue BN = brown WH = white
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/117

Introduction
Connection examples
Parallel connection Series connection 1) Parallel connection with 1 contact (NO or NC) Series connection with 1 contact (NO or NC) 1)
DC version
2-wire proximity switches, for PLCs Not possible since the total of all proximity switch off-state currents must be smaller than the holding current of the load Not possible since U b 15 V n ------------------8V Ub SPS: 24 V
L L BN BU
NSD00670
BN BU L
NSD00671
3-wire proximity switches, pnp

I BK BU BN I BK BU
NSD00672
L BN I BK BU BN I L
NSD00673
L BN
L BN
BK BU L
BK BU L
NSD00675
NSD00674
BK BU L
Other connections are not permissible.
+1 2,5 V Uc = Ub (n 2.5 V) 3-wire proximity switches, npn

BU I BK BN BU I BK BN
NSD00676
Ub U min
-------------------
L BU I BK BN BU I L
NSD00677
NSD00679
L BU
L BU
BK BN L
BK BN L
NSD00678
BK BN L
+1 2,5 V Uc = Ub (n 2.5 V) 4-wire proximity switches, pnp

I BN BK WH BU BN BK WH BU L L
NSD01188
Ub U min
-------------------
L BN BK WH BU BN BK WH BU L
L BN BK WH BU
L BN BK WH BU
I L
NSD01189
NSD01190
NSD01187
AC/DC version
I
BK BK L1(L ) L1(L ) L1(L ) BK BK N(L )
NSD00682
L1(L ) BK BK N(L )
BK BK
BK BK N(L )
NSD00683
BK BK N(L )
NSD00680 NSD00681
With DC voltage operation, a diode must be connected in parallel to the primarily inductive load.
The total of all proximity switch residual currents must be smaller than the holding current of the load
20 V Uc = Ub (n 8 V)
b --------
Ub = operating voltage Uc = minimum operating voltage of load n = number of proximity switches Umin = minimum permissible operating voltage 1) The power-up delay of the sensors must be considered when determining the switching times.
Abbreviations for color identification of the connection cables according to IEC 60757: BK = black BN = brown BU = blue WH = white
2/118
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Characteristics
Response curves The response curves are determined using standard targets according to EN 60947-5-2.
Operating distance 0.6 mm (normal) 3RG46 03, 3RG46 00, 3RG4610
y mm 1 0,8 0,6
NSD00301
Operating distance 0.8 mm (normal) 3RG 46 .0, 3RG 46 36

y mm 1 0,8 0,6
NSD00303
Operating distance 1 mm (normal) 3RG40 11

y mm 1,0 0,8 0,6
NSD00318
Operating distance 1.5 mm (normal) 3RG40 .....33 (Shorty)

y mm 1,5 1 0,5
NSD00330
0,4 0,2 1,5 -x 1 0,5 0 0,5 mm
0,4 0,2 2 -x mm 1 0 1
0,4 0,2 2 -x mm 1 0 1
2
0 1 2 +x 3 mm
1+x 1,5 mm
+x 2 mm
+x 2 mm
3 -x 2 mm
Operating distance 1.5 mm (normal) 3RG40 .....05, 3RG46 01, 3RG46 11, 3RG46 37
y mm 1,5
Operating distance 1.5 mm (U BERO) 3RG46 11

y mm 1,5
Operating distance 2 mm (normal) 3RG40 12, 3RG40 52, 3RG40 7.

y mm 2
Operating distance 2 mm (extra duty) 3RG41 11

y mm 2 1,6 1,2
1 1
NSD00331 NSD00331 NSD00362
0,5
0,5
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
0,4 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
3 -x 2 mm
2 +x 3 mm
3 -x 2 mm
2 +x 3 mm
4 +x mm
4 +x mm
Operating distance 2.5 mm (normal) 3RG40 21, 3RG40 60

y mm 2,5 2 1,5
NSD00390
Operating distance 2.5 mm (normal) 3RG40 72

y mm 2,5 2
Operating distance 2.5 mm (extra duty) 3RG46 02, 3RG46 11

y mm 2,5 2 1,5
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
NSD00401
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
4 +x mm
4 +x mm
4 +x mm

y mm 3
Operating distance 3 mm (extra duty) 3RG46 02, 3RG46 37

y mm 4
Operating distance 3 mm (U BERO) 3RG46 12

y mm 3,5 3,0 2,5 2,0
NSD00390
Operating distance 3 mm (pressure-resistant) 3RG46 52

y mm 3 2
NSD00415
2
NSD00394
3
NSD00396
1 6 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
1,0 0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
3 -x 2 mm
2 +x 3 mm
4 +x 6 mm
4 +x mm
3 -x 2 mm
2 +x 3 mm
Operating distance 4 mm (normal) 3RG40 22, 3RG40 62

y mm 4

y mm 4

y mm 4 3
NSD00422
NSD00422
2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
4 +x mm
4 +x mm
4 +x mm
NSD0_00426
NSD00394
1,5
NSD00355
0,8
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/119

Introduction
y mm 5 4 3
NSD00450

y mm 5 4 3
NSD00474

y mm 5 4 3
NSD00462

y mm 10 8 6
NSD00482
2 1
2 1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
2 1
4 2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
-x 8 mm
8 +x mm
8 +x mm
-x 10 8 6 4 2 0 2 4 6 8 10 +x
mm
mm
8 +x mm
Operating distance 0 ... 6 mm (analog) 3RG46 12

5 4 3
NSD00487

y mm 10 8 6
NSD00499

y mm 10 8 6
NSD00499

y mm 10 8 6
NSD00491
y mm
2 1 1 2 3 4
4 2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
4 2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
4 2 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
5 S mm
I A mA UA V
8 +x mm
8 +x mm
4 +x mm
Operating distance 10 mm (normal) 3RG40 14, 3RG40 54, 3RG46 25

y mm 10 8 6
NSD00516

y mm 10 8 6
NSD00516

y mm 10 8 6
NSD00531

y mm 20 16 12
NSD00542
4 2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5 10 +x mm
4 2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5 10 +x mm
4 2 -x 12 8 mm
8 4 -x 20 10 mm 0
4 0 4 8 12 +x mm
10 20 +x mm

y mm 12 10 8 6 4 2 mm
NSD00540
Operating distance 15 mm (normal) 3RG40 24, 3RG40 31, 3RG 40 64

y mm 20 16 12 8 4 -x 10 mm 5 0 5
NSD0547

y mm 20 16

y mm 20 16 12
NSD00562
4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
-x 10 8 6 4 2 0 2 4 6 8 10 +x
mm
10 +x mm
16 +x mm
16 +x mm

y mm 20 16 12 8 4 -x 10 mm 5 0 5
NSD0547
Operating distance 15 mm (U BERO) 3RG46 34, 3RG46 38

y mm 25 20 15 10 5 mm
NSD00568
10 +x mm
-x 10 8 6 4 2 0 2 4 6 8 10 +x
mm
2/120
Siemens FS 10 2007
NSD01170

Introduction
y mm 20

y mm 25 20 15
Operating distance 20 mm (extra duty) 3RG 41 34, 3RG46 38

y mm 20

y mm 20 15
12
NSD00581
12 10
NSD00581 NSD00573 NSD01171
8 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
10 5 -x 40 20 mm 0
8 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
5 -x 20 10 mm 0
16 +x mm
20 40 +x mm
16 +x mm
10 20 +x mm

y mm 25 20 15
NSD00577

y mm 30 24 18
NSD00592

y mm 25 20 15
NSD00594

y mm 25 20 15
NSD00594
5 4 3 2 1
10 5
12 6 -x 40 20 mm 0
10 5 -x 20 10 mm 0
10 5 -x 20 10 mm 0
-x 12 8 4 0 4 8 12 +x mm mm
20 40 +x mm
10 20 +x mm
10 20 +x mm
Operating distance 25 mm (U BERO) 3RG46 44, 3RG46 48

y mm 30 25 20 15 10 5
NSD00598
Operating distance 30 mm (normal) 3RG 40 33, 3RG40 42

y mm 30 24 18
NSD00604

y mm 30 24 18
NSD00604

y mm 50 40 30
NSD01172 NSD00640 NSD00620
12 6 -x 30 15 mm 0
12 6 -x 30 15 mm 0
20 10 -x 40 20 mm 0
-x 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 +x mm mm
15 30 +x mm
15 30 +x mm
20 40 +x mm

y mm 50 40 30
NSD00612
Operating distance 40 mm (normal) 3RG 40 33, 3RG40 43

y mm 50 40
30
NSD00626

y mm 50 40 30
NSD00614

y mm 50 40
20 10 -x 30 15 mm 0
20 10 -x 30 15 mm 0
20 10 -x 80 40 mm 0
20 10 -x 40 20 mm 0
15 30 +x mm
15 30 +x mm
40 80 +x mm
20 40 +x mm

y mm 50 40
Operating distance 50 mm (extra duty) 3RG41 42 mm 50

40 30
NSD00635a

y mm 80 60
NSD00638

y mm 100 80 60 40 20 -x 80 40 mm 0
NSD00630
20 10 -x 40 20 mm 0 20 40 +x mm
20 10
40 20
-x 60 40 20 0
-x 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 +x
20 40 60 +x
mm
mm
mm
mm
40 80 +x mm
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/121

Introduction
Further information
Active surface The active surface of an inductive proximity switch is the surface through which an electromagnetic field is emitted (IEC). The corresponding activation element (target) is moved toward this surface to trigger a switching process. Axial approach Installation Shielded proximity switches A proximity switch can be shielded if any attenuating material (metal) can be attached around the active surface without influencing the characteristic features (IEC). To ensure perfect functioning, a gap should be left in front of the active surface.
Sensing face
Axial approaching of the target is where its center point is located in the reference axis (IEC). Axial distance to target x Distance between the actuating element and the proximity switch axis z at the response point A. Current input The current input is understood to be the current consumption of the proximity switch required to operate the oscillator, amplifier, etc. It does not include the current flowing through the load. The no-load current I0 is the current drawn from the power supply without a load being connected. Differential travel H Distance between the switching points when the target approaches or is removed from the proximity switch (IEC). The differential travel causes a defined switching response for the devices. The switching distance always refers to the switchon point.
Direction of movement Switch-off point Switch-on point Operating distance s
Metal
Proximity switch BERO

NSD01060
Unshielded proximity switches A proximity switch cannot be shielded if a certain free zone is required around its active surface in order to retain the characteristic features (IEC).
Sensing face
Metal
ProximityBERO switch
NSD01062
Semi-shielded proximity switches

Differential travel Response curves
NSD01053
A proximity switch that is semi-shielded also requires a certain free zone. However, flush mounting is permissible in non-attenuating materials. Magnetic fields Permanent magnetic fields and low-frequency alternating fields do not generally influence the function of the proximity switches. Strong fields may saturate the ferrite core of the switch and thus increase the operating distance or switch the device. On the other hand, damage is not probable. High-frequency fields with frequencies of several hundred kHz can considerably interfere with the function (operating frequency of the sensors). Shielding is recommended in the event of difficulties with interference fields. Non-equivalence
Free zone Range around the proximity switch which must be kept free of materials which interfere with the characteristic features of the switch (IEC). The volume of the free zone is defined by the dimensions r, c and w, g (see graphic).
ZJ ZF ZB Q d w z r A g
NSD01061
Ak c
The 4-wire proximity switches have two outputs: A1 with NO function and A2 with NC function. npn connection The output stage contains an npn transistor which connects the load to the negative operating voltage (0 V). The load is connected between the output and the positive operating voltage (+UB).
+U B
Ak A c, g d Q r w z ZB ZF ZJ
Response characteristic Response point Height points of the transition zone Diameter of the proximity switch Active area Radius of the free zone Installed state Reference axis Attenuation zone Free zone Inactive zone
RL
A Load 0V
NSD01049
2/122
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Operating temperature The specified operating temperature range must not be exceeded. The proximity switch could then be damaged, and the operating response is undefined. Operating distance The operating distance is the distance at which a change in signal is caused at the output when the target approaches the active surface along the reference axis (IEC). Measurement of the operating distance is carried out according to IEC 60947-5-2 using a standard target and axial approach. Rated operating distance sn The rated operating distance is a conventional variable for defining the operating distances. Neither specimen scatter nor changes resulting from external influences such as voltage or temperature are taken into account (IEC). This operating distance applies when using the standard target according to IEC 60947-5-2. Reduction factors must be considered if the material and/or size of the target differ from those of the standard target. Real operating distance sr Operating distance of a particular proximity switch measured at defined temperature, voltage and mounting conditions (IEC). This is the operating distance for a particular switch measured according to IEC 60947-5-2. The manufacturing tolerance is 10 %: 0.9 sn < sr < 1.1 sn Usable operating distance su Operating distance of a particular proximity switch measured under defined conditions (IEC). This includes the additionally expected deviations caused by the variations in temperature and operating voltage within the specified ranges. The usable operating distance is between 90 % and 110 % of the real operating distance. This results in the following for a reliable design: 0.81 sn < su < 1.21 sn Ensured operating distance (actuation distance) sa Distance from the active surface at which actuation of the proximity switch is ensured under defined conditions (IEC). The ensured operating distance is between zero and the bottom value of the useful operating distance: 0 < sa < 0.81 sn
120% 100% +10% +10% -10%
s Ns n + 20%
Output The proximity switches are available with different output connections.
L+
LNSD01055
2-wire, DC or AC/DC, load connected in series with the proximity switch

L+
LNSD01057
3-wire, DC, pnp, load connected between A and L

L+
LNSD01056
3-wire, DC, npn, load connected between A and L+
L+
A2 A1
LNSD01058
4-wire, antivalent, DC, load connected between A1, A2 and L
Output resistance The proximity switches have a built-in output resistance so that the output voltage can follow the switching status even without an external load. A load resistance must be connected when operating with high switching frequencies (to reduce the electric time constant). Parallel connection
sn -10% 80% s r min Sensing s min face s r max s max 0% BERO
sa
Parallel connection of proximity switches to implement logical functions is possible with 3-wire and 4-wire proximity switches without problem, but not with 2-wire proximity switches. Please note: The power consumption increases. Leakage currents add up so that an impermissible voltage drop may occur at the load even in the off state. See graphics, Seite 118. pnp connection The output stage contains a pnp transistor which connects the load to the positive operating voltage (+UB). The load is connected between the output and the negative operating voltage (0 V).
Siemens FS 10 2007
NSD01063
sa sn sr smin smax
Working distance Rated operating distance Real operating distance min. useful operating distance su (= working distance sa) max. useful operating distance su
Operational voltage The operating voltage is specified including 10 % residual ripple.
2/123

Introduction
+UB Load A
Residual ripple The maximum value of the residual ripple from peak to peak must not exceed 10 % of the rated voltage Un. The switching response may be undefined if the residual ripple is large. Correction is possible using a larger smoothing capacitor or a regulated power supply. Release point B
NSD01050
RL
0V
Power-up delay tv Duration between switching on the power supply and the beginning of the proximity switch's operational readiness (IEC). Power supply units Single-phase power supply units must be smoothed with at least 1000 F/A. For noise suppression reasons, this measure is also necessary with three-phase power supply units. Programming Selection of NO or NC function using slide switch in bottom part of enclosure or plug-in jumper in the electronics base. Only with certain cubic proximity switches. Proximity switch lexicon Some of the terms are defined in IEC 60947-5-2. Rated operational current Ie (output current) The sensors are designed for a specific maximum output current. If this current is exceeded, even briefly, the built-in overload protection will be activated. Incandescent lamps, capacitors and other strongly capacitive loads (e.g. long leads) have effects similar to an overload. Reduction factors The specified operating distance s refers to exactly defined measuring conditions (see operating distance). Reduced operating distances usually result with other arrangements. The reduction factors (see Technical specifications) are only approximate values. Deviations may result depending on different alloys and the type. Influence of geometry If a smaller target is used than the standard target defined in IEC 60947-5-2, the operating distance must be corrected by a reduction factor.
NSD01054
The position, e.g. in the attenuation zone, at which the bottom rear edge of the actuating element is located at the moment the signal changes when removing. Resistance to oil The proximity switches with degree of protection IP67 are not suitable for permanent operation in an environment containing oil. The following must therefore be observed: Lubricating oils Usually present no problem. Hydraulic oils, cutting oils These attack most plastics. In particular, the PVC lines become discolored and brittle. Measures: avoid contact with these liquids if possible, especially on the active surface. Response curve The line on which all response points A for a proximity switch can be found. The curve has been determined using the standard target. The sensor-related characteristics can be obtained from it. The proximity switch axis z coincides with the y axis.
y z x Ak x x B A B A H s x x
Sensing face x
NSD0 010
1,0 0,8
Reduction factor
Ak A B H s x x y z
Response characteristic Response point Release point Differential travel Operating distance Direction of motion Triggering distance Distance to proximity switch Reference axis
0,6 0,4 0,2 0 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 Relative side length of target
Repeat accuracy R The repeat accuracy is the change in the real operating distance sr at defined conditions (IEC). The repeat accuracy is measured over a period of 8 hours at an ambient temperature of 23 C ( 5 C), any relative humidity within the specified range, and a defined supply voltage. The difference between any two measurements must not exceed 10 % of the real operating distance sr. The repeat accuracy is usually far better in the case of measurements immediately following one another. Response delay tA The response delay is the duration which the switching element requires for response when the target enters or leaves the sensing range (IEC). The value is measured at s = 0.5 sn.
Reference axis z Axis running perpendicular to the active surface and through its center (IEC). Residual voltage The residual voltage is the voltage measured across the load with the output disabled. Residual current ir The residual current is the current which flows in the load circuit of the proximity switch in the disabled condition (IEC). It is used to retain the function, and must primarily be observed with parallel connections.
2/124
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Response point A The position of the actuating element when the signal is output. The reference point is the bottom front edge of the actuating element. Series connection See graphics, Seite 118. Smallest operating current Im (minimum load current) The current required to retain the conductivity of the switching elements in the ON state (IEC). This applies to 2-wire proximity switches. Standard target The standard target is a defined part used for comparison measurements of the operating distances and sensing ranges (IEC). Material of standard target: St 37, 1 mm thick Dimensions of square standard target: the side length is equal to the diameter of the inscribed circle on the active surface of the proximity switch or three times the rated operating distance sn if 3 sn is greater than the diameter of the inscribed circle. Switching element function NO function An NO function results in a flow of load current when the target is sensed, and no flow of the load current when the target is not sensed (IEC). NC function An NC function results in no flow of load current when the target is sensed, and a flow of load current when the target is not sensed (IEC). Switching frequency f Number of switching operations of a proximity switch within a defined time interval (IEC). The switching frequency is the maximum possible switching rate between the damped and non-damped statuses at which the output circuit still delivers a defined signal sequence corresponding to the activation. Switching frequency sa See under operating distances. Target (actuating element) Parts made of metal with which proximity switches are actuated in service. Form, material and dimensions influence the response characteristic of the proximity switch (see reduction factors). The specified rated operating distances sn were determined using the minimum surface defined in the standard (see characteristic). The usable operating distance su is reduced if the surface is less than the minimum. Temperature drift The specified operating distances refer to an ambient temperature of 20 C. Within the permissible temperature range of 25 to +70 C, the operating distance varies by max. 10 % compared to the value at 20 C. The temperature of the target alone has practically no influence on the operating distance. Tightening torque Excessive tightening of the nuts could mechanically damage the proximity switches. The maximum permissible torques are specified in the Technical specifications. Voltage drop A voltage drop (dependent on the current) occurs across the output transistor in the conductive state; the output voltage does not quite reach the associated operating voltage (to be particularly observed with a series connection and electronic inputs). Welding-resistant Sensors which can be used in strong magnetic fields, e.g. during arc welding, or in fields of electrolysis plants. The maximum permissible value is specified for specially selected sensors, e.g. U BERO.
m Non-conductive material 2m sn / 2
SIt specifies the maximum permissible number of pulses per second at a constant pulse: Pause = 1 : 2 and half the rated operating distance sn. The measurement is carried out according to IEC 60947-5-2.
Proximity switch Target
Disc
NSD01052
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/125

Introduction
Overview
Form SIMATIC PXI200 0.6 mm 0.8 mm 1 mm 1.5 mm 2 mm 2.5 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 15 mm 20 mm 30 mm 40 mm SIMATIC PXI300 0.6 mm 1 mm 2 mm 2.5 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 15 mm 20 mm 22 mm 25 mm 30 mm 35 mm 40 mm 30/40 mm 25/40 mm (switchable) 50 mm 65 mm SIMATIC PXI400 1.5 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 15 mm 20 mm 25 mm 35 mm 40 mm 75 mm SIMATIC PXI600 2 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 15 mm 35 mm SIMATIC PXI900 3 mm 0 - 6 mm Cylindrical forms 3 mm 4 mm 2/134 2/135 2/135 2/138 2/145 2/136, 2/137 2/139, 2/140 2/139 2/141, 2/142 2/145 2/148, 2/149 2/151 2/146, 2/147 M5 6.5 mm M8 8 mm M12 12 mm M14 see Page
see Page 2/163 2/163 2/163 2/166 2/168 2/169 2/164, 2/165 2/165 2/167 2/171 - 2/172 2/172 2/175 2/178 2/178 2/185
2/168 2/169
see Page 2/206 2/207 2/208 2/210
see Page 2/218 2/218
see Page 2/222 2/223
2/126
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Overview
M18 18 mm M30 30 mm Cubical forms (mm) 5x5 8x8 12 x 32 12 x 40 40 x 40 60 x 80 80 x 100 80 x 80
2/135 2/139 2/143 2/143, 2/144 2/149 2/150 2/151 2/153, 2/154 2/155, 2/156 2/157 2/158, 2/159 2/160, 2/161 2/162 2/162
2/170 2/176, 2/177 2/177 2/179 - 2/182 2/180 2/183, 2/184 2/184 2/185 2/186, 2/188 2/193 2/195 2/196 2/198 2/199 2/203 2/204 2/205 2/205 2/197 2/200 2/201 2/187, 2/188 2/192 - 2/194
2/202
2/209 2/211 2/212 2/213 2/214 2/215 2/216 2/216 2/217
2/219 2/219 2/220 2/220 2/221 2/221
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/127

Introduction
Overview
SIMATIC PXI200
2
5mm x 5 mm 8mm x 8 mm 12 mm x 40 mm 12 mm x 32 mm
Type,
Operating distance 0 ... 0.8 mm (PXI.1.) 1 ... 4 mm (PXI.2.)
3 mm
4 mm
M5
M8
6.5 mm
M12
0.6 mm
0.8 mm
0.8 mm
0.8 mm 1 mm 1.5 mm 2.5 mm 1.5 mm 2.5 mm 1.5 mm 2 mm 4 mm 2 mm 4 mm 2 mm
5 ... 10 mm (PXI.3.) 12 ... 22 mm (PXI.4.) 25 ... 40 mm (PXI.5.) 50 ... 75 mm (PXI.6.) Output NO contact / NC contact pnp / npn Analog Number of wires Operating voltage 10/15 ... 30/35 V DC 10 ... 65 V DC 20 ... 265/320 V AC/DC Wiring M8 connector M12 connector Cable Terminal compartment Degree of protection IP65 / IP67 IP68 / IP69K See page 2/134 2/135 2/135 2/135 2/136 ff. 2/138 ff. 2/139 2/141 ff. 2/143 2/143
/ / 3
/ / 3
/ / 3
/ / 3
/ / 2, 3, 4
/ / 3
/ / 3
/ / 2, 3, 4
/ / 3, 4
/ / 4
2/128
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Overview
SIMATIC PXI200
2
Type,
Operating distance 0 ... 0.8 mm (PXI.1.) 1 ... 4 mm (PXI.2.) 5 ... 10 mm (PXI.3.) 12 ... 22 mm (PXI.4.) 25 ... 40 mm (PXI.5.) 50 ... 75 mm (PXI.6.) Output NO contact / NC contact pnp / npn Analog Number of wires Operating voltage DC10/15 ... 30/35 V 10 ... 65 V DC 20 ... 265/320 V AC/DC Wiring M8 connector M12 connector Cable Terminal compartment Degree of protection IP65 / IP67 IP68 / IP69K See page 2/146 2/150 ff. 2/151 2/155 ff. 2/158 ff. 2/162 2/162
Box with M14
M18
18 mm
M30
40 mm x 40 mm
60 mm x 80 mm
80 mm x 100 mm
2.5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 8 mm 5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 15 mm 20 mm 30 mm 40 mm
/ / 2, 3, 4
/ / 2, 3, 4
/ / 3
/ / 2, 3, 4
/ / 2, 3, 4
/ / 4
/ / 4
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/129

Introduction
Overview
SIMATIC PXI300
2
Type,
Operating distance 0 ... 0.8 mm (PXI.1.) 1 ... 4 mm (PXI.2.)
4 mm
M5
M8
M12
Box with M14
6.5 mm
8 mm x 8 mm
M18
0.6 mm
0.6 mm 1 mm 2 mm 2.5 mm 3 mm 6 mm 2 mm 4 mm 2.5 mm 2.5 mm 3 mm 3 mm
5 ... 10 mm (PXI.3.) 12 ... 22 mm (PXI.4.) 25 ... 40 mm (PXI.5.) 50 ... 75 mm (PXI.6.) Output NO contact / NC contact pnp / npn Analog Number of wires Operating voltage 10/15 ... 30/35 V DC 10 ... 65 V DC 20 ... 265/320 V AC/DC Wiring M8 connector M12 connector Cable Terminal compartment Degree of protection IP65 / IP67 IP68 / IP69K See page
6 mm 10 mm
5 mm
5 mm 8 mm 12 mm 20 mm
/ / 3
/ / 3
/ / 3
/ / 2, 3
/ / 2, 3
/ / 3
/ / 3
/ / 2, 3
/
2/163
/
2/163
/
/
2/164 ff.
/
2/167, 2/175
/
2/170
/
/
2/176 ff.
2/163 ff.
2/169 ff.
2/130
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Overview
SIMATIC PXI300
2
Type,
Operating distance 0 ... 0.8 mm (PXI.1.) 1 ... 4 mm (PXI.2.) 5 ... 10 mm (PXI.3.) 12 ... 22 mm (PXI.4.) 25 ... 40 mm (PXI.5.)
18 mm
M30
40 mm x 40 mm
60 mm x 80 mm
80 mm x 100 mm
5 mm 8 mm
10 mm 15 mm 22 mm 40 mm 15 mm 20 mm 25 mm 30 mm 35 mm 40 mm 30 mm 30 mm 40 mm
50 ... 75 mm (PXI.6.) Output NO contact / NC contact pnp / npn Analog Number of wires Operating voltage 10/15 ... 30/35 V DC 10 ... 65 V DC 20 ... 265/320 V AC/DC Wiring M8 connector M12 connector Cable Terminal compartment Degree of protection IP65 / IP67 IP68 / IP69K See page
50 mm / / 3 / / 2, 3 / / 2, 3, 4 / / 2, 3
65 mm / / 2, 3
/
/
2/177 ff.
/ /
2/187 ff.
/
2/197 ff.
/
2/201 ff.
/
2/183 ff.
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/131

Introduction
Overview
SIMATIC PXI400
2
Type,
Operating distance 0 ... 0.8 mm (PXI.1.) 1 ... 4 mm (PXI.2.) 5 ... 10 mm (PXI.3.) 12 ... 22 mm (PXI.4.) 25 ... 40 mm (PXI.5.)
M8
M12
M18
M30
40 mm x 40 mm
80 mm x 80 mm
1.5 mm 4 mm
3 mm 8 mm 5 mm 12 mm 10 mm 20 mm 15 mm 25 mm 35 mm 40 mm 75 mm
50 ... 75 mm (PXI.6.) Output NO contact / NC contact pnp / npn Analog Number of wires Operating voltage 10/15 ... 30/35 V DC 10 ... 65 V DC 20 ... 265/320 V AC/DC Wiring M8 connector M12 connector Cable Terminal compartment Degree of protection IP65 / IP67 IP68 / IP69K See page
/ / 3
/ / 3
/ / 3
/ / 3
/ / 3
/ / 3
/
2/206 ff.
/
2/213 ff.
/
2/217
2/207 ff.
2/209 ff.
2/211 ff.
2/132
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Overview
SIMATIC PXI600
SIMATIC PXI900
2
Type,
Operating distance 0 ... 0.8 mm (PXI.1.) 1 ... 4 mm (PXI.2.) 5 ... 10 mm (PXI.3.) 12 ...22 mm (PXI.4.) 25 ... 40 mm (PXI.5.) 50 ... 75 mm (PXI.6.) Output NO contact / NC contact pnp / npn Analog Number of wires Operating voltage 10/15 ... 30/35 V DC 10 ... 65 V DC 20 ... 265/320 V AC/DC Wiring M8 connector M12 connector Cable Terminal compartment Degree of protection IP65 / IP67 IP68 / IP69K Version for hazardous area Zone 2 See page 2/218 2/219 2/220 2/221 2/222 2/223
M12
M18
M30
40 mm x 40 mm
M14
M12
2 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 15 mm 15 mm 35 mm
3 mm 0 ... 6 mm
/ / 4
/ / 4
/ / 4
/ / 4
/ / 3 4
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/133

SIMATIC PXI200
Operating distance 0.6 mm
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) V mA mA Hz mm ms No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie Switching frequency f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection Standard 3-wire 3 mm, mini Flush 0.6 mm Stainless steel 10 ... 30 10 100 5000 0.01 10 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 Connector type Order No. 3 0.055 mm2 3RG46 032AB00
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp
Dimension drawings
Mounting instructions Dimension depending on form A = active area B = metal-free area
4,5 A 6 B 1,5 A B
3RG46 032AB00
3
22
2/134
Siemens FS 10 2007
NSD00298
LED
16
NSD00302

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard 3-wire 5 mm 5 mm, Mini Flush 0.8 mm Brass, nickel-plated 10 ... 30 10 200 5000 0.01 10 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 3-wire 4 mm, Mini Flush 0.8 mm Stainless steel 10 ... 30 10 200 5000 0.01 8 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 3-wire M5, Mini Flush 0.8 mm Stainless steel 10 ... 30 10 200 5000 0.01 10 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 13 Connector type Order No. 3 0.14 mm2 3RG46 360AG00 3RG46 360GB00 Order No. 3 0.14 mm2 3RG42 001AB00 Order No. 3 0.14 mm2 3RG42 100AG00 3RG46 100GB00
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NO contact, npn
With 8 mm combined connector

NO contact, pnp NO contact, npn 2 4 A, C A, C 3RG42 007AB00 3RG42 107AG00 3RG46 107GB00
Dimension drawings
2,4
A = active area B = metal-free area
NSD00304
B
1,5
3RG46 360..00
5,5 5x5
3RG46 00 1AB00
3RG42 00 7AB00
F S 1 0 _ 0 0 1 6 1
3RG46 100..00
M 5x0,5
3RG46 107..00
M 5x0,5 18 6,5
18 20
NSD0_00306a
NSD0_0311a
2,4
Mounting instructions Dimension depending on form
3,3
B 2,4
3,3
25
NSD00310
M 1,6
NSD00307
LED
8 x 1
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/135
NSD00309
LED
6 ,5
NSD00308
15
SW 7
LED Sg
3 8
SW 7
18
25 3
14
2 3
S W
25
1 8
23

SIMATIC PXI200
Operating distance 1 mm
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard 3-wire M8 Flush 1 mm Stainless steel 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1500 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 4-wire M8 Flush 1 mm Stainless steel 10 ... 30 1 50 1500 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 12 13 10 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 110AG00 3RG40 110AF00 3RG40 110GB00 Order No. 4 0.14 mm2 3RG40 110CC00
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, npn NO and NC contacts, pnp

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO and NC contacts, pnp NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, npn NO and NC contacts, pnp 2 3 1 A, C A B 3RG40 117AG00 3RG40 117AF00 3RG40 117CC00
With M12 connector

2 3 4 4 E, F F E, F F 3RG40 113AG00 3RG40 113AF00 3RG40 113GB00 3RG40 113CC00
Dimension drawings
Mounting instructions
4 A
50
3RG40 110..00
M 8x1 34 SW 13
3RG40 117..00
M 8x1 34 SW 13 4
3RG40 113..00
M 8x1
12
B 3
52
NSD00314b
55
LED
NSD00319
LED
NSD00313
LED Sg
M 12x1
2/136
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 13
34

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard (PLC) 2-wire M8 Flush 1 mm Stainless steel 15 ... 34 1.5 25 1500 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 15 Connec- Order No. tor type 2 0.25 mm2 3RG40 110JB00
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact

NO contact NO contact 7 6 A E, F 3RG40 117JB00 3RG40 113JB00
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
4 A
50
3RG40 110JB00 3RG40 117JB00 3RG40 113JB00

M 8x1
12
B 3
M 8x1
34 SW 13
M 8x1
34 SW 13
52
NSD00314b
55
LED
NSD00319
LED
NSD00313
LED Sg
M 12x1
SW 13
34
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/137

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard 3-wire 6.5 mm, Mini Flush 1.5 mm Stainless steel 10 ... 30 10 200 3000 0.02 10 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 3-wire 6.5 mm, Shorty Flush 1.5 mm Stainless steel 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1500 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 3-wire 6.5 mm Flush 1.5 mm Stainless steel 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1500 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 12 13 14 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.14 mm2 3RG46 011AB00 Order No. 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 500AG33 3RG40 500AF33 3RG40 500GB33 3RG40 500GA33 Order No. 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 500AG05 3RG40 500AF05 3RG40 500GB05 3RG40 500GA05
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, npn NC contact, npn

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, npn NC contact, npn 2 3 4 5 A A A A 3RG46 017AG00 3RG46 017GB00 3RG40 507AG33 3RG40 507AF33 3RG40 507GB33 3RG40 507GA33 3RG40 507AG05 3RG40 507AF05 3RG40 507GB05 3RG40 507GA05
Dimension drawings
Mounting instructions 3RG46 01
4 A 13 B 4,5
3RG46 01 1AB00 6,5
3RG46 017..00 6,5

20
3RG40 500..33
6,5
3RG40 507..33
6,5
3RG40 500..05
6,5
3RG40 507..05
6,5
29
16
35
33
34
NSD00328
LED
NSD00329
LED
NSD00326
NSD00332
LED
NSD00327
NSD00335
NSD00336
LED (4x) Sg
LED
M 8x1
3RG40 50
4 A 12 B 3
2/138
Siemens FS 10 2007
NSD00319
52
LED (4x) Sg
45
50
34

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard 3-wire M8, Mini Flush 1.5 mm Brass, nickel-plated 10 ... 30 10 200 3000 0.01 10 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 3-wire 8 mm, Shorty Flush 1.5 mm Stainless steel 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1500 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 3-wire 8 mm 8 mm Flush 1.5 mm Brass, nickel-plated 10 ... 30 10 200 1000 0.07 10 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 12 13 14 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.14 mm2 3RG46 110AG31 Order No. 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 510AG33 3RG40 510AF33 3RG40 510GB33 3RG40 510GA33 Order No. 3 0.14 mm2 3RG46 370AB00 3RG46 370GG00
With 2 m cable, PUR


NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, npn NC contact, npn 2 3 4 5 A A A A 3RG46 117AG31 3RG46 117AF31 3RG46 117GB31 3RG40 517AG33 3RG40 517AF33 3RG40 517GB33 3RG40 517GA33 3RG46 377AB00 3RG46 377AA00 3RG46 377GG00
Dimension drawings
Mounting instructions 3RG46 11, 3RG40 51
4 A 12 B 3
3RG46 11 0AG31
3RG46 117..31 M 8x1
3RG40 510..33
8
3RG40 517..33
8
3RG46 370..00
8x8
5
3
10
SW 13
SW 13
M 8x1
29 17
35
16
45
33
40 37
NSD00319
NSD00351
NSD00338
NSD00333a
LED
NSD00339b
LED Sg
LED
NSD00352
LED (4x) Sg LED
M3
3RG46 377..00
8x8 3
4 A
12
50 37
59
NSD00337
LED
Sg
M3
NSD00334a
20
10
3RG46 37
20
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/139

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard 3-wire M8, Shorty Flush 1.5 mm Stainless steel 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1500 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 3-wire M8 Flush 1.5 mm Stainless steel 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1500 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 4-wire M8 Flush 1.5 mm Stainless steel 10 ... 30 1.0 50 1500 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 12 13 14 10 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 110AG33 3RG40 110AF33 3RG40 110GB33 3RG40 110GA33 Order No. 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 110AG05 3RG40 110AF05 3RG40 110GB05 3RG40 110GA05 Order No. 4 0.14 mm2 3RG40 110CC05
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, npn NC contact, npn NO and NC contacts, pnp

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, npn NC contact, npn NO and NC contacts, pnp NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, npn NC contact, npn NO and NC contacts, pnp 2 3 4 5 1 A A A A 3RG40 117AG33 3RG40 117AF33 3RG40 117GB33 3RG40 117GA33 3RG40 117AG05 3RG40 117AF05 3RG40 117CC05
With M12 connector

2 3 4 5 1 E, F F E, F F F 3RG40 113AG05 3RG40 113AF05 3RG40 113GB05 3RG40 113GA05 3RG40 113CC05
Dimension drawings
4 A 12 B 3
3RG40 110..33
M 8x1 SW 13
3RG40 117..33
M 8x1
3RG40 110..05
M 8x1 34 SW 13
3RG40 117..05
M 8x1 34 SW 13 4
3RG40 113..05
M 8x1
SW 13
45 33
35
50
52
NSD0_00340a
NSD00319
LED
NSD0_00341c
LED (4x) Sg
NSD00314b
55
LED
LED
NSD00313
LED Sg
M 12x1
2/140
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 13
34

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection Type V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard 3-wire M12, Shorty Flush 2 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1200 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67 3RG40 12.A.33 3RG40 12.G.33 Standard 4-wire M12, Shorty Flush 2 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 1.0 50 800 0.1 3 Yellow LED IP67 3RG40 120CD10 3RG40 123CD11 Standard 3-wire M12 Flush 2 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1200 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67 3RG40 12.A.01 3RG40 12.G.00 Standard 4-wire M12 Flush 2 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 25 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1200 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67 3RG40 120CD00 3RG40 123CD00

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 12 13 14 10 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 Type 3RG40 120AF33 3RG40 120GB33 3RG40 120GA33 4 0.14 mm2 NO and NC contacts, pnp NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, npn NC contact, npn NO and NC contacts, pnp 3RG40 120CD10 3-wire E, F F E, F F F 3RG40 123AG33 3RG40 123AF33 3RG40 123GB33 3RG40 123GA33 4-wire 1 3RG40 123CD11 Order No. 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 120AG01 3RG40 120AF01 3RG40 120GB00 3RG40 120GA00 4 0.14 mm2 3RG40 120CD00 3-wire 3RG40 123AG01 3RG40 123AF01 3RG40 123GB00 4-wire 3RG40 123CD00
With 2 m cable, PUR

With M12 connector

2 3 4 5
Dimension drawings
6 A 12 B 5
3RG40 120..33
M 12x1 4
3RG40 120CD10
M 12x1 4
3RG40 120..00 3RG40 120..01

M 12x1
3RG40 123..00 3RG40 123..01

M 12x1
35
40
SW 17
4 59
NSD00361b
SW 17
NSD00363
NSD00366
NSD00373
LED
NSD00360a
LED
SW 17
3RG40 123..33
M 12x1
B
3RG40 123CD11
M 12x1
LED
NSD00367b
SW 17 LED (4x) Sg
50
NSD00374
SW 17 LED Sg
29,5
45
34
SW 17
LED (4x) Sg
50
48
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/141

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC Standard (PLC) 2-wire M12 Flush 2 mm Brass, nickel-plated V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 15 ... 34 1.5 25 2 700 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67
AC No-load supply current I0 At 24 V DC At 230 V AC Rated operating current Ie Continuous 20 ms Minimum load current No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Connector type Order No.
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact NO contact 15 6 E, F
2 0.25 mm2 3RG40 120JB00 3RG40 123JB00
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
6 A 12 B 6
3RG40 120JB00 3RG40 123JB00

M 12x1
M 12x1
4 59
NSD00361b
NSD00368
SW 17
NSD00360a
LED
A = active area B = metal-free area The mounting diagram on the previous page applies to 3RG40 12.JB00.
2/142
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 17
LED (4x) Sg
50
48

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard 3-wire Cubic 12 mm 40 mm Flush 2 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 800 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 4-wire Cubic 12 mm 32 mm Flush 2 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 1.0 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1200 0.1 40 IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 10 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 700AG45 Order No. 4 0.14 mm2 3RG40 710CD00
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NO and NC contacts, pnp

NO contact, pnp 2 A 3RG40 707AG45
Dimension drawings
B A 6
3RG40 700AG45
LED 3,2x5 26 18
6
3RG40 710CD00
Sensor center 12
10
27 12,6 8 2,4
M3
32 40
16
NSD00378
3,2
32
2,6
NSD00376b
NSD00382
3RG40 707AG45
LED 3,2x5 26 18 Sensor center 4 M3 12
A = active area B = metal-free area These proximity switches can be mounted next to one another.
3,2
NSD0 00377b
32 40
16
10
13
M 8x 1
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/143

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard 3-wire Cubic 12 mm 40 mm Flush 2 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1200 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 4-wire Cubic 12 mm 40 mm Flush 2 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 25 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1200 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 12 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 700AG01 3RG40 700AF01 Order No. 4 0.14 mm2 3RG40 700CD00
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp
NO and NC contacts, 10 pnp

NO contact, pnp 2 A A A 3RG40 707AG01 3RG40 707CD01 3RG40 707CD02 NO and NC contacts, 1 pnp; LED q NO NO and NC contacts, 1 pnp; LED q NC
With M12 connector

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp 2 3 E, F F F 3RG40 703AG01 3RG40 703AF01 3RG40 703CD00
NO and NC contacts, 1 pnp
Dimension drawings
B A 6
3RG40 700..00. 3RG40 700..01

4 40 32 Sensor center 12
3RG40 703..00. 3RG40 703..01

Sensor center 4
NSD00379b
40 32
12
17
26
3,2
NSD00378
36
6,5 LED
6,5
17
26
3,2
Sg
Sensor center
LED
3RG40 707..01, 3RG40 707..02

40 32
4
12 10
Sg
2/144
Siemens FS 10 2007
NSD00380
LED
6,5
34 26
17
3,2
NSD00381

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard 3-wire 6.5 mm Not flush 2.5 mm Stainless steel 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 900 0.08 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 3-wire M8 Not flush 2.5 mm Stainless steel 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1200 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Connector type Order No. 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 600AG33 3RG40 600AF33 B 3RG40 600GB33 B 3RG40 600GA33 Order No. 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 210AG33 3RG40 210AF33 3RG40 210GB33 3RG40 210GA33
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp 11 NC contact, pnp 12 NO contact, npn 13 NC contact, npn 14

NO contact, pnp 2 NC contact, pnp 3 NO contact, npn 4 NC contact, npn 5 A A A A 3RG40 607AG33 3RG40 607AF33 3RG40 607GB33 B 3RG40 607GA33 3RG40 217AG33 3RG40 217AF33 3RG40 217GB33 3RG40 217GA33
Dimension drawings
10 20 B 8
3RG40 600..33
6,5
3RG40 607..33
6,5
3RG40 210..33
M 8x1 SW 13
3RG40 217..33
M 8x1
6
NSD00391
NSD00386
NSD00388
LED (4x) LED

NSD00387
Sg
LED
NSD00389a
4 SW 13
LED (4x)
Sg
35 4
33
35 4
A 6
45 33
45
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/145

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard 3-wire M14 Flush 2.5 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 800 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 4-wire M14 Flush 2.5 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 25 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 800 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 13 14 10 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 720GB00 3RG40 720GA00 Order No. 4 0.14 mm2 3RG40 720CD00
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, npn NC contact, npn NO and NC contacts, pnp NO contact, npn NC contact, npn NO and NC contacts, pnp
With M12 connector

4 5 1 E, F F F 3RG40 723GB00 3RG40 723GA00 3RG40 723CD00
Dimension drawings
B A 7 6
23
3RG40 720..00
M 14x1
3RG40 723..00
M 14x1
Plan view
NSD00400
20
23
20
NSD00402a
6x3,5 3,5
56
27
20 5,5
NSD00398a
NSD00399a
5,5 LED
LED
Sg
2/146
Siemens FS 10 2007
66
6x3,5 3,5
20
56
12

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC AC No-load supply current I0 At 24 V DC At 230 V AC Rated operating current Ie Continuous 20 ms Minimum load current No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection Standard (PLC) 2-wire M14 Flush 2.5 mm Molded plastic V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 15 ... 34 1.5 25 2 800 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Connec- Order No. tor type
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact NO contact 15 6 E, F
2 0.25 mm2 3RG40 720JB00 3RG40 723JB00
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
B A 7 6
23
3RG40 720..00
M 14x1
20
20 5,5
NSD00398a
NSD00402a
6x3,5 3,5
LED
A = active area B = metal-free area These proximity switches can be mounted next to one another..
56
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/147

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection Type V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard 3-wire M12, Shorty Not flush 4 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 800 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP67 3RG40 22.A.33 3RG40 22.G.33 Standard 4-wire M12, Shorty Not flush 4 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 1.0 50 800 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP67 3RG40 220CD10 3RG40 223CD11 Standard 3-wire M12 Not flush 4 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 800 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP67 3RG40 22.A.01 3RG40 22.G.00 Standard 4-wire M12 Not flush 4 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 25 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 800 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP67 3RG40 220CD00 3RG40 223CD00

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 12 13 14 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 220AG33 3RG40 220AF33 3RG40 220GB33 3RG40 220GA33 4 0.14 mm2 NO and NC contacts, 10 pnp 3RG40 220CD10 3-wire E, F F E, F F F 3RG40 223AG33 3RG40 223AF33 3RG40 223GB33 3RG40 223GA33 4-wire NO and NC contacts, pnp 1 3RG40 223CD11 Order No. 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 220AG01 3RG40 220AF01 3RG40 220GB00 3RG40 220GA00 4 0.14 mm2 3RG40 220CD00 3-wire 3RG40 223AG01 3RG40 223AF01 3RG40 223GB00 3RG40 223GA00 4-wire 3RG40 223CD00
With 2 m cable, PUR

With M12 connector

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, npn NC contact, npn 2 3 4 5
Dimension drawings
15 A 9 27 B
6,5
3RG40 220..33
M 12x1
3RG40 220CD10
M 12x1 6,5
3RG40 220..00 3RG40 220..01

M 12x1
3RG40 223..00 3RG40 223..01

M 12x1 6,5
35
6,5
40
4 65
NSD0_00421a
SW 17
SW 17
56
NSD0_00427a
NSD00423
NSD0_00444a
NSD0_00420a
LED
LED
SW 17
LED
LED (4x) Sg
3RG40 223..33
B
M 12x1 4 SW 17 34
3RG40 223CD11
M 12x1
50 6,5
NSD00428
LED (4x) Sg
NSD0_00448c
LED (4x) Sg
2/148
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 17 39

45 6,5
SW 17
54

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie Minimum load current No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard 3-wire Cubic 12 mm 40 mm Not flush 4 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 800 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard (PLC) 2-wire M12 Not flush 4 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 1.5 (24 V) 25 2 300 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 15 2 6 A E, F 3RG40 807AG45 3RG40 223JB00 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.34 mm2 3RG40 800AG45 3RG40 220JB00 Order No. 2 0.25 mm2
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NO contact NO contact, pnp NO contact
With 8 mm combined connec. With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
Mounting instructions 3RG40 80-.AG45
15 A 9 27 B 8
3RG40 800AG45
LED 3,2x5 26 18 6 4 Sensormitte 12 10 M3 32 40
3RG40 220JB00
M 12x1 6,5
16
NSD01073
NSD00376b
NSD0_00420a
3RG40 807AG45
LED 3,2x5 6 26 18 Sensormitte 4 M3 32 40 12 10
LED
3RG40 223JB00
M 12x1 6,5
3RG40 22-.JB00
15 A 9 27 B 8
3,2
16
4 65
NSD0_00421a
SW 17 LED (4x) Sg SW 17 54
3,2
NSD0 00377b
NSD00423
These proximity switches can be mounted next to one another.
56
M 8x 1
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/149

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard 3-wire M18, Shorty Flush 5 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 800 0.15 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 3-wire M18 Flush 5 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 800 0.15 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 4-wire M18 Flush 5 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 25 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 800 0.15 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 12 13 14 10 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 130AG33 3RG40 130AF33 3RG40 130GB33 3RG40 130GA33 Order No. 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 130AG01 3RG40 130AF01 3RG40 130GB00 3RG40 130GA00 Order No. 4 0.14 mm2 3RG40 130CD00
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, npn NC contact, npn NO and NC contacts, pnp NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, npn NC contact, npn NO and NC contacts, pnp
With M12 connector

2 3 4 5 1 E, F F E, F F F 3RG40 133AG33 3RG40 133AF33 3RG40 133GB33 3RG40 133GA33 3RG40 133AG01 3RG40 133AF01 3RG40 133GB00 3RG40 133GA00 3RG40 133CD00
Dimension drawings
11 A 30 B
10
3RG40 130..33
M 18x1 4
3RG40 133..33
M 18x1 4
3RG40 130..00 3RG40 130..01

M 18x1
3RG40 133..00 3RG40 133..01
45 31
SW 24 34
35
NSD00451
SW 24
NSD0_00456b
NSD00447
LED
M 12x1
NSD00445
LED
2/150
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 24
LED (4x)
54

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard 3-wire 18 mm (button) Flush 5 mm (3.2 mm) Molded plastic 10 ... 30 1.5 50 100 0.15 1.0 IP67 Standard 4-wire M14 Not flush 5 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 25 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 300 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 10 Connec- Order No. tor type Order No. 4 0.14 mm2 3RG40 820CD00
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO and NC contacts, pnp NO and NC contacts, pnp
With M12 connector

1 F 3RG40 823CD00
With single conductors, 0.5 m, 3 0.25 mm2 PVC

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, npn 11 12 13 3RG40 750AJ00 3RG40 750AH00 3RG40 750GJ00
Dimension drawings
20 A 12 40 B 15
3RG40 75
18 15,95 9,9 3,85
3RG40 820..00
M 14x1
3RG40 823..00
M 14x1
Plan view
NSD00400
20
23
23
20
12
NSD00464
56
27
NSD00475a
5,5
NSD00398a
NSD00399a
5,5 LED
15 30 B 10
LED
Sg

A
NSD 00467
3RG40 750GJ00 also possible with non-embedded mounting: Rated operating distance sn = 3.2 mm
66
6x3,5 3,5
20
6x3,5 3,5
20
56
12
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/151

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC Standard (PLC) 2-wire M18 Flush 5 mm Brass, nickel-plated V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 15 ... 34 1.5 25 2 400 0.15 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 15 6 E, F Connec- Order No. tor type 2 0.25 mm2 3RG40 130JB00 3RG40 133JB00
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact NO contact
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
11 A 30 B 10
3RG40 130..00 3RG40 130..01

M 18x1
3RG40 133..00 3RG40 133..01

M 18x1 4
NSD00451
54
SW 24
NSD00446b
NSD00445
LED
M 12x1
2/152
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 24 58,5 LED (4x)
69 55

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard 3-wire M18, Shorty Not flush 8 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 500 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 3-wire M18 Not flush 8 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 500 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 4-wire M18 Not flush 8 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 25 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 500 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 12 13 14 10 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 230AG33 3RG40 230AF33 3RG40 230GB33 3RG40 230GA33 Order No. 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 230AG01 3RG40 230AF01 3RG40 230GB00 Order No. 4 0.14 mm2 3RG40 230CD00
With 2 m cable, PUR

With M12 connector

2 3 4 5 1 E, F F E, F F F 3RG40 233AG33 3RG40 233AF33 3RG40 233GB33 3RG40 233GA33 3RG40 233AG01 3RG40 233AF01 3RG40 233GB00 3RG40 233CD00
Dimension drawings
Mounting instructions 3RG40 23...33
20 A 11 28 B
3RG40 230..33 3RG40 233..33

M 18x1 4
M 18x1
3RG40 230..00 3RG40 230..01

M 18x1
3RG40 233..00 3RG40 233..01

M 18x1 4
45 31 10,5
35 10,5
SW 24 34
15
15
54 10,5
69 55 10,5
NSD0_00502a
NSD0_00503b
NSD00500
LED
M 12x1
NSD00493
SW 24
LED (4x)
LED
NSD00494b
M 12x1
SW 24 58,5 LED (4x)
SW 24
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/153

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC Standard (PLC) 2-wire M18 Not flush 8 mm Brass, nickel-plated V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 15 ... 34 1.5 25 2 200 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP67 3RG40 23.JB00
AC No-load supply current I0 At 24 V DC At 230 V AC Rated operating current Ie Continuous 20 ms Minimum load current No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection Type

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 12 15 16 17 2 3 6 8 9 E, F F E, F E, F F Connec- Order No. tor type 2 0.25 mm2 3RG40 230JB00 3RG40 233JB00
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact NO contact NC contact NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact NO contact NC contact
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
20 A 11 28 B
15
3RG40 220..00
M 18x1
3RG40 223..00
M 18x1 4
15
54 10,5
69 55 10,5
NSD00500
NSD00493
LED
NSD00494b
M 12x1
2/154
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 24 58,5 LED (4x)
SW 24

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard 3-wire M30. Shorty Flush 10 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 300 0.3 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 3-wire M30 Flush 10 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 300 0.3 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 4-wire M30 Flush 10 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 25 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 300 0.3 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 12 13 14 10 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 140AG33 3RG40 140AF33 3RG40 140GB33 3RG40 140GA33 Order No. 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 140AG01 3RG40 140AF01 3RG40 140GB00 Order No. 4 0.14 mm2 3RG40 140CD00
With 2 m cable, PUR

With M12 connector

Dimension drawings
Mounting instructions 3RG40 14...33
25 37 B
16
3RG40 140..33
M 30x1,5 5
3RG40 143..33
M 30x1,5
3RG40 140..00 3RG40 140..01

M 30x1,5
3RG40 143..00 3RG40 143..01

M 30x1,5 5
NSD00519
45 31
SW 36
NSD0_00523b
NSD00521
NSD0_00524b
SW 36
LED (4x)
LED
NSD00518a
M 12x1
LED (4x) Sg
LED
SW 36 58,5
69 55
SW 36 34
35
54
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/155

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC Standard (PLC) 2-wire M30 Flush 10 mm Brass, nickel-plated V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 15 ... 34 1.5 25 2 300 0.3 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 4-wire M30 Flush 10 mm Brass, nickel-plated 10 ... 30 15 300 300 0.3 40 IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 15 6 1 E, F F Connec- Order No. tor type 2 0.25 mm2 3RG40 140JB00 3RG40 143JB00 Order No.
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact NO contact NO and NC contacts, pnp
3RG40 143CD01
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
25 37 B
16
3RG40 140JB00
M 30x1,5 5
3RG40 143JB00
M 30x1,5 5
3RG40 143CD01
M 30 1,5
5 80 70
NSD0_00528
54
SW 36 58,5
NSD00521
SW 36
69 55
NSD00518a
LED
NSD00519
LED (4x) Sg
M 12 1
2/156
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 36
50

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard 3-wire M30, Shorty Not flush 15 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 300 0.4 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 3-wire M30 Not flush 15 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 300 0.4 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard 4-wire M30 Not flush 15 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 25 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 300 0.4 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 12 13 14 10 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 240AG33 3RG40 240AF33 3RG40 240GB33 3RG40 240GA33 Order No. 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 240AG01 3RG40 240AF01 3RG40 240GB00 3RG40 240GA00 Order No. 4 0.14 mm2 3RG40 240CD00
With 2 m cable, PUR

With M12 connector

Dimension drawings
30 A 15 80 B
3RG40 240..33 3RG40 243..33

M 30x1,5 SW 36
M 30x1,5 31 16 5
3RG40 240..00 3RG40 240..01

M 30x1,5
3RG40 243..00 3RG40 243..01

M 30x1,5
25
16
15
35
35
16
16
45
5
LED (4x) M 12x1
NSD0_00551a
NSD00548
NSD0_00552b
M 12x1
NSD0_00544b
SW 36
LED
NSD00545b
LED
SW 36
SW 36 LED (4x)
69
58,5
54
55
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/157

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard 3-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Flush 15 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 25 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 100 0.75 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP65 Standard 4-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Flush 15 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 30 (24 V); 50 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 100 0.75 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP65 Standard 4-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Flush 15 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 30 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 50 0.75 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Connec- Order No. tor type Order No. Order No.
With M12 connector, rotatable

NO and NC con1 tacts, pnp NO and NC contact, npn NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, npn NO and NC contacts, pnp NO and NC contacts, pnp 19 20 21 18 F F 3RG40 383CD00 3RG40 383GD00
With terminal compartment

3RG40 316AG01 3RG40 316AF01 3RG40 316GB00 3RG40 316CD00
Version for Mercedes-Benz

18 3RG40 346CD00
Dimension drawings
25 A 75 B 30
3RG40 316..0.
4 0
4 0 4 5
3RG40 346..00
4 0
45
3RG40 383..00
40
LED 40 46 55
NSD 01163
40
40
60
NSD 01164
A
3 0
L E D Y E L E D G N 7 ,3 5 ,3 1 4
118
5 ,3
1 2 0 6 0
N S D 0 _ 0 0 5 6 4 a
5,3 LED YE LED GN 7,35,3 30 14

NSD0_00570a
M 2 0 1 ,5
M 201,5
30 40
5,3x7,3
M 12x1 40
The active surface can be adjusted in The active surface can be adjusted in The active surface can be adjusted in 5 directions. With rotatable connector. 5 directions. 5 directions. With screwed sensor.
2/158
Siemens FS 10 2007
69

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC AC No-load supply current I0 At 24 V DC At 230 V AC Rated operating current Ie Continuous 20 ms Minimum load current No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection Standard (PLC) 2-wire M30 Not flush 15 mm Brass, nickel-plated V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 15 ... 34 1.5 25 2 180 0.4 40 Yellow LED IP67 Standard (PLC) 2-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Flush 15 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 1.5 25 2 100 0.75 100 Yellow LED IP65

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 15 6 22 E, F Connec- Order No. tor type 2 0.25 mm2 3RG40 240JB00 3RG40 243JB00 Order No.
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact NO contact NO contact
0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 3RG40 316JB00
With M12 connector With terminal compartment
Dimension drawings
Mounting instructions 3RG40 240..00 3RG40 243..00
30 A 15 80 B
16
3RG40 240..00 3RG40 243..00

M 30x1,5 M 30x1,5
Mounting instructions 3RG40 316JB00
3RG40 316JB00
40 40
40
25
75
B 30
45
25
16
A
69 58,5 55 SW 36
54
120
15
5,3
60
NSD00548
NSD0_00544b
SW 36
NSD 01164
LED YE 7,3 5,3 14
LED
NSD00545b
LED (4x)
30
B
M 201,5
M 12x1
The active surface can be adjusted in 5 directions.
NSD0_00560a
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/159

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Standard 3-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Not flush 20 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 25 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 75 0.75 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP65 Standard 4-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Not flush 20 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 30 (24 V); 50 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 75 0.75 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP65

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 19 20 21 18 Connec- Order No. tor type Order No.

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, npn NO and NC contacts, pnp 3RG40 416AG01 3RG40 416AF01 3RG40 416GB00 3RG40 416CD00
Dimension drawings
70 A 50 100 B 40
3RG40 416..0.
4 0
4 5 4 0
4 0
40
5 ,3
1 2 0
L E D Y E L E D G N 7 ,3 5 ,3 3 0 1 4
NSD00583
6 0
M 2 0 1 ,5
2/160
Siemens FS 10 2007
N S D 0 _ 0 0 5 6 4 a

SIMATIC PXI200
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC AC No-load supply current I0 At 24 V DC At 230 V AC Rated operating current Ie Continuous 20 ms Minimum load current No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection Standard (PLC) 2-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Not flush 20 mm Molded plastic V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 15 ... 34 1.5 25 2 75 0.75 100 Yellow LED IP65

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 22 Connec- Order No. tor type 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 3RG40 416JB00

NO contact
Dimension drawings
70 A 50 100 B 40
45
3RG40 416JB00
40
40
40
40
120
5,3
60
LED YE 7,3 5,3 14
30
M 201,5
NSD0_00560a
NSD00583
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/161

SIMATIC PXI200
Operating distance 30 mm Operating distance 40 mm
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC Standard 4-wire Cubic 60 mm 80 mm Not flush 30 mm Molded plastic V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 15 ... 34 30 (24 V); 50 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 50 1.0 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP65 Standard 4-wire Cubic 80 mm 100 mm Not flush 40 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 30 (24 V); 50 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 10 1.0 200 Yellow LED Green LED IP65
AC No-load supply current I0 At 24 V DC At 230 V AC Rated operating current Ie Continuous 20 ms Minimum load current No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection

Switching output Ckt. diag. Connec- Order No. No. tor type 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 3RG40 426CD00 18 Order No. 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 3RG40 436CD00

NO and NC contacts, pnp
Dimension drawings
Mounting instructions 3RG40 426CD00
90 A 60 210 B 90
3RG40 426CD00
6 0 4 5 L E D Y E L E D G N 5 ,3 4 1 M 2 0 x 1 ,5
3RG40 436CD00
80,3 65 27,5 LED YE LED GN Pg 13,5
NSD00625
40
7 7
2 4 ,5
NSD00608
N S D 0
100 65
0 0 6 0 1 a
4 5
5,3 41,5
3RG40 436CD00
80 A 15 160 B 90
NSD00613
2/162
Siemens FS 10 2007
40

SIMATIC PXI300
Operating distance 0.6 mm Operating distance 1 mm
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms IP68 3-wire 4 mm, Mini Flush 0.6 mm Stainless steel 10 ... 30 10 200 3000 0.01 8 IP68 IP68 3-wire M5, Mini Flush 0.6 mm Stainless steel 10 ... 30 10 200 3000 0.01 8 IP68 Extra duty (DC 65 V) 3-wire M8 Flush 1 mm Stainless steel 10 ... 65 10 200 5000 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 12 Connector type Order No. 3 0.14 mm2 3RG46 000AG02 Order No. 3 0.14 mm2 3RG46 100AG02 Order No. 3 0.14 mm2 3RG40 110AB00 3RG40 110AA00
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp 2 3 2 3 A A E, F F 3RG40 117AB00 3RG40 117AA00 3RG40 113AB00 3RG40 113AA00
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
A 6 8 B 2,4
A
4
2 5 B
2,4
12
B 3
NSD00304
NSD0305
3RG46 000AG02
4
3RG46 100AG02
M 5x0,5
20 SW 7
3RG40 11 0A.00
M 8x1
3RG40 11 7A.00
M 8x1
NSD00319
3RG40 11 3A.00
M 8x1 41 SW 13 LED Sg
41 SW 13
LED Sg
62
SW 13 41
25
25
NSD00300
57
NSD00299
NSD0_00320a
LED
NSD0_00321a
58
NSD00322
38
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/163

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC Extra duty (DC 65 V) 3-wire M12 Flush 2 mm Brass, nickel-plated V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 10 ... 65 10 300 1200 (NO contact), 4000 (NC contact) 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67 Extra duty (AC/DC) 2-wire M12 Flush 2 mm Brass, nickel-plated 20 ... 320 20 ... 265 1.0 1.5 200 1800 5 25/1200 (AC/DC) 0.04 100 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Connector type Order No. Order No.
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact NC contact NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact NC contact 11 12 16 17 2 3 8 9 E, F F E, F F
3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 120AB00 3RG40 120AA00 3RG40 123AB00 3RG40 123AA00
2 0.25 mm2 3RG40 120KB00 3RG40 120KA00 3RG40 123KB00 3RG40 123KA00
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
6 A 12 B 6
3RG40 120A.00
M 12x1 4
3RG40 123A.00
M 12x1 4
3RG40 120K.00
M 12x1 4
3RG40 123K.00
M 12x1 4
SW 17 54
SW 17
SW 17
NSD00368
NSD00364
LED
NSD00364
NSD00365
LED (4x) Sg
LED
NSD00365
LED (4x) Sg
A = active area B = metal-free area The mounting diagram on the previous page applies to 3RG40 12.JB00.
2/164
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 17 54
56
65
56
65

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms IP68 / 69 K 3-wire 12 mm Flush 2 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1200 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP68 / 69 K IP68 / 69 K 3-wire M12 Flush 2 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1200 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP68 / 69 K IP68 / 69 K 3-wire M12 Flush 2 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1200 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP68 / 69 K

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 12 13 14 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 520AG30 3RG40 520AF30 3RG40 520GB30 3RG40 520GA30 Order No. 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 120AG30 3RG40 120AF30 3RG40 120GB30 3RG40 120GA30 Order No. PVC, 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 120AG31 3RG40 120GB31
With 2 m cable, PUR

Dimension drawings
6 A 12 B 5
3RG40 520..30
12
3RG40 120..30
M 12x1
3RG40 120..31
M 12x1
50
50
SW 17
50
NSD00363
NSD00360a
LED
NSD00360a
NSD00372
LED
LED
SW 17
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/165

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Greater rated operating distance 3-wire M8, Shorty Flush 2 mm Stainless steel 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 600 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67 Greater rated operating distance 3-wire M8 Flush 2 mm Stainless steel 10 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 600 (with 3AG22: 1000) 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 12 13 14 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 3RG41 110AG33 3RG41 110AF33 3RG41 110GB33 3RG41 110GA33 Order No. 3 m, 3 0.25 mm2 3RG41 110AG00
With 2 m cable, PUR


NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, npn NC contact, npn NO contact, pnp NO contact, pnp 2 3 4 5 2 2 A A A A E, F E, F 3RG41 117AG33 3RG41 117AF33 3RG41 117GB33 3RG41 117GA33 3RG41 113AG00 3RG41 113AG22
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
4 A 15 B 4
3RG41 110..33
M 8x1 SW 13
3RG41 117..33
M 8x1
3RG41 110..00
M 8x1 34 SW 13
3RG41 113..00
M 8x1
3RG41 113..22
M 8x1
SW 13
SW 13
45 33
50
NSD00314b
NSD0_00340a
LED
NSD0_00341c
LED
LED
NSD0_00359
NSD00356
LED (4x) Sg
55
60
43
LED
M 12x1
M 12x1
2/166
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 13
35
34

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC AC No-load supply current I0 At 24 V DC At 230 V AC Rated operating current Ie Continuous 20 ms Minimum load current No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection Extra duty (DC 65 V) 3-wire M14 Flush 2.5 mm Molded plastic V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 10 ... 65 10 300 800 0.05 40 Yellow LED IP67 Extra duty (AC/DC) 2-wire M14 Flush 2.5 mm Molded plastic 20 ... 320 20 ... 265 1.0 1.5 200 1200 5 25/1000 (AC/DC) 0.04 100 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Connec- Order No. tor type Order No.
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact NC contact NO contact, pnp NO contact NC contact 11 12 16 17 2 8 9 E, F E, F F
3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 720AB00 3RG40 720AA00 3RG40 723AB00
2 0.25 mm2 3RG40 720KB00 3RG40 720KA00 3RG40 723KB00 3RG40 723KA00
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
B A 7 6
3RG40 723..00
M 14x1
Plan view
NSD00400
3RG40 72-0..00
M 14x1
20
12
23
27
6x3,5 3,5 20 5,5
NSD00398a
56
23
20
LED
NSD00402a
NSD00399a
5,5 LED
Sg
66
6x3,5 3,5
20
56
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/167

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Greater rated operating distance (IP68) 3-wire 6.5 mm Flush 2.5 mm Stainless steel 10 ... 30 10 200 1000 0.15 50 IP68 Greater rated operating distance (IP68) 3-wire M8 Flush 2.5 mm Stainless steel 10 ... 30 10 200 1000 0.15 50 IP68

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.14 mm2 3RG46 020AG02 Order No. 3 0.14 mm2 3RG46 110AG02
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp
Dimension drawings
Mounting instructions A = active area B = metal-free area X 1.6 mm when mounted in steel, X 0.8 mm when mounted in other metals 3RG46 02
6 A 16 B 9 A
3RG46 11
8 16 B 9 A B
3RG46 020AG02
6,5
NSD01191
3RG46 110AG02
M 8x1 SW 13
45
45
2/168
Siemens FS 10 2007
NSD00393
NSD00392
NSD00395

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Greater rated operating distance 3-wire 6.5 mm Semi-flush 3 mm Brass, nickel-plated 10 ... 30 10 200 1000 0.15 50 Yellow LED IP67 Greater rated operating distance 3-wire M8 Semi-flush 3 mm Brass, nickel-plated 10 ... 30 10 200 1000 0.15 50 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 13 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.14 mm2 3RG46 021AB00 Order No. 3 0.14 mm2 3RG46 110AG01 3RG46 110GB01
With 2 m cable, PUR


NO contact, pnp NO contact, pnp NO contact, npn 2 2 4 A E, F E, F 3RG46 027AG01 3RG46 117AG01 3RG46 113AG01 3RG46 113GB01
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
9 A X
X A B
M 8x1
NSD00395
10
13
B
A
16
B 9
X 1.3 mm when mounted in steel, X 0.65 mm when mounted in other metals 3RG46 021AB01 3RG46 027AG01
6,5 6,5
NSD00397
X 1.6 mm when mounted in steel, X 0.8 mm when mounted in other metals 3RG46 110..01 3RG46 117..01 3RG46 113..01
M 8x1 33 SW 13 M 8x1 SW 13 33 66 LED
NSD00405
33
33
45
33
45
SW 13
60
53
NSD00407
NSD00403
LED
NSD00406
LED
LED 7 Sg
LED
Sg M 12x1
Sg
NSD00404
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/169

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Greater rated operating distance 3-wire 8 mm 8 mm Semi-flush 3 mm Brass, nickel-plated 10 ... 30 10 200 1000 0.15 50 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 13 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.14 mm2 3RG46 370AG01 3RG46 370GB01
With 2 m cable, PUR


NO contact, pnp NO contact, npn 2 4 A A 3RG46 377AG01 3RG46 377GB01
Dimension drawings
12 A
40 37
3RG46 370..01
8x8 3
10
3RG46 377..01
8x8 3
16
B 9
5
20
50 37
M3
NSD00333a
59
NSD00412
LED
LED
Sg
NSD00334a
M3
A = active area B = metal-free area X 2.4 mm when mounted in steel, X 1.2 mm when mounted in other metals
2/170
Siemens FS 10 2007
20
10

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC AC No-load supply current I0 At 24 V DC At 230 V AC Rated operating current Ie Continuous 20 ms Minimum load current No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection Extra duty (DC 65 V) 3-wire M12 Not flush 4 mm Brass, nickel-plated V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 10 ... 65 10 300 800 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP67 Extra duty (AC/DC) 2-wire M12 Not flush 4 mm Brass, nickel-plated 20 ... 320 20 ... 265 1.0 1.5 200 1200 5 25/900 (AC/DC) 0.12 100 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 12 16 17 2 3 8 9 E, F F E, F F Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 220AB00 3RG40 220AA00 3RG40 223AB00 3RG40 223AA00 Order No. 2 0.25 mm2 3RG40 220KB00 3RG40 220KA00 3RG40 223KB00 3RG40 223KA00
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact NC contact NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact NC contact
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
15 A 9 27 B
6,5
3RG40 220A.00
M 12x1
3RG40 223A.00
M 12x1
3RG40 220K.00
M 12x1 6,5
3RG40 223K.00
M 12x1
6,5
6,5
60
4 SW 17
LED (4x) Sg
71
62
SW 17
SW 17
62
NSD00423
NSD0_00424a
LED
NSD0_00424a
NSD00425a
LED (4x) Sg
SW 17
LED
71
NSD00425a
60
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/171

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms IP68 / 69 K 3-wire 12 mm Not flush 4 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 800 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP68 / 69 K IP68 / 69 K 3-wire M12 Not flush 4 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 800 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP68 / 69 K IP68 / 69 K 3-wire M12 Not flush 4 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 800 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP68 / 69 K

With 2 m cable, PUR

Dimension drawings
15 A 9 27 B 8
3RG40 620..30
12
3RG40 220..30
M 12x1
3RG40 220..31
M 12x1
6,5
50
50
SW 17
56
NSD00423
NSD00372
LED
NSD0_00420a
NSD00360a
LED
LED
2/172
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 17

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC AC No-load supply current I0 At 24 V DC At 230 V AC Rated operating current Ie Continuous 20 ms Minimum load current No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection IP68 / 69 K (DC 65 V) 3-wire M12 Not flush 4 mm Molded plastic V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 10 ... 65 10 300 800 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP68 / 69 K IP68 / 69 K (AC/DC) 2-wire M12 Not flush 4 mm Molded plastic 20 ... 320 20 ... 265 1.0 1.5 200 1200 5 25/900 (AC/DC) 0.12 100 Yellow LED IP68 / 69 K

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 16 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 220AB30 Order No. 2 0.25 mm2 3RG40 220KB30
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NO contact
Dimension drawings
15 A 9 27 B 8
3RG40 220AB30
M 12x1 4
3RG40 220KB30
M 12x1 4
SW 17
NSD00423
NSD00364
LED
NSD00364
LED
SW 17
56
56
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/173

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Greater rated operating distance 3-wire M12, Shorty Flush 4 mm Brass, nickel-plated 10 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 400 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP67 Greater rated operating distance 3-wire M12 Flush 4 mm Brass, nickel-plated 10 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 400 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 12 2 3 E, F F Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 3RG41 120AG33 3RG41 123AG33 Order No. 3 0.25 mm2 3RG41 120AG01 3RG41 120AF01 3RG41 123AG01 3RG41 123AF01
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
16 A 14 B 8
3RG41 120AG33
M 12x1 4
3RG41 123AG33
M 12x1 4
3RG41 120A.01
M 12x1
3RG41 123A.01
M 12x1
35
34
4 59
NSD00361b
45
SW 17
NSD00440
NSD00366
NSD00367b
NSD00360a
LED
SW 17 LED (4x) Sg
SW 17
LED
2/174
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 17
LED (4x) Sg
50
48

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Extra duty (DC 65 V) 3-wire M14 Not flush 5 mm Molded plastic 10 ... 65 10 300 300 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 13 4 E, F Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 820AB00 3RG40 823AB00
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NO contact, pnp
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
20 A 12 40 B 15
23 20
3RG40 823..00
M 14x1
Plan view
NSD00400
12
27
NSD00475a
NSD00399a
5,5 LED
Sg
66
6x3,5 3,5
20
56
12
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/175

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC Extra duty (DC 65 V) 3-wire M18 Flush 5 mm Brass, nickel-plated V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 10 ... 65 10 300 800 (NO contact), 4000 (NC contact) 0.15 40 Yellow LED IP67 Extra duty (AC/DC) 2-wire M18 Flush 5 mm Brass, nickel-plated 20 ... 320 20 ... 265 1.0 1.5 300 1800 5 25/490 (AC/DC) 0.15 100 Yellow LED IP67

With 2 m cable, PUR

With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
11 A 30 B 10
3RG40 130..00 3RG40 130..01

M 18x1
3RG40 133..00 3RG40 133..01

M 18x1 4
NSD00451
54
SW 24
NSD00446b
NSD00445
LED
M 12x1
2/176
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 24 58,5 LED (4x)
69 55

SIMATIC PXI300

With 2 m cable, PUR

Dimension drawings
11 A 30 B 10
3RG40 530..30
18
3RG40 130..30
M 18x1
3RG40 130..31
M 18x1
54
54
NSD00451
SW 24
54
NSD00459
LED
NSD00445
LED
NSD00445
LED
SW 24
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/177

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Greater rated operating distance 3-wire M8 Not flush 6 mm Brass, nickel-plated 10 ... 30 10 200 500 0.15 15 Yellow LED IP67 Greater rated operating distance 3-wire M12 Semi-flush 6 mm Brass, nickel-plated 10 ... 30 10 200 800 0.15 15 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 13 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.14 mm2 3RG46 210AG02 3RG46 210GB02 Order No. 3 0.34 mm2 3RG43 120AG01 3RG43 120GB01
With 2 m cable, PUR


NO contact, pnp NO contact, npn NO contact, pnp NO contact, npn 2 4 2 2 A A E, F E, F 3RG46 217AG02 3RG46 217GB02 3RG46 213AG02 3RG46 213GB02 3RG43 123AG01 3RG43 123GB01
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
6 20 A 16 40 B 18
A 12 24 B 18 A B
NSD00484
NSD00483
3RG46 210..02
M 8x1 4
3RG46 217..02
M 8x1 4
3RG46 213..02
M 8x1
X 2.4 mm when mounted in steel, X 1.2 mm when mounted in other metals 3RG43 120..01 3RG43 123..01
M 12x1
M 12x1
29 SW 13
SW 13
SW 13 29
X
SW 17 37
4
LED Sg
NSD00481a
60
LED
NSD00477
LED
NSD00479b
62
LED 22 Sg
NSD00480a
LED
6 8,5
Sg
NSD00478a
M 12x1
2/178
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 17 37
29
41,5
41
50
60

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC AC No-load supply current I0 At 24 V DC At 230 V AC Rated operating current Ie Continuous 20 ms Minimum load current No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection Extra duty (DC 65 V) 3-wire M18 Not flush 8 mm Brass, nickel-plated V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 10 ... 65 10 300 500 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP67 Extra duty (AC/DC) 2-wire M18 Not flush 8 mm Brass, nickel-plated 20 ... 320 20 ... 265 1.0 1.5 300 1800 5 25/340 (AC/DC) 0.2 100 Yellow LED IP67

With 2 m cable, PUR

With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
20 A 11 28 B
15
3RG40 230..00 3RG40 230..01

M 18x1
3RG40 233..00 3RG40 233..01

M 18x1
4
15
69 55 10,5
54 10,5
NSD00500
SW 24
NSD00493
LED
NSD00494b
M 12x1
SW 24 58,5
LED (4x)
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/179

SIMATIC PXI300

With 2 m cable, PUR

Dimension drawings
20 A 11 50 B 15
3RG40 630..30
18
3RG40 230..30
M 18x1
3RG40 230..31
M 18x1
15
54
54
SW 24
54 10,5
NSD00501
NSD00459
NSD00493
LED
NSD00445
LED
LED
2/180
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 24

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC AC No-load supply current I0 At 24 V DC At 230 V AC Rated operating current Ie Continuous 20 ms Minimum load current No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection IP68 / 69 K (DC 65 V) 3-wire M18 Not flush 8 mm Molded plastic V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 10 ... 65 10 300 500 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP68 / 69 K IP68 / 69 K (AC/DC) 2-wire M18 Not flush 8 mm Molded plastic 20 ... 320 20 ... 265 1.0 1.5 300 1800 5 25/340 (AC/DC) 0.2 100 Yellow LED IP68 / 69 K

With 2 m cable, PUR

Dimension drawings
20 A 11 50 B 15
3RG40 230AB30
M 18x1
3RG40 230KB30
M 18x1
15
54
54
NSD00501
SW 24
NSD00445
NSD00445
LED
LED
SW 24
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/181

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Greater rated operating distance 3-wire M18 Flush 8 mm Brass, nickel-plated 10 ... 34 10 200 500 0.2 3 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 11 2 E, F Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 3RG41 130AG33 3RG41 133AG33 3 0.25 mm2 3RG41 130AG01 3RG41 133AG01 Order No.
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NO contact, pnp NO contact, pnp
With 3 m cable, PUR With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
20 A 30 B 3 20
3RG41 130..33
M 18x1 4
3RG41 133..33
M 18x1 4
3RG41 130..01
M 18x1
3RG41 133..01
M 18x1 4
45 31
SW 24 34
35
SW 24
NSD01071
SW 24
70
NSD00447
NSD01067
NSD0_00456b
LED (4x)
NSD0_01069a
LED
LED Sg M 12x1
M 12x1
LED
2/182
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 24 52
50
70
50

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC AC No-load supply current I0 At 24 V DC At 230 V AC Rated operating current Ie Continuous 20 ms Minimum load current No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection Extra duty (DC 65 V) 3-wire M30 Flush 10 mm Brass, nickel-plated V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 10 ... 65 10 300 300 0.3 40 Yellow LED IP67 Extra duty (AC/DC) 2-wire M30 Flush 10 mm Brass, nickel-plated 20 ... 320 20 ... 265 1.0 1.5 300 1800 5 25/200 (AC/DC) 0.3 100 Yellow LED IP67

With 2 m cable, PUR

With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
25 37 B
16
3RG40 140..00
M 30x1,5 5
3RG40 143..00
M 30x1,5 5
NSD00519
54
NSD00518a
NSD00521
SW 36
LED
LED (4x Sg
SW 36 58,5
69 55
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/183

SIMATIC PXI300

With 2 m cable, PUR

Dimension drawings
25 A 45 B
3RG40 540..30
30
3RG40 140..30
M 30x1,5 5
3RG40 140..31
M 30x1,5 5 54
NSD00518a
16
54
54
SW 36
NSD0_00525a
NSD00522
LED
2/184
Siemens FS 10 2007
NSD00518a
LED
LED
SW 36

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Greater rated operating distance 3-wire M12 Not flush 10 mm Brass, nickel-plated 10 ... 30 10 200 400 0.2 15 Yellow LED IP67 Greater rated operating distance 3-wire M18 Semi-flush 12 mm Brass, nickel-plated 10 ... 30 10 200 500 0.6 50 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 13 2 4 E, F E, F Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.34 mm2 3RG43 220AG01 3RG43 223AG01 Order No. 3 0.34 mm2 3RG46 131AB01 3RG46 130GB00 3RG46 133AB01 3RG46 133GB01
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NO contact, npn NO contact, pnp NO contact, npn
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
18 A 12 36 B
4 50 5,7 SW 17 37
3RG43 220AG01 3RG43 223AG01

M 12x1
M 12x1 4
3RG46 131AB01 3RG46 130GB00

M 18x1
3RG46 133AB01 3RG46 133GB01

M 18x1
5,7
30
SW 24 34
SW 17 37
10
60
50
NSD0_00513a
LED
LED
NSD0_00514a
63,5
40
NSD00517
LED
NSD00537
LED
Sg
NSD00538
Sg
3RG46 13
14 A 36 B 4 36
NSD00543
SW 24 34
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/185

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC Extra duty (DC 65 V) 3-wire M30 Not flush 15 mm Brass, nickel-plated V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 10 ... 65 10 300 300 0.4 40 Yellow LED IP67 Extra duty (AC/DC) 2-wire M30 Not flush 15 mm Brass, nickel-plated 20 ... 320 20 ... 265 1.0 1.5 300 1800 5 25/220 (AC/DC) 0.4 100 Yellow LED IP67

With 2 m cable, PUR

With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
30 A 15 80 B
25
16
3RG40 240..00 3RG40 243..00

M 30x1,5 M 30x1,5 16
15
54
5 LED (4x) M 12x1 SW 36 58,5
NSD00548
NSD0_00544b
LED
SW 36
2/186
Siemens FS 10 2007
69
NSD00545b
55

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC AC No-load supply current I0 At 24 V DC At 230 V AC Rated operating current Continuous 20 ms Minimum load current No-load supply current Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection Extra duty (DC 65 V) 3-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Flush 15 mm Molded plastic V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 10 ... 65 20 300 100 0.75 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP65 Extra duty (AC/DC) 2-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Flush 15 mm Molded plastic 20 ... 320 20 ... 265 1.0 1.5 300 1800 5 25/150 (AC/DC) 0.75 100 Yellow LED IP65

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 23 24 Connec- Order No. tor type 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 3RG40 316AD00 Order No. 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 3RG40 316KD00

NO or NC contact selectable, pnp NO or NC contact selectable
Dimension drawings
25 A 75 B 30
3RG40 316AD00
4 0
4 5 4 0
3RG40 316KD00
4 0
45
40
40
40
NSD 01164
A
3 0
LED YE 7,3 5,3 14
1 4
M 2 0 1 ,5
30
M 201,5
NSD0_00560a
L E D Y E L E D G N 7 ,3 5 ,3
120
5 ,3
1 2 0 6 0
N S D 0 _ 0 0 5 6 4 a
5,3
60
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/187

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC Extra duty (AC/DC) 2-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Flush 15 mm Molded plastic V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm mm ms 2 25/50 (AC/DC) 0.75 0.04 ... 3.3 100 Yellow LED IP67 20 ... 320 20 ... 265 1.5 2.0 300 Greater rated operating distance 3-wire M30 Flush 15 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 300 0.4 40 Yellow LED IP67
AC No-load supply current I0 At 24 V DC At 230 V AC Rated operating current Ie Continuous 20 ms Minimum load current No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Differential travel H Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 2 8 E, F E, F Connec- Order No. tor type Order No. 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 383KB00 3RG41 140AG01 3RG41 143AG01
With 3 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NO contact, pnp NO contact
With M12 connector With M12 connector, rotatable
Dimension drawings
25 A 75 B 30
3RG40 383..00
LED 40 46 55
NSD 01163
3RG41 140AG01
M 30x1,5
3RG41 143AG01
M 30x1,5
69
50
50
NSD 01164
A
30 40 5,3x7,3 M 12x1 40
LED
NSD00554
NSD00555
Sg
LED
The active surface can be adjusted in 5 directions. With rotatable connector.
2/188
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 36 52
SW 36
70
70

SIMATIC PXI300

With 2 m cable, PUR

Dimension drawings
30 A 15 80 B 25
3RG40 640..30
30
3RG40 240..30
M 30x1,5 5
3RG40 240..31
M 30x1,5 16
15
54
54
NSD00548
SW 36
54
NSD0_00525a
NSD00518a
LED
NSD0_00544b
LED
LED
SW 36
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/189

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC IP68 / 69 K (DC 65 V) 3-wire M30 Not flush 15 mm Molded plastic V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 10 ... 65 10 300 300 0.4 40 Yellow LED IP68 / 69 K IP68 / 69 K (AC/DC) 2-wire M30 Not flush 15 mm Molded plastic 20 ... 320 20 ... 265 1.0 1.5 300 1800 5 25/220 (AC/DC) 0.4 100 Yellow LED IP68 / 69 K

With 2 m cable, PUR

Dimension drawings
30 A 15 80 B
3RG40 240AB30
M 30x1,5 5
3RG40 240KB30
M 30x1,5 5 54
NSD00518a
15
25
54
SW 36
NSD00548
2/190
Siemens FS 10 2007
NSD00518a
LED
LED
SW 36

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC AC No-load supply current I0 At 24 V DC At 230 V AC Rated operating current Ie Continuous 20 ms Minimum load current No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection IP68 / 69 K 4-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Flush 15 mm Molded plastic V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 15 ... 34 25 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 100 0.75 100 Yellow LED IP68 / 69 K IP68 / 69 K (DC 65 V) 3-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Flush 15 mm Molded plastic 10 ... 65 20 300 100 0.75 100 Yellow LED IP68 / 69 K IP68 / 69 K (AC/DC) 2-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Flush 15 mm Molded plastic 20 ... 320 20 ... 265 1.0 1.5 300 1800 5 25/150 (AC/DC) 0.75 100 Yellow LED IP68 / 69 K

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Connec- Order No. tor type 4 0.14 mm2 3RG40 300CD00 3RG40 300CD01 Order No. 3 0.25 mm2 3RG40 300AB00 3RG40 300AA00 3RG40 300AB01 Order No. 2 0.25 mm2 3RG40 300KB00 3RG40 300KA00 3RG40 300KB01 3RG40 300KA01
With 2 m cable, PUR

Sensor in longitudinal axis
NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO and NC contacts, pnp NO contact NC contact NO contact, pnp NO and NC contacts, pnp NO contact NC contact 11 12 10 16 17 11 10 16 17
Sensor 90 to longitudinal axis
Dimension drawings
25 A 75 B 30
3RG40 300..0.
40 45,5 40
30
5,3
35
NSD 01164
111,5
7,3x5,3
B
28
NSD00561
LED YE
60
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/191

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC Extra duty (DC 65 V) 3-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Not flush 20 mm Molded plastic V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 10 ... 65 20 300 75 0.75 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP65 Extra duty (AC/DC) 2-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Not flush 20 mm Molded plastic 20 ... 320 20 ... 265 1.0 1.5 300 1800 5 25/100 (AC/DC) 1.0 20 Yellow LED IP65


Dimension drawings
70 A 50 100 B 40
3RG40 416AD00
4 0
4 5 4 0
3RG40 416KD00
4 0
45
40
40
40
40
L E D Y E L E D G N 7 ,3 5 ,3 3 0 1 4
120
5 ,3
1 2 0 6 0
N S D 0 _ 0 0 5 6 4 a
5,3
60
NSD00583
LED YE 7,3 5,3 14
M 2 0 1 ,5
30
M 201,5
2/192
Siemens FS 10 2007
NSD0_00560a

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Greater rated operating distance 3-wire M18 Not flush 20 mm Brass, nickel-plated 10 ... 30 10 200 200 1.0 100 Yellow LED IP67 Greater rated operating distance 4-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Flush 20 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 30 (24 V); 50 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 30 1.5 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP65

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 13 2 4 18 E, F E, F Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.34 mm2 3RG46 230AB02 3RG46 230GB02 3RG46 233AB02 3RG46 233GB02 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 3RG41 346CD01 Order No.
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NO contact, npn NO contact, pnp NO contact, npn NO and NC contacts, pnp
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
10
36 A 100 B
3RG46 230..02
M 18x1
3RG46 233..02
M 18x1 10 SW 24 34
3RG41 346CD01
40
45 40
40
SW 24 34
80
63,5 40
118
20
50
5,3 LED YE LED GN 7,35,3 30 14

60
NSD0_00570a
LED
NSD00574a
LED
NSD00571
NSD00572
Sg
M 201,5
The active surface can be adjusted in 5 directions. With screwed sensor
3RG46 38, 3RG41 34

40 A 80 B 60
NSD01074
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/193

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC Greater rated operating distance 4-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Flush 20 mm Molded plastic V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm mm ms 15 ... 34 30 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 30 0.75 0.05 ... 3.3 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP67 Greater rated operating distance (AC/DC) 2-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Flush 20 mm Molded plastic 20 ... 320 20 ... 265 1.5 2.0 200 <2 25/30 (AC/DC) 0.75 0.05 ... 3.3 100 Yellow LED IP67
AC No-load supply current I0 At 24 V DC at Umax Rated operating current Ie Continuous 20 ms Minimum load current No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Differential travel H Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 1 8 Connec- Order No. tor type Order No.
With M12 connector

NO and NC contacts, pnp NO and NC contacts, npn NO contact F F F 3RG41 383CD00 3RG41 383GD00 3RG41 383KB00
Dimension drawings
30 A 80 B 40
3RG41 383..00
LED 40 46 55
NSD 01163
NSD 01165
A
30 40 5,3x7,3 M 12x1 40
The active surface can be adjusted in 5 directions. With rotatable connector
2/194
Siemens FS 10 2007
69

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Greater rated operating distance 3-wire M30 Semi-flush 22 mm Brass, nickel-plated 10 ... 30 10 200 100 1.1 200 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 13 2 4 E, F E, F Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.34 mm2 3RG46 140AB00 3RG46 140GB00 3RG46 143AB00 3RG46 143GB00
With 2 m cable, PUR

With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
37 A 80 B
3RG46 140..00
M 30x1,5
3RG46 143..00
M 30x1,5
6 66
SW 36 45
NSD00593a
LED
NSD00589
73,5
50
60
LED Sg
NSD00590
SW 36 45
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/195

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Greater rated operating distance (DC 65 V) 3-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Semi-flush 25 mm Molded plastic 10 ... 65 20 300 50 1.5 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP65

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 23 18 Connec- Order No. tor type 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 3RG41 316AD00

NO or NC contact selectable, pnp NO and NC contacts, pnp NO or NC contact selectable, pnp
Version for Opel (increased EMC)

23 3RG41 316AD04
Dimension drawings
90 A 180 B 75
4 5 4 0
3RG41 316AD0.
4 0 4 0
5 ,3
1 2 0
L E D Y E L E D G N 7 ,3 5 ,3 3 0 1 4
6 0
M 2 0 1 ,5
The active surface can be adjusted in 5 directions. .

B
2/196
Siemens FS 10 2007
N S D 0 _ 0 0 5 6 4 a
NSD00595a

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC AC No-load supply current I0 At 24 V DC At 230 V AC Rated operating current Ie Continuous 20 ms Minimum load current No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection Extra duty (DC 65 V) 3-wire Cubic 60 mm 80 mm Not flush 30 mm Molded plastic V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 10 ... 65 40 300 50 1.0 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP65 Extra duty (AC/DC) 2-wire Cubic 60 mm 80 mm Not flush 30 mm Molded plastic 20 ... 320 20 ... 265 1.0 1.5 300 1800 5 25/60 (AC/DC) 1.0 100 Yellow LED IP65


Dimension drawings
90 A 60 210 B 90
3RG40 426AD00
6 0 4 5 L E D Y E L E D G N 5 ,3 M 2 0 x 1 ,5
3RG40 426KD00
6 0 4 5 L E D Y E M 2 0 x 1 ,5
2 4 ,5
40
7 7
0 0 6 0 1 a
N S D 0
5 ,3 4 1
4 1
N S D 0
0 0 6 0 6 a
NSD00608
4 5
4 5
7 7
2 4 ,5
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/197

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Greater rated operating distance 4-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Not flush 30 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 30 (24 V); 50 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 30 1.5 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP65

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 18 Connec- Order No. tor type 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 3RG41 446CD01

NO and NC contacts, pnp
Dimension drawings
90 A 60 160 B
90
45
3RG41 446CD01
40
40
40
40
118
5,3 LED YE LED GN 7,35,3 30 14

60
NSD0_00570a
NSD00605
M 201,5
The active surface can be adjusted in 5 directions. . With screwed sensor
2/198
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC AC No-load supply current I0 At 24 V DC At Umax Rated operating current Ie Continuous 20 ms Minimum load current No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Differential travel H Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection Greater rated operating distance 4-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Not flush 35 mm Molded plastic V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm mm ms 15 ... 34 30 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 30 0.75 0.05 ... 7.7 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP67 <2 25/30 (AC/DC) 0.75 0.05 ... 7.7 100 Yellow LED IP67 Greater rated operating distance (AC/DC) 2-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Not flush 35 mm Molded plastic 20 ... 320 20 ... 265 1.5 2.0 300

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 1 8 Connec- Order No. tor type Order No.
With M12 connector

NO and NC contacts, pnp NO and NC contacts, npn NO contact F F F 3RG41 483CD00 3RG41 483GD00 3RG41 483KB00
Dimension drawings
80 A 15 160 B 90
3RG41 483..00
LED 40 46 55
NSD 01163
40
NSD 01166
30 40
B
5,3x7,3
M 12x1 40
The active surface can be adjusted in 5 directions. With rotatable connector
69
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/199

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC Extra duty (DC 65 V) 3-wire Cubic 80 mm 100 mm Not flush 40 mm Molded plastic V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 10 ... 65 40 300 10 1.0 200 Yellow LED Green LED IP65 Extra duty (AC/DC) 2-wire Cubic 80 mm 100 mm Not flush 40 mm Molded plastic 20 ... 320 20 ... 265 1.0 1.5 300 1800 5 25/60 (AC/DC) 1.0 100 Yellow LED IP65


NO or NC contact selectable, pnp NO or NC contact selectable,
Dimension drawings
80 A 15 160 B 90
3RG40 436AD00
80,3 65 27,5 LED YE LED GN Pg 13,5
NSD00625
3RG40 436KD00
80,3 65 LED YE 27,5 Pg 13,5
NSD00624
NSD00613
40
100 65
5,3 41,5
100 65
5,3 41,5
2/200
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXI300
Operating distance 30/40 mm
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage DC AC No-load supply current I0 At 24 V DC At Umax Rated operating current Ie Continuous 20 ms Minimum load current No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection Extra duty (DC 65 V) 3-wire Cubic 80 mm 100 mm Not flush / Flush 30 mm / 40 mm Molded plastic V V mA mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 10 ... 65 40 300 10 2 200 Yellow LED Green LED IP65 Extra duty (AC/DC) 2-wire Cubic 80 mm 100 mm Not flush / Flush 30 mm / 40 mm Molded plastic 20 ... 320 20 ... 265 1.0 1.5 300 1800 5 25/60 (AC/DC) 2 100 Yellow LED IP65


NO or NC contact selectable, pnp NO or NC contact selectable,
Dimension drawings
Mounting instructions Operating distance 30 mm
80 A 15 160 B 90
3RG40 336AD01
80,3 65
27,5
3RG40 336KD01
Pg 13,5
NSD00625
80,3 65 LED YE 27,5
Pg 13,5
NSD00624
LED YE LED GN
40
100 65
NSD00613
5,3
B
100 65
5,3
41,5
41,5
80 A 160 B 90
NSD00627
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/201

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Greater rated operating distance 3-wire M30 Not flush 40 mm Brass, nickel-plated 10 ... 30 10 200 100 1.1 200 Yellow LED IP67 (not suitable for use under continuously wet conditions or outdoors)

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 13 2 4 E, F E, F Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.34 mm2 3RG46 240AB02 3RG46 240GB02 3RG46 243AB02 3RG46 243GB02
With 2 m cable, PUR

With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
55 A 150 B 35 120
10
3RG46 240..02
M 30x1,5
3RG46 243..02
M 30x1,5
10
SW 36 44
NSD00615a
73,5 51,5
60
LED
NSD00607a
LED
Sg
NSD0_00609b
2/202
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 36 44

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Greater rated operating distance (DC 65 V) 3-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Not flush 40 mm Molded plastic 10 ... 65 20 300 20 1.5 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP65

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 19 23 Connec- Order No. tor type 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 3RG41 416AB03 3RG41 416AD00

NO contact, pnp NO or NC contact selectable, pnp NO or NC contact selectable, pnp
Version for Opel (increased EMC)

23 3RG41 416AD04
Dimension drawings
90 A 70 180 B 40 100
3RG41 416A.0.
4 0
4 5 4 0
4 0
5 ,3
1 2 0
NSD00621
L E D Y E L E D G N 7 ,3 5 ,3 3 0 1 4
6 0
M 2 0 1 ,5
N S D 0 _ 0 0 5 6 4 a
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/203

SIMATIC PXI300
Operating distance 25 mm or 40 mm
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Greater rated operating distance (DC 65 V) 3-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Not flush 25 mm or 40 mm, selectable Molded plastic 10 ... 65 20 300 20 1.5 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 2 Connec- Order No. tor type
With M12 connector

NO contact, pnp E, F 3RG41 413AB02
Connector can be offset in steps of 30

NO contact, pnp 2 E, F 3RG41 413AB01
Dimension drawings
Mounting instructions Operating distance 25 mm
70 A 50 180 B
45
45
3RG41 413AB02
40 40 40
3RG41 413AB01
40 40 40
40 50
30
30
NSD00623
A
M 12x1
5,3 LED YE LED GN 7,3x5,3 Sg 16
131,5 120 60
149 120 60
5,3 LED YE LED GN 7,3x5,3 13,3

NSD00618
NSD00617
40 A 70 180 B 40 100
The active surface can be adjusted in 5 directions. The active surface can be adjusted in 5 directions.
M 12x1
Sg
16
NSD01169
2/204
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXI300
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms Greater rated operating distance (DC 65 V) 3-wire Cubic 60 mm 80 mm Not flush 50 mm Molded plastic 10 ... 65 20 300 20 1.5 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP65 Greater rated operating distance (DC 65 V) 3-wire Cubic 80 mm 100 mm Not flush 65 mm Molded plastic 10 ... 65 20 300 10 2 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP65

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 23 Connec- Order No. tor type 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 3RG41 426AD00 Order No. 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 3RG41 436AD00

NO or NC contact selectable, pnp
Dimension drawings
120 A 70 180 B 40 150
2 4 ,5
3RG41 426AD00
6 0 4 5 L E D Y E L E D G N 5 ,3 4 1 M 2 0 x 1 ,5
3RG41 436AD00
80,3 65 27,5 LED YE LED GN Pg 13,5
NSD00625
NSD 00636
N S D 0
0 0 6 0 1 a
100 65
4 5
7 7
5,3 41,5
3RG41 43
150 A 60 500 B 40 120
NSD00639
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/205

SIMATIC PXI400
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms U BERO (without reduction factor) 3-wire M8 Flush 1.5 mm Stainless steel 10 ... 30 13 150 < 2000 0.16 8 Yellow LED Magnetic field resistant up to 160 mT r.m.s. IP68

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 13 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 3RG46 110AN01 3RG46 110GN01
With 2 m cable, PUR


NO contact, pnp NO contact, npn NO contact, pnp NO contact, npn 2 4 2 4 A A E, F E, F 3RG46 117AN01 3RG46 117GN01 3RG46 113AN01 3RG46 113GN01
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
4 A
49,6 40 42 40
NSD00348 NSD00349
3RG46 110.N01
M 8x1
3RG46 117.N01
M 8x1
3RG46 113.N01
M 8x1
NSD00350
12
B 3
NSD00319
57,4
40
LED
17
9,2
LED
1,6
M 12x1
2/206
Siemens FS 10 2007
6,2

SIMATIC PXI400
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Protective insulation Degree of protection Brass enclosure Stainless steel enclosure V mA mA Hz mm ms U BERO (without reduction factor) 3-wire M12 Flush 3 mm Brass or stainless steel 10 ... 30 13 200 3000 0.04 8 Yellow LED Magnetic field resistant up to 160 mT r.m.s. IP67 IP68

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.14 mm2 3RG46 120AN01 3RG46 120GN01 3RG46 120AN61 3RG46 120GN61
With 2 m cable, PUR

Brass, chrome-plated
NO contact, pnp NO contact, npn 11 13 11 13
Stainless steel
With M12 connector

NO contact, pnp NO contact, npn NO contact, pnp NO contact, npn 2 4 2 4 2 2 E, F E, F E, F E, F E, F E, F 3RG46 123AN01 3RG46 123GN01 3RG46 123AN05 3RG46 123GN05 3RG46 123AN61 3RG46 123GN61
Brass, teflon-coated
Stainless steel
Dimension drawings
24 A
4 SW 17 4 LED Sg
NSD00413 NSD00414
3RG46 120.N..
M 12x1
3RG46 123.N..
M 12x1
B 9
NSD00416
LED
SW 17
50,4
52
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/207

SIMATIC PXI400
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms U BERO (without reduction factor) 3-wire M8 Not flush 4 mm Stainless steel 10 ... 30 13 150 < 2000 0.16 8 Yellow LED Magnetic field resistant up to 160 mT r.m.s. IP68

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 13 Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.25 mm2 3RG46 210AN01 3RG46 210GN01
With 2 m cable, PUR


NO contact, pnp NO contact, npn NO contact, pnp NO contact, npn 2 4 2 4 A A E, F E, F 3RG46 217AN01 3RG46 217GN01 3RG46 213AN01 3RG46 213GN01
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
20 A 16 27 B 8
5
3RG46 210.N01
M 8x1
3RG46 217.N01
M 8x1
3RG46 213.N01
5
41,6 35
NSD00417
49,2 35
NSD00418
57
NSD00419
35
LED
17
1,6
NSD0_00429
9,2
M 12x1
2/208
Siemens FS 10 2007
6,2
LED

SIMATIC PXI400
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Protective insulation Degree of protection Brass enclosure Stainless steel enclosure V mA mA Hz mm ms U BERO (without reduction factor) 3-wire M18 Flush 5 mm Brass or stainless steel 10 ... 30 13 200 2500 0.1 8 Yellow LED Magnetic field resistant up to 160 mT r.m.s. IP67 IP68

With 2 m cable, PUR

Stainless steel
With M12 connector

Stainless steel
Dimension drawings
36 A B 15
3RG46 130.N..
M 18x1
3RG46 133.N..
M 18x1
NSD00461
40
54
NSD00463
SW 24
SW 24
30 LED Sg 53
4
NSD00460
LED
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/209

SIMATIC PXI400
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Protective insulation Degree of protection Brass enclosure Stainless steel enclosure V mA mA Hz mm ms U BERO (without reduction factor) 3-wire M12 Not flush 8 mm Brass or stainless steel 10 ... 30 12 200 2000 0.16 8 Yellow LED Magnetic field resistant up to 160 mT r.m.s. IP67 IP68

With 2 m cable, PUR

Stainless steel
With M12 connector

Stainless steel
Dimension drawings
18 A 36 B 24
3RG46 220.N..
M 12x1
10
3RG46 223.N..
M 12x1
10 30
LED
16
SW 17
NSD00492
NSD00489
Sg
NSD00490
LED
2/210
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 17
54 40
51

SIMATIC PXI400
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Protective insulation Degree of protection Brass enclosure Protective insulation V mA mA Hz mm ms U BERO (without reduction factor) 3-wire M30 Flush 10 mm Brass or stainless steel 10 ... 30 13 200 2000 0.2 8 Yellow LED Magnetic field resistant up to 160 mT r.m.s. IP67 IP68

With 2 m cable, PUR

Stainless steel
With M12 connector

Stainless steel
Dimension drawings
60 A B
30
3RG46 140.N..
M 30x1,5
3RG46 143.N..
M 30x1,5
NSD00530
5 50 64
NSD00532
SW 36
SW 36 LED Sg
50 63
NSD00529
LED
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/211

SIMATIC PXI400

With 2 m cable, PUR

Stainless steel
With M12 connector

Stainless steel
Dimension drawings
27 A 54 B 36
3RG46 230.N..
M 18x1
10
3RG46 233.N..
M 18x1
10
24
40 54
NSD00541
SW 24
LED Sg
NSD00535
NSD00536
LED
2/212
Siemens FS 10 2007
4 SW 24
30 53

SIMATIC PXI400
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Protective insulation Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms U BERO (without reduction factor) 3-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Flush 15 mm Molded plastic 10 ... 30 15 200 250 0.3 8 Yellow LED Green LED Magnetic field resistant up to 160 mT r.m.s. IP68

With M12 connector

NO contact, pnp NO contact, npn NO contact, pnp NO contact, npn E, F E, F 3RG46 383AN01 3RG46 383GN01 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 3RG46 346AN01 3RG46 346GN01
Dimension drawings
40 A 80 B
3RG46 383.N01
LED 46 52 65
NSD00566
3RG46 346.N01
40
46 40
40
45
LED 7,35,3 30 14
30 40
5,3x7,3
40
M 20x1,5

B
45
3RG46 34
20 A 80
NSD 00569
NSD0_00597a
Sg
60
NSD 00569
114
5,3
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/213

SIMATIC PXI400

With 2 m cable, PUR

Stainless steel
With M12 connector

Stainless steel
Dimension drawings
45 A 90 B 60
3RG46 240.N..
M 30x1,5
3RG46 243.N..
M 30x1,5
15
40
64
63
50
SW 36
NSD00578
LED
NSD00576
NSD00575
LED
Sg
2/214
Siemens FS 10 2007
5 SW 36
15

SIMATIC PXI400
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Protective insulation Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms U BERO (without reduction factor) 3-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Not flush 25 mm Molded plastic 10 ... 30 15 200 250 0.5 8 Yellow LED Green LED Magnetic field resistant up to 140 mT r.m.s. IP68

With M12 connector

Dimension drawings
50 A 20 160 B 75
3RG46 483.N01
LED 46 52 65
NSD00566
3RG46 446.N02
40
46 40
40
30
114
5,3
60
NSD 00599
LED 7,35,3 30 14
Sg
A
30 40
5,3x7,3
40
M 20x1,5
NSD0_00597a
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/215

SIMATIC PXI400
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Displays Switching status Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Protective insulation Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms U BERO (without reduction factor) 3-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Not flush 35 mm Molded plastic 10 ... 30 15 200 250 0.7 8 Yellow LED Green LED Magnetic field resistant up to 140 mT r.m.s. IP68 U BERO (without reduction factor) 3-wire Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Not flush 40 mm Molded plastic 10 ... 30 15 200 250 0.8 8 Yellow LED Green LED Magnetic field resistant up to 140 mT r.m.s. IP68

With M12 connector

Dimension drawings
Mounting instructions 3RG46 483.N11
46 52 65
80 A 15 160 B 90
3RG46 483.N11
LED
NSD00566
3RG46 446.N01
40
46 40
40
40
114
5,3
60
Sg
NSD 01065a
LED 7,35,3 30 14
30 40
5,3x7,3
40
M 20x1,5
3RG46 446.N01
40 A 20 160 B
40 120
NSD00631
2/216
Siemens FS 10 2007
NSD0_00597a

SIMATIC PXI400
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Protective insulation Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms U BERO (without reduction factor) 3-wire Cubic 80 mm 80 mm Not flush 75 mm Molded plastic 10 ... 30 15 200 250 1.5 8 Yellow LED Magnetic field resistant up to 75 mT r.m.s IP67

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 28 29 Connec- Order No. tor type 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 3RG46 436AN01 3RG46 436GN01

Dimension drawings
120 A 80 400 B
40 150
3RG46 436.N01
NSD00637
5,5
65
NSD00641
Pg 13,5
65 80
B
27,5 40,5
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/217

SIMATIC PXI600
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm ms EX Zone 2 4-wire M12 Flush 2 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 25 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1200 0.1 40 Yellow LED IP67 EX Zone 2 4-wire M12 Not flush 4 mm Brass, nickel-plated 15 ... 34 25 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 800 0.2 40 Yellow LED IP67

Switching output Connector type Order No. 4 0.14 mm2 A 3RG40 120CD00-0XA0 A 3RG40 120CD00-0XB0 Order No. 4 0.14 mm2 A 3RG40 220CD00-0XA0 A 3RG40 220CD00-0XB0
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO and NC contacts, pnp Zone 2, II 3G, (gas); EX II 3G EEx nA II T6 X Zone 22, II 3D, (dust); EX II 3D IP65 T80 C X
With M12 connector

NO and NC contacts, pnp Zone 2, II 3G, (gas); EX II 3G EEx nA II T6 X Zone 22, II 3D, (dust); EX II 3D IP65 T80 C X A 3RG40 123CD00-0XA0 A 3RG40 123CD00-0XB0 A 3RG40 223CD00-0XA0 A 3RG40 223CD00-0XB0
Dimension drawings
A 6 12 B
4 A
13
B 4,5
3RG40 120CD00
M 12x1 4
3RG40 123CD00
M 12x1
3RG40 220CD00
M 12x1 6,5
NSD00332
NSD00363
3RG40 223CD00
M 12x1 6,5
48
4 65
NSD0_00421a
50
59
SW 17
SW 17
NSD00360a
NSD0_00420a
SW 17
LED
NSD00361b
LED (4x) Sg
LED
LED (4x) Sg
2/218
Siemens FS 10 2007
SW 17
54
56

SIMATIC PXI600

With 2 m cable, PUR

With M12 connector

NO and NC contacts, pnp Zone 2, II 3G, (gas); EX II 3G EEx nA II T6 X Zone 22, II 3D, (dust); EX II 3D IP65 T80 C X 3RG40 133CD00-0XA0 A 3RG40 133CD00-0XB0 A 3RG40 233CD00-0XA0 A 3RG40 233CD00-0XB0
Dimension drawings
11
NSD00451
11 A
30
B
10
A
20
28
B 15
3RG40 130CD00
M 18x1
3RG40 133CD00
M 18x1 4
3RG40 230CD00
M 18x1
NSD00500
15
3RG40 233CD00
M 18x1 4
69 55 10,5
54 10,5
SW 24 58,5
SW 24
NSD00446b
SW 24
NSD00493
NSD00445
LED
LED (4x) M 12x1
LED
NSD00494b
M 12x1
SW 24 58,5 LED (4x)
54
69 55
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/219

SIMATIC PXI600

With 2 m cable, PUR

With M12 connector

Dimension drawings
15
NSD00521
25
37
B 16
A
30
80
B 25
3RG40 140CD00
M 30x1,5 5
3RG40 143CD00
M 30x1,5 5
3RG40 240CD00
M 30x1,5 16
NSD00548
15
3RG40 243CD00
M 30x1,5 16
54
5 LED (4x) M 12x1 SW 36 58,5
54
SW 36 58,5
69 55
SW 36
NSD00518a
LED
NSD00519
LED (4x) Sg
NSD0_00544b
LED
SW 36
2/220
Siemens FS 10 2007
69
NSD00545b
55

SIMATIC PXI600
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Differential travel H Power-up delay tv Switching status display Power supply Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection V mA mA Hz mm mm ms EX Zone 2 4-wire Cubic 40 mm x 40 mm Flush 15 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 30 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 50 0.75 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP67 EX Zone 2 4-wire Cubic 40 mm x 40 mm Not flush 35 mm Molded plastic 15 ... 34 230 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 30 0.75 0.05 ... 7.7 100 Yellow LED Green LED IP67

Switching output Connector type Order No. Order No.
With M12 connector

Dimension drawings
A 25 75 B 30
A 15
NSD 01164
NSD 01166
80
160
B 90
3RG40 383CD00
LED
NSD 01163
3RG41 483CD00
LED
NSD 01163
40 46 55
69
40 46 55
40
30 40
5,3x7,3
M 12x1 40
30 40
5,3x7,3
M 12x1 40
69
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/221

SIMATIC PXI900
Operating distance 3 mm, pressure resistant up to 500 bar
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Rated operating current Ie No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection Type V mA mA Hz mm ms Pressure-resistant up to 500 bar 3-wire M14 Semi-flush 3 mm Stainless steel, sensor surface aluminium oxide ceramic 10 ... 30 10 200 500 0.1 10 IP68 3RG46 52.P.00

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 E, F F E, F F Connec- Order No. tor type 3 0.34 mm2 3RG46 520PG00 3RG46 520PF00 3RG46 520PB00 3RG46 520PA00 3RG46 523PG00 3RG46 523PF00 3RG46 523PB00 3RG46 523PA00
With 2 m cable, PUR

NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, npn NC contact, npn NO contact, pnp NC contact, pnp NO contact, npn NC contact, npn
With M12 connector
Dimension drawings
8 A 12 B
9
30 18,6
3RG46 520P.00
12,3
3RG46 523P.00
12,3
30 18,6
M 14x1,5
NSD0_00409a
M 14x1,5
56,5
NSD00411
65
NSD0_00408a
A
SW 19
Sg
M 12x1 SW 19
A = active area B = metal-free area X 2.4 mm when mounted in steel, X 1.2 mm when mounted in other metals
2/222
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXI900
Operating distance 0 - 6 mm, with analog output
Class No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 No-load supply current f Repeat accuracy R Power-up delay tv Output voltage (A1) at 25 C With s = 0 mm With s = 3 mm With s = 6 mm Load current at voltage output Output voltage (A2) at 25 C With s = 0 mm With s = 6 mm V mA Hz mm ms V V V
Analog output
4-wire M12 Semi-flush 0 ... 6 mm Brass, nickel-plated 10 ... 30 10 1000 0.3 50 0 (0 ... +0.2 V) +2.7 (0.2 V) +5.0 (0.2 V) max. 10 mA mA mA 1.0 (0.2 mA) 5.0 (0.2 mA) 1 5 IP67 3RG46 12.NB00
Max. resistive load at current output With UB = 10 V k With UB = 30 V Switching status display Protective measures Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit-proof/overload-proof Reverse polarity protection Wire-break protection Inductive interference protection Radio interference protection Degree of protection Type k

Analog output Ckt. diag. No. 30 Connec- Order No. tor type 4 0.25 mm2 3RG46 120NB00
With 2 m cable, PUR

Voltage + current
With M12 connector

Voltage + current 30 F 3RG46 123NB00
Dimension drawings
6 16 2 9
3RG46 120NB00
M 12x1 4
3RG46 123NB00
M 12x1 4
SW 17
50
NSD00488
60
NSD00485
Sg
NSD00486a
SW 17
40
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/223
Capacitive proximity switches

Introduction
Capacitive proximity switches Check fluid levels and more
Standards The same standards are applicable as for the inductive proximity switches. Types The proximity switches are available in DC or AC versions: The DC versions can activate electronic controllers (SIMATIC) or relays directly. With the AC version, the load (contactor relay, solenoid valve) is connected directly to the AC supply network (preferably 230 V, 50 Hz) in series with the proximity switches. Function The sensing face of a capacitive sensor is formed by two concentrically arranged metal electrodes that are equivalent to the electrodes of an unwound capacitor. The electrode surfaces A and B are connected into the feedback branch of a high-frequency oscillator that is tuned such that it does not oscillate when the surface is free.
A+
Capacitive proximity switches are also non-contact sensors and respond to the same degree almost instinctively when conducting and non-conducting materials in solid, powder or liquid state are to be measured. They impress customers especially in the case of fill level monitoring through non-metallic materials such as plastic or glass and through various materials in the case of counting objects.
B-
Highlights
Detection of all materials (e.g. plastics, wood, paper) Measurement of liquids through plastic tubes or glass pipes Measurement of aggressive chemicals Adjustable compensation of operating distance on the object
NSD0_00721
When an object approaches the active face of the sensor, it enters the electric field in front of the electrode surfaces and causes a change in the coupling capacitance. The oscillator starts to oscillate; the amplitude is recorded by an evaluation circuit and converted into a switching command. Switching rate The build-up characteristics specific to other pulse/interval conditions may result in higher switching frequencies than those specified. Operating distance The stated values are applicable to a target of metal which is grounded and whose area corresponds to the sensing face of the proximity switch. The real operating distance sr for non-conductive targets is dependent on the relative dielectric constant r and the characteristic value (see characteristic curve).
80
Application examples
er
60 40
Recognition of milk in cartons

20
1
NSD0_00722
20
40
60
80 %100 sr
Level control for bulk material in vessel
2/224
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Dielectric constants of various materials
Material Alcohol Araldite Bakelite Glass Mica Vulcanized rubber Hard paper Wood Cable insulating compound Air, vacuum Marble Oiled paper Paper Paraffin Petroleum Plexiglas Polyamide r 25.8 3.6 3.6 5 6 4 4.5 2 ... 7 2.5 1 8 4 2.3 2.2 2.2 3.2 5 Material Polyethylene Polypropylene Polystyrene Polyvinylchloride Porcelain Pressboard Quartz glass Quartz sand Silicone rubber Teflon Turpentine oil Transformer oil Vacuum, air Water Soft rubber Celluloid r 2.3 2.3 3 2.9 4.4 4 3.7 4.5 2.8 2 2.2 2.2 1 80 2.5 3
Type DC 10 ... 65 (30) V Max. 10 % 6 ... 12 mA 100 Hz Max. 2 % 0.02 ... to 0.2 sr AC 20 ... 250 V Max. 1.7 mA 20 Hz
Operational voltage
Residual ripple
No-load supply current I0 Switching frequency f Repeat accuracy R Differential travel H Outputs: Rated operating current Ie
For DC - Continuous - Up to 20 ms
200 mA
500 mA 5A
For 230 V AC (contactor up to size S3)
Smallest operating current Im

Mainly inductive load Mainly resistive load
10 mA 5 mA 6 ... 12 mA Max. 1.8 V 300 m IP67 20 ... +70 C 40 ... +85 C 30 g, 11 ms duration 10 ... 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude Max. 1.7 mA Max. 7 V
Built-in protection The protective circuits built into the DC versions make them easy to handle and protect the devices from damage. Spurious signal suppression Short-circuit and overload protection Polarity reversal protection for connections Inductive interference protection
Residual current Ir Voltage drop Lead length, max. permissible Degree of protection Ambient temperature
Operation Storage
Shock resistance Resistance to vibration
Circuit diagrams
DC
Fig. 1 Fig. 3
AC
Fig. 5
BN L
E1
E2
NSD00725
BN
L
E
NSD00726
K
NSD00723
BN
L
E
BK BU
BK WH BU
K
L
BU GNYE
PE/SL
Proximity switch operated Load E connected (NO function) e.g. auxiliary contactors, solenoid valves
Proximity switch operated Load E1 connected (NO function) Load E2 disconnected (NC function) e.g. auxiliary contactors, solenoid valves Fig. 4
Proximity switch operated Load E connected (NO function) Load E disconnected (NC function) e.g. auxiliary contactors, solenoid valves NO or NC function according to type Fig. 6
Fig. 2
1 L
E
K
NSD00727
L
E1
E2
NSD00728
4 3
K
NSD00724
4 2 3
K
L
1/3 2/4
L1
E N(L2)
Proximity switch operated Load E connected (NO function) e.g. auxiliary contactors, solenoid valves
Proximity switch operated Load E1 connected (NO function) Load E2 disconnected (NC function) e.g. auxiliary contactors, solenoid valves
Proximity switch operated Load E connected (NO function) Load E disconnected (NC function) e.g. auxiliary contactors, solenoid valves NO or NC function, programmable
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/225

Introduction
Overview
SIMATIC PXC200
2
M18
Operating distance 5 mm 10 mm 20 mm Operating voltage 10 ... 30 V DC 10 ... 65 V DC 20 ... 250 V AC Number of wires 2 wires 3 wires 4 wires Output pnp NO contact NC contact NO and NO contact NO or NO contact Installation Flush Connection Connector, 8 mm Cable Terminal compartment Type of protection IP67 See page 2/227 2/227, 2/228 2/228 2/227 2/228
M30
40 mm
20 mm x 32 mm
40 mm x 40 mm
2/226
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC PXC200
10 to 65 V DC
No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Real operating distance sr Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) Rated operating current Ie Displays Switching status Operational voltage Degree of protection Type
1) 2)
3 M18 Flush 5 mm Adjustable Molded plastic 10 ... 65 200 Red LED IP67 3RG16 130AB00
3 Cubic 20 mm 32 mm Flush 5 mm Fixed comparison Metal 10 ... 30 200 Yellow LED Green LED IP67 3RG16 73.AG00
4 M30 Flush 10 mm Adjustable Metal with molded-plastic head 10 ... 65 200 Red LED IP67 3RG16 140AC00
V mA
1) For target made of grounded metal. 2) With an alignment sr > sn, the differential travel can increase significantly.

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 1 Connector type Order No. 3 0.5 mm2 3RG16 130AB00 Order No. 3 0.25 mm2 3RG16 730AG00 Order No. 4 0.34 mm2 3RG16 140AC00
With 2 m cable, LiYY

NO contact, pnp NO and NC con3 tacts, pnp (compatible)
With connector, 8 mm
NO contact, pnp 2 A, C 3RG16 737AG00
Dimension drawings
3RG16 130AB00
M 18x1
3RG16 730AG00
20 3 32 8
NSD00741
3RG16 140AC00
M 30x1,5
LED
SW 24 60 70
3,4 13 4,3
NSD0_00729a
NSD0_00736a
3RG16 737AG00
2,5
20 3 32
8
NSD00742
LED
3,4 13 4,3
Characteristics
NSD00744 NSD00740
4 3 2 1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 8
4 3 2 1
8 6 4 2
+x mm
-x 8 mm
+x mm
-x 8 mm
+x mm
Standard target: Metal, 20 mm 20 mm 1 mm, with direct connection to ground
NSD00733
y mm 5
y mm 5
y mm 10
SW 36 61 81
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/227

SIMATIC PXC200
10 to 65 V DC
No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Real operating distance sr Enclosure material Operational voltage (DC) Rated operating current Ie Displays Switching status Operational voltage Degree of protection Type
1) 2)
4 M30 Flush 10 mm Adjustable Molded plastic 10 ... 65 200 Yellow LED Green LED IP67 3RG16 146AC00
4 40 mm Flush 20 mm Adjustable Molded plastic 10 ... 65 200 Yellow LED Green LED IP67 3RG16 556AC00
4 Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Flush 20 mm Adjustable Molded plastic 10 ... 65 200 Yellow LED Green LED IP67 3RG16 306AC00
V mA

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 4 Connector type Order No. Up to 2.5 mm2 3RG16 146AC00 Order No. Up to 2.5 mm2 3RG16 556AC00 Order No. Up to 2.5 mm2 3RG16 306AC00

NO and NC contacts, pnp (compatible)
Dimension drawings
3RG16 146AC00
M 30x1,5
3RG16 556AC00
40
3RG16 306AC00
40
NSD0_00567a
34
SW 36 61
55
7,35,3
30
90
46
115
LED
NSD00731
LED
NSD00730
LED 5,3
Pg 9
Pg 9
60
114
Mounting clamp with 40 mm included in scope of supply
Pg 13,5
16
Characteristics
NSD00733 NSD00735
8 6 4 2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 8
16 12 8 4
16 12 8 4
+x mm
-x 16 mm
16 +x mm
-x 16 mm
16 +x mm
2/228
Siemens FS 10 2007
NSD00734
y mm 10
y mm 20
y mm 20

SIMATIC PXC200
20 to 250 V AC
No. of connecting wires Form Installation in metal Rated operating distance sn Real operating distance sr Enclosure material
1) 2)
2 + PE M30 Flush 10 mm Adjustable Metal with molded-plastic head 20 ... 250 500 Red LED
2 40 mm Flush 20 mm Adjustable Molded plastic
2 Cubic 40 mm 40 mm Flush 20 mm Adjustable Molded plastic
Molded plastic
Operational voltage (AC) Rated operating current Ie Displays Switching status Operational voltage Degree of protection Type
V mA
20 ... 250 500 Red LED Green LED Red LED Green LED
20 ... 250 500 Red LED Green LED IP67 3RG16 306LD00
IP67 IP67 3RG16 140LB00, 3RG16 146LD00 3RG16 556LD00 3RG16 140LA00

Switching output Ckt. diag. No. 5 5 6 Connector type Order No. 3 0.5 mm2 3RG16 140LB00 3RG16 140LA00 Up to 2.5 mm2 3RG16 146LD00 Up to 2.5 mm2 3RG16 556LD00 Up to 2.5 mm2 3RG16 306LD00 Order No. Order No.
With 2 m cable, LiYY

NO contact NC contact NO or NC contact programmable
Dimension drawings
M 30x1,5
SW 36 61 55
NSD0_00567a
3RG16 14 0LB00, 3RG16 140LA00
3RG16 146LD00
M 30x1,5
3RG16 556LD00
40
3RG16 306LD00
40 34
SW 36 61
115
81
LED Pg 9 Pg 9
NSD00730
NSD00731
LED 5,3
NSD0_00729a
60
114
LED
7,35,3
30
90
46
Pg 13,5
16
LED
Mounting clamp with 40 mm included in scope of supply
Characteristics
NSD00733
8 6 4 2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 8
NSD00734
16 12 8 4
16 12 8 4
+x mm
-x 16 mm
16 +x mm
-x 16 mm
16 +x mm
NSD00735
y mm 10
y mm 20
y mm 20
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/229
Proximity switches
Accessories for all proximity switches
Power supplies
Overview
The well-proven stabilized power supplies with a selectable input voltage range for supplying all standard applications in automation engineering.
Application
The power supplies are suitable for supplying power to proximity switches.
Benefits
SITOP power Rated input voltage Output voltage Ripple in the output voltage Input current at 120/230 V Output current Line-side recommended miniature circuit-breaker, characteristic C Power consumption Ambient temperature Operation Storage Dimensions (D x W x H) in mm Weight
2 24 V DC < 150 mVpp residual ripple < 240 mVpp residual ripple 0.9/0.6 A 2.2/0.9 A 0 ... 2 A 3A 58 W 0 ... +60 C 25 ... +85 C 125 x 50 x 125 0.38 kg 125 x 75 x 125 0.75 kg 0 ... 5 A 6A 138 W 5 120/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
High degree of efficiency The efficiency of approximately 90 % keeps the current consumption low and the control cabinet cool. Easy installation The low weight and mounting accessories support fast and therefore low-cost installation. Low space requirements The high power/weight ratio means that the devices only require minimal space in the control cabinet or in the machines. Accurate output voltage The output voltage of 24 V DC remains accurate even under conditions of extreme mains voltage variation. The loads are protected from overvoltage spikes which lengthens the lifetime and reduces downtime. Low residual ripple The low residual ripple of < 0.4 % supports voltage-sensitive loads. Integrated short-circuit protection No additional protection of the cables in the 24 V DC circuit is required. Safe electrical voltage The UA output is electrically isolated from the input (output voltage SELV acc. to EN 60950). Dangerous voltages cannot arise due to electrical isolation at the output. Meets the requirements of national and international standards, e.g. - CE marking in accordance with 89/336 EEC and 73/23 EEC - UL/cUL (CSA) approval - FM approval (Factory Mutual) - Marine type approval - No release of silicon

Type Power supply SITOP power 2 Input voltage AC V 115/230 Output voltage DC V 24 Output current A 0 ... 2 A Order No. 6EP1 331-2BA00
Power supply SITOP power 5
115/230
24
0 ... 5 A
6EP1 333-2BA00
For additional information on the SITOP power supplies refer to catalog KT10.1.
2/230
Siemens FS 10 2007
Proximity switches
Connectors

Fig. 1
8,3 30,5 29
Length m Cable plugs 8 mm for snap-on mounting, degree of protection IP65 3-pole, 3 0.34 mm2 1 1 A A PUR PUR PUR PUR 5 10 5 10
Figure
Type 1)
Cable 2)
Color
Order No.
black black black black
3RX8 000-0BH32-1AF0 3RX8 000-0BH32-1AL0 3RX8 000-0BH42-1AF0 3RX8 000-0BH42-1AL0
Fig. 2
6 8,3 20
4-pole, 4 0.34 mm2 1 B 1 B
Angled cable plugs 8 mm for snap-on mounting, degree of protection IP65

16,2
3-pole, 3 0.34 mm2 2 A A PUR PUR PUR PUR 5 10 5 10 black black black black black/ clear black/ clear B 3RX8 000-0BJ32-1AF0 3RX8 000-0BJ32-1AL0 3RX8 000-0BJ42-1AF0 3RX8 000-0BJ42-1AL0 3RX8 000-0BJ34-1AF0 3RX8 000-0BJ34-1AL0 2
20
Fig. 3
6 8,3
4-pole, 4 0.34 mm2 2 B 2 B
16,2
3-pole, 3 0.34 mm2, with 2 LEDs for pnp-proximity switches 3 C PUR 5 3 C PUR 10
Fig. 4
30,5 22,5 10 M8x1 8
Cable plugs M8 for screw mounting, degree of protection IP67 3-pole, 3 0.34 mm2 4 4 5
37 32
A A A A
2
PUR PUR
5 10
3RX8 000-0BB32-1AF0 3RX8 000-0BB32-1AL0 3RX8 000-0BB35 3RX8 000-0BB37
Fig. 5
11,6
6
<5
Coupling plug with soldering pins max. 0.25 mm2 Coupling plug with screw mounting PUR PUR 5 10
M8x1
4-pole, 4 0.34 mm 4 B 4 5 B B B
12
3RX8 000-0BB42-1AF0 3RX8 000-0BB42-1AL0 3RX8 000-0BB45 3RX8 000-0BB47
Fig. 6
ca. 45 38,1 12 M8x1
Coupling plug with soldering pins max. 0.25 mm2 Coupling plug with screw mounting
Fig. 7
6 8,3 20
Angled cable plugs M8 for screw mounting, degree of protection IP67 3-pole, 3 0.34 mm2 7
M8x1
A A A
PUR PUR
5 10
black black black
3RX8 000-0BC32-1AF0 3RX8 000-0BC32-1AL0 3RX8 000-0BC35
7 8
16,5
Coupling plug with soldering pins max. 0.25 mm2 PUR PUR PUR PUR PUR PUR 5 (pnp) 10 5 (npn) 10 5 10
10
Fig. 8
<5 12,5
3-pole, 3 0.34 mm2, with LEDs 9 C 9 9 9 C D D
black black black black black black black
3RX8 000-0BC34-1AF0 3RX8 000-0BC34-1AL0 3RX8 000-0BC30-1AF0 3RX8 000-0BC30-1AL0 3RX8 000-0BC42-1AF0 3RX8 000-0BC42-1AL0 3RX8 000-0BC45
28
4-pole, 4 0.34 mm2 7 B

M8x1 11,6 12
7 8
B B
Coupling plug with soldering pins max. 0.25 mm2
Fig. 9
6 8 20
M8x1 16,5
10
Cable plugs available with special lengths as an option: Minimum ordering quantity 50 units. Delivery time on request. Extra charge per meter.
1) Pin assignments see page 2/236. 2) PUR cables can be trailed. B: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/231
Proximity switches
Connectors
Length Color m Cable plugs M12 for screw mounting, degree of protection IP67 3-pole, 3 0.34 mm2 10 10
10,3
Fig.
Type 1)
Cable 2)
Certificates
Order No.
Fig. 10
42,7 39,7 23,9 1,5
M12x1
E E E E F F F
PUR PUR PUR shielded PUR shielded PUR PUR
5 10 2 10 5 10
black black black black black black black
UL, CSA UL, CSA
3RX8 000-0CB32-1AF0 3RX8 000-0CB32-1AL0 3RX8 000-0CB32-1GC0 3RX8 000-0CB32-1GL0
11 11 10
8,8
4-pole, 4 0.34 mm2 UL, CSA UL, CSA 3RX8 000-0CB42-1AF0 3RX8 000-0CB42-1AL0 3RX8 000-0CB45 10 12
13,5
Fig. 11
43 30 12 1,5
M12x1
13
F
2
Coupling plug with terminal compartment, preassembly possible Coupling plug with Fast connection technology PUR PUR PUR shielded PUR shielded 5 10 5 10
black
UL
3RX8 000-0CB47
5-pole, 5 0.34 mm 10
ca. 54
Fig. 12
20
G G G G G
black black black black black
UL, CSA UL, CSA
3RX8 000-0CB52-1AF0 3RX8 000-0CB52-1AL0 3RX8 000-0CB52-1GF0 3RX8 000-0CB52-1GL0 3RX8 000-0CB55
10 11 11 12
M12x1
Fig. 13
ca. 53 M12x1
Coupling plug with terminal compartment, preassembly possible PUR shielded 5
8-pole, 8 0.25 mm2 11

SW
black
3RX8 000-0CB81-1GF0
Cable plugs available with special lengths as an option: Minimum ordering quantity 50 units. Delivery time on request. Extra charge per meter. 1) Pin assignments see page 2/236. 2) PUR cables can be trailed.
2/232
Siemens FS 10 2007
Proximity switches
Connectors
Length m Angled cable plugs M12 for screw mounting, degree of protection IP67
12 1,5
M12x1 1
Fig.
Type 1)
Cable 2)
Color
Certificates
Order No.
Fig. 14
26,5 12
<6
3-pole, 3 0.34 mm2 14 14 14 14 E E E E H H H H H PUR PUR PVC PVC PUR PUR PVC PVC 5 10 5 10 5 10 5 10 black black black black black black orange orange UL, CSA UL, CSA A 3RX8 000-0CC32-1AF0 3RX8 000-0CC32-1AL0 3RX8 000-0CC32-1BF0 3RX8 000-0CC32-1BL0 3RX8 000-0CC34-1AF0 3RX8 000-0CC34-1AL0 3RX8 000-0CC34-1BF0 3RX8 000-0CC34-1BL0 3RX8 000-0CC36
Fig. 15
26,5 12
3-pole, 3 0.34 mm2, with LEDs for pnp-proximity switches, only NO

12 1,5
M12x1 1
15 15 15 15 16
14,8
Fig. 16
Coupling plug with terminal compartment, preassembly possible 3-pole, 3 0.34 mm2, with LEDs for pnp-proximity switches, NO or NC 15 J PUR 5 black 15 14 14 16 J F F F PUR PUR PUR 10 5 10 black black black black UL, CSA UL, CSA 4-pole, 4 0.34 mm2
35 25
3RX8 000-0CC38-1AF0 3RX8 000-0CC38-1AL0 3RX8 000-0CC42-1AF0 3RX8 000-0CC42-1AL0 3RX8 000-0CC45
M12x1 20
Fig. 17
20,8
17
Coupling plug with terminal compartment, preassembly possible 4-pole, 4 0.34 mm2, with LEDs 15
M18x1 25,5
43 31
K K K
PUR PUR
5 10
black black clear
UL, CSA UL, CSA
3RX8 000-0CC44-1AF0 3RX8 000-0CC44-1AL0 3RX8 000-0CC46 3RX8 000-0CA06
15 16
with terminal compartment, transparent for LED LED-insert for angled cable plug, transparent mm2 PUR PUR 5 10
5-pole, 5 0.34 14 14 16 G G G
black black
3RX8 000-0CC52-1AF0 3RX8 000-0CC52-1AL0 3RX8 000-0CC55
Coupling plug with termiblack nal compartment, preassembly possible Angled cable plugs M18 for screw mounting, degree of protection IP65, 4-pole 17 F pre-assembly possible, with terminal compartment black
3RX8 000-0DC45
Cable plugs available with special lengths as an option: Minimum ordering quantity 50 units Delivery time on request. Extra charge per meter 1) Pin assignments see page 2/236. 2) PUR cables can be used as ground cables A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/233
Proximity switches
Connectors
Length m M8 coupling plug, degree of protection IP67 for extension cable (metal union nut) with screw mounting 18 18 Fig. 19
M12x1
Fig.
Type 1)
Cable 2)
Color
Certificates
Order No.
Fig. 18
M8x1 ca. 50 42,7
12
3-pole 4-pole
black black
3RX8 000-0BD37 3RX8 000-0BD47
M12 coupling plug, degree of protection IP67 for extension cable (metal union nut) with terminal compartment, screw-type terminal max. 0.75 mm cable gland max. 6 mm 19 19
60
20
L M L
4-pole 5-pole 4-pole
black black UL
3RX8 000-0CD45 3RX8 000-0CD55 3RX8 000-0CD47
20
Fig. 20
1 M 12 x 1 56
with fast conblack nection technology Angled M12 coupling plug, degree of protection IP67 for extension cable (metal union nut) with terminal compartment, screw-type terminal max. 0.75 mm cable gland max. 6 mm 21 21
14,8
Fig. 21
20,5
L M
4-pole 5-pole
black black
3RX8 000-0CE45 3RX8 000-0CE55
For AS-Interface, degree of protection IP67

M12 cable plugs 4 0.34 mm2 (metal union nut) 22 L L PUR PUR 5 10 black black UL, CSA UL, CSA 3RX8 000-0CD42-1AF0 3RX8 000-0CD42-1AL0
41
M12x1 20
22
Angled M12 cable plugs 4 0.34 mm2 (metal union nut) 23 23

10,3
Fig. 22
1 M12 x 1
46,5 43,5 27,7
L L
PUR PUR
5 10
black black
3RX8 000-0CE42-1AF0 3RX8 000-0CE42-1AL0
Fig. 23
38,8
31
NSD01005
14,5
Fig. 24
M 12 x 1 10 1
8,8
M12 connector for installation Adapter with individual strands, 4-pole 24 24
19,5
SW23
"L"
to be rotated not to be rotated
13
0.5 0.2
3RX8 000-0CA40-1JA5 3RX8 000-0CA40-1JA2
M 20 x 1,5
FS10_00134
26
Cable plugs available with special lengths as an option: Minimum ordering quantity 50 units. Delivery time on request. Extra charge per meter. 1)Pin assignments see page 2/236. 2) PUR cables can be trailed.
2/234
Siemens FS 10 2007
Proximity switches
Connectors
1
Type
Type 1)
Cross section/ color 3 0.34 mm2, black
Length m 0.6 1 1.5
Order No.
M12x1 14,5
Cables with M12 sockets and M12 plugs

41,5
E, L
3RX8 000-0GF32-1AA6 3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB0 3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5
14,5
Connection to 3RX8 0000JA0 (metal union nut) PUR cable Note: Only terminal 4 (NO) will be connected. F, L 4 0.34 mm2, black 3 0.34 mm2, black
M12x1
42
0.6 1 1.5 0.6 1 1.5
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AA6 3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB0 3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB5 3RX8 000-0FF32-1AA6 3RX8 000-0FF32-1AB0 3RX8 000-0FF32-1AB5
Cable with M8 socket and M12 plug

9,7 30,5 M8x1
A, L
Connection to 3RX8 0000JA0 (metal union nut) PUR cable Note: Only terminal 4 (NO) will be connected. B, L
14,5
M12x1
41,5
4 0.34 mm2, black 3 0.34 mm2, black
0.6 1 1.5 1 2
3RX8 000-0FF42-1AA6 3RX8 000-0FF42-1AB0 3RX8 000-0FF42-1AB5 3RX8 000-0EF32-1AB0 3RX8 000-0EF32-1AC0
9,7
30,5 M8x1
Cable with M8 socket and M8 plug PUR cable
37
10
20 16,6
Cable with M8 angled socket and M8 plug, PUR cable
3 0.34 mm2, black
1 2
3RX8 000-0EG32-1AB0 3RX8 000-0EG32-1AC0
M8x1 9,7 10
M8x1
37
Cable, 20 m, black Cables, 20 m, black Depending on the number of conductors, the cables can be used for all inductive proximity switches, sonar proximity switches and opto proximity switches. PUR PUR PUR, shielded T-distributor, M12 plug connection For connection of thru-beam sensors to AS-Interface modules
NSD01029
3 0.34 mm2 4 0.34 mm2 4 0.34 mm2
3RX8 000-0KA32-1AR0 3RX8 000-0KA42-1AR0 3RX8 000-0KA42-1GR0 3RX8 000-0JA20
1) For terminal assignment, see page 2/236.
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/235
Proximity switches
Connectors
Circuit diagrams
Plug connections Type A, E
1 4 3
NSD01032a
Type B, F, L, N, P
BN (L ) BK (NO) BU (L )
1 4 2 3
NSD0_01033a
Type B, F, L, N, P
BN (L ) BK (NO or Send) WH (NC or Rec) BU (L )
1 2 3 4
NSD0_01034a
Type C, H
(L+) (Enable or NC) (L) (Enable or NO or analog output)
GN YN
BN WH BU BK
1 4
BN (L+) BK (NO)
3
NSD01035a
BU (L)
Proximity switches with NO
Proximity switches with NC/NO Type G, M
Sonar proximity switches compact range M18 Type J
Proximity switches with NO, pnp Type K
Type D
1
GN YE
BN (L+)
1 2 3 4 5
NSD0_01037a
(L+) WH (Enable or NC) BU (L-) BK (Enable or NO) GR (Analog output)
BN
1 4 YE GN
BN (L+ ) BK (NO or NC)
1 4
YE GN
BN (L+) BK (NO)
4 3
NSD01036a
BK (NO) BU (L)
3 2
NSD0_01038a
BU (L)
3 2
NSD01039a
BU (L) WH (NC)
Proximity switches with NO, npn Type O

2 1 5 6 8 4 3 7
FS10_00139
Proximity switches with NC/NO Sonar proximity switches compact range M30 K2 and M30 K3
Proximity switches with NC or NO, pnp
Proximity switches with NO or NO/NC, pnp
BN (L+) WH (RS485) GR (RS485) PK RD YE GN BU (L)
Proximity switches PXO530/540 BN = brown BK = black WH = white Pin assignment
BU = blue GR = gray GN = green
YE = yellow PK = pink RD = red
M8 connection for cable plugs and angled cable plugs Type A, C, D

4 3
FS10_00140
M12 connection for cable plugs and angled cable plugs Type E, F, H, J, K, L, N Type G, M
3 5
2 1
FS10_00142
Type B
4 2 1
FS10_00141
4 1
FS10_00143
Type O
5 4 3 2 8 1
FS10_00144
6 7
2/236
Siemens FS 10 2007
Proximity switches
Distributors
Type Operating voltage Max. current per switched output Connections Core identification, PUR cable Indicators Per output Operating voltage Housing material Degree of protection Operating temperature V DC A 3RX8 000-0JA 24 2 M12 plug-in connections (socket in distribution unit) colors
LED yellow LED green Plastic IP65 when installed and locked 15 ... +80
2
Certificates Order No.

Version Distribution unit, 4-way 5 m PUR cable 10 m PUR cable
5 4
UL UL UL UL UL UL
3RX8 000-0JA40-1AF0 3RX8 000-0JA40-1AL0 3RX8 000-0JA60-1AF0 3RX8 000-0JA60-1AL0 3RX8 000-0JA80-1AF0 3RX8 000-0JA80-1AL0 3RX8 000-0JA80
Distribution unit, 6-way 5 m PUR cable

N S D 0 _ 0 1 0 3 0 a
10 m PUR cable Distribution unit, 8-way 5 m PUR cable 10 m PUR cable Distribution unit free pre-assembly possible, with cover on connections Dummy plugs for unused ports (pack of 10)
D im 8 2 1 0 0 1 2 7
e n (4 (6 (8
s io n -w a y -w a y -w a y
A A = d is tr ib u tio n u n it) d is tr ib u tio n u n it) d is tr ib u tio n u n it)
1 8
3RX8 000-0JA00
Circuit diagram
Sockets for M 12 round plugs Switching outputs
1 4 1 5
ye
1-6 (6-way distribution unit) 1-8 (8-way distribution unit)
3 4 4 1 5 3 2
L-
Socket 1
3 2
ye
Socket 2
7 (6-way distribution unit) 9 (8-way distribution unit)

L+
gn
ye
4 1 5 3 2
Socket 3
8 (6-way distribution unit) 10 (8-way distribution unit)

PE
ye
4 1 5 3 2
Socket 4
NSD0_01031a
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/237
Proximity switches
Sensors assembly system
Overview
Dimension drawings
6,4 55 6,4
2
22
6,4 12 6,4
FS10_00181
Mounting base 3RX7 322
22
50
31,5
Sensors assembly system

Order No. Sensors assembly system Mounting base for sensors assembly system, with 12 mm hole for inserting round rod Holding plate for sensors assembly system, for mounting on 12 mm round rod, suitable for all cubic proximity switches Round rod for sensors assembly system, 12 mm diameter Length 200 mm Length 300 mm
3RX7 315 3RX7 316 3RX7 322
3,5
5,5 12
3RX7 326
FS10_00182
Holding plate for accommodating 3RX7 326 sensors
2/238
Siemens FS 10 2007
72
consisting of:
Proximity switches
Mounting accessories

Version 32SX6 281 to 3SX6 284
f d
NSD01021
Order No.
Mounting clamp (molded plastic) For proximity switches with thread: 3SX6 281 3SX6 282 3SX6 283 3SX6 284
g
M8 M12 M18 M30
3SX6 281 3SX6 282 3SX6 283 3SX6 284
a 26 b 22 c 11.6 d 3.5 e 16 f 12.6 G 7.9 (for M8)
36 30 18 4.5 24 18.5 11.9 (for M12)
45 30 26 4.5 32 19.6 18.0 (for M18)
58 30 36 4.5 44 19.6 29.8 (for M30)
3SX9 910
Adapter pieces from Pg 13.5 to NPT for proximity switches with Pg 13.5 thread Adapter pieces from M 20 1.5 to NPT for proximity switches with M20 thread
3SX9 910
3SX9 918
3SB19 022AE
Molded plastic Pg 13.5 screwed joint 6 mm long, with seal for proximity switches with Pg 13.5 thread Molded plastic M20 1.5 screwed joint for proximity switches with M20 thread
3SB19 022AE
3SB39 010CK
3RX1 303
2 5
30 30
Alignment plate for square proximity switches 3RG16 30, 3RG40 30, 3RG40 31, 3RG40 34, 3RG40 41, 3RG41 31, 3RG41 41, 3RG46 31
3RX1 303
100 70
30
40
3RX1 304
40 30 5,2 14
NSD01024
NSD01023
5,5
60
Mounting bracket for snapping onto C-shaped rail, can slide up to 20 mm lengthwise, rotatable through 360 for square proximity switches 3RG16 30, 3RG40 30, 3RG40 31, 3RG40 34, 3RG40 41, 3RG41 31, 3RG41 41, 3RG46 31
3RX1 304
13 60 90 20
M12 installation support Spare part, for use in proximity switches with ATEX approval in Ex Zones 2/22
NSD00954
3RX1 307
3,2 6
Metal support for fiber-optic cables and leads for 7 mm for 8 mm for 10 mm Smaller diameters on request 3RX7 943 3RX7 944 3RX7 945
B A
8 16 A 3,5 4,5 6 B 20 20 20 7 25
M3 12 8 25 10 25
Siemens FS 10 2007
2/239
Proximity switches
Notes
7
2/240
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
3/2 3/4 3/4 3/6 3/6
Introduction Switch strips SIMATIC FS100 Switch strips category 4 Light barriers SIMATIC FS200 Light barriers category 2 with evaluation unit, Light barriers category 4 Light curtains and light arrays SIMATIC FS400 Program overview with integrated evaluation category 4 with integrated evaluation category 4, connector M12 with integrated evaluation ASIsafe category 4 for external evaluation, category 4 for external evaluation, ASIsafe, category 4 with integrated evaluation category 2, to EN 61508 (SIL 2) for external evaluation unit category 2, connector M12 Evaluation units Mounting accessories and other accessories Laser scanners SIMATIC FS600 Standard laser scanner ASIsafe laser scanner PROFIsafe laser scanner
3/9 3/14 3/15 3/30 3/33 3/38 3/44 3/48 3/52 3/55 3/61 3/68 3/71 3/75 3/79
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Introduction
Fail-safe sensors For all-round protection of persons and machines
For the protection of persons and machines in the industrial environment, maximum process reliability is paramount. Not simply to prevent adverse events but also to achieve the greatest possible plant availability for maximum efficiency. A clear case for our optical safety sensors. They ensure safe and reliable protection for persons, machines and systems. They are, of course, integrated into our uniform safety concept Safety Integrated.
Highlights
Laser scanners, light barriers, light curtains and light arrays for contact-free guarding of danger areas Safe all-round protection for persons and systems in stationary and mobile applications Wear-free and maintenance-free technology for maximum availability Freedom in machine design, without the need for mechanical safety gates Component of the complete Siemens Safety Integrated product range
Requirements for categories according to EN 954-1

Category1)
Summary of requirements
System response2)
Principles for achieving safety
3
1 2
The safety-relevant components of controls The occurrence of a fault can result in loss of Mainly characterized by the selection of components. and/or their protective equipment and com- the safety function. ponents must be designed, constructed, selected, assembled and combined in compliance with all applicable standards such as to be capable of withstanding all potentially hazardous influences. The requirements of Category B must be met. The occurrence of a fault can result in loss of Well-proven components and well-proven the safety function but the probability of it safety principles must be implemented. occurring is less than for Category B. The requirements of Category B must be met and well-proven safety principles must be implemented. The safety functions must be tested at regular intervals by the machine control. The requirements of Category B must be met and well-proven safety principles must be implemented. Parts with relevance for safety must be implemented such that: A single fault in any of these components does not result in loss of the safety function. if it can be implemented in an appropriate way, individual faults/errors can be detected. The occurrence of a fault can result in loss of Mainly characterized by the the safety function between tests. structure. The loss of the safety function will be detected by the test. When the single fault occurs, the safety function is always maintained. Some but not all faults are detected. An accumulation of undetected faults may lead to loss of the safety function.
The requirements of Category B must be met When faults occur, the safety function is aland well-proven safety principles must be ways maintained. implemented. Parts with relevance for safety Faults are detected early to prevent loss of must be implemented such that: the safety function. A single fault in any of these components does not result in loss of the safety function. The individual fault is detected during or before the next activation of the safety function or, if this is not possible, an accumulation of faults will not result in loss of the safety function.
1) The categories are not intended to be applied in a specific sequence or hierarchy with reference to the safety requirements. 2) The risk assessment will establish whether complete or partial loss of the safety function(s) due to faults is acceptable.
3/2
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Introduction
SIMATIC FS100 safety strips Finger-traps are a danger on many machines and other technical installations. In these situations, the simplest protection is implemented with rubber switching strips that on the one hand halt the dangerous motion in a failsafe state and on the other hand act as a buffer to prevent injury. The edge of the rubber strip (signal encoder) is monitored optically by means of a fail-safe send/receive sensor that is inserted into the strip from the outside. This means that any length can be used, cut to length as required by the customer. SIMATIC FS200 light barriers When space is at a premium, contact-free light barriers are the ideal solution for access protection to danger zones, danger points or entry points. Designed to the IP65 degree of protection, they have a range of up to 150 m in category 2. The light barriers of category 4 with a range of up to 60 m feature frequency modulated infrared light and integral pollution monitoring. Additional evaluation units support start/restart inhibiting, contactor control and muting functions
SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light arrays The contact-free, active optoelectronic light curtains and light arrays for category 2 and 4 according to EN 954-1 protect operating personnel at running machines or plants or in their vicinity. Thanks to specially developed integrated circuits (ASICs) and a patented, intelligent evaluation technique, they are extremely fault-tolerant and highly available. A wide range of different functions including start/restart inhibiting, contactor control, muting, sequence control and blanking support a wide range of different applications such as finger and hand protection, horizontal danger zone protection or access protection to large areas. A variant is available for connection to ASIsafe. A light curtain or light array comprises an emitter and a receiver, which must be mounted opposite each other. Depending on the resolution and the length, a certain number of transmit and receive diodes are arranged on top of each other. The infrared LEDs of the emitter emit short light pulses that are detected by the receive diodes. SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners The laser scanner is an optical distance sensor for flexible guarding of danger zones. By emitting harmless laser pulses and subsequently evaluating the reflections, the scanner detects persons and objects and responds in accordance to the programmed protected fields.
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/3
Fail-safe sensors
SIMATIC FS100 switch strips
Switch strips category 4
Overview
The safety strip comprises the mounting strip (aluminum rail), the sensitive edge (rubber strip) and an infrared sensor. The sensor, consisting of a transmitter and receiver, has a sensing range of 0.5 10 m. The signal evaluator is fitted in a narrow housing (width 22.5 mm) for mounting onto standard rails. A separate signal evaluator is required for each switch strip, i.e. the combination of transmitter and receiver. A three-core cable connects the transmitter and receiver to the evaluation unit. Installation The mounting strip is cut to size and fitted to the edge to be protected. The rubber strip is cut to size and inserted in the mounting strip. The transmitter and receiver are inserted into the hollow space of the rubber strip on the left and right. The brown, green and white cores must be connected to the signal evaluator, ensuring the colors are connected correctly.
The safety strips for machine construction consist of sensitive edges and protect persons or objects from being crushed or becoming stuck. If the safety strip is moved or if a fault occurs in the safety strip or the cable connections, the output circuits trip and the drive is halted or reversed. The safety strips are approved with the corresponding evaluation unit for Category 4 to EN 954-1.
The infrared light beam between the transmitter and the receiver is routed along the rubber strip. It is reflected from the smooth inner surface of the strip. This allows the rubber strip to be curved to a certain extent without switch-off occurring.
Function
Due to the dynamic nature of the circuit, every fault is detected. In the event of a fault or when the strip is operated, the monitoring unit switches to the safe state. The restart must be acknowledged via an external circuit (e.g. by a Ready/On button). The status of the unit is indicated via two LEDs (supply voltage, enable) on the front plate. Outputs The signal evaluator has: Two positively opening relay outputs that are used as enabling circuits A semiconductor output (signaling output, with no relevance for safety) for reporting the fault to the controller (npn open collector).
Application
Typical application examples in machine and plant construction are protective covers of machines, driverless transport systems, lifting tables, washing portals, lifting platforms and automatic handling devices. Safety strips can also be used for limiting the force applied to an obstruction in door and gate areas as well as for automatically closing doors and windows in vehicle construction.
Design
The monitoring system consists of a 3RG78 55 safety strip and a 3RG78 57 signal evaluator.
Technical Specifications
Evaluation unit
Type Approvals Overvoltage category (to EN 60664) Operating voltage Power consumption Protection of the supply voltage Output contacts Response time Continuous thermal current Switching current Switching voltage Switching power (AC) Status indication Power Channel Mechanical endurance Degree of protection to IEC 60529 Green LED Green LED 30 x 106 operations IP20 terminal casing 3RG78 57 Category 4 to EN 954-1 3 (4 kV) 24 V DC (+20 %/-10 %) <4W 1 A (slow) 2 NO (safety) / 1 NC (semicond., switching to N potential) Approx. 32 ms 4A max. 4 A max. AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz max. 1250 VA Type Ambient temperature Mounting of housing Mounting position 3RG78 57 +5 ... +55 C Snap mounting on 35 mm DIN rail Any
Switch strip (rubber sensitive edge)

Type Material Dimensions (W H) Temperature resistance temporarily continuously Substance resistance 50 ... +120 C 30 ... +100 C Ozone; oil limited extent, fuels, solvents, acids 3RG78 55 EPDM, 60 Shore 25 mm 30 mm
3/4
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
SIMATIC FS100 switch strips
Switch strips category 4

Version Range m 0.5 ... 10 Length m Order No.
Optical safety switch strips

Transmitter-/Receiver sensors receiver cable length 3 m, transmitter cable length 10.5 m 3RG78 55-1RG Sensor strip (rubber sensitive edge)
3RG78 55-.BB
3RG78 55-1RG
Sensor strip (rubber sensitive edge), oil-resistant
1 2.5 5 10 1 2,5 5 1 2.5 Control

Attainable category to EN 954-1
A A A
3RG78 55-2BB 3RG78 55-2BD 3RG78 55-2BF 3RG78 55-2BG 3RG78 55-4BB 3RG78 55-4BD 3RG78 55-4BF 3RG78 55-3BB 3RG78 55-3BD Order No.
Mounting strip (made of aluminum)

Application
Evaluation unit 24 V DC
Monitoring of safety switch strips Dynamic signal 4 3RG78 57-1BD
Dimension drawings
3RG78 55-1R. send/receive sensors
11,5
35 35
3RG78 57-1BD evaluation unit
3
73,5 102 82 62 110 120
NSC00438
11,5
3RG78 55-2B. sensor strip

15
1) 5
30
NSC00440
10 25
15 2) 22,5
5 120
28,5
26,2
3RG78 55-3B. mounting strip

12
NSC00441
1,5
24
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/5
NSC0_00439d
80 100
Fail-safe sensors
SIMATIC FS200 light barriers
Light barriers category 2 with evaluation unit, light barriers category 4
Overview
Application
Typical applications for light barriers include access protection for: Power-operated windows, doors and gates Warehouse equipment and devices Packaging machines Palette loading systems Stacking systems Winding and unwinding machines Textile machines Food machines Printing and paper processing machines Processing machines in the chemicals, plastics and rubber industries Recirculating buffers Lifting platforms Butcher's machines and many more applications.
The light barriers are non-contact protective devices for access protection for hazardous areas, hazardous locations and entry points. They are the optimum solution in many cases especially when security is necessary but must not have a disruptive effect or reduce productivity. Whenever a light beam is interrupted, a signal is output for reliable interruption of a dangerous movement of a machine, installation or other motorized equipment. A complete system comprises at least one thru-beam sensor with separate transmitter and receiver. Two different systems are available which are authorized as a complete unit for Safety Category 2 or 4 in accordance with EN 954-1 by a German trade association. 7 Category 2 with an external evaluation unit, 7 Category 4, operation without an evaluation unit is possible. The 3RG78 23 light barriers (Category 2) only operate as noncontact safety devices in conjunction with the 3RG78 25 or 3RG78 47 evaluation units. The 3RG78 24 light barriers (Category 4) can also be operated with the 3RG78 47 evaluation units. For evaluation units 3RG78 47 see page 3/55.
3/6
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Light barriers
Type
3RG78 23 Category 2 24 V DC 0 ... 120 m

1)
3RG78 24 Category 4 24 V DC 0 ... 60 m max. 2 min. 13 mm
Category according to EN 954-1 Operating voltage Operating range Typical range limit Light type Opening angle Object size Operating temperature Degree of protection Conductor
0 ... 150 m infrared (880 nm) max. 4 min. 9 mm 25 ... +60 C IP65 circular connector M 12
Pg cable gland
Evaluation units
Type
3RG78 25 Category 2 24 V DC, 15 % max. 20 ms ca. 200 mA 2 floating NO contacts max. 4 A separate pnp transistor outputs 20 ... +60 C IP40
Category according to EN 954-1 Operating voltage Response time Current Safety output Current-carrying capacity Signaling outputs Operating temperature Type of protection 2) 1) The range limit is the maximum achievable range without surplus light emission. 2) Only suitable for use in electrical equipment areas, e.g. control cabinet to the IP54 degree of protection.

Version Connection Order No.
Safety light barriers

Category 2 according to EN 954-1 Transmitter Receiver, Range 0...150 m Category 4 according to EN 954-1 Transmitter Receiver, Range 0...60 m Pg 11 cable gland Pg 11 cable gland 3RG78 24-6BG00 3RG78 24-6JB00 M12 circular connector M12 circular connector 3RG78 23-3BG00 3RG78 23-3KB00
Evaluation unit
Category 2 according to EN 954-1 Evaluation unit Up to 6 light barrier pairs can be connected 3RG78 25-1CB1
Accessories
M12 cable plug, 4-pole, with black PUR cable Cable length 5 m Cable length 10 m 3RX80 00-0CB42-1AF0 3RX80 00-0CB42-1AL0
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/7
Fail-safe sensors
Dimension drawings
3RG78 23 light barrier
9 9 3 8
3RG78 24 light barrier

9 9 3 8
a
1 1 3 1 2 7
a
1 1 3 c a . 1 5 3 1 2 7 P G
7
1 0 0
1 1
N S C 0 _ 0 0 6 4 1
b
M 1 2 1
c
6 8 8 4 3 0 ,5 9
b
N S C 0 _ 0 0 6 4 2
c
2 5 6 8 8 4 3 0 ,5 9
a b
3
d
= D = D = D = L
e v ic e m o u n tin g M e v ic e m o u n tin g M e v ic e m o u n tin g M E D
6 1 2 6 9 6 9
a b d c
= D = D = D = L
e v ic e m o u n tin g M e v ic e m o u n tin g M e v ic e m o u n tin g M E D
6 1 2 6 9 6 1 2
3RG78 25 evaluation device
4 5 ,4
N S C 0 _ 0 0 6 4 3
1 1 1
3/8
Siemens FS 10 2007
9 9 ,2
1 0 0
Fail-safe sensors
SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and arrays
Introduction
Overview
Benefits
Integrated functions Start-up/restart inhibit Contactor control "Blanking" function package with - Fixed blanking - Floating blanking - Reduced resolution "Muting" function package Multi-scan function Sequence control (optional) Configuration By teach-in key and opto-magnetic key Transmission of the configuration data through a plug-in configuration card 2 transmission channels Cascading of host and guest devices Expanded display (2 7 segments) Outputs/connections: Local interface Hirschmann-type connection (optional) Brad-Harrison-type connection Transistor outputs Relay outputs Connection to AS-Interface
Light curtains and light arrays 3RG78 4 and 3SF78 4 (for AS-Interface): Active opto-solid-state protective devices (AOPD) Type 2 or type 4 to EN 61496-1, -2 EU type tested Protect operating personnel working on or near dangerous machines Non-contact operation Wear-resistant in comparison with mechanical systems (e.g. safety mats) For further details, see the "Safety Integrated" manual and the operating instructions for the applicable devices. Tests/service The devices are EU type tested (TV (German Technical Inspectorate) Product Service in cooperation with the BIA). If required, tests can be performed before initial start-up, as well as the annual inspection (such as that required by law for presses). Please ask your Siemens contact person for further information.
Application
Light curtains for finger and hand protection in danger zones Protection against touching danger zones where light curtains are mounted close to dangerous machine parts (finger and hand protection).
Device selection Light curtains for category 2 or 4, with 14 and 30 mm resolution Applications e.g. presses, punches, filter presses, cutting machines
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/9
Fail-safe sensors
Introduction
Light curtains for horizontal danger zone protection at floor level Reliable detection of persons in danger zones when the light curtain is mounted close to the floor (crawling underneath is not possible) Device selection 2, 3, or 4-beam light array, for category 4 with 18 m range. Applications Access control, e.g. at robots and handling devices. Light arrays for access control in large areas Safely detects personnel entering danger zones.
Device selection Light curtains for category 2 or 4, with 50 mm or 55 mm resolution
Applications e.g. welding and assembly lines/robots in the automotive industry. Light curtains for horizontal danger zone protection Reliable detection of persons in danger zones when the light curtain is mounted at a height of between 0.6 to 1 m
Protecting large danger zones with a 60 / 70 m range Device selection 2, 3, or 4-beam light array for category 4 with a 60 to 70 m range. Applications Access protection (e.g. on automatic machining centers or palleting machines). Safety categories Depending on the safety category to EN 954-1 required in accordance with the C standard or on the basis of a risk analysis carried out for the machine or plant, Type 2 (up to Category 2) or Type 4 (up to Category 4) light curtains or arrays can be used (Definitions of safety categories: See page 3/2).
Design
A light curtain or light array comprises a transmitter and a receiver, which must be mounted opposite each other. Depending on the resolution and the length, a certain number of transmit and receive diodes are arranged vertically. The infrared LEDs of the transmitter emit short light pulses that are detected by the receive diodes. 3RG78 42 and 3SF78 42 light curtains and arrays for external evaluation, for category 4 to EN 954-1 - Resolution: 14, 30, 50. and 90 mm - Protective field height: from 150 to 3000 mm - 2, 3, or 4-beam light arrays - Cascading of host and guest devices for higher or longer protective fields or for angular arrangement (optional) 3RG78 44 and 3SF78 44 light curtains and arrays with integrated evaluation unit for category 4 to EN 954-1 - Resolution: 14, 30, 50 and 90 mm - Protective field height: 150 mm to 3000 mm - 2, 3, or 4-beam light arrays - transceiver, 2-beam with reflecting mirror - Cascading of host and guest devices for higher or longer protective fields or for angular arrangement (optional) 3RG78 41 light curtains for external evaluation, for category 2 to EN 954-1 - Resolution: 30, 55, and 80 mm - Protective field height: 150 mm to 1800 mm - Cascading of host and guest devices for higher or longer protective fields or for angular arrangement (optional) 3RG78 43 light curtains with integrated evaluation unit, for Category 2 according to EN 954-1, developed to EN 61508 (SIL 2), suitable for risk assessment according to pr EN ISO 13489 - Resolution 20, 30, 40 and 90 mm - Protective field heights from 150 mm to 1800 mm
Device selection Light curtains for category 2 or 4, with 80 or 90 mm resolution Applications e.g. welding and assembly lines/robots in the automotive industry Light arrays for access protection Reliable detection of persons entering danger zones
3/10
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Introduction
3RG78 46 light curtains with integrated evaluation for Category 4 to EN 954-1 - resolution 20, 30, 40 and 90 mm. - protective field heights from 150 mm to 1800 mm Standards 7 EN 61496-1, -2, IEC 61496-1, -2 (requirements for non-contact protection systems) 7 EN 999 (including calculation of safety clearances) 7 EN 954-1 (machine safety, safety-related parts of control systems) 7 EN 61508: Functional safety of safety-related electrical/electronic/programmable electronic systems
NSC0_00633
Function
Blanking function package The light curtains can also be supplied with an optional blanking function. Fixed blanking If an object is permanently located in the light path, the corresponding zone can be suppressed. This is achieved by suppressing the required number of beams. The suppressed objects must be permanently located in the protective zone, otherwise safety cannot be guaranteed. The light curtain switches the equipment off. Configuration is carried out using a teach-in function by means of the safety key or using the programming and diagnostics software SafetyLab.
NSC0_00632
Active beams Permanently suppressed beams Temporarily suppressed beams
Reduced Resolution If an object is located in the light path, two or three beams can be suppressed. The difference between reduced resolution and floating blanking is that continuous monitoring does not take place. A DIP switch is used for configuration or the programming and diagnostics software SafetyLab.
NSC0_00634a
Area with reduced resolution

Active beams Permanently suppressed beams
Floating blanking If moving objects are located in the light path, any number of beams can be suppressed. The objects can move within the suppressed beams without the light curtain switching off. If the moving objects are removed from the zone, the light curtain will interrupt the hazardous movement, otherwise safety can no longer be guaranteed. Configuration is carried out using a teach-in function by means of the safety key or using the programming and diagnostics software SafetyLab.
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/11
Fail-safe sensors
Introduction
"Muting" function package When arranged vertically, light curtains, light arrays, and Transmitters are often used for protecting access points. With additional sensor signals, the protective function can be suppressed to allow materials to be transported in or out of hazardous areas, for example. The protective field is temporarily suppressed and, once the goods have passed through, reactivated. Personnel must not be allowed to enter the hazardous area while muting is active. Using the number of connected sensors or the sequence of the muting signals, the devices automatically recognize the "sequential muting" mode when inputs M1 to M4 are assigned and "2-sensor parallel muting" when the signals M2 and M3 are assigned. A DIP switch can be used to set "4-sensor parallel muting". Muting restart If the power fails while goods are passing the muting sensors, for example, the valid muting sequence is interrupted. When the power supply has been restored, muting is not automatically resumed because the muting sequence is not as expected. To remove the goods from the area covered by the muting sensors, an integrated retraction mode can be activated using the start key. The light curtain attempts to find a valid muting sequence from the muting sensors. If successful, the muting indicator lamp stops flashing and is lit continuously. If unsuccessful, the start key must be kept depressed until the muting path is completely free. 4-sensor sequential muting If the material that is to be transported in the danger zone always has the same dimensions and there is no lack of space, the use of sequential muting is preferred. With sequential muting, four muting sensors are connected. These must be activated in a predefined sequence to trigger muting. They can be activated in either of the following sequences: M1, M2, M3, M4 or M4, M3, M2, M1. The transported goods must be of sufficient length to briefly activate all 4 sensors simultaneously. Sequential muting is successfully completed when the third muting sensor to be activated is not activated any longer. The SafetyLab software can be used to select a muting variant in which the second muting sequence is triggered before the first has finished (sequential muting with two objects). This variant saves time and, in turn, production costs for the user. 3-sensor direction muting Three-sensor direction muting is configured in a similar way to 2sensor parallel muting. Material can only be transported through the light curtain in one direction. To trigger the muting function, muting sensor M1 must first be activated, followed by muting sensors M2 and M3. If the paths for muting sensors M2 and M3 are interrupted, sensor M1 does not need to be activated. 2-sensor parallel muting Parallel muting is ideal in plants in which the dimensions of the goods are not constant or space requirements must be kept to a minimum. Two muting sensors can be used, whose beams intersect behind the protective field in the danger zone. Parallel muting is used when signals M2 and M3 are switched simultaneously without M1 and M4 having been activated or connected beforehand or simultaneously. Two-sensor parallel muting is straightforward because only two muting sensors are required. Goods can also be moved forwards and backwards within the muting area.
Start M2 E
Danger Zone
S M3
Start
M1
E
M2 E
Danger zone Start M1

E
M2
E
M3 E
E
M4
E
Danger Zone
S M3
3/12
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Introduction
Parallel muting with 4 sensors 4-sensor parallel muting can be used advantageously wherever the transported material is too small to be acquired simultaneously by 4 sensors arranged sequentially, the available space is too small even for the crossover light beams of 2-sensor parallel muting. The function of 4-sensor parallel muting corresponds to that of 2-sensor parallel muting with the additional characteristic of the muting activation signal being obtained from two sensor pairs. Muting is triggered when within a 2.5 s interval, M2 is activated with M3 or M1 is activated with M4.
Start
M2 E
M1
Danger zone
S M3 M4
PC software PC software can be used to visualize and record the function of the light curtains. SafetyLab is the diagnostic and parameterization software for 3RG78 44 / 3SF78 44 light curtains, light arrays and Transmitters. SafetyLab can be used for all available function packages of the light curtains and light arrays from firmware Version 3.10: Blanking function package Muting function package Sequence control system function package The firmware version of the receiver is indicated on the 7-segment display during start-up. Mounting sets To facilitate installation, alignment, commissioning, and troubleshooting, a practical accessories package containing mounting columns, reflecting mirror columns, reflecting mirrors, mounting supports, and laser alignment tools is available.
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/13
Fail-safe sensors
Introduction
Program overview
Order number stem Evaluation Category Function package Outputs Special features Page
Light curtains 3RG78 44

integrated 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Standard Standard Standard Blanking Blanking Blanking Muting Muting Muting Muting Sequence control Standard Standard Transistor Transistor Relay Transistor Relay Transistor Transistor Relay Relay Transistor Relay Transistor Transistor Transistor Transistor Transistor Cable gland Brad Harrison connection Hirschmann connection Cable gland Hirschmann connection Brad Harrison connection Cable gland Hirschmann connection Hirschmann connection, integrated indicator light Brad Harrison connection Hirschmann connection M12 connector M12 connector Cable gland Brad Harrison connection M12 connector 3/15 3/17 3/19 3/20 3/22 3/22 3/24 3/25 3/26 3/27 3/28 3/31 3/50 3/39 3/41 3/53
3RG78 46
4 2, SIL 2 external 4 4
3RG78 43 3RG78 42
3RG78 41 ASIsafe light curtains 3SF78 44

integrated
4 4 4 4
Blanking Muting Muting Sequence control Integrated indicator light
3/34 3/35 3/36 3/37 3/44
3SF78 42 Light arrays 3RG78 44
external
integrated
4 4 4 4 4 4
Standard Standard Muting Muting Muting Muting
Transistor Relay Transistor Relay Relay Transistor Transistor Transistor
Cable gland Hirschmann connection Cable gland Hirschmann connection Hirschmann connection, integrated indicator light Brad Harrison connection Cable gland Brad Harrison connection
3/19 3/20 3/24 3/26 3/27 3/28 3/41 3/43
3RG78 42
external
4 4
ASIsafe light arrays 3SF78 44

integrated 4 4 Muting Muting Integrated indicator light 3/36 3/36 3/47
3SF78 42 Transceiver 3RG78 44
external
integrated
4 4 4 4
Muting Muting Muting Muting
Transistor Transistor Relay Relay
Cable gland Cable gland integrated indicator light Hirschmann connection Hirschmann connection, integrated indicator light
3/25 3/25 3/27 3/27
ASIsafe transceiver 3SF78 44

external 4 Muting 3/37
3/14
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
with integrated evaluation category 4
Overview
Type Safety category to EN, IEC 61496-1, 2 Protective field height 14 and 30 mm resolution 50 mm resolution Protective field width, range 14 mm resolution 30 and 50 mm resolution Detection capability (resolution) Supply voltage (transmitter and receiver) 0 ... 6 m 0 ... 18 m 14 mm, 30 mm, 50 mm 24 V DC 20% (external power pack with safe isolation and bridging of 20 ms voltage dip is necessary) <5% 75 mA 160 mA (without external load) 4A 880 nm (infrared) Optical between transmitter and receiver 5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz to IEC/EN 60068-2-6 10 g, 16 ms to IEC/EN 60068-2-29 0 ... +50 C 25 ... +70 C 15 ... 95 % IP65 III 150 ... 1800 mm 450 ... 3000 mm 3RG78 44 Type 4
Residual ripple Current consumption Transmitter Receiver General value for external fuse in the transmitter and receiver leads
3RG78 44 and 3SF78 44 (for AS-Interface) light curtains and arrays with integrated evaluation unit for category 4 to EN 954-1 Resolution: 14, 30 and 50 mm Protective field height: 150 mm to 3000 mm 2, 3, or 4-beam light arrays Cascading of host and guest devices for higher or longer protective fields or for angular arrangement (optional) Two standard mounting brackets (3RG78 48-0AB) are supplied with all devices (also available as accessories, see page 3/58).
Wavelength Synchronization Vibration resistance Shock resistance Ambient temperature Operation Storage Relative humidity Degree of protection Safety class to DIN VDE 0106

Light curtains with standard function package, transistor output with cable gland
Protective field height mm Version Standard device Order No. Host device Order No. Guest device Order No.
Resolution 14 mm
150 150 225 225 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver 3RG78 44-6SB02-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB02-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SB03-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB03-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SB04-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB04-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SB06-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB06-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SB08-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB08-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SB11-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB11-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SB13-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB03-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB03-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SB04-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB04-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SB06-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB06-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SB08-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB08-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SB11-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB11-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SB13-1SS1 3RG78 42-6BB21 3RG78 42-6BB20 3RG78 42-6BC21 3RG78 42-6BC20 3RG78 42-6BD21 3RG78 42-6BD20 3RG78 42-6BE21 3RG78 42-6BE20 3RG78 42-6BF21 3RG78 42-6BF20 3RG78 42-6BG21 3RG78 42-6BG20 3RG78 42-6BH21
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/15
Fail-safe sensors
Protective field height mm 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Version Standard device Order No. 3RG78 44-6SB13-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SB15-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB15-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SB17-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB17-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SB20-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB20-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SB22-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB22-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SB24-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB24-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SB26-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB26-0SS0 Host device Order No. 3RG78 44-6SB13-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SB15-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB15-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SB17-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB17-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SB20-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB20-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SB22-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB22-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SB24-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB24-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SB26-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB26-1SS0 Guest device Order No. 3RG78 42-6BH20 3RG78 42-6BJ21 3RG78 42-6BJ20 3RG78 42-6BK21 3RG78 42-6BK20 3RG78 42-6BL21 3RG78 42-6BL20 3RG78 42-6BM21 3RG78 42-6BM20 3RG78 42-6BN21 3RG78 42-6BN20 3RG78 42-6BP21 3RG78 42-6BP20
Resolution 30 mm
150 150 225 225 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800
Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter
3RG78 44-6SD02-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD02-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SD03-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD03-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SD04-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD04-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SD06-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD06-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SD08-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD08-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SD11-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD11-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SD13-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD13-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SD15-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD15-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SD17-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD17-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SD20-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD20-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SD22-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD22-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SD24-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD24-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SD26-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD26-0SS0
3RG78 44-6SD02-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD02-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SD03-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD03-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SD04-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD04-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SD06-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD06-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SD08-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD08-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SD11-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD11-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SD13-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD13-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SD15-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD15-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SD17-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD17-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SD20-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD20-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SD22-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD22-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SD24-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD24-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SD26-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD26-1SS0
3RG78 42-6DB21 3RG78 42-6DB20 3RG78 42-6DC21 3RG78 42-6DC20 3RG78 42-6DD21 3RG78 42-6DD20 3RG78 42-6DE21 3RG78 42-6DE20 3RG78 42-6DF21 3RG78 42-6DF20 3RG78 42-6DG21 3RG78 42-6DG20 3RG78 42-6DH21 3RG78 42-6DH20 3RG78 42-6DJ21 3RG78 42-6DJ20 3RG78 42-6DK21 3RG78 42-6DK20 3RG78 42-6DL21 3RG78 42-6DL20 3RG78 42-6DM21 3RG78 42-6DM20 3RG78 42-6DN21 3RG78 42-6DN20 3RG78 42-6DP21 3RG78 42-6DP20
Resolution 50 mm
450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver 3RG78 44-6SE06-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE06-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SE08-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE08-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SE11-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE11-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SE13-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE13-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SE15-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE06-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE06-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SE08-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE08-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SE11-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE11-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SE13-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE13-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SE15-1SS1 3RG78 42-6EE21 3RG78 42-6EE20 3RG78 42-6EF21 3RG78 42-6EF20 3RG78 42-6EG21 3RG78 42-6EG20 3RG78 42-6EH21 3RG78 42-6EH20 3RG78 42-6EJ21
3/16
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Protective field height mm 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 2100 2100 2400 2400 2700 2700 3000 3000 Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Version Standard device Order No. 3RG78 44-6SE15-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SE17-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE17-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SE20-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE20-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SE22-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE22-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SE24-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE24-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SE26-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE26-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SE28-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE28-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SE31-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE31-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SE33-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE33-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SE35-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE35-0SS0 Host device Order No. 3RG78 44-6SE15-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SE17-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE17-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SE20-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE20-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SE22-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE22-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SE24-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE24-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SE26-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE26-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SE28-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE28-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SE31-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE31-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SE33-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE33-1SS0 3RG78 44-6SE35-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE35-1SS0 Guest device Order No. 3RG78 42-6EJ20 3RG78 42-6EK21 3RG78 42-6EK20 3RG78 42-6EL21 3RG78 42-6EL20 3RG78 42-6EM21 3RG78 42-6EM20 3RG78 42-6EN21 3RG78 42-6EN20 3RG78 42-6EP21 3RG78 42-6EP20 3RG78 42-6ER21 3RG78 42-6ER20 3RG78 42-6ES21 3RG78 42-6ES20 3RG78 42-6ET21 3RG78 42-6ET20 3RG78 42-6EU21 3RG78 42-6EU20
Light curtains with standard function package, transistor output with Brad-Harrison connector (MIN-Series)
Protective field height mm Version Standard device Host device Guest device
Order No.
Order No.
Order No.
Resolution 14 mm
225 225 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 44-4SB03-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB03-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SB04-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB04-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SB06-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB06-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SB08-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB08-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SB11-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB11-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SB13-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB13-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SB15-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB15-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SB17-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB17-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SB20-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB20-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SB22-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB22-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SB24-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB24-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SB26-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB26-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SB03-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB03-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SB04-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB04-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SB06-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB06-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SB08-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB08-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SB11-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB11-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SB13-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB13-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SB15-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB15-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SB17-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB17-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SB20-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB20-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SB22-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB22-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SB24-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB24-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SB26-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB26-1SS0 3RG78 42-6BC21 3RG78 42-6BC20 3RG78 42-6BD21 3RG78 42-6BD20 3RG78 42-6BE21 3RG78 42-6BE20 3RG78 42-6BF21 3RG78 42-6BF20 3RG78 42-6BG21 3RG78 42-6BG20 3RG78 42-6BH21 3RG78 42-6BH20 3RG78 42-6BJ21 3RG78 42-6BJ20 3RG78 42-6BK21 3RG78 42-6BK20 3RG78 42-6BL21 3RG78 42-6BL20 3RG78 42-6BM21 3RG78 42-6BM20 3RG78 42-6BN21 3RG78 42-6BN20 3RG78 42-6BP21 3RG78 42-6BP20
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/17
Fail-safe sensors
Order No.
Order No.
Order No.
Resolution 30 mm
150 150 225 225 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 44-4SD02-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD02-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SD03-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD03-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SD04-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD04-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SD06-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD06-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SD08-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD08-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SD11-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD11-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SD13-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD13-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SD15-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD15-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SD17-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD17-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SD20-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD20-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SD22-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD22-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SD24-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD24-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SD26-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD26-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SD02-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD02-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SD03-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD03-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SD04-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD04-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SD06-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD06-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SD08-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD08-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SD11-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD11-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SD13-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD13-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SD15-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD15-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SD17-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD17-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SD20-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD20-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SD22-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD22-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SD24-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD24-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SD26-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD26-1SS0 3RG78 42-6DB21 3RG78 42-6DB20 3RG78 42-6DC21 3RG78 42-6DC20 3RG78 42-6DD21 3RG78 42-6DD20 3RG78 42-6DE21 3RG78 42-6DE20 3RG78 42-6DF21 3RG78 42-6DF20 3RG78 42-6DG21 3RG78 42-6DG20 3RG78 42-6DH21 3RG78 42-6DH20 3RG78 42-6DJ21 3RG78 42-6DJ20 3RG78 42-6DK21 3RG78 42-6DK20 3RG78 42-6DL21 3RG78 42-6DL20 3RG78 42-6DM21 3RG78 42-6DM20 3RG78 42-6DN21 3RG78 42-6DN20 3RG78 42-6DP21 3RG78 42-6DP20
900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800
Resolution 50 mm
450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 2100 2100 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Siemens FS 10 2007 3RG78 44-4SE06-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE06-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SE08-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE08-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SE11-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE11-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SE13-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE13-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SE15-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE15-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SE17-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE17-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SE20-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE20-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SE22-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE22-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SE24-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE24-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SE26-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE26-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SE28-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE28-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SE06-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE06-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SE08-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE08-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SE11-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE11-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SE13-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE13-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SE15-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE15-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SE17-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE17-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SE20-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE20-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SE22-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE22-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SE24-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE24-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SE26-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE26-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SE28-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE28-1SS0 3RG78 42-6EE21 3RG78 42-6EE20 3RG78 42-6EF21 3RG78 42-6EF20 3RG78 42-6EG21 3RG78 42-6EG20 3RG78 42-6EH21 3RG78 42-6EH20 3RG78 42-6EJ21 3RG78 42-6EJ20 3RG78 42-6EK21 3RG78 42-6EK20 3RG78 42-6EL21 3RG78 42-6EL20 3RG78 42-6EM21 3RG78 42-6EM20 3RG78 42-6EN21 3RG78 42-6EN20 3RG78 42-6EP21 3RG78 42-6EP20 3RG78 42-6ER21 3RG78 42-6ER20
3/18
Fail-safe sensors
Protective field height mm 2400 2400 2700 2700 3000 3000 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Version Standard device Host device Guest device
Order No. 3RG78 44-4SE31-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE31-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SE33-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE33-0SS0 3RG78 44-4SE35-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE35-0SS0
Order No. 3RG78 44-4SE31-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE31-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SE33-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE33-1SS0 3RG78 44-4SE35-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE35-1SS0
Order No. 3RG78 42-6ES21 3RG78 42-6ES20 3RG78 42-6ET21 3RG78 42-6ET20 3RG78 42-6EU21 3RG78 42-6EU20
Light array with standard function package, transistor output with cable gland
No. of light beams Beam distance mm Version Standard device Order No.
Range 0.8 m to 18 m
4 beams 4 beams 3 beams 3 beams 2 beams 2 beams 300 300 400 400 500 500 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 44-6SM50-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SM50-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SP50-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SP50-0SS0 3RG78 44-6SS50-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SS50-0SS0
Range 6 m to 70 m
Light curtains with standard function package, relay output with Hirschmann-type connector
Protective field height mm Version Standard device 14 mm resolution Order No. Standard device 30 mm resolution Order No.
Resolution 14 mm and 30 mm
300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver 3RG78 44-8SB04-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SB04-0SS0 3RG78 44-8SB06-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SB06-0SS0 3RG78 44-8SB08-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SB08-0SS0 3RG78 44-8SB11-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SB11-0SS0 3RG78 44-8SB13-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SB13-0SS0 3RG78 44-8SB15-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SB15-0SS0 3RG78 44-8SB17-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SB17-0SS0 on request on request on request on request on request 3RG78 44-8SD04-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD04-0SS0 3RG78 44-8SD06-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD06-0SS0 3RG78 44-8SD08-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD08-0SS0 3RG78 44-8SD11-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD11-0SS0 3RG78 44-8SD13-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD13-0SS0 3RG78 44-8SD15-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD15-0SS0 3RG78 44-8SD17-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD17-0SS0 3RG78 44-8SD20-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD20-0SS0 3RG78 44-8SD22-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD22-0SS0 3RG78 44-8SD24-0SS1
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/19
Fail-safe sensors
Protective field height mm Version Standard device 14 mm resolution Order No. Standard device 30 mm resolution Order No.
1650 1800 1800 Transmitter Receiver Transmitter on request on request on request 3RG78 44-2SD24-0SS0 3RG78 44-8SD26-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD26-0SS0
Light array with standard function package, relay output with Hirschmann-type connector
No. of light beams Beam distance mm Version Standard device Order No.
Range 0.8 to 18 m
Light curtains with blanking function package, transistor output with cable gland
Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Siemens FS 10 2007 3RG78 44-6BB02-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB02-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BB03-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB03-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BB04-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB04-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BB06-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB06-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BB08-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB08-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BB11-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB11-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BB13-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB13-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BB15-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB15-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BB17-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB17-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BB20-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB20-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BB22-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB22-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BB24-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB24-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BB26-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SB26-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BD02-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD02-0SS0
Order No. 3RG78 44-6BB03-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB03-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BB04-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB04-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BB06-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB06-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BB08-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB08-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BB11-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB11-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BB13-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB13-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BB15-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB15-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BB17-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB17-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BB20-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB20-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BB22-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB22-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BB24-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB24-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BB26-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SB26-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BD02-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD02-1SS0
Order No. 3RG78 42-6BB21 3RG78 42-6BB20 3RG78 42-6BC21 3RG78 42-6BC20 3RG78 42-6BD21 3RG78 42-6BD20 3RG78 42-6BE21 3RG78 42-6BE20 3RG78 42-6BF21 3RG78 42-6BF20 3RG78 42-6BG21 3RG78 42-6BG20 3RG78 42-6BH21 3RG78 42-6BH20 3RG78 42-6BJ21 3RG78 42-6BJ20 3RG78 42-6BK21 3RG78 42-6BK20 3RG78 42-6BL21 3RG78 42-6BL20 3RG78 42-6BM21 3RG78 42-6BM20 3RG78 42-6BN21 3RG78 42-6BN20 3RG78 42-6BP21 3RG78 42-6BP20 3RG78 42-6DB21 3RG78 42-6DB20
Resolution 14 mm
150 150 225 225 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 150 150
Resolution 30 mm
3/20
Fail-safe sensors
225 225 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 2100 2100 2400 2400 2700 2700 3000 3000 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 44-6BD03-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD03-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BD04-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD04-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BD06-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD06-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BD08-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD08-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BD11-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD11-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BD13-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD13-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BD15-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD15-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BD17-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD17-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BD20-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD20-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BD22-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD22-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BD24-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD24-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BD26-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD26-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BE06-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE06-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BE08-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE08-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BE11-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE11-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BE13-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE13-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BE15-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE15-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BE17-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE17-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BE20-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE20-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BE22-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE22-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BE24-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE24-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BE26-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE26-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BE28-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE28-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BE31-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE31-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BE33-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE33-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BE35-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SE35-0SS0 3RG78 44-6BD03-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD03-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BD04-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD04-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BD06-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD06-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BD08-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD08-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BD11-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD11-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BD13-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD13-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BD15-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD15-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BD17-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD17-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BD20-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD20-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BD22-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD22-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BD24-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD24-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BD26-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SD26-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BE06-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE06-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BE08-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE08-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BE11-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE11-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BE13-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE13-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BE15-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE15-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BE17-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE17-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BE20-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE20-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BE22-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE22-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BE24-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE24-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BE26-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE26-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BE28-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE28-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BE31-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE31-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BE33-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE33-1SS0 3RG78 44-6BE35-1SS1 3RG78 44-6SE35-1SS0 3RG78 42-6DC21 3RG78 42-6DC20 3RG78 42-6DD21 3RG78 42-6DD20 3RG78 42-6DE21 3RG78 42-6DE20 3RG78 42-6DF21 3RG78 42-6DF20 3RG78 42-6DG21 3RG78 42-6DG20 3RG78 42-6DH21 3RG78 42-6DH20 3RG78 42-6DJ21 3RG78 42-6DJ20 3RG78 42-6DK21 3RG78 42-6DK20 3RG78 42-6DL21 3RG78 42-6DL20 3RG78 42-6DM21 3RG78 42-6DM20 3RG78 42-6DN21 3RG78 42-6DN20 3RG78 42-6DP21 3RG78 42-6DP20 3RG78 42-6EE21 3RG78 42-6EE20 3RG78 42-6EF21 3RG78 42-6EF20 3RG78 42-6EG21 3RG78 42-6EG20 3RG78 42-6EH21 3RG78 42-6EH20 3RG78 42-6EJ21 3RG78 42-6EJ20 3RG78 42-6EK21 3RG78 42-6EK20 3RG78 42-6EL21 3RG78 42-6EL20 3RG78 42-6EM21 3RG78 42-6EM20 3RG78 42-6EN21 3RG78 42-6EN20 3RG78 42-6EP21 3RG78 42-6EP20 3RG78 42-6ER21 3RG78 42-6ER20 3RG78 42-6ES21 3RG78 42-6ES20 3RG78 42-6ET21 3RG78 42-6ET20 3RG78 42-6EU21 3RG78 42-6EU20
Resolution 50 mm
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/21
Fail-safe sensors
Light curtains with blanking function package, Relay output with Hirschmann-type connector
Protective field height mm Version Standard device 14 mm resolution Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 44-8BB04-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SB04-0SS0 3RG78 44-8BB06-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SB06-0SS0 3RG78 44-8BB08-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SB08-0SS0 3RG78 44-8BB11-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SB11-0SS0 3RG78 44-8BB13-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SB13-0SS0 3RG78 44-8BB15-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SB15-0SS0 3RG78 44-8BB17-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SB17-0SS0 on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request Standard device 30 mm resolution Order No. 3RG78 44-8BD04-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD04-0SS0 3RG78 44-8BD06-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD06-0SS0 3RG78 44-8BD08-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD08-0SS0 3RG78 44-8BD11-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD11-0SS0 3RG78 44-8BD13-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD13-0SS0 3RG78 44-8BD15-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD15-0SS0 3RG78 44-8BD17-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD17-0SS0 3RG78 44-8BD20-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD20-0SS0 3RG78 44-8BD22-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD22-0SS0 3RG78 44-8BD24-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD24-0SS0 3RG78 44-8BD26-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD26-0SS0
300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800
Light curtains with blanking function package transistor output with Brad-Harrison connector (MIN-Series)
Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 44-4BB03-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB03-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BB04-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB04-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BB06-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB06-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BB08-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB08-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BB11-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB11-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BB13-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB13-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BB15-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB15-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BB17-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB17-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BB20-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB20-0SS0
Order No. 3RG78 44-4BB03-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB03-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BB04-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB04-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BB06-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB06-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BB08-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB08-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BB11-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB11-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BB13-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB13-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BB15-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB15-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BB17-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB17-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BB20-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB20-1SS0
Order No. 3RG78 42-6BC21 3RG78 42-6BC20 3RG78 42-6BD21 3RG78 42-6BD20 3RG78 42-6BE21 3RG78 42-6BE20 3RG78 42-6BF21 3RG78 42-6BF20 3RG78 42-6BG21 3RG78 42-6BG20 3RG78 42-6BH21 3RG78 42-6BH20 3RG78 42-6BJ21 3RG78 42-6BJ20 3RG78 42-6BK21 3RG78 42-6BK20 3RG78 42-6BL21 3RG78 42-6BL20
Resolution 14 mm
225 225 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350
3/22
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 150 150 225 225 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 44-4BB22-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB22-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BB24-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB24-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BB26-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SB26-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BD02-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD02-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BD03-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD03-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BD04-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD04-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BD06-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD06-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BD08-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD08-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BD11-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD11-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BD13-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD13-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BD15-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD15-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BD17-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD17-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BD20-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD20-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BD22-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD22-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BD24-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD24-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BD26-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SD26-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BE06-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE06-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BE08-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE08-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BE11-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE11-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BE13-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE13-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BE15-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE15-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BE17-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE17-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BE20-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE20-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BE22-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE22-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BE24-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE24-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BB22-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB22-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BB24-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB24-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BB26-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB26-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BD02-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD02-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BD03-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD03-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BD04-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD04-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BD06-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD06-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BD08-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD08-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BD11-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD11-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BD13-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD13-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BD15-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD15-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BD17-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD17-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BD20-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD20-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BD22-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD22-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BD24-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD24-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BD26-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SD26-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BE06-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE06-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BE08-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE08-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BE11-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE11-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BE13-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE13-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BE15-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE15-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BE17-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE17-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BE20-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE20-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BE22-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE22-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BE24-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE24-1SS0 3RG78 42-6BM21 3RG78 42-6BM20 3RG78 42-6BN21 3RG78 42-6BN20 3RG78 42-6BP21 3RG78 42-6BP20 3RG78 42-6DB21 3RG78 42-6DB20 3RG78 42-6DC21 3RG78 42-6DC20 3RG78 42-6DD21 3RG78 42-6DD20 3RG78 42-6DE21 3RG78 42-6DE20 3RG78 42-6DF21 3RG78 42-6DF20 3RG78 42-6DG21 3RG78 42-6DG20 3RG78 42-6DH21 3RG78 42-6DH20 3RG78 42-6DJ21 3RG78 42-6DJ20 3RG78 42-6DK21 3RG78 42-6DK20 3RG78 42-6DL21 3RG78 42-6DL20 3RG78 42-6DM21 3RG78 42-6DM20 3RG7842-6DN21 3RG78 42-6DN20 3RG78 42-6DP21 3RG78 42-6DP20 3RG78 42-6EE21 3RG78 42-6EE20 3RG78 42-6EF21 3RG78 42-6EF20 3RG78 42-6EG21 3RG78 42-6EG20 3RG78 42-6EH21 3RG78 42-6EH20 3RG78 42-6EJ21 3RG78 42-6EJ20 3RG78 42-6EK21 3RG78 42-6EK20 3RG78 42-6EL21 3RG78 42-6EL20 3RG78 42-6EM21 3RG78 42-6EM20 3RG78 42-6EN21 3RG78 42-6EN20
Resolution 30 mm
Resolution 50 mm
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/23
Fail-safe sensors
1800 1800 2100 2100 2400 2400 2700 2700 3000 3000 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 44-4BE26-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE26-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BE28-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE28-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BE31-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE31-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BE33-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE33-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BE35-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SE35-0SS0 3RG78 44-4BE26-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SB26-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BE28-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE28-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BE31-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE31-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BE33-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE33-1SS0 3RG78 44-4BE35-1SS1 3RG78 44-4SE35-1SS0 3RG78 42-6EP21 3RG78 42-6EP20 3RG78 42-6ER21 3RG78 42-6ER20 3RG78 42-6ES21 3RG78 42-6ES20 3RG78 42-6ET21 3RG78 42-6ET20 3RG78 42-6EU21 3RG78 42-6EU20
Light curtains with muting function package, transistor output with cable gland
Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 44-6MD04-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD04-0SS0 3RG78 44-6MD06-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD06-0SS0 3RG78 44-6MD08-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD08-0SS0 3RG78 44-6MD11-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD11-0SS0 3RG78 44-6MD13-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD13-0SS0 3RG78 44-6MD15-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD15-0SS0 3RG78 44-6MD17-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD17-0SS0 3RG78 44-6MD20-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD20-0SS0 3RG78 44-6MD22-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD22-0SS0 3RG78 44-6MD24-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD24-0SS0 3RG78 44-6MD26-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SD26-0SS0
Order No. on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request
Order No. 3RG78 42-6DD21 3RG78 42-6DD20 3RG78 42-6DE21 3RG78 42-6DE20 3RG78 42-6DF21 3RG78 42-6DF20 3RG78 42-6DG21 3RG78 42-6DG20 3RG78 42-6DH21 3RG78 42-6DH20 3RG78 42-6DJ21 3RG78 42-6DJ20 3RG78 42-6DK21 3RG78 42-6DK20 3RG78 42-6DL21 3RG78 42-6DL20 3RG78 42-6DM21 3RG78 42-6DM20 3RG78 42-6DN21 3RG78 42-6DN20 3RG78 42-6DP21 3RG78 42-6DP20
Resolution 30 mm
300
300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800
Light arrays with muting function package, transistor output with cable gland
No. of light beams Beam distance mm 300 300 400 400 500 500 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Version Standard device Order No. 3RG78 44-6MM50-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SM50-0SS0 3RG78 44-6MP50-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SP50-0SS0 3RG78 44-6MS50-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SS50-0SS0
Range 18 m Range 0.8 m to 18 m

4 beams 4 beams 3 beams 3 beams 2 beams 2 beams
3/24
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
No. of light beams Beam distance mm 300 300 400 400 500 500 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Version Standard device Order No. 3RG78 44-6MM51-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SM51-0SS0 3RG78 44-6MP51-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SP51-0SS0 3RG78 44-6MS51-0SS1 3RG78 44-6SS51-0SS0
Range 18 m Range 6 m to 70 m
Transceiver with muting function package, transistor output with cable gland
No. of light beams Beam distance mm Version Standard device Order No. Transceiver Transceiver with integrated LED indicator light 3RG78 44-6MS50-0ST0 3RG78 44-6MS50-0MT0 3RG78 48-1TL
Range 6.5 m
2 beams 2 beams Mirror for Transceiver 500 500
Light curtains with muting function package, Relay output with Hirschmann-type connector
3
Order No. on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request Order No. 3RG78 42-6DD21 3RG78 42-6DD20 3RG78 42-6DE21 3RG78 42-6DE20 3RG78 42-6DF21 3RG78 42-6DF20 3RG78 42-6DG21 3RG78 42-6DG20 3RG78 42-6DH21 3RG78 42-6DH20 3RG78 42-6DJ21 3RG78 42-6DJ20 3RG78 42-6DK21 3RG78 42-6DK20 3RG78 42-6DL21 3RG78 42-6DL20 3RG78 42-6DM21 3RG78 42-6DM20 3RG78 42-6DN21 3RG78 42-6DN20 3RG78 42-6DP21 3RG78 42-6DP20
Resolution 30 mm
300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/25
Fail-safe sensors
Light curtains with muting function package, relay output with Hirschmann-type connector, integrated LED indicator light
Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 44-8MD04-0KS1 3RG78 44-2SD04-0SS0 3RG78 44-8MD06-0KS1 3RG78 44-2SD06-0SS0 3RG78 44-8MD08-0KS1 3RG78 44-2SD08-0SS0 3RG78 44-8MD11-0KS1 3RG78 44-2SD11-0SS0 3RG78 44-8MD13-0KS1 3RG78 44-2SD13-0SS0 3RG78 44-8MD15-0KS1 3RG78 44-2SD15-0SS0 3RG78 44-8MD17-0KS1 3RG78 44-2SD17-0SS0
Order No. on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request
Order No. 3RG78 42-6DD21 3RG78 42-6DD20 3RG78 42-6DE21 3RG78 42-6DE20 3RG78 42-6DF21 3RG78 42-6DF20 3RG78 42-6DG21 3RG78 42-6DG20 3RG78 42-6DH21 3RG78 42-6DH20 3RG78 42-6DJ21 3RG78 42-6DJ20 3RG78 42-6DK21 3RG78 42-6DK20
Resolution 30 mm
300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050
1050 1200 1200
Light arrays with muting function package, Relay output with Hirschmann-type connector
No. of light beams Beam distance mm Version Standard device Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 44-8MM50-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SM50-0SS0 3RG78 44-8MP50-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SP50-0SS0 3RG78 44-8MS50-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SS50-0SS0 3RG78 44-8MM51-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SM51-0SS0 3RG78 44-8MP51-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SP51-0SS0 3RG78 44-8MS51-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SS51-0SS0
Range 0.8 m to 18 m
4 beams 4 beams 3 beams 3 beams 2 beams 2 beams 300 300 400 400 500 500 300 300 400 400 500 500
Range 6 m to 70 m
3/26
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Light arrays with muting function package, Relay output with Hirschmann-type connector, integrated LED indicator light
No. of light beams Beam distance mm Version Standard device Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 44-8MM50-0KS1 3RG78 44-2SM50-0SS0 3RG78 44-8MP50-0KS1 3RG78 44-2SP50-0SS0 3RG78 44-8MS50-0KS1 3RG78 44-2SS50-0SS0
Range 0.8 to 18 m
4 beams 4 beams 3 beams 3 beams 2 beams 2 beams 300 300 400 400 500 500
Transceiver with muting function package, Relay output with Hirschmann-type connector
No. of light beams Beam distance mm Version Standard device Order No. Transceiver Transceiver with integrated LED indicator light 3RG78 44-8MS50-0ST0 3RG78 44-8MS50-0MT0 3RG78 48-1TL
Range 6.5 m
2 beams 2 beams Mirror for Transmitter 500 500
Light curtains with muting function package transistor output with Brad-Harrison connector (MIN-Series)
Order No. on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request
Order No. 3RG78 42-6DD21 3RG78 42-6DD20 3RG78 42-6DE21 3RG78 42-6DE20 3RG78 42-6DF21 3RG78 42-6DF20 3RG78 42-6DG21 3RG78 42-6DG20 3RG78 42-6DH21 3RG78 42-6DH20 3RG78 42-6DJ21 3RG78 42-6DJ20 3RG78 42-6DK21 3RG78 42-6DK20 3RG78 42-6DL21 3RG78 42-6DL20 3RG78 42-6DM21 3RG78 42-6DM20 3RG78 42-6DN21 3RG78 42-6DN20 3RG78 42-6DP21 3RG78 42-6DP20
Resolution 30 mm
300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/27
Fail-safe sensors
Light arrays with muting function package transistor output with Brad-Harrison connector (MIN-Series)
No. of light beams Beam distance mm Version Standard device Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 44-4MM50-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SM50-0SS0 3RG78 44-4MP50-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SP50-0SS0 3RG78 44-4MS50-0SS1 3RG78 44-4SS50-0SS0
Range 0.8 m to 18 m
Light curtains with sequence control function package Relay output with Hirschmann-type connector
Protective field height mm Version Standard device 14 mm resolution Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 44-8TB04-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SB04-0SS0 3RG78 44-8TB06-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SB06-0SS0 3RG78 44-8TB08-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SB08-0SS0 3RG78 44-8TB11-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SB11-0SS0 3RG78 44-8TB13-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SB13-0SS0 Standard device 30 mm resolution Order No. 3RG78 44-8TD04-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD04-0SS0 3RG78 44-8TD06-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD06-0SS0 3RG78 44-8TD08-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD08-0SS0 3RG78 44-8TD11-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD11-0SS0 3RG78 44-8TD13-0SS1 3RG78 44-2SD13-0SS0
300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 Additional products on request
3/28
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Dimension drawings
3RG78 44 standard light curtains and 3RG78 44 light arrays
1
Mirror 3RG78 48-1TL
52
$ Screw cap Pg 9 A Protective field height (see selection and ordering data) B Total length = protective field height A + 134 mm
4 0
7 2
A
696 602
B
2 2
A-A
N S C 0 _ 0 0 6 4 7
5 2
5 5
FS1000104
102
57 29,5
52
3RG78 44 light arrays, additional dimensions

1 7 2
Additional dimensions for light arrays only: Type 3RG78 44-..M 3RG78 44-..P 3RG78 44-..S B 1184 1034 734 C 300 400 500 Beams 4 3 2
1 4 0 ,1
2 2
4 0
N S C 0 _ 0 0 6 4 8
5 2
5 5
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/29
Fail-safe sensors
with integrated evaluation, category 4, with connector M12
Overview
Type Synchronization Safety class (VDE 106)1) Ambient temperature Operation Storage Permissible relative humidity Degree of protection Signal inputs Transmitter pin 4 - test input
3RG78 46 Optically between emitter and receiver III 0 ... +55 C 25 ... +70 C 15 ... 95% IP65
Input: Contact or transistor connected to +24 V DC 0 V or spare = Test Current load: 20 mA max. Input: Contact (NO) connected to 24 V DC, current load: 15 mA max. Outlet: pnp: Connected to 24 V DC, 80 mA max. Input: Contact (NC) connected to 0 V Current load: 15 mA max. 24 V DC connection Input: DC 24 V Jumper to Pin 1
Receiver pin 1 - Start/restart key - error/pollution group alarm
3
3RG78 46 light curtains with integrated evaluation for Type 4 according to EN IEC 61496-1 and prEN IEC 61496-2 Resolution 20, 30, 40 and 90 mm Protective field heights from 150 mm to 1800 mm Two 360 mounting brackets 3RG78 48-2BA each are enclosed with all devices (can also be ordered as accessories, see page 3/65)
Receiver Pin 3 - EDM (contactor control)
- without EDM Receiver pin 4 - with RES - without RES

1)
Technical data
Type Safety category EN IEC 61496 Detection capability (resolution) Protective field width, range for resolution 20 mm for resolution 30 mm for resolution 40 mm for resolution 90 mm Supply voltage US (transmitter and receiver) 0.7 ... 14 m 0.5 ... 9 m 0.9 ... 20 m 0.9 ... 20 m 24 V DC 20 % (external power pack is required with reliable mains isolation and compensation of voltage dips of 20 ms, min. 250 mA (plus OSSD load) 5% within the limits of US 75 mA 110 mA (without external load) 3RG78 46 Type 4 20 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 90 mm
The circuits connected to the inputs and outputs must comply with the air gaps and creepage distances specified in the applicable standards for safe isolation.
Residual ripple of supply voltage Current consumption Transmitter Receiver
General value for external fuse in the 1 A medium time lag emitter and receiver supply leads Permissible cable cross section Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 0.25 mm2 0.14 mm2 Light-emitting diodes according to EN 60825-1:1994+ A1:2002+A:2001 1 950 nm < 50 W Siemens FS 10 2007
Class Wavelength Power
3/30
Fail-safe sensors
OSSDs transistor outputs 2 pnp safety-related transistor outputs, cross-connection monitored, short-circuit-proof Minimum Operational voltage active high (US - 1.6 V) For resistive load Irated = 250 mA Operational voltage, low Switch current Leakage current Load capacitance Load inductance Permissible line resistance to load Permissible line length between receiver and load (for 0.25 mm2) Test pulse width Test pulse interval OSSD restart time after beam interruption OSSD response time
1)
Typical +22 V 0V 250 mA < 5 A 100 ms

2)
Maximum + 2.8 V < 20 A < 220 nF < 2,0 H < 300 2) 100 m 100 s 22 s
-80 V1) 30 s 40 ms
Depending on the number of beams, see operating instructions Please note further constraints due to cable lengths and load current.
Fast recovery voltage for contactors, otherwise 0 V.

Protective field height mm Version Resolution 20 mm Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 46-3SC02-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SC02-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SC03-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SC03-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SC04-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SC04-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SC06-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SC06-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SC08-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SC08-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SC11-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SC11-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SC13-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SC13-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SC15-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SC15-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SC17-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SC17-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SC20-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SC20-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SC22-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SC22-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SC24-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SC24-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SC26-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SC26-0SS0 Resolution 30 mm Order No. 3RG78 46-3SD02-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SD02-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SD03-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SD03-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SD04-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SD04-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SD06-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SD06-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SD08-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SD08-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SD11-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SD11-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SD13-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SD13-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SD15-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SD15-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SD17-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SD17-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SD20-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SD20-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SD22-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SD22-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SD24-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SD24-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SD26-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SD26-0SS0
SIMATIC FS420I
150 150 225 225 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/31
Fail-safe sensors
Protective field height mm 150 150 225 225 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Transmitter Receiver Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Version Resolution 40 mm Order No. 3RG78 46-3SF02-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SF02-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SF03-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SF03-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SF04-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SF04-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SF06-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SF06-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SF08-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SF08-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SF11-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SF11-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SF13-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SF13-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SF15-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SF15-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SF17-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SF17-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SF20-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SF20-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SF22-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SF22-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SF24-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SF24-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SF26-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SF26-0SS0 Resolution 90 mm Order No. 3RG78 46-3SJ08-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SJ08-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SJ11-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SJ11-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SJ13-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SJ13-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SJ15-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SJ15-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SJ17-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SJ17-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SJ20-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SJ20-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SJ22-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SJ22-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SJ24-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SJ24-0SS0 3RG78 46-3SJ26-0SS1 3RG78 46-3SJ26-0SS0
1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800
Dimension drawings
Light curtains 3SF78 46 with integrated evaluation, category 4
11 34,6 17 34,6 17 11
3RG7813
3RG7813
29
24
24
29
Transmitter A Protective field height (see selection and ordering data)
Receiver
B Overall dimension without connector = Height of protective field A + 75.5 mm
3/32
Siemens FS 10 2007
FS10_00081
Fail-safe sensors
with integrated evaluation ASIsafe category 4
Type Safety category to EN, IEC 61496-1, -2 Protective field height 14 and 30 mm resolution 50 mm resolution Protective field width, range 14 mm resolution 30 and 50 mm resolution Detection capability (resolution) Supply voltage (transmitter and receiver) 0 ... 6 m 0 ... 18 m 14 mm, 30 mm, 50 mm 24 V DC 20 % (external power pack with safe isolation and bridging of 20 ms voltage dip is necessary) <5% 75 mA 160 mA (without external load) 4A 880 nm (infrared) Optical between transmitter and receiver Shock resistance 150 ... 1800 mm 450 ... 3000 mm 3SF78 44 Type 4 Type Ambient temperature Operation Storage Relative humidity Degree of protection Safety class to DIN VDE 0106 Vibration resistance 0 ... +50 C 25 ... +70 C 15 ... 95 % IP65 III 5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz to IEC/EN 60068-2-6 10 g, 16 ms to IEC/EN 60068-2-29 3SF78 44
Signal inputs and outputs (local socket, optional)

Signal inputs Restart inhibit unlocking - min. operating time - max. operating time Teach-in - Simultaneity Voltage output (for command devices or safety sensors only) 1 button with 1 NO contact (floating) 300 ms 4s 2-pin key-operated switch (selector switch) floating < 500 ms 24 V DC 20 %, max 0.5 A
Residual ripple Current consumption Transmitter Receiver General value for external fuse in the transmitter and receiver leads Wavelength Synchronization
Receiver/Transmitter machine interface, ASIsafe

OSSDs safety switching outputs Permissible cable length Restart time after beam interruption Slave address area Slave address area (WE) ID code / IO code transmitter ID code receiver IO code receiver AS-i profile Cycle time in accordance with AS-I specification OSSD response time Additional response time of the AS-i system 4 bit AS-i data Minimum 1 0 (ex works) B 0 Secure slave 5 ms Depends on number of beams, see operating instructions 40 ms Typical 140 ms Maximum 100 m 31
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/33
Fail-safe sensors

Light curtains with blanking function package, ASIsafe
Protective field height mm Version Standard device 14 mm resolution Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3SF78 44-6BB04-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SB04-0SS0 3SF78 44-6BB06-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SB06-0SS0 3SF78 44-6BB08-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SB08-0SS0 3SF78 44-6BB11-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SB11-0SS0 3SF78 44-6BB13-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SB13-0SS0 3SF78 44-6BB15-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SB15-0SS0 3SF78 44-6BB17-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SB17-0SS0 on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request Standard device 30 mm resolution Order No. 3SF78 44-6BD04-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD04-0SS0 3SF78 44-6BD06-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD06-0SS0 3SF78 44-6BD08-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD08-0SS0 3SF78 44-6BD11-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD11-0SS0 3SF78 44-6BD13-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD13-0SS0 3SF78 44-6BD15-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD15-0SS0 3SF78 44-6BD17-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD17-0SS0 3SF78 44-6BD20-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD20-0SS0 3SF78 44-6BD22-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD22-0SS0 3SF78 44-6BD24-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD24-0SS0 3SF78 44-6BD26-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD26-0SS0
300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800
3/34
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Light curtains with muting function package, ASIsafe
Protective field height mm Version Standard device Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3SF78 44-6MD04-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD04-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MD06-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD06-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MD08-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD08-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MD11-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD11-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MD13-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD13-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MD15-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD15-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MD17-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD17-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MD20-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD20-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MD22-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD22-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MD24-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD24-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MD26-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD26-0SS0 Host device Order No. on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request Guest device Order No. 3RG78 42-6DD21 3RG78 42-6DD20 3RG78 42-6DE21 3RG78 42-6DE20 3RG78 42-6DF21 3RG78 42-6DF20 3RG78 42-6DG21 3RG78 42-6DG20 3RG78 42-6DH21 3RG78 42-6DH20 3RG78 42-6DJ21 3RG78 42-6DJ20 3RG78 42-6DK21 3RG78 42-6DK20 3RG78 42-6DL21 3RG78 42-6DL20 3RG78 42-6DM21 3RG78 42-6DM20 3RG78 42-6DN21 3RG78 42-6DN20 3RG78 42-6DP21 3RG78 42-6DP20
Resolution 30 mm
300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/35
Fail-safe sensors
Light curtains with muting function package, ASIsafe, integrated LED indicator light
Protective field height mm Version Standard device Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3SF78 44-6MD04-0KS1 3SF78 44-6SD04-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MD06-0KS1 3SF78 44-6SD06-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MD08-0KS1 3SF78 44-6SD08-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MD11-0KS1 3SF78 44-6SD11-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MD13-0KS1 3SF78 44-6SD13-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MD15-0KS1 3SF78 44-6SD15-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MD17-0KS1 3SF78 44-6SD17-0SS0 Host device Order No. on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request Guest device Order No. 3RG78 42-6DD21 3RG78 42-6DD20 3RG78 42-6DE21 3RG78 42-6DE20 3RG78 42-6DF21 3RG78 42-6DF20 3RG78 42-6DG21 3RG78 42-6DG20 3RG78 42-6DH21 3RG78 42-6DH20 3RG78 42-6DJ21 3RG78 42-6DJ20 3RG78 42-6DK21 3RG78 42-6DK20
Resolution 30 mm
300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200
Light arrays with muting function package, ASIsafe

No. of light beams Beam distance mm Version Standard device Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3SF78 44-6MM50-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SM50-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MP50-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SP50-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MS50-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SS50-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MM51-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SM51-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MP51-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SP51-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MS51-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SS51-0SS0
Range 0.8 m to 18 m
Range 6 m to 70 m
Light arrays with muting function package, ASIsafe, integrated LED indicator light
No. of light beams Beam distance mm Version Standard device Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3SF78 44-6MM50-0KS1 3SF78 44-6SM50-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MP50-0KS1 3SF78 44-6SP50-0SS0 3SF78 44-6MS50-0KS1 3SF78 44-6SS50-0SS0
Range 0.8 m to 18 m
3/36
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Transceiver Category 4 with muting function package, ASIsafe
No. of light beams Beam distance mm Version Standard device Order No. Transceiver Transceiver with integrated LED indicator light 3SF78 44-6MS50-0ST0 3SF78 44-6MS50-0MT0 3RG78 48-1TL
Range 6.5 m
2 beams 2 beams Mirror for Transceiver 500 500
Light curtains with sequence control function package ASIsafe connection

Protective field height mm Version Standard device 14 mm resolution Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3SF78 44-6TB04-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SB04-0SS0 3SF78 44-6TB06-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SB06-0SS0 3SF78 44-6TB08-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SB08-0SS0 3SF78 44-6TB11-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SB11-0SS0 3SF78 44-6TB13-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SB13-0SS0 Standard device 30 mm resolution Order No. 3SF78 44-6TD04-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD04-0SS0 3SF78 44-6TD06-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD06-0SS0 3SF78 44-6TD08-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD08-0SS0 3SF78 44-6TD11-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD11-0SS0 3SF78 44-6TD13-0SS1 3SF78 44-6SD13-0SS0
300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900
Additional products on request
Dimension drawings
3RG78 44, 3SF78 44 standard light curtains and light arrays
1 1 7 2 7 2
3SF78 44 light arrays, additional dimensions
Mirror 3RG78 48-1TL (left) and muting Transmitter (right)

52 52
4 0
1 4 0 ,1
4 0
696 602
2 2
N S C 0 _ 0 0 6 4 7
2 2
5 2
5 5
N S C 0 _ 0 0 6 4 8
5 2
5 5
102 FS1000107 140
$ Screw cap Pg 9 (receiver only, for local interface) A Protective field height (see selection and ordering data) B Total length= protective field height A + 134 mm
Type 3SF78 44-..M 3SF78 44-..P 3SF78 44-..S
B 1184 1034 734
C 300 400 500
Beams 4 3 2
38
Additional dimensions for light arrays only:
734
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/37
Fail-safe sensors
for external evaluation, category 4
Overview
Type
3RG78 42
Infrared light interference suppres- 2 techniques selectable sion Standard d-scan High suppression Very high suppression (increased response time for devices with more than 15 beams) Optical; 2 selectable transfer channels 0 ... +55 C 25 ... +70 C 15 ... 95 % IP65 With Pg 13 screw terminals and plug-in connection 7-pin, 0.5 ... 1,0 mm2 7-pin, 0.5 ... 1,0 mm2 (shielded if required) 100 m
Synchronization between transmitter and receiver Ambient temperature Operation Storage Air humidity Degree of protection Electrical connection Connection cable Transmitter Receiver
3
3RG78 42 light curtains and arrays for category 4 to EN 954-1 Resolution 14, 30, 50 and 90 mm, Protective field heights from 150 to 3000 mm, 2, 3, or 4-beam light arrays, Cascading of host and guest devices for higher or longer protective fields or for angular arrangement (optional). Two standard mounting brackets (3RG78 48-0AB) are supplied with all devices 3RG78 42 (also available as accessories, see page 3/61).
Cable length with 1.0 mm2
Inputs
Transmitter test input Minimum opening time Closed-circuit principle 50 ms
Outputs
Safety outputs Output voltage Ua min Output current Ia max Peak current Continuous thermal current At 35 C At 55C Max. load capacitance per output Response time from interruption of protective field to until safety outputs switch off 14 mm resolution 30 mm resolution 50 mm resolution 90 mm resolution For light array 2, 3, 4 beam Reactivation time from enabling the protective field until safety outputs switch on All resolutions After momentary protective field interruptions Pollution output and fault signaling output Output current, max. Safety and diagnostic interface 0.5 ms 100 ms pnp output (short-circuit proof) 70 mA RS 485, 57.6 kBaud 2 fail-safe pnp outputs with crossover monitoring (short-circuit proof) U vers 2.7 V 0.3 A 0.4 A 0.3 A 0.22 A 300 nF (100 nF for channel 2) Increases with the number of beams 7 ... 39 ms (d-scan 10 ... 78 ms) 7 ... 20 ms (d-scan 10 ... 39 ms) 17 ms (d-scan 33 ms) 13 ms (d-scan 20 ms) 5 ms (d-scan 8 ms)
Type Safety category to EN, IEC 61496-1, -3 Detection capability (resolution) 3RG78 42 Type 4 (self monitoring) 14 mm, 30 mm, 50 mm, 90 mm, or whole person with 2, 3, or 4 beams 150 ... 1800 mm 450 ... 3000 mm 750 ... 3000 mm 0.3 ... 6 m 0.8 ... 18 m 0.8 ... 18 m 6 ... 60 m 24 V DC 20 % (external power pack with safe line separation and 20 ms power loss ride-through) 75 mA 180 mA (without external load) 5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz to IEC/EN 60068-2-6 10 g, 16 ms to IEC/EN 60068-2-29
Protective field height 14 and 30 mm resolutions 50 mm resolution 90 mm resolution Protective field width, sensing field 14 mm resolution 30, 50, and 90 mm resolutions With 18 m light array With 60 m light array Supply voltage (transmitter and receiver)
Current consumption Transmitter Receiver Vibration resistance Shock resistance
3/38
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors

Light curtains, transistor output with cable gland
Protective field height mm Version Standard device Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 42-6BB01 3RG78 42-6BB00 3RG78 42-6BC01 3RG78 42-6BC00 3RG78 42-6BD01 3RG78 42-6BD00 3RG78 42-6BE01 3RG78 42-6BE00 3RG78 42-6BF01 3RG78 42-6BF00 3RG78 42-6BG01 3RG78 42-6BG00 3RG78 42-6BH01 3RG78 42-6BH00 3RG78 42-6BJ01 3RG78 42-6BJ00 3RG78 42-6BK01 3RG78 42-6BK00 3RG78 42-6BL01 3RG78 42-6BL00 3RG78 42-6BM01 3RG78 42-6BM00 3RG78 42-6BN01 3RG78 42-6BN00 3RG78 42-6BP01 3RG78 42-6BP00 3RG78 42-6DB01 3RG78 42-6DB00 3RG78 42-6DC01 3RG78 42-6DC00 3RG78 42-6DD01 3RG78 42-6DD00 3RG78 42-6DE01 3RG78 42-6DE00 3RG78 42-6DF01 3RG78 42-6DF00 3RG78 42-6DG01 3RG78 42-6DG00 3RG78 42-6DH01 3RG78 42-6DH00 3RG78 42-6DJ01 3RG78 42-6DJ00 3RG78 42-6DK01 3RG78 42-6DK00 3RG78 42-6DL01 3RG78 42-6DL00 Host device Order No. on request on request 3RG78 42-6BC11 3RG78 42-6BC10 3RG78 42-6BD11 3RG78 42-6BD10 3RG78 42-6BE11 3RG78 42-6BE10 3RG78 42-6BF11 3RG78 42-6BF10 3RG78 42-6BG11 3RG78 42-6BG10 3RG78 42-6BH11 3RG78 42-6BH10 3RG78 42-6BJ11 3RG78 42-6BJ10 3RG78 42-6BK11 3RG78 42-6BK10 3RG78 42-6BL11 3RG78 42-6BL10 3RG78 42-6BM11 3RG78 42-6BM10 3RG78 42-6BN11 3RG78 42-6BN10 3RG78 42-6BP11 3RG78 42-6BP10 on request on request 3RG78 42-6DC11 3RG78 42-6DC10 3RG78 42-6DD11 3RG78 42-6DD10 3RG78 42-6DE11 3RG78 42-6DE10 3RG78 42-6DF11 3RG78 42-6DF10 3RG78 42-6DG11 3RG78 42-6DG10 3RG78 42-6DH11 3RG78 42-6DH10 3RG78 42-6DJ11 3RG78 42-6DJ10 3RG78 42-6DK11 3RG78 42-6DK10 3RG78 42-6DL11 3RG78 42-6DL10 Guest device Order No. 3RG78 42-6BB21 3RG78 42-6BB20 3RG78 42-6BC21 3RG78 42-6BC20 3RG78 42-6BD21 3RG78 42-6BD20 3RG78 42-6BE21 3RG78 42-6BE20 3RG78 42-6BF21 3RG78 42-6BF20 3RG78 42-6BG21 3RG78 42-6BG20 3RG78 42-6BH21 3RG78 42-6BH20 3RG78 42-6BJ21 3RG78 42-6BJ20 3RG78 42-6BK21 3RG78 42-6BK20 3RG78 42-6BL21 3RG78 42-6BL20 3RG78 42-6BM21 3RG78 42-6BM20 3RG78 42-6BN21 3RG78 42-6BN20 3RG78 42-6BP21 3RG78 42-6BP20 3RG78 42-6DB21 3RG78 42-6DB20 3RG78 42-6DC21 3RG78 42-6DC20 3RG78 42-6DD21 3RG78 42-6DD20 3RG78 42-6DE21 3RG78 42-6DE20 3RG78 42-6DF21 3RG78 42-6DF20 3RG78 42-6DG21 3RG78 42-6DG20 3RG78 42-6DH21 3RG78 42-6DH20 3RG78 42-6DJ21 3RG78 42-6DJ20 3RG78 42-6DK21 3RG78 42-6DK20 3RG78 42-6DL21 3RG78 42-6DL20
Resolution 14 mm
150 150 225 225 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800
Resolution 30 mm
150 150 225 225 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/39
Fail-safe sensors
1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver 3RG78 42-6DM01 3RG78 42-6DM00 3RG78 42-6DN01 3RG78 42-6DN00 3RG78 42-6DP01 3RG78 42-6DP00 3RG78 42-6EE01 3RG78 42-6EE00 3RG78 42-6EF01 3RG78 42-6EF00 3RG78 42-6EG01 3RG78 42-6EG00 3RG78 42-6EH01 3RG78 42-6EH00 3RG78 42-6EJ01 3RG78 42-6EJ00 3RG78 42-6EK01 3RG78 42-6EK00 3RG78 42-6EL01 3RG78 42-6EL00 3RG78 42-6EM01 3RG78 42-6EM00 3RG78 42-6EN01 3RG78 42-6EN00 3RG78 42-6EP01 3RG78 42-6EP00 3RG78 42-6ER01 3RG78 42-6ER00 3RG78 42-6ES01 3RG78 42-6ES00 3RG78 42-6ET01 3RG78 42-6ET00 3RG78 42-6EU01 3RG78 42-6EU00 3RG78 42-6JG01 3RG78 42-6JG00 3RG78 42-6JH01 3RG78 42-6JH00 3RG78 42-6JJ01 3RG78 42-6JJ00 3RG78 42-6JK01 3RG78 42-6JK00 3RG78 42-6JL01 3RG78 42-6JL00 3RG78 42-6JM01 3RG78 42-6JM00 3RG78 42-6JN01 3RG78 42-6JN00 3RG78 42-6JP01 3RG78 42-6JP00 3RG78 42-6JR01 3RG78 42-6DM11 3RG78 42-6DM10 3RG78 42-6DN11 3RG78 42-6DN10 3RG78 42-6DP11 3RG78 42-6DP10 3RG78 42-6EE11 3RG78 42-6EE10 3RG78 42-6EF11 3RG78 42-6EF10 3RG78 42-6EG11 3RG78 42-6EG10 3RG78 42-6EH11 3RG78 42-6EH10 3RG78 42-6EJ11 3RG78 42-6EJ10 3RG78 42-6EK11 3RG78 42-6EK10 3RG78 42-6EL11 3RG78 42-6EL10 3RG78 42-6EM11 3RG78 42-6EM10 3RG78 42-6EN11 3RG78 42-6EN10 3RG78 42-6EP11 3RG78 42-6EP10 3RG78 42-6ER11 3RG78 42-6ER10 3RG78 42-6ES11 3RG78 42-6ES10 3RG78 42-6ET11 3RG78 42-6ET10 3RG78 42-6EU11 3RG78 42-6EU10 3RG78 42-6JG11 3RG78 42-6JG10 3RG78 42-6JH11 3RG78 42-6JH10 3RG78 42-6JJ11 3RG78 42-6JJ10 3RG78 42-6JK11 3RG78 42-6JK10 3RG78 42-6JL11 3RG78 42-6JL10 3RG78 42-6JM11 3RG78 42-6JM10 3RG78 42-6JN11 3RG78 42-6JN10 3RG78 42-6JP11 3RG78 42-6JP10 3RG78 42-6JR11 3RG78 42-6DM21 3RG78 42-6DM20 3RG78 42-6DN21 3RG78 42-6DN20 3RG78 42-6DP21 3RG78 42-6DP20 3RG78 42-6EE21 3RG78 42-6EE20 3RG78 42-6EF21 3RG78 42-6EF20 3RG78 42-6EG21 3RG78 42-6EG20 3RG78 42-6EH21 3RG78 42-6EH20 3RG78 42-6EJ21 3RG78 42-6EJ20 3RG78 42-6EK21 3RG78 42-6EK20 3RG78 42-6EL21 3RG78 42-6EL20 3RG78 42-6EM21 3RG78 42-6EM20 3RG78 42-6EN21 3RG78 42-6EN20 3RG78 42-6EP21 3RG78 42-6EP20 3RG78 42-6ER21 3RG78 42-6ER20 3RG78 42-6ES21 3RG78 42-6ES20 3RG78 42-6ET21 3RG78 42-6ET20 3RG78 42-6EU21 3RG78 42-6EU20 3RG78 42-6JG21 3RG78 42-6JG20 3RG78 42-6JH21 3RG78 42-6JH20 3RG78 42-6JJ21 3RG78 42-6JJ20 3RG78 42-6JK21 3RG78 42-6JK20 3RG78 42-6JL21 3RG78 42-6JL20 3RG78 42-6JM21 3RG78 42-6JM20 3RG78 42-6JN21 3RG78 42-6JN20 3RG78 42-6JP21 3RG78 42-6JP20 3RG78 42-6JR21
Resolution 50 mm
450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 2100 2100 2400 2400 2700 2700 3000 3000
Resolution 90 mm
750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 2100
3/40
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
2100 2400 2400 2700 2700 3000 3000 Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 42-6JR00 3RG78 42-6JS01 3RG78 42-6JS00 3RG78 42-6JT01 3RG78 42-6JT00 3RG78 42-6JU01 3RG78 42-6JU00 3RG78 42-6JR10 3RG78 42-6JS11 3RG78 42-6JS10 3RG78 42-6JT11 3RG78 42-6JT10 3RG78 42-6JU11 3RG78 42-6JU10 3RG78 42-6JR20 3RG78 42-6JS21 3RG78 42-6JS20 3RG78 42-6JT21 3RG78 42-6JT20 3RG78 42-6JU21 3RG78 42-6JU20
Light arrays, transistor output with cable gland

No. of light beams Beam distance mm Version Standard device Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 42-6MH01 3RG78 42-6MH00 3RG78 42-6PG01 3RG78 42-6PG00 3RG78 42-6SE01 3RG78 42-6SE00 3RG78 42-6MH51 3RG78 42-6MH50 3RG78 42-6PG51 3RG78 42-6PG50 3RG78 42-6SE51 3RG78 42-6SE50
Range 0.8 m to 18 m
Range 6 m to 60 m
Light curtains, transistor output with Brad-Harrison connector (MIN-Series)

Protective field height mm Version Standard device Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 42-4BB01 3RG78 42-4BB00 3RG78 42-4BC01 3RG78 42-4BC00 3RG78 42-4BD01 3RG78 42-4BD00 3RG78 42-4BE01 3RG78 42-4BE00 3RG78 42-4BF01 3RG78 42-4BF00 3RG78 42-4BG01 3RG78 42-4BG00 3RG78 42-4BH01 3RG78 42-4BH00 3RG78 42-4BJ01 3RG78 42-4BJ00 3RG78 42-4BK01 3RG78 42-4BK00 3RG78 42-4BL01 3RG78 42-4BL00 Host device Order No. on request on request 3RG78 42-4BC11 3RG78 42-4BC10 3RG78 42-4BD11 3RG78 42-4BD10 3RG78 42-4BE11 3RG78 42-4BE10 3RG78 42-4BF11 3RG78 42-4BF10 3RG78 42-4BG11 3RG78 42-4BG10 3RG78 42-4BH11 3RG78 42-4BH10 3RG78 42-4BJ11 3RG78 42-4BJ10 3RG78 42-4BK11 3RG78 42-4BK10 3RG78 42-4BL11 3RG78 42-4BL10 Guest device Order No. 3RG78 42-6BB21 3RG78 42-6BB20 3RG78 42-6BC21 3RG78 42-6BC20 3RG78 42-6BD21 3RG78 42-6BD20 3RG78 42-6BE21 3RG78 42-6BE20 3RG78 42-6BF21 3RG78 42-6BF20 3RG78 42-6BG21 3RG78 42-6BG20 3RG78 42-6BH21 3RG78 42-6BH20 3RG78 42-6BJ21 3RG78 42-6BJ20 3RG78 42-6BK21 3RG78 42-6BK20 3RG78 42-6BL21 3RG78 42-6BL20
Resolution 14 mm
150 150 225 225 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/41
Fail-safe sensors
1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 150 150 225 225 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 42-4BM01 3RG78 42-4BM00 3RG78 42-4BN01 3RG78 42-4BN00 3RG78 42-4BP01 3RG78 42-4BP00 3RG78 42-4DB01 3RG78 42-4DB00 3RG78 42-4DC01 3RG78 42-4DC00 3RG78 42-4DD01 3RG78 42-4DD00 3RG78 42-4DE01 3RG78 42-4DE00 3RG78 42-4DF01 3RG78 42-4DF00 3RG78 42-4DG01 3RG78 42-4DG00 3RG78 42-4DH01 3RG78 42-4DH00 3RG78 42-4DJ01 3RG78 42-4DJ00 3RG78 42-4DK01 3RG78 42-4DK00 3RG78 42-4DL01 3RG78 42-4DL00 3RG78 42-4DM01 3RG78 42-4DM00 3RG78 42-4DN01 3RG78 42-4DN00 3RG78 42-4DP01 3RG78 42-4DP00 3RG78 42-4EE01 3RG78 42-4EE00 3RG78 42-4EF01 3RG78 42-4EF00 3RG78 42-4EG01 3RG78 42-4EG00 3RG78 42-4EH01 3RG78 42-4EH00 3RG78 42-4EJ01 3RG78 42-4EJ00 3RG78 42-4EK01 3RG78 42-4EK00 3RG78 42-4EL01 3RG78 42-4EL00 3RG78 42-4EM01 3RG78 42-4EM00 3RG78 42-4EN01 3RG78 42-4EN00 3RG78 42-4BM11 3RG78 42-4BM10 3RG78 42-4BN11 3RG78 42-4BN10 3RG78 42-4BP11 3RG78 42-4BP10 on request on request 3RG78 42-4DC11 3RG78 42-4DC10 3RG78 42-4DD11 3RG78 42-4DD10 3RG78 42-4DE11 3RG78 42-4DE10 3RG78 42-4DF11 3RG78 42-4DF10 3RG78 42-4DG11 3RG78 42-4DG10 3RG78 42-4DH11 3RG78 42-4DH10 3RG78 42-4DJ11 3RG78 42-4DJ10 3RG78 42-4DK11 3RG78 42-4DK10 3RG78 42-4DL11 3RG78 42-4DL10 3RG78 42-4DM11 3RG78 42-4DM10 3RG78 42-4DN11 3RG78 42-4DN10 3RG78 42-4DP11 3RG78 42-4DP10 3RG78 42-4EE11 3RG78 42-4EE10 3RG78 42-4EF11 3RG78 42-4EF10 3RG78 42-4EG11 3RG78 42-4EG10 3RG78 42-4EH11 3RG78 42-4EH10 3RG78 42-4EJ11 3RG78 42-4EJ10 3RG78 42-4EK11 3RG78 42-4EK10 3RG78 42-4EL11 3RG78 42-4EL10 3RG78 42-4EM11 3RG78 42-4EM10 3RG78 42-4EN11 3RG78 42-4EN10 3RG78 42-6BM21 3RG78 42-6BM20 3RG78 42-6BN21 3RG78 42-6BN20 3RG78 42-6BP21 3RG78 42-6BP20 3RG78 42-6DB21 3RG78 42-6DB20 3RG78 42-6DC21 3RG78 42-6DC20 3RG78 42-6DD21 3RG78 42-6DD20 3RG78 42-6DE21 3RG78 42-6DE20 3RG78 42-6DF21 3RG78 42-6DF20 3RG78 42-6DG21 3RG78 42-6DG20 3RG78 42-6DH21 3RG78 42-6DH20 3RG78 42-6DJ21 3RG78 42-6DJ20 3RG78 42-6DK21 3RG78 42-6DK20 3RG78 42-6DL21 3RG78 42-6DL20 3RG78 42-6DM21 3RG78 42-6DM20 3RG78 42-6DN21 3RG78 42-6DN20 3RG78 42-6DP21 3RG78 42-6DP20 3RG78 42-6EE21 3RG78 42-6EE20 3RG78 42-6EF21 3RG78 42-6EF20 3RG78 42-6EG21 3RG78 42-6EG20 3RG78 42-6EH21 3RG78 42-6EH20 3RG78 42-6EJ21 3RG78 42-6EJ20 3RG78 42-6EK21 3RG78 42-6EK20 3RG78 42-6EL21 3RG78 42-6EL20 3RG78 42-6EM21 3RG78 42-6EM20 3RG78 42-6EN21 3RG78 42-6EN20
Resolution 30 mm
Resolution 50 mm
3/42
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
1800 1800 2100 2100 2400 2400 2700 2700 3000 3000 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 2100 2100 2400 2400 2700 2700 3000 3000 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 42-4EP01 3RG78 42-4EP00 3RG78 42-4ER01 3RG78 42-4ER00 3RG78 42-4ES01 3RG78 42-4ES00 3RG78 42-4ET01 3RG78 42-4ET00 3RG78 42-4EU01 3RG78 42-4EU00 3RG78 42-4JG01 3RG78 42-4JG00 3RG78 42-4JH01 3RG78 42-4JH00 3RG78 42-4JJ01 3RG78 42-4JJ00 3RG78 42-4JK01 3RG78 42-4JK00 3RG78 42-4JL01 3RG78 42-4JL00 3RG78 42-4JM01 3RG78 42-4JM00 3RG78 42-4JN01 3RG78 42-4JN00 3RG78 42-4JP01 3RG78 42-4JP00 3RG78 42-4JR01 3RG78 42-4JR00 3RG78 42-4JS01 3RG78 42-4JS00 3RG78 42-4JT01 3RG78 42-4JT00 3RG78 42-4JU01 3RG78 42-4JU00 3RG78 42-4EP11 3RG78 42-4EP10 3RG78 42-4ER11 3RG78 42-4ER10 3RG78 42-4ES11 3RG78 42-4ES10 3RG78 42-4ET11 3RG78 42-4ET10 3RG78 42-4EU11 3RG78 42-4EU10 3RG78 42-4JG11 3RG78 42-4JG10 3RG78 42-4JH11 3RG78 42-4JH10 3RG78 42-4JJ11 3RG78 42-4JJ10 3RG78 42-4JK11 3RG78 42-4JK10 3RG78 42-4JL11 3RG78 42-4JL10 3RG78 42-4JM11 3RG78 42-4JM10 3RG78 42-4JN11 3RG78 42-4JN10 3RG78 42-4JP11 3RG78 42-4JP10 3RG78 42-4JR11 3RG78 42-4JR10 3RG78 42-4JS11 3RG78 42-4JS10 3RG78 42-4JT11 3RG78 42-4JT10 3RG78 42-4JU11 3RG78 42-4JU10 3RG78 42-6EP21 3RG78 42-6EP20 3RG78 42-6ER21 3RG78 42-6ER20 3RG78 42-6ES21 3RG78 42-6ES20 3RG78 42-6ET21 3RG78 42-6ET20 3RG78 42-6EU21 3RG78 42-6EU20 3RG78 42-6JG21 3RG78 42-6JG20 3RG78 42-6JH21 3RG78 42-6JH20 3RG78 42-6JJ21 3RG78 42-6JJ20 3RG78 42-6JK21 3RG78 42-6JK20 3RG78 42-6JL21 3RG78 42-6JL20 3RG78 42-6JM21 3RG78 42-6JM20 3RG78 42-6JN21 3RG78 42-6JN20 3RG78 42-6JP21 3RG78 42-6JP20 3RG78 42-6JR21 3RG78 42-6JR20 3RG78 42-6JS21 3RG78 42-6JS20 3RG78 42-6JT21 3RG78 42-6JT20 3RG78 42-6JU21 3RG78 42-6JU20
Resolution 90 mm
Light arrays, transistor output with Brad-Harrison connector

No. of light beams Beam distance mm Version Standard device Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 42-4MH01 3RG78 42-4MH00 3RG78 42-4PG01 3RG78 42-4PG00 3RG78 42-4SE01 3RG78 42-4SE00 3RG78 42-4MH51 3RG78 42-4MH50 3RG78 42-4PG51 3RG78 42-4PG50 3RG78 42-4SE51 3RG78 42-4SE50
Range 0.8 m to 18 m
Range 6 m to 60 m
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/43
Fail-safe sensors
for external evaluation ASIsafe, category 4
Overview
Design
3SF7842 Emitter Host 3SF7842 Emitter Guest 22 B 22
b=40
Light curtains and light arrays 3SF78 42 for Category 4 according to EN 954-1 Resolution 14, 30, 50 and 90 mm, Protective field heights from 150 to 3000 mm, 2, 3 or 4 beam light arrays, Connection to AS-Interface. Cascading of host and guest devices for greater protective field heights and lengths or for an angular arrangement as an option. Two standard mounting brackets (3RG78 48-0AB) are supplied with all devices 3SF78 42 (also available as accessories, see page 3/61).
3SF7842 Receiver Host
3SF7842 Receiver Guest
Host/Guest: cascading of basic device/follow-up device

Light curtains, ASIsafe
Protective field height mm Version Standard device Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3SF78 42-6BB01 3SF78 42-6BB00 3SF78 42-6BC01 3SF78 42-6BC00 3SF78 42-6BD01 3SF78 42-6BD00 3SF78 42-6BE01 3SF78 42-6BE00 3SF78 42-6BF01 3SF78 42-6BF00 3SF78 42-6BG01 3SF78 42-6BG00 3SF78 42-6BH01 3SF78 42-6BH00 3SF78 42-6BJ01 3SF78 42-6BJ00 3SF78 42-6BK01 3SF78 42-6BK00 Host device Order No. on request on request 3SF78 42-6BC11 3SF78 42-6BC10 3SF78 42-6BD11 3SF78 42-6BD10 3SF78 42-6BE11 3SF78 42-6BE10 3SF78 42-6BF11 3SF78 42-6BF10 3SF78 42-6BG11 3SF78 42-6BG10 3SF78 42-6BH11 3SF78 42-6BH10 3SF78 42-6BJ11 3SF78 42-6BJ10 3SF78 42-6BK11 3SF78 42-6BK10 Guest device Order No. 3RG78 42-6BB21 3RG78 42-6BB20 3RG78 42-6BC21 3RG78 42-6BC20 3RG78 42-6BD21 3RG78 42-6BD20 3RG78 42-6BE21 3RG78 42-6BE20 3RG78 42-6BF21 3RG78 42-6BF20 3RG78 42-6BG21 3RG78 42-6BG20 3RG78 42-6BH21 3RG78 42-6BH20 3RG78 42-6BJ21 3RG78 42-6BJ20 3RG78 42-6BK21 3RG78 42-6BK20
Resolution 14 mm
150 150 225 225 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200
3/44
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Protective field height mm 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 150 150 225 225 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Version Standard device Order No. 3SF78 42-6BL01 3SF78 42-6BL00 3SF78 42-6BM01 3SF78 42-6BM00 3SF78 42-6BN01 3SF78 42-6BN00 3SF78 42-6BP01 3SF78 42-6BP00 3SF78 42-6DB01 3SF78 42-6DB00 3SF78 42-6DC01 3SF78 42-6DC00 3SF78 42-6DD01 3SF78 42-6DD00 3SF78 42-6DE01 3SF78 42-6DE00 3SF78 42-6DF01 3SF78 42-6DF00 3SF78 42-6DG01 3SF78 42-6DG00 3SF78 42-6DH01 3SF78 42-6DH00 3SF78 42-6DJ01 3SF78 42-6DJ00 3SF78 42-6DK01 3SF78 42-6DK00 3SF78 42-6DL01 3SF78 42-6DL00 3SF78 42-6DM01 3SF78 42-6DM00 3SF78 42-6DN01 3SF78 42-6DN00 3SF78 42-6DP01 3SF78 42-6DP00 3SF78 42-6EE01 3SF78 42-6EE00 3SF78 42-6EF01 3SF78 42-6EF00 3SF78 42-6EG01 3SF78 42-6EG00 3SF78 42-6EH01 3SF78 42-6EH00 3SF78 42-6EJ01 3SF78 42-6EJ00 3SF78 42-6EK01 3SF78 42-6EK00 3SF78 42-6EL01 3SF78 42-6EL00 Host device Order No. 3SF78 42-6BL11 3SF78 42-6BL10 3SF78 42-6BM11 3SF78 42-6BM10 3SF78 42-6BN11 3SF78 42-6BN10 3SF78 42-6BP11 3SF78 42-6BP10 on request on request 3SF78 42-6DC11 3SF78 42-6DC10 3SF78 42-6DD11 3SF78 42-6DD10 3SF78 42-6DE11 3SF78 42-6DE10 3SF78 42-6DF11 3SF78 42-6DF10 3SF78 42-6DG11 3SF78 42-6DG10 3SF78 42-6DH11 3SF78 42-6DH10 3SF78 42-6DJ11 3SF78 42-6DJ10 3SF78 42-6DK11 3SF78 42-6DK10 3SF78 42-6DL11 3SF78 42-6DL10 3SF78 42-6DM11 3SF78 42-6DM10 3SF78 42-6DN11 3SF78 42-6DN10 3SF78 42-6DP11 3SF78 42-6DP10 3SF78 42-6EE11 3SF78 42-6EE10 3SF78 42-6EF11 3SF78 42-6EF10 3SF78 42-6EG11 3SF78 42-6EG10 3SF78 42-6EH11 3SF78 42-6EH10 3SF78 42-6EJ11 3SF78 42-6EJ10 3SF78 42-6EK11 3SF78 42-6EK10 3SF78 42-6EL11 3SF78 42-6EL10 Guest device Order No. 3RG78 42-6BL21 3RG78 42-6BL20 3RG78 42-6BM21 3RG78 42-6BM20 3RG78 42-6BN21 3RG78 42-6BN20 3RG78 42-6BP21 3RG78 42-6BP20 3RG78 42-6DB21 3RG78 42-6DB20 3RG78 42-6DC21 3RG78 42-6DC20 3RG78 42-6DD21 3RG78 42-6DD20 3RG78 42-6DE21 3RG78 42-6DE20 3RG78 42-6DF21 3RG78 42-6DF20 3RG78 42-6DG21 3RG78 42-6DG20 3RG78 42-6DH21 3RG78 42-6DH20 3RG78 42-6DJ21 3RG78 42-6DJ20 3RG78 42-6DK21 3RG78 42-6DK20 3RG78 42-6DL21 3RG78 42-6DL20 3RG78 42-6DM21 3RG78 42-6DM20 3RG78 42-6DN21 3RG78 42-6DN20 3RG78 42-6DP21 3RG78 42-6DP20 3RG78 42-6EE21 3RG78 42-6EE20 3RG78 42-6EF21 3RG78 42-6EF20 3RG78 42-6EG21 3RG78 42-6EG20 3RG78 42-6EH21 3RG78 42-6EH20 3RG78 42-6EJ21 3RG78 42-6EJ20 3RG78 42-6EK21 3RG78 42-6EK20 3RG78 42-6EL21 3RG78 42-6EL20
Resolution 30 mm
Resolution 50 mm
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/45
Fail-safe sensors
Protective field height mm 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 2100 2100 2400 2400 2700 2700 3000 3000 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Version Standard device Order No. 3SF78 42-6EM01 3SF78 42-6EM00 3SF78 42-6EN01 3SF78 42-6EN00 3SF78 42-6EP01 3SF78 42-6EP00 3SF78 42-6ER01 3SF78 42-6ER00 3SF78 42-6ES01 3SF78 42-6ES00 3SF78 42-6ET01 3SF78 42-6ET00 3SF78 42-6EU01 3SF78 42-6EU00 3SF78 42-6JG01 3SF78 42-6JG00 3SF78 42-6JH01 3SF78 42-6JH00 3SF78 42-6JJ01 3SF78 42-6JJ00 3SF78 42-6JK01 3SF78 42-6JK00 3SF78 42-6JL01 3SF78 42-6JL00 3SF78 42-6JM01 3SF78 42-6JM00 3SF78 42-6JN01 3SF78 42-6JN00 3SF78 42-6JP01 3SF78 42-6JP00 3SF78 42-6JR01 3SF78 42-6JR00 3SF78 42-6JS01 3SF78 42-6JS00 3SF78 42-6JT01 3SF78 42-6JT00 3SF78 42-6JU01 3SF78 42-6JU00 Host device Order No. 3SF78 42-6EM11 3SF78 42-6EM10 3SF78 42-6EN11 3SF78 42-6EN10 3SF78 42-6EP11 3SF78 42-6EP10 3SF78 42-6ER11 3SF78 42-6ER10 3SF78 42-6ES11 3SF78 42-6ES10 3SF78 42-6ET11 3SF78 42-6ET10 3SF78 42-6EU11 3SF78 42-6EU10 3SF78 42-6JG11 3SF78 42-6JG10 3SF78 42-6JH11 3SF78 42-6JH10 3SF78 42-6JJ11 3SF78 42-6JJ10 3SF78 42-6JK11 3SF78 42-6JK10 3SF78 42-6JL11 3SF78 42-6JL10 3SF78 42-6JM11 3SF78 42-6JM10 3SF78 42-6JN11 3SF78 42-6JN10 3SF78 42-6JP11 3SF78 42-6JP10 3SF78 42-6JR11 3SF78 42-6JR10 3SF78 42-6JS11 3SF78 42-6JS10 3SF78 42-6JT11 3SF78 42-6JT10 3SF78 42-6JU11 3SF78 42-6JU10 Guest device Order No. 3RG78 42-6EM21 3RG78 42-6EM20 3RG78 42-6EN21 3RG78 42-6EN20 3RG78 42-6EP21 3RG78 42-6EP20 3RG78 42-6ER21 3RG78 42-6ER20 3RG78 42-6ES21 3RG78 42-6ES20 3RG78 42-6ET21 3RG78 42-6ET20 3RG78 42-6EU21 3RG78 42-6EU20 3RG78 42-6JG21 3RG78 42-6JG20 3RG78 42-6JH21 3RG78 42-6JH20 3RG78 42-6JJ21 3RG78 42-6JJ20 3RG78 42-6JK21 3RG78 42-6JK20 3RG78 42-6JL21 3RG78 42-6JL20 3RG78 42-6JM21 3RG78 42-6JM20 3RG78 42-6JN21 3RG78 42-6JN20 3RG78 42-6JP21 3RG78 42-6JP20 3RG78 42-6JR21 3RG78 42-6JR20 3RG78 42-6JS21 3RG78 42-6JS20 3RG78 42-6JT21 3RG78 42-6JT20 3RG78 42-6JU21 3RG78 42-6JU20
Resolution 90 mm
750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 2100 2100 2400 2400 2700 2700 3000 3000
3/46
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Light arrays, ASIsafe
No. of light beams Beam distance mm 4 beams 4 beams 3 beams 3 beams 2 beams 2 beams 300 300 400 400 500 500 Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Version 0.8 to 18 m range Order No. 3SF78 42-6MH00 3SF78 42-6MH01 3SF78 42-6PG00 3SF78 42-6PG01 3SF78 42-6SE00 3SF78 42-6SE01 6 to 60 m range Order No. 3SF78 42-6MH50 3SF78 42-6MH51 3SF78 42-6PG50 3SF78 42-6PG51 3SF78 42-6SE50 3SF78 42-6SE51
Dimension drawings
3SF78 42 light curtains and light arrays 3SF78 42 Standard, host and guest devices Light arrays 3SF78 42, additional dimensions
4 0
2 2
9 9 ,5
3
2 2
5 2 5 5
2 2
5 2
5 5
A Protective field height (see Selection and ordering data tables) B Total length = protective field height A + 84 mm
Additional dimensions for light arrays only: Type 3SF78 42-6M 3SF78 42-6P 3SF78 42-6S B (mm) C (mm) Beams 499 599 699 300 400 500 4 3 2
9 9 ,5
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/47
Fail-safe sensors
with integrated evaluation Category 2, according to EN 61508 (SIL2)
Overview
Type 3RG78 43 Safety category EN IEC 61496; SIL2 Type 2 according to IEC 61508 Detection capability (resolution) Protective field width, range for 20 mm resolution for 30 mm resolution for 40 mm resolution for 90 mm resolution Supply voltage US (emitter and receiver) 0.5 ... 15 m 0 ... 8 m 0.8 ... 20 m 0.8 ... 20 m 24 V DC 20 % (external power pack is required with reliable mains isolation and compensation of voltage dips of 20 ms, min. 1 A current reserve) 5% within the limits of USupply 45 mA 140 mA (without external load) 1A 20 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 90 mm
Residual ripple of supply voltage Current consumption Transmitter Receiver
3
3RG7843 light curtains with integrated processing for Category 2 according to EN 954-1 Developed according to EN 61508 (SIL 2) Risk assessment, suitable according to pr EN ISO 13489 Resolution 20, 30, 40 and 90 mm Protective field heights from 150 mm to 1800 mm Two 360 mounting brackets 3RG78 48-2BA each are enclosed with all devices (can also be ordered as accessories, see page 3/65)
Common value for external fuse in the supply line for emitter and receiver Permissible conductor cross-section Transmitter Receiver Transmitter
0.25 mm2 0.14 mm2 Light-emitting diodes according to EN 60825-1: 1994+ A1: 2002+A: 2001 1 950 nm 7 s 3.1 ms < 10 W Optically between emitter and receiver 100 ms III1) 0 ... +50 C 25 ... +70 C 15 ... 95 % IP65 Input: Contact or transistor connected to +24 V DC, current load: 20 mA max. Input: Contact or transistor connected to +24 V DC or to GND, current load: 10 mA max. Input: Contact or transistor connected to +24 V DC or to GND, current load: 10 mA max.
Class Wave length Pulse duration Pulse pause Output Synchronization Test cycle time for integrated periodic test Safety class (VDE 106) Ambient temperature Operation Storage Relative humidity Degree of protection Signal inputs Emitter test input
Receiver signal input BA1
Receiver signal input BA2
1) The circuits connected to the inputs and outputs must comply with the air gaps and creepage distances specified in the applicable standards for safe isolation.
3/48
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Transistor outputs, receiver
OSSD transistor outputs Operational voltage, active high Operational voltage, low Operational current Leakage current Load capacitance Load inductance Permissible line resistance to load Permissible conductor cross-section: Receiver Permissible cable length between receiver and load Auxiliary pulse width Auxiliary pulse spacing OSSD reactivation time after interruption of the beam without RES OSSD response time 1) In the event of a fault (when the GND cable is interrupted), the output behaves like a 120 k resistance to US. A series-connected failsafe PLC must not recognize this as a logical "1". 2) Please note further constraints due to cable length and load current. 2 pnp safety-related transistor outputs, short-circuit-proof Minimum UV - 1.9 V 20 s 3.7 ms Typical UV - 1 V 200 mV < 2 A1) 100 ms Maximum UV - 0.8 V +1V 250 mA < 2.2 F 2.0 H < 50 2) 0.14 mm2 100 m 230 s 46 ms
depends on no. of light beams, see operating instructions
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/49
Fail-safe sensors

Protective field height mm Version Resolution 20 mm Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Version 3RG78 43-3SC02-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SC02-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SC03-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SC03-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SC04-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SC04-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SC06-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SC06-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SC08-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SC08-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SC11-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SC11-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SC13-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SC13-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SC15-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SC15-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SC17-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SC17-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SC20-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SC20-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SC22-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SC22-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SC24-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SC24-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SC26-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SC26-0SS0 Resolution 40 mm Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Transmitter Receiver Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 43-3SF02-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SF02-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SF03-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SF03-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SF04-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SF04-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SF06-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SF06-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SF08-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SF08-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SF11-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SF11-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SF13-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SF13-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SF15-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SF15-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SF17-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SF17-0SS0 Resolution 30 mm Order No. 3RG78 43-3SD02-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SD02-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SD03-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SD03-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SD04-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SD04-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SD06-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SD06-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SD08-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SD08-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SD11-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SD11-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SD13-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SD13-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SD15-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SD15-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SD17-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SD17-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SD20-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SD20-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SD22-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SD22-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SD24-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SD24-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SD26-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SD26-0SS0 Resolution 90 mm Order No. 3RG78 43-3SJ08-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SJ08-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SJ11-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SJ11-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SJ13-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SJ13-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SJ15-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SJ15-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SJ17-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SJ17-0SS0
SIMATIC FS420I
150 150 225 225 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 Protective field height mm
SIMATIC FS420I
150 150 225 225 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200
3/50
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
mm 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Order No. 3RG78 43-3SF20-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SF20-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SF22-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SF22-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SF24-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SF24-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SF26-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SF26-0SS0 Order No. 3RG78 43-3SJ20-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SJ20-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SJ22-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SJ22-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SJ24-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SJ24-0SS0 3RG78 43-3SJ26-0SS1 3RG78 43-3SJ26-0SS0
Dimension drawings
Light curtains 3SF78 43-3S...-0SS.
11 34,6 17 34,6 17 11
3RG7813
3RG7813
FS10_00081
B 8 24 9 A 29
8 29 24
Transmitter A Protective field height (see selection and ordering data)
Receiver
B Total length = Protective field height A + 75.5 mm
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/51
Fail-safe sensors
for external evaluation Category 2, connector M12
Overview
Type Vibration resistance Shock resistance
3RG78 41 5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz to IEC/EN 60068-2-6 10 g, 16 ms to IEC/EN 60068-2-29
Inputs
Transmitter test input No test Test Min. signal duration for triggering test Test execution time Via floating NC contact or pnp output +24 V 0 V or high resistance 20 ms 10 ms
Outputs
OSSD safety outputs Output current Ia max pnp output (short-circuit proof) 100 mA
Response time from interruption of Increases with the number of protective field to until safety outputs beams (for exact values, see operswitch off ating instructions)
3
Light curtains 3RG78 41 for category 2 according to EN 954-1 Resolution 30, 55 and 80 mm, Protective field heights from 150 to 1800 mm, Cascading of host and guest devices for greater protective field heights and lengths or for an angular arrangement as an option.
at resolution 30 mm at resolution 55 mm at resolution 80 mm Reactivation time from enabling the protective field until safety outputs switch on All resolutions
8 ... 29 ms 8 ... 19 ms 8 ... 15 ms
0.5 ms
After momentary protective field in- min. 100 ms terruptions Pollution output and fault signaling output pnp output (short-circuit proof) 70 mA RS485
Type 3RG78 41 Safety category EN IEC 61496-1, -2 Type 2 (can be tested) in conjunction with an external monitoring unit (type 2) Detection capability (resolution) Protective field height for resolution 30 mm for resolution 55 mm for resolution 80 mm Protective field width, sensing field Protection class Supply voltage (Transmitter and Receiver) 150 ... 1800 mm 300 ... 1800 mm 450 ... 1800 mm 0,3 ... 6 m I 24 V DC 20 % (external power pack with safe line separation and 20 ms power loss ride-through) 75 mA 75 mA (without external load) optical; 2 selectable transfer channels 0 ... +55 C 25 ... +75 C 15 ... 95 % (non-condensing) IP65 Round connector M12 (8-pin) 7-pin, 0.25 mm2 (shielded, with molded-on plug), 5 or 15 m long 30 mm, 55 mm, 80 mm
Output current, max. Diagnostics interface, receiver
Current consumption Transmitter Receiver Synchronization between transmitter and receiver Ambient temperature Operation Storage Air humidity Degree of protection Electrical connection Connection cable
3/52
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors

Light curtains, M12 connector
Protective field height mm Version Standard device Order No. Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 41-3DB01 3RG78 41-3DB00 3RG78 41-3DC01 3RG78 41-3DC00 3RG78 41-3DD01 3RG78 41-3DD00 3RG78 41-3DE01 3RG78 41-3DE00 3RG78 41-3DF01 3RG78 41-3DF00 3RG78 41-3DG01 3RG78 41-3DG00 3RG78 41-3DH01 3RG78 41-3DH00 3RG78 41-3DJ01 3RG78 41-3DJ00 3RG78 41-3DK01 3RG78 41-3DK00 3RG78 41-3DL01 3RG78 41-3DL00 3RG78 41-3DM01 3RG78 41-3DM00 3RG78 41-3DN01 3RG78 41-3DN00 3RG78 41-3DP01 3RG78 41-3DP00 3RG78 41-3FD01 3RG78 41-3FD00 3RG78 41-3FE01 3RG78 41-3FE00 3RG78 41-3FF01 3RG78 41-3FF00 3RG78 41-3FG01 3RG78 41-3FG00 3RG78 41-3FH01 3RG78 41-3FH00 3RG78 41-3FJ01 3RG78 41-3FJ00 3RG78 41-3FK01 3RG78 41-3FK00 3RG78 41-3FL01 3RG78 41-3FL00 3RG78 41-3FM01 3RG78 41-3FM00 3RG78 41-3FN01 3RG78 41-3FN00 Host device Order No. 3RG78 41-3DB11 3RG78 41-3DB10 3RG78 41-3DC11 3RG78 41-3DC10 3RG78 41-3DD11 3RG78 41-3DD10 3RG78 41-3DE11 3RG78 41-3DE10 3RG78 41-3DF11 3RG78 41-3DF10 3RG78 41-3DG11 3RG78 41-3DG10 3RG78 41-3DH11 3RG78 41-3DH10 3RG78 41-3DJ11 3RG78 41-3DJ10 3RG78 41-3DK11 3RG78 41-3DK10 3RG78 41-3DL11 3RG78 41-3DL10 3RG78 41-3DM11 3RG78 41-3DM10 3RG78 41-3DN11 3RG78 41-3DN10 3RG78 41-3DP11 3RG78 41-3DP10 3RG78 41-3FD11 3RG78 41-3FD10 3RG78 41-3FE11 3RG78 41-3FE10 3RG78 41-3FF11 3RG78 41-3FF10 3RG78 41-3FG11 3RG78 41-3FG10 3RG78 41-3FH11 3RG78 41-3FH10 3RG78 41-3FJ11 3RG78 41-3FJ10 3RG78 41-3FK11 3RG78 41-3FK10 3RG78 41-3FL11 3RG78 41-3FL10 3RG78 41-3FM11 3RG78 41-3FM10 3RG78 41-3FN11 3RG78 41-3FN10 Guest device Order No. 3RG78 41-3DB21 3RG78 41-3DB20 3RG78 41-3DC21 3RG78 41-3DC20 3RG78 41-3DD21 3RG78 41-3DD20 3RG78 41-3DE21 3RG78 41-3DE20 3RG78 41-3DF21 3RG78 41-3DF20 3RG78 41-3DG21 3RG78 41-3DG20 3RG78 41-3DH21 3RG78 41-3DH20 3RG78 41-3DJ21 3RG78 41-3DJ20 3RG78 41-3DK21 3RG78 41-3DK20 3RG78 41-3DL21 3RG78 41-3DL20 3RG78 41-3DM21 3RG78 41-3DM20 3RG78 41-3DN21 3RG78 41-3DN20 3RG78 41-3DP21 3RG78 41-3DP20 3RG78 41-3FD21 3RG78 41-3FD20 3RG78 41-3FE21 3RG78 41-3FE20 3RG78 41-3FF21 3RG78 41-3FF20 3RG78 41-3FG21 3RG78 41-3FG20 3RG78 41-3FH21 3RG78 41-3FH20 3RG78 41-3FJ21 3RG78 41-3FJ20 3RG78 41-3FK21 3RG78 41-3FK20 3RG78 41-3FL21 3RG78 41-3FL20 3RG78 41-3FM21 3RG78 41-3FM20 3RG78 41-3FN21 3RG78 41-3FN20
Resolution 30 mm
150 150 225 225 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650 1800 1800 300 300 450 450 600 600 750 750 900 900 1050 1050 1200 1200 1350 1350 1500 1500 1650 1650
Resolution 55 mm
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/53
Fail-safe sensors
1800 1800 450 450 600 600 900 900 1200 1200 1500 1500 1800 1800 Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter 3RG78 41-3FP01 3RG78 41-3FP00 3RG78 41-3HE01 3RG78 41-3HE00 3RG78 41-3HF01 3RG78 41-3HF00 3RG78 41-3HH01 3RG78 41-3HH00 3RG78 41-3HK01 3RG78 41-3HK00 3RG78 41-3HM01 3RG78 41-3HM00 3RG78 41-3HP01 3RG78 41-3HP00 3RG78 41-3FP11 3RG78 41-3FP10 3RG78 41-3HE11 3RG78 41-3HE10 3RG78 41-3HF11 3RG78 41-3HF10 3RG78 41-3HH11 3RG78 41-3HH10 3RG78 41-3HK11 3RG78 41-3HK10 3RG78 41-3HM11 3RG78 41-3HM10 3RG78 41-3HP11 3RG78 41-3HP10 3RG78 41-3FP21 3RG78 41-3FP20 3RG78 41-3HE21 3RG78 41-3HE20 3RG78 41-3HF21 3RG78 41-3HF20 3RG78 41-3HH21 3RG78 41-3HH20 3RG78 41-3HK21 3RG78 41-3HK20 3RG78 41-3HM21 3RG78 41-3HM20 3RG78 41-3HP21 3RG78 41-3HP20
Resolution 80 mm
Dimension drawings
Standard light curtains 3RG78 41-3..0.
14 66,5
17
33
Type 3RG78 41-3.B.. 3RG78 41-3.C.. 3RG78 41-3.D.. 3RG78 41-3.E.. 3RG78 41-3.F.. 3RG78 41-3.G.. 3RG78 41-3.H.. 3RG78 41-3.J.. 3RG78 41-3.K.. 3RG78 41-3.L.. 3RG78 41-3.M.. 3RG78 41-3.N.. 3RG78 41-3.P..
A 170.5 245.5 320.5 470.5 620.5 770.5 920.5 1 070.5 1 220.5 1 370.5 1 520.5 1 670.5 1 820.5
B 248.5 323.5 398.5 548.5 698.5 848.5 998.5 1 148.5 1 298.5 1 448.5 1 598.5 1 748.5 1 898.5
C 238.5 313.5 388.5 538.5 688.5 838.5 988.5 1 138.5 1 288.5 1 438.5 1 588.5 1 738.5 1 888.5
28
3/54
NSC0_00485c
Siemens FS 10 2007
C B
Fail-safe sensors
Evaluation units
Overview
The 3RG78 47 evaluation units form a flexible product family of interface modules for the light curtains and light arrays. The modular product series can be implemented up to Category 4 to EN 954-1. The evaluation units enhance the functional scope of the light curtains and arrays to include start-up/restart inhibiting, contactor control and, depending on the device variant, sequence control and muting. The device type also offers a comprehensive range of additional functions, such as a pre-trip warning for the relay contacts, a PCbased diagnostics function, and numerous signaling outputs to a higher-lever PLC.
3
Outputs OSSD safety outputs Switching voltage/current only for expanded variants Relay outputs 2 safety-related NO contacts 60 V DC, 250 V AC, max. 6 A 1 safety-related NC contact, DC 60 V, AC 250 V, max. 6 A, minimum switching current 20 mA 6A Semiconductor outputs 2 safety-related pnp semiconductor outputs with crossover detection 24 V DC, max. 300 mA
OSSD external protection OSSD response time of evaluation unit (without light curtain)
for light curtain, type 4, with semiconductor output 22 ms for light curtain, type 2 for safety switches OSSD reactivation time OSSD-approved spark extinguishing accomplished by coils of subsequent relay 64 ms 64 ms 100 ms required
12 ms 54 ms 54 ms 100 ms
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/55
Fail-safe sensors
Evaluation units
Standard evaluation units
Type Safety category acc. to EN 954-1 STOP category to EN 60204-1 (11/98) Supply voltage Residual ripple (for DC) Frequency (for AC) Power consumption External protection for supply circuit Output contacts Breaking capacity acc. to EN 60 947-5-1 AC-15, 230 V DC-13, 24 V (360 operating cycles/h) 6A 6A 3A 6A 6.3 A quick or 4 A slow Versions with sequence control Versions with muting function 10 x 106 operating cycles 3600 operating cycles 70 ms 230 ms 20 ms 80 ms 2s 2s 24 V DC/20 mA < 70 EN 50081-1, -2 EN 50082-2 4 kV Signal outputs (acc. to variants) 25 ... +55 C IP40 IP20 Operating temperature 2 x 0.14 ... 0.75 mm2 2 x 0.25 ... 0.5 mm
2
Intelligent evaluation units

3RG78 474BB Category 4 STOP category 0 24 V AC/DC, 15 % ... +10 % 2.4 Vpp 50 ... 60 Hz 2.1 W (for AC)/1.7 W (for DC) 1 A slow 2 NO, 1 NC AgSnO2, gold plated Current consumption External protection (power supply) Safety sensors that can be connected (expanded versions) Type Protection acc. to EN, IEC 61496-1 Safety category acc. to EN 954-1 STOP category acc. to EN 60204-1 (11/98) Supply voltage 3RG78 47 Type 4 Category 4 STOP category 0 24 V DC, 20%, external power section with safe isolation from the supply and bridging of 20 ms voltage drop is necessary Approx. 200 mA without external load 2.5 A medium slow 1 light curtain, Type 4, or up to 2 light curtains of Type 2 (all acc. to IEC 61496) up to 2 light curtains of Type 4, or up to 4 light curtains of Type 2 (all acc. to IEC 61496) 200 ms Start/restart inhibit, contactor control, diagnosis Protection, single-pulse and twopulse mode Sequential muting, parallel muting, parallel double muting (only 3RG78 47-4.G)
DC-13, 24 V (3600 operating cycles/h) Max. cont. current per cond. path Contact protection per cond. path Mechanical endurance Operating frequency Pick-up delay Manual start Automatic start Release delay, response time Minimum on-time S34, S35 Solid-state backup Response time Recovery time Control voltage/current on S11, S22, S31 Permissible input lead resistance Emitted interference Interference immunity Clearance and creepage distances to EN 60064 Operating temperature Degree of protection Housing Terminals Conductor cross-sections Finely stranded Finely stranded with end sleeve Solid Finely stranded with end sleeve
Test outputs T1 and T2, test interval Available functions All versions
Max. total current for all cond. paths 12 A
Control inputs Contactor control (EDM) Feedback of positively-driven contacts of downstream contactors Floating NO (button or key-switch) Signal level in damped state: active high, +24 V
Start/restart inhibit (Reset) Conductor Muting sensors that cannot be tested
Muting sensors that can be tested active high, +24 V, plus test pulses T1 or T2 Outputs Muting displays for lamps 24 V, max. 5 W pnp switching outputs muting function On, active high, +24 V, 200 mA max. Light curtain free/interrupted; switching state relay/transistor output; restart inhibit locked/unlocked; status of muting function; muting error; warning muting lamp defective; internal errors, etc. 0 ... +55 C IP20; must be installed in switchgear cabinet or housing to IP 54 degree of protection upwards Mounting on 35 mm standard mounting rail Plug-in coded screw terminals up to 2.5 mm2
Degree of protection
Finely stranded with twin end sleeve 2 x 1.5 mm2 1 x 0.14 ... 2.5 mm2 2 x 0.25 ... 2.5 mm2
Installation Connection
3/56
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Evaluation units

Version Relay output Order No. Semiconductor output Order No.
Evaluation units
Category 2 according to EN 954-1 Standard, restart inhibit, contactor control (suitable for light curtains 3RG78 41 and light barriers 3RG78 23) 3RG78 25-1CB1
3RG78 25-1CB1 Category 4 according to EN 954-1 1) Standard, restart inhibit, 3RG78 47-4BB contactor control (no diagnostics or test functions, only suitable for light curtains and arrays of category 4 and for light curtains 3RG78 43 of category 2)
3RG78 47-4BB
Standard, restart inhibit, contactor control Standard, restart inhibit, contactor control, extended version2)
3RG78 47-4BD 3RG78 47-4BE
3RG78 47-4DD 3RG78 47-4DE
3RG78 47-4BE
Muting function, restart inhibit, contactor control Muting function, restart inhibit, contactor control, extended version2)
3RG78 47-4BF 3RG78 47-4BG
3RG78 47-4DF 3RG78 47-4DG
3RG78 47-4BF
Muting function, two channels, with UL approbation, CSA approbation pending Muting function, with UL approbation, CSA approbation pending, extended version 2)
3RG78 47-5BF 3RG78 47-5BG
3RG78 47-5DF 3RG78 47-5DG
Sequence control, restart inhibit, contactor control, Sequence control, restart inhibit, contactor control, extended version 2)
3RG78 47-4BH 3RG78 47-4BJ
3RG78 47-4DH 3RG78 47-4DJ
3RG78 47-4BJ
Muting function and sequence control, restart inhibit, contactor control,
3RG78 47-4BK
3RG78 47-4DK 3RG78 47-4DL
Muting function and sequence control, 3RG78 47-4BL restart inhibit, contactor control, extended 2) version
3RG78 47-4BL 1) For Light curtains and arrays of category 4 it is also possible to use the electronic safety combination 3TK28 41. 2) It is possible to connect up to two light curtains type 4, or up to 4 light curtains type 2, or 2 safety switches (e.g. EMER OFF).
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/57
Fail-safe sensors
Evaluation units
Version Order No.
Diagnostics software for evaluation units

Diagnostics software for evaluation units, with PC cable 3RG78 48-4AC
Dimension drawings
3RG78 47-4BB 3RG78 47-4.D/E/H/J 3RG78 47-4.F/G/K/L
111
NSC00395
NSC00490
NSC00491
NSC00445a
3
22,5
35
52,5
113,6
3RG78 47-5BG/DG
3RG78 47-5BF/DF
111
FS1000105
FS1000106
70
70
NSC00445a
113,6
3/58
Siemens FS 10 2007
99
99
Fail-safe sensors
Evaluation units
Circuit diagrams
Standard evaluation unit 3RG78 47-4BB
+ 24 V Contactor control Reactivation inhibit
NSC0 00492d
6.3 AF
1 AT
K2
1 + 24 V 2 0V 3 4 5 6 7 PE + 24 V 1 0 V 2 Safety 3 output 4 5 6 PE 7
K1
Start
6.3 AF
A1 (L+)
S11 S33 S34 S35 S31 S22
13
23
31
Enable circuit, twochannel
Enable circuit, singlechannel
Transmitter
SIGUARD Light curtain/array 3RG7842
Receiver
+ k2
=
SIGUARD 3RG7847-4BB
CH1 k1 CH2 N.O. N.O. k2 k1
A2 (L-)
S21 S12
1)
14
1)
24
32
K1
K2 0V
Use both contacts in the enable channel! K1 and K2 with positively driven contacts 1) Implement appropriate spark extinguishing measures
Standard evaluation unit 3RG78 47-4BD

+ 24 V 0V
Reactivation inhibit
Contactor control
NSC0 00483d
2,5 AT
1 + 24 V 2 3 0V 4 5 6 7 8 + 24 V 1 2 0V 3 4 Safety output 5 6 7 8
L+ Ph 6 AT max. 14 11
LN
k2 k1
RESET
Test
AOPDs
Test input
SIGUARD 3RG7847-4BD
s
Diagn.
R-output
OSSD1 N.O. OSSD2 N.O. State
EDM
Transmitter SIGUARD Light curtain 3RG7841
Receiver
4 + 24 V
15 T1
24 T2
22 S1
23 S2
Start 13
k2
0V
RS 232
k1
k2
k1
1)
10
1)
K1 h I
6 AT max. L+ Ph
K2
0V
LN
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/59
Fail-safe sensors
Evaluation units
Evaluation unit with integrated muting function 3RG78 47-4BF / 3RG78 47-5BF
+ 24 V 0V Reactivation inhibit 2,5 AT
1 + 24 V 2 0V 3 4 5 6 7 PE + 24 V 1 0V 2 3 4 5 6 PE 7
Contactor control
NSC0 00301d
Muting
Safety output M1 M sensor 1 M2 M sensor 2
L+ Ph 6 AT max. 14 11
LN
M3 M sensor 3
M4 M sensor 4
k2 k1
Transmitter
SIGUARD Light curtain/array 3RG7842
Receiver
4 + 24 V
15 T1 Test
24 T2
22 S1
23 S2
20 M1
21 M2
31 M3
32 M4
Start 13
RESET
AOPDs
Muting sensors
SIGUARD 3RG7847-4BF
s
Diagn.
OSSD1 N.O.
OSSD2 N.O.
State outputs S1-S2
Warn.
Muting indicators
R-output
State
EDM
k2
Muting failure
0V
RS 232
k1
k2
k1
19
33
30
28
29
1)
10 K2
1)
K1 Grouped fault/warning signal possible: active low Muting display 24 V, 5 W max. LN
6 AT max. L+ Ph
k2 k2 k1
Evaluation unit with sequence control 3RG78 47-4BH

+24 V 0V
Safety contact Single-cycle Dual-cycle
Reactivation inhibit
Cycle reset
Contactor control
NSC0 00484c
The following applies for pulsed operation: Signalling output 6 and LED "Reactivation inhibit interlocked" pulse at the same rate as interruptions occur in the light array after enabling Only interruptions of a duration greater than 300 ms are recognized as control actions. Machine contact in the vicinity of the upper limit position causes opening of the OSSDs and resets the input pulses. Enable circuit, twochannel Enable circuit, singlechannel
2,5 AT
2 0V 3 4 5 6 7 PE
0V 2 3 4 5 6 PE 7
Safety output
k2
Start
k1 14 11 2
4
+24 V
15 T1 Test
24 T2
22
23
20
21
13
Transmitter SIGUARD Light curtain/array 3RG7842
Receiver
Select
OSSD1 N.O.
Diagn. State
RS232 S1-S2
State
0V
OSSD2 N.O.
SIGUARD 3RG7847-4BH
R-output
Reset
Clear
EDM
S1 S2 AOPDs
6 AT max.
1 + 24 V
+ 24 V 1
Machine contact
L+ Ph
LN
k1
19
K1
1)
10
1)
6 AT max.
Signalling outputs
K2
LN
L+ Ph
3/60
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Mounting sets and other accessories
Overview
Installation, calibration, start-up and fault localization are aided by a wide range of practical accessories which include fixing columns, mirror columns, reflective mirrors, brackets and laser alignment aids. Furthermore, the function of the light curtain as well as that of the evaluation units can be visualized and recorded using PC software

Length mm Order No.
Fixing columns
1060 1360 1660 1960 3RG78 48-0CL 3RG78 48-0CP 3RG78 48-0CR 3RG78 48-0CU
Mirrors for light curtains

Mirror 345 495 645 795 945 1095 Mirror columns 1060 1360 1660 1960 3RG78 48-0DL 3RG78 48-0DP 3RG78 48-0DR 3RG78 48-0DU 3RG78 48-1DL 3RG78 48-1DM 3RG78 48-1DN 3RG78 48-1DP 3RG78 48-1DR 3RG78 48-1DU
Mirror columns for light arrays

Adjustable individual mirrors
1060, 2 beams 1360, 3 beams 1360, 4 beams
3RG78 48-0FL 3RG78 48-0FP 3RG78 48-0FR
Version
Order No.
Mounting materials
Bracket, hinged, with vibration damping (including 2 screws and 2 keyway slides) Standard holding bracket set (1 set = 2 pcs., incl. screws) 3RG78 48-0BB
3RG78 48-0AB
Keyway blocks (1 set = 2 pcs.), M6 Muting mounting system for use with fixing column, active length 1000 mm Rod needed for muting mounting system Diameter 12 mm, Length 200 mm Rod needed for muting mounting system Diameter 12 mm, Length 300 mm Mounting plate for sensors Affix to 12 mm rod, for sensor assembly system Mounting base with 12 mm hole for assembly system
3RG78 48-0AC 3RG78 48-2AF 3RX7 315 3RX7 316 3RX7 326 3RX7 322
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/61
Fail-safe sensors
Version Order No.
Keys
Safety key for teach-in mode Magnetic key for alignment indicator 3RG78 48-2AH 3RG78 48-2BH
Laser alignment device

Standard version (to be used with light curtain category 4 only) for mounting in conjunction with fixing columns 3RG78 48-1AB 3RG78 48-1AG
Test rods
for 3RG78 41 and 3RG78 42, resolution 14 mm and 30 mm Set for light curtains 3RG78 44 3RG78 48-0AH 3RG78 48-0FH 3RG78 48-4AC
Diagnostics software
for evaluation units, incl. PC cable
Diagnostics and parameter assignment software SafetyLab, with PC cable
3RG78 48-2SL
PC cable, including connector, 9-pole, with optical interface
3RG78 38-1DC
3/62
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Version Length m Poles Order No.
AS-i adapter
AS-i adapter for receiver 3SF78 44, for bus connection and 24 V voltage supply AS-i adapter for Transmitter 3SF78 4 and receiver 3SF74 42, M12 bus terminal for AS-i duct Cable M12 - AS-i adapter for receiver 3SF78 44 M12 Cable M12 - AS-i adapter for receiver 3SF78 44 M12 1 5-pin 3RG78 38-1DG
3RX98 01-0AA00
3RG78 38-1EA
5-pin
3RG78 38-1EB
Cables and cable plugs, Hirschmann-type

Cable plug Angled cable plug Cable for machine interface, straight plug Cable for machine interface, straight plug Cable for machine interface, straight plug Cable for receiver Cable for transmitter Cable for receiver Cable for transmitter Cable for receiver Cable for transmitter 10 25 50 12-pin 12-pin 3RG78 48-2DA 3RG78 48-2DB 3RG78 48-2CK 3RG78 48-2DK 3RG78 48-2EK
Cables, Brad-Harrison-type (MIN-Series) for light curtains and light arrays 3RG78 42
4 4 12 12 20 20 3 10 0,5 7-pin 5-pin 7-pin 5-pin 7-pin 5-pin 3RG78 48-0DB01 3RG78 48-0DB00 3RG78 48-0KB01 3RG78 48-0KB00 3RG78 48-0LB01 3RG78 48-0LB00 3RG78 48-2AK 3RG78 48-2BK 3RG78 48-2AB
Cable and cable plugs for all types

Cable for local connection, with angled connector M12 Cable for local connection, with angled connector M12 Junction box, external, with six M12 sockets and cable
Version
Rated voltage V
Order No.
Muting light and accessories

Light element clear 24 ... 230 V AC/DC 8WD42 00-1AE
Connection element, with end cover for pipe mounting, floor mounting and angled mounting Pipe (one piece), length 100 mm Base (one piece) Plastic, for mounting on a surface Angle for wall mounting
8WD42 08-0AA
8WD42 08-0EF 8WD42 08-0DE 8WD42 08-0CA
Incandescent light bulb, 5 Watts base BA 15d
24 V AC/DC
8WD43 28-1XX
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/63
Fail-safe sensors
Length Version Order No.
Protective profiles and mounting profiles for light curtains 3RG78 41

150 mm 225 mm 300 mm 450 mm 600 mm 750 mm 900 mm 1050 mm 1200 mm 1350 mm 1500 mm 1650 mm 1800 mm 3RG78 48-0GB 3RG78 48-0GC 3RG78 48-0GD 3RG78 48-0GE 3RG78 48-0GF 3RG78 48-0GG 3RG78 48-0GH 3RG78 48-0GJ 3RG78 48-0GK 3RG78 48-0GL 3RG78 48-0GM 3RG78 48-0GN 3RG78 48-0GP straight angled straight angled straight angled straight angled straight angled straight angled straight angled straight angled 3RG78 48-1BA 3RG78 48-1BC 3RG78 48-1BD 3RG78 48-1BE 3RG78 48-2EA 3RG78 48-2EB 3RG78 48-2EC 3RG78 48-2ED 3RG78 48-2EE 3RG78 48-2EF 3RG78 48-2CA 3RG78 48-2CB 3RG78 48-2CC 3RG78 48-2CD 3RG78 48-2CE 3RG78 48-2CF
Cable with sockets M12 for light curtains 3RG78 41
3
5-pin, shielded 5-pin, shielded 5-pin, shielded 5-pin, shielded 5-pin, shielded 5-pin, shielded 8-pin, shielded 8-pin, shielded 8-pin, shielded 8-pin, shielded 8-pin, shielded 8-pin, shielded
5m 5m 15 m 15 m 5m 5m 10 m 10 m 15 m 15 m 5m 5m 10 m 10 m 15 m 15 m
Cable with plugs M12 for light curtain transmitters 3RG78 43 and 3RG78 46
Cable with plugs M12 for light curtain receivers 3RG78 43 and 3RG78 46
3/64
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Description Order No.
Mounting accessories for light curtains 3RG78 43

Support 360 3RG7848-2BA
Support L-angle
3RG7848-2BB
Support Z-angle
3RG7848-2BC
Support set 360 L-angle set and support set Z-angle set and support set Swivel-type support with oscillation damping
3RG7848-2BD 3RG7848-2BE 3RG7848-2BF 3RG7848-0BB
Test rods
Test rod 20 mm Test rod 30 mm Test rod 40 mm 3RG78 48-1CH 3RG78 48-0AH 3RG78 48-1BH
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/65
Fail-safe sensors
Dimension drawings
Fixing column 3RG78 48-0C.
98,4 94,4
NSC0_00431a
Mirror column 3RG78 48-0D., 3RG78 48-0F.

83
NSC0_00432a
Type 3RG78 48-0.L 3RG78 48-0.P 3RG78 48-0.R 3RG78 48-0.U
A 1060 1360 1660 1960
B 974 1274 1574 1874
B A
3 3 1
60
60 29,2
71 160 63
$ Light curtain % 8 holes, 16 mm & Plastic springs, with automatic return function ( 3 holes in floor for dowels, 10 mm, 80 mm deep Standard mounting bracket 3RG78 48-0AB (included in scope of supply)
NSC00434
95,6
160
Support 3RG78 48-0BB, swivel-mounted, with vibration damping

ca. 24,5
ANSC00435
Slot
44 22 6,2 10 R 10
70
33,5
(24)
9,5
54
90
M6 6,2
ca. 40 ca. 34
M6
Swivel angle
Muting mounting system

1000 = =
A
40 100
B C D
FS1000108
A V2A rod 12 x 100 mm B mounting plate C Aluminium profile D Cover
3/66
Siemens FS 10 2007
10
11,3
35
60
Fail-safe sensors
L-angle 3RG7848-2BB
R10 R3,1 16 R3,1
R3,1 R10 73 61 R10
Z-angle 3RG7848-2BC
4
25 12,1
39 29
FS10_00079
12 30
R6
6,2 6,2
18,4
FS10_00080
31,7
R3,1
R3,1 10,8 4
12
R10
360 support 3RG7848-2BA

34 20 8,2 6,2 41,2 9,1
Swivel-type support 3RG7848-0BB

-26,5 8 a 70 11,3
10
22
3
60
24,5
29,1
FS10_00084
(50-53)
(34-37)
24 32
-40 -34
Signal column with light element 8WD42 00-1AE, pipe 8WD42 08-0EF and base 8WD42 08-0DE
50
Base 8WD42 08-0DE
Connection element 8WD42 08-0AA

0
5,5
1 4 2 3
FS10_00150
70
1,5
37
54
FS10_00151
21,3
Angle for wall mounting 8WD42 08-0CA

117 132,7
FS10_00153
72
12
32
FS10_00152
38
70
50
70
21,6 52
1,5
25 31,4
10
FS10_00082
35
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/67
Fail-safe sensors
SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners
Introduction
Overview
Our optical distance sensors provide perfect all-round protection to Category 3 according to EN 954-1. In an operating field of 190 and over a distance of up to 4.0 m (up to 15 m in non safety-related applications), the laser scanner reliably senses every object and every person. And it works so simply: The distance sensor emits light pulses at regular intervals. If they hit an obstruction, the sensor receives the reflected light and evaluates it. If this is evaluated as the predefined area to be protected, a Stop function is triggered. With up to four programmable protective field pairs that can be selected during operation, our laser scanners can be optimally adapted to any application - on machines, production robots, conveyor systems or vehicles. Different variants support optimal integration in the automation system: Whether conventionally in the safety circuit, over PROFIBUS with PROFIsafe or over AS-Interface with ASIsafe.
Route monitoring for automatic guided vehicle systems
SF4
SF1 SF2 SF3
NSC0_00620
Application
Reliable detection of persons and objects approaching the vehicle. The laser scanner offers a greater protection range than bumpers and, therefore, permits higher speeds. Collision protection for shifting units
Horizontal danger zone protection

c
SF1 SF2 b
NSC0_00622
NSC0_00619
Reliable detection of persons and objects in danger zones around machines and plants. Flexible programming of almost any protection and warning zones. Horizontal danger zone protection with more than one protective field
Reliable protection of persons in the path of the vehicle. Objects in the path of the vehicle are detected in good time and damage to the vehicle or its load is prevented. Other applications Many different types of hazardous area protection Protection for rooms and entrances Projecting object monitoring to protect machines and personnel Non-safety-relevant measuring or detection tasks (e.g. determining distances, positions, or contours)
SF 2 WF 2 SF 1 (active)
WF 1 (active)
NSC0_00646
Reliable detection of persons in different danger zones by switching between protective fields. Increased availability due to accurate protection of just the fields that are currently active.
3/68
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Introduction
Access protection by means of entry control Access protection by means of entry control can be used when the entry location to a machine or to a danger zone can be precisely defined and when no other unsecured access to this area exists. The laser scanner is preferably mounted above the entry point, aligned vertically. To protect the protective devices, laser scanners and fence from inadvertent adjustment and malicious manipulation, the protective fields of the laser scanners must be defined using reference contours. In this operating mode, the scanner uses the sampled environment as a reference and can therefore monitor changes to the structure of the protective equipment as well as each individual measurement to detect an entering person Securing danger zones by means of hand and arm guards If a machine operator has to be close to the dangerous movement or if the operator coordinates the positioning and removal of workpieces at the machine, danger zone protection must be implemented at the machine. A protective device must be used to guard these danger zones. The laser scanner is approved for securing danger zones by means of hand and arm guards and can, also in combination with protective field changeover, ensure flexible work safety. To protect the protective devices, laser scanners and the screens (attached to the sides as a reference and as additional access protection) from inadvertent adjustment and malicious manipulation, the protective fields of the laser scanners must be defined using reference contours. .
2 3 3
4 FS10_00225
FS10_00226 4 5
Access through entry control 1 2 3 4 Laser scanners Reference contour Emergency stop Protective field
Application example for a circular table 1 2 3 Laser scanners Reference contour Emergency stop
4, 5 Protective fields with reference classes
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/69
Fail-safe sensors
Introduction
Function
The LS4 laser scanner is an optical, contact-free surface scanner designed primarily for protection of persons. Four protective field/warning field pairs Four variable protective field pairs for the personnel protective field and warning field, which can be easily set on the PC, ensure that the LS4 laser scanner can be adapted to suit any requirement.
Sc
Reflection
SF 3 SF 1 SF 4
SF 2
NSC0_00623
Using a laser diode with transmission optics, the laser scanner continuously generates bundled light pulses that are scattered throughout the operating range by an integrated rotating mirror. If objects or persons enter the field, it evaluates the reflected light pulses and continuously calculates the exact position coordinates on the basis of the light propagation time. If the defined personnel protective field is penetrated, the laser scanner stops the machine immediately (within the system response time). The Stop function is reset when the protective field is free again, either automatically or following acknowledgement (depending on the operating mode). The operating range of the LS4 laser scanner spans 190 and is subdivided into angle segments of 0.36.
Only personnel protective fields are shown

NSC0_00625
It can be implemented in stationary applications (machines and installations) or mobile applications (vehicles, automatic guided vehicle systems, or shifting units). In the case of a robot, for example, different operating ranges can be protected, whereby the laser scanner operates in succession with regard to time and space. In the case of automatic guided vehicle systems, four programmable protective fields can be protected, e.g. rapid travel, slow travel, turning left, turning right. LS4soft operator software Thanks to the PC operator software LS4soft, it could not be easier to optimize the laser scanner settings. The following functions have been integrated User-friendly configuration of the protective field using a PC or laptop Configuration of additional functions, such as protective field selection, restart inhibit, etc., by means of a software wizard Comprehensive range of displays, e.g. defined protective fields, current scan contours, system settings, etc., reliable, password-protected access with different authorization levels Executable under Microsoft Windows 95/98/NT/2000/XP The operator software is supplied with the laser scanner.
0.36
5
NSC0_00624
185
The scan rate is 25 scans/second, i.e. one light pulse every 40 ms in each segment. A special algorithm ensures that objects larger than 70 mm (this corresponds to the scanner resolution) can be reliably detected and that contamination (e.g. dust) does not reduce system availability. The LS4 laser scanner detects people (even if they are wearing dark clothing) at a distance of up to 4 m (failsafe). People or objects can, however, be detected at a distance of up to 15 m so that a warning can be issued (not safety relevant).
3/70
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Standard laser scanner
Overview
Standard laser scanner with port covers
Integration
or or
or or
X2 X1
FS10_00138
Contact assignment
Port
X1
Description
15-pin. Sub-D-Connector for control interface
Position
$ % &
Connectable accessories
Socket, complete, 15-pin Socket, complete, 15-pin with cable guide Cable, incl. socket, 15-pin
Order No.
3RG78 38-1BA 3RG78 38-1BB 3RG78 38-1BD 3RG78 38-1BE 3RG78 38-1BF 3RG78 38-1BG 3RG78 38-1BH 3RG78 38-1CA 3RG78 38-1CB 3RG78 38-1CC 3RG78 38-1CD 3RG78 38-1CE (3 m) (5 m) (10 m) (5 m) (10 m) (20 m) (35 m) (50 m)
X2
9-pin. Sub-D-socket for RS232/RS422 PC interface
( ) *
Connector, complete, 9-pin Connector, complete, 9-pin with cable guide Cable, incl. connector, 9-pin
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/71
Fail-safe sensors
Type Personnel protective field Detection range Luminance factor Object size/diameter Response time Dual evaluation (2 scans) Adjustable up to 16 scans No. of protective fields Output Safety category To DIN V 19250 To EN 954-1 To IEC 61496-1, EN 61496-3 Start Requirements class 4 Category 3 (single-fault-proof) Type 3 Start-up testing and start-up inhibit can be set separately. 160 ms ... 10 s (can be set or is manual) 83 mm Signal definition High (logical 1) Low (logical 0) Parameter assignment 83 mm 100 mm Interfaces For device parameterization field definition 0 mm 110 mm Outputs Protective field 2 safe semiconductor output, pnp, max. 250 mA short-circuit monitored, overcurrent protected pnp transistor output (max. 100 mA) Low-pass response < 1 kHz < 100 nF U b - 3.2 V <2V U b -4 V <2V RS 232, RS 422 Operating software Communication and parameter assignment software under Windows 95/98/NT/2000/XP with safe programming protocol 16 ... 30 V <3V Field pair changeover 80 ms 640 ms 4 (can be selected over switching inputs) 2 fail-safe pnp transistor outputs (24 V, 250 mA) Overvoltage protection Voltage dips Protective conductor Inputs Restart/reset Connection of a command unit for operating mode with restart inhibit and/or device reset, dynamically monitored, 24 V DC optically decoupled Selection from 4 field pairs through 4 control leads with internal monitoring (1 field pair = 1 protective field and 1 warning field), 24 V DC optically decoupled 0 ... 4 m Min. 1.8 % 70 mm (cylindrical test object) Standard laser scanner Type External supply Current consumption, approx. Power consumption with 24 V Overcurrent protection Standard laser scanner 24 V DC, 30 ... +20 % 300 mA (use power pack with 2.5 A) 8 W plus output load 1.25 A fuse, medium time lag, in control cabinet With safe final shutdown According to EN 61496-1 Must not be connected
Restart Supplement with deactivated dust suppression Supplement with activated dust suppression Protective field size < 3.5 m Protective field size > 3.5 m Additional supplement in the case of retro-reflectors or highly reflective surfaces (e.g. certain metals or ceramics) in the scan plane Over 1.2 m behind the protective field line In protective field or up to 1.2 m behind the protective field line Warning field Detection range Luminance factor, min. Object size Response time Dual evaluation (2 scans) Adjustable up to 16 scans No. of warning fields Output Contour measurement Detection range Luminance factor Object size Output Radial resolution Lateral resolution Power supply Operating voltage
Warning field/pollution/fault 0 ... 15 m 20 % 150 mm 150 mm 80 ms 640 ms 4 (can be selected over switching inputs) pnp transistor output (max. 100 mA) Load characteristics, max. values Limit frequency fg Capacitance Cload Level High (OSSD) Low (OSSD) High (alarm active) Low (alarm inactive) Environment and materials 0 ... 50 m Min. 20 % RS 232 serial interface (10 m), RS 422 (50 m) 5 mm 0.36 Degree of protection to IEC 60529 Shock-hazard protection Ambient temperature Operation Storage Humidity to DIN 40040 Housing material Weight, approx. Supply (to IEC 60742) with safety isolating transformer or similar for DC/DC transducers
IP65 Total insulation, safety class 2 0 ... +50 C 20 ... +60C Table 10, code E (fairly dry) Cast aluminum, plastic 2 kg
3/72
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Type Dimensions (W H D) in mm Standard laser scanner 140 155 135

Order No. SIMATIC FS620I standard laser scanner Including LS4soft software, for securing danger zones SIMATIC FS660I standard laser scanner with vertical protection Including LS4soft software, for securing danger zones, danger points and access protection A 3RG78 34-6DE00 3RG78 34-6DD00
Distance from center of scan plane 48.75 mm to lower edge of housing Distance from rear edge of housing 68 mm to rotating mirror axis Vibratory load over 3 axes to IEC 60068, part 2-6 Continuous shock over 3 axes to IEC 60068, part 2-29 Interference immunity To EN 61496-1 To DIN 40839-1, 3 In accordance with requirements for type 4 Test pulses 1, 2, 3a, 3b, 5 (do not use in vehicles with internal-combustion engines) Brushless DC motor Maintenance-free ball bearing 10 ... 150 Hz, max. 5 g 10 g, 16 ms
Rotating mirror drive Rotating mirror bearing Connections Cable lengths Control cable X1, max. Data cable X2, RS 232, max. Data cable X2, RS 422, max. Optical characteristics Rotation angle, max. Angle resolution Lateral tolerance
2 connectors (plugged in from above, soldered connection) 50 m (for conductor cross-section of 0.5 mm2, shielded) 10 m 50 m (twisted pair) 190 0.36
Accessories
Assembly system, hinged, for easy adjustment 3RG78 38-1AA
Adapter plate for PLS mounting support Cleaning set Includes cleaning fluid (1000 ml), cloths (100 pcs.)
3RG78 38-1AB 3RG78 38-7RS
Without assembly system (for rear 0.18 of housing) With assembly system (for mount- 0.22 ing surface) Scan rate Laser protection class to EN 60825-1 Wavelength Beam divergence Time base 25 scans/s or 40 ms/scan Class 1 (eye safe) 905 nm (infrared) 2 mrad 100 s
Connectors and cables

Socket, complete, 15-pin (X1) Plug, complete, 9-pin (X2) Socket, complete, 15-pin (X1) with lateral cable routing Plug, complete, 9-pin (X2) with lateral cable routing Connecting cable incl. socket, 15-pin (X1) 5m 10 m 20 m 35 m 50 m Connecting cable incl. plug, 9-pin (X2) 3m 5m 10 m 3RG78 38-1CC 3RG78 38-1CD 3RG78 38-1CE 3RG78 38-1BD 3RG78 38-1BE 3RG78 38-1BF 3RG78 38-1BG 3RG78 38-1BH 3RG78 38-1BA 3RG78 38-1CA 3RG78 38-1BB 3RG78 38-1CB
For suitable evaluation units, see "Evaluation units, from page 3/55.
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/73
Fail-safe sensors
Dimension drawings
Standard laser scanner with switching output
122.3 88 61 38.5 R 2.6 a R
Top view
approx. 195
143.8
170
141
148
R 2.6 130 64
48.75
140
a = rotating mirror axis b = scan plane
132 135
R = smallest bending radius: 50 mm (original accessories) a = rotating mirror axis b = scan plane
3RG78 38-1AA assembly system
23 56,6
9 158 166 192

NSC 00610
155,4
51,5 74,4 90
3/74
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
ASIsafe laser scanner
Overview
Integration
3
X5 and and or X1 X2 X3 X4
FS10_00136
Contact assignment
Port
X1
Description
M12 connector for AS-Interface (Bus connection and 24 V DC power supply)
Position
$ %
Connectable accessories LS4 connecting cable to M12 AS-Interface adapter M12 AS-Interface adapter
Order No.
3RG78 38-1EA 3RG78 38-1EB 3RG78 38-1DG (1 m) (2 m)
X2
Port for AS-Interface addressing and diagnostics unit
& (
AS-Interface addressing and diagnostics unit 3RK1 904-2AB01 Connecting cable with M12 socket and M12 plug (3-core)
3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5 (1.5 m)
X3
M12 socket for connecting the changeover for the ) protective fields *
M12 jumper plug (suitable for fixed protection 3RG78 38-1DF field 1) M12 connector with terminal housing, 5-pin
3RX8 000-0CD55
X4 X5
M12 connector for connecting a restart button (optional) Optical PC interface
+ ,
M12 cable socket with terminal housing, 5-pin 3RX8 000-0CB55 PC connecting cable for LS4 with optical interface, 9-pin
3RG78 38-1DC
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/75
Fail-safe sensors
Type Personnel protective field Detection range Luminance factor, min. Object size/diameter Response time Dual evaluation (2 scans) Adjustable up to 16 scans No. of protective fields Safety category Output Start Restart 85 ms (laser scanner only, without AS-Interface system times) 645 ms (laser scanner only, without AS-Interface system times) 4 (selectable over switching inputs) Category 3 to EN 954-1, type 3 to IEC 61496-1 or EN 61496-3 Secure AS-Interface Start test and start inhibit can be set separately 160 ms ... 10 s (can be set or is manual) Field pair changeover Overcurrent protection Typical current consumption from supply circuit Typical current consumption from AS-Interface circuit 0 ... 4 m 1.8 % 70 mm (cylindrical test object) ASIsafe laser scanner Type Note ASIsafe laser scanner The power pack for the external power supply and the AS-Interface power pack for supplying the ASInterface components must have a safe isolation to IEC 60742 and must bridge brief power failures of up to 20 ms (e.g. AS-Interface power pack 3RX9 307-0AA00). Fuse 1.25 A (medium slow) 400 mA 50 mA
Inputs
Restart/Reset Connection of a command unit for operating mode with restart inhibit and/or device reset, dynamically monitored, 24 V DC optically decoupled Selection from four field pairs over 4 control leads with internal monitoring (1 field pair = 1 protective field and 1 warning field), 24 V optically decoupled 16 ... 30 V <3V 50 m (cable cross-section: 0.5 mm2, shielded)
Protective field supplement For deactivated dust suppression 83 mm For activated dust suppression - protective field size < 3.5 mm - protective field size > 3.5 mm Additional supplement in the case of retro-reflectors or highly reflective surfaces (e.g. certain metals or ceramics) in the scan plane - over 1.2 m behind the protective 0 mm field line - in protective field or up to 1.2 m 110 mm behind the protective field line 83 mm 100 mm Signal definition High (logical 1) Low (logical 0) Control cable Length, max.
AS-Interface address programming Connection of a standard AS-Interface address programming device RS 232 interfaces over infrared interface For device parameter assignment and field definition
Warning field
Detection range Luminance factor, min. Object size Response time dual evaluation (2 scans) adjustable up to 16 scans No. of warning fields Output 85 ms (laser scanner only, without AS-Interface system times) 645 ms (laser scanner only, without AS-Interface system times) 4 (selectable over switching inputs) AS-Interface 0 ... 15 m 20 % 150 150 mm
Optics
Angular range Angle resolution Lateral tolerance without assembly system (for rear of housing) with assembly system (for mounting surface) Scan rate Laser protection class to standard wavelength beam divergence 0 ... 50 m min. 20 % RS 232 serial interface, through infrared interface 5 mm 0.36 29.5 ... 31.6 V (according to AS-Interface specification) 24 V DC (20 %) time base EN 60825-1, class 1 (eye-safe) 905 nm 2 mrad 100 s 0.18 0.22 25 scans/s or 40 ms/scan 190 0.36
Contour measurement
Detection range Luminance factor Output Radial resolution Lateral resolution Supply voltage through AS-Interface network through external supply
3/76
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors
Type ASIsafe laser scanner
Environment and material

Degree of protection Ambient temperature Operation Storage Housing insulation class Humidity Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight Transmitter Housing Vibrations over 3 axes to IEC 60068, part 2-6 Continuous shock over 3 axes to IEC 60068, part 2-29 Drive for rotating mirror Bearing for rotating mirror 0 ... +50 C -20 ... +60 C Protection class 2 To DIN 40040, table 10, code E (fairly dry) 141 167 168 2.25 kg Infrared laser diode ( = 905 nm) Cast aluminum, plastic, steel connection plate 10 ... 150 Hz, max. 5 g 10 g, 16 ms Brushless DC motor Maintenance-free ball bearing IP65

Order No. SIMATIC FS620I ASIsafe laser scanner Including LS4soft software, for securing danger zones SIMATIC FS660I ASIsafe laser scanner with vertical protection Including LS4soft software, for securing danger zones, danger points and access protection A 3SF78 34-6DE00 3SF78 34-6DD00
Accessories
AS-Interface
ID code I/O code Slave address B 0 (four data bits as outputs) Programmed by user in the range 1 ... 31 (on delivery = 0) Adapter plate for PLS mounting support Cleaning set Includes cleaning fluid (1000 ml), cloths (100 pcs.) 3RG78 38-1AB 3RG78 38-7RS
Cycle time in accordance with AS- 5 ms Interface specification Profile Reliable slave

PC connecting cable for laser scanners AS-Interface and PROFIBUS Includes plug (9-pin) and optical interface M12 jumper plug (suitable for protection field 1) M12 adapter For AS-Interface and power supply LS4 M12 M12 adapter connection cable 5-pin, 1 m long 5-pin, 2 m long 3RG78 38-1EA 3RG78 38-1EB 3RG78 38-1DF 3RG78 38-1DG 3RG78 38-1DC
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/77
Fail-safe sensors
Dimension drawings
122.3 R 2.6 61
Top view
approx. 220
143.8
b R 2.6 130 approx. 140
64 132 approx. 168 a = rotating mirror axis b = scan plane
3RG78 38-1AA assembly system
23 56,6
9 158 166 192

NSC 00610
155,4
51,5 74,4 90
Circuit diagrams
X5
X1
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5
X2
X3
X4
AS-Interface connection (Bus connction and 24 Volt power supply) AS-Interface connection for address programming device Connection protective fields switchover Connection restart button Optical PC Interface
3/78
Siemens FS 10 2007
48.75
148
167
Fail-safe sensors
PROFIsafe laser scanner
Overview
Integration
3
X5 X1 or or or X2 X3 X4
FS10_00137
Contact assignment
Port
X1 X2
Description
Position
Connectable accessories M12 connector with terminal housing, 5-pin Terminating resistor for PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS M12 connecting cable, with plug and socket, 2-pin
Order No.
3RX8 000-0CD55 6GK1 905-0EC00 6XV1 830-3DE50 6XV1 830-3DH15 6XV1 830-3DH30 6XV1 830-3DH50 6XV1 830-3DN10 6XV1 830-3DN15 6GK1 905-0EA00 6XV1 830-3DE50 6XV1 830-3DH15 6XV1 830-3DH30 6XV1 830-3DH50 6XV1 830-3DN10 6XV1 830-3DN15 6GK1 905-0EB00 (0.5 m) (1.5 m) (3 m) (5 m) (10 m) (15 m) (0.5 m) (1.5 m) (3 m) (5 m) (10 m) (15 m)
M12 connector for connecting a restart button $ (optional) M12 socket for PROFIBUS output cable
% &
( X3
PROFIBUS M12 connecting plug with male insert PROFIBUS M12 connecting cable, with plug and socket, 2-pin
M12 plug for PROFIBUS input cable
&
) X4 X5
PROFIBUS M12 connecting plug with female insert
M12 plug for 24 V DC power supply Optical PC interface
* +
M12 cable socket with terminal housing, 5-pin 3RX8 000-0CB55 PC connecting cable for LS4 with optical interface, 9-pin
3RG78 38-1DC
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/79
Fail-safe sensors
Type Personnel protective field Detection range Luminance factor, min. Object size/diameter Response time Dual evaluation (2 scans) Adjustable up to 16 scans No. of protective fields Safety category Output Start Restart 80 ms (laser scanner only, without PROFIBUS system times) 640 ms (laser scanner only, without PROFIBUS system times) 4 (selectable over PROFIBUS) Category 3 to EN 954-1, type 3 to IEC 61496-1 or EN 61496-3 PROFIBUS (PROFIsafe profile) Start test and start inhibit can be set separately 160 ms ... 10 s (can be set or is manual) Field pair changeover Signal definition High (logical 1) Low (logical 0) Control cable Length, max. RS 232 interfaces over infrared interface 50 m (cable cross-section: 0.5 mm2, shielded) For device parameter assignment and field definition 16 ... 30 V <3V 0 ... 4 m 1.8 % 70 mm (cylindrical test object) PROFIsafe laser scanner Type Typical current consumption from supply circuit PROFIsafe laser scanner 350 mA
Inputs
Restart/Reset Connection of a command device for "with restart inhibit" mode and/or device resets, monitored dynamically Field pair switchover over PROFIBUS (PROFIsafe profile)
Optics
Angular range Angle resolution Lateral tolerance 190 0.36
Protective field supplement For deactivated dust suppression 83 mm For activated dust suppression - protective field size < 3.5 mm - protective field size > 3.5 mm Additional supplement in the case of retro-reflectors or highly reflective surfaces (e.g. certain metals or ceramics) in the scan plane - over 1.2 m behind the protective 0 mm field line - in protective field or up to 1.2 m 110 mm behind the protective field line 83 mm 100 mm
without assembly system (for rear 0.18 of housing) with assembly system (for mount- 0.22 ing surface) Scan rate Laser protection class to standard wavelength beam divergence time base EN 60825-1, class 1 (eye safe) 905 nm 2 mrad 100 s 25 scans/s or 40 ms/scan
Warning field
Detection range Luminance factor, min. Object size Response time dual evaluation (2 scans) adjustable up to 16 scans No. of warning fields Output 80 ms (laser scanner only, without PROFIBUS system times) 640 ms (laser scanner only, without PROFIBUS system times) 4 (selectable over PROFIBUS) PROFIBUS 0 ... 15 m 20 % 150 mm 150 mm
Environment and material

Degree of protection Ambient temperature Operation Storage Housing insulation class Humidity Dimensions (W H D) in mm Transmitter 0 ... +50 C -20 ... +60 C Protection class 2 To DIN 40040, table 10, code E (fairly dry) 141 167 168 Infrared laser diode ( = 905 nm) Cast aluminum, plastic, steel connection plate 10 ... 150 Hz, max. 5 g 10 g, 16 ms Brushless DC motor Maintenance-free ball bearing IP65
Contour measurement
Detection range Luminance factor Output Radial resolution Lateral resolution Supply voltage through external supply Note 24 V DC (+20 %, -30 %) The power pack of the external power supply must have a safe isolation to IEC 60742 and must bridge brief power failures of up to 20 ms. Fuse 1.25 A (medium slow) 0 ... 50 m min. 20 % RS 232 serial interface, through infrared interface 5 mm 0.36
Housing Vibrations over 3 axes to IEC 60068, part 2-6 Continuous shock over 3 axes to IEC 60068, part 2-29 Drive for rotating mirror Bearing for rotating mirror
Overcurrent protection
3/80
Siemens FS 10 2007
Fail-safe sensors

Order No. SIMATIC FS620I PROFIsafe laser scanner Including LS4soft software, for securing danger zones SIMATIC FS660I PROFIsafe laser scanner with vertical protection Including LS4soft software, for securing danger zones, danger points and access protection A 3SF78 34-6PE00 3SF78 34-6PB00 Order No.

PC connecting cable for laser scanners AS-Interface and PROFIBUS Includes plug (9-pin) and optical interface PROFIBUS M12 terminating connector For PROFIBUS DP 1 package = 5 pieces PROFIBUS M12 terminating connector 1 package = 5 pieces Pin insert Socket insert PROFIBUS M12 plug-in cables 2-core (inverted coding) preassembled, with M12 connectors, in different lengths: 0.5 m 1.5 m 3.0 m 5.0 m 10.0 m 15.0 m 6XV1 830-3DE50 6XV1 830-3DH15 6XV1 830-3DH30 6XV1 830-3DH50 6XV1 830-3DN10 6XV1 830-3DN15 6GK1 905-0EA00 6GK1 905-0EB00 6GK1 905-0EC00 3RG78 38-1DC
Accessories
Adapter plate for PLS mounting support Cleaning set Includes cleaning fluid (1000 ml), cloths (100 pcs.)
3RG78 38-1AB 3RG78 38-7RS
Siemens FS 10 2007
3/81
Fail-safe sensors
Dimension drawings
122.3 R 2.6 61
Top view
approx. 230
143.8
b R 2.6 130 approx. 140
64 132 approx. 168 a = Rotating mirror axis b = Scan planes
Mounting system 3RG78 38-1AA
23 56,6
9 158 166 192

NSC 00610
155,4
51,5 74,4 90
Circuit diagrams
X5
X1
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5
X2
X3
X4
Connection restart button PROFIBUS output wire link PROFIBUS input wire link Connection supply voltage Optical PC Interface
48.75
148
167
7
3/82
Siemens FS 10 2007
RFID systems
4/2 4/3 4/6 4/7 4/9 4/10 4/11 4/12 4/13 4/15 4/17 4/19 4/21 4/25 4/26 4/28 4/30 4/31 4/33 4/34 4/35 4/36 4/37 4/38 4/39 4/41 4/42 4/44 4/45 4/46 4/47 4/48 4/50 4/52 4/53 4/55 4/56 4/57 4/58 4/59 4/60 4/61 4/63 4/64 4/67 4/69 4/70 4/72 4/74 4/76 4/76 4/79 4/81
Introduction RFID systems for production MOBY E Mobile data storage MDS E600 MDS E611 MDS E623 MDS E624 Write/read devices SIM 70 with ANT 0 SIM 70 with ANT 1 SLG 72/SIM 72 SLG 75 with ANTx SLA 71 Hand terminal STG E Configuring notes MOBY I Mobile data storage MDS 401 MDS 402 MDS 403 MDS 404 MDS 506 MDS 514 MDS 439E Write/read devices SLG 40/ SLG 40S SLG 41/ SLG 41S SLG 41C/ SLG 41CC SLG 42 SLG 43 SIM 41/42/43 Hand terminal STG I Configuring notes SIMATIC RF300 Mobile data storage SIMATIC RF320T SIMATIC RF340T SIMATIC RF350T SIMATIC RF360T Write/read devices SIMATIC RF310R SIMATIC RF340R SIMATIC RF350R MOBY U Mobile data storage MDS U313/MDS U315/ MDS U524/MDS U525 MDS U589 MDS U Service Write/read devices SLG U92 Hand terminal STG U Configuring notes 4/83 4/85 4/87 4/89 4/90 4/91 4/92 4/93 4/94 4/96 RFID systems for logistics MOBY D Mobile data storage MDS D100 MDS D124 MDS D139 MDS D160 SmartLabel Write/read devices SLG D10 / SLG D10S basic unit with separate antenna ANT D5, ANT D6 and ANT D10 SLG D10 ANT D5/ SLG D10S ANT D5 SLG D11 ANT D5/ SLG D11S ANT D5 SLG D12/SLG D12S Hand terminal STG D Configuring notes SIMATIC RF600 Mobile data storage SIMATIC RF620L SIMATIC RF640T Write/read device and antenna SIMATIC RF660R SIMATIC RF660A 4/116 4/118 4/119 4/120 4/121 4/122 4/123 4/124 4/126 4/127 4/128 RFID systems for locating MOBY R Mobile data storage MDS R200 MDS R202 MDS R207 Write/read devices SLG R21/R22/R23 TRIG R201 Hand terminal STG R Configuring notes
4/99 4/101 4/103 4/105 4/107 4/109 4/111 4/111 4/112 4/113 4/113
4/129 4/131 4/134 4/137 4/139 4/141 4/143
4/145 4/147 4/149
Communication modules ASM 450/452 ASM 456 SIMATIC RF 170C ASM 470/475 ASM 473 ASM 454/424, ASM 754/724, ASM 854/824 ASM 480 Accessories for RFID systems Documentation
Siemens FS 10 2007
RFID systems
Introduction
RFID systems for optimization of material flow and logistics
A constant flow of information is essential for seamless, efficient processes. In a wide range of different sectors, the intelligent RFID systems MOBY D, MOBY E, MOBY I, MOBY R, MOBY U, SIMATIC RF300 and RF600 ensure that you are always in the picture. The system family can therefore offer you considerable advantages over conventional identification systems. Important data accompanies a product or object from the start. Contactless data transmission provides for high levels of industrial compatibility. And the uniform system integration ensures easy and low-cost integration in the application. In short: With the RFID systems, you can perfectly control and optimize your material flow and your logistics Meaningful data from the outset The RFID systems ensure that meaningful data accompanies a product or object from the very beginning. The mobile data memories (MDS or tag/transponder) are attached to the product, product carrier, object or its transport or packing unit and are written by non-contact methods. This means that all the application-specific data is available on the mobile data storage unit. This is true whether you are dealing with vehicle body parts in the automotive industry or order picking boxes. Up to 32 KB of data can be stored and individually read and supplemented when required at the various workstations or manufacturing stations. This all means that the flow of material and data is synchronized optimally. Contactless data transmission and a high degree of industrial compatibility Powerful write/read devices (SLG) in various rugged designs ensure fast and reliable data transfer between the mobile data storage units and the higher-level systems (PLC, PC, ...). The data and power are transmitted inductively by an electromagnetic alternating field or by radio. This principle of contactless data transmission works reliably in the presence of contamination or through non-metallic materials. Perfectly matched components The RFID systems consist of perfectly matched individual components: Mobile data storage units (tags) Write/read devices and mobile handheld terminals (readers) Antennas Interfaces for connection to the automation system (PROFIBUS, Ethernet) Software for system integration Suitable for every sector Assembly lines Conveyor systems Industrial manufacturing Warehouses Logistics Distribution Order picking Broad range of mobile data storage units A wide range of different mobile data storage units are available using a variety of storage technologies (fixed code, EEPROM or FRAM/SRAM) and geometric designs. Their strength is not only their high level of data security but also the excellent high degree of protection against ambient conditions such as contamination, temperature fluctuations, washing water or shock load. Flexible system integration No matter what the requirements are: The RFID systems allow easy system integration into SIMATIC or SINUMERIK, in the PROFIBUS, Ethernet or a PC environment, and can be connected to any controllers. A wide range of communication modules, function blocks and powerful drivers and function libraries make integration into the application a quick and easy affair.
Highlights
Saves time in production and logistics Fully automatic, fast identification, with 100% transmission reliability Production and quality data can be saved directly on the product Insensitive to temperature fluctuations and contamination Broad range of repeatedly reusable data memories from SmartLabels to 32 KB tags Flexible system integration: serial, via PROFIBUS or Ethernet Easy integration into SIMATIC reduces engineering costs Support for ISO 14443, ISO 15693, ISO 18000-2, ISO 18000-4 standards as well as EPCglobal and ISO/IEC 18000-6
4/2
Siemens FS 10 2007
RFID systems for production

Introduction
RFID systems for production Strong performers, tough characters
Conditions can be harsh around assembly lines and in industrial production areas. No problem for the RFID systems and those systems specially developed for industrial applications. These are powerful and extremely reliable in reading and writing and are designed to the high degree of protection IP68. They are characterized by high data security and enormous storage capacities; they can manage large quantities of data, communicate at lightning speed and are extremely resistant to interference. They are also particularly easy to configure and install, so they not only ensure reliable identification, but also costsavings right down the line. For simple tasks and demanding ones finely graded systems are available for optimizing material flow and controlling production. Application Main assembly lines in the automotive industry such as body shop, paint shop, final assembly Production lines for engines, gearboxes or steering gear Conveyor systems for the assembly of anti-skid brake systems, airbags, brake systems, doors and cockpits Assembly lines for household electrical appliances, consumer electronics or electronic communication equipment Assembly lines for PCs, low-power motors, contactors or switches Production lines in the glass and ceramics industry
Highlights
Suitable for use under the harshest conditions high degree of protection up to IP68 as well as being insensitive to interference Large range of data memories from the most compact sizes for flush mounting in conveyor systems with small workpiece holders through to high-temperature versions Seamless integration into SIMATIC reduces engineering costs Production and quality data can be saved directly on the product
Production MOBY E Write/read distance Frequency Standards up to 0.1 m 13.56 MHz ISO 14443 MOBY I up to 0.15 m 1.81 MHz SIMATIC RF300 up to 0.2 m 13.56 MHz MOBY U up to 3.0 m 2.4 GHz ISO 18000-4
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/3

Introduction
MOBY E MOBY I
Write/read distance Data transmission rate Memory Standards Approvals Bulk capability Multitag capability Frequency Mobile data storage units (Tags)
up to 100 mm 2.55 ms/byte reading, 2.8 ms/byte writing EEPROM ISO 14443 ETS 300330 (Europe); FCC Part 15 (USA), UL/CSA
up to 150 mm typ. 0.8 ms/byte FRAM EN 300330 (Europe), FCC Part 15 (USA), UL/CSA 1,81 MHz Memory size 752 byte Operating temperature -25 ... +60 C -25 ... +125 C -25 ... +75 C -25 ... +85 C Degree of protection IP68 IP67/IPX9K IP67 IP67/IPX9K Designation MDS 402 MDS 401 MDS 403 MDS 404 MDS 506 MDS 514 MDS 439E Memory size 8 KB FRAM 8 KB FRAM 8 KB FRAM 8 KB FRAM 32 KB FRAM 32 KB FRAM 8 KB FRAM Operating temperature -25 ... +70C -25 ... +85C -25 ... +85C -25 ... +70C -25 ... +70C -25 ... +85C -25 ... +110C (+220C) Degree of protection IP68/IPX9K IP67 IP68/IPX9K IP68/IPX9K IP68 IP68/IPX9K IP68
(only with SIM) (only with SIM)

13.56 MHz Designation MDS E600 MDS E624 MDS E611 MDS E623
Write/read devices Stationary, with detached antenna
Designation SIM 70 with ANT 0 SIM 70 with ANT 1 SLG 75 SLG 72 SIM 72
Operating temperature -25 ... +75 C -25 ... +75 C -25 ... +75 C -25 ... +75 C -25 ... +75 C
Degree of protection IP65/IP67 IP65/IP67 IP65 IP65 IP65
Designation
Operating temperature
Degree of protection IP65 IP65
4
Stationary, with integrated antenna
SLG 40S -25 ... +70 C (with antenna) SLG 40 -25 ... +70 C (with antenna) SLG 41S SLG 41 SLG 41C SLG 41CC SLG 42 SLG 43 SIM 41/42/43 STG I Designation -25 ... +70 C -25 ... +70 C -25 ... +70 C -25 ... +70 C -25 ... +70 C -25 ... +70 C 0 ... +60 C -20 ... +60 C Operating temperature
IP65 IP65 IP67 IP67 IP65 IP65 IP54 IP54 Degree of protection
Mobile handheld terminal with integrated antenna Antennas
STG E Designation SLA 71 ANT 1 ANT 12 ANT 18 ANT 30 ANT 4
-20 ... +60 C Operating temperature -25 ... +70 C -25 ... +70 C -25 ... +70 C -25 ... +70 C -25 ... +70 C -25 ... +70 C
IP54 Degree of protection IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65
Connection to the automation system SIMATIC S7-300, S7-400 PROFIBUS DP Ethernet (TCP/IP) Serial interface to other controllers, PC, any other systems Page
directly
through communication directly module (ASM)
through communication module (ASM)
1
1

4/30
4/6
4/4
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
SIMATIC RF300
MOBY U
up to 200 mm1) 50 byte/s or 3 Kbyte/s FRAM/EEPROM CE, UL1), FCC, CSA
150 mm to 3000 mm approx. 8 or 4,8 Kbyte/s without bulk (net) RAM ISO 18000-4 EN 300440-2, FCC Part 15C, UL/CSA
Write/read distance Data transmission rate Memory Standards Approvals Bulk capability Multitag capability Frequency Operating temperature -25 ... +70 C -25 ... +70 C -25 ... +85 C -25 ... +85 C -25 ... +85 C
up to 220C cyclic.
(max. 4)
13.56 MHz Designation RF320T RF340T RF350T RF360T Memory size 20 byte 8188 byte 32765 Byte 8188 Byte Operating temperature -25 ... -25 ... -25 ... -25 ... +85 C +85 C +85 C +75 C Degree of protection IP67 IP68 IP68 IP67
(max. 12) (max. 12)

2.4 GHz to 2.4835 GHz Designation MDS U313 MDS U315 MDS U524 MDS U525 MDS U589 MDS U Service Memory size 2 KB RAM 2 KB RAM 32 KB RAM 32 KB RAM 32 KB RAM 32 KB RAM Operating temperature Degree of protection IP67 IP65 IP68 IP65 IP68
Mobile data storage units (Tags)
-25 ... +70 C IP40 Degree of protection Write/read devices Stationary, with detached antenna
Designation RF350R
Operating temperature -25 ... +70 C
Degree of protection IP65
Designation
4
RF310R RF340R -25 ... +70 C -25 ... +70 C IP65 IP65 SLG U92 -25 ... +70 C IP65 Stationary, with integrated antenna
STG U Designation Operating temperature Degree of protection Designation
-20 ... +60 C Operating temperature
IP54 Degree of protection
Mobile handheld terminal with integrated antenna Antennas
directly
directly
1
1 (through RS422)

4/67
4/53
1)
available soon
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/5

MOBY E
Introduction
Overview
Function
Mobile identification systems ensure that important data about a product accompany a product from the beginning. Mobile data storage units ("electronic delivery notes") are used instead of barcodes. In addition to the product number, they already contain all product-specific data. In this way, up to 752 bytes of user data can be stored and administrated. This is sufficient memory to also include quality data. With both the stationary and mobile write/read devices, the necessary information (production data, transport paths, etc.) can be read and expanded or modified contact-free (inductively) by the mobile data storage without the need for a direct line of sight. With MOBY, the data of objects are acquired quickly and reliably. MOBY therefore supports effective automation at an attractive price.
Type
MOBY E is a contactless identification system that has been specially designed for applications in logistics, distribution and industrial production. Depending on requirements (EEPROM, size, ambient conditions, large clearance, etc.), different data memories and write/read devices are available. Thanks to the low price, these data memories can be used, for example, as an "electronic bar code substitute" or "delivery note". The MOBY E identification system possesses the following features: 13.56 MHz identification system with write/read distance of up to 100 mm Designed for the upper and medium performance range Extensive range of battery-free data memories (752 bytes EEPROM, up to + 150 C) including a special data memory for tool identification. Very high level of reliability even in the presence of contamination, temperature fluctuations and electromagnetic interference Simple Integration into SIMATIC and the PROFIBUS DP Can be connected via serial interface to any system, e.g. PC with DOS / Windows 95/NT
Contactless RF identification system for the lower and medium performance range 752 bytes user memory 4 bytes fixed code as serial number EEPROM > 1000000/unlimited bytewise access (16-byte block organization internally) 2.8 ms/byte Up to 100 mm -25 to +125 C IP67, IP68 SIMATIC S5/S7, PC, non-Siemens PLC, PROFIBUS DP CRC checksums for secure data transmission High resistance to interference frequencies Multitag and password function (SIM only) ETS 300330 (Europe) FCC Part 15 (USA), UL/CSA
Transmission frequency data/energy 13.56 MHz Memory capacity
Memory type Write/read cycles Data management Data transmission rate MDS - SLG Write/read distance Operating temperature Degree of protection Can be connected to Special features
Benefits
The standard MOBY E components enable fast and reliable design of application-specific identification systems, freeing capacity for the development of the application software Worldwide support, configuration and service support
Approvals
Application
MOBY E is used wherever containers, boxes, carriers, workpiece carriers, tools and hangers have to be identified reliably, quickly, automatically and without contact. The main applications for MOBY E are: Logistics (identification of pallets, charge carriers, containers etc.) Distribution (data memory as "electronic barcode supplement" or "delivery note") Parts identification (e.g. data memory is attached directly to product/pallet). Assembly lines (e.g. data memory is attached to workpiece carriers) Conveyor systems (e.g. data memory is attached to suspension of a hanger).
4/6
Siemens FS 10 2007

MOBY E mobile data storage
Introduction
Overview
Design
The MOBY E data stores basically comprise the logic, an antenna and an EEPROM.
Function
When an MDS moves into the transmission field of the read/write device, the power supply unit generates and monitors the power required for all circuit components. The pulse-coded information is conditioned so that it can be further processed in the form of pure digital signals. The control unit handles the data and check routines and also administrates the user memory.
Type MDS E600
Features Universal data memory (752 bytes EEPROM) in credit card format (85 mm x 54 mm x 0.8 mm) Degree of protection IP68 Temperature range up to +60 C Max. read/write distance: 70 mm Universal data memory (752 bytes EEPROM) in credit card format (85 mm x 54 mm x 2.5 mm) This mobile data medium can also be used in harsh environments and under extreme conditions Degree of protection IP67 Temperature range up to +75 C Max. read/write distance: 100 mm Small data memory (752 bytes EEPROM, 10 mm x 4.5 mm ) specially for tool coding according to DIN 69873 Degree of protection IP67/IPX9K1) to DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1 Temperature range up to +85 C Max. read/write distance: 6 mm Universal compact data memory (752 bytes EEPROM), 27 mm x 4 mm Degree of protection IP67/IPX9K1) to DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1 Temperature range up to +125 C Max. read/write distance: 40 mm
MDS E611
MDS E623
MDS E624
1) Extract: Test equipment: Water flow: Distance:
Steam jet-air ejector 0 C, 30 C, 60 C, 90 C 10 to 15 l/min at 100 bar (75 C) 10 to 15 cm
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/7

Introduction
Field data of MDS and SLG (all dimensions in mm) The field data for all MOBY E components of the MDS and SLG are shown in the table below. Thus it becomes particularly easy to select the right MDS and SLG. All the technical data listed is typical data and is applicable for an ambient temperature of between 0 C and +50 C and a supply voltage of between 22 V and 27 V DC.
Operating/limit distance (without influence of metal)

Type SIM 70 with ANT 0 SIM 70 with ANT 1 SLG 72 / SIM 72 SLA 71 SLG 75 with ANT 1 SLG 75 with ANT 4 SLG 75 with ANT 12 SLG 75 with ANT 18 SLG 75 with ANT 30 MDS E600 0 - 50/70 0 - 50/70 0 - 50/70 0 - 50/70 0 - 50/70 MDS E611 10 - 70/100 10 - 70/100 10 - 70/100 10 - 70/100 10 - 70/100 MDS E623 0 - 4/6 0 - 4/5 0 - 4/6 MDS E624 0 - 8/15 0 - 25/40 0 - 30/40 0 - 25/40 0 - 25/40 0 - 25/40 0 - 8/15 0 - 18/24
Distance from MDS to MDS

Type SLG 70 with ANT 0/ SIM 70 with ANT 0 SLG 70 with ANT 1/ SIM 70 with ANT 1 SLG 72/SIM 72/ SLA 71 MDS E600 > 400 > 400 > 400 > 400 MDS E611 > 400 > 400 > 400 > 400 MDS E623 > 30 > 20 > 30 MDS E624 > 50 > 250 > 250 > 250 > 250 > 50 > 60
SLG 75 with ANT 1 SLG 75 with ANT 4 SLG 75 with ANT 12 SLG 75 with ANT 18 SLG 75 with ANT 30
4/8
Siemens FS 10 2007

MDS E600
Overview
Mobile data storage MDS E600 Memory size MTBF Read cycles Write cycles, min. at 40 C, typical Data retention time Write/read distance, max. Memory organization Energy source Shock/vibration Torsion and bending load Mounted with Recommended distance to metal Degree of protection to EN 60529 Resistance to chemicals Housing Dimensions (L x W x H) in mm Color/material Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx. -25 to +60 C -25 to +60 C 6g 752 byte of EEPROM available 2000000 h Unlimited 200000 > 1000000 > 10 years (at < +40 C) 70 mm (see field data) bytewise access (16-byte block organization internally) Inductive power transmission ISO 10373/ISO 7810 ISO 10373/ISO 7816-1 Fixing lug/adhesive > 20 mm IP68 See "Configuration Manual" ISO card 85.6 x 54 x 0.8 Anthracite/white/PVC
Universal data memory (752 byte EEPROM) in credit card format (85 mm x 54 mm x 0.8 mm), degree of protection IP68, temperature range up to +60 C and a max. write/read distance of 70 mm.
Field data in mm
MDS E600 to: Operating distance (Sa) Limit distance (Sg) Transmission window (L) Minimum distance from MDS to MDS SIM 70 with ANT 1 SLG 75 with ANT 1 0 to 50 70 60 > 400 SLG 75 with ANT 4 0 to 50 70 220 > 400 SLG 72/SIM 72 0 to 50 70 75 / 50 > 400 SLA 71 0 to 50 70 60 > 400

Order No.
Dimension drawing
A 6GT2 300-0AA00
85,6
0,2
Mobile data storage MDS E600 Minimum order quantity 100 pcs.
R3
Accessories
Fixing lug for MDS E600 Fixing lug for MDS E600/E611 Spacer for fixing lug, thickness 20 mm 6GT2 190-0AA00
0,76
G_KT01_XX_00171
6GT2 390-0AA00
54
0,2
6GT2 190-0AB00
0,2
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/9

MDS E611
Overview
Mobile data storage MDS E611 Memory size MTBF Read cycles Write cycles, min. at 40 C, typical Data retention time Write/read distance, max. Memory organization Energy source Shock/vibration Torsion and bending load Mounted with Recommended distance to metal Degree of protection to EN 60529 Resistance to chemicals Housing Dimensions ( L x W x H) in mm Color/material Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx. -25 to +75 C -40 to +85 C 21 g 752 byte of EEPROM available 2 500 000 h Unlimited 200000 > 1000000 > 10 years (at < +40 C) 100 mm (see field data) bytewise access (16-byte block organization internally) Inductive power transmission 50 g/20 g to EN 60721-3-7 none Fixing lug/screws > 20 mm IP67 See "Configuration Manual" EPOXY card 85.8 x 54.1 x 2.5 Anthracite/black/epoxy plate
Universal data memory (752 byte EEPROM) in credit card format (85 mm x 54 mm x 2.5 mm), degree of protection IP67, temperature range up to +85 C and a max. write/read distance of 100 mm.
Field data in mm
MDS E611 to: Operating distance (Sa) Limit distance (Sg) Transmission window (L) Minimum distance from MDS to MDS
SLG 70 / SIM 70 with ANT 1 SLG 75 with ANT 4 SLG 75 with ANT 1 20 to 70 100 80 > 400 10 to 70 100 250 > 400
SLG 72 / SIM 72 20 to 70 100 90 / 60 > 400
SLA 71 10 to 70 100 80 > 400

Order No.
Dimension drawings
6GT2 300-0BB00
R3 85,6 0,2
Accessories
Fixing lug for MDS E600/E611 Spacer for fixing lug, thickness 20 mm 6GT2 190-0AA00 6GT2 190 0AB00
3,2
54 0,2
60 0,2
G_KT01_XX_00172
4/10
Siemens FS 10 2007
2,5 0,2

MDS E623
Overview
Mobile data storage MDS E623 Memory size MTBF Read cycles Write cycles, min. at 40 C, typical Data retention time Write/read distance, max. Memory organization 752 byte of EEPROM available 2 500 000 h Unlimited 200000 > 1000000 > 10 years (at < +40 C) 6 mm (see field data) bytewise access (16-byte block organization internally) Inductive power transmission 100 g/20 g Not permissible Glue, e.g. UHU Plus endfest 300 Flush mounted IP67 IPX9K1) See "Configuration Manual" DIN pill 10 mm x 4.5 mm to DIN 69873 Black/epoxy resin -25 to +85 C -40 to +100 C 4g
Small data memory (752 byte EEPROM, 10 mm x 4.5 mm ), specially designed for tool coding according to DIN 69873. It can be flush-mounted in metal and can be optimally used for small workpiece carriers.
Energy source Shock/vibration to with EN 60721-3-7,Class 7M3 Torsion and bending load Mounted with Recommended distance to metal Degree of protection to EN 60529 EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1 Resistance to chemicals Housing Dimensions Color/material Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx.
Field data in mm
MDS E623 to: Operating distance (Sa) Limit distance (Sg) Transmission window (L) Operating distance (Sa) Limit distance (Sg) Transmission window (L) Minimum distance from MDS to MDS SIM 70 ANT 0, SLG 75 with ANT 18 Metal-free installation 0 up to 6 6 4 (center deviation 2) Flush mounted in metal 0 up to 3,5 4 3 (center deviation 2) > 30 0 up to 3 4 4 (center deviation 2) > 20 0-4 5 8 (center deviation 4) SLG 75 with ANT 12
1) Extract: Test equipment: Water flow rate: Spacing:
Steam jet-air ejector 0 C, 30 C, 60 C, 90 C 10 to 15 l/min with 100 bar (75 C) 10 to 15 cm

Order No.
Dimension drawing
6GT2 300-0CD00
G_KT01_de_00043
4,5
10
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/11

MDS E624
Overview
Mobile data storage MDS E624 Memory size MTBF Read cycles Write cycles, min. at 40 C, typical Data retention time Write/read distance, max. Memory organization 752 byte of EEPROM available 2500000 h Unlimited 200000 > 1000000 > 10 years (at < +50 C) 40 mm (see field data) bytewise access (16-byte block organization internally) Inductive power transmission 100 g/20 g Not permissible Adhesive/M3 screws > 20 mm IP67 IPX9K1) See "Configuration Manual" Button 27 mm x 4 mm Black/epoxy resin -25 C to +125 C -40 C to +150 C 5g
Universal compact data memory ( 27 mm 4 mm, 752 byte EEPROM) with degree of protection IP67/IP X9K, a temperature range of up to +125 C and a max. write/read distance of 40 mm.
Energy source Shock/vibration to EN 60721-3-7, class 7 M3 Torsion and bending load Mounted with Recommended distance to metal Degree of protection to EN 60529 EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1 Resistance to chemicals Housing Dimensions Color/material Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx.
Field data in mm
MDS E624 to: Operating distance (Sa) Limit distance (Sg) Transmission window (L) Minimum distance from MDS to MDS SIM 70 with ANT 0 0 up to 8 15 12 > 50 SLG 75 with ANT 1 0 up to 25 40 38 > 250 SLG 75 with ANT 4 0 up to 25 35 200 > 250 SLG 75 with ANT 18 0 up to 8 15 12 > 50 SIM 70 with ANT 1, SLA 71 0 up to 25 40 38 > 250 SLG 72 0 up to 30 40 60 > 250 SLG 75 with ANT 30 0 up to 18 24 14 > 60

Order No.
Dimension drawing
6GT2 300-0CE00
G_KT01_de_00173
3,5
6 27
0,2
0,2
4/12
Siemens FS 10 2007

MOBY E write/read devices
Introduction
Overview
Type SLG 72 Features Universal write/read device with integrated antenna (dimensions 160 mm x 80 mm x 40 mm) Max. read/write distance: 100 mm Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to +70 C RS422 interface for connection to ASM 475/473/452/456 ... The same, but with RS232/RS422 interface for connection to PC/PLC Write/read device with plug for connection of an external antenna, with RS422 interface for connection to ASM 475/473/452/456 ... Universal compact antenna (dimensions 75 mm x 75 mm x 20 mm) Max. read/write distance: 100 mm Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to +70 C Cable length: 3 m Antenna for production systems and assembly lines (dimensions (mm) 320 x 80 x 30). For high speeds over a long transmission field Max. read/write distance 100 mm Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to +70 C Cable length 1 m, plugged in on electronics side Small antenna (dimensions 12 mm x 1.5 mm x 40 mm) for tool identification (with MDS E623) Max. read/write distance: 5 mm Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to +70 C Cable length: 3 m Universal compact antenna (dimensions 18 mm x 1.5 mm x 58 mm) for assembly lines with small workpiece holders Max. read/write distance: 100 mm Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to +70 C Cable length: 3 m Universal compact antenna (dimensions 30 mm x 1.5 mm x 58 mm) for assembly lines with small workpiece holders Max. read/write distance: 24 mm Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to +70 C Cable length: 3 m
SIM 72 SLG 75
The SLG/SIM ensures inductive communication and energy supply to the MDS and for the serial connection to various systems (PC, PLC, etc.). Various different SLGs/SIMs are available for small, medium and large distances to the MDS to satisfy specific customer requirements. A rugged housing supports use under harsh industrial conditions and ensures high resistance to many chemical substances.
Type SIM 70 with ANT 0 Features Ideal for use on small assembly lines Write/read device with separate antenna (dimensions 18 mm x 1 mm x 50 mm) Max. read/write distance: 15 mm Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to +70 C With RS232/RS422 interface for connection to PC/PLC Universal write/read device with separate antenna (dimensions 75 mm x 75 mm x 20 mm) Max. read/write distance: 100 mm Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to +70 C With RS232/RS422 interface for connection to PC/PLC Universal, cost-efficient and compact write/read device for connection to ASM 724/754 (dimensions 75 mm x 75 mm x 20 mm) Max. read/write distance: 100 mm Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to +70 C
ANT 1
ANT 4
ANT 12
SIM 70 with ANT 1
ANT 18
SLA 71
ANT 30
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/13

Introduction
Function
The SLG/SLA converts the commands (read MDS, etc.) received by the interface module (ASM) and generates via the antenna a magnetic alternating field for the contactless communication and transmission of power to the MDS. The transmittable volume of data between SLG/SLA/SIM and MDS depends on: the speed at which the MDS moves through the transmission window of the SLG/SLA the length of the transmission window Failsafe protocols and access mechanisms achieve a high degree of data security and guarantee fast, secure and noise-resistant communication. The SIM combines an ASM and an SLG in one rugged housing. It can be supplied with an RS422/RS232 interface so that it can be directly connected to any higher-level system: PC Computer Non-Siemens PLC. All SIM versions are operated with a 3964R procedure. The following C libraries on the MOBY software CD-ROM are available for quick and easy integration into the application: CCT32 (for Windows 95/NT 4.0), extended function range including password protection, access authorization and multitag recognition
Field data
Minimum distance from SLG to SLG (antennas) SIM 70 with ANT 0 SIM 70 with ANT 1 SLG 72 / SIM 72 SLG 75 with ANT 1 SLG 75 with ANT 4 SLG 75 with ANT 12 SLG 75 with ANT 18 SLG 75 with ANT 30 SIM 70 with ANT 0 SIM 70 with ANT 1 SLG 72/SIM 72 SLG 75 with ANT 1 SLG 75 with ANT 4 SLG 75 with ANT 12 SLG 75 with ANT 18 SLG 75 with ANT 30 > 125 mm > 800 mm > 800 mm > 800 mm > 800 mm > 80 mm > 125 mm > 200 mm
4/14
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIM 70 with ANT 0
Overview
Write/read device Inductive interface to the MDS Write/read distance Transmission frequency (energy/data) Serial interface Max. cable length at 24 V DC Connector Data transmission rate Procedure Software functions Programming Available software (included on MOBY software CD) Depends on PC/PLC etc. C-library for PC CT32 (Windows 95/NT 4.0) Read, write, initialize MDS ..., multitag and password function 1/1, short-circuit proof 250000 h SIM 70 with ANT 0 Remote antenna max. 15 mm, see MDS field data 13.56 MHz RS232/RS422 to PC/PLC 30 m (RS232) 15-pin subminiature connector (pin) 9600 baud 3964 R
Ideally suited for use in small assembly lines, read/write device with separate antenna (dimensions 18 mm 1 mm 50 mm), max. write/read distance 15 mm, degree of protection IP65, temperature range up to +75 C, with RS232/RS422 interface for connection to the PC/PLC
Commands Digital input/output via 15-pin sub-D connector MTBF (at +25 C)

Order No.
Rated supply voltage value/permis- Via connectors 24 V DC / sible range 12 V to 30 V DC 6GT2 305-0AA00 Power consumption (at room temperature) Inrush current, momentary max. Operation, typ. 6GT2 080-2AA10 Housing Dimensions in mm - for antenna head Color - antenna/SLG housing Material - antenna/SIM/SLG housing Degree of protection to EN 60529 Housing/Antenna (front side) Shock resistant to EN 60721-3-7 Vibration resistant to EN 60721-3-7 Attachment of housing Attachment of the antenna Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx. -25 to +75 C -40 to +85 C 0.51 kg IP65/IP67 30 g, class 7M2 1.5 g, class 7M2 2 x M5 screws 2 plastic nuts M18 x 5 Krastin/PA 12 Anthracite/anthracite M18 x 1.0 x 50 - for electronics without connector 160 x 80 x 40 700 mA 180 mA
Write/read device SIM 70 with ANT 0
Accessories
CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP, C libraries, PC presentation program, RFID documentation (German + English)
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/15

SIM 70 with ANT 0
Dimension drawing
Kink protection can be bent in all directions
52 5
Minimum bending radius: 20 mm Cable length 0,45 m Antenna head
50
160
Fine thread M18x1,5

5.5
Antenna side
MOBY E ANT 0
24
80
G_KT01_EN_00174a
Plan view of antenna head
40
View A
26
12
33
SIM 70 with antenna ANT 0
4/16
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIM 70 with ANT 1
Overview
Write/read device Inductive interface to the MDS Write/read distance, max. Transmission frequency (energy/data) Serial interface Max. cable length at 24 V DC Connector Data transmission rate Procedure Software functions Programming Depends on PC, PLC, etc. C-library for PC CCT32 (Windows 95/NT 4.0) Read, write, initialize MDS ..., multitag and password function Available software (included on MOBY software CD) Commands SIM 70 with ANT 1 Remote antenna 100 mm, see MDS field data 13.56 MHz RS232/RS422 to PC/PLC 30 m (RS232) 15-pin subminiature connector (pin) 9600 baud 3964 R
Universal write/read device with detached antenna (dimensions 75 mm 75 mm 20 mm), max. write/read distance 100 mm, degree of protection IP65, temperature range up to +75 C, with RS232/RS422 interface for connection to PC/PLC.

Order No.
Digital input/output via 15-pin sub D 1/1, short-circuit proof connector MTBF (at +25 C) Rated supply voltage value/ permissible range Current input (at room temperature) Inrush current, momentary max. 700 mA 180 mA Operation, typ. Housing Dimensions in mm - for antenna head Color - antenna/SLG housing Material - antenna/SIM/SLG housing Degree of protection to EN 60529 Housing/antenna (front side) Shock resistant to EN 60721-3-7 Vibration resistant to EN 60721-3-7 Attachment of housing Attachment of the antenna Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx. -25 C to +75 C -40 C to +85 C 0.62 kg IP67/IP67 30 g, class 7M2 1.5 g, class 7M2 2 x M5 screws 2 x M5 screws PA 12 Anthracite/anthracite 75 x 75 x 2 - for electronics without connector 160 x 80 x 40 250000 h Via connectors 24 V DC / 12 V to 30 V DC
Write/read device SIM 70 with ANT 1
6GT2 305-0AB00
Accessories
CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP, C libraries, PC presentation program, RFID documentation (German + English) 6GT2 080-2AA10
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/17

SIM 70 with ANT 1
Dimension drawing
Kink protection can be bent in all directions
52 5
Minimum bending radius: 20 mm Cable length 0,45 m
5,5
5 160 75 5
5,5
80
5 40
View A
26
12
33
SIM 70 with antenna ANT 1
4/18
Siemens FS 10 2007
G_KT01_EN_00175a
20

SLG 72/SIM 72
Overview
SLG 72 Universal write/read device with integrated antenna (dimensions 160 mm x 80 mm x 40 mm), max. write/read distance 100 mm, degree of protection IP65, temperature range up to +75 C SIM 72 Same as SLG 72, but with RS232/RS422 interface for connection to PC/PLC.
Write/read device Inductive interface to the MDS Write/read distance Transmission frequency (energy/data) Serial interface Max. cable length at 24 V DC Connector Data transmission rate Procedure Software functions Programming Available software (included on MOBY software CD) Commands Digital input/output via 15-pin sub-D connector MTBF (at +25 C) Rated supply voltage value/permissible range See ASM and associated S5/S7 FB/FC 250000 h Via connectors 24 V DC / 20 V to 30 V DC 700 mA 180 mA 160 x 80 x 40 Anthracite PA 12 IP65 30 g, class 7M2 1.5 g, class 7M2 2 x M5 screws -25 to +75 C -40 to +85 C 0.55 kg Via connectors 24 V DC / 12 V to 30 V DC 700 mA 180 mA without DO Depends on PC, PLC, etc. C-library for PC CCT32 (Windows 95/NT 4.0) 1/1, short-circuit proof max. 100 mm, see MDS field data 13.56 MHz RS422 to ASM 1000 m (ASM-SLG) 6-pin SLG connector to DIN 43651 19200 baud MOBY I procedure RS232/RS422 30 m (RS232) 15-pin subminiature connector (pin) 9600 baud 3964 R SLG 72 SIM 72
Read, write, initialize MDS ...Multitag and password function
Current input (at room temperature) Inrush current, momentary max. Operating (24 V DC), typ. Housing Dimensions in mm Color Material Degree of protection to EM 60529 Shock resistant to EN 60721-3-7 Vibration resistant to EN 60721-3-7 Attachment of housing Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx.
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/19

SLG 72/SIM 72

Order No.
Write/read device SLG 72 With integrated antenna Write/read device SIM 72 With integrated antenna
6GT2 301-0CA00 6GT2 305-0CA00
Accessories
Dimension drawing
80 5
G_KT01_XX_00176a
40
X
70
Y
160
4
5,5
90
View A A Ansicht
26
12
33
SIM 72 with integrated antenna
4/20
Siemens FS 10 2007

SLG 75 with ANT x
Overview
Interface to remote antennas Connector Serial interface Max. cable length at 24 V DC Connector Data transmission rate Procedure Software functions Programming Commands MTBF (at +25 C) See ASM and associated S5/S7 FB/FC Read, write, initialize MDS ... 250000 h ANT 1, ANT 4, ANT 12, ANT 18 or ANT 30 4-pin (socket) RS422 to ASM 1000 m (ASM-SLG) 6-pin SLG-connector to DIN 43651 (pin on device side) 19200 baud MOBY I procedure
Write/read device with RS422 interface for connection to ASM, with connector for an external antenna: ANT 1, universal compact antenna (dimensions 75 mm x 75 mm x 20 mm) ANT 4, for production plants and assembly lines. Due to the long transmission field, high speeds are possible. Dimensions (mm) 320 x 80 x 30 ANT 12, small antenna (dimensions 12 mm x 1.5 mm x 40 mm) for tool identification (with MDS E623) ANT 18, universal compact antenna (dimensions 18 mm x 1.5 mm x 58 mm) for assembly lines with small workpiece carriers ANT 30, universal compact antenna (dimensions 30 mm x 1.5 mm x 58 mm) for assembly lines with small workpiece carriers
Rated supply voltage value/permis- Via connectors 24 V DC / 20 V to sible range 30 V DC Power consumption (at room temperature) Inrush current, momentary max. Operation, typ. Housing Dimensions for electronics without 160 x 80 x 40 connector (in mm) Color Material Degree of protection to EN 60529 Shock-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, class 7M2 Anthracite PA 12 IP65 30 g 700 mA 180 mA
Vibration-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, 1.5 g, 200-500 Hz, class 7M2 class 7M2 Attachment of housing Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx. -25 C to +70 C -40 C to +85 C 0.52 kg 2 x M5 screws
Antenna Inductive interface to the MDS Write/read distance max. ANT-MDS (Sg) Interface to SLG 75 Plug connection Antenna cable length (cannot be changed) Housing dimensions in mm Color Material Degree of protection according to EN 60529 Shock-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, class 7M2 Vibration-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, class 7M2 Ambient temperature in operation Storage and transport MTBF (at 40 C) Weight, approx.
ANT 1 13.56 MHz 100 mm
ANT 4
ANT 12 5 mm
ANT 18 15 mm
ANT 30 24 mm
4-pin, pins on antenna side 3m 75 x 75 x 20 (L x W x H) Anthracite Plastic PA 12 IP67 1m 320 x 80x 30 (L x W x H) 3m M12 x 1,0 x 40 ( x thread x L) Pale turquoise Plastic Krastin IP67 (front) M18 x 1.0 x 55 ( x thread x L) M30 x 1.5 x 58 ( x thread x L)
50 g (maximum value, no continuous load) 20 g (3 up to 500 Hz) (maximum value, no continuous load) - 25 up to + 70 C - 40 up to + 85 C 250000 h 80 g 950 g 45 g 120 g 150 g
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/21

SLG 75 with ANT x
Field data SLG 75 with antennas
SLG 75 Operating distance (Sa), depends on MDS Limit distance (Sg), depends on MDS Transmission window Minimum distance from SLG to SLG (D) ANT 1 0 up to 70 mm 100 mm MDS-dependent > 800 mm ANT 4 0 up to 70 mm 100 mm MDS-dependent > 800 mm ANT 12 0 up to 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm > 80 mm ANT 18 0 up to 8 mm 15 mm MDS-dependent > 125 mm ANT 30 0 up to 18 mm 24 mm 14 mm > 200 mm

Order No.
Write/read device SLG 75 without antenna Antenna ANT 1 for SLG 75 Antenna ANT 4 for SLG 75 Antenna ANT 12 for SLG 75 Antenna ANT 18 for SLG 75 Antenna ANT 30 for SLG 75 A
6GT2 398-1AF00 6GT2 398-1CB00 6GT2 398-1CE00 6GT2 398-1CC00 6GT2 398-1CA00 6GT2 398-1CD00
Accessories
4/22
Siemens FS 10 2007

SLG 75 with ANT x
Dimension drawings
80 5
G_KT01_XX_00181a
40
160
5,5
25
Write/read device SLG 75 without antenna

5 5,
G_KT01_en_00181
Cable length 3 m
4
20
5 75
Antenna ANT 1
40
Antenna side
M12 Fine thread pitch 1,0
MOBY E ANT 12
Cable length 3 m minimum bending radius: 20 mm Antenna head
17
Side view of antenna head

G_KT01_EN_00182a
ANT 12 can be plugged onto electronics side
Antenna ANT 12
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/23

SLG 75 with ANT x
Antenna side
MOBY E ANT 18
55
Cable length 3 m minimum bending radius: 20 mm Antenna head ANT 18 can be plugged onto electronics side
24

G_KT01_EN_00183a
Antenna ANT 18
58
Antenna side
M 30 Fine thread pitch 1,0
MOBY E ANT 30
43

G_KT01_EN_00184a
4
Antenna ANT 30
FS10_00178
1m
> 20 mm 5 320 30
Antenna ANT 4
4/24
Siemens FS 10 2007
5,5
80

SLA 71
Overview
Dimension drawings
Cable length 0,5 m
5, 5
G_KT01_en_00045
5 75
The SLA 71 is a low-cost and compact MOBY E write/read antenna with a maximum write/read distance of 100 mm. The SLA 71 is connected to the interface modules ASM 724 or ASM 754 by means of an additional connecting cable (5 m). The maximum cable length between SLA 71 and ASM can be extended to 55 m by means of two 25 m extension cables. Due to the compact design and the high degree of protection (IP65), the SLA 71 can be used universally.
20

Order No.
Write/read device SLA 71 Write/read antenna
6GT2 301-2BB00
Accessories
Extension cable for antenna cable 10 m 6GT2 391-1BN10 6GT2 391-1BN25 6GT2 080-2AA10 25 m CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP, C libraries, PC presentation program, RFID documentation (German + English)
Inductive interface to the MDS Transmission frequency (energy/data) Write/read distance to MDS, max. Serial interface, connectable to Max. cable length to SLA 71 Plug connection 13.56 MHz 100 mm (see field data under "Write/Read Devices") ASM 724/754 55 m 0.5 m cable with 8-pin M12 connector (pin on device side); 5 m connecting cable 6GT2391-1AH50 required See under communication modules Via communication modules 75 x 75 x 20 Anthracite PA12 IP65 100000 h 2 x M5 screws -20 C to + 70 C -40 C to +85 C 0.15 kg
Software functions Power supply Housing Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm Color Material Degree of protection to EN 60 529 MTBF (at 40 C) Mounted with Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx.
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/25

STG E mobile handheld terminal
Overview
STG E mobile handheld terminal RAM/ROM User program Display 2 MB/2 MB 1 MB (with MOBY service and test program) Graphics LCD with 240 100 pixels; shades of gray scale; selectable background illumination Alphanumeric with 57 keys Piezzo signal source NiCd rechargeable batteries with 2 cells of type AA (850 mAh); can be boost-charged; automatic switch-off Operating period: approx. 20 hours (read head inactive, display not illuminated) 260 92 35 (including read head) 0.55 kg (including batteries and read head) -20 to +60 C -25 to +80 C 0 to 90 % no condensation IP54 (splash-proof) Max. height of fall onto concrete 0.5 m IEC 801-2; IEC 801-3; IEC 801-4
Keyboard Sound Power supply
Dimensions (in mm)
The STG E is a powerful mobile handheld terminal with integrated write/read antenna for applications in the field of logistics, distribution and service. In addition, it is an indispensable tool for commissioning and testing.
Weight, approx.
Design
The mobile STG handheld terminal comprises a basic unit (based on PSION Workaboutmx) and an attachable compact read/write head. It has a splashproof enclosure (IP54), 240 100 pixels LCD display, alphanumeric keypad and various interfaces (for EEPROM card, battery charging, RS232/TTL for MOBY reader head, battery charging interface incl. RS232 for the PC link, etc.).
Ambient temperature Operation Storage Relative humidity Degree of protection Impact strength Static; RF; EFT
Function
The supplied MOBY software (memory card) provides service and test functions for functions such as reading and writing the MOBY data memory: Reading data from the data memory Writing data to the data memory Reading and displaying the ID number of the data memory Displaying and editing the data in hexadecimal, ASCII, decimal and binary format Activating/deactivating password protection Using the optional C library, the user can easily develop applications that include a customized desktop for reading and writing data memories. For this purpose various different optional development tools for the PC and a large selection of accessories are available directly from PSION. This opens up new application possibilities in the field of logistics and distribution, for example, the handheld terminal can be used to acquire or process orderpicking data offline and to transfer it temporally delayed to the PC.
Write/read head - Inductive interface to MDS Write/read distance Transmission frequency (power/data) Serial interface (to basic unit) Software functions Programming Up to 30 mm, depending on MDS 13.56 MHz TTL/3964R Standard user interface for reading/writing data memories, etc.
4/26
Siemens FS 10 2007

STG E mobile handheld terminal

Order No.
Mobile handheld terminal STG E with MOBY E write/read head Basic device (PSION Workaboutmx) with MOBY E write/read head, battery, standard software incl. STG functionality on EEPROM card, operating instructions, without charger.
6GT2 303-0AA00
Accessories
Charging unit for a mobile handheld terminal; incl. plug-in power supply 230 V AC MOBY E write/read head for basic unit (PSION Workabout mx) STG software for MOBY D, E, I and U, 1 Mbyte-EEPROM-Card CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP, C libraries, PC presentation program, RFID documentation (German + English) 6GT2 080-2AA10 A 6GT2 303-1CA00 A 6GT2 303-1AA00 A 6GT2 303-1DA00
A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H D: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = 4A994
Accessories
Optional components are available in the Internet under www.psionteklogix.com Connecting cable "3link" to the PC for simple exchange of data between the PC and PSION Workaboutmx PSION Workaboutmx basic unit with large-area function keys and numerical keypad Additional memory card with up to 8 MB memory Docking station incl. quick charging unit and software for easy data transfer between the PSION Workaboutmx and the PC
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/27

MOBY E
Configuring instructions
Overview
Note Detailed configuration and commissioning data is contained in the Manual for configuration, assembly and service. Transmission window The write/read device generates an inductive alternating field. The field is at its strongest near the SLG and declines rapidly as the distance from the SLG increases. The distribution of the field depends on the structure and geometry of the antennas in the write/read device and MDS. A prerequisite for the function of the MDS is a minimum field strength at the MDS that is achieved at a distance Sg from the write/read device. The picture below shows the transmission window between MDS and SLG:
Ld Transmission windows Sa ANT 1 Sg MDS
V MDS (m/s) (m/min) 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 20 10 0 0
G_KT01_EN_00187
1,83 1,67 1,5 1,33 1,17 1 0,83 0,67 0,5 0,33 0,16
V MDS (m/s) (m/min) 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 20 10 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

G_KT01_EN_00186
Write MDS E600
Read MDS E600
30
90 100 110 120 130 Byte number (n)
SLG 75 ANT 1/SLA 71/SLG 72 with MDS E600
1,83 1,67 1,5 1,33 1,17
Write MDS E611
SP
1 0,83 0,67 0,5 0,33
Read MDS E611
30
G_KT01_EN_00185
L (Sa,max) = Ld L (Sa,min) 1)
MDS
0,16
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 Byte number (n)
SLG 75 ANT 1/SLG 72 with MDS E611
Sa: Operating distance between MDS and SLG Sg: Limit distance (maximum clear distance between upper surface of SLG and MDS, at which the transmission can still function under normal conditions) L: length of a transmission window SP: Intersection of the axes of symmetry of the MDS The active field for the MDS consists of a circle (cf. plan view). The MDS can be used as soon as the intersection of the MDS enters the circle of the transmission window. The direction of movement and rotation of the MDS has no effect. Representation of speed relative to data quantity The characteristics shown here should make it easier to preselect the MOBY E components MDS and SLG for dynamic use. The characteristics apply for operation within the transmission window (L) and the operating distance (Sa).
V MDS (m/s) (m/min) 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 20 10 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
G_KT01_EN_00188
1,83 1,67 1,5 1,33 1,17 1 0,83 0,67 0,5 0,33 0,16
Write MDS E624
Read MDS E624
30
80 90 100 Byte number (n)
SLG 75 ANT 1/SLG 72 with MDS E624
Read transmission time of the ID number

Size of ID-No. MDS E6xx 4 byte Read ID-No. 20 ms
4/28
Siemens FS 10 2007

MOBY E
V MDS (m/s) (m/min) 5,5 330 5,0 300 V MDS (m/s) (m/min) 1,83 110 Write MDS E600
1,67 1,5 1,33 1,17 1 0,83

G_FS10_EN_00170
100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 0 10 20 30
4,5 4,0 3,5 3,0 2,5 2,0 1,5 1,0 0,5
270 240 210 180 150 120 90 60 30 0 0 10 20
Write MDS E600
Read MDS E600
Read MDS E600
0,67 0,5 0,33 0,16
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100 110 120 130 Byte number (n)
40
50
60
70
80
90 100 110 120 130 Byte number (n)
SLG 75 ANT 4 with MDS E600
SLG 72 with MDS E600
V MDS (m/s) (m/min) 5,5 330 5,0 300
V MDS (m/s) (m/min) 1,83 110 Write MDS E611
4,5 4,0 3,5 3,0 2,5 2,0 1,5 1,0 0,5
270 240 210 180 150 120 90 60 30
1,67 1,5 1,33 1,17 1 0,83

G_FS10_EN_00171
100 90 80 70 60 50 30 20 10 0 0 40
Write MDS E611
Read MDS E611
Read MDS E611
0,67 0,5 0,33 0,16
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150160 Byte number (n)
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150160 Byte number (n)
G_FS10_EN_00174
G_FS10_EN_00173
SLG 72 with MDS E611
V MDS (m/s) (m/min) 5,5 330 5,0 300
4,5 4,0 3,5 3,0 2,5 2,0 1,5 1,0 0,5
270 240 210 180 150 90 60 30 120
Write MDS E624
Read MDS E624
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80 90 100 Byte number (n)
G_FS10_EN_00172
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/29

MOBY I
Introduction
Overview
Application
MOBY I is used, for example, where workpiece carriers, skids, hangers have to be automatically identified quickly and reliably without contact. The main applications for MOBY I are Assembly technology (data memory attached directly to the workpiece carrier) Processing production (e.g. data memory attached direct to product carrier) Conveyor systems (e.g. data memory attached to overhead monorail conveyor) Assembly lines in the automotive industry (e.g. heat resistant data storage).
Function
MOBY identification systems ensure that important data accompanies the product from the very beginning. The MOBY I contactless identification system has been successfully used for many years in a host of applications worldwide. It is specially designed for industrial production applications where there is a great demand for reliability, dynamic writing and reading, high degree of protection etc. Depending on requirements (size, ambient conditions, large clearance etc.), different data memories and write/read devices are available. Powerful interface modules including software interface are used for connection to SIMATIC, PROFIBUS DP or to PCs/non-Siemens PLCs. The MOBY I identification system possesses the following features: 1.81 MHz identification system with write/read distance of up to 150 mm Designed for the upper and medium performance range In use worldwide for many years Extensive range of rugged, battery-free data memories (FRAM) for a vast range of applications Data memory with increased degree of protection IPX9K (steam jet-air ejector 100 bar ...) Heat-resistant data memory for the automotive industry (paintshops), up to +220 C cyclically Very high level of reliability even in the presence of contamination, temperature fluctuations and electromagnetic interference Simple Integration into SIMATIC and the PROFIBUS DP Can be connected via serial interface to any system, e.g. PC with DOS / Windows 98/NT Mobile data storage units are first attached to the product or its transport or packing unit, e.g. workpiece carrier, then inscribed, modified and read using non-contact methods. All the information that is important for manufacturing and material flow control is thus available on the product.
Type Non-contact RF identification system for medium to high-end performance range 8 or 32 KB FRAM Depends on memory type File or address-oriented typ. 0.8 ms/byte Up to 150 mm -25 to +85 C or +220 C IP65 to IP68/IP X9K1) SIMATIC S5/S7, PC, computers, non-Siemens PLCs, PROFIBUS DP/FMS Optional DOS-like file management system ETS 300330 (Europe) FCC 2) Part 15 (USA), UL 2)/CSA 2) Transmission frequency data/power 1.81 MHz/134 kHz Memory capacity Memory type Write/read cycles Data organization Data transfer rate MDS to SLG Write/read distance Operating temperature Degree of protection Can be connected to
Special features Approvals
1) Extract: Testing equipment: Water throughput: Distance:
Benefits
The standard MOBY I components permit the secure and quick construction of application-specific identification systems, so that capacities are freed up for the generation of the application software. Worldwide support, configuration and service support
Steam jet blower 0 C, 30 C, 60 C, 90 C 10 to 15 l/min at 100 bar (75 C) 10 to 15 cm
2) Not applicable to SIM 4x, ASM 424/454, ASM 410.
4/30
Siemens FS 10 2007

MOBY I mobile data storage
Introduction
Overview
Type MDS 401 Features Compact data memory (8 KB FRAM, button-shaped, can be flush-mounted into metal), for the identification of small workpiece holders Housing dimensions 27 mm x 9 mm Degree of protection IP67 Temperature range up to +85 C Compact data memory (8 KB FRAM), e.g. for the identification of small workpiece carriers (MDS 302 compatible) Housing dimensions 47.5 mm x 25 mm x 15 mm Degree of protection IP68/IPX9K1) Temperature range up to +70 C Compact data memory (8 KB FRAM), with an write/read clearance of up to 70 mm, e.g. for the identification of small workpiece carriers (compatible with MDS 302 Housing) Housing dimensions 47.5 mm x 25 mm x 15 mm Degree of protection IP68/IPX9K1) Temperature range up to +85 C Universal data memory (8 KB FRAM) Housing dimensions 50 mm x 50 mm x 20 mm (compatible with MDS 413E and MDS 114) Degree of protection IP68/IPX9K1) Temperature range up to +85 C Universal data memory (32 KB FRAM) Housing dimensions 75 mm x 75 mm x 40 mm Degree of protection IP68 Temperature range up to +70 C Universal data memory (32 KB FRAM) Housing dimensions 50 mm x 50 mm x 20 mm Degree of protection IP68/IPX9K1) Temperature range up to +85 C Designed for skid identification in paintshops, max. 220 C cyclic, 8 KB FRAM Housing dimensions 114 mm x 83 mm Degree of protection IP68
MDS 402
A rugged housing supports use under harsh industrial conditions and makes the MDS resistant to many chemical substances.
MDS 403
MDS 404
MDS 506
MDS 514
MDS 439E
Note: FRAM has the electrical properties of a RAM, however, no batteries are required. 1) Extract: Test equipment: Water flow: Distance: Steam jet-air ejector 0 C, 30 C, 60 C, 90 C 10 to 15 l/min at 100 bar (75 C) 10 to 15 cm
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/31

Introduction
Field data (Operating distance Sa /Limit distance Sg in mm) The field data for all MOBY I components of the MDS and SLG are shown in the table below. It is, therefore, easy to select the right MDS and SLG
Type SLG 40 SLG 40S SLG 41 SLG 41S SLG 41C SLG 41CC SLG 42 SLG 43 SIM 41 SIM 42 SIM 43 MDS 401 MDS 402 2-8/10 2-6/8 0-6/10 MDS 403 4-15/30 MDS 404 MDS 514 0-12/25 MDS 506 MDS 439E -
10-30/80 4-25/40
0-30/60 0-50/90 0-20/33
10-35/70 20-100/150 0-25/40
10-55/70 20-80/125 0-25/33
Note: The listed field data are typical values and are valid for a room temperature of +25C (77 F) and a supply voltage of 24 V DC.
4/32
Siemens FS 10 2007

MDS 401
Overview
Mobile data storage Memory size MTBF Write/read cycles Write/read distance, max. Memory organization Shock-resistant (DIN IEC 60068-2-29) Vibration-resistant (DIN IEC 60068-2-6) MDS 401 8 KB FRAM 1500000 h > 1 x 109 10 mm (see field data) byte-oriented access 50 g 20 g no Adhesive or bracket supplied by customer IP67 black Macromelt Moulding 27 mm x 9 mm -25 C to +85 C -40 C to +85 C 7g Flush mounting in metal permissible
Compact data memory (8 KB FRAM, button shape, can be flush mounted in metal) for identifying small workpiece carriers, housing dimensions 27 mm x 9 mm, degree of protection IP67, temperature range up to +85 C.
Direction-dependent Mounted with Degree of protection to EN 40050 Housing Color Material Dimensions Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx. Other
Field data in mm
MDS 401 to: Operating distance (Sa) Limit distance (Sg) Transmission window L: vertical 2L: horizontal Diameter of the transmission window Minimum distance from MDS to MDS 18 > 50 9 > 50 30 50 > 80 SLG 40 2 to 8 10 SLG 40S 2 to 6 8 SLG 41/41S/41C/41CC 0 to 6 10
The field data apply for reading and writing the MDS.

Order No.
Dimension drawing
6GT2 000-0CA10
Mobile data storage MDS 401 8 Kbyte FRAM Documentation see page 4/138
27 -0,2 22
9 7
G_KT01_en_00046
MOBY-I SIEMENS MDS 401
Antenna side
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/33

MDS 402
Overview
Mobile data storage Memory size MTBF (without battery, at 40 C) Write/read cycles Write/read distance, max. (SLG-dependent) Memory organization Shock-resistant (DIN IEC 60068-2-29) Vibration-resistant (DIN IEC 60068-2-6) Mounted with Degree of protection Housing Dimensions (mm) 47.5 x 25 x 15 Ergo gray/polyamide 12 -25 C to +70 C -40 C to +70 C 25 g MDS 302 compatible MDS 402 8 KB FRAM 1500000 h 1 x 109 10 mm byte-oriented access 50 g 20 g 2 x M3 screws IP68/IPX9K1)
Compact data memory (8 KB FRAM) for identifying small workpiece carriers (MDS 302 compatible), housing dimensions 47.5 mm x 25 mm x 15 mm, degree of protection IP 68/IP X9K1), temperature range up to +70 C. 1) Extract: Test equipment: Water flow rate: Spacing: Steam jet-air ejector 0 C, 30 C, 60 C, 90 C 10 to 15 l/min with 100 bar (75 C) 10 to 15 cm
Color/material Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx. Special feature
Field data in mm
MDS 402 to: Operating distance (Sa) SLG 40 2 to 8 10 18 > 50 SLG 40S 2 to 6 8 9 > 50 SLG 41/41S/41C/41CC 0 to 6 10 30 50 > 80
Limit distance (Sg) Transmission window L: vertical 2L: horizontal Diameter of the transmission window Minimum distance from MDS to MDS

Order No.
Dimension drawing
6GT2 000-0CA20
Mobile data storage MDS 402 8 Kbyte FRAM
SIEMENS
. MOBY l
17,5
12,5
25
G_KT01_XX_00192
13,5 40 47,5 3,5
4/34
Siemens FS 10 2007
15

MDS 403
Overview
Mobile data storage Memory size MTBF at 40 C Write/read cycles (at 25 C) Write/read distance, max. (SLGdependent) Memory organization Shock-resistant (DIN IEC 60068-2-29) Vibration-resistant (DIN IEC 60068-2-6) Mounted with Degree of protection to EN 40050 Housing Color Ergo gray Polyamide 12 47.5 mm x 25 mm x 15 mm - 25 to + 85 C - 40 to + 85 C 25 g Same construction as MDS 402 housing Dynamic reading/writing possible, polarized field by means of ferrite rod antenna MDS 403 8 KB FRAM 1500000 h > 1 x 109 80 mm byte-oriented access 50 g 20 g 2 x M3 screws IP68/IPX9K1)
Compact data memory (8 KB FRAM) with a write/read distance of up to 30 mm for identifying, for example, small workpiece carriers, MDS 302 compatible, housing dimensions 47.5 mm x 25 mm x 15 mm, degree of protection IP68/IPX9K, temperature range up to +85 C.
Material Dimensions Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx. Other
1) Extract: Test equipment: Water flow rate: Distance: Field data in mm

MDS 403 to: Operating distance (Sa) Limit distance (Sg) Transmission window (L x B) Minimum distance from MDS to MDS SLG 41/41S/41C/41CC 4 to 15 30 65 x 25 > 120 SLG 42 10 to 30 80 110 x 50 > 200
Steam jet-air ejector 0 C, 30 C, 60 C, 90 C 10 to 15 l/min at 100 bar (75 C) 10 to 15 cm
SIM 41/42/43 0 to 25 40 80 x 45 > 200

Order No.
Dimension drawing
6GT2 000-1CF00
SIEMENS
. MOBY l
17,5
12,5
25
G_KT01_XX_00192
13,5 40 47,5 3,5
15
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/35

MDS 404
Overview
Mobile data storage Memory size MTBF (at 40 C) Battery Write/read cycles Write/read distance, max. (SLG-dependent) Memory organization Shock (DIN IEC 60068-2-29) Vibration (DIN IEC 60068-2-6) Mounted with Degree of protection to EN 40050 Housing Dimensions (mm) 50 x 50 x 20 Ergo gray/polyamide 12 -25 C to +70 C -40 to +70 C 50 g Color/material Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight MDS 404 8 KB FRAM 1500000 h Without battery > 1 x 109 90 mm byte-oriented access 50 g 20 g 2 x M4 screws IP68/IPX9K1)
Data memory for universal applications (8 KB FRAM), housing dimensions 50 mm x 50 mm x 20 mm, degree of protection IP68/IPX9K, temperature range up to +70 C/momentarily +85 C.
1) Extract: Test equipment: Steam jet-air ejector 0 C, 30 C, 60 C, 90 C Water flow rate: 10 to 15 l/min with 100 bar (75 C) Spacing: 10 to 15 cm Field data in mm
MDS 404 to: Operating distance (Sa) Limit distance (Sg) Transmission window L: vertical 2L: horizontal Minimum distance from MDS to MDS 36 72 > 90 90 180 > 250 140 260 > 500 60 80 > 200 SLG 41/SLG 41S/SLG 41C/41CC 0 to12 25 SLG 42 0 to 30 60 SLG 43 0 to 50 90 SIM 41/42/43 0 to 20 33

Order No.
Dimension drawing
6GT2 000-0EG00
MDS
50 46
Mobile data storage MDS 404 8 Kbyte FRAM, with fixing frame
Mounting frame
50 40
G_KT01_EN_00193
4,3
20
16 7
Assembly drawing
The MDS can be mounted using the mounting frame in the shownmanner.
4/36
Siemens FS 10 2007

MDS 506
Overview
Mobile data storage Memory size MTBF (without battery, at 40 C) Write/read cycles Write/read distance, max. (SLG-dependent Memory organization Shock (DIN IEC 60068-2-29) Vibration (DIN IEC 60068-2-6) Mounting Degree of protection according to DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1 Housing Dimensions (mm) Color/material 75 x 75 x 40 ergo gray /Polyamide 12 -25 to +70 C -40 to +70 C 200 g MDS 506 32 Kbyte FRAM 1500000h > 1 x 109 150 mm byte-oriented access 50 g 20 g 2 screws M5 IP68
Data memory for universal applications (32 KB FRAM), housing dimensions 75 mm x 75 mm x 40 mm, degree of protection IP68, temperature range up to 70 C.
Ambient temperature in operation Storage and transport Weight, approx.
Field data in mm
MDS 506 to: Operating distance (Sa) Limit distance (Sg) Transmission window L: vertical 2L: horizontal Minimum distance from MDS to MDS 120 190 > 300 220 400 > 600 85 100 > 300 SLG 42 10 to 35 70 SLG 43 20 to 100 150 SIM 41/42/43 0 to 25 40

Order No.
Dimension drawings
6GT2 000-0DC00-0AA0
5,
5 75
G_KT01_de_00048
40
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/37

MDS 514
Overview
Mobile data storage Memory capacity MTBF (at 40 C) Write/read cycles Max. read/write distance (SLG-dependent) Memory organization Shock (DIN IEC 60068-2-29) Vibration (DIN IEC 60068-2-6) Mounting Degree of protection to EN 60529 Housing Dimensions (mm) 50 x 50 x 20 Ergo gray/Polyamide 12 -25 to +85 C -40 to +85 C 50 g MDS 514 32 KB FRAM 1500000 h > 1 x 109 90 mm byte-oriented access 50 g 20 g 2 x M4 screws IP68/IP X9K1)
Data memory for universal applications (32 KB FRAM), housing dimensions 50 mm x 50 mm x 20 mm, degree of protection IP68/IPX9K1), temperature range up to +85 C 1) Extract: Test equipment: Water flow rate: Spacing: Field data in mm
MDS 514 to: Operating distance (Sa) Limit distance (Sg) Transmission window SLG 41/41S/41C/41CC 0 to 12 25 36 72 > 90
Color/material Ambient temperature Operation Transport and storage Weight
SLG 42 0 to 30 60 90 180 > 250
SLG 43 0 to 50 90 140 260 > 500
SIM 41/42/43 0 - 20 33 60 80 > 200
L: vertical 2L: horizontal Minimum distance from MDS to MDS

Order No.
Dimension drawings
6GT2 000-0DG10
MDS
50 46
Mobile data storage MDS 514 32 Kbyte FRAM, with fixing frame
Mounting frame
50 40
G_KT01_EN_00193
4,3
20
16 7
Assembly drawing
The MDS can be mounted using the mounting frame in the shownmanner.
4/38
Siemens FS 10 2007

MDS 439E
Overview
Mobile data storage Memory size MTBF (at 40 C) Write/Read cycles Write/read distance, max. (SLGdependent) Memory organization Shock-resistant (DIN IEC 60068-2-29) Vibration-resistant (DIN IEC 60068-2-6) Mounted with Degree of protection to EN 60529 Housing Dimensions in mm (excluding weld seam) Color/material Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight without bracket -25 C to +110 C/ +220 C cyclic -40 to +110 C 900 g MDS 439E 8 KB FRAM 2500000 h > 109 125 mm byte-oriented access 50 g 5g By means of optional bracket IP68 114 x 83 mm Brown/PPS
Typical applications: Primer coat, cataphoresis with the associated drying furnaces Top coat area with drying furnaces Washing areas at temperatures > +85C
Field data in mm
MDS 439E to: Operating distance (Sa) Limit distance (Sg) Transmission window L: vertical 2L: horizontal Minimum distance from MDS to MDS 120 210 > 500 190 330 > 600 75 100 > 300 SLG 42 10 to 55 70 SLG 43 20 to 80 125 SIM 41/42/43 0 to 25 33
The field data apply for reading and writing the MDS. Cyclic operation of the MDS at temperatures > +100 C At ambient temperatures between +110 C and +220 C care must be taken that the internal temperature of the MDS does not exceed the critical threshold of +110 C. Each heating phase must therefore be followed by a cooling phase. Some limit cycles are listed in the table below:
Heating up Temperature 200 C 200 C 190 C 190 C 180 C 170 C Time 2h 1h 2h 1h 2h 2h Cooling down Temperature 25 C 25 C 25 C 25 C 25 C 25 C Time >8h >2h >7h > 1 h 45 min > 5 h 30 min > 4 h 30 min
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/39

MDS 439E

Order No.
Mobile data storage MDS 439E 8 Kbyte EEPROM
6GT2 000-0CD30-0AD0
Accessories
Support for MDS 439E Short type Covering hood A A 6GT2 090-0QA00 6GT2 090-0QB00
Dimension drawings
Mounting edge 11 1
234
SIEMENS
114
0.5
11 1 61 1 83 3
100
27 51.5
Antenna side
G_KT01_en_00049
Short version (6GT2090-0QA00)
140 11
96
25
Material: V2A sheet-metal 2.5 mm thick BI 2.5 DIN 59382 1.4541
Hood, optional (6GT2090-0QB00)
Antenna side of MDS
Assembly
4/40
Siemens FS 10 2007
G_KT01_EN_00195

MOBY I write/read devices
Introduction
Overview
Type SLG 42 Features Universal SLG Max. read/write distance: 70 mm Housing dimensions 75 mm x 75 mm x 40 mm Degree of protection IP65 Max. temperature: +70 C Universal SLG Max. read/write distance: 150 mm Housing dimensions 75 mm x 75 mm x 40 mm Degree of protection IP65 Max. temperature: +70 C Universal SLG with serial interface to PC/PLC Max. read/write distance: 40 mm Housing dimensions 75 mm x 75 mm x 40 mm Degree of protection IP54 Max. temperature: +70 C
SLG 43
SIM 41/42/43
The write/read device (SLG) provides inductive communication with the mobile data storage units (MDS) and serial coupling to the adapter modules (ASM). Various different SLGs are available for small, medium and large distances to the MDS to satisfy customer requirements.
Type SLG 40S Features SLG with detached antenna ( 18 mm x 30 mm) e.g. for assembly lines with small workpiece holders Max. read/write distance: 8 mm Degree of protection IP65 Max. temperature: +70 C SLG with detached antenna ( 30 mm x 54 mm) e.g. for assembly lines with small workpiece holders Max. read/write distance: 10 mm Degree of protection IP65 Max. temperature: +70 C Universal compact SLG with rotating antenna head ("Bero" housing) Max. read/write distance: 30 mm Housing dimensions 120 mm x 40 mm x 40 mm Degree of protection IP65 Max. temperature: +70 C Same as SLG 41, but with antenna rotated by 90 Universal compact SLG with 3 m connecting cable Max. read/write distance: 30 mm Housing dimensions 55 mm x 75 mm x 30 mm Degree of protection IP67 Max. temperature: +70 C Similar to SLG 41C, with 2 m connecting cable and double M12 plug.
Function
The write/read device converts the commands received from the interface modules. The commands and data to be written or read are converted by a corresponding modulator/demodulator. The communication between the MDS and read/write device is performed via inductive alternating fields. The volume of data that can be transferred between the read/write device and MDS depends on: The speed with which the MDS moves through the transmission window of the read/write device The length of the transmission window
SLG 40
Field data
Minimum distance from SLG to SLG in mm SLG 40S SLG 40 SLG 41, SLG 41S, SLG 41C, SLG 41CC SLG 42 SLG 43 SIM 41/42/43 > 50 > 50 200 800 2000 700
SLG 41
SLG 41S SLG 41C
SLG 41CC
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/41

SLG 40 / SLG 40S
Overview
SLG 40 Of particular benefit is the small mounting clearance between several SLG 40 antennas. The antenna head can be positioned very precisely for any application using the two screw nuts. SLG 40S Of particular benefit is the small mounting clearance between several SLG 40S antennas. The antenna head can be positioned very precisely for any application using the two screw nuts.
Application
The SLG 40 and the SLG 40S can be used to great advantage on small assembly lines.
Write/read device Inductive interface to the MDS Transmission speed MDS to SLG, typ. Write/read distance Transmission frequency (data/energy) Distance SLG-SLG Special features Serial interface to ASM Max. cable length (ASM-SLG) at 24 V DC, max. MTBF (at +40 C) Power supply 0.8 ms/byte max. 10 mm, see MDS field data 1.81 MHz/134 kHz min. 50 mm Only one transmission field, centrally over the antenna head RS422, 6-pin SLG-connector to DIN 43651 360 m 2000000 h 24 V DC 20 to 30 V DC 25 mA 90 mA max. 8 mm, see MDS field data SLG 40 SLG 40S
Rated value Permissible range Current input No-load operation Operation Housing Dimensions in mm - antenna head - electronics without connector Color - antenna/SLG housing Material - antenna/SLG housing Degree of protection to EN 60529 Shock (DIN IEC 60068-2-29) Vibration (DIN IEC 60068-2-6) Attachment of the SLG Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx.
M30 x 1.5 x 54 125 x 40 x 75
M18 x 1,0 x 30 75 x 75 x 40
Anthracite with turquoise head/ergo-gray Krastin/polyamide 12 IP65 50 g 20 g 4 screws -25 C to +70 C -40 C to +85 C 200 g 215 g
4/42
Siemens FS 10 2007

SLG 40 / SLG 40S

Order No.
Write/read device for connection to ASM Write/read device SLG 40S with separate antenna ( 18 mm x 30 mm) Write/read device SLG 40 with separate antenna ( 30 mm x 54 mm) 6GT2 001-0EA10 6GT2 001-0EB00
Accessories
Dimension drawings
Kink protection sleeve can be bent in all directions Minimum bending radius: 20 mm 5,5
G_KT01_EN_00196
G_KT01_EN_00197
Kink protection sleeve can be bent in all directions
40
50
Minimum bending radius: 20 mm Cable length 0,5 m Antenna head 65 75 30 5 Screw nuts
Cable length 0,5 m MOBYI Antenna head Screw nuts 115 125 54
25
18 75
5,5 Fine thread M18x1
SLG 40
Fine thread M30x1,5
Antenna side
Antenna side
MOBY-I
21 65 75

MOBYI
SLG 40/S
24
36
SLG 40
Write/read device SLG 40
Write/read device SLG 40S
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/43

SLG 41 / SLG 41S
Overview
Degree of protection to DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1 Vibration to DIN IEC 60068-2-6 Vibration to DIN IEC 60068-2-6 Mounted with Tightening torque (at room temperature) Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx.
IP65 50 g 20 g 4 screws M5 3 Nm
-25 C to +70 C -40 C to +85 C 210 g

Order No. Write/read device for connecting to ASM:
SLG 41 The SLG 41 is a write/read device in the lower performance range. It can be used very effectively wherever the MDS carrier system (e.g. workpiece carrier) can be mechanically positioned with relative precision. Thanks to its swivel head (BERO housing), the SLG 41 can be adapted very well to the transport system. In dynamic mode, only a small amount of data can be read or written between SLG 41 and the MDS. SLG 41S In contrast to the SLG 41, the antenna of the SLG 41S is rotated by 90 in the swivel head. This enables all positions of the transmission window to be implemented.
Write/read device SLG 41 in the lower performance range Write/read device SLG 41S Same as SLG 41, but with antenna rotated by 90.
6GT2 001-0AA00 6GT2 001-0AA00-0AX0
Accessories
Inductive interface to the MDS Transmission speed MDS to SLG, typ. Write/read distance, max. Transmission frequency (data/energy) Distance SLG-SLG Special features Serial interface to ASM Max. cable length (ASM-SLG) at 24 V DC MTBF (at +40 C) Power supply Rated value Permissible range Current input Operation Housing Dimensions (mm) Color Material 120 x 40 x 40 Ergo-gray Polyamide 12 90 mA No-load operation 24 V DC 20 to 30 V DC 20 mA 0.8 ms/byte 25 mm, see MDS field data 1.81 MHz/134 kHz min. 200 mm BERO housing, swivel-mounted antenna head RS422, 6-pin SLG-connector to DIN 43651 360 m
Dimension drawing
SLG 41:
40
28 40 SIEMENS 80 25 49 40
40
30
Position of pivot Stellung des head when Schwenkkopfes delivered bei der
Auslieferung!
5,3
60
14,5
SLG 41 S: SLG 41 B:
2000000 h
40 28 40 80 25 49 40
40
SIEMENS
30
G_KT01_DE_00198
Position of pivot Stellung des head when Schwenkkopfes delivered bei der
Auslieferung!
5,3
60
14,5
4/44
Siemens FS 10 2007

SLG 41C / SLG 41CC
Overview
Mounted with Tightening torque (at room temperature) Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx.
4 screws M5 2 Nm
-25 C to +70 C -40 C to +85 C 210 g

Order No.
Write/read devices for connection to ASM Write/read device SLG 41C Write/read device for connection to ASM, with separate antenna ( 30 mm x 54 mm) Write/read device SLG 41CC 6GT2 001-0AC00-0AX0 6GT2 001-0AC00
SLG 41C The SLG 41C is a write/read device in the lower performance range and can be used to great advantage in assembly lines thanks to its small, compact design. Thanks to the high degree of protection and the use of high-quality materials, the SLG 41C ensures problem-free use even under the toughest industrial conditions. The device is connected by means of a 3 m long cable equipped with wire-end ferrules. SLG 41CC At the end of the cable (2 m) for the SLG 41CC, there is a double M12 connector for connection to the ASM 450/452.
Same as SLG 41C, but with double M12 connector for connection to ASM 450/452/473
Accessories
CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" CD, FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/WINDOWS 95/NT, C-libraries, PC presentation program. MOBY documentation 6GT2 080-2AA10
Inductive interface to the MDS Transmission speed MDS to SLG, typ. Write/read distance, max. Transmission frequency (data/energy) Distance SLG-SLG, min. Serial interface to ASM 0.8 ms/byte 25 mm, see MDS field data 1.81 MHz/134 kHz 200 mm RS422, with 3 m connecting cable (without SLG connector) 360 m 2000000 h 24 V DC 20 to 30 V DC 20 mA / 70 mA 55 x 75 x 30 Ergo-gray Polyamide 12 IP67 50 g 20 g
Dimension drawing
30
4
G_KT01_en_00021 j 5.5
55 75 65
Max. cable length (ASM-SLG) at 24 V DC, max. MTBF (at +40 C) Power supply Rated value Permissible range Power consumption No-load operation/operating Housing Dimensions (mm) Color Material Degree of protection to EN 60529 Shock-resistant to DIN IEC 60068-2-29 Vibration-resistant to DIN IEC 60068-2-6
MOBY I SLG 41 C
45
55
Kink protection can be bent 0.1m 3m End sleeves
30
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/45

SLG 42
Overview

Order No.
Write/read devices for connection to ASM Write/read device SLG 42 with TTY (20 mA current loop) interface 6GT2 001-0BA00
Accessories
Dimension drawing
The SLG 42 is a write/read device in the mid-performance range. Due to the larger antenna dimensions, the SLG 42 generates a considerably larger field than the SLG 41. For this reason, a longer range can be achieved with the same data memories. In dynamic operation, larger quantities of data can be read/written by the MDS.
40 6
Inductive interface to the MDS Transmission speed MDS to SLG Write/read distance Transmission frequency (data/energy) Distance SLG-SLG, min. Serial interface to ASM Max. cable length (ASM-SLG) at 24 V DC MTBF (at +40 C) Power supply Rated value Permissible range Current input No-load operation Operation Housing Dimensions (mm) Color Material Degree of protection to EN 60529 Shock to DIN IEC 60068-2-29 Vibration to DIN IEC 60068-2-6 Mounted with Tightening torque (at room temperature) Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx. -25 C to +70 C -40 C to +85 C 250 g 75 x 75 x 40 Gray Polyamide 12 IP65 50 g 20 g 2 screws M5 2 Nm 60 mA 180 mA 24 V DC 20 to 30 V DC
49
75
75
Typically 0.8 ms/byte max. 70 mm, see MDS field data 1.81 MHz/134 kHz 800 mm RS422, 6-pin SLG-connector to DIN 43651 120 m 2000000 h
25 5 5 5,5 65 75
4/46
Siemens FS 10 2007
G_KT01_xx_00199

SLG 43
Overview

Order No.
Write/read devices for connection to ASM: Write/read device SLG 43 with TTY (20 mA current loop) interface 6GT2 001-0CA10
Accessories
Dimension drawing
The SLG 43 is a high-performance write/read device. A particular advantage is that the device can be used with large MDS types (MDS 506/MDS 439E). An essential feature is the size of the transmission window. This compensates well for mechanical tolerances of the transport system. In dynamic mode, the large transmission window enables large quantities of data to be read or written.
G_KT01_xx_00200
5,5
Inductive interface to the MDS Transmission speed MDS to SLG, typ. Write/read distance, max. Transmission frequency (data/energy) Distance SLG-SLG Serial interface to ASM Max. cable length (ASM-SLG) at 24 V DC MTBF (at +40 C) Power supply Rated value - permissible range Current input No-load operation Operation Housing Dimensions (mm) Color Material Degree of protection to EN 60529 Shock to DIN IEC 60068-2-29 Vibration to DIN IEC 60068-2-6 Mounted with Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx. -25 C to +70 C -40 C to +85 C 800 g 238 x 40 x 80 Ergo-gray Polyamide 12 IP65 50 g 20 g 4 screws 60 mA 250 mA 24 V DC 20 to 30 V DC 0.8 ms/byte 150 mm, see MDS field data 1.81 MHz/134 kHz > 2000 mm RS422, 6-pin SLG-connector to DIN 43651 max. 85 m 2000000 h
40
212
30
225
238
25
49
13 5 60 80
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/47

SIM 41/42/43
Overview
SIM 41/42/43 serial interface modules Inductive interface to the MDS Data transmission rate, typ. For read/write distance, see MDS field data Max. transmission frequency (data/energy) Serial interface Data transmission rate Max. cable length 0.8 ms/byte max. 40 mm, see MDS field data 1.81 MHz/134 kHz 25-pin sub-D connector (pin) with interlocking screw 2400 to 9600 baud TTY: 1000 m (shielded) RS422: 1000 m (shielded) V.24: 30 m (shielded) Read, write, initialize MDS, set MDS type, etc. Depends on computer, PC MOBY API for Windows 98/NT 4.0, 3964R driver for DOS
Software functions Programming
The SIM module is a write/read device with integrated antenna and serial interface for connection to the following systems: Computer PC PLC A rugged housing supports use under harsh conditions and makes the MDS resistant to many chemical substances.
Available software (included on CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation") Digital inputs Quantity Electrical isolation Input voltage For logical 0 For logical 1 Delay time Digital outputs Quantity Electrical isolation
2 no -2 V to +5 V +12 V to +33 V (Ri = 10 k) < 10 ms 2 No, (internal voltage supply) short-circuit-proof Imax = 200 mA (per DO, or for 2 DOs) 24 V DC 20 to 30 V DC max. 220 mA (DO with no load) 30 g IP54 0 C to +60 C -20 C to +70 C 75 x 75 x 40 0.3 kg
Function
The SIM combines an interface module (ASM) and a write/read device (SLG) in one housing and can be supplied with three different interfaces: RS422 (SIM 42), TTY (SIM 43) and V.24 (SIM 41).
All SIM versions can be operated by means of various procedures (3964R, Lauf, SINEC L1 and SINUMERIK protocol). For quick and easy integration into the application (PC with Windows 98/NT), the C library MOBY API (included on the MOBY software CD) is available with the MOBY basic functions (read, write etc.).
AT-komp. PC
G_KT01_DE_00201a
Power supply Rated value Permissible range Current input Shock to DIN IEC 60068-2-29 Degree of protection to EN 60529 Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Dimensions (mm) Weight, approx.
DC 24 V
SIM
MDS
Configurator
4/48
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIM 41/42/43

Order No.
Write/read devices for direct connection to the PC or PLC: Write/read device SIM 41 with V.24 (RS232) interface Write/read device SIM 42 with V.24 (RS422, V11) interface Write/read device SIM 43 with TTY (20 mA current loop) interface 6GT2 005-0CA10 6GT2 005-0BA10 A 6GT2 005-0AA10
Accessories
CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP, C libraries, PC presentation program, RFID documentation (German + English) A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H 6GT2 080-2AA10
Dimension drawing
40 21 6 4 75 47 75 7,7
G_KT01_xx_00202
65 75
5 5 5,5
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/49

STG I mobile handheld terminal
Overview
STG I mobile handheld terminal RAM/ROM User program Screen 2 MB/2 MB 1 MB (with MOBY service and test program) Graphic LCD screen with 240 100 pixels; gray scale; selectable backlighting Alphanumeric with 57 keys Piezzo signal transmitter NiCd battery pack with 2 type AA cells (850 mAh); fast-charge capability; automatic shutdown Service life: approx. 20 hours (reader head inactive, display unlit) 260 92 35 (incl. read head) 0.55 kg (incl. batteries and reader head) -20 C to + 60 C -25 C to +80 C 0 % to 90 %, no condensation IP54 (splashwater proof) drop onto concrete: 0.5 m EN 55022 IEC 801-2; IEC 801-3; IEC 801-4
Dimensions Weight, approx.
The STG I is a powerful mobile handheld terminal with integrated write/read antenna for applications in the field of logistics, distribution and service. In addition, it is an indispensable tool for commissioning and testing.
Temperature Operation Storage Relative humidity Protection class Impact resistance, max. EMC Electrostatic; RF; EFT
Design
The STG I mobile handheld terminal comprises a basic unit (based on the PSION Workaboutmx) and a plug-in compact write/read head. It has a splashwater-protected housing (IP54), LCD screen with 240 100 pixels, alphanumeric keyboard and different interfaces (for EEPROM card, battery charging, RS 232/TTL for MOBY read head, battery charging interface incl. RS232 for the PC link, etc.)
Function
Write/read head Inductive interface to MDS Write/read distance (depends on MDS) Transmission frequency Energy/data Serial interface (to basic unit) Programming
for MOBY I Up to 20 mm 134 kHz/1.81 MHz TTL/3964R Standard user interface for reading/writing of data memories, etc.
The supplied MOBY software (memory card) provides service and test functions for reading, writing, etc. of the MOBY data memory: Reading data from the data memory Writing data to the data memory Reading and displaying the ID number of the data memory Displaying and editing the data in hexadecimal, ASCII, decimal and binary formats Activate/deactivate password. MOBY file handler (MOBY I only) On the basis of the optional C library, custom applications including a customized mask interface for the reading/writing of data memories can be very easily programmed. Various optional development tools for the PC and a wide selection of accessories are available for this direct from PSION. This is opening up new applications in the field of logistics and distribution, for example, the handheld terminal enables commissioning data to be recorded or processed offline and forwarded to the PC/computer with a time delay
4/50
Siemens FS 10 2007

STG I mobile handheld terminal

Order No.
Mobile handheld terminal STG I C with MOBY I write/read head Basic device (PSION Workabout mx ) with MOBY I write/read head, battery, standard software incl. STG functionality on EEPROM card, operating instructions, without charger.
6GT2 003-0CA00
Accessories
Charging unit for a mobile handheld terminal; incl. plug-in power supply 230 V AC MOBY I write/read head for basic unit (PSION Workabout mx) STG software for MOBY D, E, I and U 1 Mbyte EEPROM-Card CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP, C libraries, PC presentation program, RFID documentation (German + English) A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H C: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = 4A994 6GT2 080-2AA10 A 6GT2 303-1CA00 6GT2 003-1CA00 A 6GT2 303-1DA00
Accessories
Optional components under //www.psionteklogix.com Connecting cable "3link" to the PC for simple exchange of data between the PC and PSION Workaboutmx PSION Workaboutmx basic unit with large-area function keys and numerical keypad Additional memory card with up to 8 MB memory Docking station incl. quick charging unit and software for easy data transfer between the PSION Workaboutmx and the PC.
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/51

MOBY I
Overview
Configuration note For detailed configuring and start-up data, see the Manual for Configuring, Mounting and Service. For ordering data, see Documentation. Transmission window The write/read device generates an inductive alternating field. The field is largest close to the write/read device and quickly contracts as the distance from the write/read device increases. The shape of the field depends on the design and geometry of the antennae in the write/read device and in the mobile data storage. The prerequisite for the function of the mobile data storage is a minimum field strength at the mobile data storage which is achieved within the distance Sg from the write/read device. The following drawing indicates the transmission window between the mobile data storage and the write/read device. eration with single length of the transmission window (L) and the operating distance (Sa).
V MDS
(m/s) (m/min)
1.66 100 1.33 1 0.66 0.33 0 80 60 40 20 0
MDS 404/ MDS 514 (Read/Write)
MDS 403
L L
G_KT01_EN_00203
2L
10
20
30
40
50
60 70 80 90 Number of bytes (n)
Example SLG 41
M SLG
Sa
Sg MDS
4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5 0
V MDS
(m/s) (m/min)
Side view
240 210 180 150 120 90 60 30 0 0 10
MDS 404 / MDS 514 (Read/Write)
2L
MDS 403 MDS 506 (Read/Write)
4
M
L M L
Plan view
20
30
40
50
60
SLG
Max. transmission window at approx. 1/2 Sa Transmission window at S a
70 80 90 Number of bytes (n)
Example for SLG 42 (vertical operation)
M: Center of the transmission window Sa: Operating distance Sg: Limit distance (the limit distance is the maximum line-of-sight distance between the top surface of the write/read device and the top surface of the mobile data storage for which transmission will just function under normal conditions) L: Length of a transmission window for vertical motion of the mobile data storage 2L: Length of a transmission window for horizontal motion of the mobile data storage TG: The transmission gap lies between the two transmission windows. In this zone, the mobile data storage cannot be processed. The transmission gap is a few millimeters in length. The transmission gap is regarded as negligible in all subsequent analyses (TG = 0 mm) Plot of transmission rate against data volume The curves shown here are intended to assist in selection of the mobile data storage units and write/read devices for MOBY I for dynamic applications. The curves are applicable for vertical op4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1
0.5 0
V MDS
(m/s) (m/min)
210 180 150 120 90 60 30

0 0 30 60
MDS 404 / MDS 514 (Read/Write)
MDS 506 (Read/Write)
90
120
150
180
210 240 270 Number of bytes (n)
Example for SLG 43 (vertical operation)
4/52
Siemens FS 10 2007
G_KT01_EN_00030
240
G_KT01_EN_00029
G_KT01_EN_00028

SIMATIC RF300
Introduction
Overview
Benefits
Minimization of commissioning time by direct connection of system to S7-300, PROFIBUS, Ethernet and non-Siemens PLC or PC. Minimization of downtimes thanks to: Fault-resistant data transmission Specific diagnostics information High data security under critical operating conditions High-speed data processing thanks to high data transfer rates on the "air interface". SIMATIC RF300 records the data of objects quickly and reliably. SIMATIC RF300 thereby ensures effective and cost-effective automation.
Application
The RFID system SIMATIC RF300 is used primarily for contactfree identification of containers, pallets and workpiece holders in a closed production cycle. This means that the data carriers (transponders, tags) remain in the production chain and are not shipped out with the products. Thanks to the compact enclosure dimensions of the transponders as well as of the write/read devices, SIMATIC RF300 is particularly suitable for (small) assembly lines where space is at a premium. The main application areas of SIMATIC RF300 are: Assembly and handling systems, assembly lines (identification of workpiece carriers) Production logistics (material flow control, identification of containers and other vessels) Parts identification (e.g. transponder is attached to product or pallet) Conveyor systems (e.g. overhead monorail conveyors)
SIMATIC RF300 is a non-contact identification system specially designed for use in industrial production for the control and optimization of the material flow. Thanks to its compact modular structure, it is particularly suited to small assembly lines and conveyor systems with restricted space for installation. The rugged components generally have a very good price/performance ratio. Depending on the demands on the identification system, two versions of the system are available: A particularly economical solution with a link to SIMATIC S7-300 by means of the IQ-Sense interface for limited requirements in terms of speed and data volumes Write/read devices for high demands in terms of speed and data volume for connection to SIMATIC, PROFIBUS, PC or non-Siemens controllers (available soon) The SIMATIC RF300 identification system boasts the following features: 13.56 MHz operating frequency Passive (without battery) transponders (tags) Rugged, compact components Very high immunity to noise Extensive diagnostic functions Very fast data transmission (except for IQ-Sense interface) Simple integration into SIMATIC and the PROFIBUS DP
Function
The MOBY and SIMATIC RF300 RFID systems ensure that highly-informative data accompany a product right from the start. Tags ("electronic delivery notes") are used in place of barcodes and contain all production-specific data in addition to the product number. Up to 32 KB of user data can be stored and managed in this way. Enough to enable quality data to be stored as well. Using stationary as well as mobile read/write devices, the necessary information (production data, transport routes, etc.) can be read from the tag without contact (inductively) and can even be added to or modified without the need for a direct line-of-sight link.
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/53

SIMATIC RF300
Introduction
Type Contactless, inductive RF identification system for industrial applications 20 byte to 64 Kbyte user memory (r/w) 4 byte fixed code as serial number (ro) EEPROM / FRAM > 100000 unlimited unlimited byte-oriented access up to 3 Kbyte/s (IQ-Sense: 50 byte/s) up to 200 mm -25C to +70C -40C to +85C IP65 IP67 SIMATIC S7-300 PROFIBUS DP V1 PC (not IQ-Sense) Non-Siemens PLC High noise immunity Compact components Extensive diagnostic options reader with IQ-Sense interface ETS 300330 (Europe) FCC Part 15 (USA) UL/CSA CE Transmission frequency data/energy 13.56 MHz Memory capacity
Memory type Write cycles EEPROM FRAM Read cycles Data management Data transmission rate Reader - Tag Write/read distance (system limit) Operating temperature Write/read device Mobile data storage Degree of protection Write/read device Mobile data storage Can be connected to
Special features
Approvals
4/54
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC RF300 mobile data storage
Introduction
Overview
Type SIMATIC RF320T
Features Universal, compact tag (20 + 4 byte EEPROM) 27 mm x 4 mm, not suitable for mounting directly on metal Degree of protection IP67/IPX9K1) Temperature range up to +85 C Universal tag (8 KB FRAM + 4 byte EEPROM) 48 mm x 25 mm x 15 mm Degree of protection IP68 Temperature range up to +85 C Universal tag (32 KB FRAM + 4 byte EEPROM), 50 mm x 50 mm x 20 mm Degree of protection IP68 Temperature range up to +85 C Universal tag in credit card format (8 KB FRAM + 4 byte EEPROM), 85.5 mm x 54.1 mm x 2.5 mm Degree of protection IP67 Temperature range up to +75 C
SIMATIC RF340T
SIMATIC RF350T
SIMATIC RF360T
1) Extract: Test equipment: Steam jet-air ejector 0 C, 30 C, 60 C, 90 C Water flow rate: 10 to 15 l/min with 100 bar (75 C) Spacing: 10 to 15 cm
Design
A SIMATIC RF 300 tag is a data storage unit and essentially consists of an electronic module, an antenna and an EEPROM or FRAM memory built into a rugged plastic enclosure.
Function
If a tag moves into the transmission field of the reader, the necessary power for all circuit components is generated and monitored by means of the energy supply unit. The pulse-coded information is prepared in such a way that it can be processed further as pure digital signals. The handling of data, including check routines, is performed by the control unit which also manages the user memory.
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/55

SIMATIC RF320T
Overview
Mobile data storage Data retention time Write/read distance, max. Memory organization Energy source Shock/vibration to EN 60721-3-7, class 7 M3 Torsion and bending load Fixing Degree of protection to EN 60529 DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1 Housing IP67 IPX9K1) Button 27 x 4 black/Epoxy -25 to +85 C 5g SIMATIC RF320T > 10 years (at < +40 C) (see field data) byte-oriented access, write protection possible in 4-byte blocks Inductive power transmission 100 g/20 g Not permissible Adhesive/M3 screws
Recommended distance from metal 10 mm
Universal, compact tag (20 + 4 byte EEPROM) in button format ( 27 mm x 4 mm), not suitable for mounting directly on metal.
Dimensions Color/material Ambient temperature During operation Weight, approx.
Mobile data storage Memory size MTBF Read cycles Write cycles, min. at 40 C, typical SIMATIC RF320T 20 byte EEPROM (r/w), 4 byte UID (ro) 2500000 h unlimited 50000 > 1000000
During transportation and storage -40 to +125 C
Field data in mm
SIMATIC RF320T to: Operating distance (Sa) Limit distance (Sg) Transmission window (L)
SIMATIC RF310R 1 to10 16 30
SIMATIC RF340R 1 to20 25 45
SIMATIC RF350R with SIMATIC RF350R with SIMATIC RF350R with ANT 1 ANT 18 ANT 30 1 to 20 25 45 0 to 8 10 10 0 to 11 15 15

Ta
Order No.
Tag SIMATIC RF320T
6GT2 800-1CA00
Dimension drawings
3,5
G_KT01_de_00173
6 27
0,2
0,2
4/56
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC RF340T
Overview
Mobile data storage Memory size MTBF Read cycles Write cycles Data retention time Read/write distance Memory organization SIMATIC RF340T 8 KB FRAM (r/w), 20 byte EEPROM (r/w), 4 byte UID (ro) 1500000 h unlimited > 1010 > 10 years (at < +40C) (see field data) Byte-oriented access, write protection possible in 4-byte blocks for the 20-byte EEPROM area Inductive power transmission to EN 60721-3-7, 50 g / 20 g Not permissible 2 x M3 screws IP68 48 x 25 x 15 Anthracite Polyamide 12 -25 +85 C 25 g
Energy source Shock/vibration Torsion and bending load Fixing Degree of protection to EN 60529 Housing Dimensions in mm Color/ Material
Universal tag (8 KB FRAM + 20 byte EEPROM + 4 byte serial number), particularly suitable for small workpiece carriers.
Ambient temperature During operation Weight, approx. During transportation and storage -40 .. +85 C
Field data in mm
SIMATIC RF340T to: Operating distance (Sa) Limit distance (Sg) Transmission window (L) SIMATIC RF310R 1 20 26 38 SIMATIC RF340R 2 25 35 60 SIMATIC RF350R with SIMATIC RF350R with SIMATIC RF350R with ANT 1 ANT 18 ANT 30 2 25 35 60 0 10 13 20 0 15 20 25

Order No.
Tag SIMATIC RF340T
6GT2 800-4BB00
A: Subject to export regulations AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/57

SIMATIC RF350T
Overview
Mobile data storage Memory size MTBF Read cycles Write cycles Data retention time Read/write distance Memory organization SIMATIC RF350T 32 KB FRAM (r/w), 20 byte EEPROM (r/w), 4 byte UID (ro) 1500000 h unlimited > 1010 > 10 years (at < +40 C) (see field data) Byte-oriented access, write protection possible in 4-byte blocks for the 20-byte EEPROM area Inductive power transmission 50 g/20 g Not permissible 2 x M4 screws Can be directly mounted onto metal IP68 8-sided, with fixing frame 50 x 50 x 20 Anthracite/polyamide 12 -25 + 85 C 25 g
Energy source Shock/vibration to EN 60721-3-7, class 7 M3 Torsion and bending load Mounting technique Recommended distance to metal Degree of protection to EN 60529 Housing L x W x H, in mm Color/material Ambient temperature During operation Weight, approx.
Universal tag (32 KB FRAM + 4 byte EEPROM)
During transportation and storage -40 +85 C
Field data in mm
SIMATIC RF350T to: SIMATIC RF310R 2 22 30 45 SIMATIC RF340R 5 35 50 60
SIMATIC RF350R with SIMATIC RF350R with SIMATIC RF350R with ANT 1 ANT 18 ANT 30 5 35 50 60 0 16 22 25
Operating distance (Sa) Limit distance (Sg) Transmission window (L)
-: Combination reader-tag not released

Order No.
Tag SIMATIC RF350T
6GT2 800-4BD00
4/58
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC RF360T
Overview
Mobile data storage Memory size MTBF Read cycles Write cycles Data retention time Read/write distance Memory organization SIMATIC RF360T 8 KB FRAM (r/w), 20 byte EEPROM (r/w), 4 byte UID (ro) 1500000 h unlimited > 1010 > 10 years (at < +40C) (see field data) Byte-oriented access, write protection possible in 4-byte blocks for the 20-byte EEPROM area Inductive power transmission 50 g/20 g Not permissible 2 screws M3 or with fixing lug 6GT2190-0AB00 > 20 mm; e.g. using spacer 6GT2190-0AA00 in conjunction with fixing lug 6GT2190-0AB00 IP68 Credit card format 85.8 x 54.8 x 2.5 Anthracite / epoxy resin -25 +75 C 25 g
Energy source Shock/vibration to EN 60721-3-7 Torsion and bending load Mounting technique
Universal tag in credit card format (8 KB FRAM + 4 byte EEPROM).
Recommended distance to metal
Degree of protection to EN 60529 Housing L x W x H, in mm Color/material Ambient temperature During operation Weight, approx.
During transportation and storage -40 +85 C
Field data in mm
SIMATIC RF360T to: Operating distance (Sa) Limit distance (Sg) Transmission window (L) SIMATIC RF310R 2 26 35 45 SIMATIC RF340R 8 40 60 70 SIMATIC RF350R with SIMATIC RF350R with SIMATIC RF350R with ANT 1 ANT 18 ANT 30 8 40 60 70 Combination reader-tag not released

Order No.
SIMATIC RF360T tag Accessories Fixing lug For SIMATIC RF360T Spacers For fixing lug, thickness 20 mm The purpose of the spacer is to maintain the recommended distance to the metal when installing the tag.
6GT2 800-4AC00 6GT2 190 0AB00 6GT2 190-0AA00
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/59

SIMATIC RF300 write/read devices
Introduction
Overview
Type SIMATIC RF310R
Characteristic Ideal for use on small assembly lines. Reader with integrated antenna. Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to +70 C Max. write/read distance 35 mm Dimensions 55 mm x 75 mm x 30 mm 2 interface versions (IQ-Sense and RS422) Ideal for use on assembly lines. Reader with integrated antenna. Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to +70 C Dimensions 75 mm x 75 mm x 40 mm Interface RS422 Ideal for use on assembly lines. Reader for the connection of external MOBY E antennas (ANT1, ANT18, ANT30). Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to +70 C Dimensions 75 mm x 75 mm x 40 mm Interface RS422
SIMATIC RF340R
4
SIMATIC RF350R
Function
The reader implements the commands received from the communication module or the host system. These commands and the data to be written or read are processed by a corresponding digital/analog circuit in the reader and control communication with the tag. The communication between tag and reader takes place over inductive alternating fields. The transmittable quantity of information between reader and tag depends on: the speed at which the tag moves through the transmission window of the reader the length of the transmission window the tag type (FRAM, EEPROM).
4/60
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC RF310R
Overview
The SIMATIC RF310R is a write/read device (reader) in the lower performance range and can be used to great advantage in assembly lines thanks to its small, compact design. This reader is available in two interface versions: With IQ-Sense interface for the 8xIQ-Sense module SM338 on S7-300/ET 200M With RS422 interface for the RFID communication modules ASM 452, 456, 473 and 475 Thanks to the high degree of protection and the use of high-quality materials, the SIMATIC RF310R ensures problem-free use even under the toughest industrial conditions. Connection is either over a 4-pin M12 plug-in connector (IQ-Sense variant) or over an 8-pin M12 plug-in connector (RS422 version).
SIMATIC RF310R reader Inductive interface to the tag Transmission frequency (energy/data) Read/write distance to the tag Port to SIMATIC S7-300 to RFID communication modules Baud rates Cable length reader-master module Data transfer rate, reader-tag Writing, approx. Reading, approx. Functions 40 byte/s 50 byte/s Read, write, initialize tag 3100 byte/s 3100 byte/s Read/write/initialize tag, scan status and diagnostics information, switch antenna on/off, repeat command, scan tag serial numbers (UID) Available soon 24 V DC 8-IQ-Sense, 2-wire pole-independent; max. 2 readers on one module Max. 50 m (unshielded cable) RS422 (3964R protocol) 19200, 57600, 115200 bit/s Max. 1000 m (shielded cable) 13.56 MHz Max. 35 mm (see tag field data) 13.56 MHz Max. 35 mm (see tag field data) 6GT2801-0AA00 (for IQ-Sense) 6GT2801-1AA10 (for RS422)
Multi-tag Power supply Display elements Plug-in connector Housing Dimensions in mm Color Material Degree of protection to EN 60 529 Shock-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, class 7 M2 Total shock response spectrum, Type II Vibration-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, class 7 M2 Mounting technique Tightening torque (at room temperature) Ambient temperature During operation During transportation and storage MTBF (at 40 C) Weight, approx.
No Via IQ-Sense master module (24 V DC)
2-color LED (operating voltage, presence, error) 2-color LED (operating voltage, presence, error) M12, 4-pin 55 x 75 x 30 (without connector) Anthracite PA 12 IP65 50 g 1 g (9 200 Hz) 1.5 g (200 500 Hz) 4 x M5 screws 2 Nm -25 +70 C -40 +85 C 1.3 x 106 h 200 g M12, 8-pin 55 x 75 x 30 (without connector) Anthracite PA 12 IP65 50 g 1 g (9 200 Hz) 1.5 g (200 500 Hz) 4 x M5 screws 2 Nm -25 +70 C -40 +85 C 1.4 x 106 h 200 g
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/61

SIMATIC RF310R
Field data in mm
Reader SIMATIC RF310R Minimum distance from reader to 400 mm reader
Ordering and selection data

Order No.
Reader SIMATIC RF310R With IQ-Sense interface With RS422 interface (3964R protocol) A 6GT2 801-0AA00 6GT2 801-1AA10
Accessories
IQ-Sense module SM 338 for S7-300 and ET 200M CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP, C libraries, PC presentation program. MOBY documentation M12 cable plug With PUR cable 4 x 0.34 mm2 , straight connector for SIMATIC RF310R (IQ-Sense) 5m 10 m 3RX8 000-0CB42-1AF0 3RX8 000-0CB42-1AL0 6ES7 338-7XF00-0AB0 6GT2 080-2AA10
Dimension drawings
4
55 75 65
30 5,5 SIMATIC RF310R
4/62
Siemens FS 10 2007
45
55

SIMATIC RF340R
Overview
Reader Total shock response spectrum, Type II
SIMATIC RF340R 1 g (9 200 Hz)
Vibration-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, 1.5 g (200 500 Hz) class 7 M2 Mounting technique 2 x M5 screws Tightening torque (at room tempera- 2 Nm ture) Ambient temperature During operation MTBF (at 40 C) Weight, approx. -25 + 70 C 1.2 x 106 hours 250 g During transportation and storage -40 + 85 C
Field data in mm
Reader SIMATIC RF340R
The SIMATIC RF340R is a write/read device (reader) with integrated antenna for the medium performance range and can be used to great advantage in assembly lines thanks to its compact design. This reader is also particularly suitable for dynamic applications, in which the data carrier does not stop during the write/read process. This reader has an RS422 interface with transmission procedure 3964R for connection to the RFID communication modules ASM 452, 456, 473, 475. Thanks to the high degree of protection and the use of high-quality materials, the SIMATIC RF340R ensures problem-free use even under the toughest industrial conditions. It is connected by means of an 8-pin M12 connector.
Minimum distance from reader to 500 mm reader

Order No.
Reader SIMATIC RF340R with integrated antenna
6GT2 801-2AA10
Accessories
CD RFID-Systems Software & Documentation FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP, C libraries, PC presentation program. MOBY documentation 6GT2 080-2AA10
Reader Inductive interface to the tag Transmission frequency (energy/data) Read/write distance to the tag Port Transmission rates Data transfer rate, reader-tag Functions 13.56 MHz See "Mobile data storage units" field data RS422 (3964R protocol) 19200, 57600, 115200 bit/s Read / write: approx. 3100 byte/s Read/write/initialize tag, scan status and diagnostics information, switch antenna on/off, repeat command, scan tag serial numbers (UID) Available soon 24 V DC 2-color LED (operating voltage, presence, error) M12, 8-pin 75 x 75 x 40 (without device connector) Anthracite PA 12 IP65 50 g SIMATIC RF340R
Dimension drawings
FS10_00205 41
Cable length reader-master module Max. 1000 m (shielded cable)

5,2 90 75
Multi-tag Power supply Display elements Plug-in connector Housing Dimensions in mm Color Material Degree of protection to EN 60 529 Shock-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, class 7 M2
75
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/63

SIMATIC RF350R
Overview
Reader Inductive interface to the tag Transmission frequency (energy/data) Port Transmission rates Data transmission rate, reader-tag Functions 13.56 MHz RS422 (3964R protocol) 19200, 57600, 115200 bit/s Read / write: approx. 3100 byte/s Read/write/initialize tag, scan status and diagnostics information, switch antenna on/off, repeat command, scan tag serial numbers (UID) Available soon 24 V DC 2-color LEDs (operating voltage, presence, error) M12, 8-pin 75 x 75 x 40 (without device connector) Anthracite PA 12 IP65 50 g 1 g (9 200 Hz) SIMATIC RF350R
Cable length reader-master module Max. 1000 m (shielded cable)
Multi-tag Power supply Display elements
The SIMATIC RF350R is a universal write/read device (reader) for use with external antennas. Due to the different, pluggable antenna designs (flat antenna, round antennas), there are many possible applications in the area of industrial production, especially in assembly lines. This reader has an RS422 interface with transmission procedure 3964R for connection to the RFID communication modules ASM 452, 456, 473, 475. Thanks to the high degree of protection and the use of high-quality materials, the SIMATIC RF350R ensures problem-free use even under the toughest industrial conditions. It is connected by means of an 8-pin M12 connector. One of each of the following antennas from the MOBY E spectrum can be operated on an RF350R: ANT 1, universal flat antenna, also for dynamic applications size (L x W x H in mm): 75 x 75 x 20 ANT 18, universal round antenna in M18 design for assembly lines with small workpiece holders size ( x L in mm) M18 x 55 ANT 30, universal round antenna for assembly lines with small workpiece holders size ( x L in mm) M30 x 58
Plug-in connector Housing Dimensions in mm Color Material Degree of protection to EN 60529 Shock-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, class 7 M2 Total shock response spectrum, Type II
Vibration-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, 1.5 g (200 500 Hz) class 7 M2 Mounting technique 2 x M5 screws Tightening torque (at room tempera- 2 Nm ture) Ambient temperature During operation MTBF (at 40 C) Weight, approx. -25 + 70 C 1.2 x 106 hours 250 g During transportation and storage -40 + 85 C
Antenna Inductive interface to the tag Max. write/read distance ANT tag (Sg) Port to RF350R Plug connection Antenna cable length (cannot be changed) Housing dimensions in mm Color Material Degree of protection to EN 60529 Shock-resistant to EN 60721-3-7/ Class 7M2 Vibration-resistant to EN 60721-37/Class 7M2
ANT 1 13.56 MHz
ANT 18
ANT 30
See "Mobile data storage units" field data
4-pin (pins on antenna side) 3m 75 x 75 x 20 (L x W x H) Anthracite Plastic PA 12 IP67 M18 x 55 ( x L) Pale turquoise Plastic Krastin IP67 (front) M30 x 58 ( x L)
50 g maximum value, no continuous load 20 g (3 500 Hz) maximum value, no continuous load
4/64
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC RF350R
Antenna Ambient temperature During operation During transportation and storage MTBF (at 40 C) Weight, approx. - 25 ... + 70 C - 40 ... + 85 C 2.5 x 105 hours 80 g 120 g 150 g ANT 1 ANT 18 ANT 30
Field data
RF350R with antenna Operating distance (Sa) Limit distance (Sg) Diameter of the transmission window (Ld) Minimum distance from antenna to antenna (D) ANT1 ANT18 ANT30 800 400 400 400 125 200 400 200 200 ANT 1 ANT 18 ANT 30 See "Mobile data storage units" field data

Order No.
Dimension drawings
6GT2 801-4AA10 6GT2 398-1CB00
96
FS10_00206 41
Reader SIMATIC RF350R Without antenna ANT 1 antenna for RF350R and SLG 75 (MOBY E) ANT 18 antenna for RF350R and SLG 75 (MOBY E) ANT 30 antenna for RF350R and SLG 75 (MOBY E)
6GT2 398-1CA00
5,2
75
6GT2 398-1CD00
75
Accessories
CD: "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP, C libraries, PC presentation program. RFID documentation 6GT2 080-2AA10
5
Reader SIMATIC RF350
5,
Cable length 3 m Kabellnge 3
5
G_KT01_de_00204
5 75
20
Antenna ANT 1
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/65

SIMATIC RF350R
Antenna side
MOBY E ANT 18
55
24

G_KT01_EN_00183a
Antenna ANT 18
58
Antenna side
M 30 Fine thread pitch 1,0
MOBY E ANT 30
43

G_KT01_EN_00184a
4
Antenna ANT 30
4/66
Siemens FS 10 2007

MOBY U
Introduction
Overview
Benefit
MOBY U standard components ensure the safe, fast creation of application-specific identification systems, and guarantee quick, reliable substitution/replacement even years later. Worldwide support, configuration and service support.
Application
The MOBY U identification system has been specially designed for applications in automobile production, logistics etc., where considerable demands are made, for example, in terms of immunity to noise, large read/write distance in the case of a moving data memory, fast and secure data transmission, simple installation and reliable functioning even in harsh environments. It used the universally approved ISM frequency band at 2.4 GHz and the radiated power is well below the limits recommended by major health authorities from around the world. MOBY U covers a transmission range from a few centimeters to three meters and thus creates the requirement for an integrated identification solution, e.g. in automotive production. Depending on the requirement, various data memories (max. 32 KB RAM) and write/read devices are available for connection to SIMATIC, PROFIBUS, Industrial Ethernet and PCs/PLCs. The main applications for MOBY U are: Main assembly lines in the automotive industry (body in white, surface and assembly) Vehicle identification/access control in transport companies, vehicle depots, etc. Container/ carrier identification in transport logistics and distribution Traffic control systems Assembly lines
MOBY U from Siemens is a completely new identification system with excellent properties for use in industry and logistics. On the one hand it combines the performance of innovative HF technologies and, on the other hand, it ensures continuity for the user thanks to extensive compatibility with the tried and tested MOBY I identification system. Rugged housings and power-saving circuit logic permit many years of maintenance-free operation even in the toughest production environments. MOBY U eliminates familiar sources of interference during UHF transmissions, such as reflections, electromagnetic interference and overreach, by means of appropriate technical measures. Correspondingly constructed antennas ensure a homogeneous transmission field to guarantee reliable recognition of the mobile data storage units (MDS) even from unfavorable locations. In addition, special coding procedures ensure that the data transmission functions without errors and the data integrity is guaranteed. To this end, methods and algorithms that have been tried and tested in mobile radio technology (GSM, UMTS) have been transferred to the identification technology. The MOBY U UHF identification system possesses the following features: 2.4 GHz identification system with write/read distance of up to 3000 mm Designed for the upper and medium performance range Innovative technology (GSM/UMTS technology) guarantees simple installation/migration and maintenance-free operation for many years: - Active suppression of overreach - Automatic frequency hopping - Homogeneous transmission field with circular polarization - Multitag-capability, max. 12 mobile data storage units (MDS) - Automatic synchronization of up to 3 write/read devices - Service functions for fast error analysis - MOBY I call-compatible Extensive range of rugged data memories for a vast range of applications Special heat-resistant data memory for use in automotive industry (paintshops) Very high level of reliability even in the presence of contamination, temperature fluctuations and electromagnetic interference Simple Integration into SIMATIC/PROFIBUS DP-V1 and Industrial Ethernet Can be connected via serial interface to any system, e.g. PC with Windows 98/NT/2000/XP Mobile handheld terminal
Function
Mobile data storage units ensure that important data about a product (e.g. production and quality data) accompany a product from the beginning. Mobile data storage units are fixed to the product or its packaging first (e.g. container, pallet or chassis) and written, modified and read without contact. All the important information, e.g. for manufacturing and material flow control are then located on the product. A rugged housing allows the device to be used in harsh industrial environments and makes the MDS insensitive to many chemical substances. With both the stationary and mobile write/read devices (SLGs), the necessary information (production data, transport paths, etc.) can be read and expanded or modified by the mobile data storage without the need for a direct line of sight.
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/67

MOBY U
Introduction
Type Contact-free UHF identification system for the medium to upper performance range 2.4 - 2.4835 GHz in the ISM band < 10 mW EIRP 32-bit serial number 128 bit, to be written once by user Up to 32 KB RAM 109 at +25 C/unlimited byte or file-oriented access Yes, up to 12 MDS Yes, up to 3 SLGs side by side (can be synchronized by cable) Approx. 8 / 4.8 KB/s without bulk (net) 150 mm to 3000 mm -25 C to +85 C/+220 C cyclic Up to IP68 SIMATIC S7, PROFIBUS DP V1, Industrial Ethernet, PC, third-party PLC, computer RF: EN 300440-2 SAR: EN 50371 Safety: EN 60950-1 EMC: EN 301489-01 EN 301489-03 ENV 50204 FCC Part 15C (USA) 1) UL/CSA Not critical with regard to heart pacemakers Innovative technology guarantees simple installation/migration and maintenance-free operation: Active suppression of overreach Automatic frequency hopping MOBY I call-compatible Transmission frequency Transmit power Memory capacity (MDS) fixed code memory read-only memory memory size Write/read cycles (MDS) Data management (MDS) Bulk capability, multitag capability Multi-SLG Data transmission rate MDS - SLG (write/read) Write/read distance Operating temperature (MDS) Degree of protection (MDS) Can be connected to
Approvals 2)
4
Special features
1) See SLG U92 ordering data, page 4/77. 2) Also refer to the "Configuration Manual"
4/68
Siemens FS 10 2007

MOBY U mobile data storage
Introduction
Overview
Type MDS U Service
Features The MDS U Service is an MDS for use in the start-up phase and during servicing in the automotive industry and other industrial production plants with similar requirements. Memory capacity 32 KB RAM, two LED displays for communication, replaceable battery. With On/Off switch. Enclosure dimensions 111 mm x 67 mm x 23.5 mm, degree of protection IP40, operating temperature -25 C to +70C.
Field data (all dimensions in mm) MOBY U records the data of objects quickly and reliably. MOBY thereby ensures effective and cost-effective automation.
Type MDS U313 Features Universal mobile data storage (2 KB RAM) for the preferred deployment in transport and logistics, housing dimensions 111 mm x 67 mm x 23.5 mm, degree of protection IP67, operating temperature -25 C to +70C Same as MDS U313, but with degree of protection IP65 and replaceable battery Rugged and mobile data storage (32 KB RAM) for universal use, housing dimensions 111 mm x 67 mm x 23.5 mm, degree of protection IP68, operating temperature -25 C to +85 C Same as MDS U524, but with degree of protection IP65 and replaceable battery Heat-resistant and rugged data memory for use in paintshops (automotive industry, priming/finishing coats) or applications with similarly high temperature requirements. Memory capacity 32 KB RAM, temperature range -25 C to +85 C, up to +220 C cyclically, degree of protection IP68, housing dimensions 114 mm x 83 mm No silicone Options: Universal installation kit Support for attachment to skid Cover for support Additional supports available on request SLG U92 MDS U313, MDS U315 MDS U524, MDS U525 MDS U589, MDS U Service Operating/limit distance 150 to 2100/3000, adjustable in 500 mm steps
Note: The listed field data are typical values and are valid for a room temperature of +25 C and a supply voltage of 24 V DC.
MDS U315
MDS U524
MDS U525
MDS U589
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/69

MDS U313/MDS U315/MDS U524/MDS U525
Overview
MDS U313 Mobile data storage unit (2 KB RAM) for universal applications, preferably in transport and logistics applications, enclosure dimensions 111 mm x 67 mm x 23.5 mm, degree of protection IP67, operating temperature 25 C to +70 C MDS U315 Same as MDS U313, but with degree of protection IP65 and replaceable battery MDS U524 Rugged and mobile data storage unit (32 KB RAM) for universal use, enclosure dimensions (mm) 111 x 67 x 23.5, degree of protection IP68, operating temperature -25 C to +85 C MDS U525 Same as MDS U524, but with degree of protection IP65 and replaceable battery
Mobile data storage Memory size Fixed code memory Read-only memory Application memory MTBF (at +40 C) Write/read cycles Write/read distance Bulk and multitag capability Power supply Battery lifetime Shock/vibration-resistant to DIN EN 60721-3-7, Class 7M3 Free fall height to DIN EN 60068-2-32 Torsion and bending load Suggested attachment Recommended distance to metal Degree of protection to EN 60529 Resistance to chemicals Housing Dimensions (L x W x H) in mm Color/material Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx. Special features -25 C to +70 C -40 C to +85 C 100 g Universal mobile data storage for the preferred deployment in transport and logistics Rugged and mobile data storage for universal use -25 C to +85 C 111 x 67 x 23.5 Anthracite / plastic PA 12 GF 25 32-bit serial number 128 bit, to be written once by user 2 Kbyte RAM 2 400 000 h (without considering battery) 109 at +25 C / unlimited 150 mm to 3000 mm Yes Battery 5 years
1)
MDS U313
MDS U315
MDS U524
MDS U525
32 Kbyte RAM
Replaceable battery
Battery 8 years
1)
Replaceable battery
50 g / 10 g 1m Not permissible 4 x M4 screws Can be directly mounted on metal IP67 IP65 IP68 IP65 See "Configuration Manual"
1) The service life depends on the temperature, the time in which the MDS is located within the antenna field of the SLG (Zone 1 and 2) and the volume of data that is read/written.
4/70
Siemens FS 10 2007

MDS U313/MDS U315/MDS U524/MDS U525
Field data (all dimensions in mm) MDS U313 / MDS U315 / MDS U524 / MDS U525 to SLG U92 Ranges (Sg) of the SLG can be limited in 500 mm steps up to 3500 mm
Minimum Limit distance (Sg), approximately Operating distance (Sa) Transmission window at Sa length / width 500 350 700 700 (with FCC approval) Standard 2000 1400 2400 2000 (with FCC approval) Maximum 3000 2100 3000 2100 (with FCC approval)

Order No.
Mobile data storage MDS U313 2 Kbyte RAM Mobile data storage MDS U315 2 Kbyte RAM, battery replaceable Mobile data storage MDS U524 32 Kbyte RAM Mobile data storage MDS U525 32 Kbyte RAM, battery replaceable
6GT2 500-3BD10
6GT2 500-3BF10
6GT2 500-5CE10
6GT2 500-5CF10
Dimension drawing
G_KT01_de_00016
4
100 111
MOBY U MDS U313 MDS U315 MDS U524 MDS U525
5,3
53 67 3,5 23,5
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/71

MDS U589
Overview
Mobile data storage MDS U589 (heat-resistant) Memory size Fixed code memory Read-only memory Application memory MTBF (at +40 C) Write/read cycles Write/read distance Multitag capability Power supply Battery lifetime Shock/vibration-resistant to DIN EN 60721-3-7, class 7M3 32-bit serial number 128 bit, to be written once by user 32 KB RAM 2400000 h (without considering battery) 109 at +25 C / unlimited 150 mm to 3000 mm yes Battery 5 years 1) 50 g / 5 g 2) 1000 mm Not permissible See universal installation kit or skid support Can be directly mounted on metal IP68 See "Configuration Manual" 114 mm x 83 mm Brown/PPS -25 C to +85 C, up to +220 C cyclic -40 C to +85 C 600 g Designed for integrated use in body-in-white and paintshops (KTL, top coat, ...)
Heat-resistant and rugged data memory for use in paintshops (automotive industry, priming/finishing coats) or applications with similarly temperature requirements. Memory capacity 32 KB RAM, temperature range 25 C to +85 C, up to +220 C cyclic, degree of protection IP68, housing dimensions 114 mm x 83 mm.
Free fall height to DIN EN 60068-2-32 Torsion and bending load Suggested attachment Recommended distance to metal Degree of protection to EN 60529 Resistance to chemicals Housing Dimensions ( x H) Color/material Ambient temperature Operation
Storage and transport Weight, approx. Special features
1) The service life depends on the temperature, the time in which the MDS is located within the antenna field of the SLG (Zone 1 and 2) and the volume of data that is read/written 2) Applies only if the original bracket is used. Field data (all dimensions in mm) MDS U589 to SLG U92 Ranges (Sg) of the write/read device can be limited in 500 mm steps up to 3000 mm. The field data apply for reading and writing the MDS.
4/72
Siemens FS 10 2007

MDS U589
Cyclic operation of the MDS at temperatures > 85 C At temperatures up to +85 C, cyclic operation is not necessary, i.e. up to this temperature, the MDS can be in constant operation
Heating up Temperature 220 C 200 C 200 C 180 C Time Momentary 1h 0.5 h 1h Cooling down Temperature 25 C 25 C 25 C 25 C Time > 30 min >4h >1h >3h

Order No.
Mobile data storage MDS U589 32 Kbyte RAM, up to 220 C cyclic
6GT2 500-5JK10
Accessories
Skid support for MDS U589 Short version Cover for skid support All purpose support for MDS U589, z.B. e.g. for attachment to the body with a customer-specific adapter 6GT2 590-0QA00 A A 6GT2 090-0QA00 6GT2 090-0QB00
Dimension drawings
Mounting edge 11 1
SIEMENS
114
0.5
11 1
4
83 3
Antenna side
G_KT01_en_00049
Mobile data storage MDS U589

61 1
All purpose support with heat-proof data carrier MDS U589

1 3 6 ,5 5 2 ,5 0 ,5 M 1 4 1 6 7 5 2 ,5 M 8 5 5 2 0
27 51.5
1 6 ,5 2 ,5
R 5
4 1
Antenna side of MDS
3 1
2 8
11 5
2 ,5
8
G _ F S 1 0 _ X X _ 0 0 0 1 9
Skid support assembly
All purpose support
3 6
5 9, 12
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/73

MDS U Service
Overview
MDS U Service The MDS U Service is an MDS for use in the start-up phase and during servicing in the automotive industry and other industrial production plants with similar requirements. Memory capacity 32 KB RAM, two LED displays for communication, replaceable battery. With On/Off switch. Enclosure dimensions 111 mm x 67 mm x 23.5 mm, degree of protection IP40, operating temperature -25 C to +70C
Mobile data storage Memory size Fixed code memory Read-only memory Application memory Write/read cycles Write/read distance Bulk and multitag capability Power supply Battery life MDS switched on, no communication and MDS outside antenna range approx. 1 year2) MDS switched on, with communication MDS switched off On/Off switch Indicators Orange flashing Green Torsion and bending load Suggested attachment Recommended distance from metal Degree of protection as per EN 60529 Resistance to chemicals Housing Dimensions (L x W x H) Color/material Ambient temperature During operation During transportation and storage Weight, approx. Special features -25 C to +70 C -40 C to +85 C 120 g MDS service for assignments during the start-up phase and for servicing. For implementation in the automotive industry and other industrial production plants with similar requirements. 111 mm x 67 mm x 23.5 mm Anthracite / plastic PA 12 GF 25 < 1 year3) 10 years Voltage on/off 2 LEDs Voltage On Communication Not permissible 4 x M4 screws Can be directly mounted onto metal IP40 See Configuration Manual 32-bit serial number 128 bit, to be written once by user1) 32 KB RAM 109 at +25 C/unlimited 150 mm to 3000 mm Yes Replaceable battery MDS U Service
1) After "voltage off" the information in the read-only memory is lost and must/can be written again. 2) The service life depends on the temperature. The MDS must not be located within the antenna range of the SLG (Zones 1 and 2). 3) The service life depends on the temperature, the length of time the MDS is located within the antenna field of the write/read device (Zones 1 and 2) and the volume of data that is read/written.
4/74
Siemens FS 10 2007

MDS U Service
Field data (all dimensions in mm) MDS U Service Ranges (Sg) of the write/read device can be limited in 500 mm steps up to 3500 mm

Order No.
Mobile data storage MDS U Service 2 Kbyte RAM
6GT2 500-5BF20
Dimension drawing
G_KT01_de_00016
MOBY U MDS U313 MDS U315 MDS U524 MDS U525
5,3
53 67 3,5 23,5
100 111
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/75

MOBY U write/read devices
SLG U92
Overview
Function
The SLG U92 operates with a transmission frequency in the ISM band between 2.4 and 2.4835 GHz. This supports transmission ranges from a few centimeters up to three meters for an extremely low transmit power of < 10 mW EIRP and high net transmission rates up to 8 KB/s. Thanks to the selected transmission frequency, rugged modulation technique and appropriate check mechanisms, sources of electromagnetic interference can be disregarded and fault-free data transmission and data integrity are assured. MOBY U technology blocks the types of fault sources familiar in UHF transmissions such as reflections, interference and overrange. Matching antennas provide a homogeneous transmission field and ensure a detection rate of 100% for mobile data memories (MDS). There is no need for time-consuming shielding measures and antenna alignment. The antenna field of the SLG can be activated and deactivated with a function call or triggered automatically by a sensor (BERO) for the duration of communication with an MDS.
The compact and low-cost SLG U92 is a universal write/read device (SLG) with an integral antenna for applications in which write/read distances of up to 3000 mm are required. Thanks to the automatic SLG synchronization via cable, as many as three SLGs can be installed in a very small space. Two different interfaces are available for the connection to a wide variety of systems: RS232; serial interface to any system (PC/PLC) RS422; serial interface to the PC/PLC or to the MOBY interface modules (ASM 475, ASM 473, ASM 452, ASM 480) for integration into SIMATIC S7, the PROFIBUS or Industrial Ethernet Software tools such as the SIMATIC S7 functions (FC45 / FC46 / FC55 / FC56) and the C library MOBY API for applications under Windows 98/NT/2000/XP allow simple implementation in the respective application.
For management of the data on the mobile data storage unit, there are two possibilities, as follows: byte-oriented addressing via absolute addresses (start address, length) Conveniently in a file management system (compatible with the MOBY I file handler) In file handler mode, the MOBY U write/read device always fetches the necessary file management information directly from the MDS and it can be operated in three steps: 1. For existing system solutions with MOBY I, MOBY U can be operated with the default settings and unmodified file handler functions without the MOVE and LOAD commands that are no longer required. 2. The default settings and requests for diagnostic data can be easily changed with just a few additional commands. 3. Utilization of all features including multitag processing. In this step, the commands and/or useful data can be uniquely assigned as well as the relevant MDS number. Two LEDs indicate the current status (e.g. MDS in the field) and make start-up easier. For easy start-up and diagnostics during normal operation, a separate service and diagnostics interface (RS232) is available. This interface can also be used by the service function "Load software in the SLG" to integrate future function expansions into existing applications without the need to replace the SLG. The system interface (RS232 or RS422) can be used for serial connection to any other system (PC/PLC).
The integrated file management system (compatible with the familiar MOBY I file handler), supplemented with multitag-handling commands, ensures simple and user-friendly management of data on the mobile data storage unit.
Type SLG U92 Features Compact and low-cost write/read device with integral antenna for universal applications, write/read distances of up to 3000 mm can be adjusted by software in 500 mm steps up to 3500 mm, incl. file handler, degree of protection IP65, enclosure dimensions (mm) 290 x 135 x 42 As above, but with RS232 interface for connection to ASM 480 or PC/PLC As above, but with RS422 interface for connection to ASM (e.g. ASM 452, ASM 473, ASM 475 , ASM 480) or PC/PLC
SLG U92 with RS232
SLG U92 with RS422
For use in the USA and Canada a version with radio approval FCC Part 15C is also available.
4/76
Siemens FS 10 2007

SLG U92
SLG U92 write/read device Air interface to the MDS Transmission frequency Bandwidth Check mechanisms Integrated antenna 2.4 to 2.4835 GHz in the ISM band 2 x 1 MHz within 83 MHz Forward-correction by means of systematic block code (CRC), ARQ procedure < 1 reading error for 106 transactions Approx. 8 / 4.8 KB/s without bulk Approx. 4 / 2.4 KB/s for bulk size 2 150 mm to 3000 mm, see MDS field data Range can be limited in steps of between 500 mm and 3500 mm < 10 mW EIRP / <0.5 W/cm2 (at 1 m distance) Approx. 70 horizontal/vertical Circular Up to 12 MDS > 2 s for 12 MDS < 2 m/s if Sa = 1.5 m and reading/writing 2.5 KB data By means of semaphore control via second interface; max. 3 SLGs with one another > 6 m; if synchronized directly side by side RS232 or RS422 (SLG U92 version), 6-pin SLG-connector to DIN EN 175201-804 Automatic baud rate recognition 19.2 to 115.2 kbit/s (depending on cable length) 3964 R Max. 1000 m (RS422, shielded) Max. 30 m / 300 m (RS422, shielded) Write/read device SLG U92 with RS422 MOBY file handler: format data memory, create/delete file, write data to file, define access rights, etc. Direct reading/writing: write / read data etc. FC45/FC46/FC55/FC56, see ASM C-library for PC with Windows 98/NT/2000/XP Integrated antenna Integrated antenna, FCC approval Write/read device SLG U92 with RS232 Integrated antenna Integrated antenna, FCC approval 6GT2 501-1CA00 6GT2 501-1BA00 6GT2 501-0CA00 6GT2 501-0BA00 Service interface Data transmission rate Cable length SLG PC (shielded) Transmission protocol 2 DI for BERO RS232, 11-pin connector to DIN EN 175201-804 19.2 Kbit/s Max. 20 m Terminal, ASCII characters Triggering antenna field on/off
Cable length: SLG Bero (shielded) Max. 50 m Interface for SLG-SLG synchroniza- Max. cable length: 30 m tion (shielded) Display elements MTBF (at +40 C) Power supply Power consumption (transmitting) Housing Dimensions (L x W x H) in mm Color/material Mounted with Shock/vibration-resistant to DIN EN 60721-3-7, class 7M3 Degree of protection to EN 60529 Ambient temperature Operation Transport and storage Weight, approx. Special features -25 C to +70 C -40 C to +85 C 900 g Active suppression of overreach Automatic frequency hopping Service functions for fast error analysis MOBY I call-compatible (FC) 290 x 135 x 42 without connector Anthracite / plastic PA 12 4 x M6 screws 30 g / 1.5 g IP65 2 LEDs (data memory in field, errors, etc. ) 400000 h 24 V DC (rated value), 20 to 30 V DC < 300 mA
Error rate Data rate (write/read) (net) Range (write/read) Local resolution Radiant power / intensity Aperture angle Polarization Multi-identity capability MDS recording time Object speed (MDS) Synchronization SLG-SLG
Minimum distance between two SLGs Serial interface to ASM or PC
Data transmission rate
Transmission protocol Cable length, SLG - ASM/PC Cable length, SLG - PC Software functions Commands

Order No.
Programming
Accessories
CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" CD, FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/WINDOWS 95/NT, C libraries, PC presentation program. MOBY documentation (German + English) 6GT2 080-2AA10
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/77

SLG U92
Dimension drawing
135 110
MOBY U SLG U92
270
6.5
for M6
RS 422 4.7
290
42 11-pin connector according to EN 175201-804 for service interface, Bero and 6-pin SLG connector according to EN 175201-804 for ASM/PC RS 422 or RS 232
6 23.2 42
4/78
Siemens FS 10 2007
G_Kt01_en_00019

STG U mobile handheld terminal
Overview

Order No. Mobile handheld terminal STG U Mobile handheld terminal STG U complete, (PSION Workaboutmx), antenna STG U, rechargeable battery, EEPROM card. With MOBY software, operating instructions, without charging unit A 6GT2 503-0AA00
Accessories
Antenna STG U for basic unit (PSION Workabout mx) Power supply for STG U Wide range power supply 90 V AC to 264 V AC, with cable interface, for the STG U antenna and the STG U hand terminal, with loading adapter STG software for MOBY D, E, I and U, incl. operating instructions, 1 Mbyte EEPROM card CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" CD, FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/WINDOWS 95/NT, C libraries, PC presentation program. MOBY documentation (German + English) 6GT2 080-2AA10 A 6GT2 303-1CA00 6GT2 503-1DA00 6GT2 503-1AA00
The STG U is a powerful mobile handheld terminal with integrated write/read antenna for applications in the field of production, logistics and service. In addition, it is an indispensable tool for commissioning and testing.
Design
The STG mobile handheld terminal comprises a basic unit (based on PSION Workabout mx) and a compact plug-in write/read head from MOBY D, MOBY E, MOBY F or MOBY I or an antenna from MOBY U. It has a splashproof housing (IP54), 240 100 pixels LCD display, alphanumeric keypad and various interfaces (for EEPROM card, battery charging, RS232/TTL for the MOBY reader head or the MOBY U antenna, battery charging interface incl. RS232 for the PC link, etc.).
Function
The supplied MOBY software (memory card) provides service and test functions for reading, writing, etc. of the MOBY data memory: Reading data from the data memory Writing data to the data memory Reading and displaying the ID number of the data memory (MOBY D/E/F/U) Read MDS status (MOBY U) Read data from the OTP memory (MOBY U) Write data to the OTP memory (MOBY U) Displaying and editing the data in hexadecimal, ASCII, decimal and binary formats Activate/deactivate password. On the basis of the optional C library, custom applications including a customized mask interface for the reading/writing of data memories can be very easily programmed. Various optional development tools for the PC and a wide selection of accessories are available for this direct from PSION. This is opening up new applications in the field of logistics and distribution, for example, the handheld terminal enables commissioning data to be recorded or processed offline and forwarded to the PC/computer with a time delay.
Accessories
Optional components under http://www.psionteklogix.com Cable 3link for a PC, to exchange data between PC and PSION Workaboutmx Basic device PSION Workaboutmx with large-scale function keys and numerical keyboard Additional memory card up to 8 Mbyte Docking station incl. fast charger unit and software, needed to efficiently exchange data between PSION Workaboutmx and PC. Technical specifications: See next page.
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/79

STG U mobile handheld terminal
RAM/ROM User program Screen 2 Mbyte/2 Mbyte 1 Mbyte (with MOBY service and test program) Graphic LCD screen with 240 100 pixels; gray scale; selectable backlighting Alphanumeric with 57 keys Piezzo signal transmitter NiCd battery pack with 2 type AA cells (850 mAh); fast-charge capability; automatic shutdown Operating time: Approx. 20 h (reader head inactive, display unlit) 282 mm x 235 mm x 93 mm (incl. MOBY U antenna) Approx. 1450 g (incl. MOBY U antenna) 20 C to +60 C/25 C to +70 C (without battery) 0 % to 90 %, no condensation IP54 (splashproof); for STG U only as complete unit Max. drop on concrete: 0.5 m EN 55022 IEC 801-2; IEC 801-3; IEC 801-4 - does not light up LEDs for communication - lights up Communication key pressed and communication not complete Red: Battery capacity insufficient for communication Yellow: Antenna is switched to active Communication terminated or not yet started RF: EN 330440-2 SAR: EN 50371 Safety: EN 60950-1 EMC: EN 301489-01 EN 301489-03 ENV 50204 FCC Part 15C UL/CSA Not critical with regard to heart pacemakers Standard user interface for reading/writing of data memories, etc. MOBY U antenna Operating modes Off Search Antenna switched off Ready to receive and evaluate search information sent by the MDS Communication with the MDS: Write, read or initialize Air interface to the MDS
Communication
Minimum distance to an SLG U92 or > (set range + 0.5 m) another STG U Serial interface (to basic unit) Interface for battery charging Voltage / current Charging period Control element Display elements LED for loading the batteries - lights up Power supply unit connected Red: Device is defective Yellow: Batteries are being charged Green: Batteries are fully charged Power supply unit is not connected RS232/115.2 Kbaud/3964R 4-pin socket for connecting the STG U power supply unit 12 V DC / 1.225 A > 1.5 h (Lion battery pack 2SIP CGR18650 HG) Communication key (for triggering the communication) LEDs
Dimensions Weight Operating/storage temperature Relative humidity Degree of protection Impact resistance EMC Electrostatic; RF; EFT
MOBY U antenna Transmission frequency Bandwidth Gross bit rate of the radio channel Data rate (write/read) (net) Antenna Direction of radiation Aperture angle Polarization Radiant power Radiation density Range (write/read) Local resolution MDS recording time
Air interface to the MDS 2.4 to 2.4835 GHz in the ISM band 2 x 1 MHz within 83 MHz 384 Kbit/s Approx. 8 / 4.8 KB/s without bulk Perpendicular to the rear panel of the MOBY U antenna Approx. 70 (conical antenna field) Circular < 50 mV/m at a distance of 3 m < 0.5 W/cm2 at a distance of 1 m 150 mm to 3000 mm Adjustable in steps of 0.5 m by means of range limitation Approx. 3 s for 1 MDS (after actuation of the communication key) Lithium-ion battery pack 2SIP CGR18650 HG 7.2 V 1.8 Ah Fast charging, automatic cutout, service life approx. 500 charging cycles < 800 mA > 2 months (antenna inactive) 2 h (antenna active) The antenna is switched on by means of the communication key only for communication and automatically switched off after the function has been performed.
- does not light up Approvals
Power supply
Programming
Power consumption (antenna on) Operating time (The operating time corresponds to the time that the antenna is switched on; that means for each MDS function, the time from the actuation of the communication key to the moment when the selected MDS function is completed or aborted.
4/80
Siemens FS 10 2007

MOBY U
Overview
Note Detailed information (clearance from metal, SLG-SLG clearance etc.) can be found in the "MOBY U Manual for Configuration, Assembly and Service. Field characteristics (battery-saving mode) In contrast to the inductive RFID systems, UHF systems exhibit transmission behavior like electromagnetic waves. The wave length is approx. 13 cm. Metal surfaces reflect the waves and cannot be penetrated. Despite a low radiation output, UHF systems have a relatively long range. The emission field has a directional characteristic which depends, however, on the antenna design. In order to keep the energy requirement low for the MDS and to make the determination of the location comprehensible, MOBY U has various function areas that depend on direction and distance. The three different zones of the transmission field are identified by different states and reactions of the components affected. Put simply, Zone 3 is an SLG-field-free area. The MDS "sleeps" and only listens momentarily every 0.5 s for a sign of life from an SLG. This means that the power consumption is very low. If other UHF users in the vicinity are occupying the same frequency band, it has no effect on the MDS, as the latter requires a special code to wake it up. If the MDS in the vicinity of an active SLG then receives this special code, it enters Zone 2 (see Fig.). It immediately accepts the SLG and responds briefly with its own identification. The SLG however ignores every MDS unless it is in Zone 1, whose radius parameter can be set in stages in the SLG. The power consumption in Zone 2 is not significantly higher than in Zone 3. If the MDS enters Zone 1, it is duly registered by the SLG and the data exchange can begin. Now all read and write functions can be performed. However, as the transmission rate at the air interface is very high (80 Kbit/s), the overall communication time is very short. For example, all bytes of the 32 KB memory are read in about 8 seconds. This means that the data exchange imposes hardly any load on the battery. Cyclic operation of the MDS U589 at temperatures > 85 C At temperatures up to +85 C no cyclic operation is necessary. In other words, the MDS can be operated permanently up to this temperature:
Heating up Temperature 220 C 200 C 200 C 180 C Time Momentary 1h 0.5 h 1h Cooling down Temperature 25 C 25 C 25 C 25 C Time > 30 min >4h > 1h >3h
Skid-mounting, e.g.on cross-traverse
Universal support
1 3 6 ,5 5 2 ,5 0 ,5 M 1 4 1 6 7 5 2 ,5 M 8 5 5 2 0
27 51.5
6 2 ,5 3 6
4 1
1 6 ,5
4
2 ,5
Antenna side of MDS
11 5
5 9, 12
3 1
2 8
8
KT01 EN 0019
bl
G _ F S 1 0 _ X X _ 0 0 0 1 9
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/81

MOBY U
SLG U92 with integrated antenna
Example: Car body identification
Zone 2
"reduced"
Zone 1
G_KT01_en_00057
MDS U524 SLG U92
Example: Skid identification
SLG U92 MDS U524
Zone 1
or
or
Zone 2
G_KT01_en_00058
4/82
Siemens FS 10 2007
RFID systems for logistics

Introduction
RFID systems for logistics Identifying potential for optimization
RFID systems have been setting new standards in control and management tasks in distribution and logistics for a number of years, especially in terms of reliability with applications ranging from the identification of containers and recognition of textiles in dispatch centers and even in frozen storage. The rewritable, low-cost data memories as well as SmartLabels can be reliably identified and read regardless of the surface and even through dirt. Systems are based on the ISO 15693 standard as well as EPCglobal and ISO/IEC 18000-6, so SmartLabels from different manufacturers can be used. With the "electronic delivery note", you always have all the information at hand. Simple as well as complex tasks are performed quickly and reliably. Whatever the requirements, the optimal system is available. Additional equipment such as a mobile handheld terminal provide additional flexibility in operation. Application Dispatch warehouse including order picking (e.g. home entertainment equipment, foodstuffs, tires, etc.). Cold-storage depots (including order picking) Container or vessel identification Identification of load carriers, pallets, receptacles or mini-load containers Distribution and loading control with electronic delivery note Parts identification for textiles (e.g. professional rental clothing, operating room textiles) in laundries Identification of window parts, items of furniture etc. in the logistics chain Parts identification in the clothing industry (e.g. shirts, suits, medical stockings) Production and shipping: Goods distribution in open distribution chains, e.g. in parcel and postal services, mail order companies or freight forwarders Luggage transport and tracking
Highlights
Manage your procedures with rewritable electronic data storage units/SmartLabels Wide range of data storage units Mobile and flexible with handheld terminals Customized SmartLabel/Antenna for high-volume applications
Logistics MOBY D Write/read distance up to 0.9 m SIMATIC RF600 Up to 5.0 m (two antennas side by side) Up to 10.0 m (antennas in portal arrangement) 865 - 868 MHz (Europe) 902 - 928 MHz (North America) EPCglobal ISO 18000-6B, ISO 18000-6C
Frequency Standards
13.56 MHz ISO 15693 ISO 18000-3
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/83

Introduction
MOBY D SIMATIC RF600
Write/read distance
up to 680 mm (900 mm with customer-specific antenna)
Up to 5 m (up to 10 m for portal arrangement) Up to 320 Kbyte/s reading, Up to 128 Kbyte/s writing EPC Gen 1, EPC Gen 2, ISO 18000-6B, ISO 18000-6C ETSI EN 302208, FCC
Data transmission rate 3.5 ms/byte reading, 9.5 ms/byte writing Memory Standards Approvals Bulk capability Multitag capability Frequency Mobile data storage units (Tags) EEPROM ISO 15693 EN 300330 (Europe), FCC, IC
(PC version with RS232) (PC version with RS232)

13.56 MHz Designation Memory size Operating temperature 112 byte 112 byte 112 byte 44 byte 112/256 byte -25 ... +175C -25 ... +80C -25 ... +125C -25 ... +200C -25 ... +85C Degree of protection IP68 IP68 IP67 IP68 IP68

adjustable: 865 - 868 MHz (Europe), 902 - 928 MHz (USA) Designation
1)
Memory size EPC 96 Bit 216 Byte
Operating Degree of temperature protection -20 ... +70 C keine -25 ... +85 C IP68
MDS D160 MDS D100 MDS D124 MDS D139 Smart Label (customer-specific version for high quantities) Write/read devices Designation SLG D10 SLG D10S SLG D11 ANT D5 SLG D11S ANT D5 SLG D12 SLG D12S STG D
RF620L RF640T
Operating temperature -20 ... +55C -20 ... +55C -25 ... +55C -25 ... +55C -25 ... +55C -25 ... +55C -20 ... +60 C
Degree of protection IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP54
Designation RF660R
Stationary with separate antenna
Stationary, with integrated antenna Mobile handheld terminal with integrated antenna Antennas
Designation ANT D5 ANT D6 ANT D10
Operating temperature -20 ... +55 C -20 ... +55 C -20 ... +55 C
Degree of protection IP65 IP65 IP65 through communication module (ASM)
Designation RF660A
directly
directly
through communicationmodule (ASM)2)
1 1

4/109
4/85
1) Additional Tags and SmartLabels will be available soon 2) This feature will be available soon
4/84
Siemens FS 10 2007

MOBY D
Introduction
Overview
Application
Main applications of MOBY D Applications extend from simple identification, such as electronic barcode substitution, supplementation, or delivery note in harsh environments, storage and distribution logistics, right up to product identification. The design of the transponder permits a variety of flexible designs, guaranteeing optimum dimensioning for the widest variety of applications. Low-cost SmartLabels for large volume applications Container and box identification in open systems Distribution logistics and goods identification Parcel and postal services, couriers and logistics companies Baggage check-in and baggage tracking Protection against plagiarism and theft Advantages of SmartLabels over conventional barcode labels Rugged and reliably recognizable, even when contaminated (moisture, dust, etc.) Maintenance-free and resistant to aging Identification even of packages made of non-metallic materials Rewritable (unlimited read cycles, write cycles typically 1000000) As many as 20 SmartLabels per second can be detected simultaneously (serial numbers in the case of bulk recognition). The data can be processed selectively in multitag mode. Hardened data stores (closed systems) Container and box identification in logistics and distribution. Production logistics and in assembly lines with higher temperature requirements (e.g. paintshops, temperature range up to +200 C). Parts identification (e.g. data store is attached directly to product/pallet).
MOBY D is a new RF identification system based on the Standard 15693 in the 13.56 MHz range. For the first time, the standard creates a common basis for SmartLabels from different manufacturers (e.g. I-Code, Tag-it). Due to the reasonable prices of the SmartLabels in large volume applications and the simple system integration, MOBY D is the ideal identification system for the above applications. Depending on the write/read distance, various write/read devices are available with integrated or separate antennas. The MOBY D identification system possesses the following features: 13.56 MHz identification system for SmartLabels/data storage based on I-Code 1 or ISO/IEC 15693 (I-Code SLI, Tag-it HFI) with a write/read clearance of up to 900 mm (MDS-/SLG-dependent) Special heat-resistant data storage (44-byte EEPROM) for paintshops up to +200 C Very high level of reliability even in the presence of contamination, temperature fluctuations and electromagnetic interference. Can be connected via serial interface to any system, e.g. PC with Windows 9x/NT. Simple Integration into SIMATIC and the PROFIBUS DP
Function
MOBY identification systems ensure that important data accompanies the product from the very beginning. Thanks to their very reasonable price, the SmartLabels can be used universally as electronic barcode substitutes or delivery notes. Using stationary as well as mobile read/write devices (SLGs), the necessary information (production data, transport routes, etc.) can be read without contact (inductively), and even be supplemented or modified without the need for a direct line-of-sight link.
Benefits
Worldwide support, configuration and service support.
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/85

MOBY D
Introduction
Type Transmission frequency data/energy Memory capacity Contactless RF identification system 13.56 MHz Depends on chip used: I-Code 1: 44-byte user memory I-Code SLI: 112-byte user memory 8 byte fixed code as serial number EEPROM > 1000000/unlimited 4 byte, block by block Approx. 3.5 ms/byte (reading); approx. 9.5 ms/byte (writing) Up to 680 mm (900 mm with customer-specific antenna1)) -25 to +80 C/+200 C Up to IP68 PC with Windows 98/NT, PLC SIMATIC S7, PROFIBUS DP For SmartLabels/data storage based on I-Code 1 or ISO/IEC 15693, e.g. I-Code SLI, Tag-it HFI CRC checksums for secure data transmission Bulk recognition and multitag function EN 300330
Memory type Write/read cycles Data management Data transmission rate MDS - SLG Write/read distance Operating temperature (MDS) Degree of protection Can be connected to
Special features
Approvals
1) On request
4/86
Siemens FS 10 2007

MOBY D mobile data storage
Introduction
Overview
Type MDS D160
Features The EEPROM data memory ( 16 mm x 3 mm) has been specially designed for harsh environments in the laundry and cleaning industry. Main applications include: - Professional rental clothing, laundry hire - OP textiles, hospital clothing - Hotel laundry - Dirt collection mats 112 byte EEPROM Degree of protection: IP68 Temperature range up to +175 C Max. write/read distance: 160 mm.
Type MDS D...
Features Customer-specific SmartLabels (e.g. 112-byte EEPROM) in credit card format, for example Degree of protection up to IP68 Temperature range up to +80 C Typ. dimensions in mm: 55 x 55, 86 x 54 Max. read/write distance: 900 mm (large customer-specific antenna/SmartLabel) Universal data memory (112-byte EEPROM) in credit card format Degree of protection IP67 Temperature range up to +80 C Max. read/write distance: 650 mm Rugged data memory for deployment in harsh industrial environments and under extreme environmental conditions: Degree of protection IP67 Temperature range up to +125 C Max. read/write distance: 180 mm Re-usable data memory for use in paintshops of applications with high temperatures (44-byte EEPROM, 85 mm x 15 mm) Degree of protection IP68 Temperature range up to +200 C Max. read/write distance: 550 mm
Customer-specific data memory Customer-specific data memory (packaging, temperature range, geometry etc.) on request.
Design
The MOBY D data memory and smart label consist mainly of a logic unit with integrated EEPROM and an antenna.
Function
When an MDS moves into the transmission field of the read/write device, a power supply unit generates and monitors the power required for all circuit components. The pulse-coded information is conditioned so that it can be further processed in the form of pure digital signals. The control unit (read/write device) handles the data and check routines and also administrates the user memory.
MDS D100
MDS D124
MDS D139
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/87

Introduction
Field data (operating/limit distance) of MDS and SLG (all dimensions in mm) The field data (unaffected by metal) for all MOBY D components of the MDS and SLG are shown in the table below. Thus it becomes particularly easy to select the right MDS and SLG. The Technical specifications listed are typical values and are valid for a room temperature of +25 C and a supply voltage of 24 V DC.
Type SLG D12/D12S SLG D11/D11S ANT D5 SLG D10/D10S ANT D5 SLG D10/D10S ANT D6 MDS D... (customer-specific, e.g.) 0 - 150 (with SmartLabel 86 x 54) 0 - 300 (with SmartLabel 86 x 54) 0 500 (with SmartLabel 86 x 54) 0 650 (with SmartLabel 86 x 54) MDS D100 0 120 / 160 0 300 / 380 0 400 / 480 0 550 / 650 0 400 / 480 MDS D124 0 50 / 70 0 70 / 110 0 130 / 180 0 150 /180 0 130 /180 MDS D139 0 120 / 150 0 240 / 300 0 380 / 450 0 480 / 550 0 380 / 450 MDS D160 0 40 / 65 0 65 / 90 0 120 / 160 0 120 / 160 0 120 / 160
SLG D10/D10S ANT D10 0 500 (with SmartLabel 86 x 54)
4/88
Siemens FS 10 2007

MDS D100
Overview
Mobile data storage MDS D100 Memory size 112 byte of EEPROM available 8-byte serial number (fixed code) according to ISO 15693 2000000 h Unlimited 200000 1000000 10 years (at < +40 C) 680 mm (see field data) 4 byte, block by block Yes, depending on SLG Inductive power transmission (without battery) ISO 10373/ISO 7810 ISO 10373/ISO 7816-1 Fixing lug/adhesive
Protocol MTBF at +40 C Read cycles Write cycles, min. Write cycles, typical Data retention time Write/read distance, max. Memory organization Multitag capability Energy source
This mobile data storage is a passive, maintenance-free transponder based on ISO 15693 with I-Code SLI technology.
Vibration Torsion and bending load Mounted with
Application
Applications extend from simple identification, such as electronic bar code substitution or supplementation, over storage and distribution logistics, to product identification. This mobile data storage can also be used without any difficulty under harsh environmental conditions (e.g. at a temperature up to +80 C).
Recommended spacing from metal 25 mm (approx. 30 % reduction of the field data) Degree of protection to EN 60529 Housing Dimensions (L x W x H) in mm Color/material Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx. -25 to +80 C -25 to +80 C 5g IP68 Laminated plastic card, printable on both sides 85.6 x 54 x 0.9 White/petrol / PC
4
SLG D10/D10S ANT D6 0 - 550 650 520 1500
Field data in mm - without metallic influence

MDS D100 to: Operating distance (Sa) Limit distance (Sg) Transmission window (L) Minimum distance from MDS to MDS SLG D12/D12S 0 - 120 160 120 500 SLG D11/D11S ANT D5 0 - 300 380 300 1000 SLG D10/D10S ANT D5 0 - 400 480 320 1000

Order No. Mobile data storage MDS D100 112 byte EEPROM, IP68, max. + 80 C A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H A 6GT2 600-0AD10
Dimension drawing
85,6
0,2
R3
54
0,2
0,76
G_KT01_XX_00171
0,2
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/89

MDS D124
Overview
Mobile data storage MDS D124 Memory size Protocol MTBF Read cycles Write cycles, at +70 C min. at 40 C, typical Data retention time Write/read distance, max. 112 byte EEPROM available 8-byte serial number according to ISO 15693 1500000 h Unlimited 100000 1000000 > 10 years (at < +40 C) 180 mm (see field data) Block by block access Yes, depending on SLG Inductive power transmission (without battery) See "Configuration, Assembly and Service Manual" Not permissible continuously Adhesive, screws IP67 See "Configuration, Assembly and Service Manual" 27 mm x 4 mm Black/epoxy resin -25 to +125 C -40 to +150 C 5g
The MDS D124 is a passive, maintenance-free transponder based on ISO 15693 with I-Code SLI technology.
Memory organization Multitag capability Energy source Shock/vibration-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, class 7 M3 Torsion and bending load Mounted with Degree of protection to EN 60529 Resistance to chemicals Housing Dimensions Color/material Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport
Application
This mobile data storage can also be used without any difficulty under harsh environmental conditions (e.g. temperatures up to +125 C).
Recommended spacing from metal > 25 mm
4
MDS D124 to: Operating distance (Sa) Limit distance (Sg) Transmission window (L) Minimum distance from MDS to MDS SLG D12/D12S 0 to 50 70 120 300 0 to 70 110 300 800
Weight, approx.
SLG D11/D11S ANT D5
SLG D10/D10S ANT D5 0 to 130 180 320 800
SLG D10/D10S ANT D6 0 to 150 180 440 1200
SLG D10/D10S ANT D10 0 to 130 180 980 1800

Order No. Mobile data storage MDS D124 112 byte EEPROM, IP67, max. + 150 C 6GT2 600-0AC00
Dimension drawing
3,5
G_KT01_de_00173
6 27
0,2
0,2
4/90
Siemens FS 10 2007

MDS D139
Overview
Mobile data storage MDS D139 Memory size Protocol MTBF Read cycles Write cycles at +70 C, min. at 40 C, typ. Data retention time Write/read distance, max. Memory organization Multitag capability Energy source Shock/vibration-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, class 7 M3 Torsion and bending load Mounted with Recommended distance from metal Degree of protection to EN 60529 Resistance to chemicals Housing Dimensions Color/material Ambient temperature Operation - tested up to 4000 h continuous temperature, 1500 temperature cycles - momentary Storage and transport Weight, approx. Special features -25 to +140 C 1) + 200 C max. 85 mm x 15 mm Black/plastic PPS 10000 500000 > 10 years (at < +40 C) 550 mm (see field data) Block by block access Yes, depending on SLG Inductive power transmission (without battery) 50 g/20 g Not permissible M5 screw > 30mm IP68 See "Configuration Manual" 44 byte of EEPROM available 8-byte serial number I-code 1 2500000 h Unlimited
The MDS D139 is a passive, maintenance-free transponder based on the I-Code 1 technology.
Application
Low-cost, heat-resistant transponder for use in production logistics and assembly lines with high temperatures (max. +200 C, e.g. in paintshops).
+ 220 C -40 to +100 C 50 g No silicone

MDS D139 to: Operating distance (Sa) 1) Limit distance (Sg) 1) Transmission window (L) SLG D12/D12S 0 to 120 150 120 SLG D11/D11S ANT D5 0 to 240 300 300 1000 SLG D10/D10S ANT D5 0 to 380 450 320 1000 SLG D10/D10S ANT D6 0 to 480 550 520 1500 SLG D10/D10S ANT D10 0 to 380 450 1050 2000
Minimum distance from MDS to MDS 500
1)
Reduction of the operating/limit distance by about 20 % above 100 C. At 200 C processing is not possible
Dimension drawing

Order No. Mobile data storage MDS D139 44 byte EEPROM, IP68, max. + 200 C 6GT2 600-0AA00
G_KT01_de_00039
Accessories
Spacer 6GT2 690-0AA00
85
15
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/91

MDS D160
Overview
Mobile data storage MDS D160 Memory size Protocol MTBF Read cycles Write cycles, at +70 C min. at 40 C, typical Data retention time Write/read distance, max. 112 byte of EEPROM available 8-byte serial number according to ISO 15693 2500000 h Unlimited > 10000 > 1000000 > 10 years (at < +40 C) 160 mm (see field data) Block by block access Yes, depending on SLG Inductive power transmission (without battery) See "Configuration Manual" Not permissible continuously Patch, sew, glue IP68 (2 m, 24 h) All chemicals normally used in the washing process 16 mm x 3 mm, 0.1 mm Black/epoxy resin -25 to +85 C up to + 120 C 1) for 1000 h up to + 160 C 1) for 35 h up to + 175 C for 10 min. -40 to +85 C 1.2 g Min. 100 wash cycles, 24 hour regeneration time required between wash cycles
Application
Typical applications are, e.g.: Rented work clothing Hotel laundry Surgical textiles Hospital clothing Dirt collection mats Clothing for nursing homes/hostels
Memory organization Multitag capability Energy source Shock/vibration-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, class 7 M3 Torsion and bending load Mounted with Degree of protection to EN 60529 Resistance to chemicals Housing Dimensions Color/material Ambient temperature Operation
Recommended spacing from metal > 20 mm
Storage and transport Weight, approx. Special features

MDS D160 to: Operating distance (Sa) 1) Limit distance (Sg)
1)
SLG D12/D12S 0 to 45 65 120 300
SLG D11/D11S ANT D5 0 to 65 90 280 800
SLG D10/D10S ANT D5 0 to 120 160 300 800
SLG D10/D10S ANT D6 0 to 120 160 480 1200
SLG D10/D10S ANT D10 0 to 100 160 980 1800
Transmission window (L) Minimum distance from MDS to MDS
1) Reduction of the operating/limit distance by about 20 % above 100 C. No processing possible at 140 C.
Dimension drawing

Order No. Mobile data storage MDS D160 A 112 byte EEPROM, IP68, max. + 175 C momentary A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H 6GT2 600-0AB00
G-Kt01-de-0026
6GT2600-0AB00 MDS D160 MOBY D
16
4/92
Siemens FS 10 2007

SmartLabel
Overview
SmartLabel Memory size (for I-code) 112 or 256 byte EEPROM, freely accessible, 8 byte serial number according to ISO 15693 Unlimited > 1000000 > 10 years (at < +40 C) 900 mm (see field data) Block by block access Yes, depending on SLG Inductive power transmission 50 g/20 g Not permissible continuously e.g. single-sided adhesive attachment > 10 mm e.g. IP68 on request or 86 x 54 or 55 x 55 e.g. upper side plastic Lower side double-sided transfer adhesive on silicon Paper e.g. -25 to +85 C -40 to +30 C e.g. 3 g Temperature range, size, degree of protection, attachment, operating clearance etc. all depend on the customer-specific design of the SmartLabels High-volume applications On request
Protocol Read cycles Write cycles at 40 C, typical Data retention time Write/read distance, max. Memory organization Multitag capability Energy source Shock/vibration to EN 60721-3-7, class 7 M3 Torsion and bending load Mounted with Recommended spacing from metal Degree of protection to EN 60529 Resistance to chemicals Housing Dimensions in mm Color/material
Application
Thanks to their very reasonable price, the SmartLabels can be used universally as electronic barcode substitutes or delivery notes.
Design
The design of the customer-specific SmartLabels permits a variety of flexible designs, ensuring optimum dimensioning for the widest variety of applications.
Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx. Special features

Order No. SmartLabel 112 to 256 byte EEPROM, custom-specific version for high-volume applications On request
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/93

MOBY D write/read devices
Introduction
Overview
Type SLG D12 Features Universal write/read device with integral antenna (160 mm x 80 mm x 40 mm) Max. read/write distance: 160 mm Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to +55 C With RS232 interface for connection to PC/PLC Like SLG D12, but with RS422 interface for connection to SIMATIC S7/ PROFIBUS via ASM 452, ASM 456, ASM 473 or ASM 475 Write/read device with plug for connection of an external antenna (ANT D5 / ANT D6 / ANT D10) Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to +55 C RS232 interface for connection to PC/PLC Write/read device with plug for connection of an external antenna (ANT D5 / ANT D6 / ANT D10) Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to 55 C RS422 interface for connection to SIMATIC S7/ PROFIBUS via ASM 452, ASM 456, ASM 473 or ASM 475 Universal antenna (340 mm x 325 mm x 38 mm), connectable to basic units SLG D10/SLG D10S Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to 55 C Cable length 3.6 m (permanently connected on antenna side) Universal antenna (580 mm x 480 mm x 110 mm), connectable to basic units SLG D10/SLG D10S Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to 55 C Cable length 3.3 m (connectable at both ends, included in scope of delivery) Antenna (1150 mm x 365 mm x 115 mm) for storage, logistics and distribution. Ideally suited to the clothing industry/laundries. For connection to SLG D10 and D10S. Advantageous geometry for small tags and a long transmission field. Main areas of application: Container identification, goods identification, package and postal services, dispatch, haulage, clothing industry, laundries Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to 55 C Cable length 3.3 m (connectable at both ends, included in scope of delivery) Cover included in scope of supply
SLG D12S
SLG D10 basic unit
The write/read device (SLG) ensures inductive communication and power supply to the MDS and for the serial connection (RS232 or RS422) to various systems (PC, PLC). Write/read devices in the upper, medium and lower performance ranges are available to users for integration into SIMATIC S7 and PROFIBUS DP V1. The MOBY communication modules are used for connecting the write/read devices to SIMATIC and PROFIBUS DP V1. Various different SLGs are available for small, medium and large distances to the MDS to satisfy customer requirements. A rugged housing or antenna enclosure and a high degree of protection allow the use under tough environmental conditions and guarantees a high resistance to many chemical substances. New applications are opened up by the support of SmartLabels on the basis of the ISO/IEC 15693 standard, multitag capability, etc.
Type SLG D10 ANT D5 Features Universal write/read device with detached antenna (340 mm x 325 mm x 38 mm) Max. read/write distance: 480 mm Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to +55 C With RS232 interface for connection to PC/PLC Like SLG D10 ANT D5, but with RS422 interface for connection to SIMATIC S7/ PROFIBUS via ASM 452, ASM 456, ASM 473 or ASM 475 Universal write/read device with detached antenna (340 mm x 325 mm x 38 mm) Max. read/write distance: 380 mm Degree of protection IP65 Temperature range up to +55 C With RS232 interface for connection to PC/PLC Like SLG D11 ANT D5, but with RS422 interface for connection to SIMATIC S7/ PROFIBUS via ASM 452, ASM 456, ASM 473 or ASM 475
SLG D10S basic unit
ANT D5
ANT D6
ANT D10
SLG D10S ANT D5
SLG D11 ANT D5
SLG D11S ANT D5
4/94
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Design
The following serial interfaces including software tools (on the CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation") are available for quick and easy integration into the application: RS232 with binary protocol - For serial interfacing to any system (PC/PLC) - C++ library MDWAPI (for Windows 9x/2000/NT) with extended range of functions including password protection, access authorization and multitag operation RS422 with 3964R protocol - For serial interface to the MOBY communication modules (ASM 450, ASM 452, AM 473, ASM 475) or any system, e.g. gateways - FC45 (without multitag, etc.) for SIMATIC S7-300/400, S7 PROFIBUS Master
Function
The SLG converts the commands (read MDS etc.) received by the PC or interface module (ASM) and generates by means of the antenna a magnetic alternating field for the contactless communication and power transmission to the MDS. Failsafe protocols and access mechanisms achieve a high degree of data security and guarantee fast, secure and noise-resistant communication. The transmittable volume of data between SLG/antenna and MDS depends on: the speed at which the MDS moves through the transmission window of the antenna the length of the transmission windows
Field data
Minimum distance from SLG to SLG SLG D12/SLG D12S SLG D11 ANT D5/SLG D11S ANT D5 SLG D10 ANT D5/SLG D10S ANT D5 SLG D10 ANT D6/SLG D10S ANT D6 SLG D10 ANT D10/SLG D10S ANT D10 SLG D12/SLG D12S SLG D11 ANT D5/SLG D11S ANT D5 SLG D10 ANT D5/ SLG D10S ANT D5 SLG D10 ANT D6/ SLG D10S ANT D6 SLG D10 ANT D10/SLG D10S ANT D10 > 600 mm > 1200 mm > 2000 mm > 2000 mm > 2000 mm
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/95

SLG D10 / SLG D10S basic device with separate ANT D5, ANT D6 and ANT D10
Overview
mits communication via the communication modules ASM 452, ASM 456, ASM 473 or ASM 475 to SIMATIC S7 or PROFIBUS. Connectable duplexer and antennas: Antenna duplexer The antenna switch enables several individual antennas or portal solutions to be operated with only one write/read device (SLG D10 / SLG D10S). ANT D5 An antenna for universal applications and designed for warehouse, logistics and distribution applications. Thanks to the high degree of protection (IP65), the antenna can also be used under harsh industrial conditions. ANT D6 An antenna in the upper performance range, designed for warehouse, logistics and distribution applications. It can be used wherever high speed is required together with a large write/read distance. ANT D10 The ANT D10 is suitable for use in warehouses, logistics and distribution. An antenna with this geometry is required especially in the clothing/laundry sector
The SLG D10 / SLG D10S basic units are write/read devices in the upper performance range and can be operated with the ANT D5, ANT D6 and ANT D10 antennas. The write/read devices are equipped with an RS232 serial interface for connection to PCs/PLCs or RS422 interface which per-
Basic devices Inductive interface to the MDS Transmission frequency (energy/data) Data memories / transponders supported Multitag capability SLG D10 Remote antenna 13.56 MHz; ISO/IEC 15693 For SmartLabels based on standard ISO/IEC 15693 e.g.: I Code SLI, Tag-it HFi, additionally I-Code 1 Yes, approx. 20 data memories/s see MDS field data up to 4 W RS232 to PC/SPS 30 m 9-pin subminiature connector (pin) 1200 baud to 115.2 Kbaud (adjustable) Binary with CRC 16-security Up to 115.2 Kbaud (depending on ASM) 3964R protocol RS422 to ASM 452, ASM 473, ASM 475 300 m No SLG D10S
Write/read distance, max. Antenna cable length Serial interface Max. cable length at 24 V DC Connector Data transmission rate Procedure Software functions Programming Commands Rated supply voltage value/permissible range Power consumption (at room temperature) Inrush current, momentary Operation, typ. Housing (mm) dimensions Color/material of SLG housing Degree of protection to EN 60529, housing Shock-resistant to EN 60721-3-7 Vibration-resistant to EN 60721-3-7 Attachment of housing Ambient temperature Operation Transport/storage MTBF Weight
C-library for PCs with Windows 9x/2000 and NT FC45 for S7 Read data from MDS, write data to MDS, access Read data from MDS, write data to MDS rights, multitag, etc. Through 4-pin device connector M12 (IP65) 24 V DC/20 30 V DC Up to 2.8 A/50 ms 0.9 A 320 x 145 x 100 anthracite/aluminum IP65 30 g, class 7M2 1 g (9 Hz to 200 Hz); 1.5 g (200 Hz to 500 Hz), class 7M2 4 x M6 screws - 20 to + 55 C - 25 to + 70 C 75000 h 3.5 kg
4/96
Siemens FS 10 2007

Antennas ANT D5 ANT D6 ANT D10
Inductive interface to the MDS Write/read distance, max. Interface to SLG D10 / SLG D10S Plug connection Antenna cable length (included in scope of delivery) Antenna dimensions in mm Antenna color Antenna material Degree of protection to EN 60529 Shock resistant to EN 60721-3-7 Vibration resistant to EN 60721-3-7 Attachment of the antenna Ambient temperature in operation Storage and transport MTBF Weight
13.56 MHz see field data TNC 3.6 m (plugs into SLG) 340 x 325 x 38 (without spacer kit) black Plastic ASA IP65 30 g 1 g (9 Hz to 200 Hz); 1.5 g (200 Hz to 500 Hz) 4 screws M5 - 20 to + 55 C - 25 to + 70 C 300000 h 1.0 kg 3.3 kg 10 kg 4 screws M6 3.3 m (connectable on both sides) 580 x 480 x 110 black/gray Aluminium/Plastic 1150 x 365 x 115 (with cover) Pale turquoise Aluminium/Plastic IP52
Antenna duplexer
Max. input power Transmission frequency Power supply Connector (inputs and outputs) Dimensions (L x W x H) in mm Color Material Mounting Vibration-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, class 7 M2 Shock-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, class 7 M2 Degree of protection to EN 60529 Chemical stability Ambient temperature in operation Storage and transport Weight, approx. Approvals
10 W 13.56 MHz not required TNC 160 x 80 x 40 (without connector) anthracite Plastic PA 12 2 screws M5 1 g (9 to 200 Hz) 1.5 g (200 to 500 Hz) 30 g IP65 on request -25 to +65 C -25 to +75 C 400 g CE Siemens FS 10 2007
4/97


Order No. Write/read device SLG D10 Basic device (without antenna) with RS232 serial interface for connection to PC/PLC Write/read device SLG D10S Basic device (without antenna) with RS422 serial interface for connection to SIMATIC S7/ PROFIBUS via ASM 452, ASM 456, ASM 473 or ASM 475 Antenna ANT D5 For SLG D10 / SLG D10S basic device, antenna cable included Antenna ANT D6 for SLG D10 / SLG D10S basic device, antenna cable included Antenna ANT D10 for SLG D10 / SLG D10S basic device, cover and antenna cable included 6GT2 698-5AF00 A 6GT2 698-5AB00 A 6GT2 698-5AA00 A 6GT2 698-2AA00 A 6GT2 698-1AA00
Dimension drawing
7 x 10 A Minimum bending radius: 20 mm 4 x 5.5mm Cable length 3.5 m Kink protection can be sent in all directions
G_KT01_en_00024
320
290
125 145
300 325
Basic device (left), antenna ANT D5 (right)
Accessories
Spacer kit for ANT D5 to ensure optimum field data even in metallic environments Cover for ANT D6 prevents touching Antenna duplexer For connecting several antennas A (ANT D5 or ANT D6) to one SLG D10 / SLG D10S, IP65, -25 C to +65 C MOBY D cables Cable between ANT D6 and SLG A D10/SLG D10S, antenna duplexer; length 3.3 m Extension cable between ANT D6 A and SLG D10/SLG D10S, antenna duplexer; length 7.2 m CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP, C libraries, PC presentation program, RFID documentation (German and English) 6GT2 691-0CH33 6GT2 690-0AC00 6GT2 690-0AD00 6GT2 690-0AB00
6GT2 691-0DH72
6GT2 080-2AA10
4/98
Siemens FS 10 2007
340

SLG D10 ANT D5/SLG D10S ANT D5
Overview
Type Inductive interface to the MDS Transmission frequency (energy/data) Data memories / transponders supported Multitag capability Write/read distance, max. 1) Antenna cable length Transmit power Serial interface Max. cable length at 24 V DC Connector Data transmission rate Procedure Software functions Programming Commands Rated supply voltage value/permissible range Power consumption (at room temperature) Inrush current, momentary Operation, typ. Housing Dimensions (in mm) - for antenna - for electronics without connector Color of antenna/SLG housing Material antenna/SLG housing Degree of protection to EN 60529, housing/antenna (front) Antenna connector (connects to SLG) Shock-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, class 7M2 Vibration-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, class 7M2 Attachment of housing Attachment of antenna 340 x 325 x 38 320 x 145 x 100 Black/anthracite Plastic ASA/aluminium IP65/IP65 TNC connector 30 g 1 g (9 Hz to 200 Hz); 1.5 g (200 Hz to 500 Hz) 4 x M6 screws 4 x M5 screws Up to 2.8 A/50 ms 0.9 A C-library for PCs with Windows 9x/2000 and NT FC45 for S7 Read data from MDS, write data to MDS, access rights, multitag, etc. Read data from MDS, write data to MDS SLG D10 ANT D5 Remote antenna 13.56 MHz, ISO/IEC 15693 For SmartLabels based on standard ISO/IEC 15693 e.g.: I Code SLI, Tag-it HFi, additionally I-Code 1 Yes, approx. 20 data memories/s 480 mm, see MDS field data 3.6 m Up to 4 W RS232 to PC/SPS 30 m 9-pin subminiature connector (pin) 1200 baud to 115.2 Kbaud (adjustable) Binary with CRC 16-security Up to 115.2 Kbaud (depending on ASM) 3964R protocol RS422 to ASM 452, ASM 456, ASM 473, ASM 475 300 m Available soon SLG D10S ANT D5
Via 4-pin device connector M12 (IP65) 24 V DC/20 V 30 V DC
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/99

Type Ambient temperature Operation Transport/storage MTBF Reader Antenna Weight Basic device Antenna 3.5 kg 1 kg 75000 h 300000 h -20 to + 55 C -25 to + 70 C SLG D10 ANT D5 SLG D10S ANT D5
1)
In order to ensure optimum field data in metallic environments, the antenna is calibrated at the factory at a distance of 100 mm from metal (see spacer kit 6GT2 690-0AB00).

Order No. Write/read device SLG D10 ANT D5 with detached antenna ANT D5, with serial interface RS232 Write/read device SLG D10S ANT D5 with detached antenna ANT D5, with serial interface RS 422 A 6GT2 602-0AA00 A 6GT2 601-0AA00
Accessories
Spacer kit for ANT D5 to ensure optimum field data even in metallic environments Antenna duplexer A 6GT2 690-0AC00 For connecting several antennas (ANT D5 or ANT D6) to one SLG D10 / SLG D10S, IP65, -25 C to +65 C CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP, C libraries, PC presentation program, RFID documentation (German + English) 6GT2 080-2AA10 6GT2 690-0AB00
Dimension drawings
7 x 10 A Minimum bending radius: 20 mm 4 x 5.5mm Cable length 3.5 m Kink protection can be sent in all directions
G_KT01_en_00024
320
290
125 145
300 325
4/100
Siemens FS 10 2007
340

Overview
Type Inductive interface to the MDS Transmission frequency (energy/data) Data memories / transponders supported Multitag capability Write/read distance, max. 1) Antenna cable length Transmit power Serial interface Max. cable length at 24 V DC Connector Data transmission rate Procedure/data backup Software functions Programming Commands Rated supply voltage value/permissible range Power consumption (at room temperature) Inrush current, momentary Operation, typ. Housing Dimensions (in mm) - for antenna - for the electronics Color of antenna/SLG housing Material antenna/SLG housing Antenna connector (connectable to SLG) Degree of protection to EN 60529, housing/antenna (front) Shock-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, class 7M2 Total shock response spectrum, Type II Vibration-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, class 7M2 340 x 325 x 38 160 x 80 x 40 (without connector) Black/anthracite Plastic ASA/plastic PA 12 TNC connector IP65 30 g 1 g (9 to 200 Hz), 1.5 g (9 to 500 Hz) Up to 600 mA/50 ms 150 mA C-library for PCs with Windows 9x/2000 and NT FC45 for S7 Read data from MDS, write data to MDS, access rights, multitag, etc. Read data from MDS, write data to MDS SLG D11 ANT D5 Detached antenna 13.56 MHz, ISO/IEC 15693 For SmartLabels based on standard ISO/IEC 15693 e.g.: I Code Sli, Tag-it HFI, Tag-it, additional I-Code 1 Yes, approx. 20 data memories/s 380 mm, see MDS field data 3.6 m 1W RS232 to PC/SPS 30 m 9-pin subminiature connector (pin) 1200 baud to 38.4 Kbaud (adjustable) Binary/CRC16 Up to 38.4 Kbaud 3964R protocol RS422 to ASM 452, ASM 456, ASM 473, ASM 475 300 m no SLG D11S ANT D5
Via 4-pin device connector M12 (IP65) 24 V DC/20 30 V DC
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/101

Type Attachment of housing Attachment of the antenna Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport MTBF Reader Antenna Weight Basic device Antenna Approx. 0.6 kg Approx. 1 kg 200000 h 300000 h -25 to +70 C -25 to +70 C SLG D11 ANT D5 2 x M5 screws 4 x M5 screws SLG D11S ANT D5
1)
In order to ensure optimum field data in metallic environments, the antenna is calibrated at the factory at a distance of 100 mm from metal (see spacer kit 6GT2 690-0AB00).

Order No. Write/read device SLG D11ANT D5 with detached antenna ANT D5, with serial interface RS232 Write/read device SLG D11S ANT D5 with detached antenna ANT D5, with serial interface RS422 A 6GT2 602-0AC00 A 6GT2 601-0AC00
Dimension drawing
Accessories
Spacer kit for ANT D5 to ensure optimum field data even in metallic environments 6GT2 690-0AB00
CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP, C libraries, PC presentation program, RFID documentation (German + English)
6GT2 080-2AA10
4/102
Siemens FS 10 2007

SLG D12/SLG D12S
Overview
SLG D12 Inductive interface to the MDS Transmission frequency (energy/data) Data memories / transponders supported Multitag capability Serial interface Max. cable length at 24 V DC Connector Data transmission rate Procedure Software functions Programming Commands Rated supply voltage value/permissible range Power consumption (at room temperature) Inrush current, momentary max. Operation, typ. Housing Dimensions (in mm) Color Material Attachment Degree of protection to EN 60529 Shock-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, class 7M2 Vibration-resistant to EN 60721-3-7, class 7M2 Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport MTBF Weight, approx. -25 to +55 C -25 to +70 C 200000 h 0.5 kg 160 x 80 x 40 Anthracite Plastic PA 12 2 x M5 screws IP65 30 g 1 g (9 to 200 Hz), 1.5 g (200 to 500 Hz) 600 mA 150 mA C-library for PCs with Windows 9x/2000 and NT FC45 for S7 Read data from MDS, write data to MDS, access rights, multitag, etc. Read data from MDS, write data to MDS Integrated antenna 13.56 MHz, ISO/IEC 15693 For SmartLabels based on the ISO/IEC 15693 standard e.g. I-Code SLI, Tag-it HFI, additional I-Code 1 Yes, approx. 20 data memories/s Max. 160 mm, see MDS field data RS232 to PC/SPS 30 m 9-pin subminiature connector (pin) 1200 baud to 38.4 kbaud (adjustable) binary Up to 38.4 Kbaud 3964R protocol RS422 to ASM 452, ASM 456, ASM 473, ASM 475 300 m Yes, available soon SLG D12S
Via 4-pin device connector M12 (IP65) 24 V DC/20 V 30 V DC
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/103

SLG D12/SLG D12S

Order No. Write/read device SLG D12 with serial interface RS232 and integrated antenna Write/read device SLG D12S with serial interface RS422 and integrated antenna A 6GT2 602-0AB00 A 6GT2 601-0AB00
Accessories
Dimension drawing
5 80 40
Y 160
70
5.5
4
26 12
33
4/104
Siemens FS 10 2007
View A
G-Kt01-en-00025
90

STG D mobile handheld terminal
Overview
STG D Mobile handheld terminal RAM/ROM User program Screen 2 MB/2 MB 1 MB (with MOBY service and test program) Graphic LCD screen with 240 100 pixels; gray scale; selectable backlighting Alphanumeric with 57 keys Piezzo signal transmitter NiCd battery pack with 2 type AA cells (850 mAh); fast-charge capability; automatic shutdown Operating time: Approx. 20 h (reader head inactive, display unlit) 260 92 35 (incl. read head) Approx. 0.55 kg (incl. batteries and reader head) -20 to +60 C -25 to +80 C 0 to 90 %, no condensation IP54 (splashwater proof) Max. drop onto concrete: 0.5 m EN 55022 IEC 801-2; IEC 801-3; IEC 801-4
Dimensions (in mm) Weight
The STG D is a powerful mobile handheld terminal with integrated write/read antenna for applications in the field of logistics, distribution and service. In addition, it is an indispensable tool for commissioning and testing.
Ambient temperature Operation Storage Relative humidity Protection class Impact resistance EMC Electrostatic; RF; EFT
Design
The mobile STG handheld terminals comprise a basic unit (based on PSION Workaboutmx) and an attachable compact read/write head. It has a splashproof housing (IP54), 240 100 pixels LCD display, alphanumeric keypad and various interfaces (for EEPROM card, battery charging, RS232/TTL for MOBY reader head, battery charging interface incl. RS232 for the PC link, etc.).
Function
The supplied MOBY software (memory card) provides service and test functions for functions such as reading and writing the MOBY data memory: Reading data from the data memory Writing data to the data memory Reading and displaying the ID number of the data memory Displaying and editing the data in hexadecimal, ASCII, decimal and binary format Activating/deactivating password protection. Using the optional C library, the user can easily develop applications that include a customized desktop for reading and writing data memories. For this purpose various different optional development tools for the PC and a large selection of accessories are available directly from PSION. This opens up new application possibilities in the field of logistics and distribution. For example, the handheld terminal can be used to acquire or process orderpicking data offline and to transfer it temporally delayed to the PC.
Write/read head - Inductive interface to MDS Write/read distance MDS D100: 80 mm MDS D124: 30 mm MDS D139: 60 mm MDS D160: 25 mm ISO/IEC 15693 label in card format 85 x 54 mm: typ. 60 mm 13.56 MHz TTL/3964R Standard interface for reading/ writing to data memories, etc.
Transmission frequency for energy/data Serial interface (to basic device) Software functions Programming
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/105

STG D mobile handheld terminal

Order No. Mobile handheld terminal D STG D with MOBY D write/read head Basic device (PSION Workabout mx) with MOBY D write/read head, battery, standard software incl. STG functionality on EEPROM card, operating instructions, without charger. 6GT2 603-0AA00
Accessories
Charging unit for a mobile, handheld terminal, incl. power supply 230 V AC MOBY D write/read head for basic unit (PSION Workaboutmx) STG software for MOBY D, E, I and U 1 MB EEPROM card CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" CD, FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/WINDOWS 95/NT, C libraries, PC presentation program. MOBY documentation (German + English) 6GT2 080-2AA10 A 6GT2 303-1CA00 A 6GT2 603-1AA00 A 6GT2 303-1DA00
A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H D: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = 4A994
Accessories
For optional components visit //www.psionteklogix.com "3link" connecting cable to the PC for easy exchange of data between the PC and PSION Workaboutmx PSION Workaboutmx basic unit with large-area function keys and number pad Additional memory card with up to 8 MB memory Docking station including rapid charger and software for convenient exchange of data between the PSION Workaboutmx and the PC.
4/106
Siemens FS 10 2007

MOBY D
Overview
Note Detailed configuration and commissioning data is contained in the Manual for Configuration, Assembly and Service (see page 4/148). Transmission window The write/read device generates an inductive alternating field. The field is at its strongest near the antenna and declines rapidly as the distance from the antenna increases. The distribution of the field depends on the structure and geometry of the antennas in the write/read device and MDS. A prerequisite for the function of the MDS is a minimum field strength at the MDS that is achieved at a distance Sg from the write/read device. The picture below shows the transmission window between MDS and SLG: Communication between SLG and MDS The communication between SLG and MDS is asynchronous.
Data transmission rate SLG - MDS Reading Writing Transmission time of the ID number SLG D10 ANT 5, ANT D6, ANT D10 30 ms (8 byte at 115.2 kbit/s) SLG D10S ANT 5 SLG D12S ANT 5, ANT D6, ANT D10 SLG D11S ANT 5 SLG D12 ANT D5, ANT D6, ANT D10 SLG D11 ANT D5 90 ms (8 byte at 19.2 kbit/s) 3.5 ms/byte 9.5 ms/byte
60 ms (8 byte at 38.4 kbit/s)
Side view
Transmission window
Sa
Sg
MDS ANT D5
Non-metal
Plan view
SP
G_KT01_EN_00170
MDS
Sa: Operating distance between MDS and SLG Sg: Limit distance (maximum clear distance between upper surface of antenna and MDS, at which the transmission can still function under normal conditions) L: length of a transmission window SP: Intersection of the axes of symmetry of the MDS The transmittable quantity of information between SLG and MDS depends on: The speed at which the MDS passes the antenna ("passing speed") Length of the inductive alternating field of the SLG, through which the MDS moves ("transmission window").
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/107

MOBY D
Passing speed SLG (for one transponder in the field)
Type UID number (8 byte) I-Code 1, e.g. MDS D139 Read (with 4 byte user data) Write (with 4 byte user data) 10 m/s 7.5 m/s 6.5 m/s 5.0 m/s 3.8 m/s 1.4 m/s 3.5 m/s 2.8 m/s 2.0 m/s 0.8 m/s 3.0 m/s 2.5 m/s 1.8 m/s 0.6 m/s 2.0 m/s 1.5 m/s 1.0 m/s 0.3 m/s SLG D10 ANT D10 15 m/s SLG D10 ANT D6 8.0 m/s SLG D10 ANT D5 5.0 m/s SLG D11 ANT D5 3.5 m/s SLG D12 2.5 m/s
Read (with 44 byte of complete user 6 m/s data) Write (with 44 byte of complete user 2.5 m/s data) I-Code SLI, e.g. MDS D100 Read (with 4 byte user data) Write (with 4 byte user data) Read (with 112 byte of complete user data) Write (with 112 byte of complete user data) 10 m/s 9 m/s 7.5 m/s 2 m/s
6.0 m/s 5.5 m/s 4.0 m/s 1.0 m/s
3.5 m/s 3.0 m/s 2.4 m/s 0.6 m/s
1.6 m/s 1.2 m/s 1.4 m/s 0.4 m/s
1.4 m/s 1.2 m/s 1.0 m/s 0.2 m/s
Type UID-Number (8 byte) I-Code 1, e.g. MDS D139 Read (with 4 byte user data) Write (with 4 byte user data)
SLG D10S ANT D10 SLG D10S ANT D6 6 m/s 5.5 m/s 4.5 m/s 3.8 m/s 3.5 m/s 2.5 m/s 2.8 m/s 1.2 m/s
SLG D10S ANT D5 2.0 m/s 1.8 m/s 1.4 m/s 1.5 m/s 0.7 m/s
SLG D11S ANT D5 1.0 m/s 1.0 m/s 0.8 m/s 0.7 m/s 0.5 m/s
SLG D12S 0.8 m/s 0.8 m/s 0.6 m/s 0.6 m/s 0.3 m/s
Read (with 44 byte of complete user 4.5 m/s data) Write (with 44 byte of complete user 2.2 m/s data) I-Code SLI, e.g. MDS D100 Read (with 4 byte user data) 6.5 m/s 5.5 m/s 5.0 m/s 2.0 m/s
4.0 m/s 3.4 m/s 3.0 m/s 1.0 m/s
2.2 m/s 1.8 m/s 1.6 m/s 0.6 m/s
3.0 m/s 2.8 m/s 2.2 m/s 0.5 m/s
1.2 m/s 1.0 m/s 0.8 m/s 0.2 m/s
Write (with 4 byte user data) Read (with 112 byte of complete user data) Write (with 112 byte of complete user data)
4/108
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC RF600
Introduction
Overview
Application
SIMATIC RF600 is primarily used for non-contact identification of containers or palettes and for detection of goods in bulk. These applications are usually open circulating routes in which passive SmartLabels are applied to goods, products, bundles or transport units. The system proves its worth in these applications with high read rates, high-speed data transmission and the ability to cope with long read distances. The system is also suitable for reading and writing reusable data carriers (Industrial Tags), conventionally used in closed circulating routes. The main application areas therefore range from recognition of goods in loading and unloading bays, through goods flow control on conveyor systems as far as implementation in warehouses or distribution centers and for fill level checks in high-bay stores. Industrial applications in factories, e.g. in paint shop conveyors or assembly lines in the automotive industry, are just as common.
Design
SIMATIC RF600 is a contact-free RFID system (RFID: Radio Frequency IDentification), that has been specially designed for applications in logistics and supply chain management. SIMATIC RF600 operates in the UHF frequency band and is designed for identifying tags based on the EPCglobal standard. It is, therefore, the ideal system for storing and reading out information in EPC format (EPC: Electronic Product Code) on lowcost SmartLabels (single-use data carriers) and to transfer it to higher-level software systems for further processing.
Benefit
Due to the omission of manual counting, recording and subsequent procedures, cost savings are achieved and recording errors are minimized. By using low-cost, passive SmartLabels, goods can be automatically identified throughout the entire logistics chain. Wrong information at the goods transfer points is avoided and the consistency of data and information is secured. The throughput of the supply chain can be increased by identifying several articles simultaneously which increases productivity. SIMATIC RF600 opens up opportunities for integration in downstream software systems. The flow of goods and information can then be linked in "real-time". As soon as the data that is associated with an item is read, e.g. when the item has passed through a loading gate, the information in the supply management chain can be automatically updated and then, for example, reordering can be triggered. By tracking and tracing goods, transparency is increased throughout the system: The route of an item can be traced at any time.
Optional: Flexible attachment of the antenna with the swivel arm provided by the antenna mounting kit. A Vesa adapter 75 mm x 75 mm is included.
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/109

SIMATIC RF600
Introduction
Function
SIMATIC RF identification systems ensure that important data accompanies the product from the very beginning. Different tags are used to store product-specific data and information: depending on the field of application, SmartLabels or Industrial Tags. In the case of tags to the EPCglobal standard, information regarding the manufacturer of the goods, the article class and the respective serial number is coded in 96 bit (EPC Gen1). Tags of the second generation of the EPCglobal standard (EPC Gen2) allow customer or product information to be stored additionally. In the case of tags based on the ISO18000-6B standard (reusable data carriers), data volumes up to 216 byte can be stored which can be freely defined by the user.
Type Conformity Fields of application Frequency range (adjustable) Transmit power (adjustable) Tag read range SIMATIC RF600 ETSI EN 302208, FCC in Europe, USA 865 - 868 MHz (Europe) 902 - 928 MHz (USA) 0.1 W to 2 W ERP (Europe) 0.4 W to 4 W EIRP (USA) up to 5 m up to 10 m (with portal arrangement) EPC Gen 1, EPC Gen 2, ISO 18000-6B RS232, RS4221), ETHERNET, DI/DO CE, UL, FCC
Standards supported interfaces Certification
1)
This interface will be available soon.
4/110
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC RF620L
Overview
Selection and Ordering Data

Order No. Smartlabel SIMATIC RF620L for paper and cardboard 6GT2810-1AB00
The SIMATIC RF620L Smartlabel is passive and maintenancefree based on UCODE technology (EPC V1.19).
Application
The design of the Smartlabel allows many possible ways of attachment to ensure optimum dimensioning for a wide variety of applications. Application areas range from simple identification such as electronic barcode replacement/supplementation, through warehouse and distribution logistics, right up to product identification.
Function
The purpose of the Smartlabel is to save the "Electronic Product Code" (EPC).
Type IC type Frequency Europe USA EPC code Protocol Multitag Data retention Power supply Typical read/write distance Designed for attachment to 865 ... 668 MHz 902 ... 928 MHz 96 bits as per ISO18000-6B Yes 10 years Electromagnetic emission, power transmission without battery 0 ... 4 m Paper, cardboard Not suitable for fixing on metal or liquid containers Adhesive on one side (self-adhesive labels) 20 x 88 mm Copper 101 x 152 mm (4" x 6") Paper White Thermotransfer procedure Minimum order amount 1500 units (500 units on one roll) -20 C +70 C +15 C +25 C < 2 years, determined by the shelf life of the label None, Smartlabel must be protected against moisture Smartlabel SIMATIC RF620L UCODE EPC V1.19
Type of mounting Antenna size Antenna material Dimensions Material Color Printability Delivery format Operating temperature Storage temperature Storage life Degree of protection
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/111

SIMATIC RF640T
Overview
Type IC type Frequency Version for Europe Version for USA Serial number UID User memory Lock information (write protection) Protocol Data retention Read cycles Write cycles Minimum Typical Read distance (with reader RF660R and antenna RF660A) Minimum Typical Write distance (with reader RF660R and antenna RF660A) Minimum Typical Designed for attaching to Mounting Dimensions (H x D) Material Color Ambient temperature Operation Storage Mechanical stress (to EN 60721-37, class 7 M3) Shock Vibration Torsion 100 g 20 g not permissible -25C +85C -40C +125C 0.2 1.2 m 0.2 1.5 m Metal 2 x M4 screws 50 x 8 Plastic PA12 anthracite 0.2 1.5 m 0.2 2.0 m 100000 500000 865 868 MHz 902 928 MHz 8 byte 216 byte 28 byte in accordance with ISO 18000-6B 10 years unlimited SIMATIC RF640T UCODE HSL
Target applications are industrial asset management, RF identification of tools, containers and metallic equipment. This tool tag is available in two frequency versions: 868 MHz (Europe) and 915 MHz (USA).
Benefits
Small, smart, and rugged, suitable for industrial applications Ideal for attaching directly to metal surfaces, without spacer (e.g. containers, boxes, tools and tool holders) High degree of protection and resistant to mineral oils, lubricants and cleaning solvents
Application
It can be mounted directly onto metal surfaces and has a typical detection range of 1.8 m. Up to 216 bytes of user data can be stored in addition to 8-byte ID numbers. Machine and plant construction Industrial production Laboratory and test equipment
Degree of protection to DIN EN IP68 60529 (45 min immersion in water; water depth 1 m from top edge of housing at +20C) Resistance to chemicals Approvals as for PA 12 CE/FCC

Order No. SIMATIC RF640T For attaching to metal surfaces for Europe (868 MHz frequency) for the USA (915 MHz frequency) A A 6GT2810-0DC00 6GT2810-0DC10
4/112
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC RF660R SIMATIC RF660A
Overview
The two serial interfaces and Ethernet ensure that it can be integrated into different system landscapes (IT and automation). Three digital inputs and outputs support the direct connection of process-related devices such as optical and acoustic signal encoders, proximity switches, light barriers, etc. The ruggedness of the overall system guarantees problemfree, flexible operation under a wide range of different ambient conditions. For companies globally active in manufacturing, logistics and trade, the ability to operate the system in both the European and US UHF frequency bands means easier implementation and less complexity in the system landscape.
Application
The stationary UHF portal reader SIMATIC RF660R complete with up to four antennas of the SIMATIC RF660A type is suitable for applications in logistics and supply chain management. The UHF portal reader SIMATIC RF660R uses the two, three or four SIMATIC RF660A antennas connected to read the tag data and supplies it to downstream systems through the system interfaces (Ethernet or RS4221)). Alternatively, XML command sequences can be used to instruct the reader to pass the data on to a client application. For further details on configuration and the runtime response of the SIMATIC RF660R, please refer to the associated documentation. At least two, but up to four, SIMATIC RF660A antennas must be connected for correct operation of the SIMATIC RF660R. Different antennas must be used depending on the installation location (U.S.A. or Europe): Europe: SIMATIC RF660A (EU) Order No. 6GT2812-0AA00 USA: SIMATIC RF660A (USA) Order No. 6GT2812-0AA01 The frequency bands approved for the respective region must be set on the reader by means of software configuration. The reader can be easily configured using the SIMATIC RF660 configuration software. This is available on the CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" that can be ordered separately (Order No. 6GT2080-2AA10). For proper functioning of the SIMATIC RF660R, the corresponding SIMATIC RF660A antennas and the appropriate Siemens antennas and interface cables must be used (see ordering data). The system operates in the European and US UHF frequency band and is designed for identifying tags based on the EPCglobal standard.
Function
SIMATIC RF660 allows rewritable data carriers to be read and written which, in accordance with the UCODE specification, can also store large volumes of data. The system is therefore also suitable for use in so-called closed applications that are found typically in the industrial environment. The high degree of protection of the complete system ensures problem-free operation even under harsh industrial conditions. Thanks to the two system interfaces (Ethernet and RS4221)) and the RS232 interface that is intended for configuration and diagnostic purposes, SIMATIC RF660 is a universally implementable system. Easy connection to LAN networks with the TCP/IP protocol is just as possible as integration in an existing Siemens automation landscape. SIMATIC RF communication modules are used for connection to SIMATIC PLCs which can be directly connected to the system via the RS4222) interface.
Benefits
Technical benefits of the SIMATIC RF660 system: UHF frequencies support new applications in logistics and throughout the complete delivery chain. The standards implemented in the system in accordance with EPCglobal and ISO 18000-6B allow different protocols to be used between the reader and tag. Tags based on different standards can, at the same time, also be detected and processed by the system. Implementation of the EPCglobal standards of Generation 2 (EPC Gen2) provides investment security and high performance. Large read distances, high tag detection rates despite high traversing speeds of the goods to be identified in the field secures SIMATIC RF660 a place in the high-end range of todays RFID systems. Thanks to problem-free bulk detection of tagged goods, SIMATIC RF660 is suitable for identification tasks in non-homogeneous goods flows. 1) This interface will be available soon. 2) This feature will be available soon
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/113

UHF Portal Reader Frequency range (adjustable) Europe USA Transmit power (adjustable in steps of 100 mW) Europe USA Tag read range With 2 x 2 antennas, mounted op- 10 m (max.) posite each other With 2 antennas, antennas mount- 5 m (max.) ed side by side Number of antennas Impedance (nominal) Standards 2 to 4 (konfigurierbar) 50 EPC Gen 1 EPC Gen 2 ISO 18000-6B Mixed Mode Operation 100 read actions/s > 50 read actions/s 0.1 W to 2 W ERP 0.4 W to 4 W EIRP 865 ... 868 MHz 902 ... 928 MHz SIMATIC RF660R
UHF Portal Reader Antenna connection Temperature range Degree of protection Dimensions L x B x H (in mm)
SIMATIC RF660R 4 antennas, reverse polarity TNC -25 ... +75 C IP 67 320 x 145 x 102
Antenna for use in Europe Impedance (nominal) Polarization Frequency range Conformity Fixing
SIMATIC RF660A - UHF antenna 50 Circular 865 - 868 MHz ETSI EN 302208 Optional: Flexible mounting with jointed arm by means of antenna mounting kit Various mounting possibilities with supplied mounting adapter plate Vesa 75 x 75 mm 1.6 kg Pale turquoise -25 ... +75 C IP 67 313 x 313 x 80
Weight Color Temperature range Degree of protection Dimensions L x W x H (in mm)
Number of tags read per second EPC Gen 2 ISO 18000-6B Simultaneous reading of several tags (bulk reading capacity) EPC Gen 2 ISO 18000-6B Data transmission rate for reading EPC Gen 2 320 Kbyte/s at 3 m 80 Kbyte/s at 5 m 160 Kbyte/s at 3 m 40 Kbyte/s at 5 m 128 Kbyte/s at 3 m 53.3 Kbyte/s at 5 m 40 Kbyte/s at 5 m >99.9 % >99.9 % Read triggered through digital input Data buffer Configuration by means of software Firmware update 2 ... 4 1 1 1 3 x 24 V DC, each 0.5 A CE UL ETSI EN 302208, FCC in Europe, USA max. 110 tags max. 75 tags
Antenna for use in USA Impedance (nominal) Polarization Frequency range Connection Conformity Fixing
SIMATIC RF660A - UHF Antenna 50 Circular 902 ... 928 MHz Reverse Polarity TNC FCC Title 47, Part 15.247 Optional: Flexible mounting with jointed arm by means of antenna mounting kit Various mounting possibilities with supplied mounting adapter plate Vesa 75 x 75 mm 1.5 kg Pale turquoise -25 ... +75 C IP 67 313 x 313 x 80
ISO 18000-6B Data transmission rate for writing EPC Gen 2 ISO 18000-6B Tag reading rate (%) EPC Gen 2 ISO 18000-6B Additional functions
Weight Color Temperature range Degree of protection Dimensions L x W x H (in mm)
Interfaces Antennas RS232 RS422 Ethernet RJ45 Digital in/out Certification Conformity Fields of application
4/114
Siemens FS 10 2007


Order No.
Order No.
Antenna mounting kit For flexible mounting with jointed arm, VESA adapter 75 x 75 mm is supplied Wide-range input power supply Primary side: 100 240 V AC, 120 353 V DC, Secondary side: 24 V DC, 3 A, stable at no load, with continuous short-circuit protection with EU plug with UK plug Cable for wide-range input power supply 24 V DC, length 5 m CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" SIMATIC RF660 Configuration Software, FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP, C library, PC demo program, RFID Documentation
6GT2 890-0AA00
Reader SIMATIC RF660R UHF stationary portal reader for UHF frequencies 865 868 MHz and 902 928 MHz Antenna SIMATIC RF660A for Europe Circular polarized antenna for UHF frequency 865 868 MHz Antenna SIMATIC RF660A for USA Circular polarized antenna for UHF frequency 902 829 MHz
6GT2 811-0AA00
6GT2 812-0AA00
6GT2 812-0AA01
A A
6GT2 898-0AA00 6GT2 898-0AA10 6GT2 491-1HH50
Accessories
Note: For proper functioning of the SIMATIC RF660R reader and the SIMATIC RF660A antenna, the appropriate antenna and interface cables must be used, as well as the corresponding power supply. Antenna cables Material PUR, UV-resistant, halogen-free, PVC-free, with UL approval, M12 socket, 8-pole to Sub-D socket, 9-pole Length 10 m, 5 mm u-certified Length 20 m, 7,6 mm Length 20 m, 7,6 mm, u-certified, exclusively for USA Interface cable RS232, RS422 Material PUR, UV-resistant, halogen-free, PVC-free, with uapproval, M12 socket, 8-pole to Sub-D socket, 9-pole RS232, Length 5 m, 5.3 mm RS422, Length 2 m, 5.3 mm RS422, Length 5 m, 5.3 mm A A A 6GT2 891-0GH50 6GT2 891-0GN10 6GT2 891-0FH20 6GT2 891-0FH50 6GT2 891-0FN10 6GT2 891-0FN50 6GT2 891-0FN20 RS232, Length 10 m, 5.3 mm A A A 6GT2 815-0BN10 6GT2815-0AN20 6GT2815-0BN20
6GT2 080-2AA10
Dimension drawings
270 180
4
41 55 47 20
RS422, Length 10 m, 5.3 mm A RS422, Length 20 m, 5.3 mm A RS422, Length 50 m, 5.3 mm A Interface cable Ethernet Material PVC, UV-resistant, halogen-free, impedance 100 15 , symmetrical (1 ... 100 MHz), M12 socket, RJ45 to RJ45, IP67 Ethernet, Length 10 m, 6.5 mm Ethernet, Length 20 m, 6.5 mm DI/DO cable, material PUR, screened, black, M12, 9 x 0.25 mm2, 5 m long A A
180
Antenna Mounting Kit

6GT2 891-0HN10 6GT2 891-0HN20
4 5 3 2 0 R 1 0
3RX8000-0CD81-1GF0
M 4 x 8 7 0 6 0 1 0 7 6
FS10_00159
2 4 ,5
G _ F S 1 0 _ x x _ 0 0 1 6 0
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/115
RFID systems for locating

Introduction
RFID systems for locating, reaction and optimization in real-time
From vehicle localization in the automotive industry to the tracking and separation of materials in the chemicals industry through to complex materials management and dispatch systems in logistics: With the RFID system MOBY R, you have a good overview in every sector. This real-time locating and localization system in the identification systems sector opens up completely new possibilities for you in the cost-effective structuring of your process sequences.
Highlights
Fast, up-to-date and precise: Localization in real-time mode Limitless overview: Visualization online More efficient process procedures for greater efficiency For large areas indoors and outdoors
Application
Transparent localization in real-time Wireless material call system Stacker/vehicle localization and control Localization of maintenance personnel Localization of boxes of materials and containers Tracking of supplier vehicles, e.g. haulage vehicles Safety functions such as access control Vehicle or personnel tracking
Locating
MOBY R Write/read distance Frequency Standards up to 300 m 2.4 GHz FCC Part 15 Class B EN 55022, EN 55024 TV GS acc. to EN 60950 EMC Guideline 89/336/EEC
4/116
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
MOBY R
Locating distance Max. locating accuracy Reading distance Read cycles Memory Approvals Frequency Mobile data storage units (Tags) Standard data storage Pushbutton data storage Reference/wireless time data storage Write/read devices
100 m indoors, 300 m outdoors 3m 200 m indoors, 1000 m outdoors unlimited 32 Bit FCC Part 15 Class B, EN 55022, EN 55024, TV GS to EN 60950, EMC Guideline 89/336/EEC 2.4 to 2.483 GHz Designation MDS R202 MDS R207 MDS R200 Designation SLG R21 SLG R22 SLG R23 Memory size 32 Bit fixed code 32 Bit fixed code WLAN integrated Operating temperature -25...+65 C -25...+50 C -25...+65 C Operating temperature -40...+50 C Degree of protection IP67 IP54 IP67 Degree of protection IP55 NEMA 3 and NEMA 12
Mobile handheld terminal with integrated antenna Drive-through sensor Write distance Approvals Software Required basic software Antennas Circular beam antenna set outdoors Circular beam antenna set, indoors Flat beam antenna set Connection to the automation system SIMATIC S7-300, S7-400 PROFIBUS DP Ethernet (TCP/IP) WLAN Serial coupling to other PLCs, PCs or other systems Page
STG R TRIG R201 Selectable in 8 steps from 1.1 to 7.5 m
-10...+50 C -30...+60 C
Splashproof IP65
FCC Part 15 Class B; EN 55022 Class B; EN 55024; TV GS to EN 60950; EMC guideline 89/336/EEC; ETS 300683; EN 300330 Visibility Server Software Microsoft Server operating system and Microsoft SQL database Outdoors Indoors Transmission angle
360 360 180
directly
4/118
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/117

MOBY R
Introduction
Overview
Application
The MOBY R system is suitable not only for real-time locating of the widest variety of objects of almost any quantity and the widest range of different formats (e.g. material boxes, containers, etc.), but also for large areas (e.g. airports, rental car operators, car manufacturers, etc.). Main applications of MOBY R: Vehicles -> locating, tracking Containers -> locating, tracking, protection against theft Access and vehicle access control Loading monitoring Trucks, semitrailers -> locating Vehicle control Material tracking/requirements -> hospitals, production lines
MOBY R is a real-time locating system with a range of up to 300 m in the open and 100 m in buildings, with an accuracy of up to 3 m for identifying and locating objects.
Integration
MOBY R Locating Server
WAN
LAN SLG R22, R23 with integrated Locating Access Point (RTLS-WiFi 802.11b/g)
4
Locating max. 300 m
802.11b/g WiFi
802.11b/g WiFi
Network Services 802.11b/g WiFi
Telemetry max. 1000 m
802.11b/g WiFi
802.11b/g WiFi
Tag for locating MDS R202
Wireless Messaging (Call, Telemetry)
PDA/2D Scanners
Wireless VoIP Phone Mobile Communication
Vehicle Mount Terminals
MOBY R Data transmission frequency Memory capacity Read cycles Locating distance Max. locating accuracy Reading distance Operating temperature range Degree of protection 2.4 to 2.483 GHz 32 bit Unlimited 100 m indoors 300 m outdoors 3m 200 m indoors 1000 m outdoors -25 C to +65 C IP67 Approvals MOBY R Can be connected to Special features 10BT / 100 BTx / Wireless LAN User-configurable flashing rate Flashing activation can be changed by means of MDS trigger, 128 barcode with fixed code no. FCC Part 15 Class B EN 55022, EN 55024 TV GS to EN 60950 EMC Guideline 89/336/EEC
4/118
Siemens FS 10 2007

MOBY R mobile data storage
Introduction
Overview
The MOBY R mobile data storage units can be attached to equipment or objects such as pallets, containers, vehicles, etc.
Type MDS R200
Features A reference data storage unit comprises two MDS R202 and an aluminum bracket Compact data storage unit with an adjustable flashing rate, housing dimensions (mm) 105 x 44 x 21 Data storage unit with manual call button, housing dimensions (mm) 120 x 75 x 40
MDS R202
MDS R207
Accessories
Mirror bracket Stirrup for securely attaching the MDS R202 to a rear view mirror in a vehicle
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/119

MDS R200
Overview
The reference data storage unit MDS R200 comprises two MDS R202 and an aluminum bracket.
Function
The reference data storage MDS R200 is used during configuration in order to create reference points for locating purposes. The MDS R200 is attached at fixed points in the plant using the bracket supplied. The reference data storage MDS R200 can be used for two different functions. Both MDS R202 data storages are programmed with the aid of STG R handheld terminals for the different functions: MDS R200 as reference data storage in order to create reference points for the localization. MDS R200 as time synchronization data storage of the antennas SLG R21 / R22 / R23; in order to time-synchronize antennas via the air interface, in case there is no direct line of sight contact. This function is only required in "Wireless Timing"; mode. These different functions must be taken into account in the configuration of the plant software. For further details, see MDS R202.

Order No.
Mobile data storage MDS R200
6GT2 700-0FE10
F: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = 5A991
4/120
Siemens FS 10 2007

MDS R202
Overview
Typical locating distance in buildings Typical locating distance outdoors Typical reading distance in buildings Typical reading distance outdoors User-configurable flashing rate Read cycles Memory size Bar code TRIG R 201 activation Directional recognition Frequency range Power source 100 m 300 m 200 m 1000 m 5 s to 9 h Unlimited 32-bit fixed code 128 bar codes with fixed code no. Max. 6 m Yes, with TRIG R 201 2.4 to 2.483 GHz Lithium-thionyl-chloride batteries, size "AA" no 7 years, depends on flashing rate - 25 to + 65 C - 40 to + 70 C IP67 Anthracite 105 x 44 x 21 ABS 53 g 300000 h 5 g rms 40 g 1.2 m Attachment eyes for screws / rivets 2 integrated attachment eyes, cable ties, etc. Vehicle rear-view mirror bracket FCC Part 15 class B EN 55022 Class B EN 55024 TV GS according to EN 60950 EMV guideline 89/336/ EEC
The MDS R202 data storage can be attached to equipment or objects such as pallets, containers, vehicles etc. Its rugged enclosure makes the MDS R202 extremely durable for use both inside buildings and outdoors.
Replacement battery Typical battery service life Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Degree of protection Housing: Color Dimensions (L x W x H) in mm Material Weight MTBF (at 20 C) Shocks (MIL-STD-810 D) Vibration (MIL-STD-810 D) Free fall (MIL-STD-810 D) Attachment / support options
Function
The antennas of the MOBY R system receive the signals of the MDS and locate it very precisely with the aid of a coordinate system. Fed by a battery with long service life, the radio signal of the MDS R 202 can be set to a flash rate of between 5 seconds and 9 hours. This enables fast moving components to be located in cycles of seconds. For slow or rarely moving objects, a flash rate of several minutes is fully adequate. During transport or when only the locating function is being performed, the flash cycle can also be switched off. At a typical flashing rate of six minutes, the battery service life is approximately seven years. Each MDS has a unique 32-bit identification number that is transmitted with each flash. The ID number is also printed on the data medium as a 128 bar code. The bar coding permits seamless integration into existing systems, thereby facilitating a costeffective solution. A momentary location of the MDS is often required at portals and control points. The TRIG R201 trigger can be used here for immediate activation of the MDS and for locating. The handheld STG R is required for configuring the MDS.
Approvals

Order No.
Mobile data storage MDS R202
6GT2 700-0FE00
Accessories
MOBY R mirror bracket needed to securely attach the MDS R202 in a vehicle A 6GT2 790-0AD00
A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H F: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = 5A991
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/121

MDS R207
Overview
Typical reading distance in buildings Typical reading distance outdoors User-configurable flashing rate Read cycles Memory size Bar code Frequency range Power source Typical battery service life Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Relative humidity Degree of protection 100 m 300 m 5 s to 1 h Unlimited 32-bit fixed code 128 bar codes with fixed code no. 2.4 to 2.483 GHz 2 lithium-thionyl batteries, size "AA" 5 years (depending on number of operations) 0 C to + 50 C -40 C to +60 C 0 % to 100 % (with condensation) IP54 Yellow 120 x 75 x 40 300000 h 1.2 m 170 g FCC Part 15 Class B EN 55022 Class B EN55024 TV GS acc. to EN 60950 EMC Guideline 89/ 336/ EEC
The MDS R207 is a manual data memory with display. It is the main component for MOBY R as a spare part request system that offers a flexible, cordless solution. This means that a cabled network structure is no longer required and Kanban systems (based on paper) can be dispensed with.
Housing Color Dimensions (L x W x H) in mm MTBF (at 20 C) Free fall Weight Approvals
Function
The MDS R207 is a compact unit with a durable call button and an LCD on which the time since the last activation is displayed. Each container with spare parts is equipped with a cable-free MDS R207 which transmits its ID number when the user presses the call button. This signal is received by a network of MOBY R antennae. Spare parts administration software processes this signal and passes on this information to a third system. From there, the message can be forwarded to terminals or paging systems. Possible transmission media are, for example, the intranet, a telephone call, mail, fax, WLAN, etc.

Order No.
Mobile data storage MDS R207 Mobile data storage with call key and time display of the time since the last activation
6GT2 700-0FH43
4/122
Siemens FS 10 2007

MOBY R write/read devices
Introduction
Overview
Design
An SLG consists of the antenna electronics and an external 220 V power supply unit. The power supply unit is included in the scope of delivery. In order to operate an SLG, another antenna set is required, which needs to be ordered separately. A trigger transmits an electromagnetic field to its immediate environment. To increase the size of the field, several triggers can be set up adjacent to one another. To determine the direction of objects, two triggers can be set up in sequence. The power supply unit for the trigger is not included in the scope of delivery.
Function
Several SLGs are connected to a server over LAN or WLAN. The server calculates by means of triangulation the precise coordinates of an MDS and stores this data in a database. The "visibility server software"; (VSS) is required for operating the server. The license for this software is included in the scope of delivery of an SLG. The software CD, however, must be ordered separately. A trigger causes an MDS that is moved in the proximity of a trigger to send its ID number (to flash). The data is received by the SLG. As the position of the trigger is known to the server, the MDS can be pinpointed. The IDs of the MDS and trigger are stored in the database. Using the VSS software, the position data of the MDS can be scanned and displayed on the screen. If this function is not sufficient, customized evaluation programs can be generated. To do this, you require the SDK development software. The SDK provides the tools for reading the data from the database. Some applications require the data of a passing object very quickly. (e.g. to open a barrier or gate). The "XML Publisher" software is available for this purpose. The XML Publisher makes TCP/IP-based messages available to other programs.
Type SLG R21 SLG R22
Features Standard antenna electronics for 802.3 LAN cabling Standard antenna electronics for 802.3 LAN cabling, plus 802.11b wireless LAN communication via Symbol 4131 access point Standard antenna electronics for 802.3 LAN cabling, plus 802.11b/g wireless LAN communication via Cisco 1231 access point causes an MDS located in the vicinity of the Trig R201 to start flashing immediately
SLG R23
Trig R201
Antenna selection for SLG R21/R22/R23 Universal omni-directional antenna Universal omni-directional antenna set set for mounting outdoors, for all SLGs Omni-directional antenna set for the Omni-directional antenna set for office environment mounting indoors, for all SLGs Flat beam antenna set Antenna set with a directional field of 180 aperture angle for all SLGs
Application
An SLG is an antenna for real-time locating of mobile data carriers (MDS). The MDS is attached to objects that are to be tracked and located (e.g. cars, containers, trucks) A trigger is attached to portals and gates that are to be monitored. If an object with an MDS moves through this portal, the object is immediately located.
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/123

SLG R21/R22/R23
Overview
The SLG R21/R22/R23 permits real-time locating (RTL) in connection with a low-cost WLAN 802.11b infrastructure. If the SLG R21 is configured as a MOBY R antenna, this permits the realtime locating of MDS flash signals. The configuration of the SLG R22/R23 as a cordless access point enables real-time locating plus an integrated cordless access point in order, for example, to transmit critical information to mobile terminals. The different antennas provide the customer with very flexible application options.
Function
The antennas receive the data carrier flashing signals with the aid of an advanced digital signal processor. The SLG R21/R22/R23 are capable of locating a large number of MDS over a wide area. The antennas transmit the information to the MOBY R configuring software, where it is graphically displayed and signal lists are generated or messages are output (Internet, printer, telephone etc.). The antennas communicate with one another and with the MOBY R configuring software by means of a Standard Ethernet cable (SLG R21/R22/R23) or via 802.11b wireless LAN (SLG R22/R23).
The open MOBY R infrastructure allows very simple expansion of the plant with antennas, data carriers and WLAN devices. MOBY R enables the complete plant infrastructure to be reduced, resulting in enormous savings in cable laying and also increasing plant availability.
SLG R21 Power supply Power consumption Power supply module LAN Wireless LAN Access point (type) 18 to 36 V DC 20 W 10 BaseT / 100 BaseTX Ethernet no no RS 232 sub-D 9-pin or over TCP/IP 3 connectors for 2-wire CAT 5 cable or without cable in outdoor applications (depending on the configuration) 802.11b compatible, Wi-Fi certified 802.11b/g compatible Symbol 4131 Cisco 1231 25 W 25 W Input 90 to 250 V AC, output 36 V DC / 3 A SLG R22 SLG R23
Diagnostics / configuration interface Timing interface Ambient conditions / physical properties Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Degree of protection Housing Color Dimensions (L x W x H) in mm Weight Approvals
- 40 to + 50 C - 40 to + 70 C IP55 NEMA 3 and NEMA 12 white 267 x 292 x 76 3.6 kg FCC Part 15 Class B EN 55022 Class B EN 55024 TV GS according to EN 60950 EMV Guideline 89/ 336/ EEC Antenna for outdoor use, omni-directional antenna Antenna for indoor use, omni-directional antenna Antenna for internal use, flat antenna, directional field 267 x 292 x 76 3.7 kg 267 x 292 x 100 3.9 kg
Accessories Antennas
4/124
Siemens FS 10 2007

SLG R21/R22/R23

Order No.
Write/read device SLG R21 incl. license Write/read device SLG R22 incl. license Write/read device SLG R23 incl. license
F F F
6GT2 701-1AA10 6GT2 701-1AB10 6GT2 701-1AF10
Accessories
Universal omni-directional antenna set for SLG R21/R22/R23 Universal omni-directional antenna set for SLG R21/R22/R23 for indoor use Flat beam antenna set for SLG R21/R22/R23 for indoor use Wide range power supply AC 110 - 230 V, 50 - 60 Hz, for SLG R21/R22/R23, including 230 V power cable for Europe Lightning protection for SLG R21/R22/R23 for outdoor use Antenna support for SLG R21/R22/R23 on masts Extension cable 15 m, for SLG R21/R22/R23 power supply CD MOBY R Visibility Server software CD MOBY R development soft- G ware (SDK) CD MOBY R Trigger XML Publisher G 6GT2 781-1AE00 6GT2 781-0BE00 6GT2 781-0CE00 F 6GT2 791-0AN15 F 6GT2 790-0AE00 F 6GT2 790-0AF00 A 6GT2 790-0AA10 F 6GT2 701-0AE00 F 6GT2 701-0AD00 F 6GT2 701-0AC00
A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H F: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = 5A991 G: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = 5D991
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/125

TRIG R201
Overview
Active field Level 8 (large) Level 7 Level 6 Level 5 Level 4 Level 3 Level 2 Level 1 (small) Power supply Power loss, max. Operating current, max Limit values, field intensity 4.5 to 6.0 m 4.0 to 5.0 m 2.5 to 3.0 m 2.1 to 2.7 m 1.8 to 2.5 m 1.7 to 2.1 m 1.5 to 1.8 m 1.1 to 1.2 m 24 V AC or 36 V DC 4.2 W 250 mA 125 A/m at the housing (ANSI/IEEE C 95.1) 51.5 dB A/m at 10 m (ETSI) 18.9 V/m at 300 m (FCC) -30 to +60 C -40 to +70 C 0 100 % (noncondensing) 22.9 cm 12.7 cm 1 kg IP65 Polyester compound suitable for contact with food for ceiling and wall mounting FCC Part 15 Class B EN 55022 Class B EN 55024 TV GS according to EN 60950 EMV Guideline 89/ 336/ EEC
The field of the TRIG R201 is almost spherical and can be adjusted in steps up to a range of 6 meters. For longer distances, such as very long doors or wider areas, there is the option of connecting as many as three TRIG R201 to achieve full coverage over a wide area. The MDS trigger TRIG R201 is used for instantaneous triggering the predefined flashing of an MDS R202.
Propagation limit Operating temperature Storage temperature Humidity Diameter Depth Weight Degree of protection Housing material Fixing bracket (included in scope of delivery) Official approvals
Design
The TRIG R201 is protected against dust and water. Each TRIG R201 comes with an installation kit for flexible adjustment of the position. It can be operated with 24 V AC or 36 V DC.
Function
When an MDS R202 enters the field of a TRIG R201, the MDS uses a preprogrammed - usually higher - flashing rate. In this way, more localization points are registered where object tracking requires this. E.g. direction-dependent passing through of entries or gates or transitions from one zone to another. When the MDS uses the flashing pattern initiated by the TRIG R201, it contains the MDS ID plus a configurable ID No. for the TRIG R201. Up to 32768 different numbers can be set for the TRIG R201.

Order No.
Write/read device Trig R201
6GT2 704-1AA00
Accessories
Power supply for up to three Trig R201 A 6GT2 790-0AA00
A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H F: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = 5A991
4/126
Siemens FS 10 2007

STG R mobile handheld terminal
Overview
Screen Keyboard Super-twist graphics LCD with backlighting; 128 x 160 pixels Alphanumeric with 57 keys; 5 function keys; 2 scanner trigger keys Laser diode 650 nm; scan module rotates 180; scan rate 36 scans/s; Laser Class II ROM-DOS 6.22 Am486 PC compatible Low Power; 32-bit; 33 MHz Flash 2 MB; RAM 8 MB 10-pin RJ45 connector; serial interface COM1; RS 232 Radio interface 2.4 GHz for communication with the MOBY R SLG; max. range 300 m Rechargeable NiMH battery pack; rechargeable lithium backup battery Standby/switched off ~ 2 mA; switched on /no action ~ 50 mA; operating > 80 mA -10 C to +50 C -20 C to +70 C 5 % to -95 %, no condensation 24.8 cm 11.4 cm 7.0 cm 3.7 cm 584 g Polycarbonate/ABS mixed plastic; chemical-resistant 1.2 m Splashproof FCC Part 15 Class B EN 55022 Class B EN 55024 TV GS acc. to EN 60950 EMC Guideline 89/ 336/ EEC CDRH Class II IEC 60825 Class II
Bar code scanner
Operating system Processor Memory Interfaces
The STG R mobile handheld terminal is used in order to configure all MDS R200, R202, MDS R207 and TRIG R201 devices. Likewise, it can be used for installing SLG R21, SLG R22 or SLG R23 devices. A simple user interface enables the user to read data or set parameters.
Power supply
Power consumption
Design
Each STG R mobile handheld terminal is supplied with an antenna, PC card, RJ45 interface, charging unit, interface cable, and software.
Operating temperature Storage temperature Humidity Length Width at top (incl. antenna) Handle width Height Weight Housing Max. drop onto concrete Degree of protection Approvals
Function
An integrated bar code scanner allows the fast input of data carrier IDs. The STG R mobile handheld terminal uses a standard computer platform. A MOBY R-specific PC card and antenna are integrated. The distance between the MDS R202 and the STG R is about 30 cm to ensure that only the intended data carriers are programmed. TRIG R201 can be parameterized using the 3 m interface cable supplied. The range to antennas is more than 60 m.

Order No.
STG R mobile handheld terminal
6GT2 703-0AA00
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/127

MOBY R
Overview
In general, all MOBY R systems are to be configured by Automation and Drives or by other specialist personnel authorized by Siemens. In the first stage, a technical project consultation is required. This generates a rough configuration for the project budgeting. The overall concept of the system design agreed upon with the customer includes the MOBY R components recognizable at this point, as well as their points of installation that are determined with the aid of the configuration tool. The quantities determined are used as the basis of the contract. The application software required for the convenient use of MOBY R is not included in the scope of delivery.
Type Demo Features Test setting for demonstration purposes and for verifying the function of MOBY R in the actual functional environment. Service for generating the system design by MOBY specialist personnel. The result is the basis of the contract for the offer. Service for the commissioning of the MOBY R hardware and software. Involvement in the integration of MOBY R into the customers IT infrastructure. Training courses for system integrators, system partners and system support engineers comprising both theoretical and practical parts.
4
System design System implementation
Training

Order No.
Services MOBY R DEMO For testing purposes MOBY R SD System design MOBY R SI System implementation MOBY R Training 6GT2 794-0AC00 6GT2 794-0AB00 6GT2 794-0AB01 6GT2 794-0AD00
4/128
Siemens FS 10 2007
RFID systems
Communication modules
Introduction
SIMATIC S7 PROFIBUS any PROFIBUS master PC/non-Siemens PLCs TCP/IP PROFINET SIMs can be operated directly on serial interface
System-internal MOBY interface
RS 232/ RS 422/ TTY
SIMATIC RF300, MOBY D/E/I/U identification systems

Various powerful communication modules (ASM) are available for integrating the MOBY identification systems into SIMATIC, SINUMERIK and PROFIBUS DP. Selection guide for communication modules and software
System ASM without file handler RFID system RF300, E, I, U, D E, I D I E U RF 300 I, E E (SLA7x only) E, I RF300, E, I, U, D RF300, U, D I, E, U, D I, E (all SLGs) E (SLA7x only) U MOBY system I, U I, U I, U I, U MOBY API for PCs with Windows Available software FC56/ FB101/116/132 FC46 / FC56 FC56 FC56 MOBY API, C library incl. drivers for Windows 98/NT/2000/XP Available software FC/FB45; FC55 (multitag) FC47 MOBY D MDWAPI, MOBY API, C library incl. drivers for Windows 98/NT/2000/XP SIMATIC S7-300 (direct), S7-300/400, PC with ASM 475 SIMATIC WinAC via ET 200M, SINUMERIK ASM 470 840D/810D Serial link 1), to PCs, PLCs or any other system Direct via SLG Dx, Direct via SIM x Direct via SIM 7x, Direct via SLG U92 Directly via RF3xxR (RS 422) ASM 424 ASM 724 ASM 824 PROFIBUS DP1) (SIMATIC S7; PC, any system) SIMATIC S7-300/-400, PC with SIMATIC WinAC, via ET 200X SIMATIC S7-300/-400, PC with SIMATIC WinAC, via ET 200pro PROFIBUS DP-V11) (SIMATIC S7; PC, any systems) ASM 450 ASM 473 (expansion module for ET200X) RF170C ASM 452, ASM 456 ASM 454 ASM 754 ASM 854 Ethernet (TCP/IP) System SIMATIC S7; PC, any system, SIMOTION SCOUT SIMATIC S7; PC, any systems SIMATIC S7-300 (direct), SIMATIC S7300/400, via ET 200M SIMATIC S7-300/400, via ET 200X ASM 480 ASM with file handler ASM 456 ASM 452 ASM 475 ASM 473 FC44 for S7-300/400, PC with SIMATIC WinAC FC/FB45; FC55 (multitag) FC/FB45 FC/FB45 for S7-300/400, PC with SIMATIC WinAC, FC55 (multitag, only ASM 452)
G_KT01_EN_00189a
1) The programming interface is described for connecting to any system.
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/129
RFID systems
Introduction
Function
Corresponding software blocks (FB, FC, libraries) ensure simple and quick integration into the application. As many as four write/read devices can be connected in series to one ASM (communication module) (depending on the type of ASM), with a maximum connecting cable length of 1000 m (depending on the ASM, SLG, etc.). Corresponding procedures guarantee a very high reliability of data transmission. The following options exist for the serial connection of MOBY to any system (PC, PLC, etc.): Via a communication module to which the write/read devices (SLG) or write/read antenna (SLA) are connected. Direct via a write/read device with a serial interface (SIM or SLG Ux, SLG Dx) Notes on software and licensing: When purchasing a communication module or SIM x/SLG x, no software or documentation is supplied. The CD "RFID systems Software & Documentation" contains all the available FBs/FCs for SIMATIC, C libraries for Windows 95/98/NT/2000/XP, demo programs, etc. and is to be ordered separately. In addition, the CD contains the complete RFID documentation (German and English) in PDF format. The purchase of a communication module or SIM/SLG includes a payment for the use of the software, including documentation, on the CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" and the purchaser acquires the right to make copies (copy license) insofar as they are required as part of the project for the plant. The contract pertaining to the use of software products against a one-off payment shall apply.
4/130
Siemens FS 10 2007
RFID systems
ASM 450/452
Overview
Function
The PROFIBUS DP procedure according to EN 50170 Vol. 2 PROFIBUS for communication between the ASM and SIMATIC S5/S7 (or any PROFIBUS master) and the MOBY-specific procedures for communication between ASM and SLG are implemented on the ASMs. In principle, access to the data in the MDS can take place as follows: Direct addressing via absolute addresses Conveniently via the MOBY file handler (MOBY I/U only) using file names On the PROFIBUS DP/DP-V1, the ASM occupies a node address on the bus that is set on the basic module. The ASM is integrated into the hardware configuration by means of a device master (GSD) file. Then the ASM can be configured by means of the software tool HW_Config of the SIMATIC Manager or another PROFIBUS tool.
The low-cost communication modules ASM 450 and ASM 452 are autonomous PROFIBUS DP slaves for the connection of MOBY components via the PROFIBUS DP/DP-V1 to: SIMATIC S7 (including FB/FC software) SINUMERIK SICOMP IMC, PC, PLC Thanks to their high degree of protection and ruggedness, they are particularly suitable for machine-level use.
Error messages and operating states (MDS in the field, transmission, etc.) are indicated additionally by means of LEDs and simplify commissioning and service. For the connection to any PROFIBUS DP master, the software interface is disclosed in the documentation. The IP67 connectors (Order No. 6ES7194-1AA01-0XA0) are to be ordered separately! ASM 450 (for MOBY E/I) The ASM 450 has two SLG interfaces. When using two SLG interfaces, the module operates in multiplex mode so that the MDS can only be read reliably when it is not moving. The data in the MDS is accessed direct by means of absolute addresses. Using the software functions FB240/FC44 for the SIMATIC S5/S7, the ASM operates in cyclic mode, i.e. the data throughput depends among other things on the size of the address window (max. 208 byte), number of slaves, etc. ASM 452 (for MOBY E/I/U/D and SIMATIC RF300) The ASM 452 has two SLG interfaces (for MOBY U/D and SIMATIC RF300 only one SLG can be connected). When using two SLG interfaces, the module operates in quasi-parallel mode so that the MDS can only be processed reliably (e.g. read data) when it is not moving. Data in the MDS can be accessed directly using absolute addresses (FC/FB45, FC55) or conveniently by means of the MOBY file handler (FC46, FC56) using file names, the ASM being operated in acyclic mode via PROFIBUS DP-V1. In this mode a very large amount of data can be transferred to/from the ASM without overloading the PROFIBUS cycle. This has advantages when transferring large volumes of data. In addition, the ASM can process concatenated MDS commands very quickly in this mode.
Design
PROFIBUS-DP master module, e.g. S7-400 CPU AT-comp. PC
PROFIBUS-cable
to further PROFIBUSstations
24 V for SLGs
* Standard cable length
MDS
MDS
Configurator
The ASM communication modules are mounted on the ET 200X standard module. The relevant mounting and configuring instructions can be found in the ET 200X manual. Expansion modules from the ET 200X spectrum cannot be used.
G_KT01_EN_00052a
2nd SLG 1st (not for Filehandler) SLG
2 m*
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/131
RFID systems
ASM 450/452
Communication module Serial interface to the user Procedure conforms to: Connection to PROFIBUS Data transmission rate Max. block length Serial interface to SLG Max. cable length Connectable SLGs ASM 450 PROFIBUS DP EN 50170 Vol. 2 PROFIBUS PG 11 screw (3 x 6ES7194-1AA00-0XA0, not included in scope of delivery) 9,6 kBaud up to 12 MBaud (automatic detection) 208 byte/ M12 coupler plug 500 m, SLG-dependent, (standard length 2m) 2 x SLG 8x/ SLG 7x/ SLG 4x in 1 x SLG U9x, SLG Dx or multiplex mode 2 x SLG 4x, SLG 7x, SLG 8xn quasi-parallel mode 19.2 Kbaud to 57.6 Kbaud (depending on the MOBY family) Depending on the PROFIBUS DP/DP-V1 Master FC44 directly, by addresses Initialize MDS, read data, write data, etc. 2/2 yes -/yes FC/FB45, FC55 FB246 (MOBY I only) / FC46, FC56 over file handler Format MDS, create/delete file, read data from file, etc. -/yes 1 x SLG 4x or 1 x SLG U92 2 words cyclic, 240 bytes acyclic ASM 452 (without file handler) PROFIBUS DP-V1 ASM 452 (with MOBY I/U file handler) PROFIBUS DP-V1
Data transmission rate Software functions Programming Function blocks SIMATIC S7 MDS addressing Commands Digital inputs/outputs Electrical isolation Power supply Permissible range Power consumption Ambient temperature Operation
DC 20 up to 30 V (rated value 24 V DC) max. 180 mA; typ. 130 mA (without SLG) 0 C up to +55 C 40 C up to +70 C IP67 134 110 55 (without bus connector) 0.5 kg
Storage and transport Degree of protection Dimensions (W H D) Weight, approx.
4/132
Siemens FS 10 2007
RFID systems
ASM 450/452

Order No. Communication module ASM 450 Max. 2 SLGs can be connected in multiplex mode, without connectors Communication module ASM 452 For PROFIBUS DP V1, 1 SLG U92 or 2 SLG 4x, 7x, 8x can be connected, without connector 6GT2 002-0EB20 6GT2 002-0EB00
Accessories
Connector For ASM 450/452 for the PROFIBUS DP interface and 24 V supply, 3 connectors per ASM 450/452 are necessary Integrated plug connector for ASM 450/452; T type; replacement part MOBY M12 double connector for ASM 450/452/473 needed for individual combinations of ASM to SLG, without cable MOBY E, I, U cable Preassembled, between ASM 450/ 452/473 and SLG, with angled connectors, in following lengths: 2 m (preferred length) 5m 10 m 20 m 50 m Preassembled, between ASM 450/452/473 and SLG 8x, straight connector, 2 m long MOBY D cable Preassembled, between ASM 475 and SLG 8x, IP65, with angled connectors, in the following lengths: 2 m (preferred length) 5m SIMATIC RF300 cable Preassembled, between ASM 452/473/475 and SIMATIC RF3xxR, straight connector, in the following lengths1): 2m 5m CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP, C libraries, PC demo program. MOBY documentation A 6GT2 891-0EH20 A 6GT2 891-0EH50 6GT2 080-2AA10 A 6GT2 491-1CH20 6GT2 491-1CH50 6GT2 091-1CH20 A 6GT2 091-1CH50 A 6GT2 091-1CN10 A 6GT2 091-1CN20 6GT2 091-1CN50 A 6GT2 091-2CH20 6GT2 090-0BC00 6ES7 194-1FC00-0XA0 6ES7194-1AA01-0XA0

1) The connecting cables can be extended using the RF300 connecting cable for the ASM 456. These connecting cables are supplied in 2 m, 5 m, 10 m, 20 m and 50 m lengths (6GT2 891-0Fxxx)
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/133
RFID systems
ASM 456
Overview
Application
The ASM 456 communications module has been specially designed for a wide range of applications in industrial automation and logistics. Thanks to the high degree of protection of IP67, the ASM 456 can be installed in the process without a control cabinet. Used primarily for the ASM 456: Mechanical engineering, automation systems, conveyor systems Ancillary assembly lines in the automobile industry/suppliers Small assembly lines Production, packaging, textile, plastics and printing machines SIMOTION
Design
The cost-effective ASM 456 communications module is a standalone PROFIBUS DP slave used to operate the RFID systems MOBY D/E/I/U and SIMATIC RF300 over PROFIBUS DP/DP-V1: SIMATIC S7 (including FB/FC software) SINUMERIK SICOMP IMC, PC, PLC SIMOTION (with integrated software library) Thanks to their high degree of protection and ruggedness, they are particularly suitable for machine-level use. The modular structure with different PROFIBUS connection systems allows them to be used in all applications. The system-wide, plug-in connection technique ensures rapid start-up.
PROFIBUS DP master module e.g. S7-400 CPU
ASM 456 X1 X2
Benefits
Two parallel MOBY channels ensure real-time mode at dynamic read points Modular design with different bus interfacing possibilities secures universal implementation SLG connection using an 8-pin M12 connector for high-speed mounting of all components Easy changeover from ASM 452 to ASM 456 thanks to 100% software compatibility High-performance hardware ensures fast data exchange with the SLG (reader). Consequently the data are available to the application even faster. Easy downloading of firmware via SIMATIC Manager for function expansions and error rectification ensure high-availability of the RFID system The parameterizable MOBY-specific PROFIBUS diagnostics support start-up and troubleshooting A wide selection of pre-assembled PROFIBUS connecting cables can be ordered for ASM 456. This saves time and money during installation and assures better quality.
PROFIBUS
24 V for ASM 456 and SLGs to other PROFIBUS bus participants 2. SLG 1. SLG
G_FS10_XX_00103
MDS
MDS
4/134
Siemens FS 10 2007
RFID systems
ASM 456
Function
The ASM 456 comprises a basic module and a connection block that must be ordered separately. When connecting PROFIBUS, the customer can choose between ECOFAST connections and M12, 7/8" connections. One or two read/write devices are connected to the ASM with a read/write device cable pre-assembled and ready to use. The standard length of the cable is 2 m. If other cable lengths to the SLG are required, an extension cable measuring between 2 m and 50 m can be used. The cable can also be assembled by the customer as required. The PROFIBUS DP procedure according to EN 50170 Vol. 2 PROFIBUS for the communication between ASM and SIMATIC S5/S7 (or any PROFIBUS master) and the MOBY-specific procedures for communication between ASM and SLG are implemented on the ASMs. In principle, access to the data in the MDS can take place as follows: Direct addressing via absolute addresses Conveniently via the MOBY file handler (MOBY I/U only) using file names On the PROFIBUS DP/DP-V1, the ASM occupies a node address on the bus that is set on the connection block. The ASM is integrated into the hardware configuration by means of a device master (GSD) file. Then the ASM can be configured by means of the software tool HW_Config of the SIMATIC Manager or another PROFIBUS tool. Error messages and operating states (MDS in the field, transmission, etc.) are indicated additionally by means of LEDs and simplify commissioning and service. The ASM 456 has two SLG interfaces. The data in the MDS can be directly accessed by means of absolute addresses (FB/FC45, FC55) or more conveniently using the MOBY Filehandler (FC56) by means of the file names. The ASM is operated in non-cyclic mode over PROFIBUS DP V1. Consequently, a very large amount of data can be transferred to/from the ASM without overloading the PROFIBUS cycle. This has advantages when transferring large volumes of data. In addition, the ASM can process concatenated MDS commands very quickly in this mode. Function blocks FB101/116/132 in the SIMATIC S7 are available for the "RFID standard profile" mode. The data in the MDS can be addressed either via absolute addresses or via the file handler. This mode additionally integrates the communication module in SIMOTION.
ASM 456 Ambient temperature During operation 0 to 55 C temperature change 10 K/h, all mounting positions or 25 to 60 C on request -40 to +70 C 20 K/h 15 to 95 % no condensation 5 to 95 % no condensation 1080 to 795 hPa (corresponds to altitude of -1000 to 2000 m) 1080 to 660 hPa (corresponds to altitude of -1000 to 3500 m) SO2: < 0.5 ppm (rel. humidity < 60 %, no condensation) H2S: < 0.1 ppm (rel. humidity < 60 %, no condensation) DC 24 V Permissible range: DC 20 to 30 V max. 200 mA without SLG typ. 80 mA without SLG max. 800 mA with two SLG IP 67 IP Basic 714 (delivery stage 2) or Ergo gray (delivery stage 1) 60 x 210 x 30 60 x 210 x 60 approx. 210 g 2 screws M5 x 20 mm EN 50170 9,6 kbaud - 12 Mbaud DP-V1 MOBY I/E:19200 Baud MOBY U/D: 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200 Baud 2m 5 m, 10 m, 20 m, 50 m SLG-dependent, up to 1000 m
Storage Relative humidity During operation Storage Atmospheric pressure During operation Storage Contaminant concentration
Supply voltage (Rated value) Current consumption
Degree of protection Housing color Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm ASM 456 only ASM 456 with ECOFAST connection block Weight (without connection block) Attachment PROFIBUS Transmission rate Protocol Serial SLG interface (gross transmission rate) Cable length to write/read device Standard length Optional preassembled cable Cable for self-assembly
Supply voltage to write/read device 24 V / to 0.3 A per SLG
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/135
RFID systems
ASM 456

Order No. Communication module ASM 456 For connection of 2 write/read devices A 6GT2002-0ED00 Order No.
Accessories MOBY
SLG cable for MOBY I/E/U; 2 m SLG cable for MOBY I/E/U; 5 m SLG cable for MOBY D; 2 m SLG cable RF300, Extension cable MOBY I/E/U/D/SIMATIC RF300; 2 m SLG cable RF300, Extension cable MOBY I/E/U/D/SIMATIC RF300; 5 m SLG cable RF300, Extension cable MOBY I/E/U/D/SIMATIC RF300; 10 m SLG cable RF300, Extension cable MOBY I/E/U/D/SIMATIC RF300; 20 m SLG cable RF300, Extension cable MOBY I/E/U/D/SIMATIC RF300; 50 m M12 sealing caps, for unused reader connections (10 pcs.) A 6GT2091-0FH20 A 6GT2091-0FH50 A 6GT2691-0FH20 A 6GT2891-0FH20
Accessories for ECOFAST connection

ECOFAST connection block PROFIBUS ECOFAST Hybrid plug 180 With pin insert (5 per pack) With socket insert (5 per pack) PROFIBUS ECOFAST termination plug with terminating resistors ECOFAST hybrid cable (preassembled) ECOFAST hybrid cable (not pre-assembled) 6GK1 905-0CA00 6GK1 905-0CB00 6GK1 905-0DA10 A 6ES7194-3AA00-0AA0
A 6GT2891-0FH50
A 6GT2891-0FN10
A 6GT2891-0FN20
6XV1 830-7Bxxx 6XV1 830-7AH10
1)
A 6GT2891-0FN50
Accessories M12, 7/8" connection

M12, 7/8" connection block M12 terminating resistor for PROFIBUS (5 per pack) PROFIBUS cable with preassembled M12 connectors Cable for supply voltage with pre-assembled 7/8" connectors PROFIBUS FC standard cable non-assembled A 6ES7194-3AA00-0BA0 6GK1 905-0EC00 6XV1 830-3Dxxx 1) 6XV1 822-5Bxxx 1) 6XV1 830-0EH10
3RX9 802-0AA00
1) This cable is available in different lengths (see appendix, page 6/3). A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H
PROFIBUS M12 connecting plug (5 per pack) With pin insert With socket insert Connecting plug 7/8" for voltage (5 per pack) With pin insert With socket insert 6GK1 905-0FA00 6GK1 905-0FB00 6GK1 905-0EA00 6GK1 905-0EB00
4/136
Siemens FS 10 2007
RFID systems
SIMATIC RF170C
Overview
Design
PROFIBUS / PROFINET master module e.g. S7-400 CPU
PROFINET PROFIBUS
The SIMATIC RF170C is a communications module for connecting the Siemens RFID systems to the ET 20pro distributed I/O system. The readers (SLGs) of all RFID systems can be operated on the SIMATIC RF170C. Thanks to its high degree of protection and ruggedness, ET 200pro is particularly suitable for machine-level use. The modular structure with PROFIBUS and PROFINET connection systems allows them to be used in all applications. The systemwide, plug-in connection technique ensures rapid start-up.
to other PROFIBUS bus participants 24 V for ET 200pro, RF170C and Reader
Interface module SIMATIC RF170C ET 200pro
Benefits
Two parallel MOBY channels ensure real-time mode at dynamic read points. By selecting the relevant header module, the RFID systems can be connected via PROFIBUS or PROFINET. The modular design with interface modules for PROFIBUS and PROFINET supports universal implementation. Reader connection using an 8-pin M12 connector for fast installation of all components. Easy changeover from ET 200X with ASM 473 to ET 200pro with SIMATIC RF170C thanks to 100% software compatibility. High-performance hardware ensures fast data exchange with the SLG (reader). Consequently the data are available for the application even faster. Easy downloading of firmware via SIMATIC Manager for function expansions and error rectification ensure high-availability of the RFID system. The parameterizable RFID-specific diagnostics support startup and troubleshooting A wide selection of pre-assembled connecting cables can be ordered for ET 200pro and SIMATIC RF170C. This saves time and money during installation and assures better quality.
2. Reader
1. Reader
G_FS10_XX_00177
Tag / MDS
Function
The SIMATIC RF170C comprises an electronics module and a connection block that must be ordered separately. The interface module is available in the PROFIBUS or PROFINET variants. For the PROFIBUS connection, you can choose from the connection systems of ECOFAST, M12, 7/8", or screwed cable gland. For the PROFINET interface module, M12, 7/8" connection is available. Integration of SIMATIC RF170C into SIMATIC STEP 7 is achieved by means of an object manager (OM). The GSD file of the ET 200pro system is available for integration into non-Siemens systems. Then the SIMATIC RF170C can be configured by means of the software tool HW_Config of the SIMATIC Manager or another PROFIBUS/PROFINET tool. One or two readers are connected to the interface module using an off-the-shelf reader cable. The standard length of the cable is 2 m. If other cable lengths to the reader are required, an extension cable measuring between 2 m and 50 m can be used. The cable can also be assembled by the customer as required. In principle, access to the data in the transponder can take place as follows: Direct addressing via absolute addresses Conveniently via the MOBY file handler (MOBY I/U only) using file names Error messages and operating states (tag in the field, transmission, etc.) are indicated additionally by means of LEDs and simplify commissioning and service.
Application
The ET 200pro distributed I/O system with the SIMATIC RF170C communication module has been specially designed for a wide range of applications in industrial automation and logistics. Thanks to the high degree of protection of IP67, the SIMATIC RF170C can be installed without a control cabinet. Used primarily for the SIMATIC RF170C: Mechanical engineering, automation systems, conveyor systems Ancillary assembly lines in the automobile industry/suppliers Small assembly lines
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/137
RFID systems
SIMATIC RF170C
The SIMATIC RF170C has two reader interfaces from which the readers are also supplied with power. In the SIMATIC RF170C, the power supply for the readers has an electronic fuse. The maximum permissible current per SIMATIC RF170C for the readers is 0.8 A. It is of no importance here whether the current is drawn by one or more readers. The data in the MDS can be directly accessed by means of absolute addresses (FB/FC45, FC55) or more conveniently using the MOBY file handler (FB/FC 56) by means of the file names. When the ET 200pro is operated with a PROFINET interface, use of the FB (FB45, FB56) is mandatory. Communication between the SIMATIC RF170C and the controller is acyclic. Consequently, a very large amount of data can be transferred to/from the SIMATIC RF170C without overloading the bus cycle. This has advantages when transferring large volumes of data. In addition, the SIMATIC RF170C can process concatenated tag commands very quickly in this mode.

Order No. SIMATIC RF170C communication module For connecting to the distributed I/O system ET 200pro A 6GT2 002-0HD00
Accessories
Connection block for SIMATIC RF170C, for connection of 2 readers using M12 connectors SLG cable for MOBY I/E/U; 2 m SLG cable for MOBY I/E/U; 5 m SLG cable for MOBY D; 2 m SLG cable RF300 extension cable MOBY I/E/U/D and SIMATIC RF300; 2 m SLG cable RF300 extension cable MOBY I/E/U/D and SIMATIC RF300; 5 m SLG cable RF300 extension cable MOBY I/E/U/D and SIMATIC RF300; 10 m SLG cable RF300 extension cable MOBY I/E/U/D and SIMATIC RF300; 20 m SLG cable RF300 extension cable MOBY I/E/U/D and SIMATIC RF300; 50 m A 6GT2 002-1HD00
A 6GT2 091-0FH20 A 6GT2 091-0FH50 A 6GT2 691-0FH20 A 6GT2 891-0FH20
Communication module Ambient temperature During operation During storage Relative humidity Atmospheric pressure Resistance to shock Vibration Power supply Rated value Permitted range Current consumption Without reader typ. 130 mA Max. 1000 mA IP67 Thermoplastic (reinforced with glass fiber) IP Basic 714 24 V DC 20.4 V to 28.8 V DC -25 to +55 C -40 to +70 C 20 K/h 5 to max. 100% from 795 to 1080 hPa as for ET 200pro as for ET 200pro SIMATIC RF170C
A 6GT2 891-0FH50
A 6GT2 891-0FN10
A 6GT2 891-0FN20
A 6GT2 891-0FN50
With 2 readers Casing Degree of protection Enclosure material Housing color Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
RF170C without connection block 90 x 130 x 35 RF170C with connection block Weight Without connection block With connection block Approx. 270 g Approx. 770 g 90 x 130 x 60
Serial reader interface (gross trans- MOBY I/E: 19200 baud mission rate) MOBY U/D, RF300: 19200, 57600, 115200 baud Connectors Cable length to reader Standard length Optional preassembled cables Cable for self-assembly Supply voltage to reader Max. current; 2 readers connected Max. current; 1 readers connected 2m 5 m, 10 m, 20 m, 50 m According to write/read device. Up to 1000 m 24 V 0.4 A per reader 0.8 A per reader 2 x M12 coupler plug, 7-pole
4/138
Siemens FS 10 2007
RFID systems
ASM 470/475
Overview
Function
As many as eight ASM communication modules can be plugged into one SIMATIC S7-300 rack and operated. In a configuration with several racks (max. 4), the ASMs can be plugged into and operated on any rack. This means that as many as 32 ASMs can be operated in the maximum configuration of a SIMATIC S7-300. The electrical isolation between SLG and SIMATIC S7-300 bus ensures a noise-resistant setup. Error messages and operating states (MDS in field, command active etc.) are indicated using LEDs. Communication between the ASM 475 and S7-CPU takes place by means of acyclic message frames of the P-bus, so that the useful data (max. 238 bytes) is transmitted very quickly and effectively. The ASM 475 is fully integrated into the diagnostics of the SIMATIC Manager by means of an Object Manager (OM). Depending on the PROFIBUS master, as many as 126 ET 200M modules can be operated on one PROFIBUS line. ASM 470 (for MOBY I/E)
The ASM 475 is a low-cost module for connecting the MOBY D/E/I/U and SIMATIC RF300 identification systems via the ET 200M to PROFIBUS DP-V1.
Application
The communication modules ASM 470 and ASM 475 integrate the MOBY and SIMATIC RF300 identification systems into the following systems: SIMATIC S7-300 S7-400, PC (CP5412 (A2)) over ET 200M SINUMERIK 840D/810D A maximum of two SLGs can be connected and operated in parallel mode (ASM 470 only in multiplex mode).
The data in the MDS is accessed direct by means of physical addresses using the ASM 470. Communication with the ASM takes place in the process image in blocks of 12 bytes and is slower than with the ASM 475. Via ET200M it can be operated on any PROFIBUS non-Siemens master. ASM 475 (for MOBY I/E/U/D and SIMATIC RF300) The data in the MDS is accessed direct by means of physical addresses using the ASM 475. The data is transferred between FB/FC45, FC55 and ASM at great speed and without placing a great load on the CPU. In the MOBY I/U mode, the ASM can also be operated with the FC56 (file handler).
Design
4
ASM 470 ASM 475
Shield terminal (6ES7 390-5BA00-0AA0)
Shield support element (6ES7 390-5AA00-0AA0) for 2 modules
6GT2 091-0E...
MDS
MDS
Configurator
G_KT01_EN_00053
SLG
SLG
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/139
RFID systems
ASM 470/475
Communication module Serial interface to SLG Connection to SLG Interface/max. cable length Connectable SLGs Interface for 24 V DC Function blocks SIMATIC S7 MDS addressing Commands Dialog function Power supply rated value permissible range Electrical isolation between S7-300 and MOBY Current consumption from S7 bus terminal, max. Power loss, typ. Ambient temperature Operation horizontal configuration of SIMATIC vertical configuration of SIMATIC Storage and transport Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm Weight, approx. 0 C to +60 C 0 C to +40 C -40 C to +70 C 40 x 125 x 120 0.2 kg 24 V DC 20 to 30 V DC yes 100 mA 1W FC 47 Direct access by addresses Initialize MDS, read data from MDS, write data to MDS, etc. yes (MOBY I) no FB/FC 45, FC 55 (multitag) FC 56 Access over DOS-like file system Format MDS, read file, write file, etc. ASM 470 RS 422 Max. 2 units via screw terminals in front connector RS422/1000 m, depending on SLG and cable type MOBY I/E (multiplex mode) MOBY I/E/U/D MOBY I/U Via screw terminals in front connector ASM 475 ASM 475 (with MOBY I/U file handler)

Order No. MOBY communication module ASM 470 for SIMATIC S7-300 and ET 200M MOBY communication module A 6GT2 002-0GA10 ASM 475 for SIMATIC S7-300 and ET 200M, with parameter-assignment 6GT2 002-0FA10 10 m 50 m MOBY D cable Preassembled, between ASM 475 and SLG 8x, with angled connectors, in the following lengths: 5m 20 m 6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0 50 m SIMATIC RF300 cable Preassembled, between ASM 475 and RF3xxR, straight connector, in the following lengths1): 2m 6GT2 091-0EH20 A 6GT2 091-0EH50 A 6GT2 091-0EN10 A 6GT2 091-0EN20 A 6GT2 091-0EN50 5m CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP, C libraries, PC demo program, RFID-Documentation A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H 1) The connecting cables can be extended using the RF300 connecting cable for the ASM 456. These connecting cables are supplied in 2 m, 5 m, 10 m, 20 m and 50 m lengths (6GT2 891-0Fxxx) A 6GT2 891-0EH20 A 6GT2 891-0EH50 6GT2 080-2AA10 A 6GT2 491-0EH50 A 6GT2 491-0EN20 6GT2 491-0EN50 Order No. 6GT2 091-2EN10 6GT2 091-2EN50
Accessories
Front connector (1 x per ASM) MOBY E, I, U cable Preassembled, between ASM 470/475 and SLG, with angled connectors, in the following lengths: 2m 5m 10 m 20 m 50 m Preassembled, between ASM 470/475 and SLG, with straight connectors, in the following lengths: 2m 5m A 6GT2 091-2EH20 A 6GT2 091-2EH50
4/140
Siemens FS 10 2007
RFID systems
ASM 473
Overview
Design
The ASM 473 communication module is an ET 200X expansion module for the BM 141/142/143/147 header module. The relevant configuration and installation guidelines must be taken from the ET 200X Manual.
Function
With the available software function FC45/FC55/FC56 (MOBY I/U file handler) for the SIMATIC S7-300/400, the ASM operates in acyclic mode via PROFIBUS DP-V1. In this mode a very large amount of data can be transferred to/from the ASM without overloading the PROFIBUS cycle. This has advantages when transferring large volumes of data. In addition, the ASM can process concatenated MDS commands very quickly in this mode. The MDS data is accessed direct by means of physical addressing of the MDS. Error messages and operating states (MDS in the field, transmission, etc.) are indicated additionally by means of LEDs and simplify commissioning and service. The ASM 473 is a low-cost ET200X expansion module for connecting the MOBY D/E/I/U and SIMATIC RF300 identification systems through the ET 200X to the PROFIBUS DP-V1. The hardware of the ASM 473 is configured with an object manager (OM) that is integrated in the SIMATIC Manager. Depending on the PROFIBUS master, as many as 126 ET 200X modules can be operated on one PROFIBUS line.
Application
One write/read device (SLG x) can be connected for each ASM 473, but no more than 7 expansion modules can be connected to a basic module BM141/142/143/147 in connection, for example, with digital input/output modules. On all connected SLGs, the mobile data storage units can be securely operated in the dynamic mode (for max. MDS speed, see SLG-MDS combination). The following can be used as PROFIBUS DP-V1 masters: SIMATIC S7 (FC/FB45, FC55 and FC56 available) SINUMERIK SICOMP IMC and PC, any PLC Thanks to its high degree of protection and ruggedness, it is particularly suitable for machine-level use.
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/141
RFID systems
ASM 473
Communication module Interface to the ET200X basic module Serial interface to SLG Connector Max. cable length Connectable SLGs Interface for 24 V DC Software functions Programming SIMATIC S7 function block MDS addressing Commands MOBY I dialog: Normal station/VMDS PROFIBUS diagnosis S7 diagnosis Reloadable firmware Power supply Rated value Permissible range Power consumption - from sensor voltage, max. - from load voltage (SLG supply), max. Module power loss, typ. Digital inputs Digital outputs Ambient temperature 75 mA 500 mA (or see design of the connected SLGs) T1.6 W Via expansion modules from the ET 200X spectrum Via expansion modules from the ET 200X spectrum 0 C to +55 C -40 C to +70 C IP67 87 x 110 x 55 2 x M5 screws 0.2 kg Expansion modules for ET 200X Max. 7 expansion modules connectable The ET 200X installation guidelines apply 24 V DC 20.4 to 28.8 V DC Depending on the PROFIBUS DP Master FC/FB45, FC55 (multitag) Direct access via addresses Initialize MDS, read data from MDS, write data to MDS, read file, etc. Yes / No Yes Yes, can be called up via S7 OM Yes, via S7 OM Format MDS, read file, write file, etc. FC56 (MOBY I/U file handler) 2 x M12 coupler plugs (not included in scope of delivery) 2 m = standard length, 1000 m SLG-dependent 1 x MOBY D/E/I/U and SIMATIC RF300 Via screw terminals in front connector 1 x MOBY I/U ASM 473 SIMATIC S7 P-Bus cyclic and acyclic services ASM 473 with MOBY I/U file handler
Operation Storage and transport Degree of protection Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm Mounted with Weight, approx. Special features

Order No. MOBY communication module ASM 473 ET 200X expansion module for BM 141/142/143/147, one SLG connectable per ASM 473 A 6GT2 002-0HA10 10 m 20 m 50 m Preassembled, between ASM 450/452/473 and SLG, with straight connector, 2 m long: 6GT2 090-0BC00 MOBY D cable Preassembled, between ASM 473 and SLG 8x, IP65, with angled connectors, in the following lengths: 2 m (preferred length) 5m SIMATIC RF300 cable 6GT2 091-1CH20 A 6GT2 091-1CH50 Siemens FS 10 2007 CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" A 6GT2 491-1CH20 6GT2 491-1CH50 see page 4/133 see page 4/133 Order No. A 6GT2 091-1CN10 A 6GT2 091-1CN20 6GT2 091-1CN50 A 6GT2 091-2CH20
Accessories
MOBY M12 double connector for ASM 450/452/473 needed for individual combinations of ASM to SLG, without cable MOBY E, I, U cable Preassembled, between ASM 450/452/473 and SLG, with angled connectors, in the following lengths: 2 m (preferred length) 5m
4/142
RFID systems
ASM 454/424, ASM 754/724, ASM 854/824
Overview
Function
As many as four write/read devices or antennas from the respective MOBY system can be connected to the rugged housing. The data in the MDS is accessed direct by means of physical addresses. The extended MOBY F/E functions (multitag, access rights, password, etc.) are not supported. Error messages and operating states (MDS in the field, transmission, etc.) are indicated additionally by means of LEDs and simplify commissioning and service. PROFIBUS DP-V1 interface (ASM 454, ASM 754, ASM 854) Communication with the user is implemented by means of the acyclic protocol service of PROFIBUS DP-V1. The node address on the PROFIBUS is set directly on the ASM by means of DIP switches. The function FC45 or FC55 (multitag) (see also ASM 473) for simple integration into the application is available to the SIMATIC S7 users. The ASM is integrated into the hardware configuration by means of a device master (GSD) file. Then the ASM can be configured by means of the software tool HW_Config of the SIMATIC Manager or another PROFIBUS tool. The programming interface for connection to any PROFIBUS DP-V1 master is described in the FC45 documentation. RS232/RS422 interface (ASM 424, ASM 724, ASM 824) A Windows 98/NT/2000 C Library (MOBY API, DLL functions) incl. 3964R driver with basic functions (open/close channel, read data from data memory, etc.) is available for the PC users application. MOBY E As many as four SLA 7x can be connected to the ASM 754/724 in parallel, but are operated internally in multiplex mode. When connecting more than one SLA 7x, the MOBY E data memories can only be read or written securely in the static state. MOBY I/E As many as four SLG 4x or SLG 7x can be connected in parallel to the ASM 454/424, which means that MOBY data memories can be read or written on all four SLGs simultaneously.
As many as 4 write/read devices or antennas can be connected in parallel to the low-cost communication modules. The user can choose between two interfaces: PROFIBUS DP-V1 (ASM 454, ASM 754, ASM 854) RS 232/RS 422; serial interface to the PC/PLC (ASM 424, ASM 724, ASM 824)
Design
Mounting An optional adapter is available for simple mounting on a DIN rail.
24 V= PROFIBUS: or RS232/RS422 230 V ~
SLG
SLG
SLG
SLG
MDS
MDS
MDS
MDS
Configurator
G_KT01_EN_00055
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/143
RFID systems
ASM 454/424, ASM 754/724, ASM 854/824
Communication module Serial interface to the user ASM 454, ASM 754, ASM 854 PROFIBUS DP-V1, 9-pin sub-D connector (Order No. 6ES7 972-0BA11-0XA0) See PROFIBUS EN 50170 Vol. 2 PROFIBUS 9600 kbit/s to 12 kbit/s (automatic recognition) 4 words cyclic, 238 byte acyclic 9-pin sub-D socket 55 m to the SLA; 1000 m to the SLG MOBY I/E: max. 4 x SLG4x or SLG 7x (parallel mode) MOBY E: max. 4 x SLA 7x (multiplex mode) Note: Hybrid operation not possible Depends on the PROFIBUS DP-V1 Master FC45 for SIMATIC S7-300/400 Direct access via addresses Initialize MDS, read data from MDS, write data to MDS, etc. 24 V DC (separate connector) 20 to 30 V DC 250 mA 1.1 A (without SLA) 4 x M5 screws IP40 (higher degree of protection on request) 100000 h 205 x 130 x 60 (without connectors) Aluminum Anthracite -25 C to +55 C (no condensation permissible) -40 C to +85 C (no condensation permissible) 1.3 kg Order No. Order No. Communication module ASM 424 with serial interface RS232/RS422, max. 4 SLG 4x or 4 SLG 7x can be connected Communication module ASM 724 with serial interface RS232/RS422, max. 4 SLA7x can be connected Communication module ASM 824 with serial interface RS232/RS422, max. 4 SLG8x can be connected Communication module ASM 454 6GT2 002-2EE00 6GT2 402-2CE00 A 6GT2 302-2CE00 6GT2 002-2CE00 with PROFIBUS DP-V1 interface, max. 4SLG 4x or 4 SLG 7x can be connected Communication module ASM 754 with PROFIBUS DP-V1 interface, max. 4 SLG 7x can be connected Communication module ASM 854 with PROFIBUS DP-V1 interface, max. 4 SLG8x can be connected 6GT2 402-2BB00 6GT2 302-2EE00 Depends on PC/PLC C-library MOBY API for PC with Windows 98/NT ASM 424, ASM 724, ASM 824 RS 232/RS 422 9-pin sub-D connector 30 m for RS 232, 500 m for RS 422 3964R 38.4 Kbit/s 238 bytes
Max. cable length Procedure/protocol Data transmission rate Max. block length Serial interface to SLA/SLG Max. cable length Connectable SLA/SLG
Software functions Programming Available software (on MOBY software CD) MDS addressing Commands Power supply Rated value Permissible range Power consumption Max. inrush current Mounted with Degree of protection MTBF (at 40 C)
Housing Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm Material Color Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx.
Accessories
CD RFID Systems Software & Documentation FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP, C libraries, PC presentation program, RFID documentation (German + English) A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H 6GT2 080-2AA10
4/144
Siemens FS 10 2007
RFID systems
ASM 480
Application
ASM 480 communication module Plug connector Cable length For RS422 operation, max. Diagnostic interface/ parameter assignment Type Data transmission rate Plug connector Operator controls Display Power supply Rated value Permissible range Power consumption, approx. Mounted with Degree of protection Housing Dimensions (L x W x H) in mm Material Color Ambient temperature Operation Storage and transport Weight, approx. 0 C to +50 C 0 C to +50 C 0.5 kg 130 x 110 x 80 Plastic Black 24 V DC (separate connector) 18 to 30 V DC 200 mA at 24 V DC Mounting rail DIN EN 50022 IP20 RS232C 9600 bps Special cable with 9-pin sub D enclosed for connection to PC 6 jog keys LCD panel with 2 x 16 characters 50 m (shielded), 1000 m on request 9-pin sub-D
The ASM 480 (gateway) communication module integrates the MOBY U identification system into the Ethernet network with the TCP/IP protocol as server.
Design
The ASM 480 can be snapped on a DIN rail and requires the usual 24 V DC supply voltage used in industry.
Function
An SLG U92 (RS232 or RS422) write/read device can be connected to the rugged housing. A user-friendly programming interface (MOBY API) is available for MS Windows applications (PC client) for accessing data in the data memory via the Ethernet network.The data is accessed using absolute addresses. The MOBY API programming interface handles the message traffic with the SLG U92 independently via the Ethernet and ASM 480. The built-in LCD display and cursor keys permit on site parameterization, start-up, and diagnostics without additional tools. This can also be done using a PC connected to the serial diagnostics interface.
ASM 480 communication module Network interface Type Protocol Connection type Data transmission rate Category Plug connector Programming Commands Addressing Serial interface to the SLG Type Protocol Max. transmission rate Standard Asynchronous, half-duplex 3964 R 38400 bit/s, depending on the cable length RS232 or RS422, non-floating Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 (CSMA/CD) TCP/IP TCP server 10 Mbit/s 10 Base T, floating RJ45 MOBY API for PC (TCP client) with Windows 98/NT4.0/2000/XP Initialize MDS, read data, write data, etc. Through direct addresses
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/145
RFID systems
ASM 480

Order No. Communication module ASM 480 Ethernet gateway with RS232/RS422 serial interface A 6GT2 002-0JA00
Accessories
Print connector (1 x per ASM) MOBY E, I, U cable Preassembled, between ASM 480 and SLG, with angled connectors, in the following lengths: 2m 5m 10 m 20 m 50 m Preassembled, between ASM 480 and SLG, with straight connectors, in the following lengths: 2m 5m 10 m 50 m AC 100 - 230 V, 24 V DC, 2 outputs, IP65 CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP, C libraries, PC-demo program, RFID documentation A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H 6GT2 080-2AA10 A 6GT2 091-2EH20 A 6GT2 091-2EH50 6GT2 091-2EN10 6GT2 091-2EN50 6GT2 091-0EH20 A 6GT2 091-0EH50 A 6GT2 091-0EN10 A 6GT2 091-0EN20 A 6GT2 091-0EN50 6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0
MOBY wide range power supply A 6GT2 494-0AA00
4/146
Siemens FS 10 2007
RFID systems
Accessories
Order No. Order No. 800 m SLA cable with connectors between SLA 71/81 and ASM 724/754/824/850/854 5m Extension cable A 6GT2 091-0AH50 A 6GT2 091-0AN10 A 6GT2 091-0AN20 6GT2 091-0AN50 6GT2 091-2AN10 A 6GT2 091-2AN50 for 6GT2 391-1AH50 10 m 25 m Cable for SLG U92 Service interface, without connector Connector cable for SLGsynchronization between two SLG U92, preassembled, both sides outfitted with angled 11-pin SLG connector 6GT2 091-0EH20 A 6GT2 091-0EH50 A 6GT2 091-0EN10 A 6GT2 091-0EN20 A 6GT2 091-0EN50 A 6GT2 091-2EH20 A 6GT2 091-2EH50 6GT2 091-2EN10 6GT2 091-2EN50 RS232 cable with connectors between PC and SIM 7x, with cable for DI/DO and 24 V-connector, length 5 m (power supply 6GT2 090-0HB00 to be ordered separately), Wide range power supply for SIM 7x - RS232 connector cable, AC 90 264 V/DC 24 V; 1.25 A RS232 cable with connectors between PC and SIM 80, with cable for DI/DO, length 5 m RS232 cable with connectors between PC and SLG D1x 5m 6GT2 091-1CH20 A 6GT2 091-1CH50 A 6GT2 091-1CN10 A 6GT2 091-1CN20 6GT2 091-1CN50 A 6GT2 091-2CH20 20 m RS232 cable with connectors between PC and ASM 424/724/824, SIM82 5m 20 m RS232 cable with connectors between PC and SLG U92, with cable for 24 V connector (M12 socket), connector angled 5m 20 m A 6GT2 491-0EH50 A 6GT2 491-0EN20 6GT2 491-0EN50 Cable for ASM 456 6GT2 591-1CH50 6GT2 591-1CN20 see page 4/136 6GT2 391-0BH50 6GT2 391-0BN20 6GT2 691-0BH50 6GT2 691-0BN20 A 6GT2 491-1DH50 A 6GT2 090-0HB00 A 6GT2 391-1DH50 on request 6GT2 391-1BN10 6GT2 391-1BN25 on request 6GT2 391-1AH50 A 6GT2 090-0AT80
Cables with connectors

SLG cable, preassembled for MOBY E/I/U between ASM 400/401/ 424/454, ES 030-K and SLG - SLG connector, angled 5m 10 m 20 m 50 m - SLG connector, straight 10 m 50 m
between ASM 470/475/476

and SLG - SLG connector, angled 2m 5m 10 m 20 m 50 m - SLG connector, straight 2m 5m 10 m 50 m between ASM 450/452/473 and SLG - SLG connector, angled 2m 5m 10 m 20 m 50 m - SLG connector, straight 2m SLG cable with connectors preassembled with connector, for MOBY D between ASM 470/475 and SLG D1xS
- 5m - 20 m - 50 m
between ASM 450/452/473 and SLG D1xS

- 2m - 5m - 20 m
A 6GT2 491-1CH20 6GT2 491-1CH50 A 6GT2 491-1CN20
SLG-cable without connector, between ASM and SLG; Type 6 0.25 mm2 50 m 120 m A 6GT2 090-0AN50 A 6GT2 090-0AT12
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/147
RFID systems
Accessories
Order No. Order No.
Connectors
Connector, ASM-side 9-pin sub D-connector (pins) with screw lock for connector cable between one ASM 400/401/424/454/724/754/ 824/854 and SLG 1 piece 1 package (10 pcs.) Connector 25-pin sub D-connector (socket) with screw lock for connector cable between SIM 4x and computer 1 piece 1 package (10 pcs.) Connector SLG side 6-pin connector DIN 43651 with female contacts for crimping with angled output - 1 piece - 1 package (10 pcs.) with straight output - 1 piece Connector for SLG U92 service interface 11-pin, with angled output Connector for SIM 7x Degree of protection IP 65, 15-pin sub D-connector 6GT2 390-1AA00 A 6GT2 090-0UA00 6GT2 590-0BA00 A 6GT2 090-0BA00 A 6GT2 090-0BA10 6AW5 418-4F 6AW5 418-4FD 6GT2 090-0BB00 6GT2 090-0BB10
Other accessories
Wide range power supply for communication modules ASM 424/452/454/456/724/754/ 824/850/854, SIM 8x, SLG 8x, SLG Ux, SLG D1x; 100 230 V AC/24 V DC; 2.2 A, 2 x 24 V outputs, incl. two 24 V connectors (M12 pins) 24 V DC cable with connectors for wide range power supply 6GT2 494-0AA00, length 5 m 24 V connector (M12 socket) for ASM 424/452/454/456/724/754/824/ 850/854, SIM 8x, SLG 8x, SLG Ux (through PC cable with connectors), SLG D1x. Adapter base plate for DIN rail, usable for ASM 424/454/724/754/824/850/ 854, SIM 82, SLG 82 A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H 6GT2 390-0BA00 A 6GT2 390-1AB00 6GT2 491-1HH50 A 6GT2 494-0AA00
Note: The CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" contains the entire RFID documentation in PDF format.
Connector for SLG and SIM of MOBY D Degree of protection IP65, 9-pin sub D-connector Double M12 connector for ASM 450/452/473 without SLG-cable PROFIBUS connector for ASM 450/452 9-pin sub D-connector for 2 PROFIBUS cables (other connectors see Catalog IK PI)
6GT2 490-1AA00
6GT2 090-0BC00
6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
4/148
Siemens FS 10 2007
RFID systems
Documentation
Order No. Configuration, assembly and service manual includes installation guidelines (e.g. distance from metal) for MDS and SLG, EMC guidelines, connector assignment, ASM generation parameters, FB/FC error messages, etc. for MOBY U German English French Italian for MOBY I German English French Spanish for MOBY E German English French for MOBY D German English for SIMATIC RF300 German English Description of ASM 450 German English Operating instructions ASM 456 German Description of ASM 470/FC47 for SIMATIC S7 German English Description of FB45 for ASM 452/456/475/473/454/ 754/850/854 German Description of FC35 for module 8 x IQ-Sense with Reader RF310R IQ-Sense German English Description of FC45 for ASM 452/475/473/454/ 754/854 German English only on CD only on CD only on CD only on CD only on CD only on CD only on CD only on CD only on CD only on CD only on CD only on CD 6GT2 697-4BA00-0EA1 6GT2 697-4BA00-0EA2 6GT2 397-4BA00-0EA1 6GT2 397-4BA00-0EA2 6GT2 397-4BA00-0EA3 6GT2 097-4BA00-0EA1 6GT2 097-4BA00-0EA2 6GT2 097-4BA00-0EA3 only on CD 6GT2 597-4BA00-0EA1 6GT2 597-4BA00-0EA2 6GT2 597-4BA00-0EA3 only on CD French Description of FC46 Function file handler for ASM 452 German English Description of FC55 for ASM 452/ 475 PARAM/473 PARAM German English Description of FC56 Function file handler for ASM 452/473/475 German English Description of SIM 4x (MOBY I) German English Description of MDS 439E German English Description of STG D/E/I/U German and English MOBY E SIM 7x programming guide for C library CCT32 for Windows 95/NT 4.0 German English MOBY FSIM 8x programming guide for C library MFWAPI for Windows 95/NT 4.0 German English MOBY programming instructions for C library MOBY API for Windows 95/ NT 4.0/2000/XP German English only on CD only on CD only on CD only on CD only on CD only on CD only on CD only on CD comes with product only on CD only on CD only on CD only on CD only on CD only on CD only on CD only on CD Order No. only on CD
Note: The CD "RFID Systems Software & Documentation" contains the entire RFID documentation in PDF format.
Siemens FS 10 2007
4/149
RFID systems
Documentation
7
4/150
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/2 5/3 5/5 5/6 5/12 5/16 5/18 5/20 5/24 5/28 5/31 5/34 5/34 5/36 5/37 5/38 5/40 5/43 5/46 5/49 5/52 5/55 5/59 5/69 5/71 5/72 5/74 5/79 5/83 5/88 5/90 5/91 5/92 5/94 5/96 5/96 5/102
Introduction Code reading systems Stationary code reading systems SIMATIC HawkEye 1500 SIMATIC VS130-2 SIMATIC DMx AutoID+ Hand-held reading systems SIMATIC HawkEye 40, 40T SIMATIC HawkEye 45, 45T SIMATIC HawkEye 50T, 51T SIMATIC HawkEye 52T, 53T Sector-specific code reading systems UID products Verification systems SIMATIC HawkEye Direct Part Mark Verifier SIMATIC DMx Verifier+ Vision sensors SIMATIC MV220 SIMATIC VS110 SIMATIC VS120 Accessories for VS100 series Intelligent cameras SIMATIC VS720 VS Link Protective housing, mounting plates Vision systems SIMATIC Visionscape 0xxx SIMATIC Visionscape 4000 Accessories for SIMATIC Visionscape Sectoral Systems SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak Software SIMATIC Spectation SIMATIC Visionscape Software SIMATIC HMI Controls Accessories for image processing systems Lenses Lighting equipment
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Image processing systems for quality assurance and increased productivity
Productive manufacturing processes have to be flexible. Batch sizes are getting smaller, cycles faster and quality requirements ever more stringent. Conventional inspection techniques are at their limits here. Not the case with industrial image processing. Thanks to its enormous potential, it is becoming a standard discipline in automation engineering - especially since intelligent vision systems have made them easier to use. A broad spectrum is available for all fields of application - from code scanning systems for 1D/2D codes, vision sensors for application-specific image processing, intelligent cameras for universal applications through to PC-based image processing systems for extremely fast applications using several cameras
Highlights
Enhanced productivity and quality Reliable, automatic visual inspection saves time and costs Automatic identification, tracking and monitoring of parts Optimizes material flow Reduces machine downtimes Suitable for high-speed processes Simple and quick operation Flexible due to communication options: Serial, via PROFIBUS, Ethernet/PROFINET Seamless integration into SIMATIC reduces engineering costs
Code scanning systems - Scanning and verification of 1D/2D codes Stationary code scanning systems, handheld scanners, sector-specific code scanning systems and verification systems are available for reading and verifying 1D/2D codes.
Vision Sensors - Simple and intelligent The intelligent vision sensors of the SIMATIC VS100 series as well as the color area sensor SIMATIC MV220 are specially designed for application-specific image processing. The product family impresses customers with a simple operating concept and easy teaching of the inspection task.
Intelligent cameras - for universal applications General-purpose image processing systems are ideal for flexible manufacturing. They allow the user to keep an eye on the production process for reliable round-theclock production. The intelligent cameras offer scalability for different inspection tasks, analysis rates, resolutions, applications with monochrome or color recognition: the perfect image processing solution for every sector.
Vision systems - Quality inspection at maximum speed Constantly increasing production speeds, identification of smaller and smaller faults, inspection of complex objects or inspection from several perspectives place more and more stringent demands on today's image-processing systems. This is where the SIMATIC Visionscape product line comes into its own, designed for extremely highspeed applications requiring several cameras or powerful image processing.
Software for easy implementation of image processing The vision sensors of the VS720 series are configured easily and conveniently with SIMATIC Spectation. A number of ready-made testing and recognition functions are already integrated. Images from SIMATIC VS720 intelligent cameras can be displayed and edited easily on HMI systems using HMI Controls VS720. The powerful SIMATIC Visionscape software with an extensive collection of proven image processing tools and the graphical user interface support the simple and quick implementation of applications
5/2
Siemens FS 10 2007

Code reading systems
Introduction
Code reading systems Reading and verifying 1D/2D codes

For state-of-the-art production systems, tracing products and parts with machine-readable identification is a central requirement. A unique coding system permits the planning of each and every step of production for every part manufactured and changes within the production process or in the materials used. Direct marking of products also allows the implementation of specified legal requirements for tracing production batches throughout the production system. What is Direct Part Marking (DPM)? Direct Part Marking (DPM) indicates the application of a mark directly on the surface of a product without the use of a separate carrier material such as e.g. an adhesive label. This makes it possible to identify products in production and tracing them after delivery as well. So-called 2D codes have been used for years in a coding method that meets all user requirements. 2D codes consist of easy to implement, point-shaped basic elements. Laser and needle marking technologies are outstanding regarding durability, marking speed and material independence. Because of mechanical deformation, 2D codes can still be read after multiple processing steps on metallic work pieces for example. 2D codes also provide the advantage of being able to encode data in more limited spaces than comparable barcodes or text. The production spectrum of the Siemens code reading systems Stationary code reading systems
The stationary code reading systems SIMATIC HawkEye 1515, 1510 and 1525 (from the left)
Highlights
Unique identification of products or product parts Direct Part Marking is the key technology for tracing products Part-specific documentation of the production process Automation of the manufacturing process Verification for product liability cases (e.g. recall actions)
The stationary code reading systems either have high-performance read devices or a PC-based code reading system. The devices read various two-dimensional (2D) codes as well as one-dimensional (1D) barcodes. The PC-based system is a fast, powerful code reading system for various two-dimensional (2D) codes, one dimensional (1D) barcodes and OCR (text recognition). Many readers, including the PC-based code reading system use data matrix print-quality monitoring (verification) for process control. Hand-held reading systems
5
Hand-held reading systems SIMATIC HawkEye 40T, 45T, 50T and 53T (from the left)
These hand-held reading systems are powerful, high-resolution read devices for either two-dimensional (2D) data matrix codes and/or one-dimensional bar codes (1D). The devices can communicate with a host computer using RS232, USB, PS2 and Bluetooth depending on the selected version.
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/3

Code reading systems
Introduction
Sector-specific code scanning systems
UID test device
Sector-specific code scanning systems are the UID products by Siemens. These products make it possible to meet the specifications in MIL-STD-130 and DFAR 252.211-7003. Verification systems
Verification of a data matrix code with the SIMATIC DMx Verifier+
By using verification systems, the readability of marks is guaranteed throughout the entire production process regardless of any possible contamination or when using different read devices. Not to mention, the marking can continue to be read after the production process throughout the life span of the product.
5/4
Siemens FS 10 2007

Stationary code reading systems
Introduction
Overview
barcodes and OCR (text recognition). Many readers, including the PC-based code reading system use data matrix print-quality monitoring (verification) for process control. SIMATIC HawkEye 1500 The SIMATIC HawkEye 1500 devices are powerful, stationary read devices for data matrix codes and barcodes. The special format, in the size of an intelligent camera, makes the HawkEye 1500 the perfect replacement for a barcode scanner. Uncomplicated setup and the advanced programming capabilities make for user-friendliness and universal application at the same time. The HawkEye 1500 series can check the print quality of data matrix codes and barcodes with an optional verification licence. SIMATIC VS130-2 The SIMATIC VS130-2 has been developed especially for reading data matrix codes (DMC) ECC200 and various 1D/2D codes in an industrial environment. The complete package comprises lighting, evaluation unit, sensor and cables. They are installed and commissioned with a flick of the wrist. They are so easy to operate that no courses are necessary and the system is "trained" instead of programmed, so even untrained personnel can use it instantly. Thanks to standardized interfaces, the Vision Sensors can be flexibly integrated into the plant automation. For simple conveyor units, a stand-alone solution is available without an additional PLC.
The stationary code reading systems either have high-performance read devices or a PC-based code reading system. With stand-alone read devices, the data is processed in the scanner and is sent to a higher-level computer - using one of the existing communication protocols. The devices read various two-dimensional (2D) codes as well as one-dimensional (1D) barcodes. The PC-based system is a fast, powerful code reading system for various two-dimensional (2D) codes, one dimensional (1D) Major differences
Code reading system Housing Commissioning and Operation SIMATIC HawkEye 1500
SIMATIC VS130-2 Modular (sensor head and lamps), IP65 Integrated Web server, on-board operator controls, auto-optimizing parameters, Languages: E/G/F/I/S/CH PROFIBUS, Ethernet (Profinet) Up to 35 parts/s AIM
Compact (IP40) with integrated lighting Setup software, QuicSet, alignment tools, language: English Ethernet (ASCII), RS232 Up to 30 parts/s AIM, Siemens-DPM-Verification
Communication Performance Verification
SIMATIC DMx AutoID+ SIMATIC DMx AutoID+ is a fast, powerful code reading system for various two-dimensional (2D) codes, one dimensional (1D) barcodes and OCR (text recognition). It has a built-in verification option for all data matrix symbols which is used for analyzing all important code parameters from each individual data matrix code in real-time. Fast image processing and a software interface for Windows NT/98/2000/XP makes DMx AutoID+ into a system that is flexible, powerful and still easy to operate, ideal for any application in which a PC is implemented. Advanced image processing functions make it possible for DMx AutoID+ to handle even the most difficult automatic identification and reading problems, even at extraordinary speeds. Substantial I/O interfaces, high transfer rates and many programmable functions can be set so that this code scanner can work in harmony with any data reading application.
Applications
Automotive - dot peen mark on various automotive power train components (cylinder heads, cylinder blocks, manifolds, etc.) - laser marks on various automotive power train components (camshafts, crankshafts, pistons, connecting rods, transmission components, etc.) - laser marks on automotive electronics components, printed circuit boards, or enclosures Aerospace - dot peen marks on gas turbine blades - dot peen marks on various aerospace alloy engine parts Medical Devices - laser marks on pacemakers and other implantable devices - laser marks on various medical device components and enclosures Electronics - laser marks on ESD sensitive hard drive components Semiconductor - laser marks on printed circuit boards and flex circuits - laser mark on packaged semiconductor devices, heat sinks or heat spreaders
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/5

SIMATIC HawkEye 1500
Overview
The SIMATIC HawkEye 1500 series code readers are high performance fixed mount Data Matrix and barcode readers. The smart-camera format makes the HawkEye 1500 reader a drop in replacement for barcode readers. The simple to setup interface and the advanced programming controls make the HawkEye 1500 an easy to use but powerful reader. An optional verification license allows the HawkEye 1500 to grade the print quality of data matrix codes and barcodes.
Applications
Automotive - Dot peen mark on various automotive power train components (cylinder heads, cylinder blocks, manifolds, etc.) - Laser marks on various automotive power train components (camshafts, crankshafts, pistons, connecting rods, transmission components, etc.) - Laser marks on automotive electronics components, printed circuit boards, or enclosures Aerospace - Dot peen marks on gas turbine blades - Dot peen marks on various aerospace alloy engine parts Medical Devices - Laser marks on pacemakers and other implantable devices - Laser marks on various medical device components and enclosures Electronics - Laser marks on printed circuit boards and flex circuits Semiconductor - Laser mark on packaged semiconductor devices, heat sinks or heat spreaders
Benefits
Industry leading Data Matrix reading performance on hard-toread direct part marks1) Compact, all-in-one smart-camera configuration for ease of integration Variety of external NERLITE lighting options for broadest applicability Plug-and-play deployment for greatest ease of use Auto-photometry and auto-training for accommodating a very wide variety of parts without any parameter adjustments or programming Powerful GUI (Graphical User Interface) for advanced setup and remote monitoring of network readers Enhanced saved image diagnostics for archiving the highest possible read rates GUI customization for application-specific operator interfaces Unique direct part mark verification options for in-process mark quality monitoring QuicSet audio-visual alignment for fast setup & changeover without a PC
1)
Design
Direct Part Mark stands for Data Matrix Codes which are printed directly on the surface of parts, e.g. by Laser, dot peen or printing, as opposed to the use of adhesive labels.
Direct part mark reader for applications requiring flexibility in the selection of lighting and optics SIMATIC HawkEye 1515
Universal reader for the broadest range of direct part mark reading applications
5/6
Siemens FS 10 2007

The following graphic shows the correlation between operating distance D and dimensions of the field of view B (width) and H (height) for the different models of the HawkEye 1515 readers. Example: Reader HawkEye 1515MD has a field of view sized 3 cm by 4 cm when operating distance is 13 cm.
B (cm) H (cm)
FS10_00219
Function
Whether the application is a printed label or a challenging, directly marked part with little or no contrast, the SIMATIC HawkEye 1500 series readers provide cost-effective, robust reading solutions. Industry-leading decoding algorithms allow the HawkEye 1500 series to robustly read damaged, distorted or otherwise challenging codes directly marked on a variety of surfaces at rates of up to 30 parts per second. Built-in verification also enables users to monitor mark quality on a real-time basis to ensure consistently high read rates. In addition to Data Matrix, the HawkEye also reads and auto-discriminates a variety of other 1D or 2D codes. QuicSet
6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 1515MD 3 2 1 1515HD 1515SHD 1515UHD 1515LHD
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 D (cm)
D = Operating distance B = Width of field of view H = Height of field of view
The QuicSet audiovisual alignment in combination with unique auto-learn features allow users to easily and reliably align and train the unit in seconds, without the use of any external display or PC during initial setup or subsequent line changeovers. Unique, patented feature Laser targeting establishes x, y, z position quickly Automatically computes exposure settings Optimum read tone indicates best positioning Locks in settings upon exiting QuicSet mode Auto-learn The unique auto-learn feature allows users to easily and reliably train the unit in seconds. The powerful graphical interface permits users to remotely monitor and fine tune performance. Support software allows for the remote upgrade of camera firmware and review of captured failing part images. Saved Part Queue Diagnostics for very high read rates Saving queue of failed part images on reader Remote viewing saved images & reports while running without affecting reading performance Remote host saving option through FTP DPM verification Advanced DPM verification method Very repeatable on challenging marks Predefined A/B/C/D/F grade ranges User selectable active measurements User defined good/fair/poor (green/yellow/red) alarm ranges Enhanced verification GUI Support of all public domain verification standards and our advanced DPM verification
Direct part mark reader with dark-field-illumination, typically used for highly reflective parts The following graphic shows the correlation between operating distance D and dimensions of the field of view B (width) and H (height) for the different models of the HawkEye 1525 readers.
B (cm) H (cm)
FS10_00220
6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1 1525HD 1525SHD 1525UHD
10
11
12
D (cm)
D = Operating distance B = Width of field of view H = Height of field of view
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/7

Integration
The SIMATIC HawkEye 1500 comes standard with built-in Ethernet networking, serial communications, and enhanced digital I/O capabilities for triggering and easy integration with line equipment. The integrated networking enables remote monitoring and control from any location in the factory while the RS232 communication functionality allows the HawkEye 1500 products to be a direct replacement for 1D barcode readers.
Type Optical resolution Field of view (width x height) at a defined working distance SIMATIC HawkEye 1510 640 x 480 pixels Depends on lens HawkEye 1515MD: 1.3 x 1.0 at 4.0 (3.30 cm x 2.54 cm at 10.16 cm) 1.55 x 1.19 at 5.0 (3.94 cm x 3.02 cm at 12.70 cm) 1.80 x 1.36 at 6.0 (4.57 cm x 3.45 cm at 15.24 cm) HawkEye 1515HD: 0.87 x 0.67at 2.5 (2.21 cm x 1.70 cm at 6.35 cm) 1.0 x 0.75 at 3.0 (2.54 cm x 1.90 cm at 7.62 cm) 1.11 x 0.85 at 3.5 (2.82 cm x 2.16 cm at 8.89 cm) HawkEye 1515SHD: 0.50 x 0.38 at 3.0 (1.27 cm x 0.97 cm at 7.62 cm) 0.55 x 0.42 at 3.5 (1.40 cm x 1.14 cm at 8.89 cm) 0.60 x 0.46 at 4.0 (1.55 cm x 1.07 cm at 10.16 cm) HawkEye 1515UHD: 0.24 x 0.18 at 2.13 (0.61 cm x 0.46 cm at 5.41 cm) 0.25 x 0.19 at 2.25 (0.64 cm x 0.48 cm at 5.71 cm) 0.26 x 0.20 at 2.38 (0.66 cm x 0.51 cm at 6.05 cm) HawkEye 1515LHD: 1.0 x 0.75 at 5.0 0.5 (2.54 cm x 1.90 cm at 12.7 cm 1.27 cm) HawkEye 1515MD: 4.0 to 6.0 (10.16 cm to 15.24 cm) HawkEye 1515HD: 2.5 to 3.5 (6.35 cm to 8.89 cm ) HawkEye 1515SHD: 3.0 to 4.0 (7.62 cm to 10.16 cm) HawkEye 1515UHD: 2.125 to 2.375 (5.50 cm to 6.03 cm) HawkEye 1515MD: 1D: 0.005 (0.12 mm), 2D: 0.010 (0.25 mm) HawkEye 1515HD: 1D: 0.003 (0.07 mm); 2D: 0.006 (0.15 mm) HawkEye 1515SHD: 1D: 0.0015 (0.04 mm); 2D: 0.003 (0.07 mm) HawkEye 1515UHD: 1D: 0.0007 (0.02 mm); 2D: 0.0013 (0.03 mm) HawkEye 1525HD: 0.87 x 0.67 at 2.5 (2.21 cm x 1.70 cm at 6.35 cm) 1.0 x 0.75 at 3.0 (2.54 cm x 1.90 cm at 7.62 cm) 1.11 x 0.85 at 3.5 (2.82 cm x 2.16 cm at 8.89 cm) HawkEye 1525SHD: 0.50 x 0.38 at 3.0 (1.27 cm x 0.97 cm at 7.62 cm) 0.55 x 0.42 at 3.5 (1.40 cm x 1.14 cm at 8.89 cm) 0.60 x 0.46 at 4.0 (1.55 cm x 1.07 cm at 10.16 cm) HawkEye 1525UHD: 0.24 x 0.18 at 2.13 ( 0.61 cm x 0.46 cm at 5.41 cm) 0.25 x 0.19 at 2.25 (0.64 cm x 0.48 cm at 5.71 cm) 0.26 x 0.20 at 2.38 (0.66 cm x 0.51 cm at 6.05 cm) SIMATIC HawkEye 1515 SIMATIC HawkEye 1525
Operating distance1)
Depends on lens
5
Minimum element size Depends on lens
HawkEye 1525HD: 2.5 to 3.5 (6.35 cm to 8.89 cm) HawkEye 1525SHD: 3.0 to 4.0 (7.62 cm to 10.16 cm) HawkEye 1525UHD: 2.125 to 2.375 (5.50 cm to 6.03 cm)
HawkEye 1525HD: 1D: 0.003 (0.07 mm); 2D: 0.006 (0.15 mm) HawkEye 1525SHD: 1D: 0.0015 (0.04 mm); 2D: 0.003 (0.07 mm) HawkEye 1525UHD: 1D: 0.0007 (0.02 mm); 2D: 0.0013 (0.03 mm)
5/8
Siemens FS 10 2007

Type Speed Minimum contrast Decode capability SIMATIC HawkEye 1510 Up to 30 parts per second 20% at 630 nm 1D: Code 39, Code 128, Codabar, Code 93, I2of5, UPC/EAN, UPC-E, UPC Supplementals, RSS and Composite, Postnet, Pharmacode, BC412 2D: Data Matrix, PDF417, QR Code 1D: ANSI/ISO 15416 2D: ISO 15415, AIM DPM (Draft Rev D), AS9132/IAQG, Siemens DPM Verification TCP/IP, RS232, Baud rates from 1200 bit/s to 115.2 kbit/s 1 opto-isolated input trigger, 3 opto-isolated outputs, 4 TTL level I/O, optional TTL level strobe output 24 V at 350 mA 0 C ... 40 C (32 F ... 104 F) -20 C ... 65 C (-4 F ... 149 F) up to 95 %, non-condensing EN 61326: 1998 Class A EN 61010 - 1:2002 EN 60825-1: 1993 Amendment 2 2001-01 SIMATIC HawkEye 1515 SIMATIC HawkEye 1525
Verification Interfaces Integrated interfaces Digital I/O General data Power supply Operating temperature Storage temperature Humidity EMC Electrical/mechanical Safety Laser safety
1)
Working distance measured from last physical element to part.

Order No. SIMATIC HawkEye 1510 Direct part mark reader suitable for exchangeable lenses for applications requiring flexibility in the selection of lighting and optics. Delivered without lens. SIMATIC HawkEye 1515 Universal reader for the broadest range of direct part mark reading applications. Delivered with integrated lens. SIMATIC HawkEye 1515 MD A 6GF3010-0HE15-1MD0 SIMATIC HawkEye 1515 HD SIMATIC HawkEye 1515 UHD SIMATIC HawkEye 1525 Direct part mark reader with dark-field-illumination, typically used for highly reflective parts. Delivered with integrated lens. SIMATIC HawkEye 1525 HD SIMATIC HawkEye 1525 UHD A 6GF3010-0HE15-2HD0 A 6GF3010-0HE15-2UD0 SIMATIC HawkEye 1525 SHD A 6GF3010-0HE15-2SD0 A 6GF3010-0HE15-1HD0 A 6GF3010-0HE15-1UD0 SIMATIC HawkEye 1515 SHD A 6GF3010-0HE15-1SD0 A 6GF3010-0HE15-0CS0 Order No.
Accessories
Cable Serial cable, Length 3 m Industrial Ethernet TP cable 4 x 2, RJ45/RJ45 connector, Cat. 6, with 2 RJ45 connectors - Length 2 m - Length 6 m - Length 10 m Industrial Ethernet crossed TP cable 4 x 2, RJ45/RJ45 connector, Cat. 6, with 2 RJ45 connectors - Length 2 m - Length 6 m - Length 10 m Ethernet cable, highly flexible, trailable, RJ45/RJ45 connectors - Length 10 m - Length 20 m Additional Ethernet cables are shown in catalog IK PI, Chapter Industrial Ethernet Power supply SIMATIC HawkEye 1500 power supply SIMATIC HawkEye power cable pigtail end (i.e. w/o plug) 6GF3010-0HE15-0PS0 6GF3010-0AC00-0PC6 A 6GF9008-2AP A 6GF9008-2AQ 6XV1870-3RH20 6XV1870-3RH60 6XV1870-3RN10 6XV1870-3QH20 6XV1870-3QH60 6XV1870-3QN10 6GF3010-0AC00-0SC0
SIMATIC HawkEye 1515 LHD A 6GF3010-0HE15-1LD0
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/9

Order No. Housings IP65/NEMA 4 camera housing with glass window (9) A 6GF3010-0AC00-0EC5 CS-Mount to C-Mount Adapter ring 5 mm Set of intermediate rings for use of mini lenses in close range; with 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 5.0 mm, 10.0 mm, 20.0 mm, 40 mm rings with 31 mm diameter C thread for screwing in between lens and camera for recordings in the macro range Lighting accessories HELTMA-1L Light mount as- A 6GF3010-0LG14-0XX0 sembly for NERLITE lights DF-100, DF-150 and DF-1503 HELTMA-2L Light mount as- A 6GF3010-0LG15-0XX0 sembly for NERLITE lights R100 V2 HELTMA-3L Light mount as- A 6GF3010-0LG16-0XX0 sembly for NERLITE lights R60 V2 HELTMA-4L Light mount as- A 6GF3010-0LG17-0XX0 sembly for NERLITE lights DOAL-50 V2 HawkEye strobe interface kit A 6GF3010-0LG18-0XX0 Mini light stack assembly (red, yellow, green) Miscellaneous HawkEye optically isolated IO Extension Board Kit A 6GF3010-0AC00-0EB0 A 6GF3010-0AC00-0SA0 Order No. A 6GF9001-1AP A 6GF9001-1BU
IP65/NEMA 4 camera hous- A 6GF3010-0AC00-0EC6 ing with plastic window (9) Lenses for reading code and text with fixed focal length, aperture and focus are adjustable, with locking screw Mini lens 8.5 mm, 1:1.5 D = 42 mm, L = 47 mm Mini lens 12 mm, 1:1.4 D = 29.5 mm, L = 35.7 mm Mini lens 16 mm, 1:1.4 D = 29.5 mm, L = 37.2 mm Mini lens 25 mm, 1:1.4 D = 29.5 mm, L = 38.9 mm Mini lens 35 mm, 1:1.6 D = 29.5 mm, L = 41.4 mm Mini lens 50 mm, 1:2.8 D = 29.5 mm, L = 38.0 mm Mini lens 75 mm, 1:2.8 D = 34.0 mm, L = 63.6 mm Lens in low feature range, for reading code and text with fixed focal length, aperture and focus are adjustable, with locking screw Mini lens 35 mm, 1:1.6 D = 32 mm, L = 36.5 mm A 6GF9001-1BH02 A 6GF9001-1BE01 A 6GF9001-1BL01 A 6GF9001-1BF01 A 6GF9001-1BG01 A 6GF9001-1BH01 A 6GF9001-1BJ01 A 6GF9001-1BK01
HawkEye Base Mount Adapt- A 6GF3010-0AC00-0BM5 er (inches to metric thread) A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H
Dimension drawings
19,05 50,8
FS10_00217
98,73 93,98 57,15 5,08
43,18
57,15 28,58
22,23 44,45
DC-IN
I/O
Ethernet
RS-232 PWR LK ACT QuicSet
5/10
Siemens FS 10 2007
6,35

41,91 19,05 50,80
FS10_00215
67,15
DC-IN I/O
22,86
116,51 111,76 88,90
43,18
57,15 28,58
22,23 44,45
Ethernet

41,91 19,05 50,80
6,35
FS10_00216
57,15
7,49
22,86
116,51 111,76 88,90
14,10
72,14 36,07
29,97
DC-IN
I/O
Ethernet
7,75 44,45
6,35
43,18
6,99
Circuit diagrams
FS10_00218
9,52
No. 1
I/O 6
59,94
Designation Power connector 24 V DC Ethernet connector RJ45 Power ON LED Ethernet LINK LED Ethernet ACT LED Field I/O connector DB15S 1 opto in, 3 opto out, 4GPIO (strobe out optional on GPIO 1) Serial port connector 8 pin mini DIN
DC-IN 1
2 3 4 5 6
Ethernet 2 PWR LK ACT QuicSet
RS-232 7
3 4 5
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/11

SIMATIC VS130-2
Overview
Can be supplied as a complete package in several variations for different object sizes The product is available in 6 languages (operator interface, manual and online help are available in German, English, French, Spanish, Italian and Chinese).
Application
The intelligent vision sensor VS130-2 can be used for the following applications: Coded information can be read out. The coded information is compared with a defined character sequence. Measurement of code quality. Barcodes The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor reads the barcodes (Code 39, Code 128, Interleave 2/5, EAN13) in different sizes: Fixed focus sensor head (640 x 480): Up to 60 mm code width, C/CS sensor head (640 x 480 or 1024 x 768): Code width depends on the selected lens. The main condition for reading is that the smallest code structure element (the thinnest line) has to be at least 3 pixels wide to ensure good readability. Data matrix code The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor can decode data matrix codes of the following matrices in various sizes: Square: 10 x 10 dots up to 72 x 72 dots Rectangular: 8 x 18 dots up to 16 x 48 dots The parameters for dot size and reading distance are defined by the optics selected and can vary over a wide range: Readable dot size 0.1 mm to >3 mm. Reading distance 80 mm to 3000 mm. PDF417 The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor can decode PDF417 in various sizes: Fixed focus / C/CS sensor head (640 x 480): Up to 50 lines of code, up to 7 columns of code C/CS sensor head (1024 x 768): Up to 80 lines of code, up to 15 columns of code. QR The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor can decode QR in various sizes: Fixed focus / C/CS sensor head (640 x 480): Up to 89 x 89 dots C/CS sensor head (1024 x 768): Up to 145 x 145 dots. Common properties Code readability is basically not connected to the type of marking or support material, as long as the marked structure and the background are different optically. Possible marking systems include e.g.: Laser inscription systems Inkjet printers Examples of possible surfaces and materials e.g.: Different types of PCB. Plastic parts of various colors. Labels of various colors. Electronic components. Metallic objects, etc.
The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor has been developed especially for reading data matrix codes (DMC) ECC200 in an industrial environment. More 2D codes and 1D codes are also available making the vision sensor into a complete code reader: 1D codes (barcodes): - code 39, - code 128, - interleave 2/5, - EAN13. 2D codes: - data matrix code (DMC) according to ECC200, - QR (alphanumeric characters; without subversions: truncated, macro, micro), - PDF417 (without subversions: Macro, micro), SIMATIC VS130-2 reads codes on different construction elements and surfaces, e.g. (incomplete listing): - paper or plastic labels, - plastic parts, - circuit boards, - metallic objects. SIMATIC VS130-2 reads codes of different types of markings, e.g. (incomplete list): - printed, - stamped, - lasered, - drilled. No parameter definition for adapting to the various support materials and types of marking is required by the user. "Training" is performed automatically by presenting a readable code pattern. Programming and parameterization are not required. Can be used in principle for the following applications: - coded information can be read out, - the coded information is compared with a defined character sequence, - quality assessment of the marking process (exclusively DMC). Parameters are set using the web-based operator interface which runs on various platforms with the following requirements: Browser (IE5.5 and higher), JAVA-VM (MS, SUN). The web-based operator interface is also used for controlling the device from an HMI device. In this case, the requirements mentioned above also apply with regard to the browser and JAVA VM Remote maintenance concept using web-based operator interface. Remote controlled with integrated digital inputs, PROFIBUS or PROFINET IO.
5/12
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC VS130-2
Design
The following components are required for use of the SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor and are included in the scope of delivery of a fixed-focus complete package (working distance approximately 100 mm): Fixed-focus sensor head (3 display field sizes available for selection). Front lighting in the form of a ring light matched to the application and sensor head. Evaluation unit. Cables. CD with mounting/operating instructions For working distances between 80 mm and 3000 mm, "C/CSMount complete packages" are available: C/CS-Mount sensor head (standard resolution 640 x 480 (pixels), high-resolution 1024 x 768 (pixels)) Evaluation unit. Cables. CD with mounting/operating instructions The core of this package is a C/CS-Mount sensor head whose imaging behavior is determined with a suitable C/CS-Mount lens. The lens is not included in the package and can be selected under "Accessories". The lighting (incl. cables) must be selected in accordance with the working distance and are not included in the "C/CS-Mount complete packages". The following is additionally required for commissioning (not included in scope of delivery): Ethernet cable (see "Accessories", page 5/53) for connecting the evaluator to any web client. The web client, e.g. a PC with web browser installed, is used to adjust the sensor head and the lighting. Sensor head The sensor head is equipped with: Extruded aluminium housing with IP65 degree of protection CCD chip (640 x 480 square pixels, 1024 x 768 square pixels). Lens, permanently installed (possible field of view sizes: 70 x 50 mm, 40 x 30 mm, 20 x 15 mm for 640 x 480 pixels in each case) or prepared for C/CS-Mount lens (field of view size can be freely selected for 640 x 480 pixels or 1024 x 768 pixels) Interface for digital transmission of image data to the evaluation unit. The fixed-focus sensor head offers IP65 degree of protection. Even when C/CS-Mount lenses are used, IP65 degree of protection can be achieved by use of the optional protective housing. Evaluation unit The evaluation unit has: Plastic housing designed for cabinet-free mounting (IP40). Connections for: - Supply voltage 24 V DC. - Lighting - Sensor head - Digital inputs and outputs - PROFIBUS DP. - Ethernet (DHCP client, DHCP server, fixed IP address). Operator prompting on the device (4-line text display, 6 keys). Operator prompting through web-based user interface (HTML, JAVA VM). Access protection by means of password. The following communication services are included: PROFINET IO (slave) PROFIBUS DP V0 (slave),
TCP/IP native. Front lighting Designed as ring light, pushed onto sensor head or lens housing Can be dismounted, and secured with different orientation on the machine Housing with degree of protection IP65 Equipped with various LEDs for different applications: - Not focussed, for small reading distances (0.08 m to 0.5 m) - Focussed, for large reading distances (0.5 m to 3 m). - Infrared LED, for daylight-independent operation - Red LED for high light intensity - Operation in flash mode - Power control for the flash integrated in the light
Function
The following functions are available: "Training" the vision sensor with reference to a code (DMC) pattern. Coded information can be read out. The coded information is compared with a defined character sequence. Measurement of code quality. Codes on moving or stationary objects can be processed. Output of the decoding results to three control outputs: - READ: Code is decoded. - MATCH: Decoded code content exactly matches the reference. - N_OK: Code cannot be decoded. Output of the decoded DMC information via PROFIBUS-DP, Ethernet or by means of a converter on the RS232 interface. Formatting of the output. Integrated DI/Os, for example, for "stand-alone" mode without additional control. Remote control via PROFIBUS-DP, PROFINET IO or DI/O or Ethernet. Remote maintenance is possible through web-based Intranet or Internet user interface: - Monitoring (live image in read mode). - Diagnostics (fault pattern, log information, etc.). - System administration (software update, etc.). - Fault analysis for finding the cause of faulty readings. Actuation of ring lighting Mode of operation When using the SIMATIC VS130-2, the following steps are necessary: Mount the vision sensor and lighting. Manually align the camera, check the lighting: The web server integrated into the device complete with webbased user interface is provided for this purpose. The user interface presents the camera image and the decoded result. In the setup phase, the sensor head can be aligned with reference to the live image in the user interface. The user interface executes on any PC with Microsoft Internet Explorer and JAVA VM installation. When the sensor head is correctly adjusted, the vision sensor performs the subsequent tasks autonomously: - Optimization of lighting control. - "Training" of the image processing parameters by presenting a code sample. The image processing parameters for the type of code (carrier material, marking type, dot size, matrix size, etc.) are stored. No further parameter inputs are required.
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/13

SIMATIC VS130-2
Evaluation mode (RUN mode) is started using the training results and a read is started: Feeding of the Data Matrix Code can be carried out manually or via a conveyor unit. The Data Matrix Code must be located within the viewing window at the moment of triggering and is permitted to move at a maximum speed of 5000 mm/s. Any angle of rotation within the viewing window of the sensor head is permitted. SIMATIC VS130-2 generally has three operating modes that can also be combined: Operating mode 1 "Code decoding": The character string is transferred to the controller filtered or unfiltered. Filters can be separators, start position and length of the character string, or company-specific ID numbers. Operating mode 2 "Decoded information is compared with a character string": The comparison can refer to the decoded string or to only a certain part. Comparison of parts is possible using the filter functions mentioned above. Operating mode 3 "Measurement of code quality": The measurement can be absolute or relative. With the relative method, the reading system is calibrated by presenting a reference sample during the training phase. In this mode, the quality values measured are based on the reference sample. VS130-2 can, however, also use absolute measurement. In this case, the calibration step is omitted and a reference sample is not necessary. Depending on the operating mode and the result of the analysis, one of the digital control outputs READ, MATCH or N_OK is set. The decoded information is output, over PROFIBUS DP, PROFIBUS IO, Ethernet or a serial interface (converter required) as preferred and on the device display. Programming SIMATIC VS130-2 is not programmed or parameterized like conventional image processing systems. It configures the lighting and trains the algorithms without the need for user settings with reference to a code sample or during the first read. The training can be performed when the conveyor system is running. Self-parameterization can be started externally using the operator buttons on the device or remotely from the user interface. Self-parameterization is also activated during reading by a failed attempt at reading. Maximum reading reliability is achieved thanks to independence from user inputs and due to automatic self-parameterization. Up to 15 different parameter records can be stored in the device. These can be called up at any time by the user or by an external controller and can be used for reading code without the need to repeat the training phase.
Variable field of view
Type Sensor head Image capture CCD chip 1/4", 640 x 480 square pixels; CCD chip 1/3", 1024 x 768 square pixels; Full frame shutter with automatic exposure Triggered frame transfer Permanently adjusted lens for three different field of view sizes and read distances, only available for 640 x 480 Two C/CS mount versions (without lens): User-defined field of view size and reading distance Size of field of view: 70 mm x 50 mm Dot size: 0.60 mm - 3.5 mm (edge length) Operating distance: 120 mm Size of field of view: 40 mm x 30 mm Dot size: 0.35 mm - 2.0 mm (edge length) Operating distance: 85 mm Size of field of view: 20 mm x 15 mm Dot size: 0.2 mm - 1.0 mm (edge length) Operating distance: 95 mm Freely selectable field of view size, reading distance and sensor resolution depending on: Selected lens Selected sensor head resolution 640 x 480 pixels or 1024 x 768 pixels Minimum requirement: 5 pixels/dot Extruded aluminum housing, black anodized 42 x 42 x 100 IP65 acc. to DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1 0 to 50 C 1 g (60 to 500 Hz) 70 g (6 ms, 3 shocks) LED, wavelength 630 nm (red) or infrared, designed as a flash of 20 s to 10 ms, diffuse or clear Ring light of plastic, range up to 500 mm or Ring light of metal, range up to 3000 mm, suitable for protective housing for lens 102 x 102 x 26.5 116 x 116 x 42 IP65 acc. to DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1 0 to 50 C SIMATIC VS130-2 Vision Sensor
Image data transfer Available versions
Large field of view
Medium-sized field of view
Small field of view
Housing Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm Degree of protection Ambient temperature Mechanical strength Vibrations Shock Lighting Illuminant
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm Plastic Metal Degree of protection Ambient temperature
5/14
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC VS130-2
Type Evaluation unit Operator prompting "Teach-in" of DMC ("training") Number of objects saved 4-line text display and 6 operator buttons Fully-automatic training procedure 15 different parameter sets, selectable using operator buttons or digital inputs, powerfail-proof storage External (through digital input) 20 reads/s As required Software for displaying the sensor image when mounting and adjusting the sensor head and lighting. The software makes the integral web server available directly and requires an installed browser (Internet Explorer 5.5 and higher) and installed JAVA-VM (Microsoft or SUN). Plastic, all cables of plug-in type, suitable for cabinet-free installation 170 x 140 x 76 IP40 according to DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1 0 to 50 C 1 g (60 to 500 Hz) 70 g (6 ms, 3 shocks) 8; of which one interrupt-capable trigger input for standard binary sensors, 7 further PLC-capable control inputs 6; of which 3 quality outputs 0.5 A for the direct activation of pneumatic valves (15-pin Sub-D socket for inputs/outputs) DP (9-pin Sub-D socket) for realtime transfer of the test results RJ45 (socket) for operator software, real-time transfer of test results and process interfacing RJ45 (socket) for operator software, transfer (not real-time) of test results and process interfacing 4-pin circular connector (female) for power supply and for triggering the flash Digital interface (26-pin Sub-D socket) for connecting the sensor head 24 V DC 20 to 30 V DC 4 A, of which up to 1.5 A for supplying the pneumatic valves that can be connected SIMATIC VS130-2 Vision Sensor

Order No. Vision sensor SIMATIC VS130-2 Complete package for object inspection; comprising sensor head, LED front lighting (ring light 6GF9 004-8BA), evaluation unit and the following cables: Cable between evaluation unit and sensor head, for lengths see below Cable between lighting and evaluation unit (except for vision sensor with variable field of view), for length see below Cable for power supply, length 10 m Cable for connecting digital I/O devices, length 10 m Incl. documentation package for SIMATIC VS130-2 Field of view 70 mm x 50 mm - with cable length 2.5 m - with cable length 10 m Field of view 40 mm x 30 mm - with cable length 2.5 m - with cable length 10 m Field of view 20 mm x 15 mm - with cable length 2.5 m - with cable length 10 m Variable field of view with 640 x 480 pixels and prepared for IP65 protective housing (Note: w/o lighting and lighting cables) - With cable length 2.5 m - With cable length 10 m Variable field of view with 1024 x 768 pixels and prepared for IP65 protective housing (Note: w/o lighting and lighting cables) - With cable length 2.5 m - With cable length 10 m A 6GF1 130-3BC A 6GF1 130-3BC01 A 6GF1 130-3BB A 6GF1 130-3BB01 A 6GF1 130-4BA A 6GF1 130-4BA01 A 6GF1 130-2BA A 6GF1 130-2BA01 A 6GF1 130-1BA A 6GF1 130-1BA01
Inspection triggering Permissible object rate, max. Infeed direction of the objects For external triggering Setup software
Housing Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm Degree of protection Ambient temperature Mechanical strength Vibrations Shock Interfaces on evaluation unit Digital inputs for 24 V DC
Digital outputs for 24 V DC
Integral PROFIBUS DP interface Integral PROFINET I/O interface
Integrated Ethernet interface
For accessories see page 5/52

Lighting control
Sensor head interface
Supply voltage Rated value Permissible range Current input, max.
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/15

SIMATIC DMx AutoID+
Overview
Work-in-process tracking
Design
SIMATIC DMx AutoID+ is a software package that is designed to be used with a half-length PCI PC card. The PCI card connects to external cameras via cables. Up to 4 cameras can be connected to the PCI card. The addition of an optional external I/O board expands the functionality and enables the system to be integrated into an automated plant floor. Minimum PC requirements: Pentium class CPU (400 MHz or higher) 128 MB memory required 2 GB hard disk (Enhanced IDE) SVGA display (800 x 600 pixels with 256 colors) Disk Space - Approximately 50 MB free to install the software One open PCI slot (necessary for Vision Board installation only) Windows 2000 (SP4 or later) , Windows XP (SP2 or later)
Integration
SIMATIC DMx AutoID+ is a fast, high-performance symbology reading system designed for a variety of two-dimensional (2D) codes, one-dimensional (1D) bar codes and optical character recognition (OCR). It has an in-line verification option for all Data Matrix symbols, permitting real-time analysis of key marking parameters for every Data Matrix symbol. Fast image processing and a Windows 2000/XP software interface make DMx AutoID+ the most flexible, powerful, yet easy-touse system ideal for any application in which a PC is used. Advanced image processing features allow DMx AutoID+ to solve the most demanding automatic identification and data collection problems, while ensuring exceptional performance. Extensive I/O interface options, transmission speeds and a rich set of programmable features can be configured to address any data collection application. DMx AutoID+ is designed to be used as a high speed fixed mount Data Matrix and barcode reading system. The system can be connected to external systems via TCP/IP (e.g. Visual Basic), RS232 and optional I/O boards. The image capture board is placed in a host PC and uses the CPU of the PC to process the data. Up to 4 cameras are connected to the image capture board via cables. Optional external triggers, strobes and I/O are all supported.
Type Interfaces SIMATIC DMx AutoID+ 16 programmable digital I/O RS170 or CCIR video inputs Reading results with debugging outputs All image sources usable in parallel (image acquisition and image output) 30 reads per second 25 reads per second Four camera asynchronous or synchronous image acquisition with strobe output per PCI board. Up to four boards supported Windows 2000/XP graphical user interface 1D: Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, UPC/EAN/JAN/SUP, I 2 of 5, BC 412, Codabar, Postnet, Pharmacode 2D: Data Matrix, PDF417, QR OCR: SEMI, OCR A, OCR B Ethernet TCP/IP PROFIBUS Slave (slave card required) Half-length PCI board Powered via PC 0 C 40 C (32 F 104 F) -20 C 65 C (-4 F 149 F) up to 95%, non-condensing
Benefits
Up to 1800 reads per minute in high-resolution mode and even faster in low-resolution mode Reads multiple symbols in the same field of view Supports four cameras individually, triggered or synchronous triggered, via I/O board with strobe output Real time in-line verification of Data Matrix symbols On screen image and data display for each camera input Ability to accept a variety of marking techniques and to read damaged and low-contrast codes
Speed at 640 x 480 resolution at 768 x 572 resolution Optical parameters
Programming Decode capability
Application
Parts traceability Small part identification and serialization Optical Character Recognition (OCR) Printed circuit board identification Automotive component identification and error proofing Electronic component identification Semiconductor wafer ID (Semi T7) Aerospace part identification (ATA Spec 2000) Pharmaceutical label verification (FDA) Quality program/ISO 9000 verification Data Matrix symbol verification Fraud prevention
Networking options
Dimensions Power requirements Temperatures Operating temperature Storage temperature Humidity
5/16
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC DMx AutoID+

Order No. SIMATIC DMX AutoID+ includes: Visionscape 0300 framegrabber, DMX AutoID+ software, digital IO extension cable, adapter for 4 cameras, other accessories Additionally with USB dongle Additionally with verification option and USB Dongle A 6GF3010-0AU00-0XD7
Order No.
Accessories
PC-internal I/O board PC internal 10-point opto-isolated I/O and strobe control board; board contains 2 triggers, 2 strobes 4 outputs, 2 inputs; includes: ribbon cable to connect to vision board and plug kit. Not recommended for use with more than two cameras. Mounts in PC in open slot. External I/O board External I/O and strobe control board kit; supports 4 dedicated channels for trigger and strobe and 16 slots for optically isolated IO modules configurable and input or output. Also supports 8 channels of analog output. Included is connection ribbon cable to IO bulkhead connector. Available optical isolation modules for the 16 slots on the external I/O board Digital input 2.5 28 V DC (1 ms/1.5 ms response) Digital input 10 32 V DC (5 ms response) Digital input 2.5 16 V DC (25 s response) Digital output 5 60 V DC (50 s response) Digital output 24 280 V AC (1/2 cycle response) Input module with switch (for manual input) Output module with switch (for manual output) A 6GF3080-0VS28-1SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS32-1SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS16-1SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS60-2SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS28-2SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS00-1SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS00-2SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS24-0SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS10-0SM0
A 6GF3010-0AU00-0XD1 A 6GF3010-0AU00-0XD2
Additionally with SIMATIC DMx A 6GF3010-0AU00-0XD3 Verifier+ and USB dongle Additionally with parallel (DB25 A 6GF3010-0AU00-0XD4 feedthrough) dongle Additionally with verification option and parallel (DB25 feedthrough) dongle A 6GF3010-0AU00-0XD5
For cameras, lenses and other accessories: See under "Accessories for SIMATIC Visionscape", page 5/83.
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/17

Hand-held reading systems
Introduction
Overview
SIMATIC HawkEye 50T/51T Powerful, high-resolution read devices for detecting low-contrast two-dimensional (2D) direct-part-mark (DPM) data matrix codes. Read codes that e.g. are applied by lasers, needles or pressure on various surfaces. Contact or near-contact scanners. The LytePype lighting system enables increased reading power and reading speed for data matrix codes. SIMATIC HawkEye 52T/53T Powerful, high-resolution read devices for detecting low-contrast two-dimensional (2D) direct-part-mark (DPM) data matrix codes and larger one-dimensional (1D) barcodes. Reads symbols, which are applied with dot-spread (needles), lasers and inkjet on many different surfaces as well as one-dimensional barcodes with the built-in laser scanner. Contact or near-contact scanners. The Lyte-Pipe lighting system enables increased reading power and reading speed for data matrix codes. The user can switch between DPM scanner and barcode reading by double-clicking on the trigger switch or by pressing the button on the rear of the device.
SIMATIC HawkEye 40/40T Hand-held read devices that are powerful and suitable for high-resolutions. Reading two dimensional (2D) data matrix codes and one-dimensional barcodes. Complex image processing functions and lighting technology to read codes on different surfaces. SIMATIC HawkEye 40 is suitable for labels with high contrasts. SIMATIC HawkEye 40T is designed for codes with low contrasts, such as are made by e.g. dot peen, laser printers or inkjet printers. The HawkEye 40T is also certified as a "Department of Defense Unique Identifier (UID) String Validator". SIMATIC HawkEye 45/45T Hand-held read devices, which combine the best image processing technology with a graphic display and a robust keypad. Reads large linear and compressed data matrix codes as well as one-dimensional barcodes without any time delay. Continuous adaptation for resolution, lighting and image field to any imaginable code and to the scanned surface, to the size of the characters and to the ambient light. High reading speed in decoding data matrix symbols. SIMATIC HawkEye 45 is suitable for labels with high contrasts. SIMATIC HawkEye 45T is designed for codes with low contrasts, such as are made by e.g. dot peen, laser printers or inkjet printers. The HawkEye 45T is also certified as a "Department of Defense Unique Identifier (UID) String Validator".
5/18
Siemens FS 10 2007

Introduction
Major differences
Type Operating range Minimum (code-dependent) Maximum (code-dependent) Image field Near 25 mm x 15 mm (0.98x 0.6) at 50 mm (1.9) distance 25 mm x 15 mm (0.98x 0.6) at 50 mm (1.9) distance HawkEye 50T: 13 x 13 mm (0.5 x 0.5) with contact HawkEye 51T: 19 x 19 mm (0.75 x 0.75) at 3 mm (0.125) distance HawkEye 50T: 19 x 19 mm (0.75 x 0.75) at 25 mm (1) distance HawkEye 51T: 36 x 36 mm (1.4 x 1.4) at 51 mm (2) distance HawkEye 52T: 24 mm x 24 mm (0.95 x 0.95) HawkEye 53T: 19 mm x 19 mm (0.75 x 0.75) HawkEye 52T: 43 mm x 43 mm (1.7 x 1.7) HawkEye 53T: 28 mm x 28mm (1.1 x 1.1) 1D: Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, UPC/EAN/JAN/SUP, I 2of5 2D: Data Matrix 50 mm (1.9) 375 mm (14.8) 50 mm (1.9) 375 mm (14.8) HawkEye 50T: 0 mm (0) HawkEye 51T: 3 mm (0.125) HawkEye 50T: 25 mm (1) HawkEye 51T: 51 mm (2) 0 mm (0) 51 mm (2) SIMATIC HawkEye 40/45 SIMATIC HawkEye 40T/45T SIMATIC HawkEye 50T/51T SIMATIC HawkEye 52T/53T
Far
150 mm x 90 mm 150 mm x 90 mm (5.9 x 3.5) (5.9 x 3.5) at 375 mm (14.8) distance at 375 mm (14.8) distance
Decoding capability
1D: Code 128, Code 39, Code 93, Int 2 of 5, Codabar, UPC/EAN/JAN, RSS, Composite, Postal, Codablock F, Code 11, Matrix 2 of 5, MSI Plessy, NEC 2 of 5, Pharmacode, Telepen 2D: Data Matrix, PDF417, Micro PDF 417, QR Code, MicroQR Code, Maxicode, Aztec, GoCode Laser, printing
1D: Code 39, Code 128, 2D codes Codabar, Code 93, I 2 of 5, UPC/EAN, UPC-E, UPC Supplementals, RSS und Composite, Postnet, Pharmacode, BC412 2D: Data Matrix, PDF417, QR Code
Code creation Interfaces
Laser, printing
Laser, printing or needles
Laser, printing or needles RS232
USB, RS232, PS2, BlueUSB, RS232, PS2, Bluetooth USB, RS232 tooth Class 1 (90 m, 300 ft) Class 1 (90 m, 300 ft)
Benefits
Industry leading Data Matrix reading performance on hard-toread direct part marks. Rugged designs for plant floor use. Multiple supported communication protocols including RS232, USB, PS2 and Wireless. Read linear barcodes, Data Matrix and other symbologies. Drop in replacement for handheld linear barcode readers.
Application
Automotive - dot peen mark on various automotive power train components (cylinder heads, cylinder blocks, manifolds, etc.) - laser marks on various automotive power train components (camshafts, crankshafts, pistons, connecting rods, transmission components, etc.) - laser marks on automotive electronics components, printed circuit boards, or enclosures Aerospace - dot peen marks on various aerospace alloy engine parts Medical Devices - laser marks on pacemakers and other implantable devices - laser marks on various medical device components and enclosures Electronics - laser marks on printed circuit boards and flex circuits Semiconductor - laser mark on packaged semiconductor devices, heat sinks or heat spreaders
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/19

SIMATIC HawkEye 40, 40T
Overview
The SIMATIC HawkEye 40 and HawkEye 40T are high-performance, high resolution handheld readers for two dimensional (2D) data matrix and one-dimensional barcodes. They incorporate advanced video image processing and illumination technology to read symbols on a variety of surfaces. The HawkEye 40T is also a Department of Defense Unique Identifier (UID) string validator. This includes checking the string content against the appropriate controlling documents. Typical uses are incoming inspection of UID codes marked by external vendors. UID to Unique Item Identifier (UII) conversion functionality allows vendors to use the HawkEye 40T in UID logistics applications. SIMATIC HawkEye 40 The SIMATIC HawkEye 40 is a rugged industrial barcode and data matrix reader designed to read medium to high contrast data matrix codes with cell sizes as small as 0.13 mm (0.005). Barcodes with a bar width as small as 0.12 mm (0.0045) are also easily read.
SIMATIC HawkEye 40T The SIMATIC HawkEye 40T provides much better reading stability than the HawkEye 40 because it utilizes the Siemens image processing algorithm. This algorithm is especially effective for low contrast and/or damaged codes. Therefore the HawkEye 40T is especially suitable for Direct Part Mark (DPM) Codes which were created by laser markers, dot peen systems or inkjet.
Benefits
SIMATIC HawkEye 40 Advantageous if the code possesses high contrast (e.g. codes located on paper labels) SIMATIC HawkEye 40/40T Cost-effective and sturdy handheld reader for high to medium contrast labels Automatically switches between barcodes and data matrix codes. The codes can be oriented in any direction Outfitted with a high resolution reader head that can read even the smallest codes High-performance processor for high decoding speed and very robust reading Easy reading of one-dimensional barcodes Dynamic illumination and internal settings optimize readability of codes Can communicate through almost all existing standard industrial protocols additionally for SIMATIC HawkEye 40T Masters hard-to-.read low contrast data matrix codes, which were created, for example, by laser markers, dot peen systems or inkjet Can read a wide variety of codes which were printed directly on the surface of parts, with out the need of parameter adjustment
5/20
Siemens FS 10 2007

Application
Industrial and commercial part identification and unit level traceability applications where the part is identified by a Data Matrix (DM) code or barcode and where a hand held reader is required. SIMATIC HawkEye 40 For applications that involve paper labels (i.e. codes offering good contrast) SIMATIC HawkEye 40T Applications in the: Automotive industry: Identification of various automotive power train components (e.g. cylinder heads, cylinder blocks, manifolds, etc.) Aerospace: Codes located on gas turbine blades Medical devices: Laser marks on various medical device components and enclosures Electronics: E.g. laser marks on ESD sensitive hard drive components
Type Focal point Minimum Maximum Field of view Near (at 50 mm (1.9) distance) Far (at 375 mm (14.8) distance) Decode capability: SIMATIC HawkEye 40 1D: Code 128, Code 39, Code 93, Int 2 of 5, Codabar, UPC/EAN/JAN, RSS, Composite, Postal, Codablock F, Code 11, Matrix 2 of 5, MSI Plessy, NEC 2 of 5, Pharmacode, Telepen 2D: Data Matrix, PDF417, Micro PDF 417, QR Code, MicroQR Code, Maxicode, Aztec, GoCode 1D: Code 39, Code 128, Codabar, Code 93, I 2 of 5, UPC/EAN, UPCE, UPC Supplementals, RSS und Composite, Postnet, Pharmacode, BC412 2D: Data Matrix, PDF417, QR Code 0.114 mm bar thickness (0.0045) 0.128 mm cell size (0.005) 25 mm x 15 mm (0.98 x 0.6) 150 mm x 90 mm (5.9 x 3.5) 50 mm (1.9) 375 mm (14.8) SIMATIC HawkEye 40/40T
SIMATIC HawkEye 40T
Design
They are hand held imaging readers with a ergonomic pistol grip design. The reader may be held in the right or left hand. Reading is commanded by a trigger in front of the pistol grip. The HawkEye 40T is a higher class unit which is equipped with a grip containing an additional battery. The extra battery substantially increases the operating time. Also, the HawkEye 40T is offered with an additional protective cover for the housing. This additional protection enhances usability in harsh industrial environments. The readers are constructed of a high impact durable plastic.
Minimum element size 1D Barcode 2D Matrix Code Print contrast resolution, absolute dark/light reflectance differential, measured at 650 nm 1D symbologies PDF417 Image formats Field selection Resolution, max. Gray scales Resolution selection Pitch Skew Rotational tolerance Code quality Field selection Sensor Real time clock Data editing Light source (target beam) Ambient light immunity Operation duration per battery charge (without extra battery located in pistol grip) Permissible air humidity, non-condensing Operating temperature Storage temperature
25 % 35 % JPEG, Raw (uncompressed) Near, far 1024 x 640 256 levels 1024 x 640 (multiple window options) 60 (from front to back) 60 from plane parallel to symbol (side-to-side) 180 Code readability index Near or far Progressive scan CMOS 1.33 MP (1024 x 1280) Seven year on-board battery backup Code XML Ready Class 2 visible Laser diode at 630 nm Sunlight: Up to 9000 ft-candles/96890 lux Battery with radio will support 3000 read/transmits per charge including 8 hours of standby interval 5 % to 95 % 0 C ... 40 C (32 F ... 104 F) -20 C ... 60 C (-4 F ... 140 F)
Integration
The SIMATIC HawkEye 40/40T connects to a host via RS232, USB, PS2 or Bluetooth. There is no need for special software as all programming is done by reading programming data matrices. There are three ways to transfer the data from the reader to the PC: Cabled, in realtime Locking USB (V1), RS232 or PS2 interfaces. Cabled batch method - Store-and-forward unit with long-life battery (only HawkEye 40T) The SIMATIC HawkEye 40T Batch version features a LithiumIon battery with a 3000 scan life span plus 8 hours of standby time. Features 2 MB of non-volatile memory and automatically recharges when connected via the USB, RS232 or PS2 interface. Cordless by Bluetooth Cordless version features a class 1 (V1.2) Bluetooth radio with a 90 m (300 ft) operating range (when connected with another Bluetooth Class 1 device.
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/21

Type Dimensions Reader H x L x W, in mm [inch] Handle H x D x W, in mm [inch] Weight Reader with battery Handle (without cable) Cable length Shock resistance Interfaces Processor 131 g 59 g 1.80 m (6 ft.) Withstands multiple drops of 6.56 feet (2 m) concrete USB, RS232, PS2, Bluetooth Class 1 radio (V1.2, 300 ft.) 400 MHz 33 x 109 x 46 [1.3 x 4.3 x 1.8] 96.5 x 36 x 30 [3.8 x 1.4 x 1.2] SIMATIC HawkEye 40/40T 1828 mm long, straight PS2 accessory cable for HawkEye handheld readers, 2428 mm long Blank battery compartment module without batteries Rechargeable battery, Lithium ions 1950 mAH Battery chargers with 2 bays with 2 bays, with PS-USA A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AA1 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AA2 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AA4 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AP1 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AP2 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AP3 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AB2 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AB0 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC6 Order No.

Order No. SIMATIC HawkEye 40 Sturdy industrial barcode and Data Matrix reader, with handle with USB port with PS2 port with RS232, with US power supply with RS232, with European power supply with RS232, with UK power supply with Bluetooth and USB mit Bluetooth and USB, configured for Japan SIMATIC HawkEye 40T Sturdy industrial barcode and Data Matrix reader, with handle (including battery) and rubber protective cover with USB port with cable and PS2 port with RS232, with US power supply with RS232, with European power supply with RS232, with UK power supply A 6GF3020-0HT40-0XX0 A 6GF3020-0HT40-0XX1 A 6GF3020-0HT40-0XX3 A 6GF3020-0HT40-0XX4 A 6GF3020-0HT40-0XX5 A 6GF3020-0HT40-2BT0 A 6GF3020-0HT40-2BT1 A 6GF3020-0HE40-0XX0 A 6GF3020-0HE40-0XX1 A 6GF3020-0HE40-0XX3 A 6GF3020-0HE40-0XX4 A 6GF3020-0HE40-0XX5 A 6GF3020-0HE40-2BT0 A 6GF3020-0HE40-2BT1
with 2 bays, with PS-Europa A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AA3 with 2 bays, with PS-UK Power supplies for USA for Europe/South America for UK
Metal stand with base Hawk- A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AS1 Eye for handheld readers Bluetooth modem Configuration with Matrix Code Label with PS2 interface with RS232 interface with RS232 interface, for Japan A 6GF3020-0AC00-2BT0 A 6GF3020-0AC10-1BT0 A 6GF3020-0AC11-1BT0 with PS2 interface, for Japan A 6GF3020-0AC01-2BT0
with RS232 interface, power A 6GF3020-0AC10-3BT0 supply for USA with RS232 interface, power A 6GF3020-0AC10-4BT0 supply for Europe/South America with RS232 interface, power A 6GF3020-0AC10-5BT0 supply for UK A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H
with Bluetooth and USB mit Bluetooth and USB, configured for Japan
Accessories
Pistol grip PS2 cable, 2438 mm long, coiled RS232 cables 2438 mm long, coiled 2438 mm long, coiled, with power supply for USA 2438 mm long, coiled, with power supply for Europe/South America 2438 mm long, coiled, with power supply for UK USB cable A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC1 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC3 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC4 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AH1 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC2
A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC5 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC0
5/22
Siemens FS 10 2007

Dimension drawings
97 49
46
30 20
116
109
78
FS10_00211
27
FS10_00210
SIMATIC HawkEye handle (without battery)
SIMATIC HawkEye 40/40T
Circuit diagrams
B A 177 1066
Connector A Pin No. 1 2 3 4 Connector B Pin No. 1 2 3 5 Connector C center contact ring Designation V+ (5 V 0.5 V) TX RX not connected not connected not connected not connected ground not connected drain Wire Color thickness 24 AWG 28 AWG 28 AWG 24 AWG red brown orange black bare
B 1 9 B
C 165 8
A 2 1 3
FS10_00209
5 6 7 8 9 shell
+5V
Min 500 mA
RS232 cable
Contact assignment RS232 cable
32
Connector A Pin No. 1 2 3 4 5

1 4
Connector B Pin No. 1 3 2 4
Designation
Wire thick- Color ness red
V+ (5 V 0.5 V) 24 AWG not connected not connected D+ D28 AWG 28 AWG
1828
green (twisted) white (twisted) black bare
A 1 4
6 7 8
not connected not connected ground drain 24 AWG -
8 5
FS10_00208
plug hous- shell ing
USB cable
Contact assignment USB cable
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/23

Overview
The SIMATIC HawkEye 45 and SIMATIC HawkEye 45T establish a new benchmark for portable data terminals and hand held computers by combining the industry's best imaging technology with a graphic display and rugged keyboard to create the smallest and lightest full-featured Data Matrix reading terminal on the market. The HawkEye 45 and HawkEye 45T instantly read large linear as well as high density Data Matrix symbols. The units continuously adapt the resolution, illumination, and image field for the fastest automatic symbology identification and decoding over the widest range of symbology types, sizes, recording surfaces and ambient lighting. The HawkEye 45 and HawkEye 45T achieve matrix symbol decoding at speeds that are similar to linear bar code decoding, while preserving battery energy. The HawkEye 45T is also a Department of Defense Unique Identifier (UID) string validator. This includes checking the string content against the appropriate controlling documents. Typical uses are incoming inspection of UID codes marked by external vendors. UID to Unique Item Identifier (UII) conversion functionality allows vendors to use the HawkEye 45T in UID logistics applications. SIMATIC HawkEye 45 The SIMATIC HawkEye 45 is a rugged industrial barcode and data matrix reader designed to read medium to high contrast data matrix codes with cell sizes as small as 0.005 inches. Barcodes with a bar width as small as .0045 are also easily read. The integrated display shows read data and allows for reader configuration. SIMATIC HawkEye 45T The SIMATIC HawkEye 45T provides much better reading stability than the HawkEye 45 because it utilizes the Siemens image processing algorithm. This algorithm is especially effective for low contrast and/or damaged codes. Therefore the HawkEye 45T is especially suitable for Direct Part Mark (DPM) Codes which were created by laser markers, dot peen systems or inkjet.
5/24
Siemens FS 10 2007

Benefits
SIMATIC HawkEye 45 Advantageous if the code possesses high contrast (e.g. codes located on paper labels) SIMATIC HawkEye 45/45T Cost-effective and sturdy handheld reader for high to medium contrast labels Integrated screen displays read data and allows for reader configuration. Automatically switches between barcodes and data matrix codes. The codes can be oriented in any direction Outfitted with a high resolution reader head that can read even the smallest codes High-performance processor for high decoding speed and very robust reading Easy reading of one-dimensional barcodes Dynamic illumination and internal settings optimize readability of codes Can communicate through almost all existing standard industrial protocols additionally for SIMATIC HawkEye 45T Masters hard-to-.read low contrast data matrix codes, which were created, for example, by laser markers, dot peen systems or inkjet Can read a wide variety of codes which were printed directly on the surface of parts, with out the need of parameter adjustment
Cabled Locking USB (V1), RS232 or PS2 interfaces. Batch Store-and-forward unit with long-life battery. The HE45T Batch version features a Lithium-Ion battery with at least 3000 scan life span plus 8 hours of standby time. Features 2 MB of nonvolatile memory and automatically recharges when connected via the USB, RS232 or PS2 interface. Cordless Cordless version features a class 1 Bluetooth radio with a 300 foot operating range (when connected with another Class 1 device).
Type Display Memory Focal point Minimum Maximum Field of View Near (at 50 mm (1.9) distance) Decode capability: HawkEye 45 1D: Code 128, Code 39, Code 93, Int 2 of 5, Codabar, UPC/EAN/JAN, RSS, Composite, Postal, Codablock F, Code 11, Matrix 2 of 5, MSI Plessy, NEC 2 of 5, Pharmacode, Telepen 2D: Data Matrix, PDF417, Micro PDF 417, QR Code, MicroQR Code, Maxicode, Aztec, GoCode 1D: Code 39, Code 128, Codabar, Code 93, I2of5, UPC/EAN, UPC-E, UPC Supplementals, RSS und Composite, Postnet, Pharmacode, BC412 2D: Data Matrix, PDF417, QR Code 0.114 mm bar thickness (0.0045) 0.128 mm cell size (0.005) 25 mm x 15 mm (0.98 x 0.6) Far (at 375 mm (14.8) distance) 150 mm x 90 mm (5.9 x 3.5) 50 mm (1.9) 375 mm (14.8) SIMATIC HawkEye 45/45T 128 x 128 monochrome 4 MB of memory for data and user programs
Application
Industrial and commercial part identification and unit level traceability applications where the part is identified by a Data Matrix (DM) code and where a hand held reader is required. SIMATIC HawkEye 45 For applications that involve paper labels (i.e. codes offering good contrast) SIMATIC HawkEye 45T Applications in the: Automotive industry: Identification of various automotive power train components (cylinder heads, cylinder blocks, manifolds, etc.) Aerospace: Codes located on gas turbine blades Medical devices: Laser marks on various medical device components and enclosures Electronics: Laser marks on ESD sensitive hard drive components
Minimum element size 1D Barcode 2D Matrix Code Print contrast resolution, absolute dark/light reflectance differential, measured at 650 nm 1D symbologies PDF417 Target beam Image formats Field selection and optical resolution Near field Far field Gray scales Resolution selection Pitch Skew Rotational tolerance Code quality HawkEye 45T
25 % 35 % Class Ia visible Laser diode at 630 nm JPEG, Raw (uncompressed)
Design
They are hand held imaging readers with a ergonomic pistol grip design. The reader may be held in the right or left hand. Reading is commanded by a trigger in front of the pistol grip. The HawkEye 45, as the high-feature reader, possesses an ergonomically superior handle. The readers are constructed of a high impact durable plastic.
1024 x 640 pixel 1024 x 640 pixel 256 levels 1024 x 640 (multiple window options) 60 (from front to back) 60 from plane parallel to symbol (side-to-side) 180 Code readability index Siemens FS 10 2007
Integration
The HawkEye 45/45T connects to a host via RS232, USB, PS2 or Bluetooth. There is no need for special software as all programming is done by reading programming data matrices. There are three ways to transfer the data from the reader:
5/25

Type Field selection Sensor Real time clock Data editing Light source (target beam) Ambient light immunity Operation duration per battery charge SIMATIC HawkEye 45/45T Near or far Progressive scan CMOS 1.33 MP (1024 x 1280) Seven year on-board battery backup Code XML Ready Class 2 visible Laser diode at 630 nm Sunlight: Up to 9000 ft-candles/96890 lux Battery with radio will support 3000 read/transmits per charge including 8 hours of standby interval with Bluetooth and USB mit Bluetooth and USB, configured for Japan Order No. A 6GF3020-0HT45-2BT0 A 6GF3020-0HT45-2BT1
Accessories
Pistol grip PS2 cable, 2438 mm long, coiled RS232 cables 2438 mm long, coiled 2438 mm long, coiled, with power supply for USA A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC1 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC3 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AH1 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC2 A
Permissible air humidity, non-con- 5 % to 95 % densing Operating temperature Storage temperature Dimensions Reader H x L x W, in mm [inch] Handle H x D x W, in mm [inch] Weight Reader with battery Handle (without cable) Shock resistance Interfaces 112 g 60 g Withstands multiple drops of 4 feet (1.2 m) concrete USB (full speed), RS232, PS/2, Bluetooth Class 1 (V1.2, 90 m, 300 ft) 400 MHz 41 x 113 x 46 [1.6 x 4.4 x 1.8] 122 x 97 x 48 [4.8 x 3.8 x 1.9] 0 C ... 40 C (32 F ... 104 F) -20 C ... 60 C (-4 F ... 140 F)
2438 mm long, coiled, with A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC4 power supply for Europe/South America 2438 mm long, coiled, with power supply for UK USB cable 1828 mm long, straight PS2 accessory cable for HawkEye handheld readers, 2428 mm long Blank battery compartment module without batteries Rechargeable battery, Lithium ions 1950 mAH Battery chargers with 2 bays with 2 bays, with PS-USA with 2 bays, with PS-Europa A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AA1 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AA2 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AA3 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AA4 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AP1 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AP2 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AP3 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AS1 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AB2 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AB0 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC6 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC5 A 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC0
Processor

Order No. SIMATIC HawkEye 45 Sturdy industrial barcode and Data Matrix reader, with integrated display, with handle with USB port with cable and PS2 port with RS232, with US power supply with RS232, with European power supply A 6GF3020-0HE45-0XX0 A 6GF3020-0HE45-0XX1 A 6GF3020-0HE45-0XX3 A 6GF3020-0HE45-0XX4 A 6GF3020-0HE45-0XX5 A 6GF3020-0HE45-2BT0 A 6GF3020-0HE45-2BT1
with 2 bays, with PS-UK Power supplies for USA for Europe/South America for UK Metal stand with base HawkEye for handheld readers Bluetooth modem Configuration with Matrix Code Label with PS2 interface with PS2 interface, for Japan with RS232 interface with RS232 interface, power supply for USA
with RS232, with UK power supply with Bluetooth and USB mit Bluetooth and USB, configured for Japan SIMATIC HawkEye 45T Sturdy industrial barcode and Data Matrix reader, with integrated display, with handle with USB port with PS2 port with RS232, with US power supply with RS232, with European power supply with RS232, with UK power supply
A 6GF3020-0AC00-2BT0 A 6GF3020-0AC01-2BT0 A 6GF3020-0AC10-1BT0 A 6GF3020-0AC10-3BT0
with RS232 interface, for Japan A 6GF3020-0AC11-1BT0
with RS232 interface, power A 6GF3020-0AC10-4BT0 supply for Europe/South America A 6GF3020-0HT45-0XX0 A 6GF3020-0HT45-0XX1 A 6GF3020-0HT45-0XX3 A 6GF3020-0HT45-0XX4 A 6GF3020-0HT45-0XX5 with RS232 interface, power supply for UK A 6GF3020-0AC10-5BT0
5/26
Siemens FS 10 2007

Dimension drawings
97 49
FS10_00214
45,5
110,5
116
32
FS10_00211
78
27
SIMATIC HawkEye Handle (without battery)
SIMATIC HawkEye 45/45T
Circuit diagrams
B A 177 1066
Connector A Pin No. 1 2 3 4 Connector B Pin No. 1 2 3 5 Connector C center contact ring Designation V+ (5 V 0.5 V) TX RX not connected not connected not connected not connected ground not connected drain Wire Color thickness 24 AWG 28 AWG 28 AWG 24 AWG red brown orange black bare
B 1 9 B
C 165 8
A 2 1 3
FS10_00209
5 6 7 8 9 shell
+5V
Min 500 mA
RS232 cable
Contact assignment RS232 cable
Connector A Pin No. 1 2 3 4 5

1 4
Connector B Pin No. 1 3 2 4
Designation
Wire thick- Color ness red
20
41,4
V+ (5 V 0.5 V) 24 AWG not connected not connected D+ D28 AWG 28 AWG
1828
green (twisted) white (twisted) black bare
A 1 4
6 7 8
not connected not connected ground drain 24 AWG -
8 5
FS10_00208
plug hous- shell ing
USB cable
Contact assignment USB cable
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/27

SIMATIC HawkEye 50T, 51T
Overview
Design
They are hand held imaging readers with a ergonomic pistol grip design. The reader may be held in the right or left hand. Reading is commanded by a trigger in front of the pistol grip. The readers are constructed of a high impact durable plastic. ESD versions (Electrostatic Sensitive Devices) are available for applications with electrostatic discharge threats. SIMATIC HawkEye 50T The SIMATIC HawkEye 50T is designed to read DPM codes with code sizes as small as 0.004 inches (0.10 mm), and an overall symbol size of up to 0.75 x 0.75 (19 mm x 19 mm). SIMATIC HawkEye 51T The SIMATIC HawkEye 51T is designed to read DPM codes with code sizes as small as 0.006 inches (0.15 mm), and overall symbol size of up to 1.4 x 1.4 (36 mm x 36 mm). Illumination Diffused Bright Field LytePype (1 and 1.5) Specify the 10 degree diffused bright field LytePype for most applications involving dot peen, laser or printed marks on typical surfaces. Dark Field LytePype (1 and 1.5) The 30 degree Dark Field LytePype may be required for low contrast marks or marks on highly reflective surfaces.
The SIMATIC HawkEye 50T and SIMATIC HawkEye 51T are high-performance, high resolution readers for low-contrast two dimensional (2D) data matrix direct part marks (DPMs). They incorporate advanced video image processing and illumination technology to read symbols on a variety of surfaces that have been created by dot peen, laser, or inkjet. The hand-held readers feature the LytePypeTM illumination system that delivers superior performance for DPM reading at high reading rates. The HawkEye 50T/51T are contact or near contact readers, and the LytePype guides the operator to position the reader for a simple point-and-shoot operation. The hand-held readers provide a comprehensive set of programmable features that can be configured to address any data collection application. Setup is simple and performed via the Graphical User Interface PC application program through the serial interface port and by reading special Data Matrix codes supplied with the unit.
Function
The SIMATIC HawkEye 50T/51T read and decode direct part mark data matrix symbols on a wide variety of industrial surfaces. The readers are hand held and will read and decode on input from the pistol grip trigger or upon receipt of a serial command. Data communication requires connection to a system capable of receiving ASCII serial data via USB or RS232 at a baud rate between 2400 bps and 115 Kbps. Operation of the supplied graphical user interface requires a PC running Windows 98, Windows 2000 or Windows XP and equipped with at least one serial port.
Benefits
Decodes hard to read low contrast data matrix codes made by dot peen, laser or ink-jet Reading of a broad variety of direct part marks without any parameter adjustments LytePype illumination system enhances readability of low-contrast marks High-resolution imager for reading very small codes High-performance processor for high decoding speed and very robust reading
Integration
The SIMATIC HawkEye 50T/51T will typically be employed as hand held, on-demand readers in an industrial environment. They connect as a serial device and transmit ASCII data using RS232 or USB at configurable baud rates between 2400 bps and 115 Kbps. The connection and configuration will be similar to that typically employed for hand held one-dimensional bar code scanners.
Application
Industrial and commercial part identification and unit level traceability applications where the part is identified by a Data Matrix (DM) code and where a hand held reader is required. Wide range of applications in many industries, e.g. Automotive industry: Identification of various automotive power train components (cylinder heads, cylinder blocks, manifolds, etc.) Aerospace: Dot peen marks on gas turbine blades Medical devices: Laser marks on various medical device components and enclosures Electronics: Laser marks on ESD sensitive hard drive components
5/28
Siemens FS 10 2007

Type Imaging characteristics Minimum code element size Minimum contrast Field of view Near Far Depth of field Sensor resolution Illumination options Interface Integrated interface Configuration General data Power requirements Input voltage 100 250 V AC, 0.5 A 50/60 Hz, (use Input voltage 100 250 V AC, 0.5A 50/60 Hz input, with PS-50 AC Adapter) (use with PS-50 AC Adapter) Output voltage12 V at 250 mA avg. (1250 mA peak) Output voltage12 V at 250 mA avg. (1700 mA peak output) 2D Data Matrix codes 32 F 104 F (0 C 40 C) -4 F 149 F (-20 C 65 C) Up to 95%, non-condensing EN 61010 pending approval CE, EN 61326:1998 Class A 56 x 160 x 102 (2.2" x 6.3" x 4.0") RS232 or USB with baud rates up to 115.2 Kbps Simple graphical user interface for image upload and basic setup supported under Windows XP/2000/98, and by decoding with special setup codes provided with the unit. 0.5 x 0.5 (13 x 13 mm) at contact 0.75 x 0.75 (19 x 19 mm) at 1 (25 mm) Up to 2 (51 mm) 1024 x 1024 Pixels Diffused Bright Field LytePype Suitable for most applications with dot peen, laser and ink jet marks Dark Field LytePype may be required for very low contrast laser marks or marks on a mirror-like surface 0.75 x 0.75 (19 x 19 mm) at 0.125 (3 mm) 1.4 x 1.4 (36 x 36 mm) at 2 (51 mm) 0.004 (0.10 mm) 20% at 660 nm 0.006 (0.15 mm) SIMATIC HawkEye 50T SIMATIC HawkEye 51T
Decode capability Operating temperature Storage temperature Humidity Electrical safety EMI/RFI Dimensions (W x L x D) in mm

Order No. SIMATIC HawkEye 50T Hand-held reader with RS232 interface Hand-held reader (ESD) with RS232 interface Hand-held reader (ESD) with USB interface A 6GF3020-0HT50-0XX0 A 6GF3020-0HT50-0EX0 A 6GF3020-0HT50-0EU0 Order No.
Accessories
Power supply Input 12 V DC (100 250 V AC 47 63 Hz); Output 12 V DC LytePype light 1" x 10 degree diffuse bright A 6GF3020-0AC50-0LB1 field 1.5" x 10 degree diffuse bright field 1" x 30 degree dark field 1.5" x 30 degree dark field SIMATIC HawkEye Handheld reader - stand RS232 power supply cable (spare part) MX WedgeTM - Software Wedge A 6GF3020-0AC51-0LB1 A 6GF3020-0AC50-0LD3 A 6GF3020-0AC51-0LD3 A 6GF3020-0AC50-0HR0 A 6GF3020-0AC50-0RS0 A 6GF3020-0AC50-0WD0 A 6GF3020-0AC00-0PS5
Hand-held reader with USB A 6GF3020-0HT50-0UX0 interface SIMATIC HawkEye 51T Hand-held reader with RS232 interface A 6GF3020-0HT51-0XX0
Hand-held reader with USB A 6GF3020-0HT51-0UX0 interface
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/29

Dimension drawings
101,6 55,9
Circuit diagrams
9-Pin D-type Sub (F)
5 9
FS10_00223
FS10_00221
1 6
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Signal name not connected RxD Data In TxD Data Out not connected SG not connected CTS Send In RTS Send Out not connected
Power jack
1 2
FS10_00224
Pin 1 2
Signal name +12 V Ground
5/30
Siemens FS 10 2007
160

Overview
Application
Industrial and commercial part identification and unit level traceability applications where the part is identified by a Data Matrix (DM) code or barcode and where a hand held reader is required. Wide range of applications in many industries, e.g. Automotive industry: Identification of various automotive power train components (cylinder heads, cylinder blocks, manifolds, etc.) Aerospace: Dot peen marks on gas turbine blades Medical devices: Laser marks on various medical device components and enclosures Electronics: Laser marks on ESD sensitive hard drive components
Design
They are hand held imaging readers with a ergonomic pistol grip design. The reader may be held in the right or left hand. Reading is commanded by a trigger in front of the pistol grip. The user can easily switch between DPM reading and barcode reading by double clicking the trigger or pressing the button on the back of the unit. The readers are constructed of a high impact durable plastic. ESD versions (Electrostatic Sensitive Devices) are available for applications with electrostatic discharge threats. The data from the reader is passed through an attached coiled cable which is terminated at a 13 pin female D shell connector. The read results are passed in RS232 serial form to any connected device capable of receiving serial data. SIMATIC HawkEye 52T The SIMATIC HawkEye 52T is designed to read DPM codes with code sizes as small as 0.004 inches (0.10 mm), and an overall symbol size of up to 0.75 x 0.75 (19 mm x 19 mm). Barcodes with a bar width as small as 0.005 inches (0.13 mm) and barcodes as wide as 6 (15.24 cm) are read with the laser scanner SIMATIC HawkEye 53T The SIMATIC HawkEye 53T is designed to read DPM codes with code sizes as small as 0.006 inches (0.15 mm), and overall symbol size of up to 1.4 x 1.4 (36 mm x 36 mm). Barcodes with a bar width as small as 0.005 inches (0.13 mm) and barcodes as wide as 6 (15.24 cm) are read with the laser scanner. Illumination Diffused Bright Field LytePype (1 and 1.5) Specify the 10 degree diffused bright field LytePype for most applications involving dot peen, laser or printed marks on typical surfaces. Dark Field LytePype (1 and 1.5) The 30 degree dark field LytePype may be required for low contrast marks or marks on highly reflective surfaces.
The SIMATIC HawkEye 52T and SIMATIC HawkEye 53T are highperformance, high resolution readers for low-contrast two dimensional (2D) data matrix direct part marks (DPMs) and large one-dimensional barcodes. They incorporate advanced video image processing and illumination technology to read symbols on a variety of surfaces that have been created by dot peen, laser, or inkjet as well as a laser scanner for one-dimensional barcodes. The hand-held readers feature the LytePype illumination system that delivers superior performance for DPM reading at high read rates. The HawkEye 52T/53T are contact or near contact readers, and the LytePype guides the operator to position the reader for a simple point-and-shoot operation. The user can easily switch between DPM reading and barcode reading by double clicking the trigger or pressing the button on the back of the unit. The hand-held readers provide a comprehensive set of programmable features that can be configured to address any data collection application. Setup is simple and performed via the Graphical User Interface PC application program through the serial interface port or by reading special Data Matrix codes supplied with the unit.
TM
Benefits
Specialized on decoding hard to read low contrast data matrix codes made by dot peen, laser or ink-jet Reading of a broad variety of direct part marks without any parameter adjustments LytePype illumination system enhances readability of low-contrast marks High-resolution imager for reading very small codes High-performance processor for high decoding speed and very robust reading Easy reading of one-dimensional barcodes with a laser scanner
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/31

Function
The SIMATIC HawkEye 52T/53T read and decode direct part mark data matrix symbols and barcodes on a wide variety of industrial surfaces. The readers are hand held and will read and decode on input from the pistol grip trigger or upon receipt of a serial command. Data communication requires connection to a system capable of receiving ASCII serial data via RS232 at a baud rate between 2400 bps and 115 Kbps. Operation of the supplied graphical user interface requires a PC running Windows 98, Windows 2000 or Windows XP and equipped with at least one serial port.
Integration
The SIMATIC HawkEye 52T/53T will typically be employed as hand held, on-demand readers in an industrial environment. They connect as a serial device and transmit ASCII data using RS232 at configurable baud rates between 2400 bps and 115 Kbps. The connection and configuration will be similar to that typically employed for hand held one-dimensional bar code scanners.
Type Reads the following codes Matrix code Barcode Minimum code element size Matrix code Barcode Minimum contrast Matrix code Barcode Field of view Near (contact) Far (2 inches distance) Depth of field Matrix code imager Barcode Reader Sensor resolution Illumination Matrix code imager Barcode reader Interface Integrated interface Configuration General data Power requirements Operating temperature Storage temperature AC Adapter 100 250 V AC, 0.5A 50/60 Hz input, 12 V at 600 mA avg. (1200 mA peak output) 32 F 104 F (0 C 40 C) -4 F 149 F (-20 C 65 C) Up to 95%, non-condensing EN 61010 pending approval CE, EN 61326:1998 Class A 57.15 x 177.8 x 101.6 (2.25" x 7.0" x 4.0") RS 232 with baud rates from 1200 to 115.2 Kbps Simple graphical user interface for image upload and basic setup supported under Windows XP/2000/98. Also by decoding special setup codes provided with the unit. Directional LytePypeTM illumination system Visible laser diode operating at 650 10 nm 0 89 mm (3.5) 51 mm .. 152 mm (2 6) 644 x 494 pixels 24 mm x 24 mm (0.95 x 0.95) 43 mm x 43 mm (1.7 x 1.7) 19 mm x 19 mm (0.75 x 0.75 ) 28 mm x 28 mm (1.1 x 1.1) 25% at 632 nm 25% at 650 nm 25% at 632 nm 25% at 650 nm 0.175 mm (0.007) 0.13 mm (0.005) 0.175 mm (0.007) 0.13 mm (0.005) Data Matrix Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, UPC/EAN/JAN/SUP, I 2 of 5 SIMATIC HawkEye 52T SIMATIC HawkEye 53T
Humidity Electrical safety EMI/RFI Dimensions (W x L x D) in mm
5/32
Siemens FS 10 2007


Order No. SIMATIC HawkEye 52T Handheld reader with RS232-interface SIMATIC HawkEye 53T Handheld reader with RS232 A 6GF3020-0HT53-0XX0 interface Handheld reader (ESD) with A 6GF3020-0HT53-0EX0 RS232 interface A 6GF3020-0HT52-0XX0
Circuit diagrams
9-Pin D-type Sub (F)
5 9
FS10_00223
1 6
Accessories
Power supply Input 12 V DC (100 250 V AC 47 63 Hz); Output 12 V DC LytePype light 1" x 10 degree diffuse bright A 6GF3020-0AC50-0LB1 field 1.5" x 10 degree diffuse bright field 1" x 30 degree dark field 1.5" x 30 degree dark field SIMATIC HawkEye Handheld reader - stand RS232 power supply cable (spare part) MX WedgeTM - software wedge Micro Wedge and cable incl. decoder, programming pencil and cable A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H A 6GF3020-0AC51-0LB1 A 6GF3020-0AC50-0LD3 A 6GF3020-0AC51-0LD3 A 6GF3020-0AC50-0HR0 A 6GF3020-0AC50-0RS0 A 6GF3020-0AC50-0WD0 A 6GF3020-0AC50-0XD0 A 6GF3020-0AC00-0PS5
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Signal name not connected RxD Data In TxD Data Out not connected SG not connected CTS Send In RTS Send Out not connected
Power jack
1 2
FS10_00224
Pin 1 2
Signal name +12 V Ground
Dimension drawings
101,6 57,15
177,8
160
FS10_00222
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/33

Sector-specific code reading systems
UID products
Overview
Application
UID is a policy that affects any supplier to the U.S. Department of Defense.
Design
The UID Compliance Kit (UID-CK) consists of a standalone desktop unit that is connected to a host PC. The unit contains the appropriate fixed lighting and lensing necessary to complete the required string checking and Data Matrix print quality grading. The UID-CK is for flat labels and data plates less than 3.17 mm (1/8) in thickness. The overall code size must not be larger than 19 mm x 19 mm (0.75 x 0.75). The UID-CK system requires you to supply a PC running Microsoft Windows 2000 or Windows XP with: At least a 300 MHz CPU At least 256 MB RAM A CD-ROM drive At least 100 MB of available hard disk space A 10/100 MB Network (Ethernet) interface Display capable of displaying at least 1024 by 768 pixels, true colors A DPM UID Checker Kit is available for larger codes and for checking direct Part Marks (DPMs). It consists of the following components: SIMATIC HawkEye 1510 camera Direct Part Mark (DPM) Verification License License of the UID Compliance Checker Software Large travel Z-axis stand Three lights for different lighting - 60 mm Ring light (ISO 15415 & AS9132) - 100 mm Dark Field light (AS9132) - 50 mm DOAL On-Axis light (AS9132) Three lenses (8 mm, 25 mm, 50 mm) Extension tube set Three HawkEye to light mounting brackets 12 month software maintenance contract 2 m (7 ft.) Ethernet cable & cross-over adapter Light source power supply HawkEye power supply
The UID products of Siemens allow you to comply with MIL-STD130 and DFAR 252.211-7003. The UID-Compliance Kit is designed for labels and dataplates containing UIDs. The DPM UID Checker Kit is available for larger codes and for Direct Part Marks (DPMs). Checking is performed according to the following standards: ISO 16022, ISO 15415, ISO 15434, ISO 15418, ISO 15426-2, SAE AS9132 Laser, SAE AS9132 Dot Peen, SAE AS9132 ElectroChemical Etch, Applicable DFARS changes including 252.2117003, MIL-STD-130L, MIL-STD-130L Change 1, MIL-STD-130M, Guide to Uniquely Marking Items Version 1.4, Guide to Uniquely Marking Items Version 1.5, ATA SPEC200 Chapter 9 and ANSI MH10.
Benefits
Validates UID data element semantics and syntax and formatting-ensures compliance to DoD UID policy & standards Verifies mark quality per applicable international standards Fully assembled turnkey unit-simplifies integration Simple plug-and-play operation-no setup needed Point-and-click graphical user interface-no programming required Use with UID labels and data plates-broad applicability Used by defense contractors and DoD Agencies for UID compliancy Easily integrates to your current IT infrastructure, providing report output accessible from any SQL, Excel or HTML tools Generates both electronic and hard copy report for delivery to end customer Backwards compatible to earlier MIL-STD-130 UID requirements to fit your contract needs Concatenates UID for easy transmission to the UID Registry Simple Pass/Fail indication on screen and using Green/Red lights Reads and displays UID contents on screen-serves as manual reading station Logs & archives operations including images-supports audit needs Generates printable compliance report used to document compliance Database and spreadsheet storage of report data Allows for checking of non-UID ISO 15434 codes like Current Part Number or National Stock Number
Function
UID Mark Validation The UID compliance kit allows you to determine that the data elements in a Data Matrix mark are properly formatted and concatenated and that a valid UID is output. Mark Quality Verification MIL-STD-130 requires that the quality of each machine-readable mark be verified prior to delivery to the U.S. government. The UID Compliance Kit provides the verification tools and reports to make a compliant delivery and to ensure your UID mark is in full compliance with all applicable standards. The UID software is a simple to use software package that automatically sets all the thresholds necessary and enables operators to use the device without knowledge of UID. The output of the software is saved in an HTML format, a spreadsheet format, and a database format. An image is also saved of the part so visual inspection during audits is possible. The UIDWedge is a support program for handling a readers output (e.g. SIMATIC HawkEye 1500) of a UID mark and getting the UID Number to a PC based program as input. UIDWedge can be used with any reader that sends data through RS232 or blue tooth to a PC. The objective of UID Wedge is to capture the reader output, convert that data to a UID number and send that
5/34
Siemens FS 10 2007

Sector-specific code reading systems
UID products
UID Number along to another PC based program, such as Excel or Notepad, running on a customers own Windows 2000 or Windows XP PC. The data output by the UIDWedge can be formatted and sent to pre-determined software if desired. The UID Encoder is a program that steps users through the process of creating a UID string to be encoded in a UID (Unique IDentification) Data Matrix. Using the mandatory ISO 15434 semantics, the software will automatically place the special ASCII characters into the string in the correct locations. The program also checks each data string entered by the user for the content, format, and length. This program also allows the user to select what construct and what syntax (ATA SPEC 2000, UCC.EAN, or ANSI) they are going to use in their UID code. When all of the data has been entered and checked the program will create the string that can be copied and pasted into your marking equipment software. Outputting the final Data Matrix image or string to a file are also user selectable options.

Order No. UID compliance kit DMP UID checker kit A 6GF3020-0UD20-0CK0 A 6GF3020-0UD10-0DP0
Accessories
UIDWEDGE - Software Wedge UID Encoder - UID Data Matrix String Generator A 6GF3020-0UD71-0XX0 A 6GF3020-0UD81-0XX0
Dimension drawings
279
Integration
The UID-CK or DPM UID Checker Kit is connected to the host PC via an Ethernet connection. A direct connection is possible with the included cross-over adapter. The camera is capable of connecting to a company LAN via DHCP or a static IP. An RS232 connection is used to configure the camera for Ethernet connectivity.
Type Field of view Verification capabilities UID Compliance Kit 25.4 mm x 19.05 mm (1.0 x 0.75) ISO 16022 ISO 15415 AS9132 Laser AS9132 Dot Peen AS9132 Electro-Chemical Etch MIL-STD-130M Enhanced ISO 15415 0.125 110 V AC, 60 Hz, 1.0 A TCP/IP using DHCP or Static IP 0 C ... 40 C (32 F ... 104 F) < 95% non-condensing EN 61010-1: 2002 EN 60825-1 1993 Amendment 2 2001-01
330
292
254
Largest Part thickness Electrical requirements Networking connections Operating temperature Humidity Electrical/mechanical safety Laser safety
165
FS10_00229
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/35

Verification systems
Overview
Marking a product is normally done very early on in the production process so that all following steps can be controlled using the product identity. By using verification systems, the readability of marks is guaranteed throughout the entire production process regardless of any possible contamination or when using different read devices. Moreover, the marking can continue to be read after the production process throughout the life span of the product. HawkEye Direct Part Mark Verifier SIMATIC HawkEye Direct Part Mark (DPM) Verifier guarantees the quality of data matrix codes on directly marked parts. This is a software option for the cameras of the SIMATIC HawkEye 1500 series. Siemens Direct Part Marking (DPM) technology is utilized here. Users of HawkEye 1500 cameras can perform a 100% inspection for DPMs with this device and the marking system can be set correctly before illegible markings are made on the parts. DMX Verifier+ SIMATIC DMx Verifier+ is a data matrix verification system that supplies data on the code quality. It is a quality assurance program with the target of ensuring that data matrix codes can be read correctly for a number of materials and marking procedures. The DMx Verifier+ is a software package that is used together with half-length PCI modules. The PCI module is connected with external cameras via cables. Up to 4 cameras can be connected with a PCI card. High-performance testing systems are possible with this system. By adding an optional, external I/O module, the functionality can be expanded and the system can be integrated into an automated system.
5/36
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC HawkEye Direct Part Mark Verifier
Overview
Design
Direct Part Mark Verification is offered as special software option for all SIMATIC HawkEye 1500 series cameras. The optimum configuration for a direct part mark verifier is typically different than that for a reader. Direct part mark verification requires higher resolution than reading (more pixels per Data Matrix symbol cell) and also requires that the axis of the camera is perpendicular to the mark surface.
Function
Direct part mark quality problems that can be detected by the Direct Part Mark Verification technology include: Improper or inconsistent mark dot/cell size Improper or inconsistent mark dot/cell location Improper overall mark geometry Mark or part surface damage Very low or inconsistent mark contrast To ensure the quality of Data Matrix codes marked directly on parts, Siemens offers the SIMATIC HawkEye DPM Verifier. This verifier consists of a software option for the SIMATIC HawkEye 1500 Series cameras. It uses the Siemens Direct Part Marking (DPM) technology. Using this system, manufacturers can now continuously monitor and adjust their marking system before it begins producing unreadable marks. While Data Matrix readers or verifiers from other vendors evaluate marks using a specification known as the AIM standard (ISO 16022), originally developed for labels, the HawkEye DPM Verifier uses a set of quality measures developed by Siemens specifically for direct part marks. This helps prevent false alarms or incorrect decisions, since direct part marks that receive a perfect A' according to the AIM spec may really be marginal or even unacceptable, whereas marks that receive a very low or failing AIM grade may be perfectly readable and need not indicate any problems or require any changes in the marking process. The Direct Part Mark quality verification measurements include: Cell size Cell center offset Cell size offset Cell modulation Border match Angle of distortion Symbol contrast Axial non-uniformity Print growth Unused error correction

Order No. SIMATIC HawkEye DPM Verifier Code reading system, including licence for - SIMATIC HawkEye1510 - SIMATIC HawkEye1525SHD - SIMATIC HawkEye1525UHD A 6GF3020-0HE15-2CV0 A 6GF3020-0HE15-2SV0 A 6GF3020-0HE15-2UV0 - SIMATIC HawkEye1525HD A 6GF3020-0HE15-2HV0
Benefits
100% in-line mark quality monitoring for DPMs in production Broad applicability resulting from support of the following verification standards: Siemens DPM, AS9132, ISO 15415 and ISO 16022 (AIM) Unique Siemens DPM quality measurements overcome limitations of other verification standards Built-in A/B/C/D/F grading levels for ease of interpretation User selectable mark quality measurements to identify different marking process problems User configurable good/fair/poor quality alarm ranges for each measurement Direct connection to PLC or stack lights through onboard digital I/O Graphical interface for advanced setup and in-line monitoring of verification results and statistics
- SIMATIC HawkEye1515MD A 6GF3020-0HE15-1MV0 - SIMATIC HawkEye1515HD A 6GF3020-0HE15-1HV0 - SIMATIC HawkEye1515SHD - SIMATIC HawkEye1515UHD - SIMATIC HawkEye1515LHD A 6GF3020-0HE15-1SV0 A 6GF3020-0HE15-1UV0 A 6GF3020-0HE15-1LV0
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/37

SIMATIC DMx Verifier+
Overview
Design
DMx Verifier+ is a software package that is designed to be used with a half-length PCI PC card. The PCI card connects to external cameras via cables. Up to 4 cameras can be connected to the PCI card. Minimum PC requirements: Pentium class CPU (400 MHz or higher) 128 MB memory required 2 GB hard disk (Enhanced IDE) SVGA display (800 x 600 pixels with 256 colors) Disk space approximately 50 MB free to install the software One open PCI slot (necessary for Vision Board installation only) Windows 2000 (SP4 or later), Windows XP (SP2 or later)
Type Verification parameters Standard Siemens ISO 16022, ISO 15415, AS 9132, AIM DPM Siemens DPM Verification Encoded data, error correction level, Data Matrix dimension, Data Matrix style, element resolution SIMATIC DMx Verifier+
SIMATIC DMx Verifier+ is a Data Matrix verification system that provides symbol quality data. This system enables the development of quality control/assurance programs to maintain readability of Data Matrix symbols in a wide range of marking and reading applications. DMx Verifier+ verifies printed, etched, peened, or ink-jet marked Data Matrix symbols on paper, metal, plastic, and many other materials. DMx Verifier+ provides analysis of overall symbol grade, symbol contrast, print growth1), axial non-uniformity, and unused error correction. It provides graphical displays of measured parameters as well as summary and detail reports both on-screen and hard copy.
1)
Additional
The size ratio of black cells to white cells should ideally be 1:1. If the black cells increase in size, due to bad printing, readability is impaired. This effect is called print growth.
Benefits
Provides data matrix verification based on following standards: AIM / ISO 16022, IAQG / AS9132, ISO 15415, AIM DPM and Siemens DPM Verification (parameters such as symbol contrast, print growth, axial non- uniformity, unused error correction, etc.) Flexible, easy-to-use single push-button operation, optional high-resolution camera and lens, stand, decoder/analyzer, printer, monitor and specialized light source Graphical displays of measured parameters Reports element resolution used for analysis, cell placement errors, cell size variations and overall matching Interchangeable Siemens light sources and lenses available to meet all application requirements Provides summary and detailed analysis reports, both onscreen and hard copy Enables development of quality control and assurance programs
Application
Pharmaceutical label version verification (iaw. FDA) Small part identification and serialization Harsh environment production tracking Fraud prevention/permanent item identification Low-contrast verification and reading
5/38
Siemens FS 10 2007

SIMATIC DMx Verifier+

Order No. SIMATIC DMx Verifier+ Contains: Visionscape 0300 Framegrabber, software, digital IO extension cable, adapter for 4 cameras, additional accessories A 6GF3020-0DX00-0VF0
Accessories
PC-internal I/O board PC internal 10-point opto-Isolated I/O and strobe control board; board contains 2 triggers, 2 strobes 4 outputs, 2 inputs; includes: ribbon cable to connect to vision board and plug kit. Not recommended for use with more than two cameras. Mounts in PC in open slot. External I/O board External I/O and strobe control board kit; supports 4 dedicated channels for trigger and strobe and 16 slots for optically isolated IO modules configurable and input or output. Also supports 8 channels of analog output. Includes connection ribbon cable to IO bulkhead connector. Optical isolation module for external I/O board. Digital input 2.5 28 V DC (1 ms/1.5 ms response) Optical isolation module for external I/O board. Digital input 10 32 V DC (5 ms response) Optical isolation module for external I/O board. Digital input 2.5 16 V DC (25 s response) Optical isolation module for external I/O board. Digital output 5 60 V DC (50 s response) A 6GF3080-0VS28-1SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS24-0SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS10-0SM0
A 6GF3080-0VS32-1SM0
A 6GF3080-0VS16-1SM0
A 6GF3080-0VS60-2SM0
Optical isolation module for A 6GF3080-0VS28-2SM0 external I/O board. Digital output 24 280 V AC (1/2 cycle response) Optical isolation module for external I/O board. Input module with switch (for manual input) Optical Isolation module for external I/O board. Output module with switch (for manual output) A 6GF3080-0VS00-1SM0
A 6GF3080-0VS00-2SM0
For cameras, lenses and other accessories: See under "Accessories for SIMATIC Visionscape", page 5/83.
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/39

Vision sensors
Introduction
Vision Sensors Simple and intelligent

SIMATIC MV220 color mark sensor The SIMATIC MV220 compact color mark sensor is a complete image processing system for automatic inspection of color objects. It is ideally suited for use under harsh industrial conditions due to its degree of protection IP65. It is used for applications in manufacturing, the packaging industry and food and beverages industry. It is so easy to operate that no courses are necessary and the system is "trained" instead of programmed, so even non-experts can use it instantly. It is integrated in the plant automation using digital inputs and outputs.
Highlights
Optimized for use under harsh industrial conditions thanks to degree of protection IP65 High-speed procedures can be controlled thanks to the short inspection time of the sensor (approx. 30 inspections per second) Fast changeover thanks to easy model switchover 16 inspection models can be taught The inspection models are switched over by means of digital inputs Flexible adaptation to the application is possible Flexible adjustment of image window and operating distance Flexible adjustment of parameters Fast commissioning No image processing knowledge necessary No programming necessary
SIMATIC VS100 Vision Sensors Our intelligent VS100 Vision Sensors are the perfect choice for checking the shape, type or position of small components. The complete package comprises lighting, evaluation unit, sensor and cables. They are installed and commissioned with a flick of the wrist. They are so easy to operate that no courses are necessary and the system is "trained" instead of programmed, so even non-experts can use it instantly. The compact design allows them to be used in a wide range of different infeed systems such as vibrating conveyors, conveyor belts or grippers. Thanks to standardized interfaces, the Vision Sensors can be flexibly integrated into the plant automation. For simple conveyor units, a stand-alone solution is available without an additional PLC.
Highlights
Extremely easy operation Special image processing expertise is not required The system is commissioned by teaching it, not by programming it Stand-alone operation possible Simple connection to PROFIBUS DP / PROFINET or serial interface WinCC integration Remote diagnostics
5/40
Siemens FS 10 2007

Vision sensors
Introduction
Applications
Object inspection with SIMATIC MV220 Inspection task Color inspection tasks in manufacturing and assembly systems
Applications
Manufacturing, packaging industry and food and beverages industry, etc.
Type of parts to be inspected
e.g. completeness of colored parts, blister packs, cups, bottles, labels and covers, etc.
Form inspection with SIMATIC VS110 Inspection task Correctness, lack of damage and position of a part or pattern; position of the part with x/y coordinate and angle of rotation in degrees Vibrating conveyors, conveyor belts, workholder carousels, gripper units, etc.
Applications
e.g. screws, bolts, molded parts, pharmaceutical products, confectionery, etc.
Object inspection with SIMATIC VS120 Inspection task Correctness, lack of damage and position of a part or pattern; position of the part with x/y coordinate and angle of rotation in degrees
Applications
Conveyor belts, workholder carousels, gripper units, production machines, etc.
e.g. screws, bolts, molded parts, pharmaceutical products, confectionery, logos, patterns, etc.
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/41

Vision sensors
Introduction
MV220 VS110 VS120
Object inspection (color) Sensor type Image capture Sensor head type CMOS sensor (color), 640 x 480 pixels digital, max. 33 frames/s 2 fixed display field sizes
Outline inspection CCD chip, 640 x 480 quadratic pixels digital, max. 58 frames/s 2 x fixed focus (fixed display field size)
Object inspection
Triggered frame transfer 2 x fixed focus with fixed display field size, 1 x C/CS mount with variable display field size
Available versions Housing Degree of protection Object size (W x H)
Complete system see below IP65 Display field size (infinitely) adjustable For object distance of 50 mm: Display field size 40 x 30 mm For object distance of 250 mm: Display field size 200 x 150 mm Objects up to 59 mm x 45 mm, inspection window: 70 mm x 50 mm Objects up to 35 mm x 25 mm, inspection window: 40 mm x 30 mm Objects up to 60 mm x 40 mm, inspection window: 70 mm x 50 mm Objects up to 34 mm x 24 mm, inspection window: 40 mm x 30 mm Variable size of object with C/CS mount Extruded aluminum housing
Ambient temperature Lighting Illuminant Housing Degree of protection Evaluation unit Operator controls Number of types to be saved Inspection triggering Permissible parts rate Infeed direction - For external triggering - For automatic triggering Housing Interfaces on evaluation unit DI for 24 V DC DO for 24 V DC Integrated interface Sensor head interface Supply voltage Current, max.
0 - 45 C, no condensation Integrated white LEDs see below IP65
0 C to 50 C, without fans Infrared LEDs Metal with plastic diffusing panel IP40 Red LEDs Plastic ring light with plastic diffusing panel IP65
4-character text display with 4 opera- LCD display panel (4 lines with 10 characters each) and 6 operator buttons tor buttons for menu operation up to 16 External 33 inspections/s up to 15 External or automatic 25 objects/s External 20 objects/s (object-dependent)
as required Plastic, aluminium (IP65) 6 (of which 1 is a trigger input) 5 DC 24 V 2A 2.5 A 2.5 A Left to right or vice-versa Plastic, suitable for cabinetless installation (IP40) 8 (including 1 trigger input) 6 RS232 Digital interface PROFIBUS DP / Ethernet
5/42
Siemens FS 10 2007

Vision sensors
SIMATIC MV220
Overview
Manufacturing and assembly systems for automobile industry suppliers and electronics; Checking the presence of colored components Packaging machines for blister packs and combined packs Checking for presence, part recognition and checking the location of colored objects Cup and bottle filling in the food & beverages industry Print inspection and parts identification for labels and covers
Design
The SIMATIC MV220 image processing sensor combines all the components required for the test in a compact housing: Rugged plastic/metal housing with IP65 degree of protection Digital camera for evaluation of color pictures: - CMOS chip - Resolution of 640 x 480 pixels Continuously adjustable lens: - Variable image field from 40 x 30 mm to 200 x 150 mm - Variable object distance from 50 mm to 250 mm Integrated white lighting Laser-based alignment tool Operator controls and displays: - Input keys - Display - LEDs M12 plug and socket with connections for: - Power supply - Digital inputs and outputs M4 fastening holes for mechanical fixing system for industrial sensors
Compact image processing sensor for automatic inspection of colored objects A synthesis of high-performance image processing technology with simple, compact sensors For applications in manufacturing, the packaging industry and food and beverages industry Process-oriented implementation thanks to degree of protection IP65 Integration in plant automation using digital inputs and outputs Quick familiarization with task thanks to the teach-in function
Function
The following functions are available: Teaching in the models using one or more good parts Inspecting an object using the features extracted during teach-in Inspection can be performed on stationary and moving objects Inspection of the object supplies a good/bad statement in accordance with the set threshold values The results are output on two digital outputs: - OK: Compliance of the object with the saved model is better or equal to the set threshold value - N_OK: Compliance of the object with the saved model is worse than or equal to the set threshold value Mode of operation Manual alignment of the sensor is supported by a laser-based alignment tool. Two laser beams project two light spots into the image window of the sensor. The sensor is calibrated to the ambient conditions, menu-driven, based on the templates supplied. The inspection tasks are taught by presenting one or more good objects. The result of teach-in can be saved in one of 16 data records. The learned inspection task can then be tested immediately in test mode. To start the evaluation mode you have to select a trained object data record and switch to "RUN" mode. The sensor starts the evaluation after triggering. Depending on the trained threshold values and the actual evaluated values, the result is output to the OK or N_OK digital outputs for a good or bad result respectively. The inspection task can be changed by selecting a different data record (model) in "RUN" mode.
Siemens FS 10 2007
Benefits
Optimized for use under harsh industrial conditions thanks to IP65 degree of protection High-speed procedures can be controlled thanks to the short inspection time of the sensor (approx. 30 inspections per second) Fast changeover thanks to easy model switchover 16 inspection models can be taught The inspection models are switched over by means of digital inputs Flexible adaptation to the application is possible Flexible adjustment of image window and operating distance Flexible adjustment of parameters Fast commissioning No image processing knowledge necessary No programming necessary
Application
The SIMATIC MV220 image processing sensor is a complete image processing system for automatic inspection of color objects. It completes the product portfolio in the low-end image processing segment and high-end segment of conventional sensors. Due to its high performance and simplicity, simple color inspection tasks are accessible that are too complex for the other image processing systems and which exclude themselves on grounds of cost. The module is used in:
5/43

Vision sensors
SIMATIC MV220
Any sensor faults or errors in operating the sensor are reported in the diagnostics. Evaluation mode continues or is terminated depending on the type of error.
MV220 Vision Sensor General Specifications Supply voltage Rated value Voltage range Power consumption max. Material Housing Lens cover Dimensions (H x W x D) in mm Weight Degree of protection Ambient temperature Mechanical strength Oscillations Shock acc. to IEC61131-2 acc. to IEC61131-2 Plastic, aluminum Plastic 113 x 35 x 90 430 g IP65 acc. to DIN EN 60529 0 45C 24 V DC 20.4 to 28.8 V DC; with reverse polarity protection 2A
MV220 Vision Sensor Image sensor Image acquisition Size of the image field For object distance of 50 mm For object distance of 250 mm Number of distinguishable colors Inspection types Inspection triggering Output of results Lighting Light source Light intensity External lighting Functions Operator control Alignment tool Number of models that can be stored Teach-in of models Diagnostics messages Operating status display Disabling operation of keys Interfaces Digital inputs 6 inputs, 24 V DC of which one trigger input (100 s delay time) and 5 inputs for model selection and key disabling 5 outputs; 24 V DC Outputs for results, 500 mA Outputs for diagnostics and external lighting, 100 mA Outputs for operating status, 20 mA M12 socket and M12 plug, 8-pole Using M4 fixing holes 4-character text display and 4 operator buttons Using laser projection (laser class 2) 16; using digital inputs Using "Teach-in" Using LED, text display and digital output Using LED and digital output Possible using digital input Integrated white LEDs 800 LUX for object distance of 150 mm Controllable via digital output CMOS sensor (color); 640 x 480 pixels Continuously variable; depending on the object distance 40 x 30 mm 200 x 150 mm Depending on inspection severity; 2048 colors / 64 colors / 16 colors Matching, recognition External; via digital input "OK" and "N_OK"; via LEDs and digital outputs

Order No. SIMATIC MV220 Color mark sensor for inspecting colored objects; size of image field 40 mm x 30 mm to 200 mm x 150 mm; operating unit, display unit and LED lighting integrated; incl. operating instructions and templates 6GF5 110-0AA00-0AA0
Accessories
M12 cable socket (female) With 5 m PUR cable, black, shielded, 8-pole (8 x 0.25 mm2) M12 cable connector (male) With 5 m PUR cable, black, shielded, 8-pole (8 x 0.25 mm2) Sensors assembly system consisting of: Mounting base for sensors assembly system, with 12 mm hole for inserting round rod Holding plate for sensors assembly system, for mounting on 12 mm round rod, suitable for SIMATIC MV220 Round rod for sensors assembly system, 12 mm diameter Length 200 mm Length 300 mm
3RX7 315 3RX7 316 3RX7 322
3RX8 000-0CB81-1GF0
A 3RX8 000-0CD81-1GF0
Digital outputs
3RX7 326
Connection of digital inputs and outputs Mounting the sensor
5/44
Siemens FS 10 2007

Vision sensors
SIMATIC MV220
Dimension drawing
100 87,4
Circuit diagrams
1 2 4 5 6 7 8 3
FS10_00163
40 62
M4 75 90
WH (L+) BN (N_OK) YE (OK) GR (TRG OUT) PK (DIAG) BU (TRG) RD (RDY) GN (M)
Interface X1
98 113,4 7,5
FS10_00158
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
FS10_00164
WH BN (SEL0) GN (SEL1) YE (SEL2) GR (SEL3) PK (DISA) BU RD
35
Interface X2
2 3 4 5
1 8 7 6
FS10_00166
Pin assignment for plug (interface X1)
1 8 7 6 5
2 3 4
FS10_00165
Pin assignment for socket (interface X2)
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/45

Vision sensors
SIMATIC VS110
Overview
from the evaluation unit directly to any PC during adjustment of the sensor head and the lighting. Sensor head The sensor head is equipped with: CCD chip (640 x 480 square pixels) Built-in, fixed lens system (two different variants are available) Interface for digital transmission of the image data to the evaluation unit The housing is constructed from extruded aluminium to the degree of protection IP65. Evaluation unit The evaluation unit has connections for: 24 V DC supply Lighting Sensor head Digital inputs and outputs RS 232 serial interface. The device is equipped with: 4-line text display for operator prompting 6 buttons for operation of the unit Analysis is performed by a powerful digital signal processor. The housing is made of plastic and is designed for installation outside the control cabinet. Backlighting The metal housing of the backlighting unit can be fixed to the machine in different positions. An infrared LED is used to generate the light and is operated in flash mode. The energy control for the flash is integrated in the light.
Vision sensor for the visual inspection of small objects The solution for monitoring components in the infeed For monitoring object type, position and lack of damage or correct processing Easy start-up thanks to special teach-in procedure; no timeconsuming programming is necessary
Applications
The SIMATIC VS110 Vision Sensor visually monitors small objects in a materials infeed for the correct shape and position and indicates faulty objects by means of a BAD signal. Typical objects that can be inspected include, for example: Bolts Screws Injection molded components Small metal components Chocolates The following features are monitored: Object type: is the object of the right type Infeed in the correct position: two different positions can be taught and analyzed Lack of damage or correct processing The visual inspection is performed with backlighting, i.e. based on the shadow image of the object. The following types of equipment can be used as the conveyor system for the objects: Vibrating conveyors (spiral chutes, linear conveyors) Conveyor belts Workholder carousels Gripper units (handling systems, robots)
Function
Continuous or externally triggered image feed Automatic control of strobe included in scope of supply Examination of current object using the trained reference part with respect to identical/similar shape Intelligent training of the respective test object instead of programming the evaluation Output of respective test result to three quality outputs OK_A (correct part in learned position A), OK_B (correct part in learned position B) and NOK (incorrect or faulty part). The quality outputs are suitable for direct control of pneumatic valves, and can be adjusted with respect to pulse duration and offset path Fine adjustment of evaluation with respect to identical/similar shape Automatic determination of evaluation threshold ("Q-Limit") possible Adjustable permissible "height variation" ("Y-Limit") of test piece (variation of test piece in recorded image as result of conveyor system vibrations) Transmission of quasi live image by means of setup software to PC for correct alignment of equipment during installation/commissioning
Design
To use the SIMATIC VS110 Vision Sensor, the following components are required that are included in the scope of supply: Sensor head Backlighting, specially designed for the application and the sensor head Evaluation unit Connecting cables The package is completed with a CD containing set-up software and assembly and operating instructions. The only additional item of equipment that is required for startup is a serial cable which enables a live image to be transferred
5/46
Siemens FS 10 2007

Vision sensors
SIMATIC VS110
Mode of operation Adjustment Following installation of the SIMATIC VS110, the correct adjustment can easily be checked using the setup software included in the delivery. This software can be installed on any PC, and delivers live images from the sensor head during the setup phase. Training If the adjustment of sensor head and illumination are correct, training can be commenced with the objects. During the training mode, the VS 710 learns the contours and preferred positions by repeated observation of the objects in the environment of use, and subsequently automatically determines the evaluation threshold for the differentiation between GO and NOGO parts. Any number from 0 to 999 parts can be used for this purpose Evaluation mode In evaluation mode, the contour surface of each object is compared with that of the saved, trained object. Local surfaces with differences are determined and accumulated during comparison of the contours of the current and trained objects. The total difference in surface referred to the total surface of the trained object provides information on whether the current object agrees with the trained object. The decision threshold for this is adjustable. The quality output OK_A is triggered if the part is correct, or NOK is output if the part is faulty/incorrect. The equipment can also be used to detect the orientation of an object. The output OK_A is triggered if the current part agrees with the learned part in preferred position A, or the output OK_B if the current object agrees with the learned object in preferred position B. NOK is output if the current object does not correspond to either of the two learned objects. Programming SIMATIC VS110 is not programmed or parameterized like conventional image processing systems. It is configured for its special task by presentation of objects within a training sequence. This training is divided into three or four steps. Determination of the background is initially triggered when the conveyor system is running. Once the fixed parts have been automatically eliminated from further evaluation by observing the conveyor system (while transporting parts, if possible), the SIMATIC VS110 can be presented with a GO object in its preferred position, and trained. If required, a GO object can also be subsequently trained in a second preferred position. The training sequence is terminated by automatic determination of the evaluation threshold for differentiation between GO and NOGO objects. Any number from 0 to 999 objects can be used for this purpose. Each training sequence can be carried out with the conveyor system running, either using control keys on the equipment or remote-controlled. Up to 15 different objects with two different positions each can be saved powerfail-proof in the equipment, and called at any time by the user or also from an external controller if required.
"Small objects"
Type Sensor head Image capture CCD chip ", 640 x 480 square pixels; full frame shutter with automatic exposure 58 images/s, digital image data transmission Delivered with pre-adjusted lens for two different object sizes and mounting positions For objects of size 7 to 59 x 7 to 45 x 1 to 20 (width x height x depth in mm) Distance: 120 mm For objects of size 4 to 35 x 4 to 25 x 1 to 10 (width x height x depth in mm) Distance: 8 mm Extruded aluminium housing, black anodized 42 x 42 x 100 IP65 according to DIN EN 60529/VDE 0470-1 0 to 50 C 1 g (60 to 500 Hz) 70 g (6 ms, 3 shocks) LED, wavelength 880 nm (NIR), designed as flash of 20 to 300 s duration, diffuse Metal with plastic scatter disk 155.5 x 130 x approx. 39, active light surface 116 x 93, with multiple fixing possibilities IP40 according to DIN EN 60529/VDE 0470-1 0 to 50 C 1 g (60 to 500 Hz) 70 g (6 ms, 3 shocks) 4-line text display and 6 operator buttons New training technique with automatic threshold generation 15 different objects each in two angles selectable using operator buttons or digital inputs, stored powerfail-proof Externally (through digital input) or automatically 25 to 5 objects/s for object widths of 4/7 to 35/59 mm 250 mm/s (corresponds to 15 m/min) SIMATIC VS110 Vision Sensor
Image data transmission Shipped versions
"Large objects"
Housing Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm Degree of protection Ambient temperature Mechanical stress Vibration Shock Lighting Lighting equipment
Housing Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
Degree of protection Ambient temperature Mechanical stress Vibration Shock Evaluation unit Operator prompting Learning new objects (training) Number of objects saved
Inspection triggering Permissible speed of objects Maximum permissible conveyor speed
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/47

Vision sensors
SIMATIC VS110
Type Infeed direction of objects For external triggering For automatic triggering Start-up software Any From left to right or right to left PC set-up software for displaying the sensor image when mounting and adjusting the sensor head and lighting on the accompanying CD Plastic, all cables of plug-in type, suitable for installation outside the control cabinet 170 x 140 x 76 IP40 according to DIN EN 60529/VDE 0470-1 0 to 50 C 1 g (60 to 500 Hz) 70 g (6 ms, 3 shocks) 8; of which one interrupt-capable trigger input for standard binary sensors, 7 additional PLC-compatible control inputs 6; of which 3 quality outputs 0.5 A for the direct activation of pneumatic valves (15-pin Sub D connector for inputs/outputs) RS 232 (9-pin Sub-D, pins) for start-up support 4-pin circular connector (socket) for power supply and for triggering the flash Digital interface (26-pin Sub-D connector) for connecting the VS110 sensor head 24 V DC 20 to 30 V DC 2.5 A, of which up to 1.5 A for supplying the pneumatic valves that can be connected SIMATIC VS110 Vision Sensor

Order No. Vision sensor SIMATIC VS110 Complete package for inspecting the shape of objects; comprised of a sensor head, backlighting, evaluator and all essential cables; incl. documentation package for SIMATIC VS110 for objects up to 35 x 25 mm (B x H), cable length 2.5 m (backlighting and sensor head) for objects up to 35 x 25 mm (B x H), cable length 10 m (backlighting and sensor head) for objects up to 59 x 45 mm (B x H), cable length 2.5 m (backlighting and sensor head) for objects up to 59 x 45 mm (B x H), cable length 10 m (backlighting and sensor head) 6GF1 012-1AA
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm Degree of protection Ambient temperature Mechanical stress Vibration Shock Interfaces on the evaluation unit Digital inputs for 24 V DC
6GF1 012-1AA01
A 6GF1 011-1AA
A 6GF1 011-1AA01
Accessories
Connecting cable for HMI adapter and PC/TS adapter See page 5/53
Integral interface Lighting control
Supply voltage Rated value Permissible range Maximum current consumption
5/48
Siemens FS 10 2007

Vision sensors
SIMATIC VS120
Overview
Design
The SIMATIC VS 120 vision sensor offers the following image field sizes: 70 mm x 50 mm fixed-focus sensor head 40 mm x 30 mm fixed-focus sensor head Variable field of view with C/CS-Mount sensor head The following components are required for use of the fixed-focus version of the SIMATIC VS120 vision sensor and are included in the scope of delivery: Sensor head Front lighting in the form of a ring light matched to the application and sensor head Evaluation unit Connecting cables CD with configuration software and assembly/operating instructions
Vision sensor for object finding and object size testing in reflected light VS120 finds and checks different objects and / or patterns, e.g.: - printed symbols (product markings on labels, packaging, etc. ) - injection-molded parts, - ceramic elements, - ... Can be used in principle for the following applications: - position detection for Pick&Place applications, - checking the presence and position of objects in production, - checking the orientation of objects in infeed systems Easy configuration through presentation of the good object to be recognized. "Training" is done automatically by activating the training function of the unit. Parameter definition is done using the web-based operating interface and can be run on various platforms with the following requirements: - Browser (IE5.5 or higher), - JAVA-VM (MS, SUN). The web-based operator interface is also used for controlling the device from an HMI device. The same prerequisites apply here concerning the Browser and JAVA VM. Remote maintenance concept using web-based operator interface. Remote controlled with integrated digital inputs, PROFIBUS or PROFINET IO. Can be supplied as a complete package in several variations for different object sizes
To start up the fixed focus version you also need the following items (not included in the scope of delivery): Ethernet cable (see "Accessories") for connecting the evaluator to any web client. The web client, e.g. a PC with web browser installed, is used to adjust the sensor head and the lighting. The following components are required for use of the C/CS mount version of the SIMATIC VS120 vision sensor and are included in the scope of delivery: Sensor head (without lens!) Evaluation unit Connecting cables (no connecting cable for lighting!) CD with configuration software and assembly/operating instructions To start up the C/CS-Mount version you also need the following items (not included in the scope of delivery): C/CS-Mount lens with the required imaging properties Suitable light source and suitable connecting cable (see "Accessories", page 5/52) Ethernet cable (see "Accessories", page 5/52) for connecting the evaluator to any web client. The web client, e.g. a PC with web browser installed, is used to adjust the sensor head and the lighting. Sensor head The sensor head is equipped with: Extruded aluminium housing to degree of protection IP65 (fixed-focus version) CCD chip (640 x 480 quadratic pixels) Lens, permanently installed and non-adjustable (fixed focus version) Interface for digital transmission of image data to the processing unit A sensor head for C/CS-Mount lenses is additionally available. Evaluation unit The processing unit has: Plastic housing, designed for cabinetless construction (IP40) Connections for - Supply voltage 24 V DC - Lighting - Sensor head - Digital inputs and outputs - Ethernet interface (DHCP-Client, DHCP-Server, fixed IP address) - PROFIBUS DP 4-line text display for operator prompting
Siemens FS 10 2007
Application
The intelligent vision sensor can be used for the following applications: Determining the position for Pick & Place applications Checking the presence and position of objects in production Checking the orientation of objects in infeed systems Examples of possible inspection tasks and inspection objects: Checking the presence and position of symbols (warnings) and logos (corporate logos) on print media and packaging Checking the presence and position of objects in production for the quality assurance of assembly steps Checking the orientation of assembly items in infeed systems
5/49

Vision sensors
SIMATIC VS120
6 keys for operating the unit User guidance with web-based operator interface (HTML, JAVA VM) Access protection by means of password. The following communication services are included: PROFINET IO (slave) PROFIBUS DP V0 (slave), TCP/IP native The analysis is carried out by a powerful digital signal processor. Incident lighting (front lighting) Designed as ring light pushed onto sensor head Can be dismounted, and secured with different orientation on the machine Housing with degree of protection IP65 Equipped with red LEDs Operation in flash mode Power control for the flash integrated in the light Starting the evaluation operation requires loading a trained object record and changing into the "RUN" operating mode. The VS120 starts the evaluation after triggering. Depending on the trained set values and the actual values of the evaluation, one of the digital control outputs OK (good result) or N_OK (poor result) is set. The position information is output via the PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET IO or Ethernet interface. Programming SIMATIC VS120 is not programmed and parameters are not defined as on standard image processing systems. It is trained for its special task, finding and testing a special object. The SIMATIC VS120 is shown a good object and the device is "trained" to this object. The training procedure can be performed while a conveyor system is running. Up to 64 different data records can be stored in the device and can be called up at any time by the operator or can also be called up through an external controller.
Function
Training the object test parameters using one or more good objects Testing an object and/or pattern with the features taken from the training Testing can be performed on stationary and moving objects Checking for a match with the reference provides a good/poor indication after comparison with set-value criteria Test results output to three control outputs: - OK: trained object and/or pattern found based on features; degree of match greater than set value - N_OK: trained object and/or pattern NOT found based on features; degree of match NOT greater than set value Position information output via PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET IO, Ethernet or with converter to RS 232 interface Integrated DI/O enables "stand-alone" operation without additional controller. Remote control via PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET IO, DI/O or Ethernet Remote maintenance via web-based operator interface Intranet or Internet: - monitoring (live image in read mode) - diagnostics (fault image, log information, ...) - system administration (software update, ...) - error analysis for troubleshooting for faulty readings Actuation of ring lighting
Type Sensor head Image capture CCD chip , 640 x 480 square pixels; full frame shutter with automatic exposure Triggered image feeding Fixed lens system for two different field of view sizes and mounting positions One C/CS mount version without lens. Image field size: 70 mm x 50 mm for object sizes up to approx.: 60 mm x 40 mm Working distance: 120 mm Image field size: 40 mm x 30 mm for object sizes up to approx.: 34 mm x 24 mm Working distance: 85 mm Lens selected by the user; hence freely selectable image field size and object size Working distance: dependent on the lens Extruded aluminum housing, black anodized 42 x 42 x 100 IP65 according to EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1 0 to 50 C 1 g (60 to 500 Hz) 70 g (6 ms, 3 shocks) LED, wavelength 630 nm (red), designed as a flash of 20 s to 10 ms, diffuse Ring light with several mounting possibilities; plastic with plastic scatter disk 102 x 102 x 26.5 IP65 according to EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1 0 to 50 C SIMATIC VS120 Vision Sensor
Image data transmission Available versions
Large field of view
Small field of view
Variable field of view
Housing Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm Degree of protection Ambient temperature Mechanical stress Vibration Shock Lighting Lighting equipment
Mode of operation The following steps are required for using the SIMATIC VS120: Mount the vision sensor and lighting. Manual alignment of the camera, lighting check: This is handled with the web-server integrated in the unit and the web-based operator interface contained within. The operator interface displays the camera image. In the setup phase, the sensor head can be aligned with reference to the live image in the user interface. The user interface executes on any PC with Microsoft Internet Explorer and JAVA VM installation. If the sensor head adjustment is complete, the vision sensor automatically takes over the following procedures: - optimization of lighting control. - "Training" the image processing parameters by applying a reference object - the result of the training is stored under one of the 64 data records
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm Degree of protection Ambient temperature
5/50
Siemens FS 10 2007

Vision sensors
SIMATIC VS120
Type Evaluation unit Operator prompting Training of DMC Number of types saved 4-line text display and 6 operator buttons Fully-automatic training procedure 15 different parameter sets, selectable using input keys or digital inputs, non-volatile saving External (through digital input) 20 parts/s Any Software for displaying the sensor image when mounting and adjusting the sensor head and lighting. The software is provided directly by the integrated web server and can be executed on every JAVAcapable browser (preferably IE6.0). Plastic, all cables of plug-in type, suitable for cabinet-free installation 170 x 140 x 76 IP40 according to EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1 0 to 50 C 1 g (60 to 500 Hz) 70 g (6 ms, 3 shocks) 8; of which one interrupt-capable trigger input for standard binary sensors, 7 additional PLC-compatible control inputs 6; of which 3 quality outputs 0.5 A for direct activation of pneumatic valves (15-pin Sub-D connector for inputs/outputs) DP (9-pin Sub-D connector) for transmitting the inspection results RJ45 (socket) for operating the setup software 4-pin circular connector (socket) for power supply and for triggering the flash Digital interface (26-pin Sub-D connector) for connecting the VS110 sensor head 24 V DC 20 to 30 V DC 4 A, 1.5 A of the 4 A are needed to supply the pneumatic valves that can be connected SIMATIC VS120 Vision Sensor

Order No. Vision sensor SIMATIC VS120 Complete Package for object inspection; includes a sensor head, LED incident light, evaluation unit and the following cables: Cable between evaluation unit and sensor head, length: see below Cable between lighting and evaluation unit (except for vision sensor with variable field of view, length: see below Power supply cable, length: 10 m Cable needed to connect digital I/O devices, length: 10 m Incl. documentation package for SIMATIC VS120 Field of view 70 mm x 50 mm - with cable length 2.5 m - with cable length 10 m Field of view 40 mm x 30 mm - with cable length 2.5 m - with cable length 10 m A 6GF1 120-2AA A 6GF1 120-2AA01 C 6GF1 120-1AA A 6GF1 120-1AA01
Test triggering Permissible parts rate, max. Infeed direction of the parts For external triggering Set-up software
Package Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm Degree of protection Ambient temperature Mechanical stress Vibration Shock Interfaces on the evaluation unit Digital inputs for 24 V DC
Field of view variable and prepared for protective housing IP65 - with cable length 2.5 m - with cable length 10 m A 6GF1 120-3AB A 6GF1 120-3AB01
Accessories see page 5/52.

A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H C: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99S
Integrated PROFIBUS DP interface Integrated Ethernet interface Lighting control
Supply voltage Rated value Permissible range Power consumption, max.
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/51

Vision sensors
Accessories for VS100 series
Overview
The following accessory parts are suitable for the devices VS120 and VS130-2: LED ring lamps, metal, IP65, suitable for mounting in protective lens housing:
Type LED ring light Illuminant Red, diffuse Infrared, diffuse Red, diffuse Infrared, diffuse Red, transparent Red, transparent Infrared, transparent Range 75 ... 500 mm 75 ... 500 mm 75 ... 250 mm 75 ... 250 mm 100 mm ...1000 mm 500 mm ... 3000 mm 500 mm ...3000 mm
Supports: - ring light bracket coaxial, solid - sensor head/ring light bracket, solid - sensor head bracket, triple steel Protective housing - IP65 protective lens housing (PMMA) - IP65 protective housing for analysis unit Lamp multiplexer Standard mounting rail fixing
Ring lamps
Type 6GF9 004-8BA01 Red (630 nm), diffuse 20 s ... 10 ms 75 ... 250 mm 6GF9 004-8BA Red (630 nm), diffuse 20 s ... 10 ms 75 ... 500 mm 75 ... 500 mm 75 ... 250 mm 6GF9 004-7AA Infrared, diffuse 100 ... 1000 mm 500 ... 3000 mm 500 ... 3000 mm 6GF9 004-7AA01 Infrared, diffuse 6GF9 004-8CA01 Red (630 nm), transparent 6GF9 004-8DA01 Red (630 nm), transparent 6GF9 004-7BA01 IR, transparent Illuminant Flash duration Range Type Illuminant Flash duration Range
Supports
Type Designation 6GF9 002-7AB Ring lamp bracket, coaxial, solid 6GF9 002-7AC Ring lamp bracket, coaxial, single 96 x 200 x 37 6GF9 002-7AD Sensor head bracket, triple steel 165 x 175 x 65
Dimensions (W x H x D) 96 x 15 x 27 in mm
5/52
Siemens FS 10 2007

Vision sensors
Protective housings
Protective cover for lenses Housing Material Front screen Dimensions (diameter x length) External (mm) Internal (mm) Degree of protection Ambient temperature Mechanical strength Vibration Shock Suitable lenses 1 g (60 ... 500 Hz) 70 g (6 ms, 3 shocks) 6GF9 001-1AL 6GF9 001-1AQ 6GF9 001-1BF01 6GF9 001-1BG01 6GF9 001-1BJ01 6GF9 001-1BL01 6GF9 001-1AE 6GF9 001-1AF 6GF9 001-1AJ 6GF9 001-1AU 6GF9 001-1AV 6GF9 001-1BH01 6GF9 001-1BH02 50 x 70 44 x 65 IP65 0 ... 50 C Figure shows light with protective lens housing; 2 small mounting brackets enclosed Red, diffuse, operating range 75 0.5 m, dimensions 102 x 102 x 26.5 mm (H x W x D), degree of protection IP65, not suitable for IP65 protective lens housing Red, transparent, operating area 75 1000 mm, degree of protection IP65, not suitable for IP65 protective lens housing 6GF9 004-8BA Metal Glass or plastic (PMMA)

Order No. LED ring lamps
6GF9 004-8CA
Infrared, diffuse, operating A 6GF9 004-7AA range 75 0.5 m, dimensions 102 x 102 x 26.5 mm (W x H x D), degree of protection IP65, not suitable for IP65 protective lens housing Red, diffuse, operating range 75 mm to 250 mm 6GF9 004-8BA01 6GF9 004-7AA01 6GF9 004-8CA01 6GF9 004-8DA01 6GF9 004-7BA01
Protective housing for evaluation unit Housing material Rail Metal 35 mm standard rail built to EN 50022
Infrared, diffuse, operating range 75 mm to 250 mm Red, transparent, operating range, 100 mm to 1000 mm Red, transparent, operating range, 500 mm to 3000 mm
Dimensions (W x H x D) 300 x 400 x 210 in mm Degree of protection (EN 60529) Ambient temperature Designation VS100 evaluation unit Lamp multiplexer Standard mounting rail fixing for evaluation units Industrial Ethernet switch Power supply 230 V AC/120 V 1.3/2.2 A; 24 V DC/5 A Cable bushings for 1 power supply cable VS100, (D = 5.4 mm) 1 sensor cable (D = 6.8 mm) 4 lighting cables (D = 4.5 mm) 1 digital communication cable (D = 7.4 mm) 1 serial communication cable (D = 5.0 mm) 3 Ethernet cables with 2 RJ45 plugs 10 m 2.5 m 10 m 2.5 m 10 m 10 m 5m 2m 6GF9 002-8CA 6GF9 002-8CD 6GF9 002-8CF 6GF9 002-8CE 6GF9 002-8CG 6GF9 002-8CB 6ES790-1BF00-0XA0 6XV1 850-2GH20 IP65 0 ... 50 C Length Order No. 6GF1 018-3BA 6GF9 002-7BA 6GF9 002-7DA 6GK1 08-0BA00 6ES7307-1EA000AA0
Infrared, transparent, operating range 500 mm to 3000 mm Power supply cable For SIMATIC VS100, length 10 m, plugs into VS end, one free end (this cable is included in the VS110 complete package) Lighting cables For SIMATIC VS100 LED ring lamp, 2.5 m in length, pluggable at both ends, suitable for trailing For SIMATIC VS100 LED ring lamp, 10 m in length, pluggable at both ends, suitable for trailing Data cables Connecting cable for HMI adapter and PC/TS adapter (RS 232, null modem cable, 5 m); for VS110, VS130 Ethernet TP cable 4 x 2, RJ45/RJ45, cat. 6, with 2 RJ45 connectors, crossed over, 2 m Ethernet TP cable 4 x 2, RJ45/RJ45, cat. 6, with 2 RJ45 connectors, not crossed over, 2m
Components that can be installed in protective housing
6GF9002-8CA
6GF9 002-8CE
6GF9 002-8CG
6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
6XV1870-3RH20
6XV1870-3QH20
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/53

Vision sensors
Order No. Digital communication cable, length 10 m, plugs into VS end, one free end (this cable is included in the VS110 complete package) Sensor cable for connecting the SIMATIC VS100 sensor head, length 10 m, plugs at both ends, suitable for trailing (this cable is included in the SIMATIC VS120 and VS130 complete packages) Sensor cable for connecting the SIMATIC VS100, length 2.5 m, plugs at both ends, suitable for trailing (this cable is included in the SIMATIC VS110 complete package) IP65 protective lens housing 6GF9002-8CB Sensor head/ring lamp bracket, solid Order No. 6GF9 002-7AC
6GF9002-8CF
6GF9002-8CD
Lamp multiplexer
6GF9 002-7BA
For connecting several ring lamps to a VS100 evaluation unit IP65 protective housing for evaluation units 6GF9 002-7CA
for lenses with the following maximum dimensions: Diameter: 41 mm / 44.6 mm and length from lens mounting flange 65 mm (e.g. for lenses 6GF9 001-1BL01, 1BF01, -1BG01, -1BH01, -1BJ01) with front screen made of glass A 6GF9 002-7AA with front screen made of plastic (PMMA) Supports For connecting the sensor head to the ring lamp and fixing it at the mounting location and adjusting it. Ring lamp bracket, coaxial, solid, 2 pieces 6GF9 002-7AB For mounting the evaluation unit on a standard rail A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H 6GF9 002-7AA01 provides degree of protection IP65 to installed components Standard rail mounting 6GF9 002-7DA
5
Sensor head bracket, triple steel 6GF9 002-7AD
5/54
Siemens FS 10 2007

Intelligent cameras
Introduction
Intelligent cameras For spotting every tiny detail

Individual requirements and demanding tasks can be solved easily and well using the clever, universally implementable VS700 intelligent cameras. All the important functions such as image acquisition, image processing, preparation of results and communication are combined in a compact housing. They are ideal when several inspection tasks have to be performed in a single inspection cycle. The cameras are characterized by their high degree of accuracy and prompt response. Thanks to their fast, high-performance hardware architecture, you can directly evaluate the acquired displays in accordance with the memory-resident inspection program. A wide range of intelligent cameras are available to suit the different requirements in the fields of automatic inspection, production monitoring or parts recognition. With the VS700 series, you have your production safely in view round the clock and your production process firmly under control.
Highlights
Performs several inspection tasks in one inspection cycle Stand-alone operation or integration in flexible factory automation environments possible All-in-one housing for image capture, image processing and communication interface Simple and fast operation through parameter assignment High-performance online and offline configuration Visualization of live/warning/error images, frame/detail and result tables ProTool/Pro and WinCC integration with HMI Controls (WinCC flexible available soon) Versions in stainless steel available (with high degree of protection IP68)
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/55

Intelligent cameras
Introduction
Applications
Automotive industry, electrical engineering, semiconductors, food and beverages industry, packaging industry, pharmaceuticals, mechanical engineering and printing industry.
VS721 Moving objects Complex inspection, high speed VS722 VS723 VS723-S VS723-2 VS724 VS724-S VS725 VS725-S
Check for completeness
Form inspection
Pattern comparison
Measurement
Position/orientation detection
Plain text reading, comparison
1D/2D code reading
Color recognition
5/56
Siemens FS 10 2007

Intelligent cameras
Introduction
Function
Camera functions Inspection start/stop Electronic shutter for exposure control Sharp images, even of fast-moving parts Frame or detail (selectable number of pixels) Rapid image sequences thanks to image capture and simultaneous image processing Internal or external trigger control of image capture Simultaneous control of up to four light sources Multi-camera inspection by linking results from several cameras via Ethernet Output of live/warning/error images via Industrial Ethernet Visualization functions Centralized result display in tabular format, transfer of live and error images via Ethernet to VS Link Display and editing of images on HMI systems (HMI Controls, see page 5/94) Communication functions Dynamic adjustment for production process: Data exchange and function actuation using scripts and simple communication with SIMATIC S7, e.g. the following functions can be actuated: Inspection program, inspection tool and communication control Initiation of learning routines by remote control - Teleservice functionality via the Internet
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/57

Intelligent cameras
Introduction
VS721 VS722 VS723 VS723-2 VS723-S VS724 VS724-S VS725 VS725-S
CMOS
Basic
Performance
Medium Resolution
High Speed
High Resolution
High Speed/High Resolution High
Color
High Speed/Color
Camera Performance Image capture Basic Basic Medium Medium CCD 1/3 4.65 x 4.65 m 1024 x 768 quadratic pixels 19 fps High Medium Medium High CMOS 1/3 CCD 1/3 7.8 x 7.8 m 7.4 x 7.4 m 640 x 480 640 x 480 quadratic pixels quadratic pixels 10 s ...1 s (electronic shutter) 75 fps CS-Mount (C-Mount adapter ring optional) 75 fps 8 fps 30 fps CCD 1/3 CCD 1/2 7.4 x 7.4 m 4.65 x 4.65 m 640 x 480 1280 x 1024 quadratic pixels quadratic pixels CCD 1/4 5.6 x 5.6 m 640 x 480 quadratic pixels
Exposure time Frame transfer Lens mount Interfaces Integrated interfaces
Additional features Partial scan, integrated flash control of up to 4 light sources 1 x Industrial Ethernet (RJ45, 10/100 Mbaud) 1 x power supply/digital I/O (RJ45) 1 x Industrial 1 x Industrial 1 x Industrial 1 x Industrial 1 x Industrial Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet (M12x8, 10/ (RJ45, (M12x8, (RJ45, (M12x8, 100 Mbaud) 10/100 10/100 10/100 10/100 Mbaud) Mbaud) Mbaud) Mbaud) 1 x power supply / 1 x power 1 x power 1 x power 1 x power digital I/O supply / supply / supply / supply / (M12x8) digital I/O digital I/O digital I/O digital I/O (RJ45) (M12x8) (RJ45) (M12x8)
Digital inputs via 32 Industrial Ethernet Digital outputs via 64 Industrial Ethernet Digital channels (24 V DC) 8 freely configurable non-floating channels 6 freely configurable nonfloating channels 8 freely configurable nonfloating channels 6 freely configurable nonfloating channels 8 freely configurable nonfloating channels 6 freely configurable nonfloating channels
Digital inputs Digital outputs Monitor connection
Input current up to 1.5 mA, NPN (current-sinking) 50 mA, short-circuit-proof, PNP (current source), active high signal Via VS Link or VS Link PROFIBUS Via VS Link PROFIBUS TCP/IP native, MODBUS, VDX, DVPO (with VS Link PROFIBUS DP) 24 V DC / 210 mA 24 V DC / 300 mA IP68 IP40 IP68 IP40 IP68
PROFIBUS Protocols Power supply Housings
Degree of protec- IP40 tion Protective housing optional Enclosure material Plastic Ambient tempera- 0 ... 45 C (32 ...113 F), no condensation ture Dimensions (W x H x D)
Stainless steel Plastic V4A
Stainless steel Plastic V4A
Stainless steel V4A
60 x 112 x 30 (without lens) and additional 50 mm cable connection, with stainless steel versions: 66 x 120 x 73.2 (including protective tubing) and additional 50 mm cable connection
5/58
Siemens FS 10 2007

Intelligent cameras
SIMATIC VS720
Overview
Intelligent cameras SIMATIC VS720 Compact stand-alone image processing systems for automatic inspection, production monitoring and object recognition Can be used for a wide range of applications for electrical engineering, installation engineering, packaging, metal processing, food and beverage and pharmaceutical industries In-process deployment thanks to small dimensions of the intelligent cameras Integration in plant automation using digital signals and Industrial Ethernet communication User-friendly and easy configuration of inspection requirements using Spectation software Expansion of intelligent camera functions by VS Link and VS Link PROFIBUS for visualization of inspection images, result tables and as a communications gateway to PROFIBUS DP VS Link software for configuration of central output of inspection images and result display Versions in stainless steel (Versions VS72x-S) High degree of protection IP68 for rugged industrial use Stainless steel housing V4A for food and beverage industry Robust housing High processing speed (test program)
Applications
The SIMATIC VS720 intelligent cameras form a complete image processing system. Compact design, networking through PROFIBUS DP and Industrial Ethernet as well as powerful image processing functions permit use in the production industry for automatic inspection, production monitoring and object recognition.
Typical applications for the VS720 intelligent cameras:

VS721 Inspecting stationary objects Moving objects Performance: Basic Performance: Medium Performance: High Speed Degree of protection IP68 VGA resolution XGA resolution SXGA resolution Color recognition Completeness check Form inspection Pattern comparison Measurement Position/orientation detection Plain text reading, comparison 1D1)-/2D2) code reading
1)
VS722 -
VS723 -
VS723-S
2)
VS723-2
VS724
VS724-S
VS725
VS725-S
Supported 1D codes: Interleaved 2-out-of-5, USS-128, USS-39, UPC/EAN, UPC/EAN-128 Composite, UPC/EAN Composite, Codabar, PharmaCode, PDF417, Micro PDF 417BC412, RSS-14, RSS Expanded Composite, RSS Limited Composite, RSS-14 Composite, RSS Expanded, RSS Limited Code 93, POSTNET, Planet
Supported 2D codes: ECC000, ECC050, ECC080, ECC100, ECC140, ECC200, Snowflake
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/59

Intelligent cameras
SIMATIC VS720
Design
All intelligent cameras of the SIMATIC VS 720 series combine all functions such as image recording, image processing, result generation and communication in one compact housing. Features: Integral flash control for up to four light sources Non-interchangeable integrated interfaces (RJ45 or M12 with the VS72x-S): - power supply (24 V DC), digital inputs and digital outputs - Ethernet communications port Digital cameras for evaluation of gray scale pictures - resolution 640 x 480 (square pixels) Use of lenses and intermediate rings for the VS720-S stainless-steel cameras. The following table shows which lenses are suitable for the VS723-S, VS724-S and VS725-S stainless-steel cameras and whether one or several intermediate rings are necessary
Lens order number 6GF9001-1AV 6GF9001-1AE 6GF9001-1AJ 6GF9001-1AK 6GF9001-1AL 6GF9001-1AQ 6GF9001-1AF 6GF9001-1AU 6GF9001-1AN 6GF9001-1BE01 6GF9001-1BL01 6GF9001-1BF01 6GF9001-1BG01 6GF9001-1BH01 6GF9001-1BJ01 6GF9001-1BK01 Lens type Lens CINEGON 1.8/4.8 mm Lens CINEGON 1.4/8 mm Lens CINEGON 1.4/12 mm Lens XENOPLAN 1.4/17 mm Lens XENOPLAN 1.4/23 mm Lens XENOPLAN 2.0/28 mm Lens XENOPLAN 1.9/35 mm Lens XENOPLAN 2.8/50 mm Macro system lens COMPONON 2.8/50 mm Mini lens 8.5 mm, 1:1.5 Mini lens 12 mm, 1:1.4 Mini lens 16 mm, 1:1.4 Mini lens 25 mm, 1:1.4 Mini lens 35 mm, 1:1.6 Mini lens 50 mm, 1:2.8 Telephoto lens 75 mm, 1:2.8 Lens suitable? yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no yes yes yes yes yes yes yes 1 Not required 1 1 1 1 2 Intermediate ring 6GF90082AB01 required (quantity) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
- resolution 1024 x 768 (square pixels) - resolution 1280 x 1024 (square pixels) - scalable processing performance (three performance levels) Digital camera for evaluation of colors - resolution 640 x 480 (square pixels) Additionally required: Power supply 24 V DC, 2 A Lenses Illumination system
Function
Camera functions Inspection start/stop Electronic shutter (exposure control) Extremely sharp images even with moving objects (VS722 VS725-S) Full or partial image (number of pixels freely selectable) Rapid image sequences thanks to image capture and simultaneous image processing Internal or external (interrupt) control of image recording Simultaneous control of up to four light sources Multi-camera inspection by linking results from several cameras using Ethernet communication Output of live/warning/error images via Industrial Ethernet Frame transfer rate depending on sensor used - 8, 19, 25, 30, 37, 75 frames/second - section of a frame possible (freely-programmable frame section)
Permanent storage of various inspection programs for different inspection objects Selecting from among various inspection programs is possible Visualization functions HMI Controls for VS720 for centralized operation and monitoring using SIMATIC HMI of one or more VS720 intelligent cameras during runtime VS Link and VS Link PROFIBUS are used for the central visualization of live, warning and fault images without the PC and as a gateway between Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS DP. Color or monochrome monitors can be used Resolutions of 640 x 480, 1024 x 768 and 1280 x 1024 are supported Industrial Ethernet (10/100 Mbaud) and PROFIBUS DP Slave visualizes images from several intelligent cameras in an Ethernet network
5/60
Siemens FS 10 2007

Intelligent cameras
SIMATIC VS720
Simultaneous display of several images and result tables Freezing of images for observation by operator Facility for user-specific division of screen Mode of operation of the intelligent camera Direct evaluation: The recorded images are processed by the fast CPU using the selected inspection program. High cycle rates: Image exposure is performed while the previously exposed image is being processed in parallel. Communication through integral interfaces (configuration, transfer of images, productive data for passing on of result, trigger for image recording) Boot capability: When the external voltage is applied, image processing can be activated immediately because the inspection program is memory resident. Script programming: For controlling the sequence of the inspection task, performing several inspections on the same image, carrying out mathematical calculations with values from image evaluation, communicating with external devices Digital I/O signals: Available for controlling the recording of the image as well as for forming the result for controlling the process Programming: Spectation configuration tool For online/offline creation of inspection programs for VS720 intelligent cameras; the programs can then be tested and transferred to the intelligent camera Project management for - independent inspection programs of the intelligent camera - specific system programs of the intelligent camera With emulator for configuring and testing inspection programs and their parameters Configuring through Ethernet: Several intelligent cameras can be configured from one PG/PC Remote diagnosis is possible over the Internet Executes on PG/PC with Windows ME, 2000, XP User interface Windows-compatible menu prompting Expanded toolbar for selection of frequently used functions SoftSensor toolbar for selection of SoftSensors for solving the test The result window contains the result table with SoftSensors and assigned values, as well as the sensor characteristics in the form of graphs or histograms. Positioning of SoftSensors by selecting and mouse click Graphic display of test images and SoftSensors SoftSensor display can be complete or selective Status line with x and y coordinates, exposure value and capacity utilization of the intelligent camera Inspection and recognition functions Presence check Position detection Pattern comparison Position and orientation detection Measurement of dimensions, clearances and angles 1D/2D code reading Plain text reading and comparison (OCR/OCV) Inspection of color quality Inspection of color corruption Color differentiation (65000 16.7 million colors) Inspection of color luminosity Inspection of pattern recognition (color, size, coordinates)
User-triggered new learning and resetting of SoftSensor parameters: Search for pattern Search for object OCR Code Color Communication functions From one intelligent camera to another Intelligent camera to automation system (SIMATIC S7): - Industrial Ethernet - PROFIBUS DP (VS Link PROFIBUS required) Intelligent camera to robot Intelligent camera to VS Link or VS Link PROFIBUS Intelligent camera to PG/PC (engineering) Intelligent camera to PG/PC (productive data) VS Link software For configuration of VS Link and VS Link PROFIBUS functionalities Executes on PG/PC with Windows ME, 2000, XP Configuration facilities Communication from intelligent camera to VS Link or VS Link PROFIBUS Configuration of HMI Configuration and positioning of image windows and result tables
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/61

Intelligent cameras
SIMATIC VS720
SIMATIC VS721 Camera Type Image capture Exposure time Frame transfer Performance Partial image capture Lens mount Evaluation of gray scale image 640 x 480 pixels CMOS, 1/3", 7.8 x 7.8 mm 10 s to 1 s (electronic shutter) 75 fps Basic Yes CS-Mount CS-Mount to C-Mount adapter ring, 5 mm ring for VS720 series (available separately) Integrated flash control of up to 4 light sources RJ45 plug for Power supply 24 V digital I/O 24 V for 8 freely configurable nonfloating channels - Digital inputs with input current up to 1.5 mA, npn, current-sinking - Digital outputs, 50 mA, short-circuit-proof, PNP, current source, active high signal RJ45 plug for Ethernet TCP/IP (10/100 Mbaud) HMI Controls VS720 Through VS Link 24 V DC (20 - 28 V DC) 210 mA 0 - 45 C (32 - 113 F), no condensation 60 x 112 x 30 (without lens); additional 50 mm cable connection Evaluation of gray scale image 640 x 480 pixels CMOS, 1/3", 7.4 x 7.4 mm 10 s to 1 s (electronic shutter) 75 fps (max.) Basic Yes CS-Mount CS-Mount to C-Mount adapter ring, 5 mm ring for VS720 series (available separately) Integrated flash control of up to 4 light sources RJ45 plug for Power supply 24 V digital I/O 24 V for 8 freely configurable nonfloating channels - Digital inputs with input current up to 1.5 mA, npn, current-sinking - Digital outputs, 50 mA, short-circuit-proof, PNP, current source, active high signal RJ45 plug for Ethernet TCP/IP (10/100 Mbaud) HMI Controls VS720 Through VS Link 24 V DC (20 - 28 V DC) 210 mA 0 - 45 C (32 - 113 F), no condensation 60 x 112 x 30 (without lens); additional 50 mm cable connection SIMATIC VS722
Additional features Ports Interface 1
Interface 2 HMI operation Monitor connection General data Supply voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
5/62
Siemens FS 10 2007

Intelligent cameras
SIMATIC VS720
SIMATIC VS723 Camera Type Image capture Exposure time Frame transfer Performance Partial image capture Lens mount Evaluation of gray scale image 640 x 480 pixels CCD, 1/3", 7.4 x 7.4 mm 10 s to 1 s (electronic shutter) 75 fps (max.) Medium Yes CS-Mount CS-Mount to C-Mount adapter ring, 5 mm ring for VS720 series (available separately) Integrated flash control of up to 4 light sources RJ45 plug for Power supply 24 V digital I/O 24 V for 8 freely configurable nonfloating channels - Digital inputs with input current up to 1.5 mA, npn, current-sinking - Digital outputs, 50 mA, short-circuit-proof, PNP, current source, active high signal RJ45 plug for Ethernet TCP/IP (10/100 Mbaud) HMI Controls VS720 Through VS Link 24 V DC (20 - 28 V DC) 210 mA Plastic IP40 60 x 112 x 30 (without lens); additional 50 mm cable connection 0 - 45 C (32 - 113 F), no condensation Evaluation of gray scale image 1024 x 768 pixels CCD, 1/3", 4.65 x 4.65 mm 10 s to 1 s (electronic shutter) 19 fps (max.) Medium Yes CS-Mount CS-Mount to C-Mount adapter ring, 5 mm ring for VS720 series (available separately) Integrated flash control of up to 4 light sources RJ45 plug for Power supply 24 V digital I/O 24 V for 8 freely configurable nonfloating channels - Digital inputs with input current up to 1.5 mA, npn, current-sinking - Digital outputs, 50 mA, short-circuit-proof, PNP, current source, active high signal RJ45 plug for Ethernet TCP/IP (10/100 Mbaud) HMI Controls VS720 Through VS Link 24 V DC (20 - 28 V DC) 300 mA Plastic IP40 60 x 112 x 30 (without lens); additional 50 mm cable connection 0 - 45 C (32 - 113 F), no condensation SIMATIC VS723-2
Interface 2 HMI operation Monitor connection Power supply Supply voltage Current consumption Housing Enclosure material Degree of protection Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm Ambient temperature
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/63

Intelligent cameras
SIMATIC VS720
SIMATIC VS724 Camera Type Image capture Exposure time Frame transfer Performance Partial image capture Lens mount Evaluation of gray scale image 1280 x 1024 pixels CCD, 1/2", 4.65 x 4.65 mm 10 s to 1 s (electronic shutter) 8 fps (max.) Medium Yes CS-Mount CS-Mount to C-Mount adapter ring, 5 mm ring for VS720 series (available separately) Integrated flash control of up to 4 light sources RJ45 plug for Power supply 24 V digital I/O 24 V for 8 freely configurable nonfloating channels - Digital inputs with input current up to 1.5 mA, npn, current-sinking - Digital outputs, 50 mA, short-circuit-proof, PNP, current source, active high signal RJ45 plug for Ethernet TCP/IP (10/100 Mbaud) HMI Controls VS720 Through VS Link 24 V DC (20 - 28 V DC) 300 mA Plastic IP40 60 x 112 x 30 (without lens); additional 50 mm cable connection 0 - 45 C (32 - 113 F), no condensation Color 640 x 480 pixels CCD, 1/4", 5.6 x 5.6 mm 10 s to 1 s (electronic shutter) 30 fps (max.) Medium Yes CS-Mount CS-Mount to C-Mount adapter ring, 5 mm ring for VS720 series (available separately) Integrated flash control of up to 4 light sources RJ45 plug for Power supply 24 V digital I/O 24 V for 8 freely configurable nonfloating channels - Digital inputs with input current up to 1.5 mA, npn, current-sinking - Digital outputs, 50 mA, short-circuit-proof, PNP, current source, active high signal RJ45 plug for Ethernet TCP/IP (10/100 Mbaud) HMI Controls VS720 Through VS Link 24 V DC (20 - 28 V DC) 300 mA Plastic IP40 60 x 112 x 30 (without lens); additional 50 mm cable connection 0 - 45 C (32 - 113 F), no condensation SIMATIC VS725
5/64
Siemens FS 10 2007

Intelligent cameras
SIMATIC VS720
SIMATIC VS723-S Camera Type Image capture Exposure time Frame transfer Performance Partial image capture Lens mount Evaluation of gray scale image 640 x 480 pixels CCD, 1/3, 7.4 x 7.4 m 10 s ... 1 s (electronic shutter) 75 fps (max.) High Yes CS-Mount CS-Mount to C-Mount adapter ring, 5 mm ring for VS720 series (available separately) Integrated flash control of up to 4 light sources Evaluation of gray scale image 1280 x 1024 pixels CCD, 1/2, 4.65 x 4.65 m 10 s ... 1 s (electronic shutter) 8 fps (max.) High Yes CS-Mount CS-Mount to C-Mount adapter ring, 5 mm ring for VS720 series (available separately) Integrated flash control of up to 4 light sources SIMATIC VS724-S
M12 x 8 industrial plug connector for M12 x 8 industrial plug connector for 24 V power supply 24 V power supply Digital I/O 24 V for 6 freely configurable non- Digital I/O 24 V for 6 freely configurable nonisolated channels: isolated channels: - digital inputs with input current up to 1.5 mA, - digital inputs with input current up to 1.5 mA, npn, current-sinking npn, current-sinking - digital outputs, 50 mA, short-circuit-proof, - digital outputs, 50 mA, short-circuit-proof, PNP, current source, active high signal PNP, current source, active high signal M12 x 8 industrial plug connector for Ethernet TCP/IP (10/100 MBaud) HMI Controls VS720 Through VS Link 24 V DC (20 ... 28 V DC) 300 mA Stainless steel V4A IP68 66 x 120 x 73.2 (incl. protective barrel) 0 ... 45 C (32 ... 113 F), no condensation M12 x 8 industrial plug connector for Ethernet TCP/IP (10/100 MBaud) HMI Controls VS720 Through VS Link 24 V DC (20 ... 28 V DC) 300 mA Stainless steel V4A IP68 66 x 120 x 73.2 (incl. protective barrel) 0 ... 45 C (32 ... 113 F), no condensation
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/65

Intelligent cameras
SIMATIC VS720
SIMATIC VS725-S Camera Type Image capture Exposure time Frame transfer Performance Partial image capture Lens mount Color 640 x 480 pixels CCD, 1/4, 5.6 x 5.6 m 10 s ... 1 s (electronic shutter) 30 fps (max.) High Yes CS-Mount CS-Mount to C-Mount adapter ring, 5 mm ring for VS720 series (available separately) Integrated flash control of up to 4 light sources M12 x 8 industrial plug connector for 24 V power supply Digital I/O 24 V for 6 freely configurable non-isolated channels: - digital inputs with input current up to 1.5 mA, npn, current-sinking - digital outputs, 50 mA, short-circuit-proof, PNP, current source, active high signal M12 x 8 industrial plug connector for Ethernet TCP/IP (10/100 MBaud) HMI Controls VS720 Through VS Link 24 V DC (20 ... 28 V DC) 300 mA Stainless steel V4A IP68 66 x 120 x 73.2 (incl. protective barrel) 0 ... 45 C (32 ... 113 F), no condensation
5/66
Siemens FS 10 2007

Intelligent cameras
SIMATIC VS720

Order No. SIMATIC VS721 CMOS C 6GF1 721-0AA01 Order No.
Accessories
SIMATIC Spectation V2.7.7 configuring software For creating user programs for SIMATIC VS72x and configuring the VS Link; executable under Windows Me/2000/XP; English/German; single license on CD-ROM, for intelligent cameras VS72x (not for stainless steel cameras) More information on page 5/91. SIMATIC Spectation V2.7.6 configuring software For creating user programs for SIMATIC VS72x and configuring the VS Link; executable under Windows Me/2000/XP; English/German; single license on CD-ROM, for intelligent cameras VS72x-S More information on page 5/91 Interface module VS Link For connecting a SIMATIC VS72x to a VGA monitor without PC; for visualizing inspection images, result tables, with user-friendly display functions, with Ethernet interface More information on page 5/69. Interface module VS Link PROFIBUS A 6GF9 003-2AB A 6GF9 003-2AA B 6GF8 007-3AA27 B 6GF8 007-3AA27-7AA0
Intelligent camera for simple image processing tasks; with 1/3" CMOS sensor chip, image format 640 x 480 pixels, can be configured with Spectation SIMATIC VS722 Basic Intelligent camera for light image processing tasks; with 1/3" CCD sensor chip, image format 640 x 480 pixels, can be configured with Spectation SIMATIC VS723 Performance C 6GF1 723-0AA01 Intelligent camera for complex checking routines and high cycle times; with 1/3" CCD sensor chip, image format 640 x 480 pixels, can be configured with Spectation SIMATIC VS723-2 Medium Res- C 6GF1 723-1AA01 olution Intelligent camera for medium resolutions; with 1/3" CCD sensor chip, image format 1024 x 768 pixels, can be configured with Spectation as of V2.6 SIMATIC VS723-S High Speed Intelligent stainless steel camera with degree of protection IP68; with 1/3" CCD sensor chip, image format 640 x 480 pixels, can be configured with Spectation as of V2.7, with lens tube SIMATIC VS724 High Resolution Intelligent camera for high resolutions; with 1/2" CCD sensor chip (7.60 x 6.20 mm), image format 1280 x 1024 pixels, configuration with Spectation SIMATIC VS724-S High Speed/High Resolution Intelligent Camera with high processing speed; stainless steel IP68, for high resolutions; with 1/2" CCD sensor chip (7.60 x 6.20 mm), image format 1280 x 1024 pixels, configuration with Spectation, from V2.7 SIMATIC VS725 Color Intelligent camera for color recognition; with 1/4" CCD sensor chip, image format 640 x 480 pixels, can be configured with Spectation SIMATIC VS725-S High Speed/Color Intelligent stainless steel camera with degree of protection IP68, for color recognition; with 1/4" color CCD sensor chip, image format 640 x 480 pixels, can be configured with Spectation as of V2.7 C 6GF1 725-0BA C 6GF1 725-0AA01 C 6GF1 724-0BA C 6GF1 724-0AA01 C 6GF1 723-0BA C 6GF1 722-0AA01
For connecting a SIMATIC VS72x to a VGA monitor without PC; for visualizing inspection images, result tables, with user-friendly display functions, with Ethernet interface and PROFIBUS DPGateway More information on page 5/69. Protective housing for SIMATIC VS72x, (not for VS72x-S) Stainless steel, degree of protection IP61; with polycarbonate disk; max. lens length 42 mm More information on page 5/71. Mounting plate for vertical installation of SIMATIC VS72x and VS72x-S Cannot be used in conjunction with protective housing. For dimensions see page 5/71. For industrial use, with two tripod threads For laboratory use, with one tripod thread A 6GF9 002-2AA A 6GF9 002-2AB A 6GF9 002-2AC
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/67

Intelligent cameras
SIMATIC VS720
Order No. Lens tube for VS72x-S series to be used as replacement part, made of plastic, suitable for lenses up to 35 mm long and 43 mm in diameter V4A intermediate ring for lens A 6GF9 008-2AB tube 6GF9 008-2AA for VS72x-S series, of stainless steel (V4A), with sealing ring. Lenses up to 58 mm long and 43 mm diameter can be attached using this intermediate ring V2A intermediate ring for lens A 6GF9 008-2AB01 tube 6GF9 008-2AA for VS72x-S series, of stainless steel (V2A), with sealing ring. Lenses up to 58 mm long and 43 mm diameter can be attached using this intermediate ring Adapter ring For VS72x series, 5 mm, CSMount to C-Mount Cable for power supply and I/O Pre-assembled at one end 3m 15 m Cable for power supply and I/O single side design, highly flexible, trailing-capable, not for stainless steel models (VS72x-S series) - 10 m - 20 m A 6GF9 008-2AL A 6GF9 008-2AN
40,13 73,20
A 6GF9 008-2AA
Dimension drawings
6,49 30,74
s
SIMATIC VS 722
Barcode 39 6GF1 722-0AA E-Stand: 03 Siemens AD / Automation & Drives Made in USA
112
95,75
4 screws M4 x 7,8 m
RUM FAULT
SIMATIC VS 722
CS-Mount 1,00"x 32 TPI

FS10_00088
IP
6GF1 722-0AA X 2 3 4
47
RJ45
A 6GF9 001-1AP
60
Intelligent camera VS720
71,5
24
A 6GF9 002-2AD A 6GF9 002-2AE

47 66
30
61 48,7 43
Cable for serial interface of VS A 6GF9 002-2AH Link with RJ12 plug Ethernet cable for SIMATIC VS72x Highly flexible, suitable for trailing, with RJ45/RJ45 plug 10 m 20 m Ethernet cable for SIMATIC VS72x-S highly flexible, drag-capable, with M12 plug (8-pin) and RJ45 plug; Length 15 m RJ12 to DB9 Strain relief assembly for VS72x for Ethernet and I/O cable connection of the VS720 series A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H B: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99S C: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = 4A994 A 6GF9 002-2AJ A 6GF9 008-2AM A 6GF9 008-2AP A 6GF9 008-2AQ
FS10_00203
30
Single-sided, highly flexible, A 6GF9 008-2AK drag-capable, for VS72x-S series; Length 15 m
120 137,5
M12
M12
Intelligent stainless-steel camera VS720-S
Interface converter for VS Link A 6GF9 002-2AG
61 2"
12
FS10_00204
45 2"
Intermediate ring 6GF9 008-2AB for lens tube 6GF9 008-2AA
5/68
Siemens FS 10 2007
10
25,4
34

Intelligent cameras
VS Link
Overview
Function
Visualization of live/warning/error images and result table without a PC on a monitor Centralized visualization of several vision sensors in an Industrial Ethernet network Visualization of several images and result tables simultaneously Display of text and bitmaps (e.g. company logos) User-specific screen partitioning Visualization and interactive triggering of actions simultaneously via PC
The integrated Ethernet interfaces, combined with the onboard I/Os, enable convenient integration of VS 720 Vision Sensors in your process using digital signals and Industrial Ethernet communication. Up to 16 VS720 Vision Sensors can be connected to VS Link. Configuration is easy using the VS Link software. For optimum integration in fieldbus systems, a PROFIBUS interface is integrated in VS Link PROFIBUS.
Technical data
SIMATIC VS Link interface module Ports Industrial Ethernet PROFIBUS Monitor connection Monitors (supported) Additional interfaces General data Supply voltage Current consumption Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 24 V DC 210 mA 54 x 121 x 105 24 V DC 210 mA 54 x 121 x 105 1 x Ethernet TCP/IP (RJ45, 10/100 Mbaud) 1 x VGA (15-pin Sub D socket, 3-tier) 1 x Ethernet TCP/IP (RJ45, 10/100 Mbaud) 1 x PROFIBUS DP, PROFIBUS FMS (9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s) 1 x VGA (15-pin high density Sub-D socket) SIMATIC VS Link PROFIBUS interface module
640 x 480, 800 x 600, 1024 x 768, 1280 x 1024; 640 x 480, 800 x 600, 1024 x 768, 1280 x 1024; 60 - 85 Hz 60 - 85 Hz 1 x RS 232 serial (RJ12) 1 x power supply (2-pin 1 x RS 232 serial (RJ12) 1 x power supply screw terminals) (2-pin screw terminals)

Order No. Interface module VS Link For visualizing inspection displays and result tables on connected monitors; max. 16 VS72x can be connected over Industrial Ethernet Interface module VS Link PROFIBUS For visualizing inspection displays and result tables on connected monitors; communications gateway to PROFIBUS DP; max. 16 VS72x can be connected over Industrial Ethernet A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H A 6GF9 003-2AB A 6GF9 003-2AA
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/69
5
for DIN rail
for DIN rail

FS10_00089
VS Link
Dimension drawings
Interface module VS Link

FS10_00091
Intelligent cameras
Interface module VS Link PROFIBUS
5/70
s
s
VS Link PB
Barcode 39
1P 6GF9003-2AB
VS Link PB
Barcode 39
1P 6GF9003-2AA
104,8
104,8
E-Stand:03
E-Stand:03 Siemens AD / Automation & Drives Made in USA
Siemens AD / Automation & Drives Made in USA
Siemens FS 10 2007
121
121
+/- terminal
+/- terminal
6GF9 003-2AA
Status
6GF9 003-2AB
Status
Ethernet VGA Out Gnd/24V
RS-232
Ethernet
RS-232
54
X 2
VGA Out
Gnd/24V
54
1
X 3
2 3
2 4
VS Link Profibus
VS Link
3 4
1 Off-Line 2 Diag. 3 On-Line 4 N/A
Address
ProfiBus-DP

Intelligent cameras
Protective housings, mounting plates
Overview
Dimension drawings
3 4
2 0 1 0 7
9 5
Protective housing for use in rugged industrial environments For protection against the ingress of dust and water (IP64), mechanical damage and unauthorized adjustment of the lens and removal of connectors Optimized heat dissipation due to larger cooling surface
1 8 8 2 1 6
Protective housing 6GF9002-2AC

59,3 47
Design
Protective housing for VS72x The protective housing has a removable protective cap for the lens. This allows the lens to be adjusted in the mounted state.
128,6
75,8
20
1,9
Order No. Protective housing for A 6GF9 002-2AC SIMATIC VS72x (not for VS72xS) Stainless steel IP61, with polycarbonate disk, max. lens length 42 mm Mounting plate for vertical installation of SIMATIC VS72x and VS72x-S Cannot be used in conjunction with protective housing. For industrial use, with two tripod threads For laboratory use, with one tripod thread A 6GF9 002-2AA A 6GF9 002-2AB
4,5
47 25
tripod screw 1/4"
15
4,5
Mounting plate 6GF9002-2AA
61,3 47
7,5
27
FS10_00086
3 8

121,3 88,2 1,9
5
FS10_00087
5 47
30
tripod screw 1/4"
Mounting plate 6GF9002-2AB
50
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/71

Vision systems
Introduction
Vision systems Quality control at high speed

The need to accommodate faster production rates, identify finer defects, and inspect complex objects or assemblies from multiple points of view is pushing the limits of today's machine vision systems. SIMATIC Visionscape line is uniquely situated to address high speed applications requiring multiple cameras or extensive vision processing. An extensive collection of intelligent tools coupled with a common application development and deployment environment ship with each board, significantly decreasing the amount of time it takes to get your application up and running (see SIMATIC Visionscape software). Whether you need to deliver a stand alone system or one integrated into a machine controller, the ability to embed one or more SIMATIC Visionscape boards into an industrial computer allows the flexibility and extensibility you're looking for. The SIMATIC Visionscape family of products features a scalable line of high performance vision processors to cost-effective frame grabbers. A unique advantage of this product line is that all of the boards are configured using the same development and deployment environment as well as the same extensive set of intelligent tools. The end result is that an application configured for one board can run unmodified and without recompilation on any other board, thus allowing users to easily scale as well as select the right price/performance point for each application. Frame grabbers SIMATIC Visionscape 0xx0 The Visionscape frame grabbers are used to capture images from a variety of machine vision cameras into the host PC memory. All Visionscape frame grabber boards offer on-board dedicated digital I/O for triggering, strobe control and general purpose I/O. Vision processors SIMATIC Visionscape 4xx0 The Visionscape 4000 series vision processors are complete high-performance vision systems in a single PCI slot. These boards feature an on-board CPU, vision acceleration ASIC, memory, and display. Therefore, they completely off-load all vision processing operations from the host PC CPU. These boards also feature on-board dedicated digital I/O and support a variety of machine vision cameras through interchangeable plug-in camera interface daughter cards. An on-board real-time multitasking operating system assures deterministic operation. System configurations can be scaled up without affecting performance or footprint by simply adding more processor boards in the same PCI backplane. Camera Interface Options Important Note In order to create a trouble free implementation an inexperienced end user should consider having the machine vision system configured and installed by an experienced solution provider. Within the A&D Solution Partner Program we have the appropriate partner for your specific application. Please ask your local Siemens Promoter or Specialist
Highlights
Scalable line of high-performance vision processors and cost-effective frame grabber boards Support variety of analog or digital cameras and special camera features including high resolution, partial scan, line scan, etc. Address complex multi-camera applications by connecting several cameras per board and/or adding multiple boards in a single PC On-board dedicated digital I/O for fast image acquisition triggering, strobe control and general purpose I/O Powerful software environment ships with all Visionscape boards for fast machine vision application development & deployment Graphical user interface (GUI) on host PC allows simple setup and monitoring of applications without any conventional programming Common software allows an application to run on any board leveraging user training and application development investment
A wide variety of camera interface options are supported by the Visionscape family of boards through interchangeable daughter cards or frame grabbers including: x300 series Standard interlaced analog cameras 4 multiplexed channels x740 series Flexible analog cameras supporting special features such as electronic shuttered, frame reset, or partial scan cameras High resolution up to 2 K x 2 K pixels Four independent channels
5/72
Siemens FS 10 2007

Vision systems
Introduction
Applications
SIMATIC Visionscape machine vision systems are used in all industries in which industrial machine vision is applied: Automotive assembly (especially in final assembly, components and body shop) General manufacturing assembly and inspection Semiconductor packaging (backend production) Electronic assembly Pharmaceutical packaging and date and lot code verification Food and luxury goods package inspection Other applications include traceability applications involving verification and reading one dimensional bar code and data matrix symbologies.
Design
The SIMATIC Visionscape product family consist of machine vision software and a family of PCI vision boards and smart cameras. Visionscape software provide all the elements required to acquire and process images in an industrial environment. The same Visionscape application development environment (IDE or Engineering software) is used to develop and monitor applications on smart cameras and PC-based boards. When used with a PC-based board the software can be configured to interface with all kind of machine vision cameras, which can range from unsophisticated interlaced analog cameras with standard resolution to high resolution digital cameras that can acquire images at high data rates. The flexibility of this interface arrangement is implemented by the choice of Visionscape camera interface daughter board and corresponding software settings. The vision system can be configured to respond to hardware and software trigger inputs and to control a lighting system by means of strobe signals and analog control voltages.
Configuration of a Visionscape system with PC-internal I/O board for up to two cameras:
Up to 2 Cameras
Visionscape 4000 Framegrabber Visionscape 0xxx ASIC Memory CPU
PC
with Visionscape Software
PCI Slot
CPU
2 x DI Trigger 2 x DO Strobe 2 x 2 Universal I/O
PC internal I/O Board
FS10_00231
Configuration of a Visionscape system with external combination I/O board for up to four cameras
Up to 4 Cameras
PC
PCI Slot
CPU
FS10_00232 8 AO
External I/O Board

16 slots for I/O Boards
4 x DI/O Trigger Strobe
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/73

Vision systems
SIMATIC Visionscape 0xxx
Overview
Application
Visionscape software and boards are designed to be used in industrial machine vision and traceability applications by end users, systems integrators, machine builders and original equipment manufacturers. Visionscape 0300 and 0740 PCI boards are particularly applicable in systems where the host CPU can be dedicated to the machine vision application. Hosts may be configured with one or two Visionscape PCI boards and dual CPU hosts may have individual CPUs assigned to a specific Visionscape board. Board selection guide Specify the Visionscape 0300 for applications with up to four standard resolution interlaced cameras per board Specify the Visionscape 0740 for applications with up to four non-standard resolution progressive scan analog cameras or applications that require simultaneous acquisition on up to four channels
The SIMATIC Visionscape frame grabbers are used to capture images from a variety of machine vision cameras into the host PC memory. All Visionscape frame grabber boards offer onboard dedicated digital I/O for triggering, strobe control and general purpose I/O. Camera interface options A wide variety of camera interface options are supported by the Visionscape family of boards through interchangeable daughter cards or frame grabbers including: SIMATIC Visionscape 0300 Standard interlaced analog cameras 4 multiplexed channels SIMATIC Visionscape 0740 Flexible analog cameras supporting special features such as electronic shuttered, frame reset, or partial scan cameras High resolution up to 2 K x 2 K pixels Four independent channels
Design
A SIMATIC Visionscape frame grabber package consists of the SIMATIC Visionscape software and one PCI industrial machine vision frame grabber board. The PCI boards operate under the Windows 2000 or Windows XP. The 0300 and 0740 machine vision frame grabbers in this product range depend on the host processor for all image processing operations. All of the SIMATIC Visionscape boards include built in discrete IO connections for up to 16 channels. The 0300 frame grabber board supports up to four standard resolution interlaced cameras. The 0740 board provides the interface to all types of analog cameras (also progressive scan, high resolution and double speed). Visionscape boards are standard 5 V PCI 2.2 compliant bus board that mount within industrial PCs (recommended) or standard commercial PCs. The 0300 and 0740 frame grabber boards combine the system, camera and external IO interface in a single PCI board that occupies a single half length PCI slot. Visionscape software consists of a user interface, machine vision tools and system software that allows programs to be developed in a efficient graphical environment (more information under SIMATIC Visionscape software).
Benefits
The SIMATIC Visionscape 0300 and 0740 PCI frame grabbers provide an economical means of implementing high level machine vision applications by means of the following advantages and benefits: PCI plug and play on Windows XP and Windows 2K Full advantage of the processing power of modern PCs Members of a scalable line of high-performance vision processors, accelerators and frame grabber boards Common software allows an application to run on any board, leveraging user training and application development investment Support for multiple standard resolution interlaced cameras on the 0300 board and all types of non-standard analog (progressive scan, double speed, high resolution) cameras on the 0740 board Four independent A/D channels allow simultaneous acquisition (0740 board) Two camera types can be mix-and-matched for economical deployment (0740 board) On-board dedicated digital I/O for fast image acquisition triggering, strobe control and general purpose I/O Powerful Visionscape software environment ships with all Visionscape boards for fast machine vision application development & deployment (see SIMATIC Visionscape software)
Function
The Visionscape software and board family provide all the elements required to acquire and process images in an industrial environment. Once the imaging system is configured the vision system can be configured to respond to hardware and software trigger inputs and to control a lighting system by means of strobe signals and analog intensity control signals. Once the image is acquired the Visionscape system supports a full range of image manipulation methods Once the image is optimally transformed Visionscape provides a full set of feature extraction tools that can be specified to locate features, gauge dimensions, inspect for the presence of desired features or defects, read or verify printed text, or decode a wide range of symbologies. Once the desired feature extraction has occurred Visionscape software can apply logical constructs, measurements, and tolerance rules before setting physical or virtual output states or transmitting data to other devices or sub-systems. For further information about the software see under SIMATIC Visionscape software.
5/74
Siemens FS 10 2007

Vision systems
Visionscape boards can be configured to simultaneously acquire images from up to four cameras. A PC can support one or two frame grabber systems. Minimum host PC requirement: Pentium 4, 2.4 GHz or higher with minimum of 256 MB memory; one open +5 V/32 bit PCI expansion slot (half length) VGA display adapter 64K or true color Microsoft Windows 2000 SP4 or Windows XP SP2 or later
Integration
Visionscape systems are typically configured as stand alone, integrated or embedded systems in an industrial environment. Interfaces will typically consist of discrete IO connections to trigger sensors, lighting controllers, and to PLCs or reject actuators. The system can be configured to actuate on receipt of a serial command received by means of a RS232 or a Ethernet TCP/IP connection. Results data can be delivered by means of RS232 serial or Ethernet TCP/IP connection. The Visionscape system can be configured as a server or client on a TCP/IP network. Integration in SIMATIC PCs For usage in industrial environment PC the SIMATIC PCs are recommended. Properly tested Box PC configuration - with one Visionscape board and its attached I/O connection boards: SIMATIC Box PC 627 - with up to two Visionscape Boards and their attached I/O connection boards: SIMATIC Box PC 840 Properly tested Panel PC configuration - with one Visionscape board and its attached I/O connection boards: SIMATIC Panel PC 677 - with up to two Visionscape boards and their attached I/O connection boards: SIMATIC Panel PC 877 Properly tested Rack PC configuration with up to three Visionscape boards and their attached I/O connection boards: SIMATIC Rack PC IL 43 Caution: Please read also the electronic Readme file on the included SIMATIC Visionscape CD with the latest information about required BIOS updates, probably older incompatible PC versions, and suggested system configurations Additional information on SIMATIC Box, Rack and Panel PCs is available in catalog ST PC or in the Internet under www.siemens.de/simatic-pc List of supported cameras
Order No. 6GF3080-0VS40-0CM0 6GF3080-0VS11-0CS0 6GF3080-0VS10-1CA0 Camera description CM4000 analog camera with RS170, standard resolution (640 x 480), 60 Hz CM1100 progressive scan, double speed, analog camera (644 x 492) CMCVA1 progressive scan, high resolution analog camera (1392 x 1040) Connects to SIMATIC Visionscape 0300 X 0740 X X X
An up-to-date list of all supported cameras of other vendors is available at your local Siemens contact partner.
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/75

Vision systems
Type Design Video Input SIMATIC Visionscape 0300 Up to 4 multiplexed externally synchronized RS170 or CCIR cameras SIMATIC Visionscape 0740 p to 4 independent analog interlaced or progressive scan cameras Single-slot half-length 5 V PCI 2.2 compliant bus board; 5.5 x 4.2 (140 mm x 107 mm)
RS170: Up to 640 x 480, 60 Hz; CCIR: up to 768 x 576, 50 Hz interlaced 8 bit ADC quantization Flexible chained bus master DMA Simultaneous asynchronous capture on all channels Analog progressive scan up to 2 K x 2 K image size Supports acquisition from two different camera types at a time via two independent pixel clock generators, allowing mixing of high and low resolution cameras on any of the four channels Support for shuttered, frame reset & partial scan, double speed & quad speed cameras External camera sync 4 Hsync; 4 Vsync/Vinit 4 Camera control inputs/outputs
Video control
Master/slave interface for multi-board synchronization and triggering 4 Hsync; 4 Vsync 4 Inject/Inhibit (for simultaneous exposure)
Host Based Display On-Board Digital I/O
PCI bus master Color graphics overlay 4 sensor inputs with user-supplied reference voltage thresholds and 5 to 24 V input range 4 strobe outputs 16 programmable bi-directional I/O Standard 50 pin I/O connection to external termination/isolation board (Visionscape Combo I/O board) On-board I2C serial bus capability (for analog output) 8 channels of analog output through external termination/isolation board +12 V @ 1 A maximum +5 V @ 1.25 A maximum Dissipates approximately 10 W Operating temperature: 0 C 50 C Humidity: 10 90%, non-condensing Pentium 4, 2.4 GHz class CPU or higher with minimum 256 MB memory VGA display adapter 64K or True color One open +5 V/32 bit PCI expansion slot Microsoft Windows 2000 SP4 or later
Analog Output Support Power Consumption
Environmental Host PC Requirements (Recommended)
5/76
Siemens FS 10 2007

Vision systems

Order No. SIMATIC Visionscape Framegrabber PCI framegrabber with analog interface and Visionscape software license. Includes: PCI board, internal power cable, camera adapter cable, bulkhead connector for IO cable, SIMATIC Visionscape software and documentation on CD. SIMATIC Visionscape 0300 SIMATIC Visionscape 0740 A 6GF3080-0VS31-0FP0 A 6GF3080-0VS74-0FP0 Camera signal and power cable; for CMCVA1 3 m long (10 ft.) 7.5 m long (25 ft.) 15 m long (50 ft.) I/O boards PC-internal I/O board PC internal 10-point opto-IsoA 6GF3080-0VS10-0SM0 lated I/O and strobe control board; board contains 2 triggers, 2 strobes 4 outputs, 2 inputs; includes: ribbon cable to connect to vision board and plug kit. Not recommended for use with more than two cameras. Mounts in PC in open slot. External I/O board External I/O and strobe control board kit; supports 4 dedicated channels for trigger and strobe and 16 slots for optically isolated IO modules configurable and input or output. Also supports 8 channels of analog output. Included is connection ribbon cable to IO bulkhead connector. Available optical isolation modules A 6GF3080-0VS00-2KF0 A 6GF3080-0VS00-1KF0 for the 16 slots on the external I/O board Digital input 2.5 28 V DC (1 ms/1.5 ms response) Digital input 10 32 V DC (5 ms response) A 6GF3080-0VS40-0CM0 Digital input 2.5 16 V DC (25 s response) Digital output 5 60 V DC (50 s response) A 6GF3080-0VS28-1SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS32-1SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS16-1SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS60-2SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS24-0SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS03-1XC0 A 6GF3080-0VS07-1XC0 A 6GF3080-0VS15-1XC0 Order No.
Accessories
Dongles (Hardware keys) Hardware key to enable SIMATIC Visionscape SW on a PC system that does not include a SIMATIC Visionscape board or smart camera SIMATIC HawkEye 1600 USB dongle Parallel (DB25 feedthrough) dongle Hardware key to enable Intellifind object locator tool (hardware key also required on PC when a SIMATIC Visionscape board is installed or when a smart camera SIMATIC HawkEye 1600 is connected) Intellifind USB dongle Intellifind parallel (DB25 feedthrough) dongle Cameras and cables Camera CM4000 Standard resolution (640 x 480 pixels) - 60Hz RS170 machine vision analog camera; CCD sensor, C lens mount. camera compatible with x300 series and x740 series PCI framegrabbers and vision processors Camera CM1100 Progressive scan, double speed analog camera (644 x 492 pixels); 1/3 CCD sensor, C lens mount; camera compatible with x740 series PCI framegrabbers and vision engines Camera signal and power cable; for CM4000 and CM1100 3 m long (10 ft.) 7.5 m long (25 ft.) 30 m long (100 ft.) Camera CMCVA1 High resolution, progressive scan analog camera (1392 x 1040); . CCD sensor, C lens mount; camera compatible with x740 series PCI framegrabbers and vision engines A 6GF3080-0VS03-0XC0 A 6GF3080-0VS07-0XC0 A 6GF3080-0VS30-0XC0 A 6GF3080-0VS10-1CA0 A 6GF3080-0VS11-0CS0 A 6GF3080-0VS00-2KS0 A 6GF3080-0VS00-1KS0
Digital output 24 280 V AC A 6GF3080-0VS28-2SM0 (1/2 cycle response) Input module with switch (for manual input) Output module with switch (for manual output) Cable Multi-board cable for masA 6GF3080-0VS40-0TC0 ter/slave operation with SIMATIC Visionscape 4300 and 4740. Allows multiple boards to be triggered with a single input. A: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H A 6GF3080-0VS00-1SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS00-2SM0
For lenses and other accessories: See under Accessories for image processing systems, page 5/96.
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/77

Vision systems
Circuit diagrams
21
20
40
Camera I/O on Visionscape Boards 0300 and 0740
Pin No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Signal Camera 1 Hold Camera 1 +12 V Camera 1 VD Camera 1 HD Camera 2 Hold Camera 2 +12 V Camera 2 VD Camera 2 HD Camera 3 Hold Camera 3 +12 V Camera 3 VD Camera 3 HD Camera 4 Hold Camera 4 +12 V Camera 4 VD Camera 4 HD Camera 4 Video Camera 3 Video Camera 2 Video Camera 1 Video
FS10_00212
Pin No. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Signal Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground
Pinouts for camera I/O on Visionscape Boards 0300 and 0740
5/78
Siemens FS 10 2007

Vision systems
SIMATIC Visionscape 4000
Overview
Application
SIMATIC Visionscape software and boards are designed to be used in industrial machine vision and traceability applications by end users, systems integrators machine builders and original equipment manufacturers. Specific applications for SIMATIC Visionscape 4000 boards include: Pharmaceutical and general packaging validation and verification operations using the SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak sectoral product (see SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak). Product inspection and gauging applications where images from multiple cameras must be processed in a short time. For systems where the PC is largely dedicated to another process such as cell control or HMI display the 4000 series Vision Engine should be specified. This board operates independently of the host PC and can be deployed in a massively parallel configuration with up to six boards in a suitable PC. Specify the SIMATIC Visionscape 4300 for applications with up to four standard resolution interlaced cameras (VGA or CCIR). Specify the SIMATIC Visionscape 4740 for applications with up to four non standard resolution progressive scan analog cameras or applications that require simultaneous acquisition on up to four channels.
The SIMATIC Visionscape 4000 series vision processors are complete high-performance vision systems in a single PCI slot. These boards feature an on-board CPU, vision acceleration ASIC, memory, and display. Therefore, they completely off-load all vision processing operations from the host PC CPU. These boards also feature on-board dedicated digital I/O and support a variety of machine vision cameras through interchangeable plug-in camera interface daughter cards. An onboard real-time multitasking operating system assures deterministic operation. System configurations can be scaled up without affecting performance or footprint by simply adding more processor boards in the same PCI backplane. Camera Interface Options SIMATIC Visionscape 4300: Standard interlaced analog cameras 4 multiplexed channels SIMATIC Visionscape 4740: Flexible analog cameras supporting special features such as electronic shuttered, frame reset, or partial scan cameras High resolution up to 2 K x 2 K pixels Four independent channels
Design
The SIMATIC Visionscape PCI Vision Engine product package consists of software and one of two PCI board based self contained industrial machine vision engines. The PCI boards operate under the Windows operating system. The 4300 and 4740 machine vision engine includes an on-board RISC CPU and associated co-processor and memory sub-systems that remove all image processing and analysis load from the host CPU. All SIMATIC Visionscape boards include built in digital IO connections for up to 16 channels plus trigger and strobe lines. The 4300 engine supports up to four standard resolution interlaced cameras. The 4740 board provides the interface to all types of analog cameras (also progressive scan, high resolution and double speed). Visionscape 4000 series boards are standard single-slot full size 5V PCI 2.2 compliant bus boards that mount within standard commercial or industrial PC's. The 4000 series boards are assemblies consisting of a mother board that supports system interfaces and processing and a daughter board that supports the camera interface and the external interface to trigger, strobe and digital IO. The assembled mother-daughter board combination occupies a single PCI slot. Visionscape software consists of a User Interface, Machine Vision Tools and System Software that allows programs to be developed in an efficient graphical environment (more information under SIMATIC Visionscape software).
Benefits
In addition to the benefits common to other SIMATIC Visionscape PCI boards (0xxx series) the 4000 series has the following additional advantages: The Visionscape 4000 boards can be programmed to not require any host CPU resource. They therefore offer a zero footprint option. The real time operating system provides deterministic operation. A deterministic operation is one that, given the same input, always produces the same output. Systems can be configured with multiple boards (up to six) to implement vision systems with very high data throughput.
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/79

Vision systems
Function
The Visionscape software and board family provide all the elements required to acquire and process images in an industrial environment. Visionscape boards can be configured to simultaneously acquire images on up to four cameras. Multiple processing threads may run concurrently The minimum host PC requirement is as follows: Pentium 4, 2.4 GHz or higher, with minimum of 256 MB memory One open +5 V/32 bit PCI expansion slot VGA display adapter 64 K or true color Microsoft Windows 2000 SP4 or Windows XP SP2 or later
Integration
Visionscape systems are typically configured as stand alone, integrated or embedded systems in an industrial environment. Interfaces will typically consist of discrete IO connections to trigger sensors, lighting controllers, and to PLCs or reject actuators. The system can be configured to actuate on receipt of a serial command received by means of a RS232 or a Ethernet TCP/IP connection. Results data can be delivered by means of RS232 serial or Ethernet TCP/IP connection. The Visionscape system can be configured as a server or client on a TCP/IP network. Integration in SIMATIC PCs For usage in industrial environment PC the SIMATIC PCs are recommended. Properly tested Box PC configuration with up to two Visionscape boards and their attached I/O connection boards: SIMATIC Box PC 840 Properly tested Panel PC configuration with up to two Visionscape boards and their attached I/O connection boards: SIMATIC Panel PC 877 Properly tested Rack PC configuration with up to three Visionscape boards and their attached I/O connection boards: SIMATIC Rack PC IL 43 Caution: Please read also the electronic Readme file on the included SIMATIC Visionscape CD with the latest information about required BIOS updates, probably older incompatible PC versions, and suggested system configurations. Additional information on SIMATIC Box, Rack and Panel PCs are available in catalog ST PC or in the Internet under www.siemens.de/simatic-pc List of supported cameras
Order No. 6GF3080-0VS40-0CM0 Camera description CM4000 analog camera with RS170, standard resolution (640 x 480), 60 Hz CM1100 progressive scan, double speed, analog camera (644 x 492) CMCVA1 progressive scan, high resolution analog camera (1392 x 1040) Connects to SIMATIC Visionscape 4300 X 4740 X
6GF3080-0VS11-0CS0 6GF3080-0VS10-1CA0
X X
An up-to-date list of all supported cameras of other vendors is available at your local Siemens contact partner.
5/80
Siemens FS 10 2007

Vision systems
Type Configuration On-board CPU On-board ASIC On-board memory Video input 4300 High-performance 64 bit MIPS RISC CPU VxWorks real time multitasking operating system Vision acceleration ASIC; accelerates all low-level image processing & analysis operations 128 MB CPU program & data memory expandable to 384 MB (144 pin PC100 SDRAM SODIMM configuration) 32 MB SDRAM image memory; 32 MB SDRAM VGA display memory Interchangeable plug-in camera & I/O interface daughter card Flexible chained bus master DMA; DMA to on-board CPU or image memory or to host PC or video memory RS170: Up to 640 x 480, 60 Hz; CCIR: Up to 768 x 576, 50 Hz interlaced 8 bit ADC quantization Up to 4 multiplexed externally synchronized analog camer- Up to 4 externally synchronized analog interlaced or proas (RS170 or CCIR) gressive scan cameras Simultaneous asynchronous capture on all four channels Progressive scan up to 2K x 2K Support for two different camera types allowing mixing of high and low resolution cameras Support for shuttered, frame reset, partial scan, double speed & quad speed cameras External camera sync 4 Hsync; 4 Vsync/Vinit 4 Camera control in or out 4740 Single-slot full-length 5V PCI 2.2 compliant bus board; 12.3 x 4.2 (312 mm x 107 mm)
Video control
Master/slave interface for multi-board synchronization and triggering 4 Hsync; 4 Vsync 4 Inject/Inhibit (for simultaneous exposure)
On-board SVGA Display Graphics/ video accelerator; up to 1024 x 768 display resolution; Color graphics overlay; VGA connector Host display On-board digital I/O PCI bus master; color graphics overlay 4 sensor inputs with user-supplied reference voltage thresholds and 5 to 24 V input range; 4 strobe outputs 16 programmable bi-directional I/O Standard 50 pin I/O connection to external termination/isolation board On-board I2C serial bus capability; 8 channels of analog output through Visionscape Combo I/O board 2 RS232 ports with hardware flow control; Baud rates up to 115.2 K +12 V @ 1 A; +5 V @ 5 A max; Maximum Power 30 W Operating temperature: 0 C 50 C; humidity: 10 90%, non-condensing Pentium 4, 2.4 GHz or higher with minimum of 256 MB memory; one full-length +5 V/32 bit PCI expansion slot VGA display adapter 64 K or true color Microsoft Windows 2000 SP4 or Windows XP SP2 or later
Analog output On-board serial I/O Power consumption Environmental Minimum host PC requirements (recommended)
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/81

Vision systems

Order No. SIMATIC Visionscape Processor PCI Vision Processor with analog interface and Visionscape Software license. Includes: PCI board, internal power cable, camera adapter cable, bulkhead connector for IO cable, SIMATIC Visionscape Software and documentation on CD. SIMATIC Visionscape 4300 SIMATIC Visionscape 4740 A 6GF3080-0VS31-0VP0 A 6GF3080-0VS74-0VP0 Camera signal and power cable; for CMCVA1 3 m long (10 ft.) 7.5 m long (25 ft.) 15 m long (50 ft.) I/O boards PC-internal I/O board PC internal 10-point opto-IsoA 6GF3080-0VS10-0SM0 lated I/O and strobe control board; board contains 2 triggers, 2 strobes 4 outputs, 2 inputs; includes: ribbon cable to connect to vision board and plug kit. Not recommended for use with more than two cameras. Mounts in PC in open slot. External I/O board External I/O and strobe control board kit; supports 4 dedicated channels for trigger and strobe and 16 slots for optically isolated IO modules configurable and input or output. Also supports 8 channels of analog output. Included is connection ribbon cable to IO bulkhead connector. Available optical isolation modules A 6GF3080-0VS00-2KF0 A 6GF3080-0VS00-1KF0 for the 16 slots on the external I/O board Digital input 2.5 28 V DC (1 ms/1.5 ms response) Digital input 10 32 V DC (5 ms response) A 6GF3080-0VS40-0CM0 Digital input 2.5 16 V DC (25 s response) Digital output 5 60 V DC (50 s response) A 6GF3080-0VS28-1SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS32-1SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS16-1SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS60-2SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS24-0SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS03-1XC0 A 6GF3080-0VS07-1XC0 A 6GF3080-0VS15-1XC0 Order No.
Accessories
Dongles (Hardware keys) Hardware key to enable SIMATIC Visionscape SW on a PC system that does not include a SIMATIC Visionscape board or smart camera SIMATIC HawkEye 1600 USB dongle Parallel (DB25 feedthrough) dongle Hardware key to enable Intellifind object locator tool (hardware key also required on PC when a SIMATIC Visionscape board is installed or when a smart camera SIMATIC HawkEye 1600 is connected) Intellifind USB dongle Intellifind parallel (DB25 feedthrough) dongle Cameras and cables Camera CM4000 Standard resolution (640 x 480 pixels) - 60Hz RS170 machine vision analog camera; CCD sensor, C lens mount. camera compatible with x300 series and x740 series PCI framegrabbers and vision processors Camera CM1100 Progressive scan, double speed analog camera (644 x 492 pixels); 1/3 CCD sensor, C lens mount; camera compatible with x740 series PCI framegrabbers and vision engines Camera signal and power cable; for CM4000 and CM1100 3 m long (10 ft.) 7.5 m long (25 ft.) 30 m long (100 ft.) Camera CMCVA1 High resolution, progressive scan analog camera (1392 x 1040); . CCD sensor, C lens mount; camera compatible with x740 series PCI framegrabbers and vision engines A 6GF3080-0VS03-0XC0 A 6GF3080-0VS07-0XC0 A 6GF3080-0VS30-0XC0 A 6GF3080-0VS10-1CA0 A 6GF3080-0VS11-0CS0 A 6GF3080-0VS00-2KS0 A 6GF3080-0VS00-1KS0
5/82
Siemens FS 10 2007

Vision systems
Accessories for SIMATIC Visionscape
Overview
Accessories for the SIMATIC Visionscape PC-based machine vision product line consist of Hardware dongles Cameras and their cables I/O modules Cables
In addition to standard interlaced cameras the 0740 and 4740 boards can interface to a wide range of non-standard analog cameras with features such as double speed, high resolution or progressive scan acquisition. The 0740 board can be configured to simultaneously interface to two different camera types. The cameras listed below are considered standard for the boards indicated. Please consult your Siemens Vision Specialist or Promoter if you are considering the use of other cameras. Cameras for all boards: CM4000 standard resolution (640 pixel x 480 pixel), 60 Hz, RS170, CCD, interlaced
Type Resolution Video standard Dimensions (width x height x length) in mm CC chip Lens mount Power supply CM4000 640 x 480 pixels RS170 46 x 39 x 66 1/2' C Mount from camera cable
Function
Dongles
Visionscape software requires the presence of a Visionscape board or a smart camera to operate in full licensed mode. If the user needs to run Visionscape on a separate host without a board or a networked camera for purposes such as off-line application development a Hardware Key is required to license the software. In addition if a Visionscape board system is to be used with the Intellifind edge based pattern match option then a Intellifind Hardware Key must be present. Hardware keys are available in parallel port DB25 or USB configurations. The Intellifind Hardware Key also enables Visionscape offline programming mode. The following dongles are available: Visionscape parallel dongle Visionscape USB dongle Intellifind parallel dongle Intellifind USB dongle Cameras
Cameras for 0740 and 4740 boards CM1100 double speed asynch reset progressive scan The CM1100 is a double speed (60 frames per second) asynchronous reset camera with a electronic shutter and frame on demand triggering. The electronic shutter may be used to optimize exposure and to stop motion in situations where strobe illumination is not possible. The minimum exposure is 50 s. CMCVA1 high resolution asynch reset progressive scan camera The CMCVA1 is a compact 1.3 Megapixel high resolution progressive scan camera with an electronic shutter and frame on demand triggering. The electronic shutter may be used to optimize exposure and to stop motion in situations where strobe illumination is not possible. The CMCVA1's high resolution allows precise measurement in gauging applications and detection of small defects in inspection applications. The CCD sensor size is . In normal operation the camera will provide 20 frames per second. It can also be employed in partial scan mode at higher frame rates.
Visionscape boards support a wide range of industrial machine vision cameras. Boards such as the 0300 and 4300 are designed to support standard resolution interlaced cameras with output corresponding to the RS-170 (USA) or CCIR (Europe) video standards.
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/83

Vision systems
Major differences
Type Resolution Dimensions (width x height x length) in mm CCD chip Lens mount Power supply CM1100 644 x 492 pixels 31 x 29 x 73 1/3" C mount from camera cable CMCVA1 1392 x 1040 pixels 44 x 29 x 66 1/2"
Analog cable for camera signal and power supply
I/O boards Two different IO boards available for Visionscape framegrabbers: PC internal IO board For easy and convenient IO connections with up to 2 sensor IOs for camera triggering and strobe, with cable External combination IO board For multiple flexible IO connections (digital and analog) with up to 4 sensor IOs for camera triggering and strobe PC internal IO board
This camera cable provides video and synchronization signals and camera power. It is available in the following lengths: For cameras CM4000 and CM1100: - 3 m (10 ft.) - 7.5 m (25 ft.) - 30 m (100 ft.) For camera CMCVA1: - 3 m (10 ft.) - 7.5 m (25 ft.) - 15 m (50 ft.) Consult your local Siemens machine vision specialist for other cable lengths.
The PC internal IO board provides a convenient connection for digital IO signals to the Visionscape boards. The IO board provides plug-in screw terminal connection at the PC bulkhead to digital IO points on the Visionscape PCI machine vision boards. The PC internal IO board provides optically isolated connection to: 2 digital input points 4 digital output points 2 sensor inputs 2 strobe outputs
5/84
Siemens FS 10 2007

Vision systems
Up to 2 Cameras
Up to 4 Cameras
PC
PC
PCI Slot
CPU
PCI Slot
CPU
2 x DI Trigger 2 x DO Strobe 2 x 2 Universal I/O
PC internal I/O Board

FS10_00232
FS10_00231
8 AO
External I/O Board

16 slots for I/O Boards
Configuration of PC internal IO board

4 x DI/O Trigger Strobe
External combination IO board
Configuration of external combination IO board
Cables Multiboard slave cable Visionscape boards supports simultaneous image capture over multiple boards by means of the Master/Slave trigger synchronization. This feature is implemented by means of a cable that joins all the synchronous trigger connectors on the boards to be synchronized. The multiboard slave cable consists of a multi conductor cable with multiple connector and wire loops that correspond to the boards to be synchronized. The user must cut the wire loop corresponding to the board that is to be the master.
The external combination IO board connects to a Visionscape board by means of a 50 conductor ribbon cable (connected to the PC outside by a slot bulkhead) and provides field screw terminal connection for the following signals: discrete input or output points via applicable optical isolation modules (see below) analog output points via applicable optical isolation modules (see below) 4 sensor/trigger inputs 4 strobe outputs The external combination IO board is supplied with a Visionscape IO port connector, which brings the on-board IO connections to a 50 pin header mounted in a PCI slot bulkhead position, and a 50 conductor ribbon cable. The applicable optical isolation modules which can be supplied are as follows: Input module, 2.5 - 28 V DC, 1 ms/1.5 ms Input module, 10 - 32 V DC, 5 ms/5 ms Input module, 2.5 - 16 V DC, 25 s/25 s Output module, 5 - 60 V DC, 50 s/50 s Output module, 24 - 280 V AC, cycl./ cycl. Input module, with switch Output module, with switch
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/85

Vision systems
Integration
PC internal I/O board The PC internal IO Board is supplied with screw terminal plugs JS, JI and JO. External combination IO board The external combination IO board possesses the following interfaces
FS10_00230
1 TB1
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
1
49 1
RN1
JS 8 1 JI 4 1 JO 8
3 4 5
1
J1 RN2
9
C1
10
11
D1 D2 R1
12
C3
13
14
15
C4
16
R4 D7 D8
+
C2
COMPONENT SIDE
RVSI
Aculty
OPTO'S 15 & 16
6 3 SW1
P / N 070-203000 REV B
L1
4 ANALOG OUTPUT 1
R12
C5
W2
FUSE / 5V OK SPARE FUSE
D17
STROBE GND
STROBE GND POWER
STROBE GND POWER
STROBE GND
1
L6 L7 L8
C12
R10
R8
FLT1
FLT2
FLT3
FLT4
U1
U2
U3
L2
L3
L4
C10
C11
R13
R14
R15
R16
C6
C7
C8
SENSOR SENSOR GND GND
SENSOR GND
SENSOR GND
SENSOR GND
4 JVREF JSS1
6 JSS2
6 JSS3
6 JSS4
JDAC 10
DAC8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 GND
C9
C13
POWER POWER
POWER
L5
L9
FS10_00227
1 2 3 4 5 6
Visionscape PC internal IO board
Visionscape external combination IO board
Connector JS JI JO
Designation Two sensor inputs and two sensor outputs plus sensor power Two optically isolated inputs Four optically isolated outputs
No. 1
Interface VREF jumper When disconnected, the sensor reference voltage defaults to TTL levels (1.4 V). If a voltage between VREF and VREF_GND is applied the internal reference voltage will drop to half of the VREF voltage. Sensor in Dedicated connection for part sensor or trigger (4 channels) Strobe out Dedicated connection for strobe trigger (4 channels) Analog output 8 analog output channels which are jumper-selectable for 0-5V or 0-10V outputs with 6-bit (64 level) of resolution. When Analog Output is selected Digital I/O points 15 and 16 are not available. DAC Digital I/O Connects to 16 discrete IO points on the Visionscape vision board. The 16 I/O points may be used to connect to external devices such as switches, lights, or PLCs by means of opto-isolation modules. These points are configured as either input or output by the Visionscape application. Sensor in Dedicated connection for part sensor or trigger (4 channels) Strobe out Dedicated connection for strobe trigger (4 channels)
4 5
5/86
Siemens FS 10 2007
R11 D15 D16
D9 D10
R9 D11 D12 D13 D14
R5 R6 R7
W1
R2 D3 D4 D5 D6 R3

Vision systems

Order No. Dongles (Hardware keys) Hardware key to enable SIMATIC Visionscape SW on a PC system that does not include a SIMATIC Visionscape board or smart camera SIMATIC HawkEye 1600 USB dongle Parallel (DB25 feedthrough) dongle Hardware key to enable Intellifind object locator tool (hardware key also required on PC when a SIMATIC Visionscape board is installed or when a smart camera SIMATIC HawkEye 1600 is connected) Intellifind USB dongle Intellifind parallel (DB25 feedthrough) dongle Cameras and cables Camera CM4000 Standard resolution (640 x 480 pixels) - 60Hz RS170 machine vision analog camera; CCD sensor, C lens mount. camera compatible with x300 series and x740 series PCI framegrabbers and vision processors Camera CM1100 Progressive scan, double speed analog camera (644 x 492 pixels); 1/3 CCD sensor, C lens mount; camera compatible with x740 series PCI framegrabbers and vision engines Camera signal and power cable; for CM4000 and CM1100 3 m long (10 ft.) 7.5 m long (25 ft.) 30 m long (100 ft.) Camera CMCVA1 High resolution, progressive scan analog camera (1392 x 1040); . CCD sensor, C lens mount; camera compatible with x740 series PCI framegrabbers and vision engines A 6GF3080-0VS03-0XC0 A 6GF3080-0VS07-0XC0 A 6GF3080-0VS30-0XC0 A 6GF3080-0VS10-1CA0 A 6GF3080-0VS11-0CS0 A 6GF3080-0VS40-0CM0 A 6GF3080-0VS00-2KF0 A 6GF3080-0VS00-1KF0 A 6GF3080-0VS00-2KS0 A 6GF3080-0VS00-1KS0 Camera signal and power cable; for CMCVA1 3 m long (10 ft.) 7.5 m long (25 ft.) 15 m long (50 ft.) I/O boards PC-internal I/O board PC internal 10-point opto-IsoA 6GF3080-0VS10-0SM0 lated I/O and strobe control board; board contains 2 triggers, 2 strobes 4 outputs, 2 inputs; includes: ribbon cable to connect to vision board and plug kit. Not recommended for use with more than two cameras. Mounts in PC in open slot. External I/O board External I/O and strobe control board kit; supports 4 dedicated channels for trigger and strobe and 16 slots for optically isolated IO modules configurable and input or output. Also supports 8 channels of analog output. Included is connection ribbon cable to IO bulkhead connector. Available optical isolation modules for the 16 slots on the external I/O board Digital input 2.5 28 V DC (1 ms/1.5 ms response) Digital input 10 32 V DC (5 ms response) Digital input 2.5 16 V DC (25 s response) Digital output 5 60 V DC (50 s response) A 6GF3080-0VS28-1SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS32-1SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS16-1SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS60-2SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS24-0SM0 A 6GF3080-0VS03-1XC0 A 6GF3080-0VS07-1XC0 A 6GF3080-0VS15-1XC0 Order No.
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/87

Vision systems
Sectoral Systems SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak
Overview
ration is aimed towards OEMs and systems integrators. In a typical application, the Visionscape board is installed in a PC existing on the packaging equipment. For end customers the boards and software can be applied to an industrial PC. Possible configurations with SIMATIC industrial PCs can be found under SIMATIC Visionscape 4000 Boards. With SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak, the electrical integration includes a trigger signal for each camera. Each camera provides a data valid and pass output. In addition, a heartbeat and run mode output are available. SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak is running on a Visionscape board. Thus the minimum PC requirements for the board/software configuration are: Pentium 4; 2.4 GHz or higher with minimum of 256 MB memory One open +5 V/32 bit PCI expansion slot VGA display adapter 64 K or true color Microsoft Windows 2000 SP4 or Windows XP SP2 or later
Function
The SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak system is designed to meet demanding Pharmaceutical Industry requirements for reliable, accurate and validated inspection of human readable, date/lot, NDC, label ID, 1D, Data Matrix and RSS codes. In addition, the SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak system can perform finished product inspections such as cap presence/position and label presence/position. SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak can be utilized on all packaging lines to perform a broad array of visual inspections to ensure the correct packaging components are being used as well as provide 1D and 2D code reading and print quality verification, including RSS codes. Utilizing its capabilities to read 1D and 2D codes, SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak can also be a valuable tool in the implementation of a serialized track and trace program. SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak will perform a broad range of machine vision and symbology applications for packaging lines. Example inspections include: Font print quality inspection (OCV) 1D and 2D symbology reading and print quality verification Cap presence/position Label presence/position Bright stock and product serialization verification. The SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak software provides a graphical user interface for easy product changeover and vision tool training. SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak offers 21 CFR Part 11 compliance and multiple user access levels.
Integration
SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak is typically deployed on a packaging line. In many instances, the environment is temperature controlled. SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak supports discrete I/O, RS232 and Ethernet communications.
Benefits
SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak offers a complete toolbox of industry proven vision tools to solve pharmaceutical and packaging applications such as: Label inspection (date/lot, label ID, NDC) Verify inserts/outserts1) and cartons Label print quality and readability High speed reading and print quality verification for 1D, RSS and Data Matrix codes 21 CFR Part 11 Compliant Supports up to 4 cameras per Visionscape board with support for up to four vision processors (SIMATIC Visionscape 4x00) in a single PC
1)
See SIMATIC Visionscape 4000, page 5/81.
An outsert is a folded leaflet attached to the outside of a package (e.g. a bottle). This makes a folded box unnecessary.The insert is a folded leaflet located inside the box.
Applications
SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak solves applications in the pharmaceutical food/beverage cosmetic and general packaging industries
Design
The SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak package includes a SIMATIC Visionscape 4000 board, SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak software, an external I/O board and a cable/connection kit. This configu-
5/88
Siemens FS 10 2007

Vision systems

Order No. SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak board/software combination Includes SIMATIC Visionscape I-Pak CFR21 part 11 job set-up and operator interface, SIMATIC Visionscape vision processor, internal power cable, camera adapter cable, I/O board connection kit, external I/O board with SIMATIC Visionscape 4300 with SIMATIC Visionscape 4740 D 6GF3080-1VK00-0BS0 D 6GF3080-2VK00-0BS0
D: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = 5D992B1
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/89

Software
Software for easy implementation of image processing
SIMATIC Visionscape The SIMATIC Visionscape product series consists of software and hardware for industrial image processing. The hardware consists of a series of PCI boards for constructing a PC-based system. The powerful SIMATIC Visionscape software with an extensive collection of proven image processing tools and the graphic user interface support the simple and quick implementation of applications. SIMATIC Spectation The vision sensors of the VS720 series are configured easily and conveniently with SIMATIC Spectation. A number of ready-made testing and recognition functions are already integrated. Test programs can be created, tested and loaded onto the camera online or offline, on a programming device or PC, under Windows ME, 2000 and XP. SIMATIC HMI Controls Images from SIMATIC VS720 intelligent cameras can be displayed and edited easily on HMI systems using HMI Controls VS720.
5/90
Siemens FS 10 2007

Software
SIMATIC Spectation
Overview

Order No. SIMATIC Spectation V2.7.7 B 6GF8007-3AA27-7AA0 and VS-Link configuring software For creating user programs for SIMATIC VS 72x and configuring the VS Link; executable under Windows 2000/XP or newer; English/German; single license on CD-ROM B: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99S
The vision sensors of the VS720 series are configured easily and conveniently with SIMATIC Spectation. A number of ready-made testing and recognition functions are already integrated. Test programs can be created, tested and loaded onto a vision sensor - online or offline, on a programming device or PC, under Windows ME, 2000 and XP. Even more of these test programs can be stored on the camera and can be called up via interfaces as required. Optimizing the parameters and training for patterns can be done online and offline using an emulator. Several vision sensors can be configured via Industrial Ethernet using a programming device or PC.
Function
Simple development of inspection programs for solving inspection tasks - selection from an existing range of inspection tools User-friendly handling of parameters Fast placement of test elements on the frame section under consideration using drag & drop Integrated offline configuration (emulator) using process images saved previously Existing inspection tools Presence check Position detection Pattern comparison Position and orientation detection Measurement of dimensions, clearances and angles 1D/2D code reading Plain text reading and comparison (OCR/OCV) Inspection of color quality Inspection of color corruption Color differentiation (65000-16.7 million colors) Inspection of color luminosity Inspection of pattern recognition (color, size, coordinates)
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/91

Software
SIMATIC Visionscape software
Overview
Powerful graphical user interface and step program architecture for easy drag-and-drop application development Extensive collection of vision processing tools for image processing and analysis, calibrated dimensional measurements, automatic identification and application-specific processing tasks (such as BGA inspection) Scripting language for custom measurements or custom vision processing Open ActiveX control based software component architecture for custom application-specific GUI development Application-specific configurations for the pharmaceutical, packaging, semiconductor and electronics industries
Application
SIMATIC Visionscape machine vision systems are used in all industries in which industrial machine vision is applied: Automotive assembly (especially in final assembly, components and body shop) General manufacturing assembly and inspection Semiconductor packaging (backend production) Electronic assembly Pharmaceutical packaging and date and lot code verification Food and luxury goods package inspection Other applications include traceability applications involving verification and reading one dimensional bar code and data matrix symbologies.
The SIMATIC Visionscape product line consists of software and hardware for industrial machine vision. The hardware consists of a range of PCI boards for PC-based systems (see under Vision systems, page 5/72ff.). SIMATIC Visionscape software substantially speeds up vision application setup by offering users a broad collection of vision processing tools and a powerful graphical user interface (GUI) for application development and deployment. From the runtime environment, the user can start / stop the application, collect and review failed image data, communicate collected data to the host PC as well as present other diagnostic information, thus providing the user with complete system status. User levels are almost as varied as the applications that can benefit from a Visionscape solution as such, the configuration environment can be tailored to different user types to allow for the maximum productivity. Application engineers and system integrators to quickly develop and deploy complex vision applications without any conventional programming by dragging and dropping standard tools into jobs configured as a sequence of processing steps Application developers, machine builders and OEMs to create customized applications with custom graphical user interfaces fully integrated with the machine controller interface Installers and factory floor operators to select, set-up, and tryout preprogrammed applications and start, stop and monitor such applications on the factory floor The SIMATIC Visionscape family of products features a scalable line of high performance vision processors to cost-effective frame grabbers. A unique advantage of this product line is that all of the boards are configured using the same development and deployment environment as well as the same extensive set of intelligent tools. The end result is that an application configured for one board can run unmodified and without recompilation on any other board, thus allowing users to easily scale as well as select the right price / performance point for each application
Design
Licensing The software is enabled either by the presence of a Visionscape board in the PC or by the presence of a hardware key (dongle, different types available). An additional license is required to use the Intellifind object locator tool. This license is implemented by means of a hardware key (dongle). Current software version / supported hardware Version 3.6 supports: SIMATIC Visionscape 0300 SIMATIC Visionscape 0740 Version 2.5.5 supports: SIMATIC Visionscape 4300 SIMATIC Visionscape 4740 All software version can be installed together on one PC but only one can be activated for use at a time. A version manager utility is provided to specify the active version.
Benefits
The SIMATIC Visionscape software with its graphical user interface and its patented architecture provides many advantages: Common software environment for fast application development & deployment with all SIMATIC Visionscape boards
5/92
Siemens FS 10 2007

Software
SIMATIC Visionscape software
Function
SIMATIC Visionscape software provides all the elements required to acquire and process images in an industrial environment. The same Visionscape application development environment (IDE or Engineering software) is used to develop and monitor applications on smart cameras and PC-based boards. When used with a PC-based board the software can be configured to interface with all kind of machine vision cameras, which can range from unsophisticated interlaced analog cameras with standard resolution to high resolution digital cameras that can acquire images at high data rates. The flexibility of this interface arrangement is implemented by the choice of Visionscape camera interface daughter board and corresponding software settings. The vision system can be configured to respond to hardware and software trigger inputs and to control a lighting system by means of strobe signals and analog control voltages. The broad collection of vision processing tools delivered with the SIMATIC Visionscape software includes: Image processing tools Image arithmetic, image rotation and warping, binary & gray scale morphology, edge enhancement, other image filtering, etc. Image analysis tools Flaw detection, histogram analysis, blob analysis, edge detection & fitting, vector edge detection and fitting, template & pattern recognition, object location & orientation detection, etc. Calibrated dimensional measurements Variety of preconfigured measurements such as line intersection, point to point distance, point-to-line normal, etc. Automatic identification tools Data Matrix and other 2D and 1D bar code reading, Optical Character Recognition (OCR), etc. Application specific high-level tools Optical Character Verification (OCV) for print/mark inspection, Ball Grid Array (BGA) inspection, etc. Custom tools User-defined expressions & math, custom measurements and custom scripted vision processing tools (e.g. C++ algorithm)
Typ Hardware requirements Processor Main Memory Display Software requirements Operating system Microsoft Windows 2000 SP4 or later Windows XP SP2 or later Pentium 4, 2.4 GHz or higher > 256 MB VGA 64 K or True Color Visionscape Software

Order No. SIMATIC Visionscape Software including online documentation A 6GF3080-0VS00-0SW0
Accessories
Hardware-Dongles Hardware key to enable SIMATIC Visionscape SW on a PC system that does not include a SIMATIC Visionscape board USB Dongle Parallel (DB25 feedthrough) Dongle Hardware key to enable Intellifind object locator tool Intellifind USB Dongle Intellifind Parallel (DB25 feedthrough) Dongle A 6GF3080-0VS00-2KF0 A 6GF3080-0VS00-1KF0 A 6GF3080-0VS00-2KS0 A 6GF3080-0VS00-1KS0
For lenses and other accessories: See under "Accessories for image processing systems", page 5/96.
Integration
Visionscape systems are typically configured as stand alone, integrated or embedded systems in an industrial environment. Interfaces will typically consist of discrete IO connections to trigger sensors, lighting controllers, and to PLCs or reject actuators. The system can be configured to actuate on receipt of a serial command received by means of a RS232 or a Ethernet TCP/IP connection. Results data can be delivered by means of RS232 serial or Ethernet TCP/IP connection. The Visionscape system can be configured as a server or client on a TCP/IP network. Connections to PROFIBUS and PROFINET can be created manually by connecting the Visionscape software interfaces to SIMATIC NET. According tech notes are available for help
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/93

Software
SIMATIC HMI Controls
Overview
Design
HMI Controls SIMATIC Spectation HMI Controls
SIMATIC SIMATIC PC Multi Panels (Touch)
Industrial Ethernet
Central operation and monitoring by one or more VS720 intelligent cameras during operation Image processing is linked to HMI functions of SIMATIC HMI Visualization and saving of live images Displaying and saving of inspection results Error diagnostics during operation or subsequently Operation of the VS720 intelligent camera(s) in the Industrial Ethernet network
VS72x
VS72x
SIMATIC S7-300
HMI Controls VS720 are an add-on to the HMI tools ProTool/Pro and WinCC. They can be installed and linked into an existing ProTool/Pro / WinCC application and used in the same manner as an HMI function. They are loaded with the HMI project into the runtime component of ProTool/Pro / WinCC and can be used alongside and equivalent to the HMI functions. HMI Controls VS720 receive their data over Industrial Ethernet by communicating with up to four VS720 vision sensors, with reference to one HMI device (standard PC or MPx70). HMI Controls VS720 contains a runtime license that allows it to be integrated onto a target system or HMI device.
Application
HMI Controls can be used in ProTool/Pro and WinCC. After installation, they are available as functions in ProTool/Pro and WinCC. Handling corresponds to the familiar HMI functions. HMI Controls VS720 are suitable for the following SIMATIC HMI platforms: Scada System WinCC Engineering and Runtime on the standard PC ProTool/Pro configuring software Engineering and Runtime on the standard PC Multipanels: - MP 270B, 10" display, touch / function keys - MP 370, 12" / 15" display, with touch operation HMI Controls are available for the following VS720 Vision Sensors: VS721, VS722, VS723, VS723-S, VS723-2, VS724-S, VS724, VS725, VS725-S, The following image types are supported that the VS720 Vision Sensors supply: Monochrome / color images Resolutions: 640 x 480, 1024 x 768, 1280 x 1024 pixels
Function
Image analysis Live image display with criterion selection: pass, fail, stop on fail, full frame, subpicture, setting of transmission mode, image compression and overlay (display of overlays of SoftSensors). Image archiving on PC-based HMI system with the functions: ring buffer, stop ring buffer on fail, image storage in linear sequence. Archived images can be tested off-line by the Spectation emulator. Inspection results Easy selection of up to 20 SoftSensor values (parameters, measured values, ...) with Spectation browser function. Tabular display of these values with symbolic identification during runtime of the vision sensor by the HMI controls. Archiving of SoftSensor values as a CSV file when a PC-based HMI system is used (e.g. evaluation with the Office application Excel). Archiving of SoftSensor values in a permanent data area (with fixed start and end values) or in a ring buffer. Tabular display of archived values with symbolic identification from the archive.
5/94
Siemens FS 10 2007
Strukturbild 01

Software
SIMATIC HMI Controls
Operation of the SoftSensors Send commands and control signals to the vision sensor: Start/stop inspection, trigger for activating inspection, initiation of digital relearning for enabled SoftSensors. Easy operation of the vision sensor during runtime: Display of active test program, display of saved test programs, switching over of active test program, display and modification of exposure time, inspection time statistics.

Order No. HMI Controls VS720 For operation and monitoring with the VS720 intelligent cameras, German/English. Runs under Windows 2000/XP. Runtime single license on CD. for ProTool/Pro and WinCC Runtime platforms: MP270B/MP370, ProTool/Pro and WinCC on PC for WinCC flexible Runtime platforms: MP270B/MP370, WinCC flexible on PC B 6GF8 007-4AA10-0AA0
D 6GF8007-4AA10-0AB0
B: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99S D: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = 5D992B1
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/95

Accessories for image processing systems
Lenses
Overview
Function
Image field The optical path of the lens is defined by its construction. For spherical lenses the solid angle depends on the focal length, focus adjustment and aperture; all rays run through the focal point of the lens (central projection). Objects that are further away from the lens are depicted smaller; objects that are closer to the lens are depicted larger:
Field of view
Sensor dimension
Using a lens appropriate to the respective image evaluation task, the size of the image field at a desired working distance is determined for the camera image. In order to achieve reproducible statements from the image evaluation concerning the position, measurement or quality, the geometry and light intensity for the image must be kept constant within the permissible tolerances. For this reason, only lenses with a fixed focal length, aperture and focus are usually used. Motorized zoom, automatic aperture or autofocus are more detrimental than helpful.
Application
Measuring tasks and form recognition For high-precision, reproducible measurement of geometric variables, a full-format image is necessary to satisfy resolution requirements. Lenses must therefore be selected that have low distortion, high modulation depth and a small angle of view. Telecentric lenses are recommended for objects that have protrusions in the direction of the lens. Quality control and parts recognition For recognition or inspection of the features of an object on the surface, the quality of the results depends on contrast and lack of distortion of the image. Macro lenses are often used at close range. Code and text reading The recognition algorithms are tolerant to variations in form and size of the patterns. The requirements on quality of the optics are not very high. Low-cost lenses contribute towards the cost-effectiveness of image evaluation systems especially when they are used in more than one reading station. Check for completeness and handling For localization and pattern recognition, the same criteria apply as for measurement tasks or parts recognition.
The required image field size (height and width of the image), the size of the sensor chip and the focal length of the lens determine the operating distance: d = (f x IS) / b d = Operating distance (distance from lens to test object) in mm f = Focal length of the lens in mm IS = Size of image in the plane of the test object in mm b = effective dimensions of the sensor in mm In the case of lenses used in image processing systems, the focal length is fixed, the aperture and focus settings can be fixed. The focal length, the maximum focal aperture and the focusing range are normally specified on the lenses. Focal distance The focal length makes a statement about the angle of the image field or magnification of the lens. The focal length of the lens is determined by the size of the required image field and the size of the camera chip when a specific distance has to be maintained. The most common chip sizes in cameras today are ", 1/3" and ". If the distance to the object lies below the adjustable focusing range of the lens, i.e. at close range, the focus can be adjusted using intermediate rings. If the seating dimensions are designed for CS-Mount lenses in this camera, as for VS 100 and VS 720, a 5 mm intermediate ring can be used to adjust a C-Mount lens. Aperture Reduction of the light intensity by interrupting the optical path Focus Setting the focus of the lens to a specific distance
5/96
Siemens FS 10 2007
G_FS10_XX_00096
Working distance
Focal length

Lenses
Depth of field Is the area in front of and behind the object that is displayed with sufficient sharpness of focus The larger the aperture (the smaller the aperture number), the smaller the depth of field. Lenses with a larger focal length have a smaller depth of field, the effect is considerable for images at close range. Lens types Lenses with smaller focal length are called wide-angle lenses, they can also be used at short operating distances, but produce intense distortion of the image. At a suitable distance, they have a large image field. Lenses with a long focal length are called telephoto lenses; they have a large magnification but cannot be focused at close range, so macro lenses are used that can be focused by means of large telescopic extensions or intermediate rings. At a suitable distance, they have a small image field. In the case of telecentric lenses, at least the optical path at the object end is almost parallel (parallel projection). This means that objects at different distances are depicted in the same size. Objects can, however, only be displayed that are smaller than the diameter of the lens. It is not possible to adjust the range of focus with these lenses. The optical characteristics can be restricted by means of optical filter glasses to counteract distortion in the image. Colored filters limit the spectral range, gray filters limit the light intensity and polarization filters restrict the transmission plane. Filters of this type can be attached either by using the internal thread or the flange on the front of the lens. The holder for the filter glass is designed to fit the lens.

Order No. Lenses with high imaging quality for measuring tasks and recognition of shapes
Cinegon lens 1.8/4.8 mm, compact design, D = 37.3 mm, L = 47.3 mm; successor for 6GF9001-1AD Cinegon lens 1.4/8 mm, compact design, D = 31.5 mm, L = 38.6 mm Cinegon lens 1.4/12 mm, compact design, D = 31.5 mm, L = 47.7 mm Xenoplan lens 1.4/17 mm, compact design, D = 31.5 mm, L = 38.9 mm Xenoplan lens 1.4/23 mm, compact design, D = 31.5 mm, L = 41.8 mm Xenoplan lens 1.9/35 mm, compact design, D = 31.5 mm, L = 39.7 mm Xenoplan lens 2.0/28 mm, compact design, D = 31.5 mm, L = 39.3 mm Xenoplan lens 2.8/50 mm, compact design, D = 31.5 mm, L = 40.4 mm Componon macro-system lens 2.8/50 mm with C-Mount adapter, can be focused to working distances from approx. 150 to 850 mm, D = 48 mm, L= 62.5 to 74.5 mm Filters for use of lenses listed above in restricted vision range: Infrared filter for lenses 6GF9001-1AE, -1AF, -1AJ, -1AK, -1AL, -1AQ, -1AU Blue filter for lenses 6GF90011AE, -1AF, -1AJ, -1AK, -1AL, 1AQ, -1AU Polarization filter for lenses 6GF9001-1AE, -1AF, -1AJ, -1AK, -1AL, -1AQ, -1AU
E 6GF9 001-1AV
6GF9 001-1AE
6GF9 001-1AJ
6GF9 001-1AK
6GF9 001-1AL
6GF9 001-1AF
6GF9 001-1AQ
6GF9 001-1AU
6GF9 001-1AN
6GF9 001-2AA
6GF9 001-2AB
6GF9 001-2AC
E: Subject to export regulation AL = N and ECCN = EAR99
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/97

Lenses
Order No. Lenses with average imaging quality for reading codes and text and for recognition of parts Filters for use of the mini lenses in restricted vision range: Infrared filter for lenses 6GF9001-1BF01, -1BG01, 1BH01, -1BJ01, -1BL01 Blue filter for lenses 6GF90011BF01, -1BG01, -1BH01, 1BJ01, -1BL01 Polarization filter for lenses 6GF9001-1BF01, -1BG01, 1BH01, -1BJ01, -1BL01 6GF9 001-2AD Order No.
6GF9 001-2AE
6GF9 001-2AF
with fixed focal length, aperture and focus adjustable, with locking screw Mini lens 8.5 mm, 1:1.5 A 6GF9 001-1BE01 D = 42 mm, L = 47 mm; successor type for 6GF9001-1BE Mini lens 12 mm, 1:1.4 D = 29.5 mm, L = 35.7 mm A 6GF9 001-1BL01
Mini lens 16 mm, 1:1.4 A 6GF9 001-1BF01 D = 29.5 mm, L = 37.2 mm; successor type for 6GF9001-1BF Mini lens 25 mm, 1:1.4 A 6GF9 001-1BG01 D = 29.5 mm, L = 38.9 mm; successor type for 6GF9001-1BG Mini lens 35 mm, 1:1.6 D = 29.5 mm, L = 41.4 mm A 6GF9 001-1BH01
Mini lens 50 mm, 1:2.8 A 6GF9 001-1BJ01 D = 29.5 mm, L = 38.0 mm; successor type for 6GF9001-1AH Mini lens 75 mm, 1:2.8 D = 34.0 mm, L = 63.6 mm Lens in lower performance range for reading codes and text and for recognition of parts with fixed focal length, adjustable aperture and focus, with locking screw Mini lens 35 mm, 1:1.6 D = 32.0 mm, L = 36.5 mm CS-Mount to C-Mount adapter ring 5 mm Accessory for use of the mini lenses in close range: A 6GF9 001-1BH02 A 6GF9 001-1AP A 6GF9 001-1BK01
Set of intermediate rings with A 6GF9 001-1BU 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 5.0 mm, 10.0 mm, 20.0 mm, 40 mm rings with 31 mm diameter C-thread for screwing in between lens and camera for recordings in the macro range Accessory for use of the mini lenses in tele range: Focal length doubler, A 6GF9 001-1BV D = 30.5 mm, L = 17.9 mm with C-thread for screwing in between lens and camera to increase the focal length by a factor of 2 Lens adapter ring 15 mm 6GF9 001-1AP01
5/98
Siemens FS 10 2007

Lenses
Dimension drawings
Lenses with high imaging quality for measuring tasks and recognition of shapes
Lens 6GF9 001-1AV
41 2,8 6,8 17,52 ( )
Lens 6GF9 001-1AE

33,5 2,1 5,1 17,52 ( )
31,5 31 Push-on-filter
M23x0,5 1 -32UN-2A
Image plane
M23x0,5 1 -32UN-2A
Bildebene
37,3
11
34
FS10_00073
FS10_00074
Lens 6GF9 001-1AJ

41,8 0,45 5,9 17,52 ( )
Lens 6GF9 001-1AK

34,1 13,6 4,8 17,52 ( )
Image plane
M23x0,5 1 -32UN-2A
Image plane
M23x0,5 1 -32UN-2A
34
FS10_00075
FS10_00076
Lens 6GF9 001-1AL

41 2,8 6,8 17,52 ( )
Lens 6GF9 001-1AF

35,9 3,8 3,8 17,52 ( )
Image plane
M23x0,5 1 -32UN-2A
Image plane
1 -32UN-2A
37,3
34
34
FS10_00073
FS10_00078
Lens 6GF9 001-1AQ

35,5 13,8 3,8 17,52 ( )
Lens 6GF9 001-1AU

52,9 6,7 3,8 17,52 ( )
34
34
Image plane
Image plane
1 -32UN-2A
1 -32UN-2A
34
FS10_00070
FS10_00071
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/99
34
8 4 1,8
5,6 2,8 1,4
11 5,6 2,8 1,4

8 4 1,8
11 5,6 2,8 1,4
16 8 4 1,9
16 8 4 2
16 11 5,6 2,8

Lenses
Macro system 6GF9 001-1AN
16 12,6 flange-to-image distance 17,4 - 29,4 length 10 4,5 6,5 4
Image plane
M37x0,75
FS10_00068
Accessories for lenses with high imaging quality

Filter 6GF9 001-2AC, 6GF9 001-2AB, 6GF9 001-2AA Macro interface 6GF9 001-1AN
18,3
FS10_00069
3,5
M2x3 (3x)
I-32 UN 2A (C-Mount)
27,8
47
48
33
44
44
FS10_00072
31,5
37,5
2,3
Lenses with average imaging quality for reading codes and text and for recognition of parts
Lens 6GF9 001-1BE01 Lens 6GF9 001-1BK01
A B
4 0 ,5 , P = 0 ,5
1,5
30,5 , P=0,5
FS10_00061
F S 1 0 _ 0 0 0 6 7
4 0 7
3 ,5
59,6 (max. 70,1)
17,526
Lens 6GF9 001-1BF01
Lens 6GF9 001-1BG01
27, P=0,5
27, P=0,5
29,5
28,5
29,5
28,5
FS10_00064
FS10_00063
32
33,2
4 6,9
Lens 6GF9 001-1BH01
Lens 6GF9 001-1BJ01
27, P=0,5
FS10_00065
35,4
4 6
FS10_00066
27, P=0,5
29,5
28,5
19,5
29,5
28,5
34
5/100
Siemens FS 10 2007
16,5
1 -32UN-2A
1 8
34
4 2

Lenses
Lens 6GF9 001-1BL01
27, P=0,5
29,5
28,5
FS10_00062
28,5
4 7,2
16,5
Lens in lower performance range for reading codes and text and for recognition of parts:
Lens 6GF9001-1BH02
FS10_00179
Accessory for use of the mini lenses:

Focal length doubler, 6GF9 001-1BV
17,9 4 6,5
16
FA F1,6/35 mm
1 -32UN-2A
1 -32UN-2A
32
32
30,5
TV
18,25
COSMICAR
1,6
7 36,5 17,526
5,5 5,9 11,4 4 17,526
Accessory for use of the mini lenses:

Set of intermediate rings Pentax 6GF9 001-1BU
0,5 mm
1 mm
5 mm
10 mm
20 mm
40 mm
FS10_00060
FS10_00059
29
X2
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/101

Lighting equipment
Overview
able automatic evaluation of these images using computers, high-contrast and reliable reproduction of the objects should be possible in the image field. Illumination optimized for reproduction of the objects is therefore essential to achieve satisfactory functioning of the image processing system. Homogeneous and constant illumination of the complete image field or the object, independent of the environment, is a prerequisite for reproducible statements on the position, measurement or quality from the image evaluation. Illumination specific to the task must therefore be installed, and ambient light shielded as far as possible. The size and type of illumination depends, on the one hand, on the shape and size of the reflecting surface, but also on the distance from the image field/object and the angle of illumination. Flat surfaces are easy to illuminate, but depressions, cylindrical or spherical surfaces require more complex illumination. In addition, special environmental conditions, mechanical requirements, and the availability of lamps must be considered for the selection and arrangement. The type of illumination depends on the task and the object properties.
Halogen spotlight 6GF9 004-1AM
The images of a camera are the representation of the reflected light from an object on the sensor chip (CMOS or CCD). To en-
Applications
Different types of lamps are used for the lighting for image processing. The lamp selected for the solution must correspond to the requirements in the machine or environment in which it is used
Type Fluorescent lamps Filament lamps (halogen) LED illumination Property Large surface, large distance possible Sensitive to vibration Flashing possible Supply High-frequency >25 kHz Direct current 12 / 24 V DC Design Ring/rod Point source, oriented Various shapes and colors Service life MTBF 5000 h MTBF 2000 - 4000 h MTBF 70000 - 100000 h
Measuring tasks and recognition of shape Transmitted light is appropriate for measuring geometric variables at high accuracy and reproducibility. Irregularities and different colors on the surface of the object cannot have a detrimental effect on the image processing. Quality control and recognition of parts If features on the surface of an object have to be recognized or checked, incident illumination from the direction of the camera is used. Strongly reflecting surfaces ideally require diffuse incident illumination which, however, may be complex to design. Either the active area of the illumination must be very much larger than the object, or the light source must be inserted into the optical path of the lens. Reading of codes and characters High-contrast images of printed surfaces are a prerequisite for high detection rates. Transmitted light can only be implemented for such tasks very rarely. The only possibility which therefore exists is incident illumination, and therefore bright field illumination. It is recommendable to use dark field illumination when coding is carried out by scratching the surface using a laser or embossing procedure. Completeness check and handling A combination of several types of illumination may be necessary for localization and pattern recognition if both the external contour and surface features have to be imaged at high contrast.
Machine lamps
Machine light 6GF9 004-1AV, with mirrored parabolic grid
Because they are fitted with 36 W fluorescent tubes, machine lamps are particularly suitable for illuminating large surfaces. The 24 V DC supply and ignition using electronic lamp controllers with a high-frequency of approx. 30 kHz reduce flickering and beats, resulting in a constant illuminance. In addition, electromagnetic interferences through high-voltage are avoided, and the service life of the tubes is extended. In the design with a parabolic grid, distribution of the light is directional and can be used as dark field illumination with a flat orientation. Use of a Fresnel aperture results in almost uniform illumination of the image field (bright field illumination).
5/102
Siemens FS 10 2007

Lighting equipment
Service life and aging properties The service life and aging properties of the illuminant determine the long-term stability of image processing or the relevant service intervals. Availability and costs Availability and costs as well as space constraints can also significantly influence selection of the lamps.
Machine light 6GF9 004-1AW, with Fresnel aperture, 36 W
Halogen spotlight 20 W 20 W halogen spotlights are particularly suitable for illuminating small areas with a high intensity. They emit a constant, directional light whose alignment can be intensified using a reflector. Fixing by means of a screw-on flange and alignment with a ball joint supports easy and reliable mounting on machine components. LED lights LED lights are available in various construction types as spot, line, area or ring lights that can be mounted task-specifically. These can radiate light of different colors (white, red). With the appropriate control electronics, they can also be designed as a flash lamp. LED spot with 6-degree and 25-degree transmission angle
LED spot 6GF9 004-1BA (6 degrees), 6GF9 004-1BB (25 degrees)
These spots are easy to integrate due to their small size and low weight and emit a permanently concentrated white light. Fixing on threaded pins with lock nut and alignment with a ball joint supports easy mounting on machine components. LED ring lamps LED ring lamps can be used over a wide area for homogeneous illumination in incident light. They are available as permanent lights or flash lamps with red and white light. A diffuser disc prevents strong reflections from metallic surfaces. Fixing with an M6 thread or centrally on the lens is universal. LED area lamps LED area lamps can be used for transmitted light with a diffuser disc that prevents individual LEDs being visible. In incident light, a diffuser disc prevents strong reflections from metallic surfaces. They are available as permanent lights or flash lamps with red and white light. It is fixed using M6 threads in the casing. Decision-making criteria Dimensions The dimensions of the lamp are determined by the size of the object or image field, the working distance and the position tolerances. Reflective properties The reflective properties of the surface of the object and the background and the distance determine the intensity of the light and therefore the heating level.
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/103

Lighting equipment
Function
Lighting types With transmitted light the object is illuminated from behind with a large light area emitting a diffuse beam which produces a shadow outline image with sharp edges and a high level of contrast With bright-field lighting, diffuse incident light, the surface is shown bright and depressions are shown dark in the image. Example of bright-field lighting:
Object
In dark-field lighting, directional light below a flat angle, the surface remains dark and edges, protrusions or impressions are displayed bright
Example of transmitted light:
G_FS10_XX_00097
Ring light
With incident light the object is illuminated from the direction of the camera. Ideally, diffuse incident light causes minimal shadow effects in the image and no total reflection from the object:
Example of dark-field lighting:
With flash lighting, fast-moving objects can be captured and distortion due to motion can be avoided. The correct flash point is controlled by the image processing system to achieve the best image.
Object
5
Example of incident light:
5/104
Siemens FS 10 2007
G_yyyy_XX_3_neu_deutsch
G_FS10_XX_00099
Shallow illumination angle

Lighting equipment

Order No. Halogen spotlight 20 W Power supply 24 V, 1 A, with assembly foot Machine light 36 W 24 V, with mirrored parabolic grid Machine light 36 W 24 V, with Fresnel aperture Inspection light With diffuse illumination module, power supply 230 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz LED area light Red, 660 nm wavelength, with diffuser, transmitted light, light/dark field, illuminated area 41 x 30 mm LED spot with 6-degree transmission angle D = 29 mm, L = 94 mm, twistable with ball joint, with IP65 degree of protection, mounting M18 x 1.5, 3.9 V supply, 1000 mA from operating unit for 24 V DC LED spot with 25-degree transmission angle D = 29 mm, L = 94 mm, twistable with ball joint, with IP 65 degree of protection, mounting M18 x 1.5, 3.9 V supply, 1000 mA from operating unit for 24 V DC 6GF9 004-1BB 6GF9 004-1BA 6GF9 004-1BN 6GF9 004-1AX 6GF9 004-1AW 6GF9 004-1AV 6GF9 004-1AM
Characteristics
30 cm 25
10000 8000 6000 4000 2000 0 5 30 25cm 20 15 10 25 5 30 0 cm
E[lx]
20 15 8000 10 5 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 cm 6500 5000 3500 2000 E[lx]
10 15 20
Characteristic for halogen spotlight 6GF9 004-1AM

100 cm 80
600 500 E[lx] 400 300 200 100 20 40 60 80 100 0 cm 20 40 60 100 80 cm
60
40 550 500 450 400 350 300 0 20 40 60
20
E[lx] 80 100 cm
Characteristic for machine light 6GF9 004-1AV with mirrored parabolic grid
100 cm
E[lx] 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 100 80 cm 40 60 80 20 100 0 cm E[lx] 60 40
80
60
300 350 400 450 500 550 600
40
24-V-operating unit
LED spot
20
20
Accessories
Lighting cable For SIMATIC VS100 LED ring lamp, 2.5 m in length, pluggable at both ends, suitable for trailing Lighting cable For SIMATIC VS100 LED ring lamp, 10 m in length, pluggable at both ends, suitable for trailing Lighting cable For LED surface illumination, highly flexible, length 10 m 6GF9 004-1BP 6GF9 002-8CG
E[lx] 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 5
6GF9 002-8CE
0 0 20 40 60 80 100 cm
Characteristic for machine light 6GF9 004-1AW with Fresnel aperture

30 cm 25 20 15
30 25 cm 20 15 20 25 30 0 cm 5 E[lx] 10
FS10_00054
FS10_00056
FS10_00057
5
FS10_00053
30 cm
5000 4000 3000 2000 1000
10 5 0 0
10
15
10
15
20
25
Characteristic for LED spot with 6-degree transmission angle 6GF9 004-1BA
Siemens FS 10 2007
5/105

Lighting equipment
30 cm
E[lx] 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 5 10 30 25 cm 20 15 20 25 30 0 cm 5 E[lx] 10
25 20 15 10 5 0 0 5 10 15 20 25
500 400 300
15
30 cm
Characteristic for LED spot with 25-degree transmission angle 6GF9 004-1BB
Dimension drawings
o
30
220
FS10_00051
300 mm 0,8 1: + (BN) 2: NC 3: - (BU) 2 x 3,5
86
45/ 6 60 320
o
FS10_00058
30 48 53 5
FS10_00180
71x80
42 41
Halogen spotlight 6GF9 004-1AM
498
FS10_00055
LED area light 6GF9 004-1BN
168
5,5 (10x)
108,5
Machine lights 6GF9 004-1AV and 6GF9 004-1AW
11
M18x1,5
69
29
LED-Spots 6GF9 004-1BA and 6GF9 004-1BB
FS10_00052
135
7
5/106
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
6/2 6/3 6/4 6/6 6/7 6/8 6/9 6/12 6/13 6/37 6/39 6/40 6/42
Training Ordering notes Standards and approvals Siemens contacts worldwide Partners A&D online services Customer support Software licenses Order number index Index Fax form for improvement suggestions Fax order form Conditions for sale and delivery
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Training
Training is decisive for your success

SITRAIN - the Siemens Training for Automation and Industrial Solutions - provides you with comprehensive support when solving your tasks. Training by the market leader in automation, plant installation and support permits you to make your decisions with certainty and full command. Especially where the optimum and efficient use of products and plants are concerned. You can eliminate deficiencies in existing plants, and exclude expensive faulty planning right from the beginning. All in all, this represent an enormous gain for your company: shortened startup times, optimized plant components, faster troubleshooting, reduced down times. In other words, increased profits and lower costs.
Wide variety With a total of approx. 300 local attendance courses, we train the complete range of A&D products and a large portion of the system solutions from I&S. Telecourses, teach-yourself software and seminars presented on the Web supplement our classical range of courses. Close to our customers The distance is short. You can find us approx. 60 times in Germany, and worldwide in 62 countries. You wish to have individual training instead of one of our 300 courses? No problem: we will provide a program tailored exactly to your personal requirements. Training can be carried out in our Training Centers or at your company.
The right mixture: blended learning

Blended learning is understood to be the combination of various training media and sequences. For example, a local attendance course in a Training Center can be optimally supplemented by a teach-yourself program as preparation or follow-up. Furthermore, SITRAIN utilizes supported online training for live instruction on the Internet at agreed times. The right mixture is the solution. Therefore blended learning can convey complex topics well, and train networked thinking. Additional effect: reduced travelling costs and periods of absence through training sequences independent of location and time.
The international training portal

www.siemens.com/sitrain All training facilities at a glance: search in the worldwide range of courses at leisure, call up all course dates online, utilize the daily updated display of vacant course spaces - and register directly.
Customer comments on Sitrain

Top trainers Our trainers know their topics in practice, and possess comprehensive didactic experience. Course developers have a direct wire to product development, and directly pass on their knowledge to the trainers. Practical experience The practical experience of our trainers makes it possible for them to pass on theoretical matter in a plausible manner. But since it is known that all theory is drab, we attach great importance to practical exercises which can comprise up to half of the course time. You can therefore immediately implement your new knowledge in practice. We train you on state-of-the-art methodically/didactically designed training equipment. You feel absolutely certain when trained in this manner. " ... the good course documents, competence and flexibility convinced me." [Manfred Riek from Festo Systemtechnik, responsible for planning the basic and further training of project engineers] " ... represents effective training, constructive dialogs, and solutions which provide great help." [Gnter Niedermaier, electrical design manager at AMT, Aalen]
Contact
Visit us on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/sitrain or let us advise you personally. You can request our latest training catalog from: Course office, Infoline Germany: Tel.: 01805 / 23 56 11 (0.12 /Min) Fax: 01805 / 23 56 12
6/2
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Ordering notes
Logistics
General Our logistics service ensures "quality from the time of ordering to delivery" regarding delivery service, communications and environmental protection. We concentrate on optimizing logistics processes by designing our infrastructure to customer requirements and implementing electronic order processing. Personal consulting, on-time delivery and limiting transport times to 1 day - within Germany - are essential to us. The DIN-ISO-9001 approval and subsequent quality check are indispensable prerequisites for us. Electronic order processing is fast, cost-efficient and error-free. Please contact us if you want to benefit from these advantages. Packing, packing units The packaging in which our equipment is dispatched provides protection against dust and mechanical damage during transport thus ensuring that you receive our products in a perfect state. We select our packaging for maximum environmental compatibility and reusability (e.g. crumpled paper instead of polystyrene chips for protection during transport in packages up to 32 kg) and, in particular, with a view to reducing waste. With our multi-unit packaging, we offer you specific types of packaging that are both kind to the environment and tailored to your requirements: Your advantages at a glance: Lower ordering overhead Cost savings through uniform-type packaging: low/no disposal costs. Less time and personnel required thanks to short unpacking times. Delivery on time and direct to the production line reduces your inventories: Cost savings through reduction of storage area. Fast assembly thanks to supply in sets. Standardized Euro standard boxes corresponding to modules of the Euro range are suitable for most conveyor systems. Active contribution to environmental protection. Where nothing is stated to the contrary in the selection and ordering data of this catalog, our products are supplied individually packed. For small parts/accessories, we offer you economical packing units as standard packs containing more than one item, e.g. 5, 10, 50 or 100 units. It is essential that whole number multiples of these quantities be ordered to ensure satisfactory quality of the products and problem-free order processing. The products are delivered in a neutral, white carton. The label includes warning notices, the CE mark, the open arrow recycling symbol, and product description information in English and German. In addition to the Order No. (MLFB) and the number of items in the packing, the Instr. Order No. is also specified for the operating instructions. It can be obtained from your local Siemens contact (you will find Siemens representatives at www.siemens.com/automation/partner). The product order numbers for most devices can be read from the EAN barcode to facilitate ordering and warehouse logistics
Small orders
When small orders are placed, the costs associated with order processing are greater than the order value. We recommend therefore that you combine several small orders. We this is not possible we unfortunately find it necessary to charge a processing supplement of 20 Euros to cover our costs for order processing and invoicing for all orders with a net goods value of less than 250 Euros.
Length codes for cables 6XV

For cables whose length can be selected according to the following list, complete the empty positions ( 7 7 7 ) of the order number according to the specified length code. Other lengths on request. Cable 6XV. ...
Length of cable = multiplier x length digit Order number extension for cable
}
Multiplier: 0.01 m 0.1 m 1.0 m 10.0 m 100.0 m Length digit: 10 12 15 16 20 25 32 40 50 60 63 80
6XV. ... - 777 E H N T U 10 12 15 16 20 25 32 40 50 60 63 80
Standard lower price lengths are available for many cables. Standard lengths can be supplied from the central warehouse in Nrnberg, Germany (LZN) within three days. Special lengths can only be supplied from the factory. Delivery may take up to thirty days. Order example The cable 6XV1 404-0A 7 7 7 must be 16 m long. Multiplier 1.0 m (N) x length digit 16 (16) provides a length of 16 m. The order number extension is N16. The complete order number for the cable is therefore: 6XV1 404-0AN16.
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/3
Appendix
Standards and approvals
Special specifications for the USA and Canada

Installation considerations The control products described in this catalog have been designed, tested and manufactured in accordance with a wide variety of standards including but not limited to those issued by UL, CSA, NEMA, and IEC. These standards typically apply to the control product as a component and not the installation or use of the product. It is the responsibility of the end user of the control product to make sure each installation complies with all of the applicable safety requirements, laws, regulations, codes and standards (some examples of which are the N.E.C, the C.E.C. and OSHA regulations). Note the local authorities may impose further jurisdiction over each installation. When in doubt, consult with the local inspection authorities. Unless otherwise specified, the control products described in this catalog are designed to operate under "usual service conditions" as defined in NEMA Standards Publication Part ICS 1108. Open type devices are intended for installation in enclosures that provide environmental protection as needed for the specific application. See page 8/20 for definitions of the various enclosure types. Tubing system In the USA and Canada, especially with machine tools and processing machines, supply lines are laid using rubber insulated conductors enclosed in heavy-duty steel piping which corresponds somewhat to gas or water pipe systems. The tubing system must be completely watertight and electrically conductive (especially sleeving and elbows). Since the tubing system can also be earthed, the cable entries of enclosed units equipped with heavy-gauge or metric threads must be fitted with metal adapters between these threads and the tube thread. The necessary adapters are specified for the switchgear as accessories; they should be ordered separately unless otherwise specified.
Different features of UL approvals (for USA and Canada)
Recognized component UL issues yellow "Guide cards" with a Guide No. and a File No. Devices are identified on the rating plate using the "UL recognition mark": USA: U, cUUS Canada: cU, cUUS Devices are approved as modules for "factory wiring", i.e.: as devices for installation in control systems, which are selected, installed, wired and tested entirely by trained personnel in factories, workshops or elsewhere, according to the conditions of use. Listed product UL issues white "Guide cards" with a Guide No. and a File No. Devices are identified using the "UL listing mark" on the rating plate e.g. USA: LISTED 165 C, IND. CONT. EQ e. g. Canada: cu LISTED 165 C, IND. CONT. EQ (165 C stands for: Siemens, A & D CD Division, Amberg plant) Devices are approved for "field wiring", i.e.: as devices for installation in control systems which are completely wired by trained personnel in factories, workshops or elsewhere. as single devices for sale in retail outlets in the USA/Canada.
Utilization categories Low-voltage devices for auxiliary circuits (e.g. contactor relays, command and signaling devices and control switches/auxiliary contacts in general) are mostly only approved by CSA and UL for "Heavy Duty" or "Standard Duty" and are identified either with these specifications in addition to the maximum permissible voltage or by using an abbreviation. The abbreviations are harmonized with IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix 1 Table A1 and correspond to the stated utilization categories. Performance data Where given in this catalog, performance data should only be used as a guide to determine the suitability of the product for an application. The data may be the result of the accelerated testing or elevated stress levels under controlled conditions. The user must take care in correlating these data to actual application or service conditions. For various switching devices detailed in the catalog, a note has been included to the effect that, above a certain voltage, the control switches/auxiliary contacts can only be used if they have the same polarity. This means that the input terminals can only be connected to the same pole of the control voltage, e.g. "AC 600 V above AC 300 V same polarity". UL and CSA File Numbers and Guide Cards Numbers Most control equipment listed in this catalog is designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the relevant UL and CSA standards as listed in the table below.
If devices are u or cu approved as "listed products", they are also approved as "recognized components" and allowed to be marked U or cU.
6/4
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Standards and approvals
Special specifications for Russia, Australia and China

GOST approval for Russia C-Tick licensing for Australia
A 46
A GOST approval is required for all products that are to be sold in Russia. The GOST mark has been obligatory on the packaging of all devices since mid-1998. This customs certification must exist for all devices on delivery to any part of the Russian Federation.
The C-Tick license is required for marketing Siemens components in Australia. Electronic devices must provide proof of EMC clearance in Australia, similar to the CE mark of conformity laid down by the EMC directive applicable in the EU and bear the "CTick" mark. These requirements have been in force since October 1, 1999. CCC approval
A003617 Since August 1, 2003, CCC approval is required for all products that are marketed in China.
Overview of approved equipment

Equipment Type Approvals Canada USA 1) 2) 1) s Inductive proximity switches 3RG40, 3RG41 3RG40 30 3RG46 Capacitive proximity switches Sonar-proximity switches 3RG16 3RG60 3RG61 3RG62, 3RG63 3RX2 110 Opto-proximity switches 3RG7 3RX7 Accessories 3RX1, 3RX8 + ) ) + + + + + O + +
2 3 1)
Marine classifications China Czech Slova- PoRekia land public CCC EZU + + + + + + + + SKTC SEP Hungary MEEI Germany GL
k k k
United France NorKingway dom LRS

k k k
CIS
Italy
Poland PRS
k k k
u
2 3
BV
k k k
DNV
k k k
RMRS RINA
k k k
+ ) ) + + + + O + + x
k k k
k k k
k k k
k k k
k k k
k k k
In the event of queries regarding UL/CSA approvals, please contact: Technical Assistance + 49 9131/743833. For further information about standards and approvals, visit www.siemens.com/automation/support and select "Product Support".
+ O k
Guide Nos. and File Nos.

For further information about standards and approvals, visit www.siemens.com/automation/support and select "Product Support".
Standard version approved. Not yet submitted for approval. Equipment submitted for approval, please enquire. U approval not required because u approved. Approved for use in connection with AS-Interface, also approved by ABS (American Bureau of Shipping). 1) For guide numbers and file numbers for the approvals, visit www.siemens.com/automation/support and select "Product Support". 2) cu and cU approvals are available in accordance with the US approval. 3) A test certificate has been issued for EMERGENCY-STOP command devices and switching elements with screw-type or solder pin terminals by the BIA (German statutory industrial accident insurance institution).
Quality Management
The quality management system of our A&D division complies with the international standard ISO 9001. The products and systems described in this catalog are sold under application of a quality management system certified by DQS and TV Management Service GmbH in accordance with ISO 9001. The certificates are recognized in all IQ Net countries.
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/5
Appendix
Siemens Contacts Worldwide
Overview
At http://www.siemens.com/automation/partner you can find details of Siemens contact partners worldwide responsible for particular technologies. You can obtain in most cases a contact partner for Technical Support, Spare parts/repairs, Service, Training, Sales or Consultation/engineering. You start by selecting a Country, Product or Sector. By further specifying the remaining criteria you will find exactly the right contact partner with his/her respective expertise.
6/6
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Siemens Contacts Worldwide
Siemens Solution Partner Automation and Power Distribution
Siemens Automation Solution Provider

Solution Partner
Automation
The Solution Partner Finder, available to you on the Internet, is a comprehensive database in which all Solution Partners, together with their performance profiles, present themselves.
In addition to the search criteria Technology, Sector and Country, you can also search by Company and ZIP Code. From there it is only a small step to making the first contact. Call up the Solution Partner Finder as follows: CA 01 on CD-ROM: On the start page via "Contacts & Partners; Siemens Solution Partner Automation and Power Distribution" CA 01 online: Go directly to the Solution Partner Finder: www.siemens.com/automation/partnerfinder Additional information about the Siemens Solution Partner Program is available in the Internet at: www.siemens.com/automation/solutionpartner
Solution Partner
Power Distribution
Products and systems from Siemens Automation and Drives provide the ideal platform for all automation tasks. Siemens Solution Partners offer customized future-proof solutions with products and systems from Siemens Automation and Drives. The basis: qualified product and system knowledge coupled with a high degree of solutions and industry-related expertise. In the Siemens Solution Partner Program you are certain to find the optimum partner for your specific requirements. Since more than 400 companies worldwide belong to the program, you can be sure to get expert support at your location.
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/7
Appendix
A&D Online Services
Information and Ordering in the Internet and on CD-ROM
A&D in the WWW
A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services available is essential when planning and configuring automation systems. It goes without saying that this information must always be fully up-to-date. The Siemens Automation and Drives Group (A&D) has therefore built up a comprehensive range of information in the World Wide Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data required. Under the address www.siemens.com/automation you will find everything you need to know about products, systems and services.
Product Selection Using the Offline Mall of Automation and Drives
Detailed information together with convenient interactive functions: The Offline Mall CA 01 covers more than 80000 products and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Automation and Drives product base. Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives. All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to work with and intuitive. After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the press of a button, by fax or by online link. Information on the Offline Mall CA 01 can be found in the Internet under www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on CD-ROM or DVD.
Easy Shopping with the A&D Mall
The A&D Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG in the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of products presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and attractive way. Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried out online via the Internet. Numerous functions are available to support you. For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the required products, which can be immediately checked for availability. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing. Please visit the A&D Mall on the Internet under: www.siemens.com/automation/mall
6/8
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Customer Support
Our Services for Every Phase of Your Project
Configuration and Software Engineering
Support in configuring and developing with customer-oriented services from actual configuration to implementation of the automation project. 1)
.I
Service On Site
In the face of harsh competition you need optimum conditions to keep ahead all the time: A strong starting position. A sophisticated strategy and team for the necessary support - in every phase. Service & Support from Siemens provides this support with a complete range of different services for automation and drives. In every phase: from planning and startup to maintenance and upgrading. Our specialists know when and where to act to keep the productivity and cost-effectiveness of your system running in top form.
With Service On Site we offer services for startup and maintenance, essential for ensuring system availability. In Germany 0180 50 50 444 1)
Online Support
Repairs and Spare Parts
The comprehensive information system available round the clock via Internet ranging from Product Support and Service & Support services to Support Tools in the Shop. http://www.siemens.com/ automation/service&support
In the operating phase of a machine or automation system we provide a comprehensive repair and spare parts service ensuring the highest degree of operating safety and reliability. In Germany 0180 50 50 446 1)
Technical Support
Optimization and Upgrading

Competent consulting in technical questions covering a wide range of customer-oriented services for all our products and systems. Tel.: +49 (0)180 50 50 222 Fax: +49 (0)180 50 50 223 http://www.siemens.com/ automation/support-request
To enhance productivity and save costs in your project we offer high-quality services in optimization and upgrading. 1)
Technical Consulting
Support in the planning and designing of your project from detailed actual-state analysis, target definition and consulting on product and system questions right to the creation of the automation solution. 1)
6
1) For country-specific telephone numbers go to our Internet site at: http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/9
Appendix
Customer Support
Knowledge Base on CD-ROM
For locations without online connections to the Internet there are excerpts of the free part of the information sources available on CD-ROM (Service & Support Knowledge Base). This CDROM contains all the latest product information at the time of production (FAQs, Downloads, Tips and Tricks, Updates) as well as general information on Service and Technical Support. The CD-ROM also includes a full-text search and our Knowledge Manager for targeted searches for solutions. The CD-ROM will be updated every 4 months. Just the same as our online offer in the Internet, the Service & Support Knowledge Base on CD comes complete in 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish). You can order the Service & Support Knowledge Base CD from your Siemens contact. Order no. 6ZB5310-0EP30-0BA2 Orders via the Internet (with Automation Value Card or credit card) at: http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support in the Shop domain.
Automation Value Card

By entering the card number and PIN you have full access to the Service & Support services being offered. The charge for the services procured is debited from the credits on your Automation Value Card. All the services offered are marked in currency-neutral credits, so you can use the Automation Value Card worldwide.
Automation Value Card order numbers Credits 200 500 1000 10000 Order no. 6ES7 997-0BA00-0XA0 6ES7 997-0BB00-0XA0 6ES7 997-0BC00-0XA0 6ES7 997-0BG00-0XA0
Small card - great support The Automation Value Card is an integral component of the comprehensive service concept with which Siemens Automation and Drives will accompany you in each phase of your automation project. It doesn't matter whether you want just specific services from our Technical Support or want to purchase high-quality Support Tools in our Online Shop, you can always pay with your Automation Value Card. No invoicing, transparent and safe. With your personal card number and associated PIN you can view the state of your account and all transactions at any time. Services on card. This is how it's done. Card number and PIN are on the back of the Automation Value Card. When delivered, the PIN is covered by a scratch field, guaranteeing that the full credit is on the card.
Detailed information on the services offered is available on our Internet site at: http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support Service & Support la Card: Examples
Technical Support Priority 24 h Extended System Utilities Applications Functions & Samples Priority processing for urgent cases Availability round the clock Technical consulting for complex questions Tools that can be used directly for configuration, analysis and testing Complete topic solutions including ready-tested software Adaptable blocks for accelerating your developments
Support Tools in the Support Shop
6/10
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Customer Support
Safety of electronic equipment
Safety of electronic equipment

The information on this page is mainly of a general nature and applies regardless of the type of electronic control system and its manufacturer. Reliability With a range of effective product development and production measures, we maximize the reliability of our devices and components. These measures include use of high-quality components; worst-case dimensioning of all circuits; systematic, computer-controlled testing of all subcontractorsupplied components; burn-in of all large-scale integrated circuits (such as processors and memory); measures to prevent static charge from building up when handling MOS circuits; visual inspections at various stages of manufacture; in-circuit testing of all modules, i.e. computer-aided testing of all components and their interaction within the circuit; heat-run at elevated ambient temperature over several days; thorough computer-controlled final testing; static analysis of all rejects for immediate initiation of corrective measures. In safety engineering, these measures are termed basic measures. They can be used to prevent or rectify most conceivable faults. Hazard risk Wherever faults can cause personal injury or material damage, special safety measures have to be applied to the plant, and therefore also to the PLC. There are special, plant-specific regulations for these applications and these have to be taken into account in the design of a control system. For electronic control systems that influence the safety of a machine or plant, the measures required for preventing or correcting faults depend on the danger the plant represents. Beyond a certain level of danger, the above basic measures are no longer sufficient, and additional measures such as twochannel configuration, tests or checksums must be implemented and certified for the control system.
Division into a safe and a non-safe area

Most plants contain components that perform safety-related tasks, such as Emergency Stop pushbuttons, safety guards and two-hand controls). To avoid having to view the entire control system in terms of its safety, we generally distinguish between a safe area and a non-safe area. Because the failure of electronic components does not present a danger in the non-safe area, the control system does not have to meet any special safety requirements in this area. In the safe area, only control systems and circuit arrangements that comply with the applicable regulations must be used. In practice, the following distinctions are made: Control systems with few safety features, e.g. machine controls. Control systems with a balanced mix of safe non-safe areas, e.g. chemical plants and cable cars. Control systems with high safety requirements, e.g. boiler-firing systems. Important note Even if a high degree of safety has been built into an electronic control system, such as multi-channel design the safety guidelines in the operating instructions must be strictly adhered to. Existing safety precautions may otherwise become ineffective or additional hazards be created.
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/11
Appendix
Customer Support
Software licences
Overview
Software types Software requiring a license is categorized into types. The following software types have been defined: Engineering software Runtime software Engineering software This includes all software products for creating (engineering) user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameterizing, testing, commissioning or servicing. Data generated with engineering software and executable programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by thirdparties free-of-charge. Runtime software This includes all software products required for plant/machine operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expansions, drivers, etc. The duplication of the runtime software and executable programs created with the runtime software for your own use or for use by third-parties is subject to a charge. You can find information about license fees according to use in the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance, per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc. Information about extended rights of use for parameterization/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with the relevant product(s). License types Siemens Automation & Drives offers various types of software license: Floating license Single license Rental license Trial license Floating license The software may be installed for internal use on any number of devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed. The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use begins when the software is started. A license is required for each concurrent user. Single license Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one installation of the software. The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for example per device, per axis, per channel, etc. One single license is required for each type of use defined. Rental license A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering software. Once the license key has been installed, the software can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours do not have to be consecutive). One license is required for each installation of the software. Trial license A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a nonproductive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes. It can be transferred to another license. Factory license With the Factory License the user has the right to install and use the software at one permanent establishment only. The permanent establishment is defined by one address only.The number of hardware devices on which the software may be installed results from the order data or the Certificate of License (CoL). Certificate of license The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place. Downgrading The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier version/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns such a version/release and its use is technically feasible. Delivery versions Software is constantly being updated. The following delivery versions PowerPack Upgrade can be used to access updates. Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version. PowerPack PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software. The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL (Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new software is licensed. A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original license of the software to be replaced. Upgrade An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on the condition that a license for a previous version of the product is already held. The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous product, proves that the new version is licensed. A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license of the software to be upgraded. ServicePack ServicePacks are used to debug existing products. ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed according to the number of existing original licenses. License key Siemens Automation & Drives supplies software products with and without license keys. The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license, rental license, etc.). The complete installation of software products requiring license keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the license key (which represents the license).
Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be found in the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG or under http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall (A&D Mall Online-Help System)
A&D/Software licenses/En 03.08.06
6/12
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RG16 3RG16130AB00 3RG16140AC00 3RG16140LA00 3RG16140LB00 3RG16146AC00 3RG16146LD00 3RG16306AC00 3RG16306LD00 3RG16556AC00 3RG16556LD00 3RG16730AG00 3RG16737AG00 3RG4011 3RG40110AA00 3RG40110AB00 3RG40110AF00 3RG40110AF05 3RG40110AF33 3RG40110AG00 3RG40110AG05 3RG40110AG33 3RG40110CC00 3RG40110CC05 3RG40110GA05 3RG40110GA33 3RG40110GB00 3RG40110GB05 3RG40110GB33 3RG40110JB00 3RG40113AA00 3RG40113AB00 3RG40113AF00 3RG40113AF05 3RG40113AG00 3RG40113AG05 3RG40113CC00 3RG40113CC05 3RG40113GA05 3RG40113GB00 3RG40113GB05 3RG40113JB00 3RG40117AA00 3RG40117AB00 3RG40117AF00 3RG40117AF05 3RG40117AF33 3RG40117AG00 3RG40117AG05 3RG40117AG33 3RG40117CC00 3RG40117CC05 3RG40117GA33 3RG40117GB33 3RG40117JB00 2/163 2/163 2/136 2/140 2/140 2/136 2/140 2/140 2/136 2/140 2/140 2/140 2/136 2/140 2/140 2/137 2/163 2/163 2/136 2/140 2/136 2/140 2/136 2/140 2/140 2/136 2/140 2/137 2/163 2/163 2/136 2/140 2/140 2/136 2/140 2/140 2/136 2/140 2/140 2/140 2/137 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 2/227 2/227 2/229 2/229 2/228 2/229 2/228 2/229 2/228 2/229 2/227 2/227 N N N N N N N N N N N N Page ECCN Order number 3RG4012 3RG40120AA00 3RG40120AB00 3RG40120AF01 3RG40120AF30 3RG40120AF33 3RG40120AG01 3RG40120AG30 3RG40120AG31 3RG40120AG33 3RG40120CD00 3RG40120CD00-0XA0 3RG40120CD00-0XB0 3RG40120CD10 3RG40120GA00 3RG40120GA30 3RG40120GA33 3RG40120GB00 3RG40120GB30 3RG40120GB31 3RG40120GB33 3RG40120JB00 3RG40120KA00 3RG40120KB00 3RG40123AA00 3RG40123AB00 3RG40123AF01 3RG40123AF33 3RG40123AG01 3RG40123AG33 3RG40123CD00 3RG40123CD00-0XA0 3RG40123CD00-0XB0 3RG40123CD11 3RG40123GA33 3RG40123GB00 3RG40123GB33 3RG40123JB00 3RG40123KA00 3RG40123KB00 3RG4013 3RG40130AA00 3RG40130AB00 3RG40130AF01 3RG40130AF30 3RG40130AF33 3RG40130AG01 3RG40130AG30 3RG40130AG31 3RG40130AG33 3RG40130CD00 3RG40130CD00-0XA0 3RG40130CD00-0XB0 3RG40130GA00 3RG40130GA30 3RG40130GA33 2/176 2/176 2/150 2/177 2/150 2/150 2/177 2/177 2/150 2/150 2/219 2/219 2/150 2/177 2/150 N N N N N N N N N N EAR99H EAR99H N N N 2/164 2/164 2/141 2/165 2/141 2/141 2/165 2/165 2/141 2/141 2/218 2/218 2/141 2/141 2/165 2/141 2/141 2/165 2/165 2/141 2/142 2/164 2/164 2/164 2/164 2/141 2/141 2/141 2/141 2/141 2/218 2/218 2/141 2/141 2/141 2/141 2/142 2/164 2/164 N N N N N N N N N N EAR99H EAR99H N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N EAR99H EAR99H N N N N N N N Page ECCN Order number 3RG40130GB00 3RG40130GB30 3RG40130GB31 3RG40130GB33 3RG40130JB00 3RG40130KA00 3RG40130KB00 3RG40133AA00 3RG40133AB00 3RG40133AF01 3RG40133AF33 3RG40133AG01 3RG40133AG33 3RG40133CD00 3RG40133CD00-0XA0 3RG40133CD00-0XB0 3RG40133GA00 3RG40133GA33 3RG40133GB00 3RG40133GB33 3RG40133JB00 3RG40133KA00 3RG40133KB00 3RG4014 3RG40140AA00 3RG40140AB00 3RG40140AF01 3RG40140AF30 3RG40140AF33 3RG40140AG01 3RG40140AG30 3RG40140AG31 3RG40140AG33 3RG40140CD00 3RG40140CD00-0XA0 3RG40140CD00-0XB0 3RG40140GA30 3RG40140GA33 3RG40140GB00 3RG40140GB30 3RG40140GB31 3RG40140GB33 3RG40140JB00 3RG40140KA00 3RG40140KB00 3RG40143AA00 3RG40143AB00 3RG40143AF01 3RG40143AF33 3RG40143AG01 3RG40143AG33 3RG40143CD00 3RG40143CD00-0XA0 3RG40143CD00-0XB0 3RG40143CD01 3RG40143GA33 2/183 2/183 2/155 2/184 2/155 2/155 2/184 2/184 2/155 2/155 2/220 2/220 2/184 2/155 2/155 2/184 2/184 2/155 2/156 2/183 2/183 2/183 2/183 2/155 2/155 2/155 2/155 2/155 2/220 2/220 2/156 2/155 N N N N N N N N N N EAR99H EAR99H N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N EAR99H EAR99H N N Page 2/150 2/177 2/177 2/150 2/152 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/150 2/150 2/150 2/150 2/150 2/219 2/219 2/150 2/150 2/150 2/150 2/152 2/176 2/176 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N EAR99H N N N N N N N
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/13
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RG40143GB00 3RG40143GB33 3RG40143JB00 3RG40143KA00 3RG40143KB00 3RG4021 3RG40210AF33 3RG40210AG33 3RG40210GA33 3RG40210GB33 3RG40217AF33 3RG40217AG33 3RG40217GA33 3RG40217GB33 3RG4022 3RG40220AA00 3RG40220AB00 3RG40220AB30 3RG40220AF01 3RG40220AF30 3RG40220AF33 3RG40220AG01 3RG40220AG30 3RG40220AG31 3RG40220AG33 3RG40220CD00 3RG40220CD00-0XA0 3RG40220CD00-0XB0 3RG40220CD10 3RG40220GA00 3RG40220GA30 3RG40220GA33 3RG40220GB00 3RG40220GB30 3RG40220GB31 3RG40220GB33 3RG40220JB00 3RG40220KA00 3RG40220KB00 3RG40220KB30 3RG40223AA00 3RG40223AB00 3RG40223AF01 3RG40223AF33 3RG40223AG01 3RG40223AG33 3RG40223CD00 3RG40223CD00-0XA0 3RG40223CD00-0XB0 3RG40223CD11 3RG40223GA00 2/171 2/171 2/173 2/148 2/172 2/148 2/148 2/172 2/172 2/148 2/148 2/218 2/218 2/148 2/148 2/172 2/148 2/148 2/172 2/172 2/148 2/149 2/171 2/171 2/173 2/171 2/171 2/148 2/148 2/148 2/148 2/148 2/218 2/218 2/148 2/148 2/148 2/148 2/148 2/149 2/171 N N N N N N N N N N N EAR99H EAR99H N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N EAR99H EAR99H N N N N N N N 2/145 2/145 2/145 2/145 2/145 2/145 2/145 2/145 N N N N N N N N Page 2/155 2/155 2/156 2/183 2/183 ECCN N N N N N Order number 3RG40223KB00 3RG4023 3RG40230AA00 3RG40230AB00 3RG40230AB30 3RG40230AF01 3RG40230AF30 3RG40230AF33 3RG40230AG01 3RG40230AG30 3RG40230AG31 3RG40230AG33 3RG40230CD00 3RG40230CD00-0XA0 3RG40230CD00-0XB0 3RG40230GA30 3RG40230GA33 3RG40230GB00 3RG40230GB30 3RG40230GB31 3RG40230GB33 3RG40230JB00 3RG40230KA00 3RG40230KB00 3RG40230KB30 3RG40233AA00 3RG40233AB00 3RG40233AF01 3RG40233AF33 3RG40233AG01 3RG40233AG33 3RG40233CD00 3RG40233CD00-0XA0 3RG40233CD00-0XB0 3RG40233GA33 3RG40233GB00 3RG40233GB33 3RG40233JB00 3RG40233KA00 3RG40233KB00 3RG4024 3RG40240AA00 3RG40240AB00 3RG40240AB30 3RG40240AF01 3RG40240AF30 3RG40240AF33 3RG40240AG01 3RG40240AG30 3RG40240AG31 3RG40240AG33 3RG40240CD00 3RG40240CD00-0XA0 3RG40240CD00-0XB0 3RG40240GA00 3RG40240GA30 2/186 2/186 2/190 2/157 2/189 2/157 2/157 2/189 2/189 2/157 2/157 2/220 2/220 2/157 2/189 N N N N N N N N N N N EAR99H EAR99H N N 2/179 2/179 2/181 2/153 2/180 2/153 2/153 2/180 2/180 2/153 2/153 2/219 2/219 2/180 2/153 2/153 2/180 2/180 2/153 2/154 2/179 2/179 2/181 2/179 2/179 2/153 2/153 2/153 2/153 2/153 2/219 2/219 2/153 2/153 2/153 2/154 2/179 2/179 N N N N N N N N N N N EAR99H EAR99H N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N EAR99H EAR99H N N N N N N Page 2/171 ECCN N Order number 3RG40240GA33 3RG40240GB00 3RG40240GB30 3RG40240GB31 3RG40240GB33 3RG40240JB00 3RG40240KA00 3RG40240KB00 3RG40240KB30 3RG40243AA00 3RG40243AB00 3RG40243AF01 3RG40243AF33 3RG40243AG01 3RG40243AG33 3RG40243CD00 3RG40243CD00-0XA0 3RG40243CD00-0XB0 3RG40243GA33 3RG40243GB00 3RG40243GB33 3RG40243JB00 3RG40243KA00 3RG40243KB00 3RG4030 3RG40300AA00 3RG40300AB00 3RG40300AB01 3RG40300CD00 3RG40300CD01 3RG40300KA00 3RG40300KA01 3RG40300KB00 3RG40300KB01 3RG4031 3RG40316AD00 3RG40316AF01 3RG40316AG01 3RG40316CD00 3RG40316GB00 3RG40316JB00 3RG40316KD00 3RG4033 3RG40336AD01 3RG40336KD01 3RG4034 3RG40346CD00 3RG4038 3RG40383CD00 3RG40383CD00-0XA0 3RG40383CD00-0XB0 3RG40383GD00 3RG40383KB00 3RG4041 3RG40416AD00 3RG40416AF01 2/192 2/160 N N 2/158 2/221 2/221 2/158 2/188 N EAR99H EAR99H N N 2/158 N 2/201 2/201 N N 2/187 2/158 2/158 2/158 2/158 2/159 2/187 N N N N N N N 2/191 2/191 2/191 2/191 2/191 2/191 2/191 2/191 2/191 N N N N N N N N N Page 2/157 2/157 2/189 2/189 2/157 2/159 2/186 2/186 2/190 2/186 2/186 2/157 2/157 2/157 2/157 2/157 2/220 2/220 2/157 2/157 2/157 2/159 2/186 2/186 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N EAR99H EAR99H N N N N N N
3RG40223GA33 3RG40223GB00 3RG40223GB33 3RG40223JB00 3RG40223KA00
6/14
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RG40416AG01 3RG40416CD00 3RG40416GB00 3RG40416JB00 3RG40416KD00 3RG4042 3RG40426AD00 3RG40426CD00 3RG40426KD00 3RG4043 3RG40436AD00 3RG40436CD00 3RG40436KD00 3RG4050 3RG40500AF05 3RG40500AF33 3RG40500AG05 3RG40500AG33 3RG40500GA05 3RG40500GA33 3RG40500GB05 3RG40500GB33 3RG40507AF05 3RG40507AF33 3RG40507AG05 3RG40507AG33 3RG40507GA05 3RG40507GA33 3RG40507GB05 3RG40507GB33 3RG4051 3RG40510AF33 3RG40510AG33 3RG40510GA33 3RG40510GB33 3RG40517AF33 3RG40517AG33 3RG40517GA33 3RG40517GB33 3RG4052 3RG40520AF30 3RG40520AG30 3RG40520GA30 3RG40520GB30 3RG4053 3RG40530AF30 3RG40530AG30 3RG40530GA30 3RG40530GB30 3RG4054 3RG40540AF30 3RG40540AG30 3RG40540GA30 3RG40540GB30 3RG4060 3RG40600AF33 2/145 N 2/184 2/184 2/184 2/184 N N N N 2/177 2/177 2/177 2/177 N N N N 2/165 2/165 2/165 2/165 N N N N 2/139 2/139 2/139 2/139 2/139 2/139 2/139 2/139 N N N N N N N N 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 2/200 2/162 2/200 N N N 2/197 2/162 2/197 N N N Page 2/160 2/160 2/160 2/161 2/192 ECCN N N N N N Order number 3RG40600AG33 3RG40600GA33 3RG40600GB33 3RG40607AF33 3RG40607AG33 3RG40607GA33 3RG40607GB33 3RG4062 3RG40620AF30 3RG40620AG30 3RG40620GA30 3RG40620GB30 3RG4063 3RG40630AF30 3RG40630AG30 3RG40630GA30 3RG40630GB30 3RG4064 3RG40640AF30 3RG40640AG30 3RG40640GA30 3RG40640GB30 3RG4070 3RG40700AF01 3RG40700AG01 3RG40700AG45 3RG40700CD00 3RG40703AF01 3RG40703AG01 3RG40703CD00 3RG40707AG01 3RG40707AG45 3RG40707CD01 3RG40707CD02 3RG4071 3RG40710CD00 3RG4072 3RG40720AA00 3RG40720AB00 3RG40720CD00 3RG40720GA00 3RG40720GB00 3RG40720JB00 3RG40720KA00 3RG40720KB00 3RG40723AB00 3RG40723CD00 3RG40723GA00 3RG40723GB00 3RG40723JB00 3RG40723KA00 3RG40723KB00 3RG4075 3RG40750AH00 3RG40750AJ00 3RG40750GJ00 2/151 2/151 2/151 N N N 2/167 2/167 2/146 2/146 2/146 2/147 2/167 2/167 2/167 2/146 2/146 2/146 2/147 2/167 2/167 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 2/143 N 2/144 2/144 2/143 2/144 2/144 2/144 2/144 2/144 2/143 2/144 2/144 N N N N N N N N N N N 2/189 2/189 2/189 2/189 N N N N 2/180 2/180 2/180 2/180 N N N N 2/172 2/172 2/172 2/172 N N N N Page 2/145 2/145 2/145 2/145 2/145 2/145 2/145 ECCN N EAR99 EAR99 N N EAR99 N Order number 3RG4080 3RG40800AG45 3RG40807AG45 3RG4082 3RG40820AB00 3RG40820CD00 3RG40823AB00 3RG40823CD00 3RG41 3RG41110AF33 3RG41110AG00 3RG41110AG33 3RG41110GA33 3RG41110GB33 3RG41113AG00 3RG41113AG22 3RG41117AF33 3RG41117AG33 3RG41117GA33 3RG41117GB33 3RG41120AF01 3RG41120AG01 3RG41120AG33 3RG41123AF01 3RG41123AG01 3RG41123AG33 3RG41130AG01 3RG41130AG33 3RG41133AG01 3RG41133AG33 3RG41140AG01 3RG41143AG01 3RG41316AD00 3RG41316AD04 3RG41346CD01 3RG41383CD00 3RG41383GD00 3RG41383KB00 3RG41413AB01 3RG41413AB02 3RG41416AB03 3RG41416AD00 3RG41416AD04 3RG41426AD00 3RG41436AD00 3RG41446CD01 3RG41483CD00 3RG41483CD00-0XA0 3RG41483CD00-0XB0 3RG41483GD00 3RG41483KB00 3RG42 3RG42001AB00 3RG42007AB00 3RG42100AG00 3RG42107AG00 2/135 2/135 2/135 2/135 N N N N 2/166 2/166 2/166 2/166 2/166 2/166 2/166 2/166 2/166 2/166 2/166 2/174 2/174 2/174 2/174 2/174 2/174 2/182 2/182 2/182 2/182 2/188 2/188 2/196 2/196 2/193 2/194 2/194 2/194 2/204 2/204 2/203 2/203 2/203 2/205 2/205 2/198 2/199 2/221 2/221 2/199 2/199 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N EAR99H EAR99H N N 2/175 2/151 2/175 2/151 N N N N 2/149 2/149 N N Page ECCN
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/15
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RG43 3RG43120AG01 3RG43120GB01 3RG43123AG01 3RG43123GB01 3RG43220AG01 3RG43223AG01 3RG460 3RG46000AG02 3RG46011AB00 3RG46017AG00 3RG46017GB00 3RG46020AG02 3RG46021AB00 3RG46027AG01 3RG46032AB00 3RG461 3RG46100AG02 3RG46100GB00 3RG46107GB00 3RG46110AG01 3RG46110AG02 3RG46110AG31 3RG46110AN01 3RG46110GB01 3RG46110GN01 3RG46113AG01 3RG46113AN01 3RG46113GB01 3RG46113GN01 3RG46117AF31 3RG46117AG01 3RG46117AG31 3RG46117AN01 3RG46117GB31 3RG46117GN01 3RG46120AN01 3RG46120AN61 3RG46120GN01 3RG46120GN61 3RG46120NB00 3RG46123AN01 3RG46123AN05 3RG46123AN61 3RG46123GN01 3RG46123GN05 3RG46123GN61 3RG46123NB00 3RG46130AN01 3RG46130AN61 3RG46130GB00 2/163 2/135 2/135 2/169 2/168 2/139 2/206 2/169 2/206 2/169 2/206 2/169 2/206 2/139 2/169 2/139 2/206 2/139 2/206 2/207 2/207 2/207 2/207 2/223 2/207 2/207 2/207 2/207 2/207 2/207 2/223 2/209 2/209 2/185 2/209 2/209 2/185 2/185 2/209 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 2/163 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/168 2/169 2/169 2/134 N N N N N N N N 2/178 2/178 2/178 2/178 2/185 2/185 N N N N N N Page ECCN Order number 3RG46133AN05 3RG46133AN61 3RG46133GB01 3RG46133GN01 3RG46133GN05 3RG46133GN61 3RG46140AB00 3RG46140AN01 3RG46140AN61 3RG46140GB00 3RG46140GN01 3RG46140GN61 3RG46143AB00 3RG46143AN01 3RG46143AN05 3RG46143AN61 3RG46143GB00 3RG46143GN01 3RG46143GN05 3RG46143GN61 3RG462 3RG46210AG02 3RG46210AN01 3RG46210GB02 3RG46210GN01 3RG46213AG02 3RG46213AN01 3RG46213GB02 3RG46213GN01 3RG46217AG02 3RG46217AN01 3RG46217GB02 3RG46217GN01 3RG46220AN01 3RG46220AN61 3RG46220GN01 3RG46220GN61 3RG46223AN01 3RG46223AN05 3RG46223AN61 3RG46223GN01 3RG46223GN05 3RG46223GN61 3RG46230AB02 3RG46230AN01 3RG46230AN61 3RG46230GB02 3RG46230GN01 3RG46230GN61 3RG46233AB02 3RG46233AN01 3RG46233AN05 3RG46233AN61 3RG46233GB02 3RG46233GN01 3RG46233GN05 2/178 2/208 2/178 2/208 2/178 2/208 2/178 2/208 2/178 2/208 2/178 2/208 2/210 2/210 2/210 2/210 2/210 2/210 2/210 2/210 2/210 2/210 2/193 2/212 2/212 2/193 2/212 2/212 2/193 2/212 2/212 2/212 2/193 2/212 2/212 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Page 2/209 2/209 2/185 2/209 2/209 2/209 2/195 2/211 2/211 2/195 2/211 2/211 2/195 2/211 2/211 2/211 2/195 2/211 2/211 2/211 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Order number 3RG46233GN61 3RG46240AB02 3RG46240AN01 3RG46240AN61 3RG46240GB02 3RG46240GN01 3RG46240GN61 3RG46243AB02 3RG46243AN01 3RG46243AN05 3RG46243AN61 3RG46243GB02 3RG46243GN01 3RG46243GN05 3RG46243GN61 3RG463 3RG46346AN01 3RG46346GN01 3RG46360AG00 3RG46360GB00 3RG46370AB00 3RG46370AG01 3RG46370GB01 3RG46370GG00 3RG46377AA00 3RG46377AB00 3RG46377AG01 3RG46377GB01 3RG46377GG00 3RG46383AN01 3RG46383GN01 3RG464 3RG46436AN01 3RG46436GN01 3RG46446AN01 3RG46446AN02 3RG46446GN01 3RG46446GN02 3RG46483AN01 3RG46483AN11 3RG46483GN01 3RG46483GN11 3RG465 3RG46520PA00 3RG46520PB00 3RG46520PF00 3RG46520PG00 3RG46523PA00 3RG46523PB00 3RG46523PF00 3RG46523PG00 3RG601 3RG60123AC00 3RG60123AC01 3RG60123AD00 3RG60123AD01 2/34 2/34 2/34 2/34 N N N N 2/222 2/222 2/222 2/222 2/222 2/222 2/222 2/222 N N N N N N N N 2/217 2/217 2/216 2/215 2/216 2/215 2/215 2/216 2/215 2/216 N N N N N N N N N N 2/213 2/213 2/135 2/135 2/139 2/170 2/170 2/139 2/139 2/139 2/170 2/170 2/139 2/213 2/213 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Page 2/212 2/202 2/214 2/214 2/202 2/214 2/214 2/202 2/214 2/214 2/214 2/202 2/214 2/214 2/214 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
3RG46130GN01 3RG46130GN61 3RG46131AB01 3RG46133AB01 3RG46133AN01
6/16
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RG60123AE00 3RG60123AE01 3RG60123AF00 3RG60123AF01 3RG60123AG00 3RG60123AH00 3RG60123RS00 3RG60133AC00 3RG60133AC01 3RG60133AD00 3RG60133AD01 3RG60133AE00 3RG60133AE01 3RG60133AF00 3RG60133AF01 3RG60133AG00 3RG60133AH00 3RG60133RS00 3RG60143AC00 3RG60143AD00 3RG60143AE00 3RG60143AF00 3RG60143AG00 3RG60143AH00 3RG60143RS00 3RG60153AC00 3RG60153AD00 3RG60153AE00 3RG60153AF00 3RG60153AG00 3RG60153AH00 3RG60153RS00 3RG602 3RG60223AC00 3RG60223AD00 3RG60223AE00 3RG60223AF00 3RG60233AC00 3RG60233AD00 3RG60233AE00 3RG60233AF00 3RG60243AC00 3RG60243AD00 3RG60243AE00 3RG60243AF00 3RG60253AC00 3RG60253AD00 3RG60253AE00 3RG60253AF00 3RG61 3RG61123BE00 3RG61123BE00-0XB4 3RG61123BE00-0XB7 3RG61123BE01 3RG61123BF00 3RG61123BF00-0XB4 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/51 2/50 2/57 EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99 EAR99H 2/34 2/34 2/41 2/41 2/34 2/34 2/41 2/41 2/34 2/34 2/41 2/41 2/34 2/34 2/41 2/41 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Page 2/41 2/41 2/41 2/41 2/41 2/41 2/41 2/34 2/34 2/34 2/34 2/41 2/41 2/41 2/41 2/41 2/41 2/41 2/34 2/34 2/41 2/41 2/41 2/41 2/41 2/34 2/34 2/41 2/41 2/41 2/41 2/41 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Order number 3RG61123BF00-0XB7 3RG61123BF01 3RG61123CE00 3RG61123CE00-0XB4 3RG61123CE00-0XB7 3RG61123CE01 3RG61123CF00 3RG61123CF00-0XB4 3RG61123CF00-0XB7 3RG61123CF01 3RG61123GE00 3RG61123GE00-0XB4 3RG61123GE00-0XB7 3RG61123GE01 3RG61123GF00 3RG61123GF00-0XB4 3RG61123GF00-0XB7 3RG61123GF01 3RG61133BE00 3RG61133BE00-0XB4 3RG61133BE00-0XB7 3RG61133BE01 3RG61133BF00 3RG61133BF00-0XB4 3RG61133BF00-0XB7 3RG61133BF01 3RG61133CE00 3RG61133CE00-0XB4 3RG61133CE00-0XB7 3RG61133CE01 3RG61133CF00 3RG61133CF00-0XB4 3RG61133CF00-0XB7 3RG61133CF01 3RG61133GE00 3RG61133GE00-0XB4 3RG61133GE00-0XB7 3RG61133GE01 3RG61133GF00 3RG61133GF00-0XB4 3RG61133GF00-0XB7 3RG61133GF01 3RG61143BE00 3RG61143BE00-0XB4 3RG61143BE00-0XB7 3RG61143BF00 3RG61143BF00-0XB4 3RG61143BF00-0XB7 3RG61143CE00 3RG61143CE00-0XB4 3RG61143CE00-0XB7 3RG61143CF00 3RG61143CF00-0XB4 3RG61143CF00-0XB7 3RG61143GE00 3RG61143GE00-0XB4 Page 2/57 2/51 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/51 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/51 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/51 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/51 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/51 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/51 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/51 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/51 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/51 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/51 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/50 2/57 ECCN EAR99H EAR99 EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H N EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H N EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H N EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H N EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H N EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H N EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99H Order number 3RG61143GE00-0XB7 3RG61143GF00 3RG61143GF00-0XB4 3RG61143GF00-0XB7 3RG61153BE00 3RG61153BE00-0XB4 3RG61153BE00-0XB7 3RG61153BF00 3RG61153BF00-0XB4 3RG61153BF00-0XB7 3RG61153CE00 3RG61153CE00-0XB4 3RG61153CE00-0XB7 3RG61153CF00 3RG61153CF00-0XB4 3RG61153CF00-0XB7 3RG61153GE00 3RG61153GE00-0XB4 3RG61153GE00-0XB7 3RG61153GF00 3RG61153GF00-0XB4 3RG61153GF00-0XB7 3RG61223BE00 3RG61223BF00 3RG61223CE00 3RG61223CF00 3RG61223GE00 3RG61223GF00 3RG61233BE00 3RG61233BF00 3RG61233CE00 3RG61233CF00 3RG61233GE00 3RG61233GF00 3RG61243BE00 3RG61243BF00 3RG61243CE00 3RG61243CF00 3RG61243GE00 3RG61243GF00 3RG61253BE00 3RG61253BF00 3RG61253CE00 3RG61253CF00 3RG61253GE00 3RG61253GF00 3RG61766BG00 3RG61766BH00 3RG61766CG00 3RG61766CH00 3RG61766GG00 3RG61766GH00 3RG62 3RG62323AA00 3RG62323AA00-0XB4 3RG62323AA00-0XB7 2/44 2/54 2/54 EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H Page 2/57 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/50 2/57 2/57 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/51 2/50 2/50 2/50 2/50 2/50 2/50 ECCN EAR99H EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 N N N N N N
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/17
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RG62323AB00 3RG62323AB00-0XB4 3RG62323AB00-0XB7 3RG62323JS00 3RG62323JS00-0XB4 3RG62323JS00-0XB7 3RG62323LS00 3RG62323LS00-0XB4 3RG62323LS00-0XB7 3RG62323RS00 3RG62323RS00-0XB4 3RG62323RS00-0XB7 3RG62323TS00 3RG62323TS00-0XB4 3RG62323TS00-0XB7 3RG62333AA00 3RG62333AA00-0XB4 3RG62333AA00-0XB7 3RG62333AB00 3RG62333AB00-0XB4 3RG62333AB00-0XB7 3RG62333JS00 3RG62333JS00-0XB4 3RG62333JS00-0XB7 3RG62333LS00 3RG62333LS00-0XB4 3RG62333LS00-0XB7 3RG62333RS00 3RG62333RS00-0XB4 3RG62333RS00-0XB7 3RG62333TS00 3RG62333TS00-0XB4 3RG62333TS00-0XB7 3RG62430NN00 3RG62430PA00 3RG62430PB00 3RG62433NN00 3RG62433PA00 3RG62433PB00 3RG62437NN00 3RG62437PA00 3RG62437PB00 3RG62523AH00 3RG62523BF00 3RG62523CF00 3RG62523GF00 3RG62523RS00 3RG62533AH00 3RG62533BF00 3RG62533CF00 3RG62533GF00 Page 2/44 2/54 2/54 2/44 2/54 2/54 2/44 2/54 2/54 2/44 2/54 2/54 2/44 2/54 2/54 2/44 2/54 2/54 2/44 2/54 2/54 2/44 2/54 2/54 2/44 2/54 2/54 2/44 2/54 2/54 2/44 2/54 2/54 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/46 2/46 2/46 2/46 2/46 2/46 2/46 2/46 2/46 2/46 2/46 2/46 2/46 2/46 ECCN EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H N EAR99H EAR99H N EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H N EAR99H EAR99H EAR99 EAR99H EAR99H N N N N N N N N EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 N EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 EAR99 N EAR99 EAR99 N EAR99 Order number 3RG62553RS00 3RG63 3RG63423AA00 3RG63423AA01 3RG63423AB00 3RG63423AB01 3RG63423JK00 3RG63423JK01 3RG63433AA00 3RG63433AA01 3RG63433AB00 3RG63433AB01 3RG63433JK00 3RG63433JK01 3RG64 3RG64213AB00 3RG64213BB00 3RG64213RS00 3RG64223AB00 3RG64223BB00 3RG64223RS00 3RG64233AB00 3RG64233BB00 3RG64233RS00 3RG64313AB00 3RG64313BB00 3RG64313RS00 3RG64323AB00 3RG64323BB00 3RG64323RS00 3RG64333AB00 3RG64333BB00 3RG64333RS00 3RG6451-3CC00 3RG6451-3DC00 3RG6451-3NN00 3RG6451-3SB00 3RG70 3RG70100AA00 3RG70100AB00 3RG70100CC00 3RG70100CD00 3RG70100GA00 3RG70100GB00 3RG70100HC00 3RG70100HD00 3RG70107AA00 3RG70107AB00 3RG70107CC00 3RG70107CD00 3RG70107GA00 3RG70107GB00 3RG70107HC00 3RG70107HD00 3RG70110AA00 3RG70110AB00 2/94 2/94 2/96 2/96 2/94 2/94 2/96 2/96 2/94 2/94 2/96 2/96 2/94 2/94 2/96 2/96 2/94 2/94 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 2/37 2/37 2/37 2/37 2/37 2/37 2/37 2/37 2/37 2/37 2/37 2/37 2/37 2/37 2/37 2/37 2/37 2/37 2/38 2/38 2/38 2/38 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 2/27 2/27 2/27 2/27 2/27 2/27 2/27 2/27 2/27 2/27 2/27 2/27 N N N N N N N N N N N N Page 2/46 ECCN N Order number 3RG70110CC00 3RG70110CD00 3RG70110GA00 3RG70110GB00 3RG70110HC00 3RG70110HD00 3RG70117AA00 3RG70117AB00 3RG70117CC00 3RG70117CD00 3RG70117GA00 3RG70117GB00 3RG70117HC00 3RG70117HD00 3RG70120AA00 3RG70120AB00 3RG70120BE00 3RG70120BG00 3RG70120CC00 3RG70120CD00 3RG70120GA00 3RG70120GB00 3RG70120HC00 3RG70120HD00 3RG70127AA00 3RG70127AB00 3RG70127BE00 3RG70127BG00 3RG70127CC00 3RG70127CD00 3RG70127GA00 3RG70127GB00 3RG70127HC00 3RG70127HD00 3RG70130AA00 3RG70130AB00 3RG70130CC00 3RG70130CD00 3RG70130GA00 3RG70130GB00 3RG70130HC00 3RG70130HD00 3RG70137AA00 3RG70137AB00 3RG70137CC00 3RG70137CD00 3RG70137GA00 3RG70137GB00 3RG70137HC00 3RG70137HD00 3RG70140AA00 3RG70140AB00 3RG70140GA00 3RG70140GB00 3RG70147AA00 3RG70147AB00 Page 2/96 2/96 2/94 2/94 2/96 2/96 2/94 2/94 2/96 2/96 2/94 2/94 2/96 2/96 2/94 2/94 2/96 2/94 2/96 2/96 2/94 2/94 2/96 2/96 2/94 2/94 2/96 2/94 2/96 2/96 2/94 2/94 2/96 2/96 2/94 2/94 2/96 2/96 2/94 2/94 2/96 2/96 2/94 2/94 2/96 2/96 2/94 2/94 2/96 2/96 2/94 2/94 2/94 2/94 2/94 2/94 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
3RG62533RS00 3RG62553AH00 3RG62553BF00 3RG62553CF00 3RG62553GF00
6/18
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RG70147GA00 3RG70147GB00 3RG70300AB00 3RG70300GB00 3RG70307AB00 3RG70307GB00 3RG70320AB00 3RG70320BG00 3RG70320GB00 3RG70327AB00 3RG70327BG00 3RG70327GB00 3RG70400AB00 3RG70400GB00 3RG70407AB00 3RG70407GB00 3RG70420AB00 3RG70420BG00 3RG70420GB00 3RG70427AB00 3RG70427BG00 3RG70427GB00 3RG7050-3NB00 3RG70560CC00 3RG70560CD00 3RG70560HC00 3RG70560HD00 3RG70561CM00 3RG70561CM03 3RG70563CC00 3RG70563CD00 3RG70563CM00 3RG70563CM03 3RG70563HC00 3RG70563HD00 3RG70563NQ00 3RG70563NQ61 3RG70570CC00 3RG70570CD00 3RG70570HC00 3RG70570HD00 3RG70573CC00 3RG70573CD00 3RG70573HC00 3RG70573HD00 3RG71 3RG71200AA00 3RG71200AB00 3RG71200GA00 3RG71200GB00 3RG71203AA00 3RG71203AB00 3RG71203GA00 3RG71203GB00 3RG71210AA00 3RG71210AB00 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 N N N N N N N N N N Page 2/94 2/94 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/86 2/86 2/86 2/86 2/86 2/86 2/86 2/86 2/86 2/86 2/105 2/101 2/101 2/101 2/101 2/101 2/101 2/101 2/101 2/101 2/101 2/101 2/101 2/103 2/103 2/101 2/101 2/101 2/101 2/101 2/101 2/101 2/101 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N EAR99H N N N N N N N N N N N N EAR99H EAR99H N N N N N N N N Order number 3RG71210GA00 3RG71210GB00 3RG71213AA00 3RG71213AB00 3RG71213GA00 3RG71213GB00 3RG71220AA00 3RG71220AB00 3RG71220BG00 3RG71220GA00 3RG71220GB00 3RG71223AA00 3RG71223AB00 3RG71223BG00 3RG71223GA00 3RG71223GB00 3RG71340AA00 3RG71340AB00 3RG71340GA00 3RG71340GB00 3RG71343AA00 3RG71343AB00 3RG71343GA00 3RG71343GB00 3RG71350BE00 3RG71350CC00 3RG71350CD00 3RG71353BE00 3RG71353CC00 3RG71353CD00 3RG71750BE00 3RG71750CC00 3RG71750CD00 3RG71753BE00 3RG71753CC00 3RG71753CD00 3RG72 3RG72003CC00 3RG72003CC00-0XB4 3RG72003HC00 3RG72006CC00 3RG72006HC00 3RG72013CC00 3RG72013CC00-0XB4 3RG72013CC61 3RG72013CC61-0XB4 3RG72013HC00 3RG72016CC00 3RG72016CC61 3RG72016HC00 3RG72023BG00 3RG72023BG00-0XB4 3RG72023CC00 3RG72023CC00-0XB4 3RG72023HC00 3RG72026BG00 2/83 2/84 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/84 2/83 2/84 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/84 2/84 2/84 2/84 2/84 2/84 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Page 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/79 2/79 2/79 2/79 2/79 2/79 2/79 2/79 2/98 2/98 2/98 2/98 2/98 2/98 2/98 2/98 2/98 2/98 2/98 2/98 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Order number 3RG72026CC00 3RG72026FG00 3RG72026HC00 3RG72043CC00 3RG72043HC00 3RG72046CC00 3RG72046HC00 3RG72103DK00 3RG72103EK00 3RG72106DK00 3RG72106EK00 3RG72106MC00 3RG72113DK00 3RG72113EK00 3RG72116DK00 3RG72116EK00 3RG72116MC00 3RG72116MC61 3RG72123DK00 3RG72123DK00-0XB4 3RG72126DK00 3RG72126EK00 3RG72126MC00 3RG72143DK00 3RG72143EK00 3RG72146DK00 3RG72146EK00 3RG72403CH00 3RG72403HH00 3RG72413CH00 3RG72413CH52 3RG72413HH00 3RG72413HH52 3RG72443CH00 3RG72443HH00 3RG72563NQ00 3RG74 3RG74000AA00 3RG74000AB00 3RG74000GA00 3RG74000GB00 3RG74007AA00 3RG74007AB00 3RG74007GA00 3RG74007GB00 3RG74010AA00 3RG74010AB00 3RG74010CH52 3RG74010GA00 3RG74010GB00 3RG74010HH52 3RG74017AA00 3RG74017AB00 3RG74017CH52 3RG74017GA00 3RG74017GB00 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/92 2/90 2/90 2/92 2/90 2/90 2/92 2/90 2/90 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Page 2/84 2/84 2/84 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/84 2/84 2/84 2/84 2/84 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/81 2/81 2/81 2/81 2/81 2/81 2/81 2/81 2/103 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N EAR99H ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/19
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RG74017HH52 3RG74040CH00 3RG74040HH00 3RG74047CH00 3RG74047HH00 3RG74067CH00 3RG74077CH61 3RG74087CH00 3RG74200AA00 3RG74200AB00 3RG74200GA00 3RG74200GB00 3RG74207AA00 3RG74207AB00 3RG74207GA00 3RG74207GB00 3RG74210AA00 3RG74210AB00 3RG74210GA00 3RG74210GB00 3RG74217AA00 3RG74217AB00 3RG74217GA00 3RG74217GB00 3RG76 3RG76400AA00 3RG76400AB00 3RG76400CC00 3RG76400CD00 3RG76403AA00 3RG76403AB00 3RG76403CC00 3RG76403CD00 3RG76410AA00 3RG76410AB00 3RG76410CC00 3RG76410CD00 3RG76413AA00 3RG76413AB00 3RG76413CC00 3RG76413CD00 3RG76420AA00 3RG76420AB00 3RG76420BG00 3RG76420CC00 3RG76420CD00 3RG76423AA00 3RG76423AB00 3RG76423BG00 3RG76423CC00 3RG76423CD00 2/77 2/77 2/77 2/77 2/77 2/77 2/77 2/77 2/77 2/77 2/77 2/77 2/77 2/77 2/77 2/77 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 3RG7838-1DF 3RG7838-1DG 3RG7838-1EA 3RG7838-1EB 3RG7838-7RS 3RG7841 3RG7841-3DB00 3RG7841-3DB01 3RG7841-3DB10 3/53 3/53 3/53 N N N 3RG7838-1AB 3RG7838-1BA 3RG7838-1BB 3RG7838-1BD 3RG7838-1BE 3RG7838-1BF 3RG7838-1BG 3RG7838-1BH 3RG7838-1CA 3RG7838-1CB 3RG7838-1CC 3RG7838-1CD 3RG7838-1CE 3RG7838-1DC Page 2/92 2/92 2/92 2/92 2/92 2/99 2/99 2/104 2/91 2/91 2/91 2/91 2/91 2/91 2/91 2/91 2/91 2/91 2/91 2/91 2/91 2/91 2/91 2/91 EAR99H N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N ECCN N N N N N Order number 3RG76503AB00 3RG76503CC00 3RG76503CD00 3RG76510AA00 3RG76510AB00 3RG76510CC00 3RG76510CD00 3RG76513AA00 3RG76513AB00 3RG76513CC00 3RG76513CD00 3RG76520AA00 3RG76520AB00 3RG76520BG00 3RG76520CC00 3RG76520CD00 3RG76523AA00 3RG76523AB00 3RG76523BG00 3RG76523CC00 3RG76523CD00 3RG782 3RG7823-3BG00 3RG7823-3KB00 3RG7824-6BG00 3RG7824-6JB00 3RG7825-1CB1 3RG783 3RG7834-6DD00 3RG7834-6DE00 3RG7838-1AA 3/73 3/73 3/73, 3/77, N 3/81 3/73, 3/77, N 3/81 3/73 3/73 3/73 3/73 3/73 3/73 3/73 3/73 3/73 3/73 3/73 3/73 N N N N N N N N N N N N N 3/7 3/7 3/7 3/7 3/7, 3/57 N N N N N Page 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/78 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Order number 3RG7841-3DB11 3RG7841-3DB20 3RG7841-3DB21 3RG7841-3DC00 3RG7841-3DC01 3RG7841-3DC10 3RG7841-3DC11 3RG7841-3DC20 3RG7841-3DC21 3RG7841-3DD00 3RG7841-3DD01 3RG7841-3DD10 3RG7841-3DD11 3RG7841-3DD20 3RG7841-3DD21 3RG7841-3DE00 3RG7841-3DE01 3RG7841-3DE10 3RG7841-3DE11 3RG7841-3DE20 3RG7841-3DE21 3RG7841-3DF00 3RG7841-3DF01 3RG7841-3DF10 3RG7841-3DF11 3RG7841-3DF20 3RG7841-3DF21 3RG7841-3DG00 3RG7841-3DG01 3RG7841-3DG10 3RG7841-3DG11 3RG7841-3DG20 3RG7841-3DG21 3RG7841-3DH00 3RG7841-3DH01 3RG7841-3DH10 3RG7841-3DH11 3RG7841-3DH20 3RG7841-3DH21 3RG7841-3DJ00 3RG7841-3DJ01 3RG7841-3DJ10 3RG7841-3DJ11 3RG7841-3DJ20 3RG7841-3DJ21 3RG7841-3DK00 3RG7841-3DK01 3RG7841-3DK10 3RG7841-3DK11 3RG7841-3DK20 3RG7841-3DK21 3RG7841-3DL00 3RG7841-3DL01 3RG7841-3DL10 3RG7841-3DL11 3RG7841-3DL20 Page 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
3/62, 3/77, N 3/81 3/77 N 3/63, 3/77 N 3/63, 3/77 N 3/63, 3/77 N 3/73, 3/77, N 3/81
3RG76500AA00 3RG76500AB00 3RG76500CC00 3RG76500CD00 3RG76503AA00
6/20
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RG7841-3DL21 3RG7841-3DM00 3RG7841-3DM01 3RG7841-3DM10 3RG7841-3DM11 3RG7841-3DM20 3RG7841-3DM21 3RG7841-3DN00 3RG7841-3DN01 3RG7841-3DN10 3RG7841-3DN11 3RG7841-3DN20 3RG7841-3DN21 3RG7841-3DP00 3RG7841-3DP01 3RG7841-3DP10 3RG7841-3DP11 3RG7841-3DP20 3RG7841-3DP21 3RG7841-3FD00 3RG7841-3FD01 3RG7841-3FD10 3RG7841-3FD11 3RG7841-3FD20 3RG7841-3FD21 3RG7841-3FE00 3RG7841-3FE01 3RG7841-3FE10 3RG7841-3FE11 3RG7841-3FE20 3RG7841-3FE21 3RG7841-3FF00 3RG7841-3FF01 3RG7841-3FF10 3RG7841-3FF11 3RG7841-3FF20 3RG7841-3FF21 3RG7841-3FG00 3RG7841-3FG01 3RG7841-3FG10 3RG7841-3FG11 3RG7841-3FG20 3RG7841-3FG21 3RG7841-3FH00 3RG7841-3FH01 3RG7841-3FH10 3RG7841-3FH11 3RG7841-3FH20 3RG7841-3FH21 3RG7841-3FJ00 3RG7841-3FJ01 3RG7841-3FJ10 3RG7841-3FJ11 3RG7841-3FJ20 3RG7841-3FJ21 3RG7841-3FK00 Page 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Order number 3RG7841-3FK01 3RG7841-3FK10 3RG7841-3FK11 3RG7841-3FK20 3RG7841-3FK21 3RG7841-3FL00 3RG7841-3FL01 3RG7841-3FL10 3RG7841-3FL11 3RG7841-3FL20 3RG7841-3FL21 3RG7841-3FM00 3RG7841-3FM01 3RG7841-3FM10 3RG7841-3FM11 3RG7841-3FM20 3RG7841-3FM21 3RG7841-3FN00 3RG7841-3FN01 3RG7841-3FN10 3RG7841-3FN11 3RG7841-3FN20 3RG7841-3FN21 3RG7841-3FP00 3RG7841-3FP01 3RG7841-3FP10 3RG7841-3FP11 3RG7841-3FP20 3RG7841-3FP21 3RG7841-3HE00 3RG7841-3HE01 3RG7841-3HE10 3RG7841-3HE11 3RG7841-3HE20 3RG7841-3HE21 3RG7841-3HF00 3RG7841-3HF01 3RG7841-3HF10 3RG7841-3HF11 3RG7841-3HF20 3RG7841-3HF21 3RG7841-3HH00 3RG7841-3HH01 3RG7841-3HH10 3RG7841-3HH11 3RG7841-3HH20 3RG7841-3HH21 3RG7841-3HK00 3RG7841-3HK01 3RG7841-3HK10 3RG7841-3HK11 3RG7841-3HK20 3RG7841-3HK21 3RG7841-3HM00 3RG7841-3HM01 3RG7841-3HM10 Page 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Order number 3RG7841-3HM11 3RG7841-3HM20 3RG7841-3HM21 3RG7841-3HP00 3RG7841-3HP01 3RG7841-3HP10 3RG7841-3HP11 3RG7841-3HP20 3RG7841-3HP21 3RG7842 3RG7842-4BB00 3RG7842-4BB01 3RG7842-4BC00 3RG7842-4BC01 3RG7842-4BC10 3RG7842-4BC11 3RG7842-4BD00 3RG7842-4BD01 3RG7842-4BD10 3RG7842-4BD11 3RG7842-4BE00 3RG7842-4BE01 3RG7842-4BE10 3RG7842-4BE11 3RG7842-4BF00 3RG7842-4BF01 3RG7842-4BF10 3RG7842-4BF11 3RG7842-4BG00 3RG7842-4BG01 3RG7842-4BG10 3RG7842-4BG11 3RG7842-4BH00 3RG7842-4BH01 3RG7842-4BH10 3RG7842-4BH11 3RG7842-4BJ00 3RG7842-4BJ01 3RG7842-4BJ10 3RG7842-4BJ11 3RG7842-4BK00 3RG7842-4BK01 3RG7842-4BK10 3RG7842-4BK11 3RG7842-4BL00 3RG7842-4BL01 3RG7842-4BL10 3RG7842-4BL11 3RG7842-4BM00 3RG7842-4BM01 3RG7842-4BM10 3RG7842-4BM11 3RG7842-4BN00 3RG7842-4BN01 3RG7842-4BN10 3RG7842-4BN11 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Page 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 ECCN N N N N N N N N N
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/21
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RG7842-4BP00 3RG7842-4BP01 3RG7842-4BP10 3RG7842-4BP11 3RG7842-4DB00 3RG7842-4DB01 3RG7842-4DC00 3RG7842-4DC01 3RG7842-4DC10 3RG7842-4DC11 3RG7842-4DD00 3RG7842-4DD01 3RG7842-4DD10 3RG7842-4DD11 3RG7842-4DE00 3RG7842-4DE01 3RG7842-4DE10 3RG7842-4DE11 3RG7842-4DF00 3RG7842-4DF01 3RG7842-4DF10 3RG7842-4DF11 3RG7842-4DG00 3RG7842-4DG01 3RG7842-4DG10 3RG7842-4DG11 3RG7842-4DH00 3RG7842-4DH01 3RG7842-4DH10 3RG7842-4DH11 3RG7842-4DJ00 3RG7842-4DJ01 3RG7842-4DJ10 3RG7842-4DJ11 3RG7842-4DK00 3RG7842-4DK01 3RG7842-4DK10 3RG7842-4DK11 3RG7842-4DL00 3RG7842-4DL01 3RG7842-4DL10 3RG7842-4DL11 3RG7842-4DM00 3RG7842-4DM01 3RG7842-4DM10 3RG7842-4DM11 3RG7842-4DN00 3RG7842-4DN01 3RG7842-4DN10 3RG7842-4DN11 3RG7842-4DP00 Page 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Order number 3RG7842-4EE10 3RG7842-4EE11 3RG7842-4EF00 3RG7842-4EF01 3RG7842-4EF10 3RG7842-4EF11 3RG7842-4EG00 3RG7842-4EG01 3RG7842-4EG10 3RG7842-4EG11 3RG7842-4EH00 3RG7842-4EH01 3RG7842-4EH10 3RG7842-4EH11 3RG7842-4EJ00 3RG7842-4EJ01 3RG7842-4EJ10 3RG7842-4EJ11 3RG7842-4EK00 3RG7842-4EK01 3RG7842-4EK10 3RG7842-4EK11 3RG7842-4EL00 3RG7842-4EL01 3RG7842-4EL10 3RG7842-4EL11 3RG7842-4EM00 3RG7842-4EM01 3RG7842-4EM10 3RG7842-4EM11 3RG7842-4EN00 3RG7842-4EN01 3RG7842-4EN10 3RG7842-4EN11 3RG7842-4EP00 3RG7842-4EP01 3RG7842-4EP10 3RG7842-4EP11 3RG7842-4ER00 3RG7842-4ER01 3RG7842-4ER10 3RG7842-4ER11 3RG7842-4ES00 3RG7842-4ES01 3RG7842-4ES10 3RG7842-4ES11 3RG7842-4ET00 3RG7842-4ET01 3RG7842-4ET10 3RG7842-4ET11 3RG7842-4EU00 3RG7842-4EU01 3RG7842-4EU10 3RG7842-4EU11 3RG7842-4JG00 3RG7842-4JG01 Page 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Order number 3RG7842-4JG10 3RG7842-4JG11 3RG7842-4JH00 3RG7842-4JH01 3RG7842-4JH10 3RG7842-4JH11 3RG7842-4JJ00 3RG7842-4JJ01 3RG7842-4JJ10 3RG7842-4JJ11 3RG7842-4JK00 3RG7842-4JK01 3RG7842-4JK10 3RG7842-4JK11 3RG7842-4JL00 3RG7842-4JL01 3RG7842-4JL10 3RG7842-4JL11 3RG7842-4JM00 3RG7842-4JM01 3RG7842-4JM10 3RG7842-4JM11 3RG7842-4JN00 3RG7842-4JN01 3RG7842-4JN10 3RG7842-4JN11 3RG7842-4JP00 3RG7842-4JP01 3RG7842-4JP10 3RG7842-4JP11 3RG7842-4JR00 3RG7842-4JR01 3RG7842-4JR10 3RG7842-4JR11 3RG7842-4JS00 3RG7842-4JS01 3RG7842-4JS10 3RG7842-4JS11 3RG7842-4JT00 3RG7842-4JT01 3RG7842-4JT10 3RG7842-4JT11 3RG7842-4JU00 3RG7842-4JU01 3RG7842-4JU10 3RG7842-4JU11 3RG7842-4MH00 3RG7842-4MH01 3RG7842-4MH50 3RG7842-4MH51 3RG7842-4PG00 3RG7842-4PG01 3RG7842-4PG50 3RG7842-4PG51 3RG7842-4SE00 3RG7842-4SE01 Page 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
3RG7842-4DP01 3RG7842-4DP10 3RG7842-4DP11 3RG7842-4EE00 3RG7842-4EE01
6/22
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RG7842-4SE50 3RG7842-4SE51 3RG7842-6BB00 3RG7842-6BB01 3RG7842-6BB20 Page 3/43 3/43 3/39 3/39 ECCN N N N N 3RG7842-6BH00 3RG7842-6BH01 3RG7842-6BH10 3RG7842-6BH11 3RG7842-6BH20 Order number 3RG7842-6BG21 Page ECCN Order number 3RG7842-6BN20 Page ECCN
3/15, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/22, 3/39, 3/41, 3/44 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3/16, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/23, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/16, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/23, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3RG7842-6BN21
3/15, 3/20, N 3/39, 3/41, 3/44 3/15, 3/20, N 3/39, 3/41, 3/44 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3RG7842-6BB21
3RG7842-6BP00 3RG7842-6BP01 3RG7842-6BP10 3RG7842-6BP11 3RG7842-6BP20
3RG7842-6BC00 3RG7842-6BC01 3RG7842-6BC10 3RG7842-6BC11 3RG7842-6BC20
3/16, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/22, 3/39, 3/41, 3/44 3/15, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/22, 3/39, 3/41, 3/44 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3RG7842-6BH21
3/16, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/23, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/16, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/23, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/39 3/39 N N
3/15, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/22, 3/39, 3/41, 3/44 3/15, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/22, 3/39, 3/41, 3/44 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3RG7842-6BJ00 3RG7842-6BJ01 3RG7842-6BJ10 3RG7842-6BJ11 3RG7842-6BJ20
3RG7842-6BP21
3RG7842-6BC21
3RG7842-6DB00 3RG7842-6DB01 3RG7842-6DB20
3RG7842-6BD00 3RG7842-6BD01 3RG7842-6BD10 3RG7842-6BD11 3RG7842-6BD20
3/16, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/22, 3/39, 3/41, 3/44 3/16, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/22, 3/39, 3/41, 3/44 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3RG7842-6BJ21
3/16, 3/18, N 3/20, 3/23, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/16, 3/18, N 3/20, 3/23, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3RG7842-6DB21
3/15, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/22, 3/39, 3/41, 3/44 3/15, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/22, 3/39, 3/41, 3/44 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3RG7842-6BK00 3RG7842-6BK01 3RG7842-6BK10 3RG7842-6BK11 3RG7842-6BK20
3RG7842-6DC00 3RG7842-6DC01 3RG7842-6DC10 3RG7842-6DC11 3RG7842-6DC20
3RG7842-6BD21
3RG7842-6BE00 3RG7842-6BE01 3RG7842-6BE10 3RG7842-6BE11 3RG7842-6BE20
3/16, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/22, 3/39, 3/41, 3/44 3/16, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/22, 3/39, 3/41, 3/44 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3RG7842-6BK21
3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3RG7842-6DC21
3/15, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/22, 3/39, 3/41, 3/44 3/15, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/22, 3/39, 3/41, 3/44 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3RG7842-6BL00 3RG7842-6BL01 3RG7842-6BL10 3RG7842-6BL11 3RG7842-6BL20
3RG7842-6DD00 3RG7842-6DD01 3RG7842-6DD10 3RG7842-6DD11 3RG7842-6DD20
3RG7842-6BE21
3RG7842-6BF00 3RG7842-6BF01 3RG7842-6BF10 3RG7842-6BF11 3RG7842-6BF20
3/16, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/22, 3/39, 3/41, 3/45 3/16, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/22, 3/39, 3/41, 3/45 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3RG7842-6BL21
3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/26, 3/27, 3/35, 3/36, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/26, 3/27, 3/35, 3/36, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3/15, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/22, 3/39, 3/41, 3/44 3/15, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/22, 3/39, 3/41, 3/44 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3RG7842-6BM00 3RG7842-6BM01 3RG7842-6BM10 3RG7842-6BM11 3RG7842-6BM20
3RG7842-6DD21
3RG7842-6BF21
3RG7842-6BG00 3RG7842-6BG01 3RG7842-6BG10 3RG7842-6BG11 3RG7842-6BG20
3/16, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/23, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/16, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/23, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3RG7842-6DE00 3RG7842-6DE01 3RG7842-6DE10 3RG7842-6DE11 3RG7842-6DE20
3RG7842-6BM21
3/15, 3/17, N 3/20, 3/22, 3/39, 3/41, 3/44
3RG7842-6BN00 3RG7842-6BN01 3RG7842-6BN10 3RG7842-6BN11
3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/26, 3/27, 3/35, 3/36, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/23
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RG7842-6DE21 Page ECCN Order number 3RG7842-6DJ21 Page ECCN Order number 3RG7842-6DP00 3RG7842-6DP01 3RG7842-6DP10 3RG7842-6DP11 3RG7842-6DP20 Page 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 ECCN N N N N
3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/26, 3/27, 3/35, 3/36, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/26, 3/27, 3/35, 3/36, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3RG7842-6DF00 3RG7842-6DF01 3RG7842-6DF10 3RG7842-6DF11 3RG7842-6DF20
3RG7842-6DK00 3RG7842-6DK01 3RG7842-6DK10 3RG7842-6DK11 3RG7842-6DK20
3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/27, 3/35, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/27, 3/35, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3RG7842-6DP21
3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/26, 3/27, 3/35, 3/36, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/26, 3/27, 3/35, 3/36, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/26, 3/27, 3/35, 3/36, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/26, 3/27, 3/35, 3/36, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3RG7842-6EE00 3RG7842-6EE01 3RG7842-6EE10 3RG7842-6EE11 3RG7842-6EE20
3RG7842-6DF21
3RG7842-6DK21
3RG7842-6DG00 3RG7842-6DG01 3RG7842-6DG10 3RG7842-6DG11 3RG7842-6DG20
3RG7842-6DL00 3RG7842-6DL01 3RG7842-6DL10 3RG7842-6DL11 3RG7842-6DL20
3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3RG7842-6EE21
3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/26, 3/27, 3/35, 3/36, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/26, 3/27, 3/35, 3/36, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/27, 3/35, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/27, 3/35, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3RG7842-6EF00 3RG7842-6EF01 3RG7842-6EF10 3RG7842-6EF11 3RG7842-6EF20
3RG7842-6DL21
3RG7842-6DG21
3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3RG7842-6EF21
3RG7842-6DM00 3RG7842-6DM01 3RG7842-6DM10 3RG7842-6DM11 3RG7842-6DM20
3RG7842-6DH00 3RG7842-6DH01 3RG7842-6DH10 3RG7842-6DH11 3RG7842-6DH20
3RG7842-6EG00 3RG7842-6EG01 3RG7842-6EG10 3RG7842-6EG11 3RG7842-6EG20
3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/26, 3/27, 3/35, 3/36, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/26, 3/27, 3/35, 3/36, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 N N N N
3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/27, 3/35, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/27, 3/35, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3RG7842-6DM21
3RG7842-6EG21
3RG7842-6DH21
3RG7842-6EH00 3RG7842-6EH01 3RG7842-6EH10 3RG7842-6EH11 3RG7842-6EH20
3RG7842-6DN00 3RG7842-6DN01 3RG7842-6DN10 3RG7842-6DN11 3RG7842-6DN20
3RG7842-6DJ00 3RG7842-6DJ01 3RG7842-6DJ10 3RG7842-6DJ11 3RG7842-6DJ20
3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/26, 3/27, 3/35, 3/36, 3/39, 3/42, 3/45
3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/24, 3/25, 3/27, 3/35, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/24, 3/25, 3/27, 3/35, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/23 N
3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3RG7842-6EH21
3RG7842-6DN21
3RG7842-6EJ00 3RG7842-6EJ01 3RG7842-6EJ10 3RG7842-6EJ11
3RG7842-6DN21_otto
6/24
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RG7842-6EJ20 Page ECCN Order number 3RG7842-6ER01 3RG7842-6ER10 3RG7842-6ER11 3RG7842-6ER20 Page 3/40 3/40 3/40 ECCN N N N 3RG7842-6JJ21 3RG7842-6JK00 3RG7842-6JK01 3RG7842-6JK10 3RG7842-6JK11 3RG7842-6JK20 3RG7842-6JK21 3RG7842-6JL00 3RG7842-6JL01 3RG7842-6JL10 3RG7842-6JL11 3RG7842-6JL20 3RG7842-6JL21 3RG7842-6JM00 3RG7842-6JM01 3RG7842-6JM10 3RG7842-6JM11 3RG7842-6JM20 3RG7842-6JM21 3RG7842-6JN00 3RG7842-6JN01 3RG7842-6JN10 3RG7842-6JN11 3RG7842-6JN20 3RG7842-6JN21 3RG7842-6JP00 3RG7842-6JP01 3RG7842-6JP10 3RG7842-6JP11 3RG7842-6JP20 3RG7842-6JP21 3RG7842-6JR00 3RG7842-6JR01 3RG7842-6JR10 3RG7842-6JR11 3RG7842-6JR20 3RG7842-6JR21 3RG7842-6JS00 3RG7842-6JS01 3RG7842-6JS10 3RG7842-6JS11 3RG7842-6JS20 3RG7842-6JS21 3RG7842-6JT00 Order number 3RG7842-6JJ11 3RG7842-6JJ20 Page 3/40 ECCN N
3/17, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/16, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3/40, 3/43, N 3/46 3/40, 3/43, N 3/46 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3RG7842-6EJ21
3/17, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/24, 3/40, 3/43, 3/46 3/17, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/24, 3/40, 3/43, 3/46 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3RG7842-6EK00 3RG7842-6EK01 3RG7842-6EK10 3RG7842-6EK11 3RG7842-6EK20
3RG7842-6ER21
3RG7842-6ES00 3RG7842-6ES01 3RG7842-6ES10 3RG7842-6ES11 3RG7842-6ES20
3/40, 3/43, N 3/46 3/40, 3/43, N 3/46 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3/17, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/17, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3RG7842-6EK21
3/17, 3/19, N 3/21, 3/24, 3/40, 3/43, 3/46 3/17, 3/19, N 3/21, 3/24, 3/40, 3/43, 3/46 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3RG7842-6EL00 3RG7842-6EL01 3RG7842-6EL10 3RG7842-6EL11 3RG7842-6EL20
3RG7842-6ES21
3/40, 3/43, N 3/46 3/40, 3/43, N 3/46 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3RG7842-6ET00 3RG7842-6ET01 3RG7842-6ET10 3RG7842-6ET11 3RG7842-6ET20
3/17, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/17, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/40, 3/42, 3/45 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3RG7842-6EL21
3/17, 3/19, N 3/21, 3/24, 3/40, 3/43, 3/46 3/17, 3/19, N 3/21, 3/24, 3/40, 3/43, 3/46 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3/40, 3/43, N 3/46 3/40, 3/43, N 3/46 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3RG7842-6EM00 3RG7842-6EM01 3RG7842-6EM10 3RG7842-6EM11 3RG7842-6EM20
3RG7842-6ET21
3RG7842-6EU00 3RG7842-6EU01 3RG7842-6EU10 3RG7842-6EU11 3RG7842-6EU20
3/17, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/40, 3/42, 3/46 3/17, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/40, 3/42, 3/46 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3/40, 3/43, N 3/46 3/40, 3/43, N 3/46 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3RG7842-6EM21
3/17, 3/19, N 3/21, 3/24, 3/40, 3/43, 3/46 3/17, 3/19, N 3/21, 3/24, 3/40, 3/43, 3/46 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3RG7842-6EN00 3RG7842-6EN01 3RG7842-6EN10 3RG7842-6EN11 3RG7842-6EN20
3RG7842-6EU21
3RG7842-6JG00 3RG7842-6JG01 3RG7842-6JG10 3RG7842-6JG11 3RG7842-6JG20 3RG7842-6JG21 3RG7842-6JH00 3RG7842-6JH01 3RG7842-6JH10 3RG7842-6JH11 3RG7842-6JH20 3RG7842-6JH21 3RG7842-6JJ00 3RG7842-6JJ01 3RG7842-6JJ10
3/40, 3/43, N 3/46 3/40, 3/43, N 3/46 3/41 3/40 3/41 3/40 N N N N
3/17, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/40, 3/42, 3/46 3/17, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/23, 3/40, 3/42, 3/46 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3RG7842-6EN21
3/40, 3/43, N 3/46 3/40, 3/43, N 3/46 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N N
3RG7842-6EP00 3RG7842-6EP01 3RG7842-6EP10 3RG7842-6EP11 3RG7842-6EP20
3/41, 3/43, N 3/46 3/40, 3/43, N 3/46 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 N N N N
3/17, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/24, 3/40, 3/43, 3/46 3/17, 3/18, N 3/21, 3/24, 3/40, 3/43, 3/46 3/40 N
3/40, 3/43, N 3/46 3/40, 3/43, N 3/46 3/40 3/40 3/40 N N N
3RG7842-6EP21
3/41, 3/43, N 3/46 3/41, 3/43, N 3/46 3/41 N
3RG7842-6ER00
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/25
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RG7842-6JT01 3RG7842-6JT10 3RG7842-6JT11 3RG7842-6JT20 3RG7842-6JT21 3RG7842-6JU00 3RG7842-6JU01 3RG7842-6JU10 3RG7842-6JU11 3RG7842-6JU20 3RG7842-6JU21 3RG7842-6MH00 3RG7842-6MH01 3RG7842-6MH50 3RG7842-6MH51 3RG7842-6PG00 3RG7842-6PG01 3RG7842-6PG50 3RG7842-6PG51 3RG7842-6SE00 3RG7842-6SE01 3RG7842-6SE50 3RG7842-6SE51 3RG7843 3RG7843-3SC02-0SS0 3RG7843-3SC02-0SS1 3RG7843-3SC03-0SS0 3RG7843-3SC03-0SS1 3RG7843-3SC04-0SS0 3RG7843-3SC04-0SS1 3RG7843-3SC06-0SS0 3RG7843-3SC06-0SS1 3RG7843-3SC08-0SS0 3RG7843-3SC08-0SS1 3RG7843-3SC11-0SS0 3RG7843-3SC11-0SS1 3RG7843-3SC13-0SS0 3RG7843-3SC13-0SS1 3RG7843-3SC15-0SS0 3RG7843-3SC15-0SS1 3RG7843-3SC17-0SS0 3RG7843-3SC17-0SS1 3RG7843-3SC20-0SS0 3RG7843-3SC20-0SS1 3RG7843-3SC22-0SS0 3RG7843-3SC22-0SS1 3RG7843-3SC24-0SS0 3RG7843-3SC24-0SS1 3RG7843-3SC26-0SS0 3RG7843-3SC26-0SS1 3RG7843-3SD02-0SS0 3RG7843-3SD02-0SS1 3RG7843-3SD03-0SS0 3RG7843-3SD03-0SS1 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Page 3/41 3/41 3/41 ECCN N N N Order number 3RG7843-3SD04-0SS0 3RG7843-3SD04-0SS1 3RG7843-3SD06-0SS0 3RG7843-3SD06-0SS1 3RG7843-3SD08-0SS0 3RG7843-3SD08-0SS1 3RG7843-3SD11-0SS0 3RG7843-3SD11-0SS1 3RG7843-3SD13-0SS0 3RG7843-3SD13-0SS1 3RG7843-3SD15-0SS0 3RG7843-3SD15-0SS1 3RG7843-3SD17-0SS0 3RG7843-3SD17-0SS1 3RG7843-3SD20-0SS0 3RG7843-3SD20-0SS1 3RG7843-3SD22-0SS0 3RG7843-3SD22-0SS1 3RG7843-3SD24-0SS0 3RG7843-3SD24-0SS1 3RG7843-3SD26-0SS0 3RG7843-3SD26-0SS1 3RG7843-3SF02-0SS0 3RG7843-3SF02-0SS1 3RG7843-3SF03-0SS0 3RG7843-3SF03-0SS1 3RG7843-3SF04-0SS0 3RG7843-3SF04-0SS1 3RG7843-3SF06-0SS0 3RG7843-3SF06-0SS1 3RG7843-3SF08-0SS0 3RG7843-3SF08-0SS1 3RG7843-3SF11-0SS0 3RG7843-3SF11-0SS1 3RG7843-3SF13-0SS0 3RG7843-3SF13-0SS1 3RG7843-3SF15-0SS0 3RG7843-3SF15-0SS1 3RG7843-3SF17-0SS0 3RG7843-3SF17-0SS1 3RG7843-3SF20-0SS0 3RG7843-3SF20-0SS1 3RG7843-3SF22-0SS0 3RG7843-3SF22-0SS1 3RG7843-3SF24-0SS0 3RG7843-3SF24-0SS1 3RG7843-3SF26-0SS0 3RG7843-3SF26-0SS1 3RG7843-3SJ08-0SS0 3RG7843-3SJ08-0SS1 3RG7843-3SJ11-0SS0 3RG7843-3SJ11-0SS1 3RG7843-3SJ13-0SS0 3RG7843-3SJ13-0SS1 3RG7843-3SJ15-0SS0 3RG7843-3SJ15-0SS1 Page 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 3RG7844-2SP51-0SS0 3RG7844-2SS50-0SS0 3RG7844-2SS51-0SS0 3RG7844-4BB03-0SS1 3RG7844-4BB03-1SS1 3RG7844-4BB04-0SS1 3RG7844-4BB04-1SS1 3RG7844-4BB06-0SS1 3RG7844-4BB06-1SS1 3RG7844-2SM51-0SS0 3RG7844-2SP50-0SS0 3RG7844-2SD26-0SS0 3RG7844-2SM50-0SS0 3RG7844-2SD20-0SS0 3RG7844-2SD22-0SS0 3RG7844-2SD24-0SS0 3RG7844-2SD15-0SS0 3RG7844-2SD17-0SS0 3RG7844-2SD13-0SS0 3RG7844-2SD11-0SS0 3RG7844-2SD08-0SS0 3RG7844-2SD06-0SS0 3RG7844-2SB11-0SS0 3RG7844-2SB13-0SS0 3RG7844-2SB15-0SS0 3RG7844-2SB17-0SS0 3RG7844-2SD04-0SS0 3RG7844-2SB06-0SS0 3RG7844-2SB08-0SS0 Order number 3RG7843-3SJ17-0SS0 3RG7843-3SJ17-0SS1 3RG7843-3SJ20-0SS0 3RG7843-3SJ20-0SS1 3RG7843-3SJ22-0SS0 3RG7843-3SJ22-0SS1 3RG7843-3SJ24-0SS0 3RG7843-3SJ24-0SS1 3RG7843-3SJ26-0SS0 3RG7843-3SJ26-0SS1 3RG7844 3RG7844-2SB04-0SS0 3/19, 3/22, N 3/28 3/19, 3/22, N 3/28 3/19, 3/22, N 3/28 3/19, 3/22, N 3/28 3/19, 3/22, N 3/28 3/19, 3/22 N 3/19, 3/22 N 3/19, 3/22, N 3/25, 3/26, 3/28 3/19, 3/22, N 3/25, 3/26, 3/28 3/19, 3/22, N 3/25, 3/26, 3/28 3/19, 3/22, N 3/25, 3/26, 3/28 3/19, 3/22, N 3/25, 3/26, 3/28 3/19, 3/22, N 3/25, 3/26 3/19, 3/22, N 3/25, 3/26 3/19, 3/22, N 3/25 3/19, 3/22, N 3/25 3/20, 3/22, N 3/25 3/20, 3/22, N 3/25 3/20, 3/26, N 3/27 3/26 N 3/20, 3/26, N 3/27 3/26 N 3/20, 3/26, N 3/27 3/26 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 N N N N N N N Page 3/50 3/50 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N
3/41, 3/43, N 3/46 3/41, 3/43, N 3/46 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 N N N N
3/41, 3/43, N 3/46 3/41, 3/43, N 3/46 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 N N N N N N N N N N N N
6/26
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RG7844-4BB08-0SS1 3RG7844-4BB08-1SS1 3RG7844-4BB11-0SS1 3RG7844-4BB11-1SS1 3RG7844-4BB13-0SS1 3RG7844-4BB13-1SS1 3RG7844-4BB15-0SS1 3RG7844-4BB15-1SS1 3RG7844-4BB17-0SS1 3RG7844-4BB17-1SS1 3RG7844-4BB20-0SS1 3RG7844-4BB20-1SS1 3RG7844-4BB22-0SS1 3RG7844-4BB22-1SS1 3RG7844-4BB24-0SS1 3RG7844-4BB24-1SS1 3RG7844-4BB26-0SS1 3RG7844-4BB26-1SS1 3RG7844-4BD02-0SS1 3RG7844-4BD02-1SS1 3RG7844-4BD03-0SS1 3RG7844-4BD03-1SS1 3RG7844-4BD04-0SS1 3RG7844-4BD04-1SS1 3RG7844-4BD06-0SS1 3RG7844-4BD06-1SS1 3RG7844-4BD08-0SS1 3RG7844-4BD08-1SS1 3RG7844-4BD11-0SS1 3RG7844-4BD11-1SS1 3RG7844-4BD13-0SS1 3RG7844-4BD13-1SS1 3RG7844-4BD15-0SS1 3RG7844-4BD15-1SS1 3RG7844-4BD17-0SS1 3RG7844-4BD17-1SS1 3RG7844-4BD20-0SS1 3RG7844-4BD20-1SS1 3RG7844-4BD22-0SS1 3RG7844-4BD22-1SS1 3RG7844-4BD24-0SS1 3RG7844-4BD24-1SS1 3RG7844-4BD26-0SS1 3RG7844-4BD26-1SS1 3RG7844-4BE06-0SS1 3RG7844-4BE06-1SS1 3RG7844-4BE08-0SS1 3RG7844-4BE08-1SS1 3RG7844-4BE11-0SS1 3RG7844-4BE11-1SS1 3RG7844-4BE13-0SS1 3RG7844-4BE13-1SS1 3RG7844-4BE15-0SS1 3RG7844-4BE15-1SS1 3RG7844-4BE17-0SS1 3RG7844-4BE17-1SS1 Page 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Order number 3RG7844-4BE20-0SS1 3RG7844-4BE20-1SS1 3RG7844-4BE22-0SS1 3RG7844-4BE22-1SS1 3RG7844-4BE24-0SS1 3RG7844-4BE24-1SS1 3RG7844-4BE26-0SS1 3RG7844-4BE26-1SS1 3RG7844-4BE28-0SS1 3RG7844-4BE28-1SS1 3RG7844-4BE31-0SS1 3RG7844-4BE31-1SS1 3RG7844-4BE33-0SS1 3RG7844-4BE33-1SS1 3RG7844-4BE35-0SS1 3RG7844-4BE35-1SS1 3RG7844-4MD04-0SS1 3RG7844-4MD06-0SS1 3RG7844-4MD08-0SS1 3RG7844-4MD11-0SS1 3RG7844-4MD13-0SS1 3RG7844-4MD15-0SS1 3RG7844-4MD17-0SS1 3RG7844-4MD20-0SS1 3RG7844-4MD22-0SS1 3RG7844-4MD24-0SS1 3RG7844-4MD26-0SS1 3RG7844-4MM50-0SS1 3RG7844-4MP50-0SS1 3RG7844-4MS50-0SS1 3RG7844-4SB03-0SS0 3RG7844-4SB03-0SS1 3RG7844-4SB03-1SS0 3RG7844-4SB03-1SS1 3RG7844-4SB04-0SS0 3RG7844-4SB04-0SS1 3RG7844-4SB04-1SS0 3RG7844-4SB04-1SS1 3RG7844-4SB06-0SS0 3RG7844-4SB06-0SS1 3RG7844-4SB06-1SS0 3RG7844-4SB06-1SS1 3RG7844-4SB08-0SS0 3RG7844-4SB08-0SS1 3RG7844-4SB08-1SS0 3RG7844-4SB08-1SS1 3RG7844-4SB11-0SS0 3RG7844-4SB11-0SS1 3RG7844-4SB11-1SS0 3RG7844-4SB11-1SS1 3RG7844-4SB13-0SS0 3RG7844-4SB13-0SS1 3RG7844-4SB13-1SS0 3RG7844-4SB13-1SS1 3RG7844-4SB15-0SS0 3RG7844-4SB15-0SS1 Page 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/27 3/27 3/27 3/27 3/27 3/27 3/27 3/27 3/27 3/27 3/27 3/28 3/28 3/28 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 3RG7844-4SB26-1SS1 3RG7844-4SD02-0SS0 3RG7844-4SD02-0SS1 3RG7844-4SD02-1SS0 3RG7844-4SD02-1SS1 3RG7844-4SD03-0SS0 3RG7844-4SD03-0SS1 3RG7844-4SD03-1SS0 3RG7844-4SD03-1SS1 3RG7844-4SD04-0SS0 3RG7844-4SD04-0SS1 3RG7844-4SD04-1SS0 3RG7844-4SD04-1SS1 3RG7844-4SD06-0SS0 3RG7844-4SD06-0SS1 3RG7844-4SD06-1SS0 3RG7844-4SD06-1SS1 3RG7844-4SD08-0SS0 3RG7844-4SD08-0SS1 3RG7844-4SD08-1SS0 3RG7844-4SD08-1SS1 3RG7844-4SD11-0SS0 3RG7844-4SD11-0SS1 3RG7844-4SD11-1SS0 3RG7844-4SD11-1SS1 3RG7844-4SD13-0SS0 3RG7844-4SD13-0SS1 3RG7844-4SD13-1SS0 3RG7844-4SD13-1SS1 3RG7844-4SD15-0SS0 3RG7844-4SD15-0SS1 Order number 3RG7844-4SB15-1SS0 3RG7844-4SB15-1SS1 3RG7844-4SB17-0SS0 3RG7844-4SB17-0SS1 3RG7844-4SB17-1SS0 3RG7844-4SB17-1SS1 3RG7844-4SB20-0SS0 3RG7844-4SB20-0SS1 3RG7844-4SB20-1SS0 3RG7844-4SB20-1SS1 3RG7844-4SB22-0SS0 3RG7844-4SB22-0SS1 3RG7844-4SB22-1SS0 3RG7844-4SB22-1SS1 3RG7844-4SB24-0SS0 3RG7844-4SB24-0SS1 3RG7844-4SB24-1SS0 3RG7844-4SB24-1SS1 3RG7844-4SB26-0SS0 3RG7844-4SB26-0SS1 3RG7844-4SB26-1SS0 Page ECCN
3/17, 3/22 N 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 N N N N N N N N N N 3/17, 3/22 N 3/17, 3/22 N 3/17, 3/22 N 3/17, 3/22 N 3/17, 3/23 N 3/17, 3/23 N 3/17, 3/23 N 3/17, 3/23 N 3/17, 3/23 N 3/17, 3/23, N 3/24 3/17 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 N N N N N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23, N 3/27 3/18 3/18 N N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23, N 3/27 3/18 3/18 N N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23, N 3/27 3/18 3/18 N N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23, N 3/27 3/18 3/18 N N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23, N 3/27 3/18 3/18 N N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23, N 3/27 3/18 N
3/17, 3/22 N 3/17, 3/22 N 3/17, 3/22 N 3/17, 3/22 N 3/17, 3/22 N 3/17, 3/22 N 3/17, 3/22 N 3/17, 3/22 N 3/17, 3/22 N 3/17, 3/22 N 3/17, 3/22 N 3/17, 3/22 N 3/17, 3/22 N
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/27
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RG7844-4SD15-1SS0 3RG7844-4SD15-1SS1 3RG7844-4SD17-0SS0 3RG7844-4SD17-0SS1 3RG7844-4SD17-1SS0 3RG7844-4SD17-1SS1 3RG7844-4SD20-0SS0 3RG7844-4SD20-0SS1 3RG7844-4SD20-1SS0 3RG7844-4SD20-1SS1 3RG7844-4SD22-0SS0 3RG7844-4SD22-0SS1 3RG7844-4SD22-1SS0 3RG7844-4SD22-1SS1 3RG7844-4SD24-0SS0 3RG7844-4SD24-0SS1 3RG7844-4SD24-1SS0 3RG7844-4SD24-1SS1 3RG7844-4SD26-0SS0 3RG7844-4SD26-0SS1 3RG7844-4SD26-1SS0 3RG7844-4SD26-1SS1 3RG7844-4SE06-0SS0 3RG7844-4SE06-0SS1 3RG7844-4SE06-1SS0 3RG7844-4SE06-1SS1 3RG7844-4SE08-0SS0 3RG7844-4SE08-0SS1 3RG7844-4SE08-1SS0 3RG7844-4SE08-1SS1 3RG7844-4SE11-0SS0 3RG7844-4SE11-0SS1 3RG7844-4SE11-1SS0 3RG7844-4SE11-1SS1 3RG7844-4SE13-0SS0 3RG7844-4SE13-0SS1 3RG7844-4SE13-1SS0 3RG7844-4SE13-1SS1 3RG7844-4SE15-0SS0 3RG7844-4SE15-0SS1 3RG7844-4SE15-1SS0 3RG7844-4SE15-1SS1 3RG7844-4SE17-0SS0 3RG7844-4SE17-0SS1 3RG7844-4SE17-1SS0 3RG7844-4SE17-1SS1 3RG7844-4SE20-0SS0 3RG7844-4SE20-0SS1 Page ECCN Order number 3RG7844-4SE22-1SS1 3RG7844-4SE24-0SS0 3RG7844-4SE24-0SS1 3RG7844-4SE24-1SS0 3RG7844-4SE24-1SS1 3RG7844-4SE26-0SS0 3RG7844-4SE26-0SS1 3RG7844-4SE26-1SS0 3RG7844-4SE26-1SS1 3RG7844-4SE28-0SS0 3RG7844-4SE28-0SS1 3RG7844-4SE28-1SS0 3RG7844-4SE28-1SS1 3RG7844-4SE31-0SS0 3RG7844-4SE31-0SS1 3RG7844-4SE31-1SS0 3RG7844-4SE31-1SS1 3RG7844-4SE33-0SS0 3RG7844-4SE33-0SS1 3RG7844-4SE33-1SS0 3RG7844-4SE33-1SS1 3RG7844-4SE35-0SS0 3RG7844-4SE35-0SS1 3RG7844-4SE35-1SS0 3RG7844-4SE35-1SS1 3RG7844-4SM50-0SS0 3RG7844-4SP50-0SS0 3RG7844-4SS50-0SS0 3RG7844-6BB02-0SS1 3RG7844-6BB03-0SS1 3RG7844-6BB03-1SS1 3RG7844-6BB04-0SS1 3RG7844-6BB04-1SS1 3RG7844-6BB06-0SS1 3RG7844-6BB06-1SS1 3RG7844-6BB08-0SS1 3RG7844-6BB08-1SS1 3RG7844-6BB11-0SS1 3RG7844-6BB11-1SS1 3RG7844-6BB13-0SS1 3RG7844-6BB13-1SS1 3RG7844-6BB15-0SS1 3RG7844-6BB15-1SS1 3RG7844-6BB17-0SS1 3RG7844-6BB17-1SS1 3RG7844-6BB20-0SS1 3RG7844-6BB20-1SS1 3RG7844-6BB22-0SS1 3RG7844-6BB22-1SS1 3RG7844-6BB24-0SS1 3RG7844-6BB24-1SS1 3RG7844-6BB26-0SS1 3RG7844-6BB26-1SS1 3RG7844-6BD02-0SS1 3RG7844-6BD02-1SS1 3RG7844-6BD03-0SS1 Page 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/28 3/28 3/28 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/21 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Order number 3RG7844-6BD03-1SS1 3RG7844-6BD04-0SS1 3RG7844-6BD04-1SS1 3RG7844-6BD06-0SS1 3RG7844-6BD06-1SS1 3RG7844-6BD08-0SS1 3RG7844-6BD08-1SS1 3RG7844-6BD11-0SS1 3RG7844-6BD11-1SS1 3RG7844-6BD13-0SS1 3RG7844-6BD13-1SS1 3RG7844-6BD15-0SS1 3RG7844-6BD15-1SS1 3RG7844-6BD17-0SS1 3RG7844-6BD17-1SS1 3RG7844-6BD20-0SS1 3RG7844-6BD20-1SS1 3RG7844-6BD22-0SS1 3RG7844-6BD22-1SS1 3RG7844-6BD24-0SS1 3RG7844-6BD24-1SS1 3RG7844-6BD26-0SS1 3RG7844-6BD26-1SS1 3RG7844-6BE06-0SS1 3RG7844-6BE06-1SS1 3RG7844-6BE08-0SS1 3RG7844-6BE08-1SS1 3RG7844-6BE11-0SS1 3RG7844-6BE11-1SS1 3RG7844-6BE13-0SS1 3RG7844-6BE13-1SS1 3RG7844-6BE15-0SS1 3RG7844-6BE15-1SS1 3RG7844-6BE17-0SS1 3RG7844-6BE17-1SS1 3RG7844-6BE20-0SS1 3RG7844-6BE20-1SS1 3RG7844-6BE22-0SS1 3RG7844-6BE22-1SS1 3RG7844-6BE24-0SS1 3RG7844-6BE24-1SS1 3RG7844-6BE26-0SS1 3RG7844-6BE26-1SS1 3RG7844-6BE28-0SS1 3RG7844-6BE28-1SS1 3RG7844-6BE31-0SS1 3RG7844-6BE31-1SS1 3RG7844-6BE33-0SS1 3RG7844-6BE33-1SS1 3RG7844-6BE35-0SS1 3RG7844-6BE35-1SS1 3RG7844-6MD04-0SS1 3RG7844-6MD06-0SS1 3RG7844-6MD08-0SS1 3RG7844-6MD11-0SS1 3RG7844-6MD13-0SS1 Page 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
3/18, 3/23 N 3/18 N 3/18, 3/23, N 3/27 3/18 3/18 N N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23, N 3/27 3/18 3/18 N N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23, N 3/27 3/18 3/18 N N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23, N 3/27 3/18 3/18 N N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23, N 3/27 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N
3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/23 N 3/18, 3/24 N
3/18, 3/24 N 3/18, 3/24 N 3/19, 3/24 N 3/19, 3/24 N 3/19, 3/24 N 3/19, 3/24 N 3/19, 3/24 N 3/19, 3/24 N
3RG7844-4SE20-1SS0 3RG7844-4SE20-1SS1 3RG7844-4SE22-0SS0 3RG7844-4SE22-0SS1 3RG7844-4SE22-1SS0
6/28
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RG7844-6MD15-0SS1 3RG7844-6MD17-0SS1 3RG7844-6MD20-0SS1 3RG7844-6MD22-0SS1 3RG7844-6MD24-0SS1 3RG7844-6MD26-0SS1 3RG7844-6MM50-0SS1 3RG7844-6MM51-0SS1 3RG7844-6MP50-0SS1 3RG7844-6MP51-0SS1 3RG7844-6MS50-0MT0 3RG7844-6MS50-0SS1 3RG7844-6MS50-0ST0 3RG7844-6MS51-0SS1 3RG7844-6SB02-0SS0 3RG7844-6SB02-0SS1 3RG7844-6SB03-0SS0 3RG7844-6SB03-0SS1 3RG7844-6SB03-1SS0 3RG7844-6SB03-1SS1 3RG7844-6SB04-0SS0 3RG7844-6SB04-0SS1 3RG7844-6SB04-1SS0 3RG7844-6SB04-1SS1 3RG7844-6SB06-0SS0 3RG7844-6SB06-0SS1 3RG7844-6SB06-1SS0 3RG7844-6SB06-1SS1 3RG7844-6SB08-0SS0 3RG7844-6SB08-0SS1 3RG7844-6SB08-1SS0 3RG7844-6SB08-1SS1 3RG7844-6SB11-0SS0 3RG7844-6SB11-0SS1 3RG7844-6SB11-1SS0 3RG7844-6SB11-1SS1 3RG7844-6SB13-0SS0 3RG7844-6SB13-0SS1 3RG7844-6SB13-1SS0 3RG7844-6SB13-1SS1 3RG7844-6SB15-0SS0 3RG7844-6SB15-0SS1 3RG7844-6SB15-1SS0 3RG7844-6SB15-1SS1 3RG7844-6SB17-0SS0 3RG7844-6SB17-0SS1 3RG7844-6SB17-1SS0 3RG7844-6SB17-1SS1 3RG7844-6SB20-0SS0 3RG7844-6SB20-0SS1 3RG7844-6SB20-1SS0 3RG7844-6SB20-1SS1 3RG7844-6SB22-0SS0 3RG7844-6SB22-0SS1 3RG7844-6SB22-1SS0 3RG7844-6SB22-1SS1 Page 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/25 3/24 3/25 3/25 3/24 3/25 3/25 3/15 3/15 3/15 3/15 3/15 3/15 3/15 3/15 3/15 3/15 3/15 3/15 3/15 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 3RG7844-6SD04-0SS1 3RG7844-6SD04-1SS0 3RG7844-6SD04-1SS1 3RG7844-6SD06-0SS0 3RG7844-6SD06-0SS1 3RG7844-6SD06-1SS0 3RG7844-6SD06-1SS1 3RG7844-6SD08-0SS0 3RG7844-6SD08-0SS1 3RG7844-6SD08-1SS0 3RG7844-6SD08-1SS1 3RG7844-6SD11-0SS0 3RG7844-6SD11-0SS1 3RG7844-6SD11-1SS0 3RG7844-6SD11-1SS1 3RG7844-6SD13-0SS0 3RG7844-6SD13-0SS1 3RG7844-6SD13-1SS0 3RG7844-6SD13-1SS1 3RG7844-6SD15-0SS0 3RG7844-6SD15-0SS1 3RG7844-6SD15-1SS0 3RG7844-6SD15-1SS1 3RG7844-6SD17-0SS0 3RG7844-6SD17-0SS1 3RG7844-6SD17-1SS0 3RG7844-6SD17-1SS1 3RG7844-6SD20-0SS0 3RG7844-6SD20-0SS1 3RG7844-6SD20-1SS0 3RG7844-6SD20-1SS1 3RG7844-6SD22-0SS0 3RG7844-6SD22-0SS1 3RG7844-6SD22-1SS0 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Order number 3RG7844-6SB24-0SS0 3RG7844-6SB24-0SS1 3RG7844-6SB24-1SS0 3RG7844-6SB24-1SS1 3RG7844-6SB26-0SS0 3RG7844-6SB26-0SS1 3RG7844-6SB26-1SS0 3RG7844-6SB26-1SS1 3RG7844-6SD02-0SS0 3RG7844-6SD02-0SS1 3RG7844-6SD02-1SS0 3RG7844-6SD02-1SS1 3RG7844-6SD03-0SS0 3RG7844-6SD03-0SS1 3RG7844-6SD03-1SS0 3RG7844-6SD03-1SS1 3RG7844-6SD04-0SS0 Page ECCN Order number 3RG7844-6SD22-1SS1 3RG7844-6SD24-0SS0 3RG7844-6SD24-0SS1 3RG7844-6SD24-1SS0 3RG7844-6SD24-1SS1 3RG7844-6SD26-0SS0 3RG7844-6SD26-0SS1 3RG7844-6SD26-1SS0 3RG7844-6SD26-1SS1 3RG7844-6SE06-0SS0 3RG7844-6SE06-0SS1 3RG7844-6SE06-1SS0 3RG7844-6SE06-1SS1 3RG7844-6SE08-0SS0 3RG7844-6SE08-0SS1 3RG7844-6SE08-1SS0 3RG7844-6SE08-1SS1 3RG7844-6SE11-0SS0 3RG7844-6SE11-0SS1 3RG7844-6SE11-1SS0 3RG7844-6SE11-1SS1 3RG7844-6SE13-0SS0 3RG7844-6SE13-0SS1 3RG7844-6SE13-1SS0 3RG7844-6SE13-1SS1 3RG7844-6SE15-0SS0 3RG7844-6SE15-0SS1 3RG7844-6SE15-1SS0 3RG7844-6SE15-1SS1 3RG7844-6SE17-0SS0 3RG7844-6SE17-0SS1 3RG7844-6SE17-1SS0 3RG7844-6SE17-1SS1 3RG7844-6SE20-0SS0 3RG7844-6SE20-0SS1 3RG7844-6SE20-1SS0 3RG7844-6SE20-1SS1 3RG7844-6SE22-0SS0 3RG7844-6SE22-0SS1 3RG7844-6SE22-1SS0 3RG7844-6SE22-1SS1 3RG7844-6SE24-0SS0 3RG7844-6SE24-0SS1 3RG7844-6SE24-1SS0 3RG7844-6SE24-1SS1 3RG7844-6SE26-0SS0 3RG7844-6SE26-0SS1 3RG7844-6SE26-1SS0 3RG7844-6SE26-1SS1 3RG7844-6SE28-0SS0 3RG7844-6SE28-0SS1 3RG7844-6SE28-1SS0 3RG7844-6SE28-1SS1 3RG7844-6SE31-0SS0 3RG7844-6SE31-0SS1 Page 3/16 ECCN N
3/16, 3/20 N 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 N N N N N N N N 3/16, 3/20 N 3/16, 3/20 N 3/16, 3/20 N 3/16, 3/20 N 3/16, 3/20 N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/16, 3/21, N 3/24 3/16 3/16 N N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/16, 3/21, N 3/24 3/16 3/16 N N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/16, 3/21, N 3/24 3/16 3/16 N N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/16, 3/21, N 3/24 3/16 3/16 N N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/16, 3/21, N 3/24 3/16 3/16 N N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/16, 3/21, N 3/24 3/16 3/16 N N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/16, 3/21, N 3/24 3/16 3/16 N N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/16, 3/21, N 3/24 3/16 3/16 N N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/16, 3/21, N 3/24 3/16 N 3/16, 3/21 N
3/16, 3/21, N 3/24 3/16 3/16 N N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/16, 3/21, N 3/24 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/16, 3/21 N 3/17, 3/21 N 3/17, 3/21 N 3/17, 3/21 N 3/17, 3/21 N 3/17, 3/21 N 3/17, 3/21 N 3/17, 3/21 N 3/17, 3/21 N 3/17, 3/21 N 3/17, 3/21 N 3/17, 3/21 N 3/17, 3/21 N 3/17, 3/21 N 3/17, 3/21 N 3/17, 3/21 N
3/15, 3/20 N 3/15, 3/20 N 3/15, 3/20 N 3/15, 3/20 N 3/15, 3/20 N 3/15, 3/20 N 3/15, 3/20 N 3/15, 3/20 N 3/15, 3/20 N 3/15, 3/20 N 3/15, 3/20 N 3/16, 3/20 N 3/16, 3/20 N 3/16, 3/20 N 3/16, 3/20 N 3/16, 3/20 N 3/16, 3/20 N 3/16, 3/20 N 3/16, 3/20 N 3/16, 3/20 N 3/16, 3/20 N
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/29
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RG7844-6SE31-1SS0 3RG7844-6SE31-1SS1 3RG7844-6SE33-0SS0 3RG7844-6SE33-0SS1 3RG7844-6SE33-1SS0 3RG7844-6SE33-1SS1 3RG7844-6SE35-0SS0 3RG7844-6SE35-0SS1 3RG7844-6SE35-1SS0 3RG7844-6SE35-1SS1 3RG7844-6SM50-0SS0 3RG7844-6SM50-0SS1 3RG7844-6SM51-0SS0 3RG7844-6SM51-0SS1 3RG7844-6SP50-0SS0 3RG7844-6SP50-0SS1 3RG7844-6SP51-0SS0 3RG7844-6SP51-0SS1 3RG7844-6SS50-0SS0 3RG7844-6SS50-0SS1 3RG7844-6SS51-0SS0 3RG7844-6SS51-0SS1 3RG7844-8BB04-0SS1 3RG7844-8BB06-0SS1 3RG7844-8BB08-0SS1 3RG7844-8BB11-0SS1 3RG7844-8BB13-0SS1 3RG7844-8BB15-0SS1 3RG7844-8BB17-0SS1 3RG7844-8BD04-0SS1 3RG7844-8BD06-0SS1 3RG7844-8BD08-0SS1 3RG7844-8BD11-0SS1 3RG7844-8BD13-0SS1 3RG7844-8BD15-0SS1 3RG7844-8BD17-0SS1 3RG7844-8BD20-0SS1 3RG7844-8BD22-0SS1 3RG7844-8BD24-0SS1 3RG7844-8BD26-0SS1 3RG7844-8MD04-0KS1 3RG7844-8MD04-0SS1 3RG7844-8MD06-0KS1 3RG7844-8MD06-0SS1 3RG7844-8MD08-0KS1 3RG7844-8MD08-0SS1 3RG7844-8MD11-0KS1 3RG7844-8MD11-0SS1 3RG7844-8MD13-0KS1 3RG7844-8MD13-0SS1 3RG7844-8MD15-0KS1 Page ECCN Order number 3RG7844-8MD24-0SS1 3RG7844-8MD26-0SS1 3RG7844-8MM50-0KS1 3RG7844-8MM50-0SS1 3RG7844-8MM51-0SS1 3RG7844-8MP50-0KS1 3RG7844-8MP50-0SS1 3RG7844-8MP51-0SS1 3RG7844-8MS50-0KS1 3RG7844-8MS50-0MT0 3RG7844-8MS50-0SS1 3RG7844-8MS50-0ST0 3RG7844-8MS51-0SS1 3RG7844-8SB04-0SS1 3RG7844-8SB06-0SS1 3RG7844-8SB08-0SS1 3RG7844-8SB11-0SS1 3RG7844-8SB13-0SS1 3RG7844-8SB15-0SS1 3RG7844-8SB17-0SS1 3RG7844-8SD04-0SS1 3RG7844-8SD06-0SS1 3RG7844-8SD08-0SS1 3RG7844-8SD11-0SS1 3RG7844-8SD13-0SS1 3RG7844-8SD15-0SS1 3RG7844-8SD17-0SS1 3RG7844-8SD20-0SS1 3RG7844-8SD22-0SS1 3RG7844-8SD24-0SS1 3RG7844-8SD26-0SS1 3RG7844-8SM50-0SS1 3RG7844-8SP50-0SS1 3RG7844-8SS50-0SS1 3RG7844-8TB04-0SS1 3RG7844-8TB06-0SS1 3RG7844-8TB08-0SS1 3RG7844-8TB11-0SS1 3RG7844-8TB13-0SS1 3RG7844-8TD04-0SS1 3RG7844-8TD06-0SS1 3RG7844-8TD08-0SS1 3RG7844-8TD11-0SS1 3RG7844-8TD13-0SS1 3RG7846 3RG7846-3SC02-0SS0 3RG7846-3SC02-0SS1 3RG7846-3SC03-0SS0 3RG7846-3SC03-0SS1 3RG7846-3SC04-0SS0 3RG7846-3SC04-0SS1 3RG7846-3SC06-0SS0 3RG7846-3SC06-0SS1 3RG7846-3SC08-0SS0 3RG7846-3SC08-0SS1 3RG7846-3SC11-0SS0 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H Page 3/25 3/25 3/27 3/26 3/26 3/27 3/26 3/26 3/27 3/27 3/26 3/27 3/26 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/28 3/28 3/28 3/28 3/28 3/28 3/28 3/28 3/28 3/28 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Order number 3RG7846-3SC11-0SS1 3RG7846-3SC13-0SS0 3RG7846-3SC13-0SS1 3RG7846-3SC15-0SS0 3RG7846-3SC15-0SS1 3RG7846-3SC17-0SS0 3RG7846-3SC17-0SS1 3RG7846-3SC20-0SS0 3RG7846-3SC20-0SS1 3RG7846-3SC22-0SS0 3RG7846-3SC22-0SS1 3RG7846-3SC24-0SS0 3RG7846-3SC24-0SS1 3RG7846-3SC26-0SS0 3RG7846-3SC26-0SS1 3RG7846-3SD02-0SS0 3RG7846-3SD02-0SS1 3RG7846-3SD03-0SS0 3RG7846-3SD03-0SS1 3RG7846-3SD04-0SS0 3RG7846-3SD04-0SS1 3RG7846-3SD06-0SS0 3RG7846-3SD06-0SS1 3RG7846-3SD08-0SS0 3RG7846-3SD08-0SS1 3RG7846-3SD11-0SS0 3RG7846-3SD11-0SS1 3RG7846-3SD13-0SS0 3RG7846-3SD13-0SS1 3RG7846-3SD15-0SS0 3RG7846-3SD15-0SS1 3RG7846-3SD17-0SS0 3RG7846-3SD17-0SS1 3RG7846-3SD20-0SS0 3RG7846-3SD20-0SS1 3RG7846-3SD22-0SS0 3RG7846-3SD22-0SS1 3RG7846-3SD24-0SS0 3RG7846-3SD24-0SS1 3RG7846-3SD26-0SS0 3RG7846-3SD26-0SS1 3RG7846-3SF02-0SS0 3RG7846-3SF02-0SS1 3RG7846-3SF03-0SS0 3RG7846-3SF03-0SS1 3RG7846-3SF04-0SS0 3RG7846-3SF04-0SS1 3RG7846-3SF06-0SS0 3RG7846-3SF06-0SS1 3RG7846-3SF08-0SS0 3RG7846-3SF08-0SS1 3RG7846-3SF11-0SS0 3RG7846-3SF11-0SS1 3RG7846-3SF13-0SS0 3RG7846-3SF13-0SS1 3RG7846-3SF15-0SS0 Page 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/31 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 ECCN EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H
3/17, 3/21 N 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/26 3/25 3/26 3/25 3/26 3/25 3/26 3/25 3/26 3/25 3/26 3/25 3/26 3/25 3/25 3/25 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 3/17, 3/21 N 3/17, 3/21 N 3/17, 3/21 N 3/17, 3/21 N 3/19, 3/24 N 3/19, 3/25 N 3/19, 3/24 N 3/19, 3/25 N 3/19, 3/24 N 3/19, 3/25 N
3RG7844-8MD15-0SS1 3RG7844-8MD17-0KS1 3RG7844-8MD17-0SS1 3RG7844-8MD20-0SS1 3RG7844-8MD22-0SS1
6/30
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RG7846-3SF15-0SS1 3RG7846-3SF17-0SS0 3RG7846-3SF17-0SS1 3RG7846-3SF20-0SS0 3RG7846-3SF20-0SS1 3RG7846-3SF22-0SS0 3RG7846-3SF22-0SS1 3RG7846-3SF24-0SS0 3RG7846-3SF24-0SS1 3RG7846-3SF26-0SS0 3RG7846-3SF26-0SS1 3RG7846-3SJ08-0SS0 3RG7846-3SJ08-0SS1 3RG7846-3SJ11-0SS0 3RG7846-3SJ11-0SS1 3RG7846-3SJ13-0SS0 3RG7846-3SJ13-0SS1 3RG7846-3SJ15-0SS0 3RG7846-3SJ15-0SS1 3RG7846-3SJ17-0SS0 3RG7846-3SJ17-0SS1 3RG7846-3SJ20-0SS0 3RG7846-3SJ20-0SS1 3RG7846-3SJ22-0SS0 3RG7846-3SJ22-0SS1 3RG7846-3SJ24-0SS0 3RG7846-3SJ24-0SS1 3RG7846-3SJ26-0SS0 3RG7846-3SJ26-0SS1 3RG7847 3RG7847-4BB 3RG7847-4BD 3RG7847-4BE 3RG7847-4BF 3RG7847-4BG 3RG7847-4BH 3RG7847-4BJ 3RG7847-4BK 3RG7847-4BL 3RG7847-4DD 3RG7847-4DE 3RG7847-4DF 3RG7847-4DG 3RG7847-4DH 3RG7847-4DJ 3RG7847-4DK 3RG7847-4DL 3RG7847-5BF 3RG7847-5BG 3RG7847-5DF 3RG7847-5DG 3RG7848 3RG7848-0AB 3RG7848-0AC 3RG7848-0AH 3RG7848-0BB 3/61 3/61 3/61 N N N 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 3RG7848-2AB 3RG7848-2AF 3RG7848-2AH 3RG7848-2AK 3RG7848-2BA 3RG7848-2BB 3RG7848-2BC 3RG7848-2BD 3RG7848-2BE Page 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 ECCN EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H Order number 3RG7848-0BB 3RG7848-0CL 3RG7848-0CP 3RG7848-0CR 3RG7848-0CU 3RG7848-0DB00 3RG7848-0DB01 3RG7848-0DL 3RG7848-0DP 3RG7848-0DR 3RG7848-0DU 3RG7848-0FH 3RG7848-0FL 3RG7848-0FP 3RG7848-0FR 3RG7848-0GB 3RG7848-0GC 3RG7848-0GD 3RG7848-0GE 3RG7848-0GF 3RG7848-0GG 3RG7848-0GH 3RG7848-0GJ 3RG7848-0GK 3RG7848-0GL 3RG7848-0GM 3RG7848-0GN 3RG7848-0GP 3RG7848-0KB00 3RG7848-0KB01 3RG7848-0LB00 3RG7848-0LB01 3RG7848-1AB 3RG7848-1AG 3RG7848-1BA 3RG7848-1BC 3RG7848-1BD 3RG7848-1BE 3RG7848-1BH 3RG7848-1CH 3RG7848-1DL 3RG7848-1DM 3RG7848-1DN 3RG7848-1DP 3RG7848-1DR 3RG7848-1DU 3RG7848-1TL Page 3/65 3/61 3/61 3/61 3/61 3/63 3/63 3/61 3/61 3/61 3/61 3/62 3/61 3/61 3/61 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/63 3/63 3/63 3/63 3/62 3/62 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/65 3/65 3/61 3/61 3/61 3/61 3/61 3/61 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Order number 3RG7848-2BF 3RG7848-2BH 3RG7848-2BK 3RG7848-2CA 3RG7848-2CB 3RG7848-2CC 3RG7848-2CD 3RG7848-2CE 3RG7848-2CF 3RG7848-2CK 3RG7848-2DA 3RG7848-2DB 3RG7848-2DK 3RG7848-2EA 3RG7848-2EB 3RG7848-2EC 3RG7848-2ED 3RG7848-2EE 3RG7848-2EF 3RG7848-2EK 3RG7848-2SL 3RG7848-4AC 3RG7855 3RG7855-1RG 3RG7855-2BB 3RG7855-2BD 3RG7855-2BF 3RG7855-2BG 3RG7855-3BB 3RG7855-3BD 3RG7855-4BB 3RG7855-4BD 3RG7855-4BF 3RG7857 3RG7857-1BD 3RX1 3RX1301 3RX1302 3RX1303 3RX1304 3RX1307 3RX1910 3RX2 3RX2210 3RX4 3RX4000 2/41, 2/44, N 2/46, 2/51, 2/54, 2/57, 2/62 2/37, 2/46 N 2/106 2/106 2/106 2/106 2/107 2/107 2/107 N N N N N N N 2/60 N 2/63 2/63 2/239 2/239 2/239 2/63 N N N N N 3/5 N 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 N N N N N N N EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H Page 3/65 3/62 3/63 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/63 3/63 3/63 3/63 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/63 3/62 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
3/58, 3/62 N
3/25, 3/27, N 3/37 3/63 3/61 3/62 3/63 3/65 3/65 3/65 3/65 3/65 N N N N N N N N N 3RX4010 3RX7 3RX7001 3RX7002 3RX7004 3RX7005 3RX7006 3RX7007 3RX7008
3/62, 3/65 N
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/31
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3RX7010 3RX7300 3RX7301 3RX7302 Page 2/107 2/109 2/108 2/101, 2/103, 2/109 2/105 2/84, 2/103, 2/109 2/108 2/110 2/110 2/110 2/105 2/99, 2/104 ECCN N N N N Order number 3RX8000-0BD37 3RX8000-0BD47 3RX8000-0BH32-1AF0 3RX8000-0BH32-1AL0 3RX8000-0BH42-1AF0 N N 3RX8000-0BH42-1AL0 3RX8000-0BJ32-1AF0 3RX8000-0BJ32-1AL0 3RX8000-0BJ34-1AF0 N N N N EAR99H N 3RX8000-0BJ34-1AL0 3RX8000-0BJ42-1AF0 3RX8000-0BJ42-1AL0 3RX8000-0CA06 3RX8000-0CA40-1JA2 3RX8000-0CA40-1JA5 3RX8000-0CB32-1AF0 3RX8000-0CB32-1AL0 3RX8000-0CB32-1GC0 3RX8000-0CB32-1GL0 3RX8000-0CB42-1AF0 3RX8000-0CB42-1AF0 3RX8000-0CB42-1AL0 3RX8000-0CB42-1AL0 3RX8000-0CB45 3RX8000-0CB47 3RX8000-0CB52-1AF0 3RX8000-0CB52-1AL0 3RX8000-0CB52-1GF0 3RX8000-0CB52-1GL0 3RX8000-0CB55 3RX8000-0CB81-1GF0 Page 2/234 2/234 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/233 2/234 2/234 2/232 2/232 2/232 2/232 2/232, 4/62 3/7 2/232, 4/62 3/7 2/232 2/232 2/232 2/232 2/232 2/232 2/232 2/103, 2/232, 5/44 2/105 2/233 2/233 2/233 2/233 2/233 2/233 2/233 2/233 2/233 2/233 2/233 2/233 2/233 2/233 2/233 2/233 2/233 2/233 2/233 2/233 2/234 2/234 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N EAR99 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Order number 3RX8000-0CD45 3RX8000-0CD47 3RX8000-0CD55 3RX8000-0CD81-1GF0 3RX8000-0CD81-1GF0 3RX8000-0CE42-1AF0 3RX8000-0CE42-1AL0 3RX8000-0CE45 3RX8000-0CE55 3RX8000-0DC45 3RX8000-0EF32-1AB0 3RX8000-0EF32-1AC0 3RX8000-0EG32-1AB0 3RX8000-0EG32-1AC0 3RX8000-0FF32-1AA6 3RX8000-0FF32-1AB0 3RX8000-0FF32-1AB5 3RX8000-0FF42-1AA6 3RX8000-0FF42-1AB0 3RX8000-0FF42-1AB5 3RX8000-0GF32-1AA6 3RX8000-0GF32-1AB0 3RX8000-0GF32-1AB5 3RX8000-0GF42-1AA6 3RX8000-0GF42-1AB0 3RX8000-0GF42-1AB5 3RX8000-0JA00 3RX8000-0JA20 3RX8000-0JA40-1AF0 3RX8000-0JA40-1AL0 3RX8000-0JA60-1AF0 3RX8000-0JA60-1AL0 3RX8000-0JA80 3RX8000-0JA80-1AF0 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 3RX8000-0JA80-1AL0 3RX8000-0KA32-1AR0 3RX8000-0KA42-1AR0 3RX8000-0KA42-1GR0 3RX9 3RX9801-0AA00 3RX9802-0AA00 3SB 3SB19022AE 3SB39010CK 3SF6 3SF62323JA00 3SF62333JA00 3SF7 3SF72103JQ00 3SF72113JQ00 3SF72143JQ00 3SF72403JQ00 3SF72413JQ00 3SF7834-6DD00 3SF7834-6DE00 3SF7834-6PB00 2/84 2/84 2/84 2/81 2/81 3/77 3/77 3/81 N N N N N N N 2/44 2/44 N N 2/239 2/239 N N 3/63 4/136 N N Page 2/234 2/234 2/234 5/44 4/115 2/234 2/234 2/234 2/234 2/233 2/235 2/235 2/235 2/235 2/235 2/235 2/235 2/235 2/235 2/235 2/235 2/235 2/235 2/235 2/235 2/235 2/237 2/235 2/237 2/237 2/237 2/237 2/237 2/237 2/237 2/235 2/235 2/235 N N N N N N N N N N N ECCN N N N EAR99H EAR99H N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
3RX7302 3RX7303
3RX7304 3RX7305 3RX7306 3RX7307 3RX7307-0AB00 3RX7308-0AA00 3RX73080AA00 3RX7315 3RX7316 3RX7322 3RX7326 3RX7901 3RX7902 3RX7910 3RX7914 3RX7915 3RX7916 3RX7917 3RX7918 3RX79221A 3RX7924 3RX7943 3RX7944 3RX7945 3RX8 3RX8000-0BB32-1AF0 3RX8000-0BB32-1AL0 3RX8000-0BB35 3RX8000-0BB37 3RX8000-0BB42-1AF0 3RX8000-0BB42-1AL0 3RX8000-0BB45 3RX8000-0BB47 3RX8000-0BC30-1AF0 3RX8000-0BC30-1AL0 3RX8000-0BC32-1AF0 3RX8000-0BC32-1AL0 3RX8000-0BC34-1AF0
2/91, 2/92, N 2/108 2/238, N 3/61, 5/44 2/238, N 3/61, 5/44 2/238, N 3/61, 5/44 2/238, N 3/61, 5/44 2/107 2/107 N N
2/94, 2/96, N 2/108 2/110 2/110 2/110 2/110 2/107 2/110 2/110 2/239 2/239 2/239 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 2/231 N N N EAR99 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
3RX8000-0CB81-1GF0 3RX8000-0CC32-1AF0 3RX8000-0CC32-1AL0 3RX8000-0CC32-1BF0 3RX8000-0CC32-1BL0 3RX8000-0CC34-1AF0 3RX8000-0CC34-1AL0 3RX8000-0CC34-1BF0 3RX8000-0CC34-1BL0 3RX8000-0CC36 3RX8000-0CC38-1AF0 3RX8000-0CC38-1AL0 3RX8000-0CC42-1AF0 3RX8000-0CC42-1AL0 3RX8000-0CC44-1AF0 3RX8000-0CC44-1AL0 3RX8000-0CC45 3RX8000-0CC46 3RX8000-0CC52-1AF0 3RX8000-0CC52-1AL0 3RX8000-0CC55 3RX8000-0CD42-1AF0 3RX8000-0CD42-1AL0
3RX8000-0BC34-1AL0 3RX8000-0BC35 3RX8000-0BC42-1AF0 3RX8000-0BC42-1AL0 3RX8000-0BC45
6/32
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3SF7834-6PE00 3SF7842-6BB00 3SF7842-6BB01 3SF7842-6BC00 3SF7842-6BC01 3SF7842-6BC10 3SF7842-6BC11 3SF7842-6BD00 3SF7842-6BD01 3SF7842-6BD10 3SF7842-6BD11 3SF7842-6BE00 3SF7842-6BE01 3SF7842-6BE10 3SF7842-6BE11 3SF7842-6BF00 3SF7842-6BF01 3SF7842-6BF10 3SF7842-6BF11 3SF7842-6BG00 3SF7842-6BG01 3SF7842-6BG10 3SF7842-6BG11 3SF7842-6BH00 3SF7842-6BH01 3SF7842-6BH10 3SF7842-6BH11 3SF7842-6BJ00 3SF7842-6BJ01 3SF7842-6BJ10 3SF7842-6BJ11 3SF7842-6BK00 3SF7842-6BK01 3SF7842-6BK10 3SF7842-6BK11 3SF7842-6BL00 3SF7842-6BL01 3SF7842-6BL10 3SF7842-6BL11 3SF7842-6BM00 3SF7842-6BM01 3SF7842-6BM10 3SF7842-6BM11 3SF7842-6BN00 3SF7842-6BN01 3SF7842-6BN10 3SF7842-6BN11 3SF7842-6BP00 3SF7842-6BP01 3SF7842-6BP10 3SF7842-6BP11 3SF7842-6DB00 3SF7842-6DB01 3SF7842-6DC00 3SF7842-6DC01 3SF7842-6DC10 Page 3/81 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/44 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N ECCN Order number 3SF7842-6DC11 3SF7842-6DD00 3SF7842-6DD01 3SF7842-6DD10 3SF7842-6DD11 3SF7842-6DE00 3SF7842-6DE01 3SF7842-6DE10 3SF7842-6DE11 3SF7842-6DF00 3SF7842-6DF01 3SF7842-6DF10 3SF7842-6DF11 3SF7842-6DG00 3SF7842-6DG01 3SF7842-6DG10 3SF7842-6DG11 3SF7842-6DH00 3SF7842-6DH01 3SF7842-6DH10 3SF7842-6DH11 3SF7842-6DJ00 3SF7842-6DJ01 3SF7842-6DJ10 3SF7842-6DJ11 3SF7842-6DK00 3SF7842-6DK01 3SF7842-6DK10 3SF7842-6DK11 3SF7842-6DL00 3SF7842-6DL01 3SF7842-6DL10 3SF7842-6DL11 3SF7842-6DM00 3SF7842-6DM01 3SF7842-6DM10 3SF7842-6DM11 3SF7842-6DN00 3SF7842-6DN01 3SF7842-6DN10 3SF7842-6DN11 3SF7842-6DP00 3SF7842-6DP01 3SF7842-6DP10 3SF7842-6DP11 3SF7842-6EE00 3SF7842-6EE01 3SF7842-6EE10 3SF7842-6EE11 3SF7842-6EF00 3SF7842-6EF01 3SF7842-6EF10 3SF7842-6EF11 3SF7842-6EG00 3SF7842-6EG01 3SF7842-6EG10 Page 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Order number 3SF7842-6EG11 3SF7842-6EH00 3SF7842-6EH01 3SF7842-6EH10 3SF7842-6EH11 3SF7842-6EJ00 3SF7842-6EJ01 3SF7842-6EJ10 3SF7842-6EJ11 3SF7842-6EK00 3SF7842-6EK01 3SF7842-6EK10 3SF7842-6EK11 3SF7842-6EL00 3SF7842-6EL01 3SF7842-6EL10 3SF7842-6EL11 3SF7842-6EM00 3SF7842-6EM01 3SF7842-6EM10 3SF7842-6EM11 3SF7842-6EN00 3SF7842-6EN01 3SF7842-6EN10 3SF7842-6EN11 3SF7842-6EP00 3SF7842-6EP01 3SF7842-6EP10 3SF7842-6EP11 3SF7842-6ER00 3SF7842-6ER01 3SF7842-6ER10 3SF7842-6ER11 3SF7842-6ES00 3SF7842-6ES01 3SF7842-6ES10 3SF7842-6ES11 3SF7842-6ET00 3SF7842-6ET01 3SF7842-6ET10 3SF7842-6ET11 3SF7842-6EU00 3SF7842-6EU01 3SF7842-6EU10 3SF7842-6EU11 3SF7842-6JG00 3SF7842-6JG01 3SF7842-6JG10 3SF7842-6JG11 3SF7842-6JH00 3SF7842-6JH01 3SF7842-6JH10 3SF7842-6JH11 3SF7842-6JJ00 3SF7842-6JJ01 3SF7842-6JJ10 Page 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/33
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 3SF7842-6JJ11 3SF7842-6JK00 3SF7842-6JK01 3SF7842-6JK10 3SF7842-6JK11 3SF7842-6JL00 3SF7842-6JL01 3SF7842-6JL10 3SF7842-6JL11 3SF7842-6JM00 3SF7842-6JM01 3SF7842-6JM10 3SF7842-6JM11 3SF7842-6JN00 3SF7842-6JN01 3SF7842-6JN10 3SF7842-6JN11 3SF7842-6JP00 3SF7842-6JP01 3SF7842-6JP10 3SF7842-6JP11 3SF7842-6JR00 3SF7842-6JR01 3SF7842-6JR10 3SF7842-6JR11 3SF7842-6JS00 3SF7842-6JS01 3SF7842-6JS10 3SF7842-6JS11 3SF7842-6JT00 3SF7842-6JT01 3SF7842-6JT10 3SF7842-6JT11 3SF7842-6JU00 3SF7842-6JU01 3SF7842-6JU10 3SF7842-6JU11 3SF7842-6MH00 3SF7842-6MH01 3SF7842-6MH50 3SF7842-6MH51 3SF7842-6PG00 3SF7842-6PG01 3SF7842-6PG50 3SF7842-6PG51 3SF7842-6SE00 3SF7842-6SE01 3SF7842-6SE50 3SF7842-6SE51 3SF7844-6BB04-0SS1 3SF7844-6BB06-0SS1 Page 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 3SF7844-6SD13-0SS0 3SF7844-6SD15-0SS0 3SF7844-6SD11-0SS0 3SF7844-6SD06-0SS0 3SF7844-6SD08-0SS0 Order number 3SF7844-6BD04-0SS1 3SF7844-6BD06-0SS1 3SF7844-6BD08-0SS1 3SF7844-6BD11-0SS1 3SF7844-6BD13-0SS1 3SF7844-6BD15-0SS1 3SF7844-6BD17-0SS1 3SF7844-6BD20-0SS1 3SF7844-6BD22-0SS1 3SF7844-6BD24-0SS1 3SF7844-6BD26-0SS1 3SF7844-6MD04-0KS1 3SF7844-6MD04-0SS1 3SF7844-6MD06-0KS1 3SF7844-6MD06-0SS1 3SF7844-6MD08-0KS1 3SF7844-6MD08-0SS1 3SF7844-6MD11-0KS1 3SF7844-6MD11-0SS1 3SF7844-6MD13-0KS1 3SF7844-6MD13-0SS1 3SF7844-6MD15-0KS1 3SF7844-6MD15-0SS1 3SF7844-6MD17-0KS1 3SF7844-6MD17-0SS1 3SF7844-6MD20-0SS1 3SF7844-6MD22-0SS1 3SF7844-6MD24-0SS1 3SF7844-6MD26-0SS1 3SF7844-6MM50-0KS1 3SF7844-6MM50-0SS1 3SF7844-6MM51-0SS1 3SF7844-6MP50-0KS1 3SF7844-6MP50-0SS1 3SF7844-6MP51-0SS1 3SF7844-6MS50-0KS1 3SF7844-6MS50-0MT0 3SF7844-6MS50-0SS1 3SF7844-6MS50-0ST0 3SF7844-6MS51-0SS1 3SF7844-6SB04-0SS0 3SF7844-6SB06-0SS0 3SF7844-6SB08-0SS0 3SF7844-6SB11-0SS0 3SF7844-6SB13-0SS0 3SF7844-6SB15-0SS0 3SF7844-6SB17-0SS0 3SF7844-6SD04-0SS0 Page 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/36 3/35 3/36 3/35 3/36 3/35 3/36 3/35 3/36 3/35 3/36 3/35 3/36 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/37 3/36 3/37 3/36 ECCN N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 3SX6287 3SX9910 3SX9918 6AW 6AW5418-4F 6AW5418-4FD 6EP 6EP1331-2BA00 6EP1333-2BA00 6ES 6ES7194-1AA01-0XA0 6ES7194-1FC00-0XA0 6ES7194-3AA00-0AA0 6ES7194-3AA00-0BA0 6ES7338-7XF00-0AB0 6ES7392-1AJ00-0AA0 6ES7901-1BF00-0XA0 6ES7972-0BA12-0XA0 6GF 6GF1011-1AA 6GF1011-1AA01 6GF1012-1AA 6GF1012-1AA01 6GF1120-1AA 6GF1120-1AA01 6GF1120-2AA 5/48 5/48 5/48 5/48 5/51 5/51 5/51 EAR99H EAR99H N N EAR99S EAR99H EAR99H 4/133 4/133 4/136 4/136 4/62 4/140, 4/146 5/53 4/148 N N EAR99H EAR99H N N N N 2/230 2/230 N N 4/148 4/148 N N 3SF7844-6SD20-0SS0 3SF7844-6SD22-0SS0 3SF7844-6SD24-0SS0 3SF7844-6SD26-0SS0 3SF7844-6SM50-0SS0 3SF7844-6SM51-0SS0 3SF7844-6SP50-0SS0 3SF7844-6SP51-0SS0 3SF7844-6SS50-0SS0 3SF7844-6SS51-0SS0 3SF7844-6TB04-0SS1 3SF7844-6TB06-0SS1 3SF7844-6TB08-0SS1 3SF7844-6TB11-0SS1 3SF7844-6TB13-0SS1 3SF7844-6TD04-0SS1 3SF7844-6TD06-0SS1 3SF7844-6TD08-0SS1 3SF7844-6TD11-0SS1 3SF7844-6TD13-0SS1 3SG 3SG16671BJ87 3SX 3SX6281 3SX6282 3SX6283 3SX6284 2/239 2/239 2/63, 2/239 2/63, 2/239 2/239 2/239 N N N N 2/29 EAR99 Order number 3SF7844-6SD17-0SS0 Page ECCN
3/34, 3/35, N 3/36 3/34, 3/35 N 3/34, 3/35 N 3/34, 3/35 N 3/34, 3/35 N 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
2/29, 2/63 N N N
3/34, 3/37 N 3/34, 3/37 N 3/34, 3/37 N 3/34, 3/37 N 3/34, 3/37 N 3/34 3/34 N N
3/34, 3/35, N 3/36, 3/37 3/34, 3/35, N 3/36, 3/37 3/34, 3/35, N 3/36, 3/37 3/34, 3/35, N 3/36, 3/37 3/34, 3/35, N 3/36, 3/37 3/34, 3/35, N 3/36
3SF7844-6BB08-0SS1 3SF7844-6BB11-0SS1 3SF7844-6BB13-0SS1 3SF7844-6BB15-0SS1 3SF7844-6BB17-0SS1
6/34
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 6GF1120-2AA01 6GF1120-3AB 6GF1120-3AB01 6GF1130-1BA 6GF1130-1BA01 6GF1130-2BA 6GF1130-2BA01 6GF1130-3BB 6GF1130-3BB01 6GF1130-3BC 6GF1130-3BC01 6GF1130-4BA 6GF1130-4BA01 6GF1721-0AA01 6GF1722-0AA01 6GF1723-0AA01 6GF1723-0BA 6GF1723-1AA01 6GF1724-0AA01 6GF1724-0BA 6GF1725-0AA01 6GF1725-0BA 6GF3010-0AC00-0BM5 6GF3010-0AC00-0EB0 6GF3010-0AC00-0EC5 6GF3010-0AC00-0EC6 6GF3010-0AC00-0PC6 6GF3010-0AC00-0SA0 6GF3010-0AC00-0SC0 6GF3010-0AU00-0XD1 6GF3010-0AU00-0XD2 6GF3010-0AU00-0XD3 6GF3010-0AU00-0XD4 6GF3010-0AU00-0XD5 6GF3010-0AU00-0XD7 6GF3010-0HE15-0CS0 6GF3010-0HE15-0PS0 6GF3010-0HE15-1HD0 6GF3010-0HE15-1LD0 6GF3010-0HE15-1MD0 6GF3010-0HE15-1SD0 6GF3010-0HE15-1UD0 6GF3010-0HE15-2HD0 6GF3010-0HE15-2SD0 6GF3010-0HE15-2UD0 6GF3010-0LG14-0XX0 6GF3010-0LG15-0XX0 6GF3010-0LG16-0XX0 6GF3010-0LG17-0XX0 6GF3010-0LG18-0XX0 6GF3020-0AC00-0PS5 6GF3020-0AC00-2BT0 6GF3020-0AC01-2BT0 6GF3020-0AC10-1BT0 6GF3020-0AC10-3BT0 6GF3020-0AC10-4BT0 Page 5/51 5/51 5/51 5/15 5/15 5/15 5/15 5/15 5/15 5/15 5/15 5/15 5/15 5/67 5/67 5/67 5/67 5/67 5/67 5/67 5/67 5/67 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/9 5/10 5/9 5/17 5/17 5/17 5/17 5/17 5/17 5/9 5/9 5/9 5/9 5/9 5/9 5/9 5/9 5/9 5/9 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 ECCN EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H 4A994 4A994 4A994 4A994 4A994 4A994 4A994 4A994 4A994 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H Order number 6GF3020-0AC10-5BT0 6GF3020-0AC11-1BT0 6GF3020-0AC40-0AA1 6GF3020-0AC40-0AA2 6GF3020-0AC40-0AA3 6GF3020-0AC40-0AA4 6GF3020-0AC40-0AB0 6GF3020-0AC40-0AB2 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC0 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC1 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC2 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC3 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC4 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC5 6GF3020-0AC40-0AC6 6GF3020-0AC40-0AH1 6GF3020-0AC40-0AP1 6GF3020-0AC40-0AP2 6GF3020-0AC40-0AP3 6GF3020-0AC40-0AS1 6GF3020-0AC50-0HR0 6GF3020-0AC50-0LB1 6GF3020-0AC50-0LD3 6GF3020-0AC50-0RS0 6GF3020-0AC50-0WD0 6GF3020-0AC50-0XD0 6GF3020-0AC51-0LB1 6GF3020-0AC51-0LD3 6GF3020-0DX00-0VF0 6GF3020-0HE15-1HV0 6GF3020-0HE15-1LV0 6GF3020-0HE15-1MV0 6GF3020-0HE15-1SV0 6GF3020-0HE15-1UV0 6GF3020-0HE15-2CV0 6GF3020-0HE15-2HV0 6GF3020-0HE15-2SV0 6GF3020-0HE15-2UV0 6GF3020-0HE40-0XX0 6GF3020-0HE40-0XX1 6GF3020-0HE40-0XX3 6GF3020-0HE40-0XX4 6GF3020-0HE40-0XX5 6GF3020-0HE40-2BT0 6GF3020-0HE40-2BT1 6GF3020-0HE45-0XX0 6GF3020-0HE45-0XX1 6GF3020-0HE45-0XX3 6GF3020-0HE45-0XX4 6GF3020-0HE45-0XX5 6GF3020-0HE45-2BT0 6GF3020-0HE45-2BT1 6GF3020-0HT40-0XX0 6GF3020-0HT40-0XX1 6GF3020-0HT40-0XX3 6GF3020-0HT40-0XX4 Page ECCN Order number 6GF3020-0HT40-0XX5 6GF3020-0HT40-2BT0 6GF3020-0HT40-2BT1 6GF3020-0HT45-0XX0 6GF3020-0HT45-0XX1 6GF3020-0HT45-0XX3 6GF3020-0HT45-0XX4 6GF3020-0HT45-0XX5 6GF3020-0HT45-2BT0 6GF3020-0HT45-2BT1 6GF3020-0HT50-0EU0 6GF3020-0HT50-0EX0 6GF3020-0HT50-0UX0 6GF3020-0HT50-0XX0 6GF3020-0HT51-0UX0 6GF3020-0HT51-0XX0 6GF3020-0HT52-0XX0 6GF3020-0HT53-0EX0 6GF3020-0HT53-0XX0 6GF3020-0UD10-0DP0 6GF3020-0UD20-0CK0 6GF3020-0UD71-0XX0 6GF3020-0UD81-0XX0 6GF3080-0VS00-0SW0 6GF3080-0VS00-1KF0 6GF3080-0VS00-1KS0 6GF3080-0VS00-1SM0 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H 6GF3080-0VS28-1SM0 6GF3080-0VS24-0SM0 6GF3080-0VS16-1SM0 6GF3080-0VS11-0CS0 6GF3080-0VS15-1XC0 6GF3080-0VS10-1CA0 6GF3080-0VS10-0SM0 6GF3080-0VS07-1XC0 6GF3080-0VS03-1XC0 6GF3080-0VS07-0XC0 6GF3080-0VS03-0XC0 6GF3080-0VS00-2SM0 6GF3080-0VS00-2KF0 6GF3080-0VS00-2KS0 Page 5/22 5/22 5/22 5/26 5/26 5/26 5/26 5/26 5/26 5/26 5/29 5/29 5/29 5/29 5/29 5/29 5/33 5/33 5/33 5/35 5/35 5/35 5/35 5/93 ECCN EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H
5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/29, 5/33 EAR99H 5/29, 5/33 EAR99H 5/29, 5/33 EAR99H 5/29, 5/33 EAR99H 5/29, 5/33 EAR99H 5/33 5/29, 5/33 5/29, 5/33 5/39 5/37 5/37 5/37 5/37 5/37 5/37 5/37 5/37 5/37 5/22 5/22 5/22 5/22 5/22 5/22 5/22 5/26 5/26 5/26 5/26 5/26 5/26 5/26 5/22 5/22 5/22 5/22 EAR99H
5/77, 5/82, EAR99H 5/87, 5/93 5/77, 5/82, EAR99H 5/87, 5/93 5/17, 5/39, EAR99H 5/77, 5/82, 5/87 5/77, 5/82, EAR99H 5/87, 5/93 5/77, 5/82, EAR99H 5/87, 5/93 5/17, 5/39, EAR99H 5/77, 5/82, 5/87 5/77, 5/82, EAR99H 5/87 5/77, 5/82, EAR99H 5/87 5/77, 5/82, EAR99H 5/87 5/77, 5/82, EAR99H 5/87 5/17, 5/39, EAR99H 5/77, 5/82, 5/87 5/77, 5/82, EAR99H 5/87 5/77, 5/82, EAR99H 5/87 5/77, 5/82, EAR99H 5/87 5/17, 5/39, EAR99H 5/77, 5/82, 5/87 5/17, 5/39, EAR99H 5/77, 5/82, 5/87 5/17, 5/39, EAR99H 5/77, 5/82, 5/87
5/29, 5/33 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H 5/22, 5/26 EAR99H
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/35
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 6GF3080-0VS28-2SM0 Page ECCN Order number 6GF9002-2AH 6GF9002-2AJ 6GF9002-7AA 6GF9002-7AA01 6GF9002-7AB 6GF9002-7AC 6GF9002-7AD 6GF9002-7BA 6GF9002-7CA 6GF9002-7DA 6GF9002-8CA 6GF9002-8CB 6GF9002-8CD 6GF9002-8CE 6GF9002-8CE 6GF9002-8CF 6GF9002-8CG 6GF9002-8CG 6GF9003-2AA 6GF9003-2AB 6GF9004-1AM 6GF9004-1AV 6GF9004-1AW 6GF9004-1AX 6GF9004-1BA 6GF9004-1BB 6GF9004-1BN 6GF9004-1BP 6GF9004-7AA 6GF9004-7AA01 6GF9004-7BA01 6GF9004-8BA 6GF9004-8BA01 6GF9004-8CA 6GF9004-8CA01 6GF9004-8DA01 6GF9008-2AA 6GF9008-2AB 6GF9008-2AB01 6GF9008-2AK 6GF9008-2AL 6GF9008-2AM 6GF9008-2AN 6GF9008-2AP 6GF9008-2AP 6GF9008-2AQ 6GF9008-2AQ 6GK 6GK1905-0CA00 6GK1905-0CB00 6GK1905-0DA10 6GK1905-0EA00 6GK1905-0EB00 6GK1905-0EC00 6GK1905-0FA00 4/136 4/136 4/136 3/81, 4/136 3/81, 4/136 3/81, 4/136 4/136 N N N N N N N 6GT2090-0AN50 6GT2090-0AT12 6GT2090-0AT80 6GT2090-0BA00 6GT2090-0BA10 Page 5/68 5/68 5/54 5/54 5/54 5/54 5/54 5/54 5/54 5/54 5/53 5/54 5/54 5/53 5/105 5/54 5/53 5/105 ECCN EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Order number 6GK1905-0FB00 6GT 6GT2000-0CA10 6GT2000-0CA20 6GT2000-0CD30-0AD0 6GT2000-0DC00-0AA0 6GT2000-0DG10 6GT2000-0EG00 6GT2000-1CF00 6GT2001-0AA00 6GT2001-0AA00-0AX0 6GT2001-0AC00 6GT2001-0AC00-0AX0 6GT2001-0BA00 6GT2001-0CA10 6GT2001-0EA10 6GT2001-0EB00 6GT2002-0EB00 6GT2002-0EB20 6GT2002-0ED00 6GT2002-0FA10 6GT2002-0GA10 6GT2002-0HA10 6GT2002-0HD00 6GT2002-0JA00 6GT2002-1HD00 6GT2002-2CE00 6GT2002-2EE00 6GT2003-0CA00 6GT2003-1CA00 6GT2005-0AA10 6GT2005-0BA10 6GT2005-0CA10 6GT2080-2AA10 4/33 4/34 4/40 4/37 4/38 4/36 4/35 4/44 4/44 4/45 4/45 4/46 4/47 4/43 4/43 4/133 4/133 4/136 4/140 4/140 4/142 4/138 4/146 4/138 4/144 4/144 4/51 4/51 4/49 4/49 4/49 4/15, 4/17, 4/20, 4/22, 4/25, 4/27, 4/43, 4/44, 4/45, 4/46, 4/47, 4/49, 4/51, 4/62, 4/63, 4/65, 4/77, 4/79, 4/98, 4/100, 4/102, 4/104, 4/106, 4/115, 4/133, 4/140, 4/144, 4/146 4/147 4/147 4/147 4/148 4/148 N N EAR99H N N N N N N N N N N N N N N EAR99H N N N EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H N N 4A994 N EAR99H N N N Page 4/136 ECCN N
5/17, 5/39, EAR99H 5/77, 5/82, 5/87 5/77, 5/82, EAR99H 5/87 5/77 5/82 EAR99H EAR99H
6GF3080-0VS30-0XC0 6GF3080-0VS31-0FP0 6GF3080-0VS31-0VP0 6GF3080-0VS32-1SM0
5/17, 5/39, EAR99H 5/77, 5/82, 5/87 5/77, 5/82, EAR99H 5/87 5/17, 5/77, EAR99H 5/82, 5/87 5/17, 5/39, EAR99H 5/77, 5/82, 5/87 5/77 5/82 5/89 5/89 5/44 5/67 5/95 5/95 5/97 5/97 5/97 5/97 5/97 5/97 5/68 5/98 5/97 5/97 5/97 EAR99H EAR99H 5D992B1 5D992B1 N EAR99S EAR99S 5D992B1 N N N N N N EAR99H N N N EAR99
6GF3080-0VS40-0CM0 6GF3080-0VS40-0TC0 6GF3080-0VS60-2SM0
6GF3080-0VS74-0FP0 6GF3080-0VS74-0VP0 6GF3080-1VK00-0BS0 6GF3080-2VK00-0BS0 6GF5110-0AA00-0AA0 6GF8007-3AA27 6GF8007-3AA27-7AA0 6GF8007-4AA10-0AA0 6GF8007-4AA10-0AB0 6GF9001-1AE 6GF9001-1AF 6GF9001-1AJ 6GF9001-1AK 6GF9001-1AL 6GF9001-1AN 6GF9001-1AP 6GF9001-1AP 6GF9001-1AP01 6GF9001-1AQ 6GF9001-1AU 6GF9001-1AV 6GF9001-1BE01 6GF9001-1BF01 6GF9001-1BG01 6GF9001-1BH01 6GF9001-1BH02 6GF9001-1BJ01 6GF9001-1BK01 6GF9001-1BL01 6GF9001-1BU 6GF9001-1BV 6GF9001-2AA 6GF9001-2AB 6GF9001-2AC 6GF9001-2AD 6GF9001-2AE 6GF9001-2AF 6GF9002-2AA 6GF9002-2AB 6GF9002-2AC 6GF9002-2AD 6GF9002-2AE 6GF9002-2AG
5/67, 5/69 EAR99H 5/67, 5/69 EAR99H 5/105 5/105 5/105 5/105 5/105 5/105 5/105 5/105 5/53 5/53 5/53 5/53 5/53 5/53 5/53 5/53 5/68 5/67 5/68 5/68 5/68 5/68 5/68 5/68 5/9 5/68 5/9 N N N N N N N N EAR99H N N N N N N N EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H
5/67, 5/91 EAR99S
5/10, 5/98 EAR99H
5/10, 5/98 EAR99H 5/10, 5/98 EAR99H 5/10, 5/98 EAR99H 5/10, 5/98 EAR99H 5/10, 5/98 EAR99H 5/10, 5/98 EAR99H 5/10, 5/98 EAR99H 5/10, 5/98 EAR99H 5/10, 5/98 EAR99H 5/98 5/97 5/97 5/97 5/98 5/98 5/98 EAR99H N N N N N N
5/67, 5/71 EAR99H 5/67, 5/71 EAR99H 5/67, 5/71 EAR99H 5/68 5/68 5/68 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H
EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H
6/36
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 6GT2090-0BB00 6GT2090-0BB10 6GT2090-0BC00 Page 4/148 4/148 4/133, 4/142, 4/148 4/147 ECCN N N N 6GT21900AB00 6GT2190-0AB00 6GT2300-0AA00 EAR99H 6GT2300-0BB00 6GT2300-0CD00 6GT2300-0CE00 6GT2301-0CA00 6GT2301-2BB00 6GT2302-2CE00 6GT2302-2EE00 6GT2303-0AA00 6GT2303-1AA00 6GT2303-1CA00 EAR99H 6GT2303-1DA00 EAR99H 6GT2305-0AA00 6GT2305-0AB00 EAR99H 6GT2305-0CA00 6GT2390-0AA00 EAR99H 6GT2390-0BA00 6GT2390-1AA00 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H N 6GT2390-1AB00 6GT2391-0BH50 6GT2391-0BN20 6GT2391-1AH50 6GT2391-1BN10 6GT2391-1BN25 EAR99H 6GT2391-1DH50 EAR99H 6GT2397-4BA00-0EA1 6GT2397-4BA00-0EA2 6GT2397-4BA00-0EA3 EAR99H 6GT2398-1AF00 6GT2398-1CA00 N 6GT2398-1CB00 6GT2398-1CC00 N EAR99H EAR99H 6GT2398-1CD00 6GT2398-1CE00 6GT2402-2BB00 6GT2402-2CE00 6GT2490-1AA00 EAR99H 6GT2491-0EH50 6GT2491-0EN20 6GT2491-0EN50 N 6GT2491-1CH20 N 6GT2491-1CH50 N N N 6GT2491-1CN20 6GT2491-1DH50 Order number 6GT2190-0AA00 Page 4/9, 4/10, 4/59 4/9 4/9 4/10 4/11 4/12 4/20 4/25 4/144 4/144 4/27 4/27 ECCN N Order number 6GT2491-1HH50 6GT2494-0AA00 6GT2500-3BD10 6GT2500-3BF10 6GT2500-5BF20 6GT2500-5CE10 6GT2500-5CF10 6GT2500-5JK10 6GT2501-0BA00 6GT2501-0CA00 6GT2501-1BA00 6GT2501-1CA00 6GT2503-0AA00 6GT2503-1AA00 6GT2503-1DA00 6GT2590-0BA00 6GT2590-0QA00 6GT2591-1CH50 6GT2591-1CN20 6GT2597-4BA00-0EA1 6GT2597-4BA00-0EA2 6GT2597-4BA00-0EA3 6GT2600-0AA00 6GT2600-0AB00 6GT2600-0AC00 6GT2600-0AD10 6GT2601-0AA00 6GT2601-0AB00 N EAR99H N N N N 6GT2601-0AC00 6GT2602-0AA00 6GT2602-0AB00 6GT2602-0AC00 6GT2603-0AA00 6GT2603-1AA00 6GT2690-0AA00 6GT2690-0AB00 Page 4/115, 4/148 4/146, 4/148 4/71 4/71 4/75 4/71 4/71 4/73 4/77 4/77 4/77 4/77 4/79 4/79 4/79 4/148 4/73 4/147 4/147 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/91 4/92 4/90 4/89 4/100 4/104 4/102 4/100 4/104 4/102 4/106 4/106 4/91 4/98, 4/100, 4/102 4/98, 4/100 4/98 4/147 4/147 4/98 4/98 4/138 4/136 4/149 4/149 4/98 4/98 4/98 4/98 4/98 4/121 4/120 ECCN N EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H N EAR99H EAR99H N N N N N 4A994 N N N N N N N N N N EAR99H N EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H 4A994 EAR99H N N
4/10, 4/59 N N EAR99H N N N N N EAR99H N 4A994 EAR99H
6GT2090-0HB00 6GT2090-0QA00 6GT2090-0QB00 6GT2090-0UA00 6GT2091-0AH50 6GT2091-0AN10 6GT2091-0AN20 6GT2091-0AN50 6GT2091-0EH20
4/40, 4/73 EAR99H 4/40, 4/73 EAR99H 4/148 4/147 4/147 4/147 4/147 4/140, 4/146, 4/147 4/140, 4/146, 4/147 4/140, 4/146, 4/147 4/140, 4/146, 4/147 4/140, 4/146, 4/147 4/138 4/136 4/138 4/136 4/133, 4/142, 4/147 4/133, 4/142, 4/147 4/133, 4/142, 4/147 4/133, 4/142, 4/147 4/133, 4/142, 4/147 4/147 4/147 4/133, 4/142, 4/147 4/140, 4/146, 4/147 4/140, 4/146, 4/147 4/140, 4/146, 4/147 4/140, 4/146, 4/147 4/149 4/149 4/149 EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H N N
6GT2091-0EH50
4/27, 4/51, EAR99H 4/79, 4/106 4/27, 4/51, EAR99H 4/106 4/15 4/17 4/20 4/9 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/147 4/147 4/147 4/25, 4/147 4/25, 4/147 4/147 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/22 N N N EAR99H N N EAR99H N N N N
6GT2091-0EN10
6GT2091-0EN20
6GT2091-0EN50
6GT2091-0FH20 6GT2091-0FH20 6GT2091-0FH50 6GT2091-0FH50 6GT2091-1CH20
6GT2091-1CH50
6GT2091-1CN10
6GT2091-1CN20
4/22, 4/65 N 4/22, 4/65 N 4/22 4/22 4/144 4/144 4/148 4/140, 4/147 4/140, 4/147 4/140, 4/147 4/133, 4/142, 4/147 4/133, 4/142, 4/147 4/147 4/147 N 4/22, 4/65 N EAR99H N N N EAR99H EAR99H N EAR99H
6GT2091-1CN50
6GT2690-0AC00 6GT2690-0AD00 6GT2691-0BH50 6GT2691-0BN20 6GT2691-0CH33 6GT2691-0DH72 6GT2691-0FH20 6GT2691-0FH20 6GT2697-4BA00-0EA1 6GT2697-4BA00-0EA2 6GT2698-1AA00 6GT2698-2AA00 6GT2698-5AA00 6GT2698-5AB00 6GT2698-5AF00 6GT2700-0FE00 6GT2700-0FE10
EAR99H N N N EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H N N EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H N 5A991 5A991
6GT2091-2AN10 6GT2091-2AN50 6GT2091-2CH20
6GT2091-2EH20
6GT2091-2EH50
EAR99H
6GT2091-2EN10
6GT2091-2EN50
6GT2097-4BA00-0EA1 6GT2097-4BA00-0EA2 6GT2097-4BA00-0EA3
EAR99H EAR99H
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/37
Appendix
Order number index
Order number 6GT2700-0FH43 6GT2701-0AC00 6GT2701-0AD00 6GT2701-0AE00 6GT2701-1AA10 6GT2701-1AB10 6GT2701-1AF10 6GT2703-0AA00 6GT2704-1AA00 6GT2781-0BE00 6GT2781-0CE00 6GT2781-1AE00 6GT2790-0AA00 6GT2790-0AA10 6GT2790-0AD00 6GT2790-0AE00 6GT2790-0AF00 6GT2791-0AN15 6GT2794-0AB00 6GT2794-0AB01 6GT2794-0AC00 6GT2794-0AD00 6GT2800-1CA00 6GT2800-4AC00 6GT2800-4BB00 6GT2800-5BD00 6GT2801-0AA00 6GT2801-1AA10 6GT2801-2AA10 6GT2801-4AA10 6GT2810-0DC00 6GT2810-0DC10 6GT2810-1AB00 6GT2811-0AA00 6GT2812-0AA00 6GT2812-0AA01 6GT2815-0AN20 6GT2815-0BN10 6GT2815-0BN20 6GT2890-0AA00 6GT2891-0EH20 6GT2891-0EH50 6GT2891-0FH20 6GT2891-0FH20 6GT2891-0FH50 6GT2891-0FH50 6GT2891-0FN10 6GT2891-0FN10 6GT2891-0FN20 Page 4/122 4/125 4/125 4/125 4/125 4/125 4/125 4/127 4/126 4/125 4/125 4/125 4/126 4/125 4/121 4/125 4/125 4/125 4/128 4/128 4/128 4/128 4/56 4/59 4/57 4/58 4/62 4/62 4/63 4/65 4/112 4/112 4/111 4/115 4/115 4/115 4/115 4/115 4/115 4/115 4/140 4/140 4/115 4/136, 4/138 4/115 4/136, 4/138 4/115 4/136, 4/138 4/115 4/136, 4/138 4/115 4/136, 4/138 4/115 ECCN 5A991 5A991 5A991 5A991 5A991 5A991 5A991 5A991 5A991 5D991 5D991 N EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H 5A991 5A991 5A991 N N N N EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H N EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H N EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H Order number 6GT2891-0GN10 6GT2891-0HN10 6GT2891-0HN20 6GT2891-1CH20 6GT2891-1CH50 6GT2898-0AA00 6GT2898-0AA10 6XV 6XV1822-5Bxxx 6XV1830-0EH10 6XV1830-3DE50 6XV1830-3DH15 6XV1830-3DH30 6XV1830-3DH50 6XV1830-3DN10 6XV1830-3DN15 6XV1830-3Dxxx 6XV1830-7AH10 6XV1830-7Bxxx 6XV1870-3QH20 6XV1870-3QH60 6XV1870-3QN10 6XV1870-3RH20 6XV1870-3RH60 6XV1870-3RN10 8WD 8WD4200-1AE 8WD4208-0AA 8WD4208-0CA 8WD4208-0DE 8WD4208-0EF 8WD4328-1XX 3/63 3/63 3/63 3/63 3/63 3/63 N N N N N N 4/136 4/136 3/81 3/81 3/81 3/81 3/81 3/81 4/136 4/136 4/136 5/9, 5/53 5/9 5/9 5/9, 5/53 5/9 5/9 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Page 4/115 4/115 4/115 4/133 4/133 4/115 4/115 ECCN EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H EAR99H Order number Page ECCN
ECCN = N: No number exists in US export list AL (Number in German export list) is N for all order numbers.
6GT2891-0FN20 6GT2891-0FN50 6GT2891-0FN50 6GT2891-0GH50
6/38
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Index
Page A Adapter ring for lens tube ................................................... 5/68 Antenna ANT 12 .................................................................. 4/22 Antenna ANT 18 .................................................................. 4/22 Antenna ANT 30 .................................................................. 4/22 Antenna ANT 4 .................................................................... 4/13 Antenna ANT D10 ................................................................ 4/96 Antenna ANT D5 .................................................................. 4/96 Antenna ANT D6 .................................................................. 4/96 Antenna RF660A ............................................................... 4/113 Area light ............................................................................ 5/105 ASIsafe laser scanner ........................................................ 3/75 ASM 424 ............................................................................ 4/143 ASM 450 ............................................................................ 4/131 ASM 452 ............................................................................ 4/131 ASM 454 ............................................................................ 4/143 ASM 470 ............................................................................ 4/139 ASM 473 ............................................................................ 4/141 ASM 475 ............................................................................ 4/139 ASM 480 ............................................................................ 4/145 ASM 724 ............................................................................ 4/143 ASM 754 ............................................................................ 4/143 ASM 824 ............................................................................ 4/143 ASM 854 ............................................................................ 4/143 B Barcodes ............................................................................. 5/12 Blanking function ................................................................. 3/11 Brad-Harrison connection ................................................... 3/22 Brad-Harrison-connection for light curtains ............... 3/17, 3/22 C Categories for fail-safe sensors ............................................. 3/2 Code reading systems .......................................................... 5/3 Color mark sensor SIMATIC MV220 .................................... 5/40 Communication modules for RFID .................................... 4/129 Compact form 3SG16 ......................................................... 2/28 Compact form K08 .............................................................. 2/38 Compact form K65 .............................................................. 2/45 Compact range K0 .............................................................. 2/26 Compact range M18 .................................................. 2/43, 2/53 Compact range M18 S ........................................................ 2/36 Compact ranges I, II and III ..................... 2/32, 2/39, 2/48, 2/55 Connectors for proximity switches .................................... 2/231 Cutting tool for fiber optics ................................................ 2/107 D Data matrix code ................................................................. 5/12 Data matrix verification system ........................................... 5/36 Department of Defense Unique Identifier (UID) .................. 5/20 DFAR 252.211-7003 ............................................................ 5/34 Diagnostic software for evaluation units .............................. 3/58 Diagnostic software for fail-safe sensors ............................ 3/62 Din rail ....................................................................... 5/52, 5/54 Direct Part Mark Verifier ....................................................... 5/36 Direct Part Marking ................................................................ 5/3 Distributor for proximity switches ...................................... 2/237 DMx AutoID+ ....................................................................... 5/16 DMX Verifier+ ...................................................................... 5/36 Double layer sheet monitoring ............................................ 2/59 DPM UID verification system ............................................... 5/35 DPM verification .................................................................... 5/7 Page E EN 954-1 ................................................................................ 3/2 Evaluation units for fail-safe sensors .................................... 3/55 Evaluation units-diagnostic software ................................... 3/58 Fail-safe sensors requirements ............................................. 3/2 F Fixed Blanking ..................................................................... 3/11 Floating Blanking ................................................................. 3/11 Form C20 ........................................................................... 2/104 Form C40 ............................................................................. 2/80 Form D4 ............................................................................... 2/86 Form K20 .................................................................... 2/92, 2/99 Form K21, K21 R ................................................................. 2/90 Form K30 ............................................................................. 2/95 Form K31 ............................................................................. 2/93 Form K80 ............................................................................. 2/82 Form L18 ............................................................................. 2/97 Form L50 ................................................................ 2/100, 2/102 Form M12 ............................................................................ 2/88 Form M18 ............................................................................ 2/79 Form M18 S ......................................................................... 2/77 Form M5 .............................................................................. 2/87 Framegrabber ..................................................................... 5/74 Front lenses for optical fibers ............................................. 2/107 H Hand-held reader ................................................................ 5/18 HawkEye 1500 ....................................................................... 5/6 HawkEye 40, 40T ................................................................. 5/20 HawkEye 45, 54T ................................................................. 5/24 HawkEye 50T, 51T ............................................................... 5/28 HawkEye 52T, 53T ............................................................... 5/31 HawkEye Direct Part Mark verifier ....................................... 5/36 Hirschmann-connection for light curtains .......... 3/19, 3/22, 3/25 HMI Controls software ......................................................... 5/94 I Intelligent camera SIMATIC VS720 ..................................... 5/59 Intelligent cameras .............................................................. 5/55 Interface module VS Link ................................................... 5/69 IP65 lens protective housing ............................................... 5/52 IQ-Sense Opto ..................................................................... 2/84 IQ-Sense Sonar ................................................................... 2/44 L Lamp multiplexer ................................................................. 5/52 Laser scanner ...................................................................... 3/68 Laser thru-beam sensor ...................................................... 2/97 LED lighting ....................................................................... 5/103 LED ring light ....................................................................... 5/52 LED surface light ............................................................... 5/103 Lenses ................................................................................. 5/96 Light arrays ............................................................................ 3/9 Light barriers ......................................................................... 3/6 Light curtains and arrays ...................................................... 3/9 Lighting .............................................................................. 5/102 LS4soft ................................................................................. 3/70 LytePype ..................................................................... 5/28, 5/31 M Machine lights ................................................................... 5/102 MIL-STD-130 ....................................................................... 5/34 Mirror for light arrays .......................................................... 3/61
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/39
Appendix
Index
Page Mirror for light curtains ........................................................ 3/61 Mobile data storage MDS 100 ............................................. 4/89 Mobile data storage MDS 124 ............................................. 4/90 Mobile data storage MDS 139 ............................................. 4/91 Mobile data storage MDS 160 ............................................. 4/92 Mobile data storage MDS 401 ............................................. 4/33 Mobile data storage MDS 402 ............................................. 4/34 Mobile data storage MDS 403 ............................................. 4/35 Mobile data storage MDS 404 ............................................. 4/36 Mobile data storage MDS 439 E ......................................... 4/40 Mobile data storage MDS 506 ............................................. 4/37 Mobile data storage MDS 514 ............................................. 4/38 Mobile data storage MDS D124 .......................................... 4/90 Mobile data storage MDS E600 ............................................ 4/9 Mobile data storage MDS E611 .......................................... 4/10 Mobile data storage MDS E623 .......................................... 4/11 Mobile data storage MDS E624 .......................................... 4/12 Mobile data storage MDS R200 ........................................ 4/120 Mobile data storage MDS R202 ........................................ 4/121 Mobile data storage MDS R207 ........................................ 4/122 Mobile data storage MDS U313 ................................. 4/71, 4/75 Mobile data storage MDS U315 .......................................... 4/71 Mobile data storage MDS U524 .......................................... 4/71 Mobile data storage MDS U525 .......................................... 4/71 Mobile data storage MDS U589 .......................................... 4/73 Mobile hand-held terminal STG D ..................................... 4/106 Mobile hand-held terminal STG E ..................... 4/26, 4/27, 4/79 Mobile hand-held terminal STG I ........................................ 4/51 Mobile hand-held terminal STG R ..................................... 4/127 Mobile hand-held terminal STG U ....................................... 4/79 MOBY D ............................................................................... 4/85 MOBY E ................................................................................. 4/6 MOBY I ................................................................................ 4/30 MOBY R ............................................................................. 4/118 MOBY U ............................................................................... 4/67 MOBY U power supply STG U ............................................ 4/79 Mounting material for proximity switches .......................... 2/239 Muting function ............................................................. 3/9, 3/12 Muting function package ..................................................... 3/12 Muting lamp ......................................................................... 3/63 MV220 ........................................................................ 5/40, 5/43 O Operating software LS4soft ................................................. 3/70 Outsert ................................................................................. 5/88 P PDF417 ................................................................................ 5/12 Plastic fiber optic conductors ............................................ 2/106 Power supply SITOP power ............................................... 2/230 Pressure-resistant inductive proximity switch ................... 2/222 Print Growth ......................................................................... 5/38 PROFIsafe laser scanner .................................................... 3/79 Programming device SONPROG ........................................ 2/61 Protective housing ............................................................... 5/71 Q QR-Code ............................................................................. 5/12 QuicSet .................................................................................. 5/7 R Reader RF310R ................................................................... 4/60 Reader RF660R ................................................................. 4/113 Reduced Resolution for fail-safe sensors ............................ 3/11 Reflector ................................................... 2/32, 2/39, 2/48, 2/55 Reflectors .......................................................................... 2/110 RF300 .................................................................................. 4/53 RF600 ................................................................................ 4/109 RF660A .............................................................................. 4/113 RF660R .............................................................................. 4/113 Ring light holder .................................................................. 5/52 S Sector-specific code reading systems ................................ 5/34 Sensitive edge (switching strips) .......................................... 3/4 Sensor head and ring light holder ....................................... 5/52 Sensor strip ........................................................................... 3/4 Sheet monitoring ................................................................. 2/59 SIMATIC DMx AutoID+ ........................................................ 5/16 SIMATIC HawkEye 1500 ........................................................ 5/6 SIMATIC HawkEye 40, 40T .................................................. 5/20 SIMATIC HawkEye 45, 45T .................................................. 5/24 SIMATIC HawkEye 50T, 51T ................................................ 5/28 SIMATIC HawkEye 52T, 53T ................................................ 5/31 SIMATIC HawkEye DPM Verifier .......................................... 5/37 SIMATIC MV220 ......................................................... 5/40, 5/43 SIMATIC RF300 ................................................................... 4/53 SIMATIC RF310R ................................................................. 4/60 SIMATIC RF600 ................................................................. 4/109 SIMATIC RF660R ............................................................... 4/113 SIMATIC Spectation ............................................................ 5/91 SIMATIC Visionscape Framegrabber .................................. 5/74 SIMATIC Visionscape Software ........................................... 5/92 SIMATIC VS Link .................................................................. 5/69 SIMATIC VS100 ................................................................... 5/40 SIMATIC VS110 ................................................................... 5/46 SIMATIC VS120 ................................................................... 5/49 SIMATIC VS130-2 ................................................................ 5/12 SIMATIC VS720 ................................................................... 5/59 SITOP ................................................................................ 2/230 Skid-mount for MDS U589 ................................................... 4/73 SLG cables ........................................................................ 4/147 SmartLabels ........................................................................ 4/93 Sonar thru-beam sensor ...................................................... 2/30 Spectation ........................................................................... 5/91 Stainless steel cameras ....................................................... 5/59 Standard laser scanner ....................................................... 3/71 Stationary code reading systems .......................................... 5/5 String Validator .................................................................... 5/20 Surface light ...................................................................... 5/103 Switching strips ..................................................................... 3/4 T Tag RF340T ......................................................................... 4/57 Test objects ......................................................................... 3/65 Thru-beam sensor ............................................................... 2/86 Triple steel mount ............................................................... 5/54 U UHF Portal Reader ................................................. 4/113, 4/114 UID String validator ............................................................. 5/20 UID test device .................................................................... 5/34 V Vision sensor SIMATIC VS100 ............................................. 5/40 Vision sensor SIMATIC VS110 ............................................. 5/46 Vision sensor SIMATIC VS120 ............................................. 5/49
6/40
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Index
Vision sensor SIMATIC VS710 ............................................. 5/44 Vision sensors ..................................................................... 5/40 Vision systems ..................................................................... 5/72 Visionscape Framegrabber ................................................. 5/74 Visionscape software .......................................................... 5/92 VS Link interface module .................................................... 5/69 VS100 series ........................................................................ 5/40 VS110 .................................................................................. 5/46 VS120 .................................................................................. 5/49 VS130-2 ............................................................................... 5/12 VS720 series ........................................................................ 5/59 W Write/Read device SIM 41 ................................................... 4/49 Write/Read device SIM 42 ................................................... 4/49 Write/Read device SIM 43 ................................................... 4/49 Write/Read device SIM 70 .......................................... 4/15, 4/17 Write/Read device SIM 72 ................................................... 4/20 Write/Read device SLG 40 .................................................. 4/43 Write/Read device SLG 40 S ............................................... 4/43 Write/Read device SLG 41 .................................................. 4/44 Write/Read device SLG 41 C .............................................. 4/45 Write/Read device SLG 41 CC ............................................ 4/45 Write/Read device SLG 41 S ............................................... 4/44 Write/Read device SLG 42 .................................................. 4/46 Write/Read device SLG 43 .................................................. 4/47 Write/Read device SLG 71 .................................................. 4/25 Write/Read device SLG 72 .................................................. 4/20 Write/Read device SLG 75 .................................................. 4/22 Write/Read device SLG D10 ANT D5 ................................ 4/100 Write/Read device SLG D10 ANT D5 basic device ............ 4/98 Write/Read device SLG D11 ............................................. 4/102 Write/Read device SLG D12 ............................................. 4/104 Write/Read device SLG R21 .............................................. 4/125 Write/Read device SLG R22 .............................................. 4/125 Write/Read device SLG R23 .............................................. 4/125 Write/Read device SLG U92 ............................................... 4/77 Write/Read device Trig R201 ............................................. 4/126 Write/Read devices for ASM ............................................... 4/43
Siemens FS 10 2007
6/41
Appendix
Improvement suggestions for the catalog
Fax form
To Your Address
Siemens AG A&D SE PI Mr. Fregien Fax. +49 (911) 895 4837
Name
Capacity
Company/Dept.
Street address
Postal code/City/Country
Tel./Fax
Your opinion is important to us!

We hope that our catalog FS 10/2007 will become an important and widely used source of reference and are constantly striving to improve it. So please take just a few minutes of your time to fill out and fax it to us.
Please grade our catalog FS 10/2007 on a point system from 1 (= good) to 6 (= poor):
Do the contents of the catalog meet your requirements? Did you find it easy to find the information you needed? Did you find the texts easy to understand? Is there enough technical detail? What do you think of the quality of the graphics and tables?
Did you find any typo errors?
6/42
Siemens FS 10 2007
Appendix
Fax order - simply copy, fill out and fax
Fax order
To:
(For address see "Siemens contacts")
Fax No. Contact
Posn. Order No.
Product name
Quantity
Indiv. price
Total price
Subject to the General Conditions of Supply and Delivery listed in the catalog/price list of your sales representative
Company address (stamp):
Delivery address (if different from company address):
Customer number (if available) Company/Department Street, No. ZIP code/City Contact Tel.No./Fax Customer Order No.:
Company/Department Street, No. ZIP code/City/Country
Notes
Requested delivery date: .........................................................
Date
Signature Siemens FS 10 2007
6/43
Appendix
Conditions for sale and delivery Export regulations
Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery

By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the following terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the conditions for supplies and services, including software products, by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following terms apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens AG. For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry shall apply. For software products, the General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or registered Office in Germany shall apply. For customers with a seat or registered office outside of Germany The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply. For software products, the General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply. General The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches only apply to devices for export. Illustrations are not binding. Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages, - especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given these are subject to change without prior notice. The prices are in (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging. The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to the applicable legal regulations. Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit the prices valid at the time of delivery. Surcharges will be added to the prices of products that contain silver, copper, aluminum, lead and/or gold if the respective basic official prices for these metals are exceeded. These surcharges will be determined based on the official price and the metal factor of the respective product. The surcharge will be calculated on the basis of the official price on the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to the release order. The metal factor determines the official price as of which the metal surcharges are charged and the calculation method used. The metal factor, provided it is relevant, is included with the price information of the respective products.
An exact explanation of the metal factor and the text of the Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are available free of charge from your local Siemens business office under the following Order Nos.: 6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA1 (for customers based in Germany) 6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA1 (for customers based outside Germany) or download them from the Internet http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall (Germany: A&D Mall Online-Help System)
Export regulations
The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to European / German and/or US export regulations. Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval by the competent authorities. According to current provisions, the following export regulations must be observed with respect to the products featured in this catalog / price list: AL Number of the German Export List Products marked other than N require an export license. In the case of software products, the export designations of the relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to. Goods labeled with an AL not equal to N are subject to a European or German export authorization when being exported out of the EU. Export Control Classification Number Products marked other than N are subject to a reexport license to specific countries. In the case of software products, the export designations of the relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to. Goods labeled with an ECCN not equal to N are subject to a US re-export authorization.
ECCN
Even without a label or with an AL: N or ECCN: N, authorization may be required due to the final destination and purpose for which the goods are to be used. The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices. Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
A&D/VuL_ohne MZ/En 05.09.06
6/44
Siemens FS 10 2007
Catalogs of the
Automation and Drives Group (A&D)
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Automation and Drives Interactive catalog on CD-ROM and on DVD The Offline Mall of Automation and Drives Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE SINUMERIK & SINAMICS Drive Systems Variable-Speed Drives SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units, SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units SINAMICS G110 Inverter Chassis Units SINAMICS GM150/SINAMICS SM150 Medium-Voltage Converter 0.6 MVA to 28 MVA SINAMICS S120 Vector Control Drive System SINAMICS S120 Servo Control Drive System SINAMICS S150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units Asynchronous Motors Standardline DC Motors SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis Converters SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter Cabinet Units SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems SIEMOSYN Motors MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors Squirrel-Cage Motors, Totally Enclosed, Fan-Cooled Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE Main Spindle/Feed Motors Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINAMICS Main Spindle/Feed Motors Drive System SINAMICS S120 Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment Electrical Installation Technology ALPHA Small Distribution Boards and Distribution Boards PDF: ALPHA 8HP Molded-Plastic Distribution System ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks BETA Modular Installation Devices DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets GAMMA Building Management Systems Human Machine Interface Systems SIMATIC HMI HE 1 NC 61 M 11 NC 60 D 11 D 11.1 D 12 D 21.1 D 21.2 D 21.3 D 86.1 DA 12 DA 21.1 DA 21.2 DA 22 DA 45 DA 48 DA 51.2 DA 51.3 DA 65.10 DA 65.11 DA 65.3 DA 65.4 SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems SIMATIC PCS Process Control System Products for Totally Integrated Automation and Micro Automation SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System pc-based Automation SIMATIC Control Systems SIMATIC Sensors SIPOS Electric Actuators Electric Rotary, Linear and Part-turn Actuators Electric Rotary Actuators for Nuclear Plants Systems Engineering Power supplies SITOP power System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect System Solutions Applications and Products for Industry are part of the interactive catalog CA 01 TELEPERM M Process Control System PDF: AS 488/TM automation systems ST 45 ST 70 ST PCS 7 ST PCS 7.1 ST PCS 7.2 ST PC ST DA FS 10 Catalog CA 01 Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON Controls and Distribution Technical Information SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON SIDAC Reactors and Filters SIVENT Fans SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems Motion Control System SIMOTION Process Instrumentation and Analytics Field Instruments for Process Automation Measuring Instruments for Pressure, Differential Pressure, Flow, Level and Temperature, Positioners and Liquid Meters PDF: Indicators for panel mounting SIREC Recorders and Accessories SIPART, Controllers and Software SIWAREX Weighing Systems Continuous Weighing and Process Protection Process Analytical Instruments PDF: Process Analytics, Components for the System Integration LV 1 LV 1 T Industrial Communication for Automation and Drives Catalog IK PI
NC 60 NC 61
LV 60 LV 65 LV 70 PM 10
FI 01
MP 12 MP 20 MP 31 WT 01 WT 02 PA 01 PA 11
MP 35 MP 35.1/.2
ET A1 ET A3 ET A5 ET B1 ET D1 ET G1 ST 80
KT 10.1 KT 10.2
PLT 112
PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files.

A&D/3U/En 01.08.06
Subject to change without prior notice | Dispo 26107 | KG 1106 13.0 NIE 632 EN / 701121 | Printed in Germany | Siemens AG 2006
www.siemens.com/simatic-sensors
Siemens AG Automation and Drives Sensors and Communication Postfach 48 48 90327 NRNBERG DEUTSCHLAND www.siemens.com/automation
The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject to change without notice. All product designations may be trademarks or product names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.
Order No. E86060-K8310-A101-A3-7600
Catalog FS 10 2007

Katalog Sensorler

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Descrição original:

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Katalog Sensorler

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

simatic sensors

Sensors for Factory Automation

Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear SIRIUS SENTRON SIVACON

Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear SIRIUS SENTRON SIVACON Technical information

SIMATIC Products for Totally Integrated Automation and Micro Automation

Industrial Communication Industrielle Kommunikation fr Automation and Drives

PC-based Automation Embedded Automation and PC-based Automation

SITOP Power supplies SITOP power, LOGO! power

CA 01 the offline mall of Automation and Drives

Order No. 2 CDs: E86060-D4001-A110-C5-7600 DVD: E86060-D4001-A510-C5-7600

Sensors for Factory Automation

Proximity Switches Supersedes: Catalog FS 10 2006

Image Processing Systems

Siemens Automation and Drives. Welcome

Sharpen your competitive edge. Totally Integrated Automation

ERP Enterprise Resource Planning

MES Manufacturing Execution Systems

Production Order Management Ethernet

Production Operations Recording

SIMATIC NET Industrial Communication

SINAUT Telecontrol System SIMATIC Sensors

SIMATIC Controllers/ Automation System

PROFINET Industrial Ethernet Safety Integrated

KNX/EIB GAMMA instabus

Building Technology ECOFAST IP65 Distributed Automation System

Micro-Automation and Aktor-Sensor Interface Level

Plant Information Management

Product Specification Management System

SENTRON Circuit Breakers

SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System

SIMATIC HMI Human Machine Interface

SIMOTION Motion Control System

SINUMERIK Computer Numeric Control

Field Instrumentation/ Analytics

SIMOCODE pro Motor Management System

SIRIUS Soft Starter

SIMATIC Distributed I/O

SIWAREX Weighing Technology

Drive Systems/ SINAMICS

Integrated energy distribution from a single source. Totally Integrated Power

PROCESS FIELD BUS

Products and systems

Planning and configuration

Message/ error management

central ON OFF local ON OFF tripped

OVER THE HOURS TIME & ONE-HALF

Sensors for Factory Automation SIMATIC Sensors

SIMATIC Sensors Productivity You Sense

AS-Interface Fail-Safe Sensors Proximity Switches

Image Processing Systems

Image processing systems

Sonar proximity switches

PXS100 PXS200 PXS300 PXS400 PXS800 PXS900

Sonar proximity switches

Measurement of stack height

Measurement of diameter and speed

Fill level measurement

Sonar proximity switches

Sonar proximity switch

Sonar proximity switch

Sonar proximity d switch with sensing range cm

Sound cone Sonar proximity switch